diff options
| -rw-r--r-- | .gitattributes | 3 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 4058-0.txt | 5365 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 4058-0.zip | bin | 0 -> 126498 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 4058-h.zip | bin | 0 -> 129146 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 4058-h/4058-h.htm | 5880 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | LICENSE.txt | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | README.md | 2 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/4058-8.txt | 5383 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/4058-8.zip | bin | 0 -> 127965 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/4058.txt | 5383 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/4058.zip | bin | 0 -> 127905 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/7mrs210.txt | 5477 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/7mrs210.zip | bin | 0 -> 127381 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/8mrs210.txt | 5477 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/8mrs210.zip | bin | 0 -> 127434 bytes |
15 files changed, 32981 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6833f05 --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +* text=auto +*.txt text +*.md text diff --git a/4058-0.txt b/4058-0.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..41567bf --- /dev/null +++ b/4058-0.txt @@ -0,0 +1,5365 @@ +The Project Gutenberg eBook of Marius the Epicurean, Volume Two, by Walter Pater + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and +most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions +whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms +of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at +www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you +will have to check the laws of the country where you are located before +using this eBook. + +Title: Marius the Epicurean, + Volume Two + +Author: Walter Horatio Pater + +Release Date: October 25, 2001 [eBook #4058] +[Most recently updated: September 3, 2021] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: UTF-8 + +Produced by: Alfred J. Drake. HTML version by Al Haines. + +*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK MARIUS THE EPICUREAN, VOLUME TWO *** + + + + +Marius the Epicurean + +HIS SENSATIONS AND IDEAS + +by WALTER PATER + +VOLUME TWO + +London: 1910. +(The Library Edition.) + + +Contents + + PART THE THIRD + 15. Stoicism at Court + 16. Second Thoughts + 17. Beata Urbs + 18. “The Ceremony of the Dart” + 19. The Will as Vision + + PART THE FOURTH + 20. Two Curious Houses—1. Guests + 21. Two Curious Houses—2. The Church in Cecilia’s House + 22. “The Minor Peace of the Church” + 23. Divine Service + 24. A Conversation Not Imaginary + 25. Sunt Lacrimae Rerum + 26. The Martyrs + 27. The Triumph of Marcus Aurelius + 28. Anima Naturaliter Christiana + + + + +NOTES BY THE E-TEXT EDITOR: + +Notes: I have placed an asterisk immediately after each of Pater’s +footnotes and a + sign after my own notes, and have listed each of my +notes at that chapter’s end. + +Greek typeface: For this full-text edition, I have transliterated +Pater’s Greek quotations. If there is a need for the original Greek, it +can be viewed at my site, http://www.ajdrake.com/etexts, a Victorianist +archive that contains the complete works of Walter Pater and many other +nineteenth-century texts, mostly in first editions. + +Χειμερινὸς ὄνειρος, ὅτε μήκισται αἱ νύκτες+ + + ++“A winter’s dream, when nights are longest.” +Lucian, The Dream, Vol. 3. + + + + +PART THE THIRD + + + + +CHAPTER XV. +STOICISM AT COURT + + +The very finest flower of the same company—Aurelius with the gilded +fasces borne before him, a crowd of exquisites, the empress Faustina +herself, and all the elegant blue-stockings of the day, who maintained, +people said, their private “sophists” to whisper philosophy into their +ears winsomely as they performed the duties of the toilet—was assembled +again a few months later, in a different place and for a very different +purpose. The temple of Peace, a “modernising” foundation of Hadrian, +enlarged by a library and lecture-rooms, had grown into an institution +like something between a college and a literary club; and here +Cornelius Fronto was to pronounce a discourse on the Nature of Morals. +There were some, indeed, who had desired the emperor Aurelius himself +to declare his whole mind on this matter. Rhetoric was become almost a +function of the state: philosophy was upon the throne; and had from +time to time, by request, delivered an official utterance with +well-nigh divine authority. And it was as the delegate of this +authority, under the full sanction of the philosophic emperor—emperor +and pontiff, that the aged Fronto purposed to-day to expound some parts +of the Stoic doctrine, with the view of recommending morals to that +refined but perhaps prejudiced company, as being, in effect, one mode +of comeliness in things—as it were music, or a kind of artistic order, +in life. And he did this earnestly, with an outlay of all his science +of mind, and that eloquence of which he was known to be a master. For +Stoicism was no longer a rude and unkempt thing. Received at court, it +had largely decorated itself: it was grown persuasive and insinuating, +and sought not only to convince men’s intelligence but to allure their +souls. Associated with the beautiful old age of the great rhetorician, +and his winning voice, it was almost Epicurean. And the old man was at +his best on the occasion; the last on which he ever appeared in this +way. To-day was his own birthday. Early in the morning the imperial +letter of congratulation had reached him; and all the pleasant +animation it had caused was in his face, when assisted by his daughter +Gratia he took his place on the ivory chair, as president of the +Athenaeum of Rome, wearing with a wonderful grace the philosophic +pall,—in reality neither more nor less than the loose woollen cloak of +the common soldier, but fastened on his right shoulder with a +magnificent clasp, the emperor’s birthday gift. + +It was an age, as abundant evidence shows, whose delight in rhetoric +was but one result of a general susceptibility—an age not merely taking +pleasure in words, but experiencing a great moral power in them. +Fronto’s quaintly fashionable audience would have wept, and also +assisted with their purses, had his present purpose been, as sometimes +happened, the recommendation of an object of charity. As it was, +arranging themselves at their ease among the images and flowers, these +amateurs of exquisite language, with their tablets open for careful +record of felicitous word or phrase, were ready to give themselves +wholly to the intellectual treat prepared for them, applauding, blowing +loud kisses through the air sometimes, at the speaker’s triumphant exit +from one of his long, skilfully modulated sentences; while the younger +of them meant to imitate everything about him, down to the inflections +of his voice and the very folds of his mantle. Certainly there was +rhetoric enough:—a wealth of imagery; illustrations from painting, +music, mythology, the experiences of love; a management, by which +subtle, unexpected meaning was brought out of familiar terms, like +flies from morsels of amber, to use Fronto’s own figure. But with all +its richness, the higher claim of his style was rightly understood to +lie in gravity and self-command, and an especial care for the purities +of a vocabulary which rejected every expression unsanctioned by the +authority of approved ancient models. + +And it happened with Marius, as it will sometimes happen, that this +general discourse to a general audience had the effect of an utterance +adroitly designed for him. His conscience still vibrating painfully +under the shock of that scene in the amphitheatre, and full of the +ethical charm of Cornelius, he was questioning himself with much +impatience as to the possibility of an adjustment between his own +elaborately thought-out intellectual scheme and the “old morality.” In +that intellectual scheme indeed the old morality had so far been +allowed no place, as seeming to demand from him the admission of +certain first principles such as might misdirect or retard him in his +efforts towards a complete, many-sided existence; or distort the +revelations of the experience of life; or curtail his natural liberty +of heart and mind. But now (his imagination being occupied for the +moment with the noble and resolute air, the gallantry, so to call it, +which composed the outward mien and presentment of his strange friend’s +inflexible ethics) he felt already some nascent suspicion of his +philosophic programme, in regard, precisely, to the question of good +taste. There was the taint of a graceless “antinomianism” perceptible +in it, a dissidence, a revolt against accustomed modes, the actual +impression of which on other men might rebound upon himself in some +loss of that personal pride to which it was part of his theory of life +to allow so much. And it was exactly a moral situation such as this +that Fronto appeared to be contemplating. He seemed to have before his +mind the case of one—Cyrenaic or Epicurean, as the courtier tends to +be, by habit and instinct, if not on principle—who yet experiences, +actually, a strong tendency to moral assents, and a desire, with as +little logical inconsistency as may be, to find a place for duty and +righteousness in his house of thought. + +And the Stoic professor found the key to this problem in the purely +æsthetic beauty of the old morality, as an element in things, +fascinating to the imagination, to good taste in its most highly +developed form, through association—a system or order, as a matter of +fact, in possession, not only of the larger world, but of the rare +minority of _élite_ intelligences; from which, therefore, least of all +would the sort of Epicurean he had in view endure to become, so to +speak, an outlaw. He supposed his hearer to be, with all sincerity, in +search after some principle of conduct (and it was here that he seemed +to Marius to be speaking straight to him) which might give unity of +motive to an actual rectitude, a cleanness and probity of life, +determined partly by natural affection, partly by enlightened +self-interest or the feeling of honour, due in part even to the mere +fear of penalties; no element of which, however, was distinctively +moral in the agent himself as such, and providing him, therefore, no +common ground with a really moral being like Cornelius, or even like +the philosophic emperor. Performing the same offices; actually +satisfying, even as they, the external claims of others; rendering to +all their dues—one thus circumstanced would be wanting, nevertheless, +in the secret of inward adjustment to the moral agents around him. How +tenderly—more tenderly than many stricter souls—he might yield himself +to kindly instinct! what fineness of charity in passing judgment on +others! what an exquisite conscience of other men’s susceptibilities! +He knows for how much the manner, because the heart itself, counts, in +doing a kindness. He goes beyond most people in his care for all weakly +creatures; judging, instinctively, that to be but sentient is to +possess rights. He conceives a hundred duties, though he may not call +them by that name, of the existence of which purely duteous souls may +have no suspicion. He has a kind of pride in doing more than they, in a +way of his own. Sometimes, he may think that those men of line and rule +do not really understand their own business. How narrow, inflexible, +unintelligent! what poor guardians (he may reason) of the inward spirit +of righteousness, are some supposed careful walkers according to its +letter and form. And yet all the while he admits, as such, no moral +world at all: no theoretic equivalent to so large a proportion of the +facts of life. + +But, over and above such practical rectitude, thus determined by +natural affection or self-love or fear, he may notice that there is a +remnant of right conduct, what he does, still more what he abstains +from doing, not so much through his own free election, as from a +deference, an “assent,” entire, habitual, unconscious, to custom—to the +actual habit or fashion of others, from whom he could not endure to +break away, any more than he would care to be out of agreement with +them on questions of mere manner, or, say, even, of dress. Yes! there +were the evils, the vices, which he avoided as, essentially, a failure +in good taste. An assent, such as this, to the preferences of others, +might seem to be the weakest of motives, and the rectitude it could +determine the least considerable element in a moral life. Yet here, +according to Cornelius Fronto, was in truth the revealing example, +albeit operating upon comparative trifles, of the general principle +required. There was one great idea associated with which that +determination to conform to precedent was elevated into the clearest, +the fullest, the weightiest principle of moral action; a principle +under which one might subsume men’s most strenuous efforts after +righteousness. And he proceeded to expound the idea of Humanity—of a +universal commonwealth of mind, which becomes explicit, and as if +incarnate, in a select communion of just men made perfect. + +Ho kosmos hôsanei polis estin+—the world is as it were a commonwealth, +a city: and there are observances, customs, usages, actually current in +it, things our friends and companions will expect of us, as the +condition of our living there with them at all, as really their peers +or fellow-citizens. Those observances were, indeed, the creation of a +visible or invisible aristocracy in it, whose actual manners, whose +preferences from of old, become now a weighty tradition as to the way +in which things should or should not be done, are like a music, to +which the intercourse of life proceeds—such a music as no one who had +once caught its harmonies would willingly jar. In this way, the +becoming, as in Greek—to prepon: or ta êthê+ mores, manners, as both +Greeks and Romans said, would indeed be a comprehensive term for duty. +Righteousness would be, in the words of “Caesar” himself, of the +philosophic Aurelius, but a “following of the reasonable will of the +oldest, the most venerable, of cities, of polities—of the royal, the +law-giving element, therein—forasmuch as we are citizens also in that +supreme city on high, of which all other cities beside are but as +single habitations.” But as the old man spoke with animation of this +supreme city, this invisible society, whose conscience was become +explicit in its inner circle of inspired souls, of whose common spirit, +the trusted leaders of human conscience had been but the mouthpiece, of +whose successive personal preferences in the conduct of life, the “old +morality” was the sum,—Marius felt that his own thoughts were passing +beyond the actual intention of the speaker; not in the direction of any +clearer theoretic or abstract definition of that ideal commonwealth, +but rather as if in search of its visible locality and abiding-place, +the walls and towers of which, so to speak, he might really trace and +tell, according to his own old, natural habit of mind. It would be the +fabric, the outward fabric, of a system reaching, certainly, far beyond +the great city around him, even if conceived in all the machinery of +its visible and invisible influences at their grandest—as Augustus or +Trajan might have conceived of them—however well the visible Rome might +pass for a figure of that new, unseen, Rome on high. At moments, Marius +even asked himself with surprise, whether it might be some vast secret +society the speaker had in view:—that august community, to be an outlaw +from which, to be foreign to the manners of which, was a loss so much +greater than to be excluded, into the ends of the earth, from the +sovereign Roman commonwealth. Humanity, a universal order, the great +polity, its aristocracy of elect spirits, the mastery of their example +over their successors—these were the ideas, stimulating enough in their +way, by association with which the Stoic professor had attempted to +elevate, to unite under a single principle, men’s moral efforts, +himself lifted up with so genuine an enthusiasm. But where might Marius +search for all this, as more than an intellectual abstraction? Where +were those elect souls in whom the claim of Humanity became so amiable, +winning, persuasive—whose footsteps through the world were so beautiful +in the actual order he saw—whose faces averted from him, would be more +than he could bear? Where was that comely order, to which as a great +fact of experience he must give its due; to which, as to all other +beautiful “phenomena” in life, he must, for his own peace, adjust +himself? + +Rome did well to be serious. The discourse ended somewhat abruptly, as +the noise of a great crowd in motion was heard below the walls; +whereupon, the audience, following the humour of the younger element in +it, poured into the colonnade, from the steps of which the famous +procession, or transvectio, of the military knights was to be seen +passing over the Forum, from their trysting-place at the temple of +Mars, to the temple of the Dioscuri. The ceremony took place this year, +not on the day accustomed—anniversary of the victory of Lake Regillus, +with its pair of celestial assistants—and amid the heat and roses of a +Roman July, but, by anticipation, some months earlier, the almond-trees +along the way being still in leafless flower. Through that light +trellis-work, Marius watched the riders, arrayed in all their gleaming +ornaments, and wearing wreaths of olive around their helmets, the faces +below which, what with battle and the plague, were almost all youthful. +It was a flowery scene enough, but had to-day its fulness of war-like +meaning; the return of the army to the North, where the enemy was again +upon the move, being now imminent. Cornelius had ridden along in his +place, and, on the dismissal of the company, passed below the steps +where Marius stood, with that new song he had heard once before +floating from his lips. + +NOTES + + +10. +Transliteration: Ho kosmos hôsanei polis estin. Translation: “The +world is like a city.” + + +10. +Transliteration: to prepon ... ta êthê. Translation: “That which +is seemly ... mores.” + + + + +CHAPTER XVI. +SECOND THOUGHTS + + +And Marius, for his part, was grave enough. The discourse of Cornelius +Fronto, with its wide prospect over the human, the spiritual, horizon, +had set him on a review—on a review of the isolating narrowness, in +particular, of his own theoretic scheme. Long after the very latest +roses were faded, when “the town” had departed to country villas, or +the baths, or the war, he remained behind in Rome; anxious to try the +lastingness of his own Epicurean rose-garden; setting to work over +again, and deliberately passing from point to point of his old argument +with himself, down to its practical conclusions. That age and our own +have much in common—many difficulties and hopes. Let the reader pardon +me if here and there I seem to be passing from Marius to his modern +representatives—from Rome, to Paris or London. + +What really were its claims as a theory of practice, of the sympathies +that determine practice? It had been a theory, avowedly, of loss and +gain (so to call it) of an economy. If, therefore, it missed something +in the commerce of life, which some other theory of practice was able +to include, if it made a needless sacrifice, then it must be, in a +manner, inconsistent with itself, and lack theoretic completeness. Did +it make such a sacrifice? What did it lose, or cause one to lose? + +And we may note, as Marius could hardly have done, that Cyrenaicism is +ever the characteristic philosophy of youth, ardent, but narrow in its +survey—sincere, but apt to become one-sided, or even fanatical. It is +one of those subjective and partial ideals, based on vivid, because +limited, apprehension of the truth of one aspect of experience (in this +case, of the beauty of the world and the brevity of man’s life there) +which it may be said to be the special vocation of the young to +express. In the school of Cyrene, in that comparatively fresh Greek +world, we see this philosophy where it is least blasé, as we say; in +its most pleasant, its blithest and yet perhaps its wisest form, +youthfully bright in the youth of European thought. But it grows young +again for a while in almost every youthful soul. It is spoken of +sometimes as the appropriate utterance of jaded men; but in them it can +hardly be sincere, or, by the nature of the case, an enthusiasm. “Walk +in the ways of thine heart, and in the sight of thine eyes,” is, +indeed, most often, according to the supposition of the book from which +I quote it, the counsel of the young, who feel that the sunshine is +pleasant along their veins, and wintry weather, though in a general +sense foreseen, a long way off. The youthful enthusiasm or fanaticism, +the self-abandonment to one favourite mode of thought or taste, which +occurs, quite naturally, at the outset of every really vigorous +intellectual career, finds its special opportunity in a theory such as +that so carefully put together by Marius, just because it seems to call +on one to make the sacrifice, accompanied by a vivid sensation of power +and will, of what others value—sacrifice of some conviction, or +doctrine, or supposed first principle—for the sake of that clear-eyed +intellectual consistency, which is like spotless bodily cleanliness, or +scrupulous personal honour, and has itself for the mind of the youthful +student, when he first comes to appreciate it, the fascination of an +ideal. + +The Cyrenaic doctrine, then, realised as a motive of strenuousness or +enthusiasm, is not so properly the utterance of the “jaded Epicurean,” +as of the strong young man in all the freshness of thought and feeling, +fascinated by the notion of raising his life to the level of a daring +theory, while, in the first genial heat of existence, the beauty of the +physical world strikes potently upon his wide-open, unwearied senses. +He discovers a great new poem every spring, with a hundred delightful +things he too has felt, but which have never been expressed, or at +least never so truly, before. The workshops of the artists, who can +select and set before us what is really most distinguished in visible +life, are open to him. He thinks that the old Platonic, or the new +Baconian philosophy, has been better explained than by the authors +themselves, or with some striking original development, this very +month. In the quiet heat of early summer, on the dusty gold morning, +the music comes, louder at intervals, above the hum of voices from some +neighbouring church, among the flowering trees, valued now, perhaps, +only for the poetically rapt faces among priests or worshippers, or the +mere skill and eloquence, it may be, of its preachers of faith and +righteousness. In his scrupulous idealism, indeed, he too feels himself +to be something of a priest, and that devotion of his days to the +contemplation of what is beautiful, a sort of perpetual religious +service. Afar off, how many fair cities and delicate sea-coasts await +him! At that age, with minds of a certain constitution, no very choice +or exceptional circumstances are needed to provoke an enthusiasm +something like this. Life in modern London even, in the heavy glow of +summer, is stuff sufficient for the fresh imagination of a youth to +build its “palace of art” of; and the very sense and enjoyment of an +experience in which all is new, are but enhanced, like that glow of +summer itself, by the thought of its brevity, giving him something of a +gambler’s zest, in the apprehension, by dexterous act or diligently +appreciative thought, of the highly coloured moments which are to pass +away so quickly. At bottom, perhaps, in his elaborately developed +self-consciousness, his sensibilities, his almost fierce grasp upon the +things he values at all, he has, beyond all others, an inward need of +something permanent in its character, to hold by: of which +circumstance, also, he may be partly aware, and that, as with the +brilliant Claudio in Measure for Measure, it is, in truth, but darkness +he is, “encountering, like a bride.” But the inevitable falling of the +curtain is probably distant; and in the daylight, at least, it is not +often that he really shudders at the thought of the grave—the weight +above, the narrow world and its company, within. When the thought of it +does occur to him, he may say to himself:—Well! and the rude monk, for +instance, who has renounced all this, on the security of some dim world +beyond it, really acquiesces in that “fifth act,” amid all the +consoling ministries around him, as little as I should at this moment; +though I may hope, that, as at the real ending of a play, however well +acted, I may already have had quite enough of it, and find a true +well-being in eternal sleep. + +And precisely in this circumstance, that, consistently with the +function of youth in general, Cyrenaicism will always be more or less +the special philosophy, or “prophecy,” of the young, when the ideal of +a rich experience comes to them in the ripeness of the receptive, if +not of the reflective, powers—precisely in this circumstance, if we +rightly consider it, lies the duly prescribed corrective of that +philosophy. For it is by its exclusiveness, and by negation rather than +positively, that such theories fail to satisfy us permanently; and what +they really need for their correction, is the complementary influence +of some greater system, in which they may find their due place. That +Sturm und Drang of the spirit, as it has been called, that ardent and +special apprehension of half-truths, in the enthusiastic, and as it +were “prophetic” advocacy of which, devotion to truth, in the case of +the young—apprehending but one point at a time in the great +circumference—most usually embodies itself, is levelled down, safely +enough, afterwards, as in history so in the individual, by the weakness +and mere weariness, as well as by the maturer wisdom, of our nature. +And though truth indeed, resides, as has been said, “in the whole”—in +harmonisings and adjustments like this—yet those special apprehensions +may still owe their full value, in this sense of “the whole,” to that +earlier, one-sided but ardent pre-occupation with them. + +Cynicism and Cyrenaicism:—they are the earlier Greek forms of Roman +Stoicism and Epicureanism, and in that world of old Greek thought, we +may notice with some surprise that, in a little while, the nobler form +of Cyrenaicism—Cyrenaicism cured of its faults—met the nobler form of +Cynicism half-way. Starting from opposed points, they merged, each in +its most refined form, in a single ideal of temperance or moderation. +Something of the same kind may be noticed regarding some later phases +of Cyrenaic theory. If it starts with considerations opposed to the +religious temper, which the religious temper holds it a duty to +repress, it is like it, nevertheless, and very unlike any lower +development of temper, in its stress and earnestness, its serious +application to the pursuit of a very unworldly type of perfection. The +saint, and the Cyrenaic lover of beauty, it may be thought, would at +least understand each other better than either would understand the +mere man of the world. Carry their respective positions a point +further, shift the terms a little, and they might actually touch. + +Perhaps all theories of practice tend, as they rise to their best, as +understood by their worthiest representatives, to identification with +each other. For the variety of men’s possible reflections on their +experience, as of that experience itself, is not really so great as it +seems; and as the highest and most disinterested ethical formulae, +filtering down into men’s everyday existence, reach the same poor level +of vulgar egotism, so, we may fairly suppose that all the highest +spirits, from whatever contrasted points they have started, would yet +be found to entertain, in the moral consciousness realised by +themselves, much the same kind of mental company; to hold, far more +than might be thought probable, at first sight, the same personal types +of character, and even the same artistic and literary types, in esteem +or aversion; to convey, all of them alike, the same savour of +unworldliness. And Cyrenaicism or Epicureanism too, new or old, may be +noticed, in proportion to the completeness of its development, to +approach, as to the nobler form of Cynicism, so also to the more nobly +developed phases of the old, or traditional morality. In the gravity of +its conception of life, in its pursuit after nothing less than a +perfection, in its apprehension of the value of time—the passion and +the seriousness which are like a consecration—la passion et le sérieux +qui consacrent—it may be conceived, as regards its main drift, to be +not so much opposed to the old morality, as an exaggeration of one +special motive in it. + +Some cramping, narrowing, costly preference of one part of his own +nature, and of the nature of things, to another, Marius seemed to have +detected in himself, meantime,—in himself, as also in those old masters +of the Cyrenaic philosophy. If they did realise the monochronos hêdonê+ +as it was called—the pleasure of the “Ideal Now”—if certain moments of +their lives were high-pitched, passionately coloured, intent with +sensation, and a kind of knowledge which, in its vivid clearness, was +like sensation—if, now and then, they apprehended the world in its +fulness, and had a vision, almost “beatific,” of ideal personalities in +life and art, yet these moments were a very costly matter: they paid a +great price for them, in the sacrifice of a thousand possible +sympathies, of things only to be enjoyed through sympathy, from which +they detached themselves, in intellectual pride, in loyalty to a mere +theory that would take nothing for granted, and assent to no +approximate or hypothetical truths. In their unfriendly, repellent +attitude towards the Greek religion, and the old Greek morality, +surely, they had been but faulty economists. The Greek religion was +then alive: then, still more than in its later day of dissolution, the +higher view of it was possible, even for the philosopher. Its story +made little or no demand for a reasoned or formal acceptance. A +religion, which had grown through and through man’s life, with so much +natural strength; had meant so much for so many generations; which +expressed so much of their hopes, in forms so familiar and so winning; +linked by associations so manifold to man as he had been and was—a +religion like this, one would think, might have had its uses, even for +a philosophic sceptic. Yet those beautiful gods, with the whole round +of their poetic worship, the school of Cyrene definitely renounced. + +The old Greek morality, again, with all its imperfections, was +certainly a comely thing.—Yes! a harmony, a music, in men’s ways, one +might well hesitate to jar. The merely æsthetic sense might have had a +legitimate satisfaction in the spectacle of that fair order of choice +manners, in those attractive conventions, enveloping, so gracefully, +the whole of life, insuring some sweetness, some security at least +against offence, in the intercourse of the world. Beyond an obvious +utility, it could claim, indeed but custom—use-and-wont, as we say—for +its sanction. But then, one of the advantages of that liberty of spirit +among the Cyrenaics (in which, through theory, they had become dead to +theory, so that all theory, as such, was really indifferent to them, +and indeed nothing valuable but in its tangible ministration to life) +was precisely this, that it gave them free play in using as their +ministers or servants, things which, to the uninitiated, must be +masters or nothing. Yet, how little the followers of Aristippus made of +that whole comely system of manners or morals, then actually in +possession of life, is shown by the bold practical consequence, which +one of them maintained (with a hard, self-opinionated adherence to his +peculiar theory of values) in the not very amiable paradox that +friendship and patriotism were things one could do without; while +another—Death’s-advocate, as he was called—helped so many to +self-destruction, by his pessimistic eloquence on the evils of life, +that his lecture-room was closed. That this was in the range of their +consequences—that this was a possible, if remote, deduction from the +premisses of the discreet Aristippus—was surely an inconsistency in a +thinker who professed above all things an economy of the moments of +life. And yet those old Cyrenaics felt their way, as if in the dark, we +may be sure, like other men in the ordinary transactions of life, +beyond the narrow limits they drew of clear and absolutely legitimate +knowledge, admitting what was not of immediate sensation, and drawing +upon that “fantastic” future which might never come. A little more of +such “walking by faith,” a little more of such not unreasonable +“assent,” and they might have profited by a hundred services to their +culture, from Greek religion and Greek morality, as they actually were. +The spectacle of their fierce, exclusive, tenacious hold on their own +narrow apprehension, makes one think of a picture with no relief, no +soft shadows nor breadth of space, or of a drama without proportionate +repose. + +Yet it was of perfection that Marius (to return to him again from his +masters, his intellectual heirs) had been really thinking all the time: +a narrow perfection it might be objected, the perfection of but one +part of his nature—his capacities of feeling, of exquisite physical +impressions, of an imaginative sympathy—but still, a true perfection of +those capacities, wrought out to their utmost degree, admirable enough +in its way. He too is an economist: he hopes, by that “insight” of +which the old Cyrenaics made so much, by skilful apprehension of the +conditions of spiritual success as they really are, the special +circumstances of the occasion with which he has to deal, the special +felicities of his own nature, to make the most, in no mean or vulgar +sense, of the few years of life; few, indeed, for the attainment of +anything like general perfection! With the brevity of that sum of years +his mind is exceptionally impressed; and this purpose makes him no +frivolous dilettante, but graver than other men: his scheme is not that +of a trifler, but rather of one who gives a meaning of his own, yet a +very real one, to those old words—Let us work while it is day! He has a +strong apprehension, also, of the beauty of the visible things around +him; their fading, momentary, graces and attractions. His natural +susceptibility in this direction, enlarged by experience, seems to +demand of him an almost exclusive pre-occupation with the aspects of +things; with their æsthetic character, as it is called—their +revelations to the eye and the imagination: not so much because those +aspects of them yield him the largest amount of enjoyment, as because +to be occupied, in this way, with the æsthetic or imaginative side of +things, is to be in real contact with those elements of his own nature, +and of theirs, which, for him at least, are matter of the most real +kind of apprehension. As other men are concentrated upon truths of +number, for instance, or on business, or it may be on the pleasures of +appetite, so he is wholly bent on living in that full stream of refined +sensation. And in the prosecution of this love of beauty, he claims an +entire personal liberty, liberty of heart and mind, liberty, above all, +from what may seem conventional answers to first questions. + +But, without him there is a venerable system of sentiment and idea, +widely extended in time and place, in a kind of impregnable possession +of human life—a system, which, like some other great products of the +conjoint efforts of human mind through many generations, is rich in the +world’s experience; so that, in attaching oneself to it, one lets in a +great tide of that experience, and makes, as it were with a single +step, a great experience of one’s own, and with great consequent +increase to one’s sense of colour, variety, and relief, in the +spectacle of men and things. The mere sense that one belongs to a +system—an imperial system or organisation—has, in itself, the expanding +power of a great experience; as some have felt who have been admitted +from narrower sects into the communion of the catholic church; or as +the old Roman citizen felt. It is, we might fancy, what the coming into +possession of a very widely spoken language might be, with a great +literature, which is also the speech of the people we have to live +among. + +A wonderful order, actually in possession of human life!—grown +inextricably through and through it; penetrating into its laws, its +very language, its mere habits of decorum, in a thousand half-conscious +ways; yet still felt to be, in part, an unfulfilled ideal; and, as +such, awakening hope, and an aim, identical with the one only +consistent aspiration of mankind! In the apprehension of that, just +then, Marius seemed to have joined company once more with his own old +self; to have overtaken on the road the pilgrim who had come to Rome, +with absolute sincerity, on the search for perfection. It defined not +so much a change of practice, as of sympathy—a new departure, an +expansion, of sympathy. It involved, certainly, some curtailment of his +liberty, in concession to the actual manner, the distinctions, the +enactments of that great crowd of admirable spirits, who have elected +so, and not otherwise, in their conduct of life, and are not here to +give one, so to term it, an “indulgence.” But then, under the +supposition of their disapproval, no roses would ever seem worth +plucking again. The authority they exercised was like that of classic +taste—an influence so subtle, yet so real, as defining the loyalty of +the scholar; or of some beautiful and venerable ritual, in which every +observance is become spontaneous and almost mechanical, yet is found, +the more carefully one considers it, to have a reasonable significance +and a natural history. + +And Marius saw that he would be but an inconsistent Cyrenaic, mistaken +in his estimate of values, of loss and gain, and untrue to the +well-considered economy of life which he had brought with him to +Rome—that some drops of the great cup would fall to the ground—if he +did not make that concession, if he did but remain just there. + +NOTES + + +21. +Transliteration: monochronos hêdonê. Pater’s definition “the +pleasure of the ideal present, of the mystic now.” The definition is +fitting; the unusual adjective monochronos means, literally, “single or +unitary time.” + + + + +CHAPTER XVII. +BEATA URBS + + +“Many prophets and kings have desired to see the things which ye see.” + + +The enemy on the Danube was, indeed, but the vanguard of the mighty +invading hosts of the fifth century. Illusively repressed just now, +those confused movements along the northern boundary of the Empire were +destined to unite triumphantly at last, in the barbarism, which, +powerless to destroy the Christian church, was yet to suppress for a +time the achieved culture of the pagan world. The kingdom of Christ was +to grow up in a somewhat false alienation from the light and beauty of +the kingdom of nature, of the natural man, with a partly mistaken +tradition concerning it, and an incapacity, as it might almost seem at +times, for eventual reconciliation thereto. Meantime Italy had armed +itself once more, in haste, and the imperial brothers set forth for the +Alps. + +Whatever misgiving the Roman people may have felt as to the leadership +of the younger was unexpectedly set at rest; though with some temporary +regret for the loss of what had been, after all, a popular figure on +the world’s stage. Travelling fraternally in the same litter with +Aurelius, Lucius Verus was struck with sudden and mysterious disease, +and died as he hastened back to Rome. His death awoke a swarm of +sinister rumours, to settle on Lucilla, jealous, it was said, of Fabia +her sister, perhaps of Faustina—on Faustina herself, who had +accompanied the imperial progress, and was anxious now to hide a crime +of her own—even on the elder brother, who, beforehand with the +treasonable designs of his colleague, should have helped him at supper +to a favourite morsel, cut with a knife poisoned ingeniously on one +side only. Aurelius, certainly, with sincere distress, his long +irritations, so dutifully concealed or repressed, turning now into a +single feeling of regret for the human creature, carried the remains +back to Rome, and demanded of the Senate a public funeral, with a +decree for the apotheôsis, or canonisation, of the dead. + +For three days the body lay in state in the Forum, enclosed in an open +coffin of cedar-wood, on a bed of ivory and gold, in the centre of a +sort of temporary chapel, representing the temple of his patroness +Venus Genetrix. Armed soldiers kept watch around it, while choirs of +select voices relieved one another in the chanting of hymns or +monologues from the great tragedians. + +At the head of the couch were displayed the various personal +decorations which had belonged to Verus in life. Like all the rest of +Rome, Marius went to gaze on the face he had seen last scarcely +disguised under the hood of a travelling-dress, as the wearer hurried, +at night-fall, along one of the streets below the palace, to some +amorous appointment. Unfamiliar as he still was with dead faces, he was +taken by surprise, and touched far beyond what he had reckoned on, by +the piteous change there; even the skill of Galen having been not +wholly successful in the process of embalming. It was as if a brother +of his own were lying low before him, with that meek and helpless +expression it would have been a sacrilege to treat rudely. + +Meantime, in the centre of the Campus Martius, within the grove of +poplars which enclosed the space where the body of Augustus had been +burnt, the great funeral pyre, stuffed with shavings of various +aromatic woods, was built up in many stages, separated from each other +by a light entablature of woodwork, and adorned abundantly with carved +and tapestried images. Upon this pyramidal or flame-shaped structure +lay the corpse, hidden now under a mountain of flowers and incense +brought by the women, who from the first had had their fondness for the +wanton graces of the deceased. The dead body was surmounted by a waxen +effigy of great size, arrayed in the triumphal ornaments. At last the +Centurions to whom that office belonged, drew near, torch in hand, to +ignite the pile at its four corners, while the soldiers, in wild +excitement, flung themselves around it, casting into the flames the +decorations they had received for acts of valour under the dead +emperor’s command. + +It had been a really heroic order, spoiled a little, at the last +moment, through the somewhat tawdry artifice, by which an eagle—not a +very noble or youthful specimen of its kind—was caused to take flight +amid the real or affected awe of the spectators, above the perishing +remains; a court chamberlain, according to ancient etiquette, +subsequently making official declaration before the Senate, that the +imperial “genius” had been seen in this way, escaping from the fire. +And Marius was present when the Fathers, duly certified of the fact, by +“acclamation,” muttering their judgment all together, in a kind of low, +rhythmical chant, decreed Caelum—the privilege of divine rank to the +departed. + +The actual gathering of the ashes in a white cere-cloth by the widowed +Lucilla, when the last flicker had been extinguished by drops of wine; +and the conveyance of them to the little cell, already populous, in the +central mass of the sepulchre of Hadrian, still in all the splendour of +its statued colonnades, were a matter of private or domestic duty; +after the due accomplishment of which Aurelius was at liberty to retire +for a time into the privacy of his beloved apartments of the Palatine. +And hither, not long afterwards, Marius was summoned a second time, to +receive from the imperial hands the great pile of Manuscripts it would +be his business to revise and arrange. + +One year had passed since his first visit to the palace; and as he +climbed the stairs to-day, the great cypresses rocked against the +sunless sky, like living creatures in pain. He had to traverse a long +subterranean gallery, once a secret entrance to the imperial +apartments, and in our own day, amid the ruin of all around it, as +smooth and fresh as if the carpets were but just removed from its floor +after the return of the emperor from the shows. It was here, on such an +occasion, that the emperor Caligula, at the age of twenty-nine, had +come by his end, the assassins gliding along it as he lingered a few +moments longer to watch the movements of a party of noble youths at +their exercise in the courtyard below. As Marius waited, a second time, +in that little red room in the house of the chief chamberlain, curious +to look once more upon its painted walls—the very place whither the +assassins were said to have turned for refuge after the murder—he could +all but see the figure, which in its surrounding light and darkness +seemed to him the most melancholy in the entire history of Rome. He +called to mind the greatness of that popularity and early promise—the +stupefying height of irresponsible power, from which, after all, only +men’s viler side had been clearly visible—the overthrow of reason—the +seemingly irredeemable memory; and still, above all, the beautiful head +in which the noble lines of the race of Augustus were united to, he +knew not what expression of sensibility and fineness, not theirs, and +for the like of which one must pass onward to the Antonines. Popular +hatred had been careful to destroy its semblance wherever it was to be +found; but one bust, in dark bronze-like basalt of a wonderful +perfection of finish, preserved in the museum of the Capitol, may have +seemed to some visitors there perhaps the finest extant relic of Roman +art. Had the very seal of empire upon those sombre brows, reflected +from his mirror, suggested his insane attempt upon the liberties, the +dignity of men?—“O humanity!” he seems to ask, “what hast thou done to +me that I should so despise thee?”—And might not this be indeed the +true meaning of kingship, if the world would have one man to reign over +it? The like of this: or, some incredible, surely never to be realised, +height of disinterestedness, in a king who should be the servant of +all, quite at the other extreme of the practical dilemma involved in +such a position. Not till some while after his death had the body been +decently interred by the piety of the sisters he had driven into exile. +Fraternity of feeling had been no invariable feature in the incidents +of Roman story. One long Vicus Sceleratus, from its first dim +foundation in fraternal quarrel on the morrow of a common deliverance +so touching—had not almost every step in it some gloomy memory of +unnatural violence? Romans did well to fancy the traitress Tarpeia +still “green in earth,” crowned, enthroned, at the roots of the +Capitoline rock. If in truth the religion of Rome was everywhere in it, +like that perfume of the funeral incense still upon the air, so also +was the memory of crime prompted by a hypocritical cruelty, down to the +erring, or not erring, Vesta calmly buried alive there, only eighty +years ago, under Domitian. + +It was with a sense of relief that Marius found himself in the presence +of Aurelius, whose gesture of friendly intelligence, as he entered, +raised a smile at the gloomy train of his own thoughts just then, +although since his first visit to the palace a great change had passed +over it. The clear daylight found its way now into empty rooms. To +raise funds for the war, Aurelius, his luxurious brother being no more, +had determined to sell by auction the accumulated treasures of the +imperial household. The works of art, the dainty furniture, had been +removed, and were now “on view” in the Forum, to be the delight or +dismay, for many weeks to come, of the large public of those who were +curious in these things. In such wise had Aurelius come to the +condition of philosophic detachment he had affected as a boy, hardly +persuaded to wear warm clothing, or to sleep in more luxurious manner +than on the bare floor. But, in his empty house, the man of mind, who +had always made so much of the pleasures of philosophic contemplation, +felt freer in thought than ever. He had been reading, with less +self-reproach than usual, in the Republic of Plato, those passages +which describe the life of the philosopher-kings—like that of hired +servants in their own house—who, possessed of the “gold undefiled” of +intellectual vision, forgo so cheerfully all other riches. It was one +of his happy days: one of those rare days, when, almost with none of +the effort, otherwise so constant with him, his thoughts came rich and +full, and converged in a mental view, as exhilarating to him as the +prospect of some wide expanse of landscape to another man’s bodily eye. +He seemed to lie readier than was his wont to the imaginative influence +of the philosophic reason—to its suggestions of a possible open +country, commencing just where all actual experience leaves off, but +which experience, one’s own and not another’s, may one day occupy. In +fact, he was seeking strength for himself, in his own way, before he +started for that ambiguous earthly warfare which was to occupy the +remainder of his life. “Ever remember this,” he writes, “that a happy +life depends, not on many things—en oligistois keitai.”+ And to-day, +committing himself with a steady effort of volition to the mere silence +of the great empty apartments, he might be said to have escaped, +according to Plato’s promise to those who live closely with philosophy, +from the evils of the world. + +In his “conversations with himself” Marcus Aurelius speaks often of +that City on high, of which all other cities are but single +habitations. From him in fact Cornelius Fronto, in his late discourse, +had borrowed the expression; and he certainly meant by it more than the +whole commonwealth of Rome, in any idealisation of it, however sublime. +Incorporate somehow with the actual city whose goodly stones were lying +beneath his gaze, it was also implicate in that reasonable constitution +of nature, by devout contemplation of which it is possible for man to +associate himself to the consciousness of God. In that New Rome he had +taken up his rest for awhile on this day, deliberately feeding his +thoughts on the better air of it, as another might have gone for mental +renewal to a favourite villa. + +“Men seek retirement in country-houses,” he writes, “on the sea-coast, +on the mountains; and you have yourself as much fondness for such +places as another. But there is little proof of culture therein; since +the privilege is yours of retiring into yourself whensoever you +please,—into that little farm of one’s own mind, where a silence so +profound may be enjoyed.” That it could make these retreats, was a +plain consequence of the kingly prerogative of the mind, its dominion +over circumstance, its inherent liberty.—“It is in thy power to think +as thou wilt: The essence of things is in thy thoughts about them: All +is opinion, conception: No man can be hindered by another: What is +outside thy circle of thought is nothing at all to it; hold to this, +and you are safe: One thing is needful—to live close to the divine +genius within thee, and minister thereto worthily.” And the first point +in this true ministry, this culture, was to maintain one’s soul in a +condition of indifference and calm. How continually had public claims, +the claims of other persons, with their rough angularities of +character, broken in upon him, the shepherd of the flock. But after all +he had at least this privilege he could not part with, of thinking as +he would; and it was well, now and then, by a conscious effort of will, +to indulge it for a while, under systematic direction. The duty of thus +making discreet, systematic use of the power of imaginative vision for +purposes of spiritual culture, “since the soul takes colour from its +fantasies,” is a point he has frequently insisted on. + +The influence of these seasonable meditations—a symbol, or sacrament, +because an intensified condition, of the soul’s own ordinary and +natural life—would remain upon it, perhaps for many days. There were +experiences he could not forget, intuitions beyond price, he had come +by in this way, which were almost like the breaking of a physical light +upon his mind; as the great Augustus was said to have seen a mysterious +physical splendour, yonder, upon the summit of the Capitol, where the +altar of the Sibyl now stood. With a prayer, therefore, for inward +quiet, for conformity to the divine reason, he read some select +passages of Plato, which bear upon the harmony of the reason, in all +its forms, with itself—“Could there be Cosmos, that wonderful, +reasonable order, in him, and nothing but disorder in the world +without?” It was from this question he had passed on to the vision of a +reasonable, a divine, order, not in nature, but in the condition of +human affairs—that unseen Celestial City, Uranopolis, Callipolis, Urbs +Beata—in which, a consciousness of the divine will being everywhere +realised, there would be, among other felicitous differences from this +lower visible world, no more quite hopeless death, of men, or children, +or of their affections. He had tried to-day, as never before, to make +the most of this vision of a New Rome, to realise it as distinctly as +he could,—and, as it were, find his way along its streets, ere he went +down into a world so irksomely different, to make his practical effort +towards it, with a soul full of compassion for men as they were. +However distinct the mental image might have been to him, with the +descent of but one flight of steps into the market-place below, it must +have retreated again, as if at touch of some malign magic wand, beyond +the utmost verge of the horizon. But it had been actually, in his +clearest vision of it, a confused place, with but a recognisable entry, +a tower or fountain, here or there, and haunted by strange faces, whose +novel expression he, the great physiognomist, could by no means read. +Plato, indeed, had been able to articulate, to see, at least in +thought, his ideal city. But just because Aurelius had passed beyond +Plato, in the scope of the gracious charities he pre-supposed there, he +had been unable really to track his way about it. Ah! after all, +according to Plato himself, all vision was but reminiscence, and this, +his heart’s desire, no place his soul could ever have visited in any +region of the old world’s achievements. He had but divined, by a kind +of generosity of spirit, the void place, which another experience than +his must fill. + +Yet Marius noted the wonderful expression of peace, of quiet pleasure, +on the countenance of Aurelius, as he received from him the rolls of +fine clear manuscript, fancying the thoughts of the emperor occupied at +the moment with the famous prospect towards the Alban hills, from those +lofty windows. + +NOTES + + +37. +Transliteration: en oligistois keitai. Definition “it lies in the +fewest [things].” + + + + +CHAPTER XVIII. +“THE CEREMONY OF THE DART” + + +The ideas of Stoicism, so precious to Marcus Aurelius, ideas of large +generalisation, have sometimes induced, in those over whose intellects +they have had real power, a coldness of heart. It was the distinction +of Aurelius that he was able to harmonise them with the kindness, one +might almost say the amenities, of a humourist, as also with the +popular religion and its many gods. Those vasty conceptions of the +later Greek philosophy had in them, in truth, the germ of a sort of +austerely opinionative “natural theology,” and how often has that led +to religious dryness—a hard contempt of everything in religion, which +touches the senses, or charms the fancy, or really concerns the +affections. Aurelius had made his own the secret of passing, naturally, +and with no violence to his thought, to and fro, between the richly +coloured and romantic religion of those old gods who had still been +human beings, and a very abstract speculation upon the impassive, +universal soul—that circle whose centre is everywhere, the +circumference nowhere—of which a series of purely logical necessities +had evolved the formula. As in many another instance, those traditional +pieties of the place and the hour had been derived by him from his +mother:—para tês mêtros to theosebes.+ Purified, as all such religion +of concrete time and place needs to be, by frequent confronting with +the ideal of godhead as revealed to that innate religious sense in the +possession of which Aurelius differed from the people around him, it +was the ground of many a sociability with their simpler souls, and for +himself, certainly, a consolation, whenever the wings of his own soul +flagged in the trying atmosphere of purely intellectual vision. A host +of companions, guides, helpers, about him from of old time, “the very +court and company of heaven,” objects for him of personal reverence and +affection—the supposed presence of the ancient popular gods determined +the character of much of his daily life, and might prove the last stay +of human nature at its weakest. “In every time and place,” he had said, +“it rests with thyself to use the event of the hour religiously: at all +seasons worship the gods.” And when he said “Worship the gods!” he did +it, as strenuously as everything else. + +Yet here again, how often must he have experienced disillusion, or even +some revolt of feeling, at that contact with coarser natures to which +his religious conclusions exposed him. At the beginning of the year one +hundred and seventy-three public anxiety was as great as ever; and as +before it brought people’s superstition into unreserved play. For seven +days the images of the old gods, and some of the graver new ones, lay +solemnly exposed in the open air, arrayed in all their ornaments, each +in his separate resting-place, amid lights and burning incense, while +the crowd, following the imperial example, daily visited them, with +offerings of flowers to this or that particular divinity, according to +the devotion of each. + +But supplementing these older official observances, the very wildest +gods had their share of worship,—strange creatures with strange secrets +startled abroad into open daylight. The delirious sort of religion of +which Marius was a spectator in the streets of Rome, during the seven +days of the Lectisternium, reminded him now and again of an observation +of Apuleius: it was “as if the presence of the gods did not do men +good, but disordered or weakened them.” Some jaded women of fashion, +especially, found in certain oriental devotions, at once relief for +their religiously tearful souls and an opportunity for personal +display; preferring this or that “mystery,” chiefly because the attire +required in it was suitable to their peculiar manner of beauty. And one +morning Marius encountered an extraordinary crimson object, borne in a +litter through an excited crowd—the famous courtesan Benedicta, still +fresh from the bath of blood, to which she had submitted herself, +sitting below the scaffold where the victims provided for that purpose +were slaughtered by the priests. Even on the last day of the solemnity, +when the emperor himself performed one of the oldest ceremonies of the +Roman religion, this fantastic piety had asserted itself. There were +victims enough certainly, brought from the choice pastures of the +Sabine mountains, and conducted around the city they were to die for, +in almost continuous procession, covered with flowers and well-nigh +worried to death before the time by the crowds of people +superstitiously pressing to touch them. But certain old-fashioned +Romans, in these exceptional circumstances, demanded something more +than this, in the way of a human sacrifice after the ancient pattern; +as when, not so long since, some Greeks or Gauls had been buried alive +in the Forum. At least, human blood should be shed; and it was through +a wild multitude of fanatics, cutting their flesh with knives and whips +and licking up ardently the crimson stream, that the emperor repaired +to the temple of Bellona, and in solemn symbolic act cast the +bloodstained spear, or “dart,” carefully preserved there, towards the +enemy’s country— towards that unknown world of German homes, still +warm, as some believed under the faint northern twilight, with those +innocent affections of which Romans had lost the sense. And this at +least was clear, amid all doubts of abstract right or wrong on either +side, that the ruin of those homes was involved in what Aurelius was +then preparing for, with,—Yes! the gods be thanked for that achievement +of an invigorating philosophy!—almost with a light heart. + +For, in truth, that departure, really so difficult to him, for which +Marcus Aurelius had needed to brace himself so strenuously, came to +test the power of a long-studied theory of practice; and it was the +development of this theory—a theôria, literally—a view, an intuition, +of the most important facts, and still more important possibilities, +concerning man in the world, that Marius now discovered, almost as if +by accident, below the dry surface of the manuscripts entrusted to him. +The great purple rolls contained, first of all, statistics, a general +historical account of the writer’s own time, and an exact diary; all +alike, though in three different degrees of nearness to the writer’s +own personal experience, laborious, formal, self-suppressing. This was +for the instruction of the public; and part of it has, perhaps, found +its way into the Augustan Histories. But it was for the especial +guidance of his son Commodus that he had permitted himself to break +out, here and there, into reflections upon what was passing, into +conversations with the reader. And then, as though he were put off his +guard in this way, there had escaped into the heavy matter-of-fact, of +which the main portion was composed, morsels of his conversation with +himself. It was the romance of a soul (to be traced only in hints, +wayside notes, quotations from older masters), as it were in lifelong, +and often baffled search after some vanished or elusive golden fleece, +or Hesperidean fruit-trees, or some mysterious light of doctrine, ever +retreating before him. A man, he had seemed to Marius from the first, +of two lives, as we say. Of what nature, he had sometimes wondered, on +the day, for instance, when he had interrupted the emperor’s musings in +the empty palace, might be that placid inward guest or inhabitant, who +from amid the pre-occupations of the man of practical affairs looked +out, as if surprised, at the things and faces around. Here, then, under +the tame surface of what was meant for a life of business, Marius +discovered, welcoming a brother, the spontaneous self-revelation of a +soul as delicate as his own,—a soul for which conversation with itself +was a necessity of existence. Marius, indeed, had always suspected that +the sense of such necessity was a peculiarity of his. But here, +certainly, was another, in this respect like himself; and again he +seemed to detect the advent of some new or changed spirit into the +world, mystic, inward, hardly to be satisfied with that wholly external +and objective habit of life, which had been sufficient for the old +classic soul. His purely literary curiosity was greatly stimulated by +this example of a book of self-portraiture. It was in fact the position +of the modern essayist,—creature of efforts rather than of +achievements, in the matter of apprehending truth, but at least +conscious of lights by the way, which he must needs record, +acknowledge. What seemed to underlie that position was the desire to +make the most of every experience that might come, outwardly or from +within: to perpetuate, to display, what was so fleeting, in a kind of +instinctive, pathetic protest against the imperial writer’s own +theory—that theory of the “perpetual flux” of all things—to Marius +himself, so plausible from of old. + +There was, besides, a special moral or doctrinal significance in the +making of such conversation with one’s self at all. The Logos, the +reasonable spark, in man, is common to him with the gods—koinos autô +pros tous theous+—cum diis communis. That might seem but the truism of +a certain school of philosophy; but in Aurelius was clearly an original +and lively apprehension. There could be no inward conversation with +one’s self such as this, unless there were indeed some one else, aware +of our actual thoughts and feelings, pleased or displeased at one’s +disposition of one’s self. Cornelius Fronto too could enounce that +theory of the reasonable community between men and God, in many +different ways. But then, he was a cheerful man, and Aurelius a +singularly sad one; and what to Fronto was but a doctrine, or a motive +of mere rhetoric, was to the other a consolation. He walks and talks, +for a spiritual refreshment lacking which he would faint by the way, +with what to the learned professor is but matter of philosophic +eloquence. + +In performing his public religious functions Marcus Aurelius had ever +seemed like one who took part in some great process, a great thing +really done, with more than the actually visible assistants about him. +Here, in these manuscripts, in a hundred marginal flowers of thought or +language, in happy new phrases of his own like the impromptus of an +actual conversation, in quotations from other older masters of the +inward life, taking new significance from the chances of such +intercourse, was the record of his communion with that eternal reason, +which was also his own proper self, with the divine companion, whose +tabernacle was in the intelligence of men—the journal of his daily +commerce with that. + +Chance: or Providence! Chance: or Wisdom, one with nature and man, +reaching from end to end, through all time and all existence, orderly +disposing all things, according to fixed periods, as he describes it, +in terms very like certain well-known words of the book of +Wisdom:—those are the “fenced opposites” of the speculative dilemma, +the tragic embarras, of which Aurelius cannot too often remind himself +as the summary of man’s situation in the world. If there be, however, a +provident soul like this “behind the veil,” truly, even to him, even in +the most intimate of those conversations, it has never yet spoken with +any quite irresistible assertion of its presence. Yet one’s choice in +that speculative dilemma, as he has found it, is on the whole a matter +of will.—“’Tis in thy power,” here too, again, “to think as thou wilt.” +For his part he has asserted his will, and has the courage of his +opinion. “To the better of two things, if thou findest that, turn with +thy whole heart: eat and drink ever of the best before thee.” “Wisdom,” +says that other disciple of the Sapiential philosophy, “hath mingled +Her wine, she hath also prepared Herself a table.” Tou aristou +apolaue:+ “Partake ever of Her best!” And what Marius, peeping now very +closely upon the intimacies of that singular mind, found a thing +actually pathetic and affecting, was the manner of the writer’s bearing +as in the presence of this supposed guest; so elusive, so jealous of +any palpable manifestation of himself, so taxing to one’s faith, never +allowing one to lean frankly upon him and feel wholly at rest. Only, he +would do his part, at least, in maintaining the constant fitness, the +sweetness and quiet, of the guest-chamber. Seeming to vary with the +intellectual fortune of the hour, from the plainest account of +experience, to a sheer fantasy, only “believed because it was +impossible,” that one hope was, at all events, sufficient to make men’s +common pleasures and their common ambition, above all their commonest +vices, seem very petty indeed, too petty to know of. It bred in him a +kind of magnificence of character, in the old Greek sense of the term; +a temper incompatible with any merely plausible advocacy of his +convictions, or merely superficial thoughts about anything whatever, or +talk about other people, or speculation as to what was passing in their +so visibly little souls, or much talking of any kind, however clever or +graceful. A soul thus disposed had “already entered into the better +life”:—was indeed in some sort “a priest, a minister of the gods.” +Hence his constant “recollection”; a close watching of his soul, of a +kind almost unique in the ancient world.—Before all things examine into +thyself: strive to be at home with thyself!—Marius, a sympathetic +witness of all this, might almost seem to have had a foresight of +monasticism itself in the prophetic future. With this mystic companion +he had gone a step onward out of the merely objective pagan existence. +Here was already a master in that craft of self-direction, which was +about to play so large a part in the forming of human mind, under the +sanction of the Christian church. + +Yet it was in truth a somewhat melancholy service, a service on which +one must needs move about, solemn, serious, depressed, with the hushed +footsteps of those who move about the house where a dead body is lying. +Such was the impression which occurred to Marius again and again as he +read, with a growing sense of some profound dissidence from his author. +By certain quite traceable links of association he was reminded, in +spite of the moral beauty of the philosophic emperor’s ideas, how he +had sat, essentially unconcerned, at the public shows. For, actually, +his contemplations had made him of a sad heart, inducing in him that +melancholy—Tristitia—which even the monastic moralists have held to be +of the nature of deadly sin, akin to the sin of Desidia or Inactivity. +Resignation, a sombre resignation, a sad heart, patient bearing of the +burden of a sad heart:—Yes! this belonged doubtless to the situation of +an honest thinker upon the world. Only, in this case there seemed to be +too much of a complacent acquiescence in the world as it is. And there +could be no true Théodicé in that; no real accommodation of the world +as it is, to the divine pattern of the Logos, the eternal reason, over +against it. It amounted to a tolerance of evil. + +The soul of good, though it moveth upon a way thou canst but little +understand, yet prospereth on the journey: +If thou sufferest nothing contrary to nature, there can be nought of +evil with thee therein. +If thou hast done aught in harmony with that reason in which men are +communicant with the gods, there also can be nothing of evil with +thee—nothing to be afraid of: +Whatever is, is right; as from the hand of one dispensing to every man +according to his desert: +If reason fulfil its part in things, what more dost thou require? +Dost thou take it ill that thy stature is but of four cubits? +That which happeneth to each of us is for the profit of the whole. +The profit of the whole,—that was sufficient!+ + + +—Links, in a train of thought really generous! of which, nevertheless, +the forced and yet facile optimism, refusing to see evil anywhere, +might lack, after all, the secret of genuine cheerfulness. It left in +truth a weight upon the spirits; and with that weight unlifted, there +could be no real justification of the ways of Heaven to man. “Let thine +air be cheerful,” he had said; and, with an effort, did himself at +times attain to that serenity of aspect, which surely ought to +accompany, as their outward flower and favour, hopeful assumptions like +those. Still, what in Aurelius was but a passing expression, was with +Cornelius (Marius could but note the contrast) nature, and a veritable +physiognomy. With Cornelius, in fact, it was nothing less than the joy +which Dante apprehended in the blessed spirits of the perfect, the +outward semblance of which, like a reflex of physical light upon human +faces from “the land which is very far off,” we may trace from Giotto +onward to its consummation in the work of Raphael—the serenity, the +durable cheerfulness, of those who have been indeed delivered from +death, and of which the utmost degree of that famed “blitheness” of the +Greeks had been but a transitory gleam, as in careless and wholly +superficial youth. And yet, in Cornelius, it was certainly united with +the bold recognition of evil as a fact in the world; real as an aching +in the head or heart, which one instinctively desires to have cured; an +enemy with whom no terms could be made, visible, hatefully visible, in +a thousand forms—the apparent waste of men’s gifts in an early, or even +in a late grave; the death, as such, of men, and even of animals; the +disease and pain of the body. + +And there was another point of dissidence between Aurelius and his +reader.—The philosophic emperor was a despiser of the body. Since it is +“the peculiar privilege of reason to move within herself, and to be +proof against corporeal impressions, suffering neither sensation nor +passion to break in upon her,” it follows that the true interest of the +spirit must ever be to treat the body—Well! as a corpse attached +thereto, rather than as a living companion—nay, actually to promote its +dissolution. In counterpoise to the inhumanity of this, presenting +itself to the young reader as nothing less than a sin against nature, +the very person of Cornelius was nothing less than a sanction of that +reverent delight Marius had always had in the visible body of man. Such +delight indeed had been but a natural consequence of the sensuous or +materialistic character of the philosophy of his choice. Now to +Cornelius the body of man was unmistakeably, as a later seer terms it, +the one true temple in the world; or rather itself the proper object of +worship, of a sacred service, in which the very finest gold might have +its seemliness and due symbolic use:—Ah! and of what awe-stricken pity +also, in its dejection, in the perishing gray bones of a poor man’s +grave! + +Some flaw of vision, thought Marius, must be involved in the +philosopher’s contempt for it—some diseased point of thought, or moral +dulness, leading logically to what seemed to him the strangest of all +the emperor’s inhumanities, the temper of the suicide; for which there +was just then, indeed, a sort of mania in the world. “’Tis part of the +business of life,” he read, “to lose it handsomely.” On due occasion, +“one might give life the slip.” The moral or mental powers might fail +one; and then it were a fair question, precisely, whether the time for +taking leave was not come:—“Thou canst leave this prison when thou +wilt. Go forth boldly!” Just there, in the bare capacity to entertain +such question at all, there was what Marius, with a soul which must +always leap up in loyal gratitude for mere physical sunshine, touching +him as it touched the flies in the air, could not away with. There, +surely, was a sign of some crookedness in the natural power of +apprehension. It was the attitude, the melancholy intellectual +attitude, of one who might be greatly mistaken in things—who might make +the greatest of mistakes. + +A heart that could forget itself in the misfortune, or even in the +weakness of others:—of this Marius had certainly found the trace, as a +confidant of the emperor’s conversations with himself, in spite of +those jarring inhumanities, of that pretension to a stoical +indifference, and the many difficulties of his manner of writing. He +found it again not long afterwards, in still stronger evidence, in this +way. As he read one morning early, there slipped from the rolls of +manuscript a sealed letter with the emperor’s superscription, which +might well be of importance, and he felt bound to deliver it at once in +person; Aurelius being then absent from Rome in one of his favourite +retreats, at Praeneste, taking a few days of quiet with his young +children, before his departure for the war. A whole day passed as +Marius crossed the Campagna on horseback, pleased by the random autumn +lights bringing out in the distance the sheep at pasture, the shepherds +in their picturesque dress, the golden elms, tower and villa; and it +was after dark that he mounted the steep street of the little hill-town +to the imperial residence. He was struck by an odd mixture of stillness +and excitement about the place. Lights burned at the windows. It seemed +that numerous visitors were within, for the courtyard was crowded with +litters and horses in waiting. For the moment, indeed, all larger +cares, even the cares of war, of late so heavy a pressure, had been +forgotten in what was passing with the little Annius Verus; who for his +part had forgotten his toys, lying all day across the knees of his +mother, as a mere child’s ear-ache grew rapidly to alarming sickness +with great and manifest agony, only suspended a little, from time to +time, when from very weariness he passed into a few moments of +unconsciousness. The country surgeon called in, had removed the +imposthume with the knife. There had been a great effort to bear this +operation, for the terrified child, hardly persuaded to submit himself, +when his pain was at its worst, and even more for the parents. At +length, amid a company of pupils pressing in with him, as the custom +was, to watch the proceedings in the sick-room, the eminent Galen had +arrived, only to pronounce the thing done visibly useless, the patient +falling now into longer intervals of delirium. And thus, thrust on one +side by the crowd of departing visitors, Marius was forced into the +privacy of a grief, the desolate face of which went deep into his +memory, as he saw the emperor carry the child away—quite conscious at +last, but with a touching expression upon it of weakness and +defeat—pressed close to his bosom, as if he yearned just then for one +thing only, to be united, to be absolutely one with it, in its obscure +distress. + +NOTES + + +42. +Transliteration: para tês mêtros to theosebes. Translation: “rites +deriving from [his] mother.” + + +47. +Transliteration: koinos autô pros tous theous. Translation: +“common to him together with the gods.” + + +49. +Transliteration: Tou aristou apolaue. Translation: “[Always] take +the best.” + + +52. +Not indented in the original. + + + + +CHAPTER XIX. +THE WILL AS VISION + + +Paratum cor meum deus! paratum cor meum! + + +The emperor demanded a senatorial decree for the erection of images in +memory of the dead prince; that a golden one should be carried, +together with the other images, in the great procession of the Circus, +and the addition of the child’s name to the Hymn of the Salian Priests: +and so, stifling private grief, without further delay set forth for the +war. + +True kingship, as Plato, the old master of Aurelius, had understood it, +was essentially of the nature of a service. If so be, you can discover +a mode of life more desirable than the being a king, for those who +shall be kings; then, the true Ideal of the State will become a +possibility; but not otherwise. And if the life of Beatific Vision be +indeed possible, if philosophy really “concludes in an ecstasy,” +affording full fruition to the entire nature of man; then, for certain +elect souls at least, a mode of life will have been discovered more +desirable than to be a king. By love or fear you might induce such +persons to forgo their privilege; to take upon them the distasteful +task of governing other men, or even of leading them to victory in +battle. But, by the very conditions of its tenure, their dominion would +be wholly a ministry to others: they would have taken upon them “the +form of a servant”: they would be reigning for the well-being of others +rather than their own. The true king, the righteous king, would be +Saint Lewis, exiling himself from the better land and its perfected +company—so real a thing to him, definite and real as the pictured +scenes of his psalter—to take part in or to arbitrate men’s quarrels, +about the transitory appearances of things. In a lower degree (lower, +in proportion as the highest Platonic dream is lower than any Christian +vision) the true king would be Marcus Aurelius, drawn from the +meditation of books, to be the ruler of the Roman people in peace, and +still more, in war. + +To Aurelius, certainly, the philosophic mood, the visions, however dim, +which this mood brought with it, were sufficiently pleasant to him, +together with the endearments of his home, to make public rule nothing +less than a sacrifice of himself according to Plato’s requirement, now +consummated in his setting forth for the campaign on the Danube. That +it was such a sacrifice was to Marius visible fact, as he saw him +ceremoniously lifted into the saddle amid all the pageantry of an +imperial departure, yet with the air less of a sanguine and +self-reliant leader than of one in some way or other already defeated. +Through the fortune of the subsequent years, passing and repassing so +inexplicably from side to side, the rumour of which reached him amid +his own quiet studies, Marius seemed always to see that central figure, +with its habitually dejected hue grown now to an expression of positive +suffering, all the stranger from its contrast with the magnificent +armour worn by the emperor on this occasion, as it had been worn by his +predecessor Hadrian. + +Totus et argento contextus et auro: + + +clothed in its gold and silver, dainty as that old divinely constructed +armour of which Homer tells, but without its miraculous +lightsomeness—he looked out baffled, labouring, moribund; a mere +comfortless shadow taking part in some shadowy reproduction of the +labours of Hercules, through those northern, mist-laden confines of the +civilised world. It was as if the familiar soul which had been so +friendly disposed towards him were actually departed to Hades; and when +he read the Conversations afterwards, though his judgment of them +underwent no material change, it was nevertheless with the allowance we +make for the dead. The memory of that suffering image, while it +certainly strengthened his adhesion to what he could accept at all in +the philosophy of Aurelius, added a strange pathos to what must seem +the writer’s mistakes. What, after all, had been the meaning of that +incident, observed as so fortunate an omen long since, when the prince, +then a little child much younger than was usual, had stood in ceremony +among the priests of Mars and flung his crown of flowers with the rest +at the sacred image reclining on the Pulvinar? The other crowns lodged +themselves here or there; when, Lo! the crown thrown by Aurelius, the +youngest of them all, alighted upon the very brows of the god, as if +placed there by a careful hand! He was still young, also, when on the +day of his adoption by Antoninus Pius he saw himself in a dream, with +as it were shoulders of ivory, like the images of the gods, and found +them more capable than shoulders of flesh. Yet he was now well-nigh +fifty years of age, setting out with two-thirds of life behind him, +upon a labour which would fill the remainder of it with anxious cares—a +labour for which he had perhaps no capacity, and certainly no taste. + +That ancient suit of armour was almost the only object Aurelius now +possessed from all those much cherished articles of vertu collected by +the Caesars, making the imperial residence like a magnificent museum. +Not men alone were needed for the war, so that it became necessary, to +the great disgust alike of timid persons and of the lovers of sport, to +arm the gladiators, but money also was lacking. Accordingly, at the +sole motion of Aurelius himself, unwilling that the public burden +should be further increased, especially on the part of the poor, the +whole of the imperial ornaments and furniture, a sumptuous collection +of gems formed by Hadrian, with many works of the most famous painters +and sculptors, even the precious ornaments of the emperor’s chapel or +Lararium, and the wardrobe of the empress Faustina, who seems to have +borne the loss without a murmur, were exposed for public auction. +“These treasures,” said Aurelius, “like all else that I possess, belong +by right to the Senate and People.” Was it not a characteristic of the +true kings in Plato that they had in their houses nothing they could +call their own? Connoisseurs had a keen delight in the mere reading of +the Praetor’s list of the property for sale. For two months the learned +in these matters were daily occupied in the appraising of the +embroidered hangings, the choice articles of personal use selected for +preservation by each succeeding age, the great outlandish pearls from +Hadrian’s favourite cabinet, the marvellous plate lying safe behind the +pretty iron wicker-work of the shops in the goldsmiths’ quarter. +Meantime ordinary persons might have an interest in the inspection of +objects which had been as daily companions to people so far above and +remote from them—things so fine also in workmanship and material as to +seem, with their antique and delicate air, a worthy survival of the +grand bygone eras, like select thoughts or utterances embodying the +very spirit of the vanished past. The town became more pensive than +ever over old fashions. + +The welcome amusement of this last act of preparation for the great war +being now over, all Rome seemed to settle down into a singular quiet, +likely to last long, as though bent only on watching from afar the +languid, somewhat uneventful course of the contest itself. Marius took +advantage of it as an opportunity for still closer study than of old, +only now and then going out to one of his favourite spots on the Sabine +or Alban hills for a quiet even greater than that of Rome in the +country air. On one of these occasions, as if by favour of an invisible +power withdrawing some unknown cause of dejection from around him, he +enjoyed a quite unusual sense of self-possession—the possession of his +own best and happiest self. After some gloomy thoughts over-night, he +awoke under the full tide of the rising sun, himself full, in his +entire refreshment, of that almost religious appreciation of sleep, the +graciousness of its influence on men’s spirits, which had made the old +Greeks conceive of it as a god. It was like one of those old joyful +wakings of childhood, now becoming rarer and rarer with him, and looked +back upon with much regret as a measure of advancing age. In fact, the +last bequest of this serene sleep had been a dream, in which, as once +before, he overheard those he loved best pronouncing his name very +pleasantly, as they passed through the rich light and shadow of a +summer morning, along the pavement of a city—Ah! fairer far than Rome! +In a moment, as he arose, a certain oppression of late setting very +heavily upon him was lifted away, as though by some physical motion in +the air. + +That flawless serenity, better than the most pleasurable excitement, +yet so easily ruffled by chance collision even with the things and +persons he had come to value as the greatest treasure in life, was to +be wholly his to-day, he thought, as he rode towards Tibur, under the +early sunshine; the marble of its villas glistening all the way before +him on the hillside. And why could he not hold such serenity of spirit +ever at command? he asked, expert as he was at last become in the art +of setting the house of his thoughts in order. “’Tis in thy power to +think as thou wilt:” he repeated to himself: it was the most +serviceable of all the lessons enforced on him by those imperial +conversations.—“’Tis in thy power to think as thou wilt.” And were the +cheerful, sociable, restorative beliefs, of which he had there read so +much, that bold adhesion, for instance, to the hypothesis of an eternal +friend to man, just hidden behind the veil of a mechanical and material +order, but only just behind it, ready perhaps even now to break +through:—were they, after all, really a matter of choice, dependent on +some deliberate act of volition on his part? Were they doctrines one +might take for granted, generously take for granted, and led on by +them, at first as but well-defined objects of hope, come at last into +the region of a corresponding certitude of the intellect? “It is the +truth I seek,” he had read, “the truth, by which no one,” gray and +depressing though it might seem, “was ever really injured.” And yet, on +the other hand, the imperial wayfarer, he had been able to go along +with so far on his intellectual pilgrimage, let fall many things +concerning the practicability of a methodical and self-forced assent to +certain principles or presuppositions “one could not do without.” Were +there, as the expression “one could not do without” seemed to hint, +beliefs, without which life itself must be almost impossible, +principles which had their sufficient ground of evidence in that very +fact? Experience certainly taught that, as regarding the sensible world +he could attend or not, almost at will, to this or that colour, this or +that train of sounds, in the whole tumultuous concourse of colour and +sound, so it was also, for the well-trained intelligence, in regard to +that hum of voices which besiege the inward no less than the outward +ear. Might it be not otherwise with those various and competing +hypotheses, the permissible hypotheses, which, in that open field for +hypothesis—one’s own actual ignorance of the origin and tendency of our +being—present themselves so importunately, some of them with so +emphatic a reiteration, through all the mental changes of successive +ages? Might the will itself be an organ of knowledge, of vision? + +On this day truly no mysterious light, no irresistibly leading hand +from afar reached him; only the peculiarly tranquil influence of its +first hour increased steadily upon him, in a manner with which, as he +conceived, the aspects of the place he was then visiting had something +to do. The air there, air supposed to possess the singular property of +restoring the whiteness of ivory, was pure and thin. An even veil of +lawn-like white cloud had now drawn over the sky; and under its broad, +shadowless light every hue and tone of time came out upon the yellow +old temples, the elegant pillared circle of the shrine of the patronal +Sibyl, the houses seemingly of a piece with the ancient fundamental +rock. Some half-conscious motive of poetic grace would appear to have +determined their grouping; in part resisting, partly going along with +the natural wildness and harshness of the place, its floods and +precipices. An air of immense age possessed, above all, the vegetation +around—a world of evergreen trees—the olives especially, older than how +many generations of men’s lives! fretted and twisted by the combining +forces of life and death, into every conceivable caprice of form. In +the windless weather all seemed to be listening to the roar of the +immemorial waterfall, plunging down so unassociably among these human +habitations, and with a motion so unchanging from age to age as to +count, even in this time-worn place, as an image of unalterable rest. +Yet the clear sky all but broke to let through the ray which was +silently quickening everything in the late February afternoon, and the +unseen violet refined itself through the air. It was as if the spirit +of life in nature were but withholding any too precipitate revelation +of itself, in its slow, wise, maturing work. + +Through some accident to the trappings of his horse at the inn where he +rested, Marius had an unexpected delay. He sat down in an olive-garden, +and, all around him and within still turning to reverie, the course of +his own life hitherto seemed to withdraw itself into some other world, +disparted from this spectacular point where he was now placed to survey +it, like that distant road below, along which he had travelled this +morning across the Campagna. Through a dreamy land he could see himself +moving, as if in another life, and like another person, through all his +fortunes and misfortunes, passing from point to point, weeping, +delighted, escaping from various dangers. That prospect brought him, +first of all, an impulse of lively gratitude: it was as if he must look +round for some one else to share his joy with: for some one to whom he +might tell the thing, for his own relief. Companionship, indeed, +familiarity with others, gifted in this way or that, or at least +pleasant to him, had been, through one or another long span of it, the +chief delight of the journey. And was it only the resultant general +sense of such familiarity, diffused through his memory, that in a while +suggested the question whether there had not been—besides Flavian, +besides Cornelius even, and amid the solitude he had which in spite of +ardent friendship perhaps loved best of all things—some other +companion, an unfailing companion, ever at his side throughout; +doubling his pleasure in the roses by the way, patient of his +peevishness or depression, sympathetic above all with his grateful +recognition, onward from his earliest days, of the fact that he was +there at all? Must not the whole world around have faded away for him +altogether, had he been left for one moment really alone in it? In his +deepest apparent solitude there had been rich entertainment. It was as +if there were not one only, but two wayfarers, side by side, visible +there across the plain, as he indulged his fancy. A bird came and sang +among the wattled hedge-roses: an animal feeding crept nearer: the +child who kept it was gazing quietly: and the scene and the hours still +conspiring, he passed from that mere fantasy of a self not himself, +beside him in his coming and going, to those divinations of a living +and companionable spirit at work in all things, of which he had become +aware from time to time in his old philosophic readings—in Plato and +others, last but not least, in Aurelius. Through one reflection upon +another, he passed from such instinctive divinations, to the thoughts +which give them logical consistency, formulating at last, as the +necessary exponent of our own and the world’s life, that reasonable +Ideal to which the Old Testament gives the name of Creator, which for +the philosophers of Greece is the Eternal Reason, and in the New +Testament the Father of Men—even as one builds up from act and word and +expression of the friend actually visible at one’s side, an ideal of +the spirit within him. + +In this peculiar and privileged hour, his bodily frame, as he could +recognise, although just then, in the whole sum of its capacities, so +entirely possessed by him—Nay! actually his very self—was yet +determined by a far-reaching system of material forces external to it, +a thousand combining currents from earth and sky. Its seemingly active +powers of apprehension were, in fact, but susceptibilities to +influence. The perfection of its capacity might be said to depend on +its passive surrender, as of a leaf on the wind, to the motions of the +great stream of physical energy without it. And might not the +intellectual frame also, still more intimately himself as in truth it +was, after the analogy of the bodily life, be a moment only, an impulse +or series of impulses, a single process, in an intellectual or +spiritual system external to it, diffused through all time and +place—that great stream of spiritual energy, of which his own imperfect +thoughts, yesterday or to-day, would be but the remote, and therefore +imperfect pulsations? It was the hypothesis (boldest, though in reality +the most conceivable of all hypotheses) which had dawned on the +contemplations of the two opposed great masters of the old Greek +thought, alike:—the “World of Ideas,” existent only because, and in so +far as, they are known, as Plato conceived; the “creative, +incorruptible, informing mind,” supposed by Aristotle, so sober-minded, +yet as regards this matter left something of a mystic after all. Might +not this entire material world, the very scene around him, the +immemorial rocks, the firm marble, the olive-gardens, the falling +water, be themselves but reflections in, or a creation of, that one +indefectible mind, wherein he too became conscious, for an hour, a day, +for so many years? Upon what other hypothesis could he so well +understand the persistency of all these things for his own intermittent +consciousness of them, for the intermittent consciousness of so many +generations, fleeting away one after another? It was easier to conceive +of the material fabric of things as but an element in a world of +thought—as a thought in a mind, than of mind as an element, or +accident, or passing condition in a world of matter, because mind was +really nearer to himself: it was an explanation of what was less known +by what was known better. The purely material world, that close, +impassable prison-wall, seemed just then the unreal thing, to be +actually dissolving away all around him: and he felt a quiet hope, a +quiet joy dawning faintly, in the dawning of this doctrine upon him as +a really credible opinion. It was like the break of day over some vast +prospect with the “new city,” as it were some celestial New Rome, in +the midst of it. That divine companion figured no longer as but an +occasional wayfarer beside him; but rather as the unfailing +“assistant,” without whose inspiration and concurrence he could not +breathe or see, instrumenting his bodily senses, rounding, supporting +his imperfect thoughts. How often had the thought of their brevity +spoiled for him the most natural pleasures of life, confusing even his +present sense of them by the suggestion of disease, of death, of a +coming end, in everything! How had he longed, sometimes, that there +were indeed one to whose boundless power of memory he could commit his +own most fortunate moments, his admiration, his love, Ay! the very +sorrows of which he could not bear quite to lose the sense:—one strong +to retain them even though he forgot, in whose more vigorous +consciousness they might subsist for ever, beyond that mere quickening +of capacity which was all that remained of them in himself! “Oh! that +they might live before Thee”—To-day at least, in the peculiar clearness +of one privileged hour, he seemed to have apprehended that in which the +experiences he valued most might find, one by one, an abiding-place. +And again, the resultant sense of companionship, of a person beside +him, evoked the faculty of conscience—of conscience, as of old and when +he had been at his best, in the form, not of fear, nor of self-reproach +even, but of a certain lively gratitude. + +Himself—his sensations and ideas—never fell again precisely into focus +as on that day, yet he was the richer by its experience. But for once +only to have come under the power of that peculiar mood, to have felt +the train of reflections which belong to it really forcible and +conclusive, to have been led by them to a conclusion, to have +apprehended the Great Ideal, so palpably that it defined personal +gratitude and the sense of a friendly hand laid upon him amid the +shadows of the world, left this one particular hour a marked point in +life never to be forgotten. It gave him a definitely ascertained +measure of his moral or intellectual need, of the demand his soul must +make upon the powers, whatsoever they might be, which had brought him, +as he was, into the world at all. And again, would he be faithful to +himself, to his own habits of mind, his leading suppositions, if he did +but remain just there? Must not all that remained of life be but a +search for the equivalent of that Ideal, among so-called actual +things—a gathering together of every trace or token of it, which his +actual experience might present? + + + + +PART THE FOURTH + + + + +CHAPTER XX. +TWO CURIOUS HOUSES + +I. GUESTS + +“Your old men shall dream dreams.”+ + + +A nature like that of Marius, composed, in about equal parts, of +instincts almost physical, and of slowly accumulated intellectual +judgments, was perhaps even less susceptible than other men’s +characters of essential change. And yet the experience of that +fortunate hour, seeming to gather into one central act of vision all +the deeper impressions his mind had ever received, did not leave him +quite as he had been. For his mental view, at least, it changed +measurably the world about him, of which he was still indeed a curious +spectator, but which looked further off, was weaker in its hold, and, +in a sense, less real to him than ever. It was as if he viewed it +through a diminishing glass. And the permanency of this change he could +note, some years later, when it happened that he was a guest at a +feast, in which the various exciting elements of Roman life, its +physical and intellectual accomplishments, its frivolity and +far-fetched elegances, its strange, mystic essays after the unseen, +were elaborately combined. The great Apuleius, the literary ideal of +his boyhood, had arrived in Rome,—was now visiting Tusculum, at the +house of their common friend, a certain aristocratic poet who loved +every sort of superiorities; and Marius was favoured with an invitation +to a supper given in his honour. + +It was with a feeling of half-humorous concession to his own early +boyish hero-worship, yet with some sense of superiority in himself, +seeing his old curiosity grown now almost to indifference when on the +point of satisfaction at last, and upon a juster estimate of its +object, that he mounted to the little town on the hillside, the +foot-ways of which were so many flights of easy-going steps gathered +round a single great house under shadow of the “haunted” ruins of +Cicero’s villa on the wooded heights. He found a touch of weirdness in +the circumstance that in so romantic a place he had been bidden to meet +the writer who was come to seem almost like one of the personages in +his own fiction. As he turned now and then to gaze at the evening scene +through the tall narrow openings of the street, up which the cattle +were going home slowly from the pastures below, the Alban mountains, +stretched between the great walls of the ancient houses, seemed close +at hand—a screen of vaporous dun purple against the setting sun—with +those waves of surpassing softness in the boundary lines which indicate +volcanic formation. The coolness of the little brown market-place, for +profit of which even the working-people, in long file through the +olive-gardens, were leaving the plain for the night, was grateful, +after the heats of Rome. Those wild country figures, clad in every kind +of fantastic patchwork, stained by wind and weather fortunately enough +for the eye, under that significant light inclined him to poetry. And +it was a very delicate poetry of its kind that seemed to enfold him, as +passing into the poet’s house he paused for a moment to glance back +towards the heights above; whereupon, the numerous cascades of the +precipitous garden of the villa, framed in the doorway of the hall, +fell into a harmless picture, in its place among the pictures within, +and scarcely more real than they—a landscape-piece, in which the power +of water (plunging into what unseen depths!) done to the life, was +pleasant, and without its natural terrors. + +At the further end of this bland apartment, fragrant with the rare +woods of the old inlaid panelling, the falling of aromatic oil from the +ready-lighted lamps, the iris-root clinging to the dresses of the +guests, as with odours from the altars of the gods, the supper-table +was spread, in all the daintiness characteristic of the agreeable +petit-maître, who entertained. He was already most carefully dressed, +but, like Martial’s Stella, perhaps consciously, meant to change his +attire once and again during the banquet; in the last instance, for an +ancient vesture (object of much rivalry among the young men of fashion, +at that great sale of the imperial wardrobes) a toga, of altogether +lost hue and texture. He wore it with a grace which became the leader +of a thrilling movement then on foot for the restoration of that +disused garment, in which, laying aside the customary evening dress, +all the visitors were requested to appear, setting off the delicate +sinuosities and well-disposed “golden ways” of its folds, with +harmoniously tinted flowers. The opulent sunset, blending pleasantly +with artificial light, fell across the quiet ancestral effigies of old +consular dignitaries, along the wide floor strewn with sawdust of +sandal-wood, and lost itself in the heap of cool coronals, lying ready +for the foreheads of the guests on a sideboard of old citron. The +crystal vessels darkened with old wine, the hues of the early autumn +fruit—mulberries, pomegranates, and grapes that had long been hanging +under careful protection upon the vines, were almost as much a feast +for the eye, as the dusky fires of the rare twelve-petalled roses. A +favourite animal, white as snow, brought by one of the visitors, purred +its way gracefully among the wine-cups, coaxed onward from place to +place by those at table, as they reclined easily on their cushions of +German eider-down, spread over the long-legged, carved couches. + +A highly refined modification of the acroama—a musical performance +during supper for the diversion of the guests—was presently heard +hovering round the place, soothingly, and so unobtrusively that the +company could not guess, and did not like to ask, whether or not it had +been designed by their entertainer. They inclined on the whole to think +it some wonderful peasant-music peculiar to that wild neighbourhood, +turning, as it did now and then, to a solitary reed-note, like a +bird’s, while it wandered into the distance. It wandered quite away at +last, as darkness with a bolder lamplight came on, and made way for +another sort of entertainment. An odd, rapid, phantasmal glitter, +advancing from the garden by torchlight, defined itself, as it came +nearer, into a dance of young men in armour. Arrived at length in a +portico, open to the supper-chamber, they contrived that their +mechanical march-movement should fall out into a kind of highly +expressive dramatic action; and with the utmost possible emphasis of +dumb motion, their long swords weaving a silvery network in the air, +they danced the Death of Paris. The young Commodus, already an adept in +these matters, who had condescended to welcome the eminent Apuleius at +the banquet, had mysteriously dropped from his place to take his share +in the performance; and at its conclusion reappeared, still wearing the +dainty accoutrements of Paris, including a breastplate, composed +entirely of overlapping tigers’ claws, skilfully gilt. The youthful +prince had lately assumed the dress of manhood, on the return of the +emperor for a brief visit from the North; putting up his hair, in +imitation of Nero, in a golden box dedicated to Capitoline Jupiter. His +likeness to Aurelius, his father, was become, in consequence, more +striking than ever; and he had one source of genuine interest in the +great literary guest of the occasion, in that the latter was the +fortunate possessor of a monopoly for the exhibition of wild beasts and +gladiatorial shows in the province of Carthage, where he resided. + +Still, after all complaisance to the perhaps somewhat crude tastes of +the emperor’s son, it was felt that with a guest like Apuleius whom +they had come prepared to entertain as veritable connoisseurs, the +conversation should be learned and superior, and the host at last +deftly led his company round to literature, by the way of bindings. +Elegant rolls of manuscript from his fine library of ancient Greek +books passed from hand to hand about the table. It was a sign for the +visitors themselves to draw their own choicest literary curiosities +from their bags, as their contribution to the banquet; and one of them, +a famous reader, choosing his lucky moment, delivered in tenor voice +the piece which follows, with a preliminary query as to whether it +could indeed be the composition of Lucian of Samosata,+ understood to +be the great mocker of that day:— + +“What sound was that, Socrates?” asked Chaerephon. “It came from the +beach under the cliff yonder, and seemed a long way off.—And how +melodious it was! Was it a bird, I wonder. I thought all sea-birds were +songless.” + +“Aye! a sea-bird,” answered Socrates, “a bird called the Halcyon, and +has a note full of plaining and tears. There is an old story people +tell of it. It was a mortal woman once, daughter of Aeolus, god of the +winds. Ceyx, the son of the morning-star, wedded her in her early +maidenhood. The son was not less fair than the father; and when it came +to pass that he died, the crying of the girl as she lamented his sweet +usage, was, Just that! And some while after, as Heaven willed, she was +changed into a bird. Floating now on bird’s wings over the sea she +seeks her lost Ceyx there; since she was not able to find him after +long wandering over the land.” + +“That then is the Halcyon—the kingfisher,” said Chaerephon. “I never +heard a bird like it before. It has truly a plaintive note. What kind +of a bird is it, Socrates?” + +“Not a large bird, though she has received large honour from the gods +on account of her singular conjugal affection. For whensoever she makes +her nest, a law of nature brings round what is called Halcyon’s +weather,—days distinguishable among all others for their serenity, +though they come sometimes amid the storms of winter—days like to-day! +See how transparent is the sky above us, and how motionless the +sea!—like a smooth mirror.” + +True! A Halcyon day, indeed! and yesterday was the same. But tell me, +Socrates, what is one to think of those stories which have been told +from the beginning, of birds changed into mortals and mortals into +birds? To me nothing seems more incredible.” + +“Dear Chaerephon,” said Socrates, “methinks we are but half-blind +judges of the impossible and the possible. We try the question by the +standard of our human faculty, which avails neither for true knowledge, +nor for faith, nor vision. Therefore many things seem to us impossible +which are really easy, many things unattainable which are within our +reach; partly through inexperience, partly through the childishness of +our minds. For in truth, every man, even the oldest of us, is like a +little child, so brief and babyish are the years of our life in +comparison of eternity. Then, how can we, who comprehend not the +faculties of gods and of the heavenly host, tell whether aught of that +kind be possible or no?—What a tempest you saw three days ago! One +trembles but to think of the lightning, the thunderclaps, the violence +of the wind! You might have thought the whole world was going to ruin. +And then, after a little, came this wonderful serenity of weather, +which has continued till to-day. Which do you think the greater and +more difficult thing to do: to exchange the disorder of that +irresistible whirlwind to a clarity like this, and becalm the whole +world again, or to refashion the form of a woman into that of a bird? +We can teach even little children to do something of that sort,—to take +wax or clay, and mould out of the same material many kinds of form, one +after another, without difficulty. And it may be that to the Deity, +whose power is too vast for comparison with ours, all processes of that +kind are manageable and easy. How much wider is the whole circle of +heaven than thyself?—Wider than thou canst express. + +“Among ourselves also, how vast the difference we may observe in men’s +degrees of power! To you and me, and many another like us, many things +are impossible which are quite easy to others. For those who are +unmusical, to play on the flute; to read or write, for those who have +not yet learned; is no easier than to make birds of women, or women of +birds. From the dumb and lifeless egg Nature moulds her swarms of +winged creatures, aided, as some will have it, by a divine and secret +art in the wide air around us. She takes from the honeycomb a little +memberless live thing; she brings it wings and feet, brightens and +beautifies it with quaint variety of colour:—and Lo! the bee in her +wisdom, making honey worthy of the gods. + +“It follows, that we mortals, being altogether of little account, able +wholly to discern no great matter, sometimes not even a little one, for +the most part at a loss regarding what happens even with ourselves, may +hardly speak with security as to what may be the powers of the immortal +gods concerning Kingfisher, or Nightingale. Yet the glory of thy +mythus, as my fathers bequeathed it to me, O tearful songstress! that +will I too hand on to my children, and tell it often to my wives, +Xanthippe and Myrto:—the story of thy pious love to Ceyx, and of thy +melodious hymns; and, above all, of the honour thou hast with the +gods!” + +The reader’s well-turned periods seemed to stimulate, almost +uncontrollably, the eloquent stirrings of the eminent man of letters +then present. The impulse to speak masterfully was visible, before the +recital was well over, in the moving lines about his mouth, by no means +designed, as detractors were wont to say, simply to display the beauty +of his teeth. One of the company, expert in his humours, made ready to +transcribe what he would say, the sort of things of which a collection +was then forming, the “Florida” or Flowers, so to call them, he was apt +to let fall by the way—no impromptu ventures at random; but rather +elaborate, carved ivories of speech, drawn, at length, out of the rich +treasure-house of a memory stored with such, and as with a fine savour +of old musk about them. Certainly in this case, as Marius thought, it +was worth while to hear a charming writer speak. Discussing, quite in +our modern way, the peculiarities of those suburban views, especially +the sea-views, of which he was a professed lover, he was also every +inch a priest of Aesculapius, patronal god of Carthage. There was a +piquancy in his rococo, very African, and as it were perfumed +personality, though he was now well-nigh sixty years old, a mixture +there of that sort of Platonic spiritualism which can speak of the soul +of man as but a sojourner in the prison of the body—a blending of that +with such a relish for merely bodily graces as availed to set the +fashion in matters of dress, deportment, accent, and the like, nay! +with something also which reminded Marius of the vein of coarseness he +had found in the “Golden Book.” All this made the total impression he +conveyed a very uncommon one. Marius did not wonder, as he watched him +speaking, that people freely attributed to him many of the marvellous +adventures he had recounted in that famous romance, over and above the +wildest version of his own actual story—his extraordinary marriage, his +religious initiations, his acts of mad generosity, his trial as a +sorcerer. + +But a sign came from the imperial prince that it was time for the +company to separate. He was entertaining his immediate neighbours at +the table with a trick from the streets; tossing his olives in rapid +succession into the air, and catching them, as they fell, between his +lips. His dexterity in this performance made the mirth around him +noisy, disturbing the sleep of the furry visitor: the learned party +broke up; and Marius withdrew, glad to escape into the open air. The +courtesans in their large wigs of false blond hair, were lurking for +the guests, with groups of curious idlers. A great conflagration was +visible in the distance. Was it in Rome; or in one of the villages of +the country? Pausing for a few minutes on the terrace to watch it, +Marius was for the first time able to converse intimately with +Apuleius; and in this moment of confidence the “illuminist,” himself +with locks so carefully arranged, and seemingly so full of +affectations, almost like one of those light women there, dropped a +veil as it were, and appeared, though still permitting the play of a +certain element of theatrical interest in his bizarre tenets, to be +ready to explain and defend his position reasonably. For a moment his +fantastic foppishness and his pretensions to ideal vision seemed to +fall into some intelligible congruity with each other. In truth, it was +the Platonic Idealism, as he conceived it, which for him literally +animated, and gave him so lively an interest in, this world of the +purely outward aspects of men and things.—Did material things, such +things as they had had around them all that evening, really need +apology for being there, to interest one, at all? Were not all visible +objects—the whole material world indeed, according to the consistent +testimony of philosophy in many forms—“full of souls”? embarrassed +perhaps, partly imprisoned, but still eloquent souls? Certainly, the +contemplative philosophy of Plato, with its figurative imagery and +apologue, its manifold æsthetic colouring, its measured eloquence, its +music for the outward ear, had been, like Plato’s old master himself, a +two-sided or two-coloured thing. Apuleius was a Platonist: only, for +him, the Ideas of Plato were no creatures of logical abstraction, but +in very truth informing souls, in every type and variety of sensible +things. Those noises in the house all supper-time, sounding through the +tables and along the walls:—were they only startings in the old +rafters, at the impact of the music and laughter; or rather +importunities of the secondary selves, the true unseen selves, of the +persons, nay! of the very things around, essaying to break through +their frivolous, merely transitory surfaces, to remind one of abiding +essentials beyond them, which might have their say, their judgment to +give, by and by, when the shifting of the meats and drinks at life’s +table would be over? And was not this the true significance of the +Platonic doctrine?—a hierarchy of divine beings, associating themselves +with particular things and places, for the purpose of mediating between +God and man—man, who does but need due attention on his part to become +aware of his celestial company, filling the air about him, thick as +motes in the sunbeam, for the glance of sympathetic intelligence he +casts through it. + +“Two kinds there are, of animated beings,” he exclaimed: “Gods, +entirely differing from men in the infinite distance of their abode, +since one part of them only is seen by our blunted vision—those +mysterious stars!—in the eternity of their existence, in the perfection +of their nature, infected by no contact with ourselves: and men, +dwelling on the earth, with frivolous and anxious minds, with infirm +and mortal members, with variable fortunes; labouring in vain; taken +altogether and in their whole species perhaps, eternal; but, severally, +quitting the scene in irresistible succession. + +“What then? Has nature connected itself together by no bond, allowed +itself to be thus crippled, and split into the divine and human +elements? And you will say to me: If so it be, that man is thus +entirely exiled from the immortal gods, that all communication is +denied him, that not one of them occasionally visits us, as a shepherd +his sheep—to whom shall I address my prayers? Whom, shall I invoke as +the helper of the unfortunate, the protector of the good? + +“Well! there are certain divine powers of a middle nature, through whom +our aspirations are conveyed to the gods, and theirs to us. Passing +between the inhabitants of earth and heaven, they carry from one to the +other prayers and bounties, supplication and assistance, being a kind +of interpreters. This interval of the air is full of them! Through +them, all revelations, miracles, magic processes, are effected. For, +specially appointed members of this order have their special provinces, +with a ministry according to the disposition of each. They go to and +fro without fixed habitation: or dwell in men’s houses”— + +Just then a companion’s hand laid in the darkness on the shoulder of +the speaker carried him away, and the discourse broke off suddenly. Its +singular intimations, however, were sufficient to throw back on this +strange evening, in all its detail—the dance, the readings, the distant +fire—a kind of allegoric expression: gave it the character of one of +those famous Platonic figures or apologues which had then been in fact +under discussion. When Marius recalled its circumstances he seemed to +hear once more that voice of genuine conviction, pleading, from amidst +a scene at best of elegant frivolity, for so boldly mystical a view of +man and his position in the world. For a moment, but only for a moment, +as he listened, the trees had seemed, as of old, to be growing “close +against the sky.” Yes! the reception of theory, of hypothesis, of +beliefs, did depend a great deal on temperament. They were, so to +speak, mere equivalents of temperament. A celestial ladder, a ladder +from heaven to earth: that was the assumption which the experience of +Apuleius had suggested to him: it was what, in different forms, certain +persons in every age had instinctively supposed: they would be glad to +find their supposition accredited by the authority of a grave +philosophy. Marius, however, yearning not less than they, in that hard +world of Rome, and below its unpeopled sky, for the trace of some +celestial wing across it, must still object that they assumed the thing +with too much facility, too much of self-complacency. And his second +thought was, that to indulge but for an hour fantasies, fantastic +visions of that sort, only left the actual world more lonely than ever. +For him certainly, and for his solace, the little godship for whom the +rude countryman, an unconscious Platonist, trimmed his twinkling lamp, +would never slip from the bark of these immemorial olive-trees.—No! not +even in the wildest moonlight. For himself, it was clear, he must still +hold by what his eyes really saw. Only, he had to concede also, that +the very boldness of such theory bore witness, at least, to a variety +of human disposition and a consequent variety of mental view, which +might—who can tell?—be correspondent to, be defined by and define, +varieties of facts, of truths, just “behind the veil,” regarding the +world all alike had actually before them as their original premiss or +starting-point; a world, wider, perhaps, in its possibilities than all +possible fancies concerning it. + +NOTES + + +75. Joel 2.28. + + +81. +Halcyone. + + + + +CHAPTER XXI. +TWO CURIOUS HOUSES + +II. THE CHURCH IN CECILIA’S HOUSE + +“Your old men shall dream dreams, and your young men shall see +visions.” + + +Cornelius had certain friends in or near Rome, whose household, to +Marius, as he pondered now and again what might be the determining +influences of that peculiar character, presented itself as possibly its +main secret—the hidden source from which the beauty and strength of a +nature, so persistently fresh in the midst of a somewhat jaded world, +might be derived. But Marius had never yet seen these friends; and it +was almost by accident that the veil of reserve was at last lifted, +and, with strange contrast to his visit to the poet’s villa at +Tusculum, he entered another curious house. + +“The house in which she lives,” says that mystical German writer quoted +once before, “is for the orderly soul, which does not live on blindly +before her, but is ever, out of her passing experiences, building and +adorning the parts of a many-roomed abode for herself, only an +expansion of the body; as the body, according to the philosophy of +Swedenborg,+ is but a process, an expansion, of the soul. For such an +orderly soul, as life proceeds, all sorts of delicate affinities +establish themselves, between herself and the doors and passage-ways, +the lights and shadows, of her outward dwelling-place, until she may +seem incorporate with it—until at last, in the entire expressiveness of +what is outward, there is for her, to speak properly, between outward +and inward, no longer any distinction at all; and the light which +creeps at a particular hour on a particular picture or space upon the +wall, the scent of flowers in the air at a particular window, become to +her, not so much apprehended objects, as themselves powers of +apprehension and door-ways to things beyond—the germ or rudiment of +certain new faculties, by which she, dimly yet surely, apprehends a +matter lying beyond her actually attained capacities of spirit and +sense.” + +So it must needs be in a world which is itself, we may think, together +with that bodily “tent” or “tabernacle,” only one of many vestures for +the clothing of the pilgrim soul, to be left by her, surely, as if on +the wayside, worn-out one by one, as it was from her, indeed, they +borrowed what momentary value or significance they had. + +The two friends were returning to Rome from a visit to a country-house, +where again a mixed company of guests had been assembled; Marius, for +his part, a little weary of gossip, and those sparks of ill-tempered +rivalry, which would seem sometimes to be the only sort of fire the +intercourse of people in general society can strike out of them. A mere +reaction upon this, as they started in the clear morning, made their +companionship, at least for one of them, hardly less tranquillising +than the solitude he so much valued. Something in the south-west wind, +combining with their own intention, favoured increasingly, as the hours +wore on, a serenity like that Marius had felt once before in journeying +over the great plain towards Tibur—a serenity that was to-day brotherly +amity also, and seemed to draw into its own charmed circle whatever was +then present to eye or ear, while they talked or were silent together, +and all petty irritations, and the like, shrank out of existence, or +kept certainly beyond its limits. The natural fatigue of the long +journey overcame them quite suddenly at last, when they were still +about two miles distant from Rome. The seemingly endless line of tombs +and cypresses had been visible for hours against the sky towards the +west; and it was just where a cross-road from the Latin Way fell into +the Appian, that Cornelius halted at a doorway in a long, low wall—the +outer wall of some villa courtyard, it might be supposed— as if at +liberty to enter, and rest there awhile. He held the door open for his +companion to enter also, if he would; with an expression, as he lifted +the latch, which seemed to ask Marius, apparently shrinking from a +possible intrusion: “Would you like to see it?” Was he willing to look +upon that, the seeing of which might define—yes! define the critical +turning-point in his days? + +The little doorway in this long, low wall admitted them, in fact, into +the court or garden of a villa, disposed in one of those abrupt natural +hollows, which give its character to the country in this place; the +house itself, with all its dependent buildings, the spaciousness of +which surprised Marius as he entered, being thus wholly concealed from +passengers along the road. All around, in those well-ordered precincts, +were the quiet signs of wealth, and of a noble taste—a taste, indeed, +chiefly evidenced in the selection and juxtaposition of the material it +had to deal with, consisting almost exclusively of the remains of older +art, here arranged and harmonised, with effects, both as regards colour +and form, so delicate as to seem really derivative from some finer +intelligence in these matters than lay within the resources of the +ancient world. It was the old way of true Renaissance—being indeed the +way of nature with her roses, the divine way with the body of man, +perhaps with his soul—conceiving the new organism by no sudden and +abrupt creation, but rather by the action of a new principle upon +elements, all of which had in truth already lived and died many times. +The fragments of older architecture, the mosaics, the spiral columns, +the precious corner-stones of immemorial building, had put on, by such +juxtaposition, a new and singular expressiveness, an air of grave +thought, of an intellectual purpose, in itself, æsthetically, very +seductive. Lastly, herb and tree had taken possession, spreading their +seed-bells and light branches, just astir in the trembling air, above +the ancient garden-wall, against the wide realms of sunset. And from +the first they could hear singing, the singing of children mainly, it +would seem, and of a new kind; so novel indeed in its effect, as to +bring suddenly to the recollection of Marius, Flavian’s early essays +towards a new world of poetic sound. It was the expression not +altogether of mirth, yet of some wonderful sort of happiness—the blithe +self-expansion of a joyful soul in people upon whom some all-subduing +experience had wrought heroically, and who still remembered, on this +bland afternoon, the hour of a great deliverance. + +His old native susceptibility to the spirit, the special sympathies, of +places,—above all, to any hieratic or religious significance they might +have,—was at its liveliest, as Marius, still encompassed by that +peculiar singing, and still amid the evidences of a grave discretion +all around him, passed into the house. That intelligent seriousness +about life, the absence of which had ever seemed to remove those who +lacked it into some strange species wholly alien from himself, +accumulating all the lessons of his experience since those first days +at White-nights, was as it were translated here, as if in designed +congruity with his favourite precepts of the power of physical vision, +into an actual picture. If the true value of souls is in proportion to +what they can admire, Marius was just then an acceptable soul. As he +passed through the various chambers, great and small, one dominant +thought increased upon him, the thought of chaste women and their +children—of all the various affections of family life under its most +natural conditions, yet developed, as if in devout imitation of some +sublime new type of it, into large controlling passions. There reigned +throughout, an order and purity, an orderly disposition, as if by way +of making ready for some gracious spousals. The place itself was like a +bride adorned for her husband; and its singular cheerfulness, the +abundant light everywhere, the sense of peaceful industry, of which he +received a deep impression though without precisely reckoning wherein +it resided, as he moved on rapidly, were in forcible contrast just at +first to the place to which he was next conducted by Cornelius still +with a sort of eager, hurried, half-troubled reluctance, and as if he +forbore the explanation which might well be looked for by his +companion. + +An old flower-garden in the rear of the house, set here and there with +a venerable olive-tree—a picture in pensive shade and fiery blossom, as +transparent, under that afternoon light, as the old miniature-painters’ +work on the walls of the chambers within—was bounded towards the west +by a low, grass-grown hill. A narrow opening cut in its steep side, +like a solid blackness there, admitted Marius and his gleaming leader +into a hollow cavern or crypt, neither more nor less in fact than the +family burial-place of the Cecilii, to whom this residence belonged, +brought thus, after an arrangement then becoming not unusual, into +immediate connexion with the abode of the living, in bold assertion of +that instinct of family life, which the sanction of the Holy Family +was, hereafter, more and more to reinforce. Here, in truth, was the +centre of the peculiar religious expressiveness, of the sanctity, of +the entire scene. That “any person may, at his own election, constitute +the place which belongs to him a religious place, by the carrying of +his dead into it”:—had been a maxim of old Roman law, which it was +reserved for the early Christian societies, like that established here +by the piety of a wealthy Roman matron, to realise in all its +consequences. Yet this was certainly unlike any cemetery Marius had +ever before seen; most obviously in this, that these people had +returned to the older fashion of disposing of their dead by burial +instead of burning. Originally a family sepulchre, it was growing to a +vast necropolis, a whole township of the deceased, by means of some +free expansion of the family interest beyond its amplest natural +limits. That air of venerable beauty which characterised the house and +its precincts above, was maintained also here. It was certainly with a +great outlay of labour that these long, apparently endless, yet +elaborately designed galleries, were increasing so rapidly, with their +layers of beds or berths, one above another, cut, on either side the +path-way, in the porous tufa, through which all the moisture filters +downwards, leaving the parts above dry and wholesome. All alike were +carefully closed, and with all the delicate costliness at command; some +with simple tiles of baked clay, many with slabs of marble, enriched by +fair inscriptions: marble taken, in some cases, from older pagan +tombs—the inscription sometimes a palimpsest, the new epitaph being +woven into the faded letters of an earlier one. + +As in an ordinary Roman cemetery, an abundance of utensils for the +worship or commemoration of the departed was disposed around—incense, +lights, flowers, their flame or their freshness being relieved to the +utmost by contrast with the coal-like blackness of the soil itself, a +volcanic sandstone, cinder of burnt-out fires. Would they ever kindle +again?—possess, transform, the place?—Turning to an ashen pallor where, +at regular intervals, an air-hole or luminare let in a hard beam of +clear but sunless light, with the heavy sleepers, row upon row within, +leaving a passage so narrow that only one visitor at a time could move +along, cheek to cheek with them, the high walls seemed to shut one in +into the great company of the dead. Only the long straight pathway lay +before him; opening, however, here and there, into a small chamber, +around a broad, table-like coffin or “altar-tomb,” adorned even more +profusely than the rest as if for some anniversary observance. Clearly, +these people, concurring in this with the special sympathies of Marius +himself, had adopted the practice of burial from some peculiar feeling +of hope they entertained concerning the body; a feeling which, in no +irreverent curiosity, he would fain have penetrated. The complete and +irreparable disappearance of the dead in the funeral fire, so crushing +to the spirits, as he for one had found it, had long since induced in +him a preference for that other mode of settlement to the last sleep, +as having something about it more home-like and hopeful, at least in +outward seeming. But whence the strange confidence that these “handfuls +of white dust” would hereafter recompose themselves once more into +exulting human creatures? By what heavenly alchemy, what reviving dew +from above, such as was certainly never again to reach the dead +violets?— Januarius, Agapetus, Felicitas; Martyrs! refresh, I pray you, +the soul of Cecil, of Cornelius! said an inscription, one of many, +scratched, like a passing sigh, when it was still fresh in the mortar +that had closed up the prison-door. All critical estimate of this bold +hope, as sincere apparently as it was audacious in its claim, being set +aside, here at least, carried further than ever before, was that pious, +systematic commemoration of the dead, which, in its chivalrous refusal +to forget or finally desert the helpless, had ever counted with Marius +as the central exponent or symbol of all natural duty. + +The stern soul of the excellent Jonathan Edwards, applying the faulty +theology of John Calvin, afforded him, we know, the vision of infants +not a span long, on the floor of hell. Every visitor to the Catacombs +must have observed, in a very different theological connexion, the +numerous children’s graves there—beds of infants, but a span long +indeed, lowly “prisoners of hope,” on these sacred floors. It was with +great curiosity, certainly, that Marius considered them, decked in some +instances with the favourite toys of their tiny occupants—toy-soldiers, +little chariot-wheels, the entire paraphernalia of a baby-house; and +when he saw afterwards the living children, who sang and were busy +above—sang their psalm Laudate Pueri Dominum!—their very faces caught +for him a sort of quaint unreality from the memory of those others, the +children of the Catacombs, but a little way below them. + +Here and there, mingling with the record of merely natural decease, and +sometimes even at these children’s graves, were the signs of violent +death or “martyrdom,”—proofs that some “had loved not their lives unto +the death”—in the little red phial of blood, the palm-branch, the red +flowers for their heavenly “birthday.” About one sepulchre in +particular, distinguished in this way, and devoutly arrayed for what, +by a bold paradox, was thus treated as, natalitia—a birthday, the +peculiar arrangements of the whole place visibly centered. And it was +with a singular novelty of feeling, like the dawning of a fresh order +of experiences upon him, that, standing beside those mournful relics, +snatched in haste from the common place of execution not many years +before, Marius became, as by some gleam of foresight, aware of the +whole force of evidence for a certain strange, new hope, defining in +its turn some new and weighty motive of action, which lay in deaths so +tragic for the “Christian superstition.” Something of them he had heard +indeed already. They had seemed to him but one savagery the more, +savagery self-provoked, in a cruel and stupid world. + +And yet these poignant memorials seemed also to draw him onwards +to-day, as if towards an image of some still more pathetic suffering, +in the remote background. Yes! the interest, the expression, of the +entire neighbourhood was instinct with it, as with the savour of some +priceless incense. Penetrating the whole atmosphere, touching +everything around with its peculiar sentiment, it seemed to make all +this visible mortality, death’s very self—Ah! lovelier than any fable +of old mythology had ever thought to render it, in the utmost limits of +fantasy; and this, in simple candour of feeling about a supposed fact. +Peace! Pax tecum!—the word, the thought—was put forth everywhere, with +images of hope, snatched sometimes from that jaded pagan world which +had really afforded men so little of it from first to last; the various +consoling images it had thrown off, of succour, of regeneration, of +escape from the grave—Hercules wrestling with Death for possession of +Alcestis, Orpheus taming the wild beasts, the Shepherd with his sheep, +the Shepherd carrying the sick lamb upon his shoulders. Yet these +imageries after all, it must be confessed, formed but a slight +contribution to the dominant effect of tranquil hope there—a kind of +heroic cheerfulness and grateful expansion of heart, as with the sense, +again, of some real deliverance, which seemed to deepen the longer one +lingered through these strange and awful passages. A figure, partly +pagan in character, yet most frequently repeated of all these visible +parables—the figure of one just escaped from the sea, still clinging as +for life to the shore in surprised joy, together with the inscription +beneath it, seemed best to express the prevailing sentiment of the +place. And it was just as he had puzzled out this inscription— + +I went down to the bottom of the mountains. +The earth with her bars was about me for ever: +Yet hast Thou brought up my life from corruption! + + +—that with no feeling of suddenness or change Marius found himself +emerging again, like a later mystic traveller through similar dark +places “quieted by hope,” into the daylight. + +They were still within the precincts of the house, still in possession +of that wonderful singing, although almost in the open country, with a +great view of the Campagna before them, and the hills beyond. The +orchard or meadow, through which their path lay, was already gray with +twilight, though the western sky, where the greater stars were visible, +was still afloat in crimson splendour. The colour of all earthly things +seemed repressed by the contrast, yet with a sense of great richness +lingering in their shadows. At that moment the voice of the singers, a +“voice of joy and health,” concentrated itself with solemn antistrophic +movement, into an evening, or “candle” hymn. + +“Hail! Heavenly Light, from his pure glory poured, +Who is the Almighty Father, heavenly, blest:— +Worthiest art Thou, at all times to be sung +With undefiled tongue.”— + + +It was like the evening itself made audible, its hopes and fears, with +the stars shining in the midst of it. Half above, half below the level +white mist, dividing the light from the darkness, came now the mistress +of this place, the wealthy Roman matron, left early a widow a few years +before, by Cecilius “Confessor and Saint.” With a certain antique +severity in the gathering of the long mantle, and with coif or veil +folded decorously below the chin, “gray within gray,” to the mind of +Marius her temperate beauty brought reminiscences of the serious and +virile character of the best female statuary of Greece. Quite foreign, +however, to any Greek statuary was the expression of pathetic care, +with which she carried a little child at rest in her arms. Another, a +year or two older, walked beside, the fingers of one hand within her +girdle. She paused for a moment with a greeting for Cornelius. + +That visionary scene was the close, the fitting close, of the +afternoon’s strange experiences. A few minutes later, passing forward +on his way along the public road, he could have fancied it a dream. The +house of Cecilia grouped itself beside that other curious house he had +lately visited at Tusculum. And what a contrast was presented by the +former, in its suggestions of hopeful industry, of immaculate +cleanness, of responsive affection!—all alike determined by that +transporting discovery of some fact, or series of facts, in which the +old puzzle of life had found its solution. In truth, one of his most +characteristic and constant traits had ever been a certain longing for +escape—for some sudden, relieving interchange, across the very spaces +of life, it might be, along which he had lingered most pleasantly—for a +lifting, from time to time, of the actual horizon. It was like the +necessity under which the painter finds himself, to set a window or +open doorway in the background of his picture; or like a sick man’s +longing for northern coolness, and the whispering willow-trees, amid +the breathless evergreen forests of the south. To some such effect had +this visit occurred to him, and through so slight an accident. Rome and +Roman life, just then, were come to seem like some stifling forest of +bronze-work, transformed, as if by malign enchantment, out of the +generations of living trees, yet with roots in a deep, down-trodden +soil of poignant human susceptibilities. In the midst of its +suffocation, that old longing for escape had been satisfied by this +vision of the church in Cecilia’s house, as never before. It was still, +indeed, according to the unchangeable law of his temperament, to the +eye, to the visual faculty of mind, that those experiences appealed—the +peaceful light and shade, the boys whose very faces seemed to sing, the +virginal beauty of the mother and her children. But, in his case, what +was thus visible constituted a moral or spiritual influence, of a +somewhat exigent and controlling character, added anew to life, a new +element therein, with which, consistently with his own chosen maxim, he +must make terms. + +The thirst for every kind of experience, encouraged by a philosophy +which taught that nothing was intrinsically great or small, good or +evil, had ever been at strife in him with a hieratic refinement, in +which the boy-priest survived, prompting always the selection of what +was perfect of its kind, with subsequent loyal adherence of his soul +thereto. This had carried him along in a continuous communion with +ideals, certainly realised in part, either in the conditions of his own +being, or in the actual company about him, above all, in Cornelius. +Surely, in this strange new society he had touched upon for the first +time to-day—in this strange family, like “a garden enclosed”—was the +fulfilment of all the preferences, the judgments, of that +half-understood friend, which of late years had been his protection so +often amid the perplexities of life. Here, it might be, was, if not the +cure, yet the solace or anodyne of his great sorrows—of that +constitutional sorrowfulness, not peculiar to himself perhaps, but +which had made his life certainly like one long “disease of the +spirit.” Merciful intention made itself known remedially here, in the +mere contact of the air, like a soft touch upon aching flesh. On the +other hand, he was aware that new responsibilities also might be +awakened—new and untried responsibilities—a demand for something from +him in return. Might this new vision, like the malignant beauty of +pagan Medusa, be exclusive of any admiring gaze upon anything but +itself? At least he suspected that, after the beholding of it, he could +never again be altogether as he had been before. + +NOTES + + +93. +Emanuel Swedenborg, Swedish mystic writer, 1688-1772. Return. + + + + +CHAPTER XXII. +“THE MINOR PEACE OF THE CHURCH” + + +Faithful to the spirit of his early Epicurean philosophy and the +impulse to surrender himself, in perfectly liberal inquiry about it, to +anything that, as a matter of fact, attracted or impressed him +strongly, Marius informed himself with much pains concerning the church +in Cecilia’s house; inclining at first to explain the peculiarities of +that place by the establishment there of the schola or common hall of +one of those burial-guilds, which then covered so much of the +unofficial, and, as it might be called, subterranean enterprise of +Roman society. + +And what he found, thus looking, literally, for the dead among the +living, was the vision of a natural, a scrupulously natural, love, +transforming, by some new gift of insight into the truth of human +relationships, and under the urgency of some new motive by him so far +unfathomable, all the conditions of life. He saw, in all its primitive +freshness and amid the lively facts of its actual coming into the +world, as a reality of experience, that regenerate type of humanity, +which, centuries later, Giotto and his successors, down to the best and +purest days of the young Raphael, working under conditions very +friendly to the imagination, were to conceive as an artistic ideal. He +felt there, felt amid the stirring of some wonderful new hope within +himself, the genius, the unique power of Christianity; in exercise +then, as it has been exercised ever since, in spite of many hindrances, +and under the most inopportune circumstances. Chastity,—as he seemed to +understand—the chastity of men and women, amid all the conditions, and +with the results, proper to such chastity, is the most beautiful thing +in the world and the truest conservation of that creative energy by +which men and women were first brought into it. The nature of the +family, for which the better genius of old Rome itself had sincerely +cared, of the family and its appropriate affections—all that love of +one’s kindred by which obviously one does triumph in some degree over +death—had never been so felt before. Here, surely! in its genial +warmth, its jealous exclusion of all that was opposed to it, to its own +immaculate naturalness, in the hedge set around the sacred thing on +every side, this development of the family did but carry forward, and +give effect to, the purposes, the kindness, of nature itself, friendly +to man. As if by way of a due recognition of some immeasurable divine +condescension manifest in a certain historic fact, its influence was +felt more especially at those points which demanded some sacrifice of +one’s self, for the weak, for the aged, for little children, and even +for the dead. And then, for its constant outward token, its significant +manner or index, it issued in a certain debonair grace, and a certain +mystic attractiveness, a courtesy, which made Marius doubt whether that +famed Greek “blitheness,” or gaiety, or grace, in the handling of life, +had been, after all, an unrivalled success. Contrasting with the +incurable insipidity even of what was most exquisite in the higher +Roman life, of what was still truest to the primitive soul of goodness +amid its evil, the new creation he now looked on—as it were a picture +beyond the craft of any master of old pagan beauty—had indeed all the +appropriate freshness of a “bride adorned for her husband.” Things new +and old seemed to be coming as if out of some goodly treasure-house, +the brain full of science, the heart rich with various sentiment, +possessing withal this surprising healthfulness, this reality of heart. + +“You would hardly believe,” writes Pliny,—to his own wife!—“what a +longing for you possesses me. Habit—that we have not been used to be +apart—adds herein to the primary force of affection. It is this keeps +me awake at night fancying I see you beside me. That is why my feet +take me unconsciously to your sitting-room at those hours when I was +wont to visit you there. That is why I turn from the door of the empty +chamber, sad and ill-at-ease, like an excluded lover.”— + +There, is a real idyll from that family life, the protection of which +had been the motive of so large a part of the religion of the Romans, +still surviving among them; as it survived also in Aurelius, his +disposition and aims, and, spite of slanderous tongues, in the attained +sweetness of his interior life. What Marius had been permitted to see +was a realisation of such life higher still: and with—Yes! with a more +effective sanction and motive than it had ever possessed before, in +that fact, or series of facts, to be ascertained by those who would. + +The central glory of the reign of the Antonines was that society had +attained in it, though very imperfectly, and for the most part by +cumbrous effort of law, many of those ends to which Christianity went +straight, with the sufficiency, the success, of a direct and +appropriate instinct. Pagan Rome, too, had its touching charity-sermons +on occasions of great public distress; its charity-children in long +file, in memory of the elder empress Faustina; its prototype, under +patronage of Aesculapius, of the modern hospital for the sick on the +island of Saint Bartholomew. But what pagan charity was doing tardily, +and as if with the painful calculation of old age, the church was +doing, almost without thinking about it, with all the liberal +enterprise of youth, because it was her very being thus to do. “You +fail to realise your own good intentions,” she seems to say, to pagan +virtue, pagan kindness. She identified herself with those intentions +and advanced them with an unparalleled freedom and largeness. The +gentle Seneca would have reverent burial provided even for the dead +body of a criminal. Yet when a certain woman collected for interment +the insulted remains of Nero, the pagan world surmised that she must be +a Christian: only a Christian would have been likely to conceive so +chivalrous a devotion towards mere wretchedness. “We refuse to be +witnesses even of a homicide commanded by the law,” boasts the dainty +conscience of a Christian apologist, “we take no part in your cruel +sports nor in the spectacles of the amphitheatre, and we hold that to +witness a murder is the same thing as to commit one.” And there was +another duty almost forgotten, the sense of which Rousseau brought back +to the degenerate society of a later age. In an impassioned discourse +the sophist Favorinus counsels mothers to suckle their own infants; and +there are Roman epitaphs erected to mothers, which gratefully record +this proof of natural affection as a thing then unusual. In this matter +too, what a sanction, what a provocative to natural duty, lay in that +image discovered to Augustus by the Tiburtine Sibyl, amid the aurora of +a new age, the image of the Divine Mother and the Child, just then +rising upon the world like the dawn! + +Christian belief, again, had presented itself as a great inspirer of +chastity. Chastity, in turn, realised in the whole scope of its +conditions, fortified that rehabilitation of peaceful labour, after the +mind, the pattern, of the workman of Galilee, which was another of the +natural instincts of the catholic church, as being indeed the +long-desired initiator of a religion of cheerfulness, as a true lover +of the industry—so to term it—the labour, the creation, of God. + +And this severe yet genial assertion of the ideal of woman, of the +family, of industry, of man’s work in life, so close to the truth of +nature, was also, in that charmed hour of the minor “Peace of the +church,” realised as an influence tending to beauty, to the adornment +of life and the world. The sword in the world, the right eye plucked +out, the right hand cut off, the spirit of reproach which those images +express, and of which monasticism is the fulfilment, reflect one side +only of the nature of the divine missionary of the New Testament. +Opposed to, yet blent with, this ascetic or militant character, is the +function of the Good Shepherd, serene, blithe and debonair, beyond the +gentlest shepherd of Greek mythology; of a king under whom the beatific +vision is realised of a reign of peace—peace of heart—among men. Such +aspect of the divine character of Christ, rightly understood, is indeed +the final consummation of that bold and brilliant hopefulness in man’s +nature, which had sustained him so far through his immense labours, his +immense sorrows, and of which pagan gaiety in the handling of life, is +but a minor achievement. Sometimes one, sometimes the other, of those +two contrasted aspects of its Founder, have, in different ages and +under the urgency of different human needs, been at work also in the +Christian Church. Certainly, in that brief “Peace of the church” under +the Antonines, the spirit of a pastoral security and happiness seems to +have been largely expanded. There, in the early church of Rome, was to +be seen, and on sufficiently reasonable grounds, that satisfaction and +serenity on a dispassionate survey of the facts of life, which all +hearts had desired, though for the most part in vain, contrasting +itself for Marius, in particular, very forcibly, with the imperial +philosopher’s so heavy burden of unrelieved melancholy. It was +Christianity in its humanity, or even its humanism, in its generous +hopes for man, its common sense and alacrity of cheerful service, its +sympathy with all creatures, its appreciation of beauty and daylight. + +“The angel of righteousness,” says the Shepherd of Hermas, the most +characteristic religious book of that age, its Pilgrim’s Progress—“the +angel of righteousness is modest and delicate and meek and quiet. Take +from thyself grief, for (as Hamlet will one day discover) ’tis the +sister of doubt and ill-temper. Grief is more evil than any other +spirit of evil, and is most dreadful to the servants of God, and beyond +all spirits destroyeth man. For, as when good news is come to one in +grief, straightway he forgetteth his former grief, and no longer +attendeth to anything except the good news which he hath heard, so do +ye, also! having received a renewal of your soul through the beholding +of these good things. Put on therefore gladness that hath always favour +before God, and is acceptable unto Him, and delight thyself in it; for +every man that is glad doeth the things that are good, and thinketh +good thoughts, despising grief.”—Such were the commonplaces of this new +people, among whom so much of what Marius had valued most in the old +world seemed to be under renewal and further promotion. Some +transforming spirit was at work to harmonise contrasts, to deepen +expression—a spirit which, in its dealing with the elements of ancient +life, was guided by a wonderful tact of selection, exclusion, +juxtaposition, begetting thereby a unique effect of freshness, a grave +yet wholesome beauty, because the world of sense, the whole outward +world was understood to set forth the veritable unction and royalty of +a certain priesthood and kingship of the soul within, among the +prerogatives of which was a delightful sense of freedom. + +The reader may think perhaps, that Marius, who, Epicurean as he was, +had his visionary aptitudes, by an inversion of one of Plato’s +peculiarities with which he was of course familiar, must have +descended, by foresight, upon a later age than his own, and anticipated +Christian poetry and art as they came to be under the influence of +Saint Francis of Assisi. But if he dreamed on one of those nights of +the beautiful house of Cecilia, its lights and flowers, of Cecilia +herself moving among the lilies, with an enhanced grace as happens +sometimes in healthy dreams, it was indeed hardly an anticipation. He +had lighted, by one of the peculiar intellectual good-fortunes of his +life, upon a period when, even more than in the days of austere ascêsis +which had preceded and were to follow it, the church was true for a +moment, truer perhaps than she would ever be again, to that element of +profound serenity in the soul of her Founder, which reflected the +eternal goodwill of God to man, “in whom,” according to the oldest +version of the angelic message, “He is well-pleased.” + +For what Christianity did many centuries afterwards in the way of +informing an art, a poetry, of graver and higher beauty, we may think, +than that of Greek art and poetry at their best, was in truth +conformable to the original tendency of its genius. The genuine +capacity of the catholic church in this direction, discoverable from +the first in the New Testament, was also really at work, in that +earlier “Peace,” under the Antonines—the minor “Peace of the church,” +as we might call it, in distinction from the final “Peace of the +church,” commonly so called, under Constantine. Saint Francis, with his +following in the sphere of poetry and of the arts—the voice of Dante, +the hand of Giotto—giving visible feature and colour, and a palpable +place among men, to the regenerate race, did but re-establish a +continuity, only suspended in part by those troublous intervening +centuries—the “dark ages,” properly thus named—with the gracious spirit +of the primitive church, as manifested in that first early springtide +of her success. The greater “Peace” of Constantine, on the other hand, +in many ways, does but establish the exclusiveness, the puritanism, the +ascetic gloom which, in the period between Aurelius and the first +Christian emperor, characterised a church under misunderstanding or +oppression, driven back, in a world of tasteless controversy, inwards +upon herself. + +Already, in the reign of Antoninus Pius, the time was gone by when men +became Christians under some sudden and overpowering impression, and +with all the disturbing results of such a crisis. At this period the +larger number, perhaps, had been born Christians, had been ever with +peaceful hearts in their “Father’s house.” That earlier belief in the +speedy coming of judgment and of the end of the world, with the +consequences it so naturally involved in the temper of men’s minds, was +dying out. Every day the contrast between the church and the world was +becoming less pronounced. And now also, as the church rested awhile +from opposition, that rapid self-development outward from within, +proper to times of peace, was in progress. Antoninus Pius, it might +seem, more truly even than Marcus Aurelius himself, was of that group +of pagan saints for whom Dante, like Augustine, has provided in his +scheme of the house with many mansions. A sincere old Roman piety had +urged his fortunately constituted nature to no mistakes, no offences +against humanity. And of his entire freedom from guile one reward had +been this singular happiness, that under his rule there was no shedding +of Christian blood. To him belonged that half-humorous placidity of +soul, of a kind illustrated later very effectively by Montaigne, which, +starting with an instinct of mere fairness towards human nature and the +world, seems at last actually to qualify its possessor to be almost the +friend of the people of Christ. Amiable, in its own nature, and full of +a reasonable gaiety, Christianity has often had its advantage of +characters such as that. The geniality of Antoninus Pius, like the +geniality of the earth itself, had permitted the church, as being in +truth no alien from that old mother earth, to expand and thrive for a +season as by natural process. And that charmed period under the +Antonines, extending to the later years of the reign of Aurelius +(beautiful, brief, chapter of ecclesiastical history!), contains, as +one of its motives of interest, the earliest development of Christian +ritual under the presidence of the church of Rome. + +Again as in one of those mystical, quaint visions of the Shepherd of +Hermas, “the aged woman was become by degrees more and more youthful. +And in the third vision she was quite young, and radiant with beauty: +only her hair was that of an aged woman. And at the last she was +joyous, and seated upon a throne—seated upon a throne, because her +position is a strong one.” The subterranean worship of the church +belonged properly to those years of her early history in which it was +illegal for her to worship at all. But, hiding herself for awhile as +conflict grew violent, she resumed, when there was felt to be no more +than ordinary risk, her natural freedom. And the kind of outward +prosperity she was enjoying in those moments of her first “Peace,” her +modes of worship now blossoming freely above-ground, was re-inforced by +the decision at this point of a crisis in her internal history. + +In the history of the church, as throughout the moral history of +mankind, there are two distinct ideals, either of which it is possible +to maintain—two conceptions, under one or the other of which we may +represent to ourselves men’s efforts towards a better +life—corresponding to those two contrasted aspects, noted above, as +discernible in the picture afforded by the New Testament itself of the +character of Christ. The ideal of asceticism represents moral effort as +essentially a sacrifice, the sacrifice of one part of human nature to +another, that it may live the more completely in what survives of it; +while the ideal of culture represents it as a harmonious development of +all the parts of human nature, in just proportion to each other. It was +to the latter order of ideas that the church, and especially the church +of Rome in the age of the Antonines, freely lent herself. In that +earlier “Peace” she had set up for herself the ideal of spiritual +development, under the guidance of an instinct by which, in those +serene moments, she was absolutely true to the peaceful soul of her +Founder. “Goodwill to men,” she said, “in whom God Himself is +well-pleased!” For a little while, at least, there was no forced +opposition between the soul and the body, the world and the spirit, and +the grace of graciousness itself was pre-eminently with the people of +Christ. Tact, good sense, ever the note of a true orthodoxy, the +merciful compromises of the church, indicative of her imperial vocation +in regard to all the varieties of human kind, with a universality of +which the old Roman pastorship she was superseding is but a prototype, +was already become conspicuous, in spite of a discredited, irritating, +vindictive society, all around her. + +Against that divine urbanity and moderation the old error of Montanus +we read of dimly, was a fanatical revolt—sour, falsely anti-mundane, +ever with an air of ascetic affectation, and a bigoted distaste in +particular for all the peculiar graces of womanhood. By it the desire +to please was understood to come of the author of evil. In this +interval of quietness, it was perhaps inevitable, by the law of +reaction, that some such extravagances of the religious temper should +arise. But again the church of Rome, now becoming every day more and +more completely the capital of the Christian world, checked the nascent +Montanism, or puritanism of the moment, vindicating for all Christian +people a cheerful liberty of heart, against many a narrow group of +sectaries, all alike, in their different ways, accusers of the genial +creation of God. With her full, fresh faith in the Evangele—in a +veritable regeneration of the earth and the body, in the dignity of +man’s entire personal being—for a season, at least, at that critical +period in the development of Christianity, she was for reason, for +common sense, for fairness to human nature, and generally for what may +be called the naturalness of Christianity.—As also for its comely +order: she would be “brought to her king in raiment of needlework.” It +was by the bishops of Rome, diligently transforming themselves, in the +true catholic sense, into universal pastors, that the path of what we +must call humanism was thus defined. + +And then, in this hour of expansion, as if now at last the catholic +church might venture to show her outward lineaments as they really +were, worship—“the beauty of holiness,” nay! the elegance of +sanctity—was developed, with a bold and confident gladness, the like of +which has hardly been the ideal of worship in any later age. The tables +in fact were turned: the prize of a cheerful temper on a candid survey +of life was no longer with the pagan world. The æsthetic charm of the +catholic church, her evocative power over all that is eloquent and +expressive in the better mind of man, her outward comeliness, her +dignifying convictions about human nature:—all this, as abundantly +realised centuries later by Dante and Giotto, by the great medieval +church-builders, by the great ritualists like Saint Gregory, and the +masters of sacred music in the middle age—we may see already, in dim +anticipation, in those charmed moments towards the end of the second +century. Dissipated or turned aside, partly through the fatal mistake +of Marcus Aurelius himself, for a brief space of time we may discern +that influence clearly predominant there. What might seem harsh as +dogma was already justifying itself as worship; according to the sound +rule: Lex orandi, lex credendi—Our Creeds are but the brief abstract of +our prayer and song. + +The wonderful liturgical spirit of the church, her wholly unparalleled +genius for worship, being thus awake, she was rapidly re-organising +both pagan and Jewish elements of ritual, for the expanding therein of +her own new heart of devotion. Like the institutions of monasticism, +like the Gothic style of architecture, the ritual system of the church, +as we see it in historic retrospect, ranks as one of the great, +conjoint, and (so to term them) necessary, products of human mind. +Destined for ages to come, to direct with so deep a fascination men’s +religious instincts, it was then already recognisable as a new and +precious fact in the sum of things. What has been on the whole the +method of the church, as “a power of sweetness and patience,” in +dealing with matters like pagan art, pagan literature was even then +manifest; and has the character of the moderation, the divine +moderation of Christ himself. It was only among the ignorant, indeed, +only in the “villages,” that Christianity, even in conscious triumph +over paganism, was really betrayed into iconoclasm. In the final +“Peace” of the Church under Constantine, while there was plenty of +destructive fanaticism in the country, the revolution was accomplished +in the larger towns, in a manner more orderly and discreet—in the Roman +manner. The faithful were bent less on the destruction of the old pagan +temples than on their conversion to a new and higher use; and, with +much beautiful furniture ready to hand, they became Christian +sanctuaries. + +Already, in accordance with such maturer wisdom, the church of the +“Minor Peace” had adopted many of the graces of pagan feeling and pagan +custom; as being indeed a living creature, taking up, transforming, +accommodating still more closely to the human heart what of right +belonged to it. In this way an obscure synagogue was expanded into the +catholic church. Gathering, from a richer and more varied field of +sound than had remained for him, those old Roman harmonies, some notes +of which Gregory the Great, centuries later, and after generations of +interrupted development, formed into the Gregorian music, she was +already, as we have heard, the house of song—of a wonderful new music +and poesy. As if in anticipation of the sixteenth century, the church +was becoming “humanistic,” in an earlier, and unimpeachable +Renaissance. Singing there had been in abundance from the first; though +often it dared only be “of the heart.” And it burst forth, when it +might, into the beginnings of a true ecclesiastical music; the Jewish +psalter, inherited from the synagogue, turning now, gradually, from +Greek into Latin—broken Latin, into Italian, as the ritual use of the +rich, fresh, expressive vernacular superseded the earlier authorised +language of the Church. Through certain surviving remnants of Greek in +the later Latin liturgies, we may still discern a highly interesting +intermediate phase of ritual development, when the Greek and the Latin +were in combination; the poor, surely!—the poor and the children of +that liberal Roman church—responding already in their own “vulgar +tongue,” to an office said in the original, liturgical Greek. That hymn +sung in the early morning, of which Pliny had heard, was kindling into +the service of the Mass. + +The Mass, indeed, would appear to have been said continuously from the +Apostolic age. Its details, as one by one they become visible in later +history, have already the character of what is ancient and venerable. +“We are very old, and ye are young!” they seem to protest, to those who +fail to understand them. Ritual, in fact, like all other elements of +religion, must grow and cannot be made—grow by the same law of +development which prevails everywhere else, in the moral as in the +physical world. As regards this special phase of the religious life, +however, such development seems to have been unusually rapid in the +subterranean age which preceded Constantine; and in the very first days +of the final triumph of the church the Mass emerges to general view +already substantially complete. “Wisdom” was dealing, as with the dust +of creeds and philosophies, so also with the dust of outworn religious +usage, like the very spirit of life itself, organising soul and body +out of the lime and clay of the earth. In a generous eclecticism, +within the bounds of her liberty, and as by some providential power +within her, she gathers and serviceably adopts, as in other matters so +in ritual, one thing here, another there, from various sources—Gnostic, +Jewish, Pagan—to adorn and beautify the greatest act of worship the +world has seen. It was thus the liturgy of the church came to be—full +of consolations for the human soul, and destined, surely! one day, +under the sanction of so many ages of human experience, to take +exclusive possession of the religious consciousness. + +TANTUM ERGO SACRAMENTUM VENEREMUR CERNUI: +ET ANTIQUUM DOCUMENTUM +NOVO CEDAT RITUI. + + + + +CHAPTER XXIII. +DIVINE SERVICE. + + +“Wisdom hath builded herself a house: she hath mingled her wine: she +hath also prepared for herself a table.” + + +The more highly favoured ages of imaginative art present instances of +the summing up of an entire world of complex associations under some +single form, like the Zeus of Olympia, or the series of frescoes which +commemorate The Acts of Saint Francis, at Assisi, or like the play of +Hamlet or Faust. It was not in an image, or series of images, yet still +in a sort of dramatic action, and with the unity of a single appeal to +eye and ear, that Marius about this time found all his new impressions +set forth, regarding what he had already recognised, intellectually, as +for him at least the most beautiful thing in the world. + +To understand the influence upon him of what follows the reader must +remember that it was an experience which came amid a deep sense of +vacuity in life. The fairest products of the earth seemed to be +dropping to pieces, as if in men’s very hands, around him. How real was +their sorrow, and his! “His observation of life” had come to be like +the constant telling of a sorrowful rosary, day after day; till, as if +taking infection from the cloudy sorrow of the mind, the eye also, the +very senses, were grown faint and sick. And now it happened as with the +actual morning on which he found himself a spectator of this new thing. +The long winter had been a season of unvarying sullenness. At last, on +this day he awoke with a sharp flash of lightning in the earliest +twilight: in a little while the heavy rain had filtered the air: the +clear light was abroad; and, as though the spring had set in with a +sudden leap in the heart of things, the whole scene around him lay like +some untarnished picture beneath a sky of delicate blue. Under the +spell of his late depression, Marius had suddenly determined to leave +Rome for a while. But desiring first to advertise Cornelius of his +movements, and failing to find him in his lodgings, he had ventured, +still early in the day, to seek him in the Cecilian villa. Passing +through its silent and empty court-yard he loitered for a moment, to +admire. Under the clear but immature light of winter morning after a +storm, all the details of form and colour in the old marbles were +distinctly visible, and with a kind of severity or sadness—so it struck +him—amid their beauty: in them, and in all other details of the +scene—the cypresses, the bunches of pale daffodils in the grass, the +curves of the purple hills of Tusculum, with the drifts of virgin snow +still lying in their hollows. + +The little open door, through which he passed from the court-yard, +admitted him into what was plainly the vast Lararium, or domestic +sanctuary, of the Cecilian family, transformed in many particulars, but +still richly decorated, and retaining much of its ancient furniture in +metal-work and costly stone. The peculiar half-light of dawn seemed to +be lingering beyond its hour upon the solemn marble walls; and here, +though at that moment in absolute silence, a great company of people +was assembled. In that brief period of peace, during which the church +emerged for awhile from her jealously-guarded subterranean life, the +rigour of an earlier rule of exclusion had been relaxed. And so it came +to pass that, on this morning Marius saw for the first time the +wonderful spectacle—wonderful, especially, in its evidential power over +himself, over his own thoughts—of those who believe. + +There were noticeable, among those present, great varieties of rank, of +age, of personal type. The Roman ingenuus, with the white toga and gold +ring, stood side by side with his slave; and the air of the whole +company was, above all, a grave one, an air of recollection. Coming +thus unexpectedly upon this large assembly, so entirely united, in a +silence so profound, for purposes unknown to him, Marius felt for a +moment as if he had stumbled by chance upon some great conspiracy. Yet +that could scarcely be, for the people here collected might have +figured as the earliest handsel, or pattern, of a new world, from the +very face of which discontent had passed away. Corresponding to the +variety of human type there present, was the various expression of +every form of human sorrow assuaged. What desire, what fulfilment of +desire, had wrought so pathetically on the features of these ranks of +aged men and women of humble condition? Those young men, bent down so +discreetly on the details of their sacred service, had faced life and +were glad, by some science, or light of knowledge they had, to which +there had certainly been no parallel in the older world. Was some +credible message from beyond “the flaming rampart of the world”—a +message of hope, regarding the place of men’s souls and their interest +in the sum of things—already moulding anew their very bodies, and +looks, and voices, now and here? At least, there was a cleansing and +kindling flame at work in them, which seemed to make everything else +Marius had ever known look comparatively vulgar and mean. There were +the children, above all—troops of children—reminding him of those +pathetic children’s graves, like cradles or garden- beds, he had +noticed in his first visit to these places; and they more than +satisfied the odd curiosity he had then conceived about them, wondering +in what quaintly expressive forms they might come forth into the +daylight, if awakened from sleep. Children of the Catacombs, some but +“a span long,” with features not so much beautiful as heroic (that +world of new, refining sentiment having set its seal even on +childhood), they retained certainly no stain or trace of anything +subterranean this morning, in the alacrity of their worship—as ready as +if they had been at play—stretching forth their hands, crying, chanting +in a resonant voice, and with boldly upturned faces, Christe Eleison! + +For the silence—silence, amid those lights of early morning to which +Marius had always been constitutionally impressible, as having in them +a certain reproachful austerity—was broken suddenly by resounding cries +of Kyrie Eleison! Christe Eleison! repeated alternately, again and +again, until the bishop, rising from his chair, made sign that this +prayer should cease. But the voices burst out once more presently, in +richer and more varied melody, though still of an antiphonal character; +the men, the women and children, the deacons, the people, answering one +another, somewhat after the manner of a Greek chorus. But again with +what a novelty of poetic accent; what a genuine expansion of heart; +what profound intimations for the intellect, as the meaning of the +words grew upon him! Cum grandi affectu et compunctione dicatur—says an +ancient eucharistic order; and certainly, the mystic tone of this +praying and singing was one with the expression of deliverance, of +grateful assurance and sincerity, upon the faces of those assembled. As +if some searching correction, a regeneration of the body by the spirit, +had begun, and was already gone a great way, the countenances of men, +women, and children alike had a brightness on them which he could fancy +reflected upon himself—an amenity, a mystic amiability and unction, +which found its way most readily of all to the hearts of children +themselves. The religious poetry of those Hebrew psalms—Benedixisti +Domine terram tuam: Dixit Dominus Domino meo, sede a dextris meis—was +certainly in marvellous accord with the lyrical instinct of his own +character. Those august hymns, he thought, must thereafter ever remain +by him as among the well-tested powers in things to soothe and fortify +the soul. One could never grow tired of them! + +In the old pagan worship there had been little to call the +understanding into play. Here, on the other hand, the utterance, the +eloquence, the music of worship conveyed, as Marius readily understood, +a fact or series of facts, for intellectual reception. That became +evident, more especially, in those lessons, or sacred readings, which, +like the singing, in broken vernacular Latin, occurred at certain +intervals, amid the silence of the assembly. There were readings, again +with bursts of chanted invocation between for fuller light on a +difficult path, in which many a vagrant voice of human philosophy, +haunting men’s minds from of old, recurred with clearer accent than had +ever belonged to it before, as if lifted, above its first intention, +into the harmonies of some supreme system of knowledge or doctrine, at +length complete. And last of all came a narrative which, with a +thousand tender memories, every one appeared to know by heart, +displaying, in all the vividness of a picture for the eye, the mournful +figure of him towards whom this whole act of worship still consistently +turned—a figure which seemed to have absorbed, like some rich tincture +in his garment, all that was deep-felt and impassioned in the +experiences of the past. + +It was the anniversary of his birth as a little child they celebrated +to-day. Astiterunt reges terrae: so the Gradual, the “Song of Degrees,” +proceeded, the young men on the steps of the altar responding in deep, +clear, antiphon or chorus— + +Astiterunt reges terrae— +Adversus sanctum puerum tuum, Jesum: +Nunc, Domine, da servis tuis loqui verbum tuum— +Et signa fieri, per nomen sancti pueri Jesu. + + +And the proper action of the rite itself, like a half-opened book to be +read by the duly initiated mind took up those suggestions, and carried +them forward into the present, as having reference to a power still +efficacious, still after some mystic sense even now in action among the +people there assembled. The entire office, indeed, with its interchange +of lessons, hymns, prayer, silence, was itself like a single piece of +highly composite, dramatic music; a “song of degrees,” rising steadily +to a climax. Notwithstanding the absence of any central image visible +to the eye, the entire ceremonial process, like the place in which it +was enacted, was weighty with symbolic significance, seemed to express +a single leading motive. The mystery, if such in fact it was, centered +indeed in the actions of one visible person, distinguished among the +assistants, who stood ranged in semicircle around him, by the extreme +fineness of his white vestments, and the pointed cap with the golden +ornaments upon his head. + +Nor had Marius ever seen the pontifical character, as he conceived +it—sicut unguentum in capite, descendens in oram vestimenti—so fully +realised, as in the expression, the manner and voice, of this novel +pontiff, as he took his seat on the white chair placed for him by the +young men, and received his long staff into his hand, or moved his +hands—hands which seemed endowed in very deed with some mysterious +power—at the Lavabo, or at the various benedictions, or to bless +certain objects on the table before him, chanting in cadence of a grave +sweetness the leading parts of the rite. What profound unction and +mysticity! The solemn character of the singing was at its height when +he opened his lips. Like some new sort of rhapsôdos, it was for the +moment as if he alone possessed the words of the office, and they +flowed anew from some permanent source of inspiration within him. The +table or altar at which he presided, below a canopy on delicate spiral +columns, was in fact the tomb of a youthful “witness,” of the family of +the Cecilii, who had shed his blood not many years before, and whose +relics were still in this place. It was for his sake the bishop put his +lips so often to the surface before him; the regretful memory of that +death entwining itself, though not without certain notes of triumph, as +a matter of special inward significance, throughout a service, which +was, before all else, from first to last, a commemoration of the dead. + +A sacrifice also,—a sacrifice, it might seem, like the most primitive, +the most natural and enduringly significant of old pagan sacrifices, of +the simplest fruits of the earth. And in connexion with this +circumstance again, as in the actual stones of the building so in the +rite itself, what Marius observed was not so much new matter as a new +spirit, moulding, informing, with a new intention, many observances not +witnessed for the first time to-day. Men and women came to the altar +successively, in perfect order, and deposited below the lattice-work of +pierced white marble, their baskets of wheat and grapes, incense, oil +for the sanctuary lamps; bread and wine especially—pure wheaten bread, +the pure white wine of the Tusculan vineyards. There was here a +veritable consecration, hopeful and animating, of the earth’s gifts, of +old dead and dark matter itself, now in some way redeemed at last, of +all that we can touch or see, in the midst of a jaded world that had +lost the true sense of such things, and in strong contrast to the wise +emperor’s renunciant and impassive attitude towards them. Certain +portions of that bread and wine were taken into the bishop’s hands; and +thereafter, with an increasing mysticity and effusion the rite +proceeded. Still in a strain of inspired supplication, the antiphonal +singing developed, from this point, into a kind of dialogue between the +chief minister and the whole assisting company— + +SURSUM CORDA! +HABEMUS AD DOMINUM. +GRATIAS AGAMUS DOMINO DEO NOSTRO!— + + +It might have been thought the business, the duty or service of young +men more particularly, as they stood there in long ranks, and in severe +and simple vesture of the purest white—a service in which they would +seem to be flying for refuge, as with their precious, their treacherous +and critical youth in their hands, to one—Yes! one like themselves, who +yet claimed their worship, a worship, above all, in the way of +Aurelius, in the way of imitation. Adoramus te Christe, quia per crucem +tuam redemisti mundum!—they cry together. So deep is the emotion that +at moments it seems to Marius as if some there present apprehend that +prayer prevails, that the very object of this pathetic crying himself +draws near. From the first there had been the sense, an increasing +assurance, of one coming:—actually with them now, according to the +oft-repeated affirmation or petition, Dominus vobiscum! Some at least +were quite sure of it; and the confidence of this remnant fired the +hearts, and gave meaning to the bold, ecstatic worship, of all the rest +about them. + +Prompted especially by the suggestions of that mysterious old Jewish +psalmody, so new to him—lesson and hymn—and catching therewith a +portion of the enthusiasm of those beside him, Marius could discern +dimly, behind the solemn recitation which now followed, at once a +narrative and a prayer, the most touching image truly that had ever +come within the scope of his mental or physical gaze. It was the image +of a young man giving up voluntarily, one by one, for the greatest of +ends, the greatest gifts; actually parting with himself, above all, +with the serenity, the divine serenity, of his own soul; yet from the +midst of his desolation crying out upon the greatness of his success, +as if foreseeing this very worship.* As centre of the supposed facts +which for these people were become so constraining a motive of +hopefulness, of activity, that image seemed to display itself with an +overwhelming claim on human gratitude. What Saint Lewis of France +discerned, and found so irresistibly touching, across the dimness of +many centuries, as a painful thing done for love of him by one he had +never seen, was to them almost as a thing of yesterday; and their +hearts were whole with it. It had the force, among their interests, of +an almost recent event in the career of one whom their fathers’ fathers +might have known. From memories so sublime, yet so close at hand, had +the narrative descended in which these acts of worship centered; though +again the names of some more recently dead were mingled in it. And it +seemed as if the very dead were aware; to be stirring beneath the slabs +of the sepulchres which lay so near, that they might associate +themselves to this enthusiasm—to this exalted worship of Jesus. + +* Psalm xxii. 22-31. + + +One by one, at last, the faithful approach to receive from the chief +minister morsels of the great, white, wheaten cake, he had taken into +his hands—Perducat vos ad vitam aeternam! he prays, half-silently, as +they depart again, after discreet embraces. The Eucharist of those +early days was, even more entirely than at any later or happier time, +an act of thanksgiving; and while the remnants of the feast are borne +away for the reception of the sick, the sustained gladness of the rite +reaches its highest point in the singing of a hymn: a hymn like the +spontaneous product of two opposed militant companies, contending +accordantly together, heightening, accumulating, their witness, +provoking one another’s worship, in a kind of sacred rivalry. + +Ite! Missa est!—cried the young deacons: and Marius departed from that +strange scene along with the rest. What was it?—Was it this made the +way of Cornelius so pleasant through the world? As for Marius +himself,—the natural soul of worship in him had at last been satisfied +as never before. He felt, as he left that place, that he must hereafter +experience often a longing memory, a kind of thirst, for all this, over +again. And it seemed moreover to define what he must require of the +powers, whatsoever they might be, that had brought him into the world +at all, to make him not unhappy in it. + + + + +CHAPTER XXIV. +A CONVERSATION NOT IMAGINARY + + +In cheerfulness is the success of our studies, says Pliny—studia +hilaritate proveniunt. It was still the habit of Marius, encouraged by +his experience that sleep is not only a sedative but the best of +stimulants, to seize the morning hours for creation, making profit when +he might of the wholesome serenity which followed a dreamless night. +“The morning for creation,” he would say; “the afternoon for the +perfecting labour of the file; the evening for reception—the reception +of matter from without one, of other men’s words and thoughts—matter +for our own dreams, or the merely mechanic exercise of the brain, +brooding thereon silently, in its dark chambers.” To leave home early +in the day was therefore a rare thing for him. He was induced so to do +on the occasion of a visit to Rome of the famous writer Lucian, whom he +had been bidden to meet. The breakfast over, he walked away with the +learned guest, having offered to be his guide to the lecture-room of a +well-known Greek rhetorician and expositor of the Stoic philosophy, a +teacher then much in fashion among the studious youth of Rome. On +reaching the place, however, they found the doors closed, with a slip +of writing attached, which proclaimed “a holiday”; and the morning +being a fine one, they walked further, along the Appian Way. Mortality, +with which the Queen of Ways—in reality the favourite cemetery of +Rome—was so closely crowded, in every imaginable form of sepulchre, +from the tiniest baby-house, to the massive monument out of which the +Middle Age would adapt a fortress-tower, might seem, on a morning like +this, to be “smiling through tears.” The flower-stalls just beyond the +city gates presented to view an array of posies and garlands, fresh +enough for a wedding. At one and another of them groups of persons, +gravely clad, were making their bargains before starting for some +perhaps distant spot on the highway, to keep a dies rosationis, this +being the time of roses, at the grave of a deceased relation. Here and +there, a funeral procession was slowly on its way, in weird contrast to +the gaiety of the hour. + +The two companions, of course, read the epitaphs as they strolled +along. In one, reminding them of the poet’s—Si lacrimae prosunt, visis +te ostende videri!—a woman prayed that her lost husband might visit her +dreams. Their characteristic note, indeed, was an imploring cry, still +to be sought after by the living. “While I live,” such was the promise +of a lover to his dead mistress, “you will receive this homage: after +my death,—who can tell?”—post mortem nescio. “If ghosts, my sons, do +feel anything after death, my sorrow will be lessened by your frequent +coming to me here!” “This is a privileged tomb; to my family and +descendants has been conceded the right of visiting this place as often +as they please.” “This is an eternal habitation; here lie I; here I +shall lie for ever.” “Reader! if you doubt that the soul survives, make +your oblation and a prayer for me; and you shall understand!” + +The elder of the two readers, certainly, was little affected by those +pathetic suggestions. It was long ago that after visiting the banks of +the Padus, where he had sought in vain for the poplars (sisters of +Phaethon erewhile) whose tears became amber, he had once for all +arranged for himself a view of the world exclusive of all reference to +what might lie beyond its “flaming barriers.” And at the age of sixty +he had no misgivings. His elegant and self-complacent but far from +unamiable scepticism, long since brought to perfection, never failed +him. It surrounded him, as some are surrounded by a magic ring of fine +aristocratic manners, with “a rampart,” through which he himself never +broke, nor permitted any thing or person to break upon him. Gay, +animated, content with his old age as it was, the aged student still +took a lively interest in studious youth.—Could Marius inform him of +any such, now known to him in Rome? What did the young men learn, just +then? and how? + +In answer, Marius became fluent concerning the promise of one young +student, the son, as it presently appeared, of parents of whom Lucian +himself knew something: and soon afterwards the lad was seen coming +along briskly—a lad with gait and figure well enough expressive of the +sane mind in the healthy body, though a little slim and worn of +feature, and with a pair of eyes expressly designed, it might seem, for +fine glancings at the stars. At the sight of Marius he paused suddenly, +and with a modest blush on recognising his companion, who straightway +took with the youth, so prettily enthusiastic, the freedom of an old +friend. + +In a few moments the three were seated together, immediately above the +fragrant borders of a rose-farm, on the marble bench of one of the +exhedrae for the use of foot-passengers at the roadside, from which +they could overlook the grand, earnest prospect of the Campagna, and +enjoy the air. Fancying that the lad’s plainly written enthusiasm had +induced in the elder speaker somewhat more fervour than was usual with +him, Marius listened to the conversation which follows.— + +“Ah! Hermotimus! Hurrying to lecture! —if I may judge by your pace, and +that volume in your hand. You were thinking hard as you came along, +moving your lips and waving your arms. Some fine speech you were +pondering, some knotty question, some viewy doctrine—not to be idle for +a moment, to be making progress in philosophy, even on your way to the +schools. To-day, however, you need go no further. We read a notice at +the schools that there would be no lecture. Stay therefore, and talk +awhile with us. + +—With pleasure, Lucian.—Yes! I was ruminating yesterday’s conference. +One must not lose a moment. Life is short and art is long! And it was +of the art of medicine, that was first said—a thing so much easier than +divine philosophy, to which one can hardly attain in a lifetime, unless +one be ever wakeful, ever on the watch. And here the hazard is no +little one:—By the attainment of a true philosophy to attain happiness; +or, having missed both, to perish, as one of the vulgar herd. + +—The prize is a great one, Hermotimus! and you must needs be near it, +after these months of toil, and with that scholarly pallor of yours. +Unless, indeed, you have already laid hold upon it, and kept us in the +dark. + +—How could that be, Lucian? Happiness, as Hesiod says, abides very far +hence; and the way to it is long and steep and rough. I see myself +still at the beginning of my journey; still but at the mountain’s foot. +I am trying with all my might to get forward. What I need is a hand, +stretched out to help me. + +—And is not the master sufficient for that? Could he not, like Zeus in +Homer, let down to you, from that high place, a golden cord, to draw +you up thither, to himself and to that Happiness, to which he ascended +so long ago? + +—The very point, Lucian! Had it depended on him I should long ago have +been caught up. ’Tis I, am wanting. + +—Well! keep your eye fixed on the journey’s end, and that happiness +there above, with confidence in his goodwill. + +—Ah! there are many who start cheerfully on the journey and proceed a +certain distance, but lose heart when they light on the obstacles of +the way. Only, those who endure to the end do come to the mountain’s +top, and thereafter live in Happiness:—live a wonderful manner of life, +seeing all other people from that great height no bigger than tiny +ants. + +—What little fellows you make of us—less than the pygmies—down in the +dust here. Well! we, ‘the vulgar herd,’ as we creep along, will not +forget you in our prayers, when you are seated up there above the +clouds, whither you have been so long hastening. But tell me, +Hermotimus!—when do you expect to arrive there? + +—Ah! that I know not. In twenty years, perhaps, I shall be really on +the summit.—A great while! you think. But then, again, the prize I +contend for is a great one. + +—Perhaps! But as to those twenty years—that you will live so long. Has +the master assured you of that? Is he a prophet as well as a +philosopher? For I suppose you would not endure all this, upon a mere +chance—toiling day and night, though it might happen that just ere the +last step, Destiny seized you by the foot and plucked you thence, with +your hope still unfulfilled. + +—Hence, with these ill-omened words, Lucian! Were I to survive but for +a day, I should be happy, having once attained wisdom. + +—How?—Satisfied with a single day, after all those labours? + +—Yes! one blessed moment were enough! + +—But again, as you have never been, how know you that happiness is to +be had up there, at all—the happiness that is to make all this worth +while? + +—I believe what the master tells me. Of a certainty he knows, being now +far above all others. + +—And what was it he told you about it? Is it riches, or glory, or some +indescribable pleasure? + +—Hush! my friend! All those are nothing in comparison of the life +there. + +—What, then, shall those who come to the end of this discipline—what +excellent thing shall they receive, if not these? + +—Wisdom, the absolute goodness and the absolute beauty, with the sure +and certain knowledge of all things—how they are. Riches and glory and +pleasure—whatsoever belongs to the body—they have cast from them: +stripped bare of all that, they mount up, even as Hercules, consumed in +the fire, became a god. He too cast aside all that he had of his +earthly mother, and bearing with him the divine element, pure and +undefiled, winged his way to heaven from the discerning flame. Even so +do they, detached from all that others prize, by the burning fire of a +true philosophy, ascend to the highest degree of happiness. + +—Strange! And do they never come down again from the heights to help +those whom they left below? Must they, when they be once come thither, +there remain for ever, laughing, as you say, at what other men prize? + +—More than that! They whose initiation is entire are subject no longer +to anger, fear, desire, regret. Nay! They scarcely feel at all. + +—Well! as you have leisure to-day, why not tell an old friend in what +way you first started on your philosophic journey? For, if I might, I +should like to join company with you from this very day. + +—If you be really willing, Lucian! you will learn in no long time your +advantage over all other people. They will seem but as children, so far +above them will be your thoughts. + +—Well! Be you my guide! It is but fair. But tell me—Do you allow +learners to contradict, if anything is said which they don’t think +right? + +—No, indeed! Still, if you wish, oppose your questions. In that way you +will learn more easily. + +—Let me know, then—Is there one only way which leads to a true +philosophy—your own way—the way of the Stoics: or is it true, as I have +heard, that there are many ways of approaching it? + +—Yes! Many ways! There are the Stoics, and the Peripatetics, and those +who call themselves after Plato: there are the enthusiasts for +Diogenes, and Antisthenes, and the followers of Pythagoras, besides +others. + +—It was true, then. But again, is what they say the same or different? + +—Very different. + +—Yet the truth, I conceive, would be one and the same, from all of +them. Answer me then—In what, or in whom, did you confide when you +first betook yourself to philosophy, and seeing so many doors open to +you, passed them all by and went in to the Stoics, as if there alone +lay the way of truth? What token had you? Forget, please, all you are +to-day—half-way, or more, on the philosophic journey: answer me as you +would have done then, a mere outsider as I am now. + +—Willingly! It was there the great majority went! ’Twas by that I +judged it to be the better way. + +—A majority how much greater than the Epicureans, the Platonists, the +Peripatetics? You, doubtless, counted them respectively, as with the +votes in a scrutiny. + +—No! But this was not my only motive. I heard it said by every one that +the Epicureans were soft and voluptuous, the Peripatetics avaricious +and quarrelsome, and Plato’s followers puffed up with pride. But of the +Stoics, not a few pronounced that they were true men, that they knew +everything, that theirs was the royal road, the one road, to wealth, to +wisdom, to all that can be desired. + +—Of course those who said this were not themselves Stoics: you would +not have believed them—still less their opponents. They were the +vulgar, therefore. + +—True! But you must know that I did not trust to others exclusively. I +trusted also to myself—to what I saw. I saw the Stoics going through +the world after a seemly manner, neatly clad, never in excess, always +collected, ever faithful to the mean which all pronounce ‘golden.’ + +—You are trying an experiment on me. You would fain see how far you can +mislead me as to your real ground. The kind of probation you describe +is applicable, indeed, to works of art, which are rightly judged by +their appearance to the eye. There is something in the comely form, the +graceful drapery, which tells surely of the hand of Pheidias or +Alcamenes. But if philosophy is to be judged by outward appearances, +what would become of the blind man, for instance, unable to observe the +attire and gait of your friends the Stoics? + +—It was not of the blind I was thinking. + +—Yet there must needs be some common criterion in a matter so important +to all. Put the blind, if you will, beyond the privileges of +philosophy; though they perhaps need that inward vision more than all +others. But can those who are not blind, be they as keen-sighted as you +will, collect a single fact of mind from a man’s attire, from anything +outward?—Understand me! You attached yourself to these men—did you +not?—because of a certain love you had for the mind in them, the +thoughts they possessed desiring the mind in you to be improved +thereby? + +—Assuredly! + +—How, then, did you find it possible, by the sort of signs you just now +spoke of, to distinguish the true philosopher from the false? Matters +of that kind are not wont so to reveal themselves. They are but hidden +mysteries, hardly to be guessed at through the words and acts which may +in some sort be conformable to them. You, however, it would seem, can +look straight into the heart in men’s bosoms, and acquaint yourself +with what really passes there. + +—You are making sport of me, Lucian! In truth, it was with God’s help I +made my choice, and I don’t repent it. + +—And still you refuse to tell me, to save me from perishing in that +‘vulgar herd.’ + +—Because nothing I can tell you would satisfy you. + +—You are mistaken, my friend! But since you deliberately conceal the +thing, grudging me, as I suppose, that true philosophy which would make +me equal to you, I will try, if it may be, to find out for myself the +exact criterion in these matters—how to make a perfectly safe choice. +And, do you listen. + +—I will; there may be something worth knowing in what you will say. + +—Well!—only don’t laugh if I seem a little fumbling in my efforts. The +fault is yours, in refusing to share your lights with me. Let +Philosophy, then, be like a city—a city whose citizens within it are a +happy people, as your master would tell you, having lately come thence, +as we suppose. All the virtues are theirs, and they are little less +than gods. Those acts of violence which happen among us are not to be +seen in their streets. They live together in one mind, very seemly; the +things which beyond everything else cause men to contend against each +other, having no place upon them. Gold and silver, pleasure, vainglory, +they have long since banished, as being unprofitable to the +commonwealth; and their life is an unbroken calm, in liberty, equality, +an equal happiness. + +—And is it not reasonable that all men should desire to be of a city +such as that, and take no account of the length and difficulty of the +way thither, so only they may one day become its freemen? + +—It might well be the business of life:—leaving all else, forgetting +one’s native country here, unmoved by the tears, the restraining hands, +of parents or children, if one had them—only bidding them follow the +same road; and if they would not or could not, shaking them off, +leaving one’s very garment in their hands if they took hold on us, to +start off straightway for that happy place! For there is no fear, I +suppose, of being shut out if one came thither naked. I remember, +indeed, long ago an aged man related to me how things passed there, +offering himself to be my leader, and enrol me on my arrival in the +number of the citizens. I was but fifteen—certainly very foolish: and +it may be that I was then actually within the suburbs, or at the very +gates, of the city. Well, this aged man told me, among other things, +that all the citizens were wayfarers from afar. Among them were +barbarians and slaves, poor men—aye! and cripples—all indeed who truly +desired that citizenship. For the only legal conditions of enrolment +were—not wealth, nor bodily beauty, nor noble ancestry—things not named +among them—but intelligence, and the desire for moral beauty, and +earnest labour. The last comer, thus qualified, was made equal to the +rest: master and slave, patrician, plebeian, were words they had not—in +that blissful place. And believe me, if that blissful, that beautiful +place, were set on a hill visible to all the world, I should long ago +have journeyed thither. But, as you say, it is far off: and one must +needs find out for oneself the road to it, and the best possible guide. +And I find a multitude of guides, who press on me their services, and +protest, all alike, that they have themselves come thence. Only, the +roads they propose are many, and towards adverse quarters. And one of +them is steep and stony, and through the beating sun; and the other is +through green meadows, and under grateful shade, and by many a fountain +of water. But howsoever the road may be, at each one of them stands a +credible guide; he puts out his hand and would have you come his way. +All other ways are wrong, all other guides false. Hence my +difficulty!—The number and variety of the ways! For you know, There is +but one road that leads to Corinth. + +—Well! If you go the whole round, you will find no better guides than +those. If you wish to get to Corinth, you will follow the traces of +Zeno and Chrysippus. It is impossible otherwise. + +—Yes! The old, familiar language! Were one of Plato’s fellow-pilgrims +here, or a follower of Epicurus—or fifty others—each would tell me that +I should never get to Corinth except in his company. One must therefore +credit all alike, which would be absurd; or, what is far safer, +distrust all alike, until one has discovered the truth. Suppose now, +that, being as I am, ignorant which of all philosophers is really in +possession of truth, I choose your sect, relying on yourself—my friend, +indeed, yet still acquainted only with the way of the Stoics; and that +then some divine power brought Plato, and Aristotle, and Pythagoras, +and the others, back to life again. Well! They would come round about +me, and put me on my trial for my presumption, and say:—‘In whom was it +you confided when you preferred Zeno and Chrysippus to me?—and +me?—masters of far more venerable age than those, who are but of +yesterday; and though you have never held any discussion with us, nor +made trial of our doctrine? It is not thus that the law would have +judges do—listen to one party and refuse to let the other speak for +himself. If judges act thus, there may be an appeal to another +tribunal.’ What should I answer? Would it be enough to say:—‘I trusted +my friend Hermotimus?’—‘We know not Hermotimus, nor he us,’ they would +tell me; adding, with a smile, ‘your friend thinks he may believe all +our adversaries say of us whether in ignorance or in malice. Yet if he +were umpire in the games, and if he happened to see one of our +wrestlers, by way of a preliminary exercise, knock to pieces an +antagonist of mere empty air, he would not thereupon pronounce him a +victor. Well! don’t let your friend Hermotimus suppose, in like manner, +that his teachers have really prevailed over us in those battles of +theirs, fought with our mere shadows. That, again, were to be like +children, lightly overthrowing their own card-castles; or like +boy-archers, who cry out when they hit the target of straw. The Persian +and Scythian bowmen, as they speed along, can pierce a bird on the +wing.’ + +—Let us leave Plato and the others at rest. It is not for me to contend +against them. Let us rather search out together if the truth of +Philosophy be as I say. Why summon the athletes, and archers from +Persia? + +—Yes! let them go, if you think them in the way. And now do you speak! +You really look as if you had something wonderful to deliver. + +—Well then, Lucian! to me it seems quite possible for one who has +learned the doctrines of the Stoics only, to attain from those a +knowledge of the truth, without proceeding to inquire into all the +various tenets of the others. Look at the question in this way. If one +told you that twice two make four, would it be necessary for you to go +the whole round of the arithmeticians, to see whether any one of them +will say that twice two make five, or seven? Would you not see at once +that the man tells the truth? + +—At once. + +—Why then do you find it impossible that one who has fallen in with the +Stoics only, in their enunciation of what is true, should adhere to +them, and seek after no others; assured that four could never be five, +even if fifty Platos, fifty Aristotles said so? + +—You are beside the point, Hermotimus! You are likening open questions +to principles universally received. Have you ever met any one who said +that twice two make five, or seven? + +—No! only a madman would say that. + +—And have you ever met, on the other hand, a Stoic and an Epicurean who +were agreed upon the beginning and the end, the principle and the final +cause, of things? Never! Then your parallel is false. We are inquiring +to which of the sects philosophic truth belongs, and you seize on it by +anticipation, and assign it to the Stoics, alleging, what is by no +means clear, that it is they for whom twice two make four. But the +Epicureans, or the Platonists, might say that it is they, in truth, who +make two and two equal four, while you make them five or seven. Is it +not so, when you think virtue the only good, and the Epicureans +pleasure; when you hold all things to be material, while the Platonists +admit something immaterial? As I said, you resolve offhand, in favour +of the Stoics, the very point which needs a critical decision. If it is +clear beforehand that the Stoics alone make two and two equal four, +then the others must hold their peace. But so long as that is the very +point of debate, we must listen to all sects alike, or be well-assured +that we shall seem but partial in our judgment. + +—I think, Lucian! that you do not altogether understand my meaning. To +make it clear, then, let us suppose that two men had entered a temple, +of Aesculapius,—say! or Bacchus: and that afterwards one of the sacred +vessels is found to be missing. And the two men must be searched to see +which of them has hidden it under his garment. For it is certainly in +the possession of one or the other of them. Well! if it be found on the +first there will be no need to search the second; if it is not found on +the first, then the other must have it; and again, there will be no +need to search him. + +—Yes! So let it be. + +—And we too, Lucian! if we have found the holy vessel in possession of +the Stoics, shall no longer have need to search other philosophers, +having attained that we were seeking. Why trouble ourselves further? + +—No need, if something had indeed been found, and you knew it to be +that lost thing: if, at the least, you could recognise the sacred +object when you saw it. But truly, as the matter now stands, not two +persons only have entered the temple, one or the other of whom must +needs have taken the golden cup, but a whole crowd of persons. And +then, it is not clear what the lost object really is—cup, or flagon, or +diadem; for one of the priests avers this, another that; they are not +even in agreement as to its material: some will have it to be of brass, +others of silver, or gold. It thus becomes necessary to search the +garments of all persons who have entered the temple, if the lost vessel +is to be recovered. And if you find a golden cup on the first of them, +it will still be necessary to proceed in searching the garments of the +others; for it is not certain that this cup really belonged to the +temple. Might there not be many such golden vessels?—No! we must go on +to every one of them, placing all that we find in the midst together, +and then make our guess which of all those things may fairly be +supposed to be the property of the god. For, again, this circumstance +adds greatly to our difficulty, that without exception every one +searched is found to have something upon him—cup, or flagon, or diadem, +of brass, of silver, of gold: and still, all the while, it is not +ascertained which of all these is the sacred thing. And you must still +hesitate to pronounce any one of them guilty of the sacrilege—those +objects may be their own lawful property: one cause of all this +obscurity being, as I think, that there was no inscription on the lost +cup, if cup it was. Had the name of the god, or even that of the donor, +been upon it, at least we should have had less trouble, and having +detected the inscription, should have ceased to trouble any one else by +our search. + +—I have nothing to reply to that. + +—Hardly anything plausible. So that if we wish to find who it is has +the sacred vessel, or who will be our best guide to Corinth, we must +needs proceed to every one and examine him with the utmost care, +stripping off his garment and considering him closely. Scarcely, even +so, shall we come at the truth. And if we are to have a credible +adviser regarding this question of philosophy—which of all philosophies +one ought to follow—he alone who is acquainted with the dicta of every +one of them can be such a guide: all others must be inadequate. I would +give no credence to them if they lacked information as to one only. If +somebody introduced a fair person and told us he was the fairest of all +men, we should not believe that, unless we knew that he had seen all +the people in the world. Fair he might be; but, fairest of all—none +could know, unless he had seen all. And we too desire, not a fair one, +but the fairest of all. Unless we find him, we shall think we have +failed. It is no casual beauty that will content us; what we are +seeking after is that supreme beauty which must of necessity be unique. + +—What then is one to do, if the matter be really thus? Perhaps you know +better than I. All I see is that very few of us would have time to +examine all the various sects of philosophy in turn, even if we began +in early life. I know not how it is; but though you seem to me to speak +reasonably, yet (I must confess it) you have distressed me not a little +by this exact exposition of yours. I was unlucky in coming out to-day, +and in my falling in with you, who have thrown me into utter perplexity +by your proof that the discovery of truth is impossible, just as I +seemed to be on the point of attaining my hope. + +—Blame your parents, my child, not me! Or rather, blame mother Nature +herself, for giving us but seventy or eighty years instead of making us +as long-lived as Tithonus. For my part, I have but led you from premise +to conclusion. + +—Nay! you are a mocker! I know not wherefore, but you have a grudge +against philosophy; and it is your entertainment to make a jest of her +lovers. + +—Ah! Hermotimus! what the Truth may be, you philosophers may be able to +tell better than I. But so much at least I know of her, that she is one +by no means pleasant to those who hear her speak: in the matter of +pleasantness, she is far surpassed by Falsehood: and Falsehood has the +pleasanter countenance. She, nevertheless, being conscious of no alloy +within, discourses with boldness to all men, who therefore have little +love for her. See how angry you are now because I have stated the truth +about certain things of which we are both alike enamoured—that they are +hard to come by. It is as if you had fallen in love with a statue and +hoped to win its favour, thinking it a human creature; and I, +understanding it to be but an image of brass or stone, had shown you, +as a friend, that your love was impossible, and thereupon you had +conceived that I bore you some ill-will. + +—But still, does it not follow from what you said, that we must +renounce philosophy and pass our days in idleness? + +—When did you hear me say that? I did but assert that if we are to seek +after philosophy, whereas there are many ways professing to lead +thereto, we must with much exactness distinguish them. + +—Well, Lucian! that we must go to all the schools in turn, and test +what they say, if we are to choose the right one, is perhaps +reasonable; but surely ridiculous, unless we are to live as many years +as the Phoenix, to be so lengthy in the trial of each; as if it were +not possible to learn the whole by the part! They say that Pheidias, +when he was shown one of the talons of a lion, computed the stature and +age of the animal it belonged to, modelling a complete lion upon the +standard of a single part of it. You too would recognise a human hand +were the rest of the body concealed. Even so with the schools of +philosophy:—the leading doctrines of each might be learned in an +afternoon. That over-exactness of yours, which required so long a time, +is by no means necessary for making the better choice. + +—You are forcible, Hermotimus! with this theory of The Whole by the +Part. Yet, methinks, I heard you but now propound the contrary. But +tell me; would Pheidias when he saw the lion’s talon have known that it +was a lion’s, if he had never seen the animal? Surely, the cause of his +recognising the part was his knowledge of the whole. There is a way of +choosing one’s philosophy even less troublesome than yours. Put the +names of all the philosophers into an urn. Then call a little child, +and let him draw the name of the philosopher you shall follow all the +rest of your days. + +—Nay! be serious with me. Tell me; did you ever buy wine? + +—Surely. + +—And did you first go the whole round of the wine-merchants, tasting +and comparing their wines? + +—By no means. + +—No! You were contented to order the first good wine you found at your +price. By tasting a little you were ascertained of the quality of the +whole cask. How if you had gone to each of the merchants in turn, and +said, ‘I wish to buy a cotylé of wine. Let me drink out the whole cask. +Then I shall be able to tell which is best, and where I ought to buy.’ +Yet this is what you would do with the philosophies. Why drain the cask +when you might taste, and see? + +—How slippery you are; how you escape from one’s fingers! Still, you +have given me an advantage, and are in your own trap. + +—How so? + +—Thus! You take a common object known to every one, and make wine the +figure of a thing which presents the greatest variety in itself, and +about which all men are at variance, because it is an unseen and +difficult thing. I hardly know wherein philosophy and wine are alike +unless it be in this, that the philosophers exchange their ware for +money, like the wine-merchants; some of them with a mixture of water or +worse, or giving short measure. However, let us consider your parallel. +The wine in the cask, you say, is of one kind throughout. But have the +philosophers—has your own master even—but one and the same thing only +to tell you, every day and all days, on a subject so manifold? +Otherwise, how can you know the whole by the tasting of one part? The +whole is not the same—Ah! and it may be that God has hidden the good +wine of philosophy at the bottom of the cask. You must drain it to the +end if you are to find those drops of divine sweetness you seem so much +to thirst for! Yourself, after drinking so deeply, are still but at the +beginning, as you said. But is not philosophy rather like this? Keep +the figure of the merchant and the cask: but let it be filled, not with +wine, but with every sort of grain. You come to buy. The merchant hands +you a little of the wheat which lies at the top. Could you tell by +looking at that, whether the chick-peas were clean, the lentils tender, +the beans full? And then, whereas in selecting our wine we risk only +our money; in selecting our philosophy we risk ourselves, as you told +me—might ourselves sink into the dregs of ‘the vulgar herd.’ Moreover, +while you may not drain the whole cask of wine by way of tasting, +Wisdom grows no less by the depth of your drinking. Nay! if you take of +her, she is increased thereby. + +And then I have another similitude to propose, as regards this tasting +of philosophy. Don’t think I blaspheme her if I say that it may be with +her as with some deadly poison, hemlock or aconite. These too, though +they cause death, yet kill not if one tastes but a minute portion. You +would suppose that the tiniest particle must be sufficient. + +—Be it as you will, Lucian! One must live a hundred years: one must +sustain all this labour; otherwise philosophy is unattainable. + +—Not so! Though there were nothing strange in that, if it be true, as +you said at first, that Life is short and art is long. But now you take +it hard that we are not to see you this very day, before the sun goes +down, a Chrysippus, a Pythagoras, a Plato. + +—You overtake me, Lucian! and drive me into a corner; in jealousy of +heart, I believe, because I have made some progress in doctrine whereas +you have neglected yourself. + +—Well! Don’t attend to me! Treat me as a Corybant, a fanatic: and do +you go forward on this road of yours. Finish the journey in accordance +with the view you had of these matters at the beginning of it. Only, be +assured that my judgment on it will remain unchanged. Reason still +says, that without criticism, without a clear, exact, unbiassed +intelligence to try them, all those theories—all things—will have been +seen but in vain. ‘To that end,’ she tells us, ‘much time is necessary, +many delays of judgment, a cautious gait; repeated inspection.’ And we +are not to regard the outward appearance, or the reputation of wisdom, +in any of the speakers; but like the judges of Areopagus, who try their +causes in the darkness of the night, look only to what they say. + +—Philosophy, then, is impossible, or possible only in another life! + +—Hermotimus! I grieve to tell you that all this even, may be in truth +insufficient. After all, we may deceive ourselves in the belief that we +have found something:—like the fishermen! Again and again they let down +the net. At last they feel something heavy, and with vast labour draw +up, not a load of fish, but only a pot full of sand, or a great stone. + +—I don’t understand what you mean by the net. It is plain that you have +caught me in it. + +—Try to get out! You can swim as well as another. We may go to all +philosophers in turn and make trial of them. Still, I, for my part, +hold it by no means certain that any one of them really possesses what +we seek. The truth may be a thing that not one of them has yet found. +You have twenty beans in your hand, and you bid ten persons guess how +many: one says five, another fifteen; it is possible that one of them +may tell the true number; but it is not impossible that all may be +wrong. So it is with the philosophers. All alike are in search of +Happiness—what kind of thing it is. One says one thing, one another: it +is pleasure; it is virtue;—what not? And Happiness may indeed be one of +those things. But it is possible also that it may be still something +else, different and distinct from them all. + +—What is this?—There is something, I know not how, very sad and +disheartening in what you say. We seem to have come round in a circle +to the spot whence we started, and to our first incertitude. Ah! +Lucian, what have you done to me? You have proved my priceless pearl to +be but ashes, and all my past labour to have been in vain. + +—Reflect, my friend, that you are not the first person who has thus +failed of the good thing he hoped for. All philosophers, so to speak, +are but fighting about the ‘ass’s shadow.’ To me you seem like one who +should weep, and reproach fortune because he is not able to climb up +into heaven, or go down into the sea by Sicily and come up at Cyprus, +or sail on wings in one day from Greece to India. And the true cause of +his trouble is that he has based his hope on what he has seen in a +dream, or his own fancy has put together; without previous thought +whether what he desires is in itself attainable and within the compass +of human nature. Even so, methinks, has it happened with you. As you +dreamed, so largely, of those wonderful things, came Reason, and woke +you up from sleep, a little roughly: and then you are angry with +Reason, your eyes being still but half open, and find it hard to shake +off sleep for the pleasure of what you saw therein. Only, don’t be +angry with me, because, as a friend, I would not suffer you to pass +your life in a dream, pleasant perhaps, but still only a dream—because +I wake you up and demand that you should busy yourself with the proper +business of life, and send you to it possessed of common sense. What +your soul was full of just now is not very different from those Gorgons +and Chimaeras and the like, which the poets and the painters construct +for us, fancy-free:—things which never were, and never will be, though +many believe in them, and all like to see and hear of them, just +because they are so strange and odd. + +And you too, methinks, having heard from some such maker of marvels of +a certain woman of a fairness beyond nature—beyond the Graces, beyond +Venus Urania herself—asked not if he spoke truth, and whether this +woman be really alive in the world, but straightway fell in love with +her; as they say that Medea was enamoured of Jason in a dream. And what +more than anything else seduced you, and others like you, into that +passion, for a vain idol of the fancy, is, that he who told you about +that fair woman, from the very moment when you first believed that what +he said was true, brought forward all the rest in consequent order. +Upon her alone your eyes were fixed; by her he led you along, when once +you had given him a hold upon you—led you along the straight road, as +he said, to the beloved one. All was easy after that. None of you asked +again whether it was the true way; following one after another, like +sheep led by the green bough in the hand of the shepherd. He moved you +hither and thither with his finger, as easily as water spilt on a +table! + +My friend! Be not so lengthy in preparing the banquet, lest you die of +hunger! I saw one who poured water into a mortar, and ground it with +all his might with a pestle of iron, fancying he did a thing useful and +necessary; but it remained water only, none the less.” + +Just there the conversation broke off suddenly, and the disputants +parted. The horses were come for Lucian. The boy went on his way, and +Marius onward, to visit a friend whose abode lay further. As he +returned to Rome towards evening the melancholy aspect, natural to a +city of the dead, had triumphed over the superficial gaudiness of the +early day. He could almost have fancied Canidia there, picking her way +among the rickety lamps, to rifle some neglected or ruined tomb; for +these tombs were not all equally well cared for (Post mortem nescio!) +and it had been one of the pieties of Aurelius to frame a severe law to +prevent the defacing of such monuments. To Marius there seemed to be +some new meaning in that terror of isolation, of being left alone in +these places, of which the sepulchral inscriptions were so full. A +blood-red sunset was dying angrily, and its wild glare upon the shadowy +objects around helped to combine the associations of this famous way, +its deeply graven marks of immemorial travel, together with the earnest +questions of the morning as to the true way of that other sort of +travelling, around an image, almost ghastly in the traces of its great +sorrows—bearing along for ever, on bleeding feet, the instrument of its +punishment—which was all Marius could recall distinctly of a certain +Christian legend he had heard. The legend told of an encounter at this +very spot, of two wayfarers on the Appian Way, as also upon some very +dimly discerned mental journey, altogether different from himself and +his late companions—an encounter between Love, literally fainting by +the road, and Love “travelling in the greatness of his strength,” Love +itself, suddenly appearing to sustain that other. A strange contrast to +anything actually presented in that morning’s conversation, it seemed +nevertheless to echo its very words—“Do they never come down again,” he +heard once more the well-modulated voice: “Do they never come down +again from the heights, to help those whom they left here below?”—“And +we too desire, not a fair one, but the fairest of all. Unless we find +him, we shall think we have failed.” + + + + +CHAPTER XXV. +SUNT LACRIMAE RERUM+ + + +It was become a habit with Marius—one of his modernisms—developed by +his assistance at the Emperor’s “conversations with himself,” to keep a +register of the movements of his own private thoughts and humours; not +continuously indeed, yet sometimes for lengthy intervals, during which +it was no idle self-indulgence, but a necessity of his intellectual +life, to “confess himself,” with an intimacy, seemingly rare among the +ancients; ancient writers, at all events, having been jealous, for the +most part, of affording us so much as a glimpse of that interior self, +which in many cases would have actually doubled the interest of their +objective informations. + +“If a particular tutelary or genius,” writes Marius,—“according to old +belief, walks through life beside each one of us, mine is very +certainly a capricious creature. He fills one with wayward, +unaccountable, yet quite irresistible humours, and seems always to be +in collusion with some outward circumstance, often trivial enough in +itself—the condition of the weather, forsooth!—the people one meets by +chance—the things one happens to overhear them say, veritable enodioi +symboloi,+ or omens by the wayside, as the old Greeks fancied—to push +on the unreasonable prepossessions of the moment into weighty motives. +It was doubtless a quite explicable, physical fatigue that presented me +to myself, on awaking this morning, so lack-lustre and trite. But I +must needs take my petulance, contrasting it with my accustomed morning +hopefulness, as a sign of the ageing of appetite, of a decay in the +very capacity of enjoyment. We need some imaginative stimulus, some not +impossible ideal such as may shape vague hope, and transform it into +effective desire, to carry us year after year, without disgust, through +the routine-work which is so large a part of life. “Then, how if +appetite, be it for real or ideal, should itself fail one after awhile? +Ah, yes! is it of cold always that men die; and on some of us it creeps +very gradually. In truth, I can remember just such a lack-lustre +condition of feeling once or twice before. But I note, that it was +accompanied then by an odd indifference, as the thought of them +occurred to me, in regard to the sufferings of others—a kind of +callousness, so unusual with me, as at once to mark the humour it +accompanied as a palpably morbid one that could not last. Were those +sufferings, great or little, I asked myself then, of more real +consequence to them than mine to me, as I remind myself that ‘nothing +that will end is really long’—long enough to be thought of importance? +But to-day, my own sense of fatigue, the pity I conceive for myself, +disposed me strongly to a tenderness for others. For a moment the whole +world seemed to present itself as a hospital of sick persons; many of +them sick in mind; all of whom it would be a brutality not to humour, +not to indulge. + +“Why, when I went out to walk off my wayward fancies, did I confront +the very sort of incident (my unfortunate genius had surely beckoned it +from afar to vex me) likely to irritate them further? A party of men +were coming down the street. They were leading a fine race-horse; a +handsome beast, but badly hurt somewhere, in the circus, and useless. +They were taking him to slaughter; and I think the animal knew it: he +cast such looks, as if of mad appeal, to those who passed him, as he +went among the strangers to whom his former owner had committed him, to +die, in his beauty and pride, for just that one mischance or fault; +although the morning air was still so animating, and pleasant to snuff. +I could have fancied a human soul in the creature, swelling against its +luck. And I had come across the incident just when it would figure to +me as the very symbol of our poor humanity, in its capacities for pain, +its wretched accidents, and those imperfect sympathies, which can never +quite identify us with one another; the very power of utterance and +appeal to others seeming to fail us, in proportion as our sorrows come +home to ourselves, are really our own. We are constructed for +suffering! What proofs of it does but one day afford, if we care to +note them, as we go—a whole long chaplet of sorrowful mysteries! Sunt +lacrimae rerum et mentem mortalia tangunt.+ + +“Men’s fortunes touch us! The little children of one of those +institutions for the support of orphans, now become fashionable among +us by way of memorial of eminent persons deceased, are going, in long +file, along the street, on their way to a holiday in the country. They +halt, and count themselves with an air of triumph, to show that they +are all there. Their gay chatter has disturbed a little group of +peasants; a young woman and her husband, who have brought the old +mother, now past work and witless, to place her in a house provided for +such afflicted people. They are fairly affectionate, but anxious how +the thing they have to do may go—hope only she may permit them to leave +her there behind quietly. And the poor old soul is excited by the noise +made by the children, and partly aware of what is going to happen with +her. She too begins to count—one, two, three, five—on her trembling +fingers, misshapen by a life of toil. + +‘Yes! yes! and twice five make ten’—they say, to pacify her. It is her +last appeal to be taken home again; her proof that all is not yet up +with her; that she is, at all events, still as capable as those joyous +children. + +“At the baths, a party of labourers are at work upon one of the great +brick furnaces, in a cloud of black dust. A frail young child has +brought food for one of them, and sits apart, waiting till his father +comes—watching the labour, but with a sorrowful distaste for the din +and dirt. He is regarding wistfully his own place in the world, there +before him. His mind, as he watches, is grown up for a moment; and he +foresees, as it were, in that moment, all the long tale of days, of +early awakings, of his own coming life of drudgery at work like this. + +“A man comes along carrying a boy whose rough work has already +begun—the only child—whose presence beside him sweetened the father’s +toil a little. The boy has been badly injured by a fall of brick-work, +yet, with an effort, he rides boldly on his father’s shoulders. It will +be the way of natural affection to keep him alive as long as possible, +though with that miserably shattered body.—‘Ah! with us still, and +feeling our care beside him!’—and yet surely not without a +heartbreaking sigh of relief, alike from him and them, when the end +comes. + +“On the alert for incidents like these, yet of necessity passing them +by on the other side, I find it hard to get rid of a sense that I, for +one, have failed in love. I could yield to the humour till I seemed to +have had my share in those great public cruelties, the shocking legal +crimes which are on record, like that cold-blooded slaughter, according +to law, of the four hundred slaves in the reign of Nero, because one of +their number was thought to have murdered his master. The reproach of +that, together with the kind of facile apologies those who had no share +in the deed may have made for it, as they went about quietly on their +own affairs that day, seems to come very close to me, as I think upon +it. And to how many of those now actually around me, whose life is a +sore one, must I be indifferent, if I ever become aware of their +soreness at all? To some, perhaps, the necessary conditions of my own +life may cause me to be opposed, in a kind of natural conflict, +regarding those interests which actually determine the happiness of +theirs. I would that a stronger love might arise in my heart! + +“Yet there is plenty of charity in the world. My patron, the Stoic +emperor, has made it even fashionable. To celebrate one of his brief +returns to Rome lately from the war, over and above a largess of gold +pieces to all who would, the public debts were forgiven. He made a nice +show of it: for once, the Romans entertained themselves with a +good-natured spectacle, and the whole town came to see the great +bonfire in the Forum, into which all bonds and evidence of debt were +thrown on delivery, by the emperor himself; many private creditors +following his example. That was done well enough! But still the feeling +returns to me, that no charity of ours can get at a certain natural +unkindness which I find in things themselves. + +“When I first came to Rome, eager to observe its religion, especially +its antiquities of religious usage, I assisted at the most curious, +perhaps, of them all, the most distinctly marked with that immobility +which is a sort of ideal in the Roman religion. The ceremony took place +at a singular spot some miles distant from the city, among the low +hills on the bank of the Tiber, beyond the Aurelian Gate. There, in a +little wood of venerable trees, piously allowed their own way, age +after age—ilex and cypress remaining where they fell at last, one over +the other, and all caught, in that early May-time, under a riotous +tangle of wild clematis—was to be found a magnificent sanctuary, in +which the members of the Arval College assembled themselves on certain +days. The axe never touched those trees—Nay! it was forbidden to +introduce any iron thing whatsoever within the precincts; not only +because the deities of these quiet places hate to be disturbed by the +harsh noise of metal, but also in memory of that better age—the lost +Golden Age—the homely age of the potters, of which the central act of +the festival was a commemoration. + +“The preliminary ceremonies were long and complicated, but of a +character familiar enough. Peculiar to the time and place was the +solemn exposition, after lavation of hands, processions backwards and +forwards, and certain changes of vestments, of the identical earthen +vessels—veritable relics of the old religion of Numa!—the vessels from +which the holy Numa himself had eaten and drunk, set forth above a kind +of altar, amid a cloud of flowers and incense, and many lights, for the +veneration of the credulous or the faithful. + +“They were, in fact, cups or vases of burnt clay, rude in form: and the +religious veneration thus offered to them expressed men’s desire to +give honour to a simpler age, before iron had found place in human +life: the persuasion that that age was worth remembering: a hope that +it might come again. + +“That a Numa, and his age of gold, would return, has been the hope or +the dream of some, in every period. Yet if he did come back, or any +equivalent of his presence, he could but weaken, and by no means smite +through, that root of evil, certainly of sorrow, of outraged human +sense, in things, which one must carefully distinguish from all +preventible accidents. Death, and the little perpetual daily dyings, +which have something of its sting, he must necessarily leave untouched. +And, methinks, that were all the rest of man’s life framed entirely to +his liking, he would straightway begin to sadden himself, over the +fate—say, of the flowers! For there is, there has come to be since Numa +lived perhaps, a capacity for sorrow in his heart, which grows with all +the growth, alike of the individual and of the race, in intellectual +delicacy and power, and which will find its aliment. + +“Of that sort of golden age, indeed, one discerns even now a trace, +here and there. Often have I maintained that, in this generous southern +country at least, Epicureanism is the special philosophy of the poor. +How little I myself really need, when people leave me alone, with the +intellectual powers at work serenely. The drops of falling water, a few +wild flowers with their priceless fragrance, a few tufts even of +half-dead leaves, changing colour in the quiet of a room that has but +light and shadow in it; these, for a susceptible mind, might well do +duty for all the glory of Augustus. I notice sometimes what I conceive +to be the precise character of the fondness of the roughest +working-people for their young children, a fine appreciation, not only +of their serviceable affection, but of their visible graces: and +indeed, in this country, the children are almost always worth looking +at. I see daily, in fine weather, a child like a delicate nosegay, +running to meet the rudest of brick- makers as he comes from work. She +is not at all afraid to hang upon his rough hand: and through her, he +reaches out to, he makes his own, something from that strange region, +so distant from him yet so real, of the world’s refinement. What is of +finer soul, of finer stuff in things, and demands delicate touching—to +him the delicacy of the little child represents that: it initiates him +into that. There, surely, is a touch of the secular gold, of a +perpetual age of gold. But then again, think for a moment, with what a +hard humour at the nature of things, his struggle for bare life will go +on, if the child should happen to die. I observed to-day, under one of +the archways of the baths, two children at play, a little seriously—a +fair girl and her crippled younger brother. Two toy chairs and a little +table, and sprigs of fir set upright in the sand for a garden! They +played at housekeeping. Well! the girl thinks her life a perfectly good +thing in the service of this crippled brother. But she will have a +jealous lover in time: and the boy, though his face is not altogether +unpleasant, is after all a hopeless cripple. + +“For there is a certain grief in things as they are, in man as he has +come to be, as he certainly is, over and above those griefs of +circumstance which are in a measure removable—some inexplicable +shortcoming, or misadventure, on the part of nature itself—death, and +old age as it must needs be, and that watching for their approach, +which makes every stage of life like a dying over and over again. +Almost all death is painful, and in every thing that comes to an end a +touch of death, and therefore of wretched coldness struck home to one, +of remorse, of loss and parting, of outraged attachments. Given +faultless men and women, given a perfect state of society which should +have no need to practise on men’s susceptibilities for its own selfish +ends, adding one turn more to the wheel of the great rack for its own +interest or amusement, there would still be this evil in the world, of +a certain necessary sorrow and desolation, felt, just in proportion to +the moral, or nervous perfection men have attained to. And what we need +in the world, over against that, is a certain permanent and general +power of compassion—humanity’s standing force of self-pity—as an +elementary ingredient of our social atmosphere, if we are to live in it +at all. I wonder, sometimes, in what way man has cajoled himself into +the bearing of his burden thus far, seeing how every step in the +capacity of apprehension his labour has won for him, from age to age, +must needs increase his dejection. It is as if the increase of +knowledge were but an increasing revelation of the radical hopelessness +of his position: and I would that there were one even as I, behind this +vain show of things! + +“At all events, the actual conditions of our life being as they are, +and the capacity for suffering so large a principle in things—since the +only principle, perhaps, to which we may always safely trust is a ready +sympathy with the pain one actually sees—it follows that the practical +and effective difference between men will lie in their power of insight +into those conditions, their power of sympathy. The future will be with +those who have most of it; while for the present, as I persuade myself, +those who have much of it, have something to hold by, even in the +dissolution of a world, or in that dissolution of self, which is, for +every one, no less than the dissolution of the world it represents for +him. Nearly all of us, I suppose, have had our moments, in which any +effective sympathy for us on the part of others has seemed impossible; +in which our pain has seemed a stupid outrage upon us, like some +overwhelming physical violence, from which we could take refuge, at +best, only in some mere general sense of goodwill—somewhere in the +world perhaps. And then, to one’s surprise, the discovery of that +goodwill, if it were only in a not unfriendly animal, may seem to have +explained, to have actually justified to us, the fact of our pain. +There have been occasions, certainly, when I have felt that if others +cared for me as I cared for them, it would be, not so much a +consolation, as an equivalent, for what one has lost or suffered: a +realised profit on the summing up of one’s accounts: a touching of that +absolute ground amid all the changes of phenomena, such as our +philosophers have of late confessed themselves quite unable to +discover. In the mere clinging of human creatures to each other, nay! +in one’s own solitary self-pity, amid the effects even of what might +appear irredeemable loss, I seem to touch the eternal. Something in +that pitiful contact, something new and true, fact or apprehension of +fact, is educed, which, on a review of all the perplexities of life, +satisfies our moral sense, and removes that appearance of unkindness in +the soul of things themselves, and assures us that not everything has +been in vain. + +“And I know not how, but in the thought thus suggested, I seem to take +up, and re-knit myself to, a well-remembered hour, when by some +gracious accident—it was on a journey—all things about me fell into a +more perfect harmony than is their wont. Everything seemed to be, for a +moment, after all, almost for the best. Through the train of my +thoughts, one against another, it was as if I became aware of the +dominant power of another person in controversy, wrestling with me. I +seem to be come round to the point at which I left off then. The +antagonist has closed with me again. A protest comes, out of the very +depths of man’s radically hopeless condition in the world, with the +energy of one of those suffering yet prevailing deities, of which old +poetry tells. Dared one hope that there is a heart, even as ours, in +that divine ‘Assistant’ of one’s thoughts—a heart even as mine, behind +this vain show of things!” + +NOTES + + +172. Virgil, Aeneid Book 1, line 462. “There are the tears of +things...” See also page 175 of this chapter, where the same text is +quoted in full. + + +173. +Transliteration: enodioi symboloi. Pater’s Definition: “omens by +the wayside.” + + +175. +Sunt lacrimae rerum et mentem mortalia tangunt. Virgil, Aeneid +Book 1, line 462. Translation: “Here also there be tears for what men +bear, and mortal creatures feel each other’s sorrow,” from Vergil, +Aeneid, Theodore C. Williams. trans. Boston. Houghton Mifflin Co. 1910. + + + + +CHAPTER XXVI. +THE MARTYRS + + +“Ah! voilà les âmes qu’il falloit à la mienne!” +Rousseau. + + +The charm of its poetry, a poetry of the affections, wonderfully fresh +in the midst of a threadbare world, would have led Marius, if nothing +else had done so, again and again, to Cecilia’s house. He found a range +of intellectual pleasures, altogether new to him, in the sympathy of +that pure and elevated soul. Elevation of soul, generosity, +humanity—little by little it came to seem to him as if these existed +nowhere else. The sentiment of maternity, above all, as it might be +understood there,—its claims, with the claims of all natural feeling +everywhere, down to the sheep bleating on the hills, nay! even to the +mother-wolf, in her hungry cave—seemed to have been vindicated, to have +been enforced anew, by the sanction of some divine pattern thereof. He +saw its legitimate place in the world given at last to the bare +capacity for suffering in any creature, however feeble or apparently +useless. In this chivalry, seeming to leave the world’s heroism a mere +property of the stage, in this so scrupulous fidelity to what could not +help itself, could scarcely claim not to be forgotten, what a contrast +to the hard contempt of one’s own or other’s pain, of death, of glory +even, in those discourses of Aurelius! + +But if Marius thought at times that some long-cherished desires were +now about to blossom for him, in the sort of home he had sometimes +pictured to himself, the very charm of which would lie in its contrast +to any random affections: that in this woman, to whom children +instinctively clung, he might find such a sister, at least, as he had +always longed for; there were also circumstances which reminded him +that a certain rule forbidding second marriages, was among these people +still in force; ominous incidents, moreover, warning a susceptible +conscience not to mix together the spirit and the flesh, nor make the +matter of a heavenly banquet serve for earthly meat and drink. + +One day he found Cecilia occupied with the burial of one of the +children of her household. It was from the tiny brow of such a child, +as he now heard, that the new light had first shone forth upon +them—through the light of mere physical life, glowing there again, when +the child was dead, or supposed to be dead. The aged servant of Christ +had arrived in the midst of their noisy grief; and mounting to the +little chamber where it lay, had returned, not long afterwards, with +the child stirring in his arms as he descended the stair rapidly; +bursting open the closely-wound folds of the shroud and scattering the +funeral flowers from them, as the soul kindled once more through its +limbs. + +Old Roman common-sense had taught people to occupy their thoughts as +little as might be with children who died young. Here, to-day, however, +in this curious house, all thoughts were tenderly bent on the little +waxen figure, yet with a kind of exultation and joy, notwithstanding +the loud weeping of the mother. The other children, its late +companions, broke with it, suddenly, into the place where the deep +black bed lay open to receive it. Pushing away the grim fossores, the +grave-diggers, they ranged themselves around it in order, and chanted +that old psalm of theirs—Laudate pueri dominum! Dead children, +children’s graves—Marius had been always half aware of an old +superstitious fancy in his mind concerning them; as if in coming near +them he came near the failure of some lately-born hope or purpose of +his own. And now, perusing intently the expression with which Cecilia +assisted, directed, returned afterwards to her house, he felt that he +too had had to-day his funeral of a little child. But it had always +been his policy, through all his pursuit of “experience,” to take +flight in time from any too disturbing passion, from any sort of +affection likely to quicken his pulses beyond the point at which the +quiet work of life was practicable. Had he, after all, been taken +unawares, so that it was no longer possible for him to fly? At least, +during the journey he took, by way of testing the existence of any +chain about him, he found a certain disappointment at his heart, +greater than he could have anticipated; and as he passed over the crisp +leaves, nipped off in multitudes by the first sudden cold of winter, he +felt that the mental atmosphere within himself was perceptibly colder. + +Yet it was, finally, a quite successful resignation which he achieved, +on a review, after his manner, during that absence, of loss or gain. +The image of Cecilia, it would seem, was already become for him like +some matter of poetry, or of another man’s story, or a picture on the +wall. And on his return to Rome there had been a rumour in that +singular company, of things which spoke certainly not of any merely +tranquil loving: hinted rather that he had come across a world, the +lightest contact with which might make appropriate to himself also the +precept that “They which have wives be as they that have none.” + +This was brought home to him, when, in early spring, he ventured once +more to listen to the sweet singing of the Eucharist. It breathed more +than ever the spirit of a wonderful hope—of hopes more daring than +poor, labouring humanity had ever seriously entertained before, though +it was plain that a great calamity was befallen. Amid stifled sobbing, +even as the pathetic words of the psalter relieved the tension of their +hearts, the people around him still wore upon their faces their +habitual gleam of joy, of placid satisfaction. They were still under +the influence of an immense gratitude in thinking, even amid their +present distress, of the hour of a great deliverance. As he followed +again that mystical dialogue, he felt also again, like a mighty spirit +about him, the potency, the half-realised presence, of a great +multitude, as if thronging along those awful passages, to hear the +sentence of its release from prison; a company which represented +nothing less than—orbis terrarum—the whole company of mankind. And the +special note of the day expressed that relief—a sound new to him, drawn +deep from some old Hebrew source, as he conjectured, Alleluia! repeated +over and over again, Alleluia! Alleluia! at every pause and movement of +the long Easter ceremonies. + +And then, in its place, by way of sacred lection, although in shocking +contrast with the peaceful dignity of all around, came the Epistle of +the churches of Lyons and Vienne, to “their sister,” the church of +Rome. For the “Peace” of the church had been broken—broken, as Marius +could not but acknowledge, on the responsibility of the emperor +Aurelius himself, following tamely, and as a matter of course, the +traces of his predecessors, gratuitously enlisting, against the good as +well as the evil of that great pagan world, the strange new heroism of +which this singular message was full. The greatness of it certainly +lifted away all merely private regret, inclining one, at last, actually +to draw sword for the oppressed, as if in some new order of knighthood— + +“The pains which our brethren have endured we have no power fully to +tell, for the enemy came upon us with his whole strength. But the grace +of God fought for us, set free the weak, and made ready those who, like +pillars, were able to bear the weight. These, coming now into close +strife with the foe, bore every kind of pang and shame. At the time of +the fair which is held here with a great crowd, the governor led forth +the Martyrs as a show. Holding what was thought great but little, and +that the pains of to-day are not deserving to be measured against the +glory that shall be made known, these worthy wrestlers went joyfully on +their way; their delight and the sweet favour of God mingling in their +faces, so that their bonds seemed but a goodly array, or like the +golden bracelets of a bride. Filled with the fragrance of Christ, to +some they seemed to have been touched with earthly perfumes. + +“Vettius Epagathus, though he was very young, because he would not +endure to see unjust judgment given against us, vented his anger, and +sought to be heard for the brethren, for he was a youth of high place. +Whereupon the governor asked him whether he also were a Christian. He +confessed in a clear voice, and was added to the number of the Martyrs. +But he had the Paraclete within him; as, in truth, he showed by the +fulness of his love; glorying in the defence of his brethren, and to +give his life for theirs. + +“Then was fulfilled the saying of the Lord that the day should come, +When he that slayeth you will think that he doeth God service. Most +madly did the mob, the governor and the soldiers, rage against the +handmaiden Blandina, in whom Christ showed that what seems mean among +men is of price with Him. For whilst we all, and her earthly mistress, +who was herself one of the contending Martyrs, were fearful lest +through the weakness of the flesh she should be unable to profess the +faith, Blandina was filled with such power that her tormentors, +following upon each other from morning until night, owned that they +were overcome, and had no more that they could do to her; admiring that +she still breathed after her whole body was torn asunder. + +“But this blessed one, in the very midst of her ‘witness,’ renewed her +strength; and to repeat, I am Christ’s! was to her rest, refreshment, +and relief from pain. As for Alexander, he neither uttered a groan nor +any sound at all, but in his heart talked with God. Sanctus, the +deacon, also, having borne beyond all measure pains devised by them, +hoping that they would get something from him, did not so much as tell +his name; but to all questions answered only, I am Christ’s! For this +he confessed instead of his name, his race, and everything beside. +Whence also a strife in torturing him arose between the governor and +those tormentors, so that when they had nothing else they could do they +set red-hot plates of brass to the most tender parts of his body. But +he stood firm in his profession, cooled and fortified by that stream of +living water which flows from Christ. His corpse, a single wound, +having wholly lost the form of man, was the measure of his pain. But +Christ, paining in him, set forth an ensample to the rest—that there is +nothing fearful, nothing painful, where the love of the Father +overcomes. And as all those cruelties were made null through the +patience of the Martyrs, they bethought them of other things; among +which was their imprisonment in a dark and most sorrowful place, where +many were privily strangled. But destitute of man’s aid, they were +filled with power from the Lord, both in body and mind, and +strengthened their brethren. Also, much joy was in our virgin mother, +the Church; for, by means of these, such as were fallen away retraced +their steps—were again conceived, were filled again with lively heat, +and hastened to make the profession of their faith. + +“The holy bishop Pothinus, who was now past ninety years old and weak +in body, yet in his heat of soul and longing for martyrdom, roused what +strength he had, and was also cruelly dragged to judgment, and gave +witness. Thereupon he suffered many stripes, all thinking it would be a +wickedness if they fell short in cruelty towards him, for that thus +their own gods would be avenged. Hardly drawing breath, he was thrown +into prison, and after two days there died. + +“After these things their martyrdom was parted into divers manners. +Plaiting as it were one crown of many colours and every sort of +flowers, they offered it to God. Maturus, therefore, Sanctus and +Blandina, were led to the wild beasts. And Maturus and Sanctus passed +through all the pains of the amphitheatre, as if they had suffered +nothing before: or rather, as having in many trials overcome, and now +contending for the prize itself, were at last dismissed. + +“But Blandina was bound and hung upon a stake, and set forth as food +for the assault of the wild beasts. And as she thus seemed to be hung +upon the Cross, by her fiery prayers she imparted much alacrity to +those contending Witnesses. For as they looked upon her with the eye of +flesh, through her, they saw Him that was crucified. But as none of the +beasts would then touch her, she was taken down from the Cross, and +sent back to prison for another day: that, though weak and mean, yet +clothed with the mighty wrestler, Christ Jesus, she might by many +conquests give heart to her brethren. + +“On the last day, therefore, of the shows, she was brought forth again, +together with Ponticus, a lad of about fifteen years old. They were +brought in day by day to behold the pains of the rest. And when they +wavered not, the mob was full of rage; pitying neither the youth of the +lad, nor the sex of the maiden. Hence, they drave them through the +whole round of pain. And Ponticus, taking heart from Blandina, having +borne well the whole of those torments, gave up his life. Last of all, +the blessed Blandina herself, as a mother that had given life to her +children, and sent them like conquerors to the great King, hastened to +them, with joy at the end, as to a marriage-feast; the enemy himself +confessing that no woman had ever borne pain so manifold and great as +hers. + +“Nor even so was their anger appeased; some among them seeking for us +pains, if it might be, yet greater; that the saying might be fulfilled, +He that is unjust, let him be unjust still. And their rage against the +Martyrs took a new form, insomuch that we were in great sorrow for lack +of freedom to entrust their bodies to the earth. + +“Neither did the night-time, nor the offer of money, avail us for this +matter; but they set watch with much carefulness, as though it were a +great gain to hinder their burial. Therefore, after the bodies had been +displayed to view for many days, they were at last burned to ashes, and +cast into the river Rhone, which flows by this place, that not a +vestige of them might be left upon the earth. For they said, Now shall +we see whether they will rise again, and whether their God can save +them out of our hands.” + + + + +CHAPTER XXVII. +THE TRIUMPH OF MARCUS AURELIUS + + +Not many months after the date of that epistle, Marius, then expecting +to leave Rome for a long time, and in fact about to leave it for ever, +stood to witness the triumphal entry of Marcus Aurelius, almost at the +exact spot from which he had watched the emperor’s solemn return to the +capital on his own first coming thither. His triumph was now a “full” +one—Justus Triumphus justified, by far more than the due amount of +bloodshed in those Northern wars, at length, it might seem, happily at +an end. Among the captives, amid the laughter of the crowds at his +blowsy upper garment, his trousered legs and conical wolf-skin cap, +walked our own ancestor, representative of subject Germany, under a +figure very familiar in later Roman sculpture; and, though certainly +with none of the grace of the Dying Gaul, yet with plenty of uncouth +pathos in his misshapen features, and the pale, servile, yet angry +eyes. His children, white-skinned and golden-haired “as angels,” +trudged beside him. His brothers, of the animal world, the ibex, the +wild-cat, and the reindeer, stalking and trumpeting grandly, found +their due place in the procession; and among the spoil, set forth on a +portable frame that it might be distinctly seen (no mere model, but the +very house he had lived in), a wattled cottage, in all the simplicity +of its snug contrivances against the cold, and well-calculated to give +a moment’s delight to his new, sophisticated masters. + +Andrea Mantegna, working at the end of the fifteenth century, for a +society full of antiquarian fervour at the sight of the earthy relics +of the old Roman people, day by day returning to light out of the +clay—childish still, moreover, and with no more suspicion of pasteboard +than the old Romans themselves, in its unabashed love of open-air +pageantries, has invested this, the greatest, and alas! the most +characteristic, of the splendours of imperial Rome, with a reality +livelier than any description. The homely sentiments for which he has +found place in his learned paintings are hardly more lifelike than the +great public incidents of the show, there depicted. And then, with all +that vivid realism, how refined, how dignified, how select in type, is +this reflection of the old Roman world!—now especially, in its +time-mellowed red and gold, for the modern visitor to the old English +palace. + +It was under no such selected types that the great procession presented +itself to Marius; though, in effect, he found something there +prophetic, so to speak, and evocative of ghosts, as susceptible minds +will do, upon a repetition after long interval of some notable +incident, which may yet perhaps have no direct concern for themselves. +In truth, he had been so closely bent of late on certain very personal +interests that the broad current of the world’s doings seemed to have +withdrawn into the distance, but now, as he witnessed this procession, +to return once more into evidence for him. The world, certainly, had +been holding on its old way, and was all its old self, as it thus +passed by dramatically, accentuating, in this favourite spectacle, its +mode of viewing things. And even apart from the contrast of a very +different scene, he would have found it, just now, a somewhat vulgar +spectacle. The temples, wide open, with their ropes of roses flapping +in the wind against the rich, reflecting marble, their startling +draperies and heavy cloud of incense, were but the centres of a great +banquet spread through all the gaudily coloured streets of Rome, for +which the carnivorous appetite of those who thronged them in the glare +of the mid-day sun was frankly enough asserted. At best, they were but +calling their gods to share with them the cooked, sacrificial, and +other meats, reeking to the sky. The child, who was concerned for the +sorrows of one of those Northern captives as he passed by, and +explained to his comrade—“There’s feeling in that hand, you know!” +benumbed and lifeless as it looked in the chain, seemed, in a moment, +to transform the entire show into its own proper tinsel. Yes! these +Romans were a coarse, a vulgar people; and their vulgarities of soul in +full evidence here. And Aurelius himself seemed to have undergone the +world’s coinage, and fallen to the level of his reward, in a mediocrity +no longer golden. + +Yet if, as he passed by, almost filling the quaint old circular chariot +with his magnificent golden-flowered attire, he presented himself to +Marius, chiefly as one who had made the great mistake; to the multitude +he came as a more than magnanimous conqueror. That he had “forgiven” +the innocent wife and children of the dashing and almost successful +rebel Avidius Cassius, now no more, was a recent circumstance still in +memory. As the children went past—not among those who, ere the emperor +ascended the steps of the Capitol, would be detached from the great +progress for execution, happy rather, and radiant, as adopted members +of the imperial family—the crowd actually enjoyed an exhibition of the +moral order, such as might become perhaps the fashion. And it was in +consideration of some possible touch of a heroism herein that might +really have cost him something, that Marius resolved to seek the +emperor once more, with an appeal for common-sense, for reason and +justice. + +He had set out at last to revisit his old home; and knowing that +Aurelius was then in retreat at a favourite villa, which lay almost on +his way thither, determined there to present himself. Although the +great plain was dying steadily, a new race of wild birds establishing +itself there, as he knew enough of their habits to understand, and the +idle contadino, with his never-ending ditty of decay and death, +replacing the lusty Roman labourer, never had that poetic region +between Rome and the sea more deeply impressed him than on this sunless +day of early autumn, under which all that fell within the immense +horizon was presented in one uniform tone of a clear, penitential blue. +Stimulating to the fancy as was that range of low hills to the +northwards, already troubled with the upbreaking of the Apennines, yet +a want of quiet in their outline, the record of wild fracture there, of +sudden upheaval and depression, marked them as but the ruins of nature; +while at every little descent and ascent of the road might be noted +traces of the abandoned work of man. From time to time, the way was +still redolent of the floral relics of summer, daphne and +myrtle-blossom, sheltered in the little hollows and ravines. At last, +amid rocks here and there piercing the soil, as those descents became +steeper, and the main line of the Apennines, now visible, gave a higher +accent to the scene, he espied over the plateau, almost like one of +those broken hills, cutting the horizon towards the sea, the old brown +villa itself, rich in memories of one after another of the family of +the Antonines. As he approached it, such reminiscences crowded upon +him, above all of the life there of the aged Antoninus Pius, in its +wonderful mansuetude and calm. Death had overtaken him here at the +precise moment when the tribune of the watch had received from his lips +the word Aequanimitas! as the watchword of the night. To see their +emperor living there like one of his simplest subjects, his hands red +at vintage-time with the juice of the grapes, hunting, teaching his +children, starting betimes, with all who cared to join him, for long +days of antiquarian research in the country around:—this, and the like +of this, had seemed to mean the peace of mankind. + +Upon that had come—like a stain! it seemed to Marius just then—the more +intimate life of Faustina, the life of Faustina at home. Surely, that +marvellous but malign beauty must still haunt those rooms, like an +unquiet, dead goddess, who might have perhaps, after all, something +reassuring to tell surviving mortals about her ambiguous self. When, +two years since, the news had reached Rome that those eyes, always so +persistently turned to vanity, had suddenly closed for ever, a strong +desire to pray had come over Marius, as he followed in fancy on its +wild way the soul of one he had spoken with now and again, and whose +presence in it for a time the world of art could so ill have spared. +Certainly, the honours freely accorded to embalm her memory were poetic +enough—the rich temple left among those wild villagers at the spot, now +it was hoped sacred for ever, where she had breathed her last; the +golden image, in her old place at the amphitheatre; the altar at which +the newly married might make their sacrifice; above all, the great +foundation for orphan girls, to be called after her name. + +The latter, precisely, was the cause why Marius failed in fact to see +Aurelius again, and make the chivalrous effort at enlightenment he had +proposed to himself. Entering the villa, he learned from an usher, at +the door of the long gallery, famous still for its grand prospect in +the memory of many a visitor, and then leading to the imperial +apartments, that the emperor was already in audience: Marius must wait +his turn—he knew not how long it might be. An odd audience it seemed; +for at that moment, through the closed door, came shouts of laughter, +the laughter of a great crowd of children—the “Faustinian Children” +themselves, as he afterwards learned—happy and at their ease, in the +imperial presence. Uncertain, then, of the time for which so pleasant a +reception might last, so pleasant that he would hardly have wished to +shorten it, Marius finally determined to proceed, as it was necessary +that he should accomplish the first stage of his journey on this day. +The thing was not to be—Vale! anima infelicissima!—He might at least +carry away that sound of the laughing orphan children, as a not +unamiable last impression of kings and their houses. + +The place he was now about to visit, especially as the resting-place of +his dead, had never been forgotten. Only, the first eager period of his +life in Rome had slipped on rapidly; and, almost on a sudden, that old +time had come to seem very long ago. An almost burdensome solemnity had +grown about his memory of the place, so that to revisit it seemed a +thing that needed preparation: it was what he could not have done +hastily. He half feared to lessen, or disturb, its value for himself. +And then, as he travelled leisurely towards it, and so far with quite +tranquil mind, interested also in many another place by the way, he +discovered a shorter road to the end of his journey, and found himself +indeed approaching the spot that was to him like no other. Dreaming now +only of the dead before him, he journeyed on rapidly through the night; +the thought of them increasing on him, in the darkness. It was as if +they had been waiting for him there through all those years, and felt +his footsteps approaching now, and understood his devotion, quite +gratefully, in that lowliness of theirs, in spite of its tardy +fulfilment. As morning came, his late tranquillity of mind had given +way to a grief which surprised him by its freshness. He was moved more +than he could have thought possible by so distant a sorrow. +“To-day!”—they seemed to be saying as the hard dawn broke,—“To-day, he +will come!” At last, amid all his distractions, they were become the +main purpose of what he was then doing. The world around it, when he +actually reached the place later in the day, was in a mood very +different from his:—so work-a-day, it seemed, on that fine afternoon, +and the villages he passed through so silent; the inhabitants being, +for the most part, at their labour in the country. Then, at length, +above the tiled outbuildings, were the walls of the old villa itself, +with the tower for the pigeons; and, not among cypresses, but +half-hidden by aged poplar-trees, their leaves like golden fruit, the +birds floating around it, the conical roof of the tomb itself. In the +presence of an old servant who remembered him, the great seals were +broken, the rusty key turned at last in the lock, the door was forced +out among the weeds grown thickly about it, and Marius was actually in +the place which had been so often in his thoughts. + +He was struck, not however without a touch of remorse thereupon, +chiefly by an odd air of neglect, the neglect of a place allowed to +remain as when it was last used, and left in a hurry, till long years +had covered all alike with thick dust —the faded flowers, the burnt-out +lamps, the tools and hardened mortar of the workmen who had had +something to do there. A heavy fragment of woodwork had fallen and +chipped open one of the oldest of the mortuary urns, many hundreds in +number ranged around the walls. It was not properly an urn, but a +minute coffin of stone, and the fracture had revealed a piteous +spectacle of the mouldering, unburned remains within; the bones of a +child, as he understood, which might have died, in ripe age, three +times over, since it slipped away from among his great-grandfathers, so +far up in the line. Yet the protruding baby hand seemed to stir up in +him feelings vivid enough, bringing him intimately within the scope of +dead people’s grievances. He noticed, side by side with the urn of his +mother, that of a boy of about his own age—one of the serving-boys of +the household—who had descended hither, from the lightsome world of +childhood, almost at the same time with her. It seemed as if this boy +of his own age had taken filial place beside her there, in his stead. +That hard feeling, again, which had always lingered in his mind with +the thought of the father he had scarcely known, melted wholly away, as +he read the precise number of his years, and reflected suddenly—He was +of my own present age; no hard old man, but with interests, as he +looked round him on the world for the last time, even as mine to-day! + +And with that came a blinding rush of kindness, as if two alienated +friends had come to understand each other at last. There was weakness +in all this; as there is in all care for dead persons, to which +nevertheless people will always yield in proportion as they really care +for one another. With a vain yearning, as he stood there, still to be +able to do something for them, he reflected that such doing must be, +after all, in the nature of things, mainly for himself. His own epitaph +might be that old one eskhatos tou idiou genous+ —He was the last of +his race! Of those who might come hither after himself probably no one +would ever again come quite as he had done to-day; and it was under the +influence of this thought that he determined to bury all that, deep +below the surface, to be remembered only by him, and in a way which +would claim no sentiment from the indifferent. That took many days—was +like a renewal of lengthy old burial rites—as he himself watched the +work, early and late; coming on the last day very early, and +anticipating, by stealth, the last touches, while the workmen were +absent; one young lad only, finally smoothing down the earthy bed, +greatly surprised at the seriousness with which Marius flung in his +flowers, one by one, to mingle with the dark mould. + +NOTES + + +207. +Transliteration: eskhatos tou idiou genous. Translation: “[he +was] the last of his race.” + + + + +CHAPTER XXVIII. +ANIMA NATURALITER CHRISTIANA + + +Those eight days at his old home, so mournfully occupied, had been for +Marius in some sort a forcible disruption from the world and the roots +of his life in it. He had been carried out of himself as never before; +and when the time was over, it was as if the claim over him of the +earth below had been vindicated, over against the interests of that +living world around. Dead, yet sentient and caressing hands seemed to +reach out of the ground and to be clinging about him. Looking back +sometimes now, from about the midway of life—the age, as he conceived, +at which one begins to redescend one’s life—though antedating it a +little, in his sad humour, he would note, almost with surprise, the +unbroken placidity of the contemplation in which it had been passed. +His own temper, his early theoretic scheme of things, would have pushed +him on to movement and adventure. Actually, as circumstances had +determined, all its movement had been inward; movement of observation +only, or even of pure meditation; in part, perhaps, because throughout +it had been something of a meditatio mortis, ever facing towards the +act of final detachment. Death, however, as he reflected, must be for +every one nothing less than the fifth or last act of a drama, and, as +such, was likely to have something of the stirring character of a +dénouement. And, in fact, it was in form tragic enough that his end not +long afterwards came to him. + +In the midst of the extreme weariness and depression which had followed +those last days, Cornelius, then, as it happened, on a journey and +travelling near the place, finding traces of him, had become his guest +at White-nights. It was just then that Marius felt, as he had never +done before, the value to himself, the overpowering charm, of his +friendship. “More than brother!”—he felt—like a son also!” contrasting +the fatigue of soul which made himself in effect an older man, with the +irrepressible youth of his companion. For it was still the marvellous +hopefulness of Cornelius, his seeming prerogative over the future, that +determined, and kept alive, all other sentiment concerning him. A new +hope had sprung up in the world of which he, Cornelius, was a +depositary, which he was to bear onward in it. Identifying himself with +Cornelius in so dear a friendship, through him, Marius seemed to touch, +to ally himself to, actually to become a possessor of the coming world; +even as happy parents reach out, and take possession of it, in and +through the survival of their children. For in these days their +intimacy had grown very close, as they moved hither and thither, +leisurely, among the country-places thereabout, Cornelius being on his +way back to Rome, till they came one evening to a little town (Marius +remembered that he had been there on his first journey to Rome) which +had even then its church and legend—the legend and holy relics of the +martyr Hyacinthus, a young Roman soldier, whose blood had stained the +soil of this place in the reign of the emperor Trajan. + +The thought of that so recent death, haunted Marius through the night, +as if with audible crying and sighs above the restless wind, which came +and went around their lodging. But towards dawn he slept heavily; and +awaking in broad daylight, and finding Cornelius absent, set forth to +seek him. The plague was still in the place—had indeed just broken out +afresh; with an outbreak also of cruel superstition among its wild and +miserable inhabitants. Surely, the old gods were wroth at the presence +of this new enemy among them! And it was no ordinary morning into which +Marius stepped forth. There was a menace in the dark masses of hill, +and motionless wood, against the gray, although apparently unclouded +sky. Under this sunless heaven the earth itself seemed to fret and fume +with a heat of its own, in spite of the strong night-wind. And now the +wind had fallen. + +Marius felt that he breathed some strange heavy fluid, denser than any +common air. He could have fancied that the world had sunken in the +night, far below its proper level, into some close, thick abysm of its +own atmosphere. The Christian people of the town, hardly less terrified +and overwrought by the haunting sickness about them than their pagan +neighbours, were at prayer before the tomb of the martyr; and even as +Marius pressed among them to a place beside Cornelius, on a sudden the +hills seemed to roll like a sea in motion, around the whole compass of +the horizon. For a moment Marius supposed himself attacked with some +sudden sickness of brain, till the fall of a great mass of building +convinced him that not himself but the earth under his feet was giddy. +A few moments later the little marketplace was alive with the rush of +the distracted inhabitants from their tottering houses; and as they +waited anxiously for the second shock of earthquake, a long-smouldering +suspicion leapt precipitately into well-defined purpose, and the whole +body of people was carried forward towards the band of worshippers +below. An hour later, in the wild tumult which followed, the earth had +been stained afresh with the blood of the martyrs Felix and +Faustinus—Flores apparuerunt in terra nostra!—and their brethren, +together with Cornelius and Marius, thus, as it had happened, taken +among them, were prisoners, reserved for the action of the law. Marius +and his friend, with certain others, exercising the privilege of their +rank, made claim to be tried in Rome, or at least in the chief town of +the district; where, indeed, in the troublous days that had now begun, +a legal process had been already instituted. Under the care of a +military guard the captives were removed on the same day, one stage of +their journey; sleeping, for security, during the night, side by side +with their keepers, in the rooms of a shepherd’s deserted house by the +wayside. + +It was surmised that one of the prisoners was not a Christian: the +guards were forward to make the utmost pecuniary profit of this +circumstance, and in the night, Marius, taking advantage of the loose +charge kept over them, and by means partly of a large bribe, had +contrived that Cornelius, as the really innocent person, should be +dismissed in safety on his way, to procure, as Marius explained, the +proper means of defence for himself, when the time of trial came. + +And in the morning Cornelius in fact set forth alone, from their +miserable place of detention. Marius believed that Cornelius was to be +the husband of Cecilia; and that, perhaps strangely, had but added to +the desire to get him away safely.—We wait for the great crisis which +is to try what is in us: we can hardly bear the pressure of our hearts, +as we think of it: the lonely wrestler, or victim, which imagination +foreshadows to us, can hardly be one’s self; it seems an outrage of our +destiny that we should be led along so gently and imperceptibly, to so +terrible a leaping-place in the dark, for more perhaps than life or +death. At last, the great act, the critical moment itself comes, +easily, almost unconsciously. Another motion of the clock, and our +fatal line—the “great climacteric point”—has been passed, which changes +ourselves or our lives. In one quarter of an hour, under a sudden, +uncontrollable impulse, hardly weighing what he did, almost as a matter +of course and as lightly as one hires a bed for one’s night’s rest on a +journey, Marius had taken upon himself all the heavy risk of the +position in which Cornelius had then been—the long and wearisome delays +of judgment, which were possible; the danger and wretchedness of a long +journey in this manner; possibly the danger of death. He had delivered +his brother, after the manner he had sometimes vaguely anticipated as a +kind of distinction in his destiny; though indeed always with wistful +calculation as to what it might cost him: and in the first moment after +the thing was actually done, he felt only satisfaction at his courage, +at the discovery of his possession of “nerve.” + +Yet he was, as we know, no hero, no heroic martyr—had indeed no right +to be; and when he had seen Cornelius depart, on his blithe and hopeful +way, as he believed, to become the husband of Cecilia; actually, as it +had happened, without a word of farewell, supposing Marius was almost +immediately afterwards to follow (Marius indeed having avoided the +moment of leave-taking with its possible call for an explanation of the +circumstances), the reaction came. He could only guess, of course, at +what might really happen. So far, he had but taken upon himself, in the +stead of Cornelius, a certain amount of personal risk; though he hardly +supposed himself to be facing the danger of death. Still, especially +for one such as he, with all the sensibilities of which his whole +manner of life had been but a promotion, the situation of a person +under trial on a criminal charge was actually full of distress. To him, +in truth, a death such as the recent death of those saintly brothers, +seemed no glorious end. In his case, at least, the Martyrdom, as it was +called—the overpowering act of testimony that Heaven had come down +among men—would be but a common execution: from the drops of his blood +there would spring no miraculous, poetic flowers; no eternal aroma +would indicate the place of his burial; no plenary grace, overflowing +for ever upon those who might stand around it. Had there been one to +listen just then, there would have come, from the very depth of his +desolation, an eloquent utterance at last, on the irony of men’s fates, +on the singular accidents of life and death. + +The guards, now safely in possession of whatever money and other +valuables the prisoners had had on them, pressed them forward, over the +rough mountain paths, altogether careless of their sufferings. The +great autumn rains were falling. At night the soldiers lighted a fire; +but it was impossible to keep warm. From time to time they stopped to +roast portions of the meat they carried with them, making their +captives sit round the fire, and pressing it upon them. But weariness +and depression of spirits had deprived Marius of appetite, even if the +food had been more attractive, and for some days he partook of nothing +but bad bread and water. All through the dark mornings they dragged +over boggy plains, up and down hills, wet through sometimes with the +heavy rain. Even in those deplorable circumstances, he could but notice +the wild, dark beauty of those regions—the stormy sunrise, and placid +spaces of evening. One of the keepers, a very young soldier, won him at +times, by his simple kindness, to talk a little, with wonder at the +lad’s half-conscious, poetic delight in the adventures of the journey. +At times, the whole company would lie down for rest at the roadside, +hardly sheltered from the storm; and in the deep fatigue of his spirit, +his old longing for inopportune sleep overpowered him.—Sleep anywhere, +and under any conditions, seemed just then a thing one might well +exchange the remnants of one’s life for. + +It must have been about the fifth night, as he afterwards conjectured, +that the soldiers, believing him likely to die, had finally left him +unable to proceed further, under the care of some country people, who +to the extent of their power certainly treated him kindly in his +sickness. He awoke to consciousness after a severe attack of fever, +lying alone on a rough bed, in a kind of hut. It seemed a remote, +mysterious place, as he looked around in the silence; but so +fresh—lying, in fact, in a high pasture-land among the mountains—that +he felt he should recover, if he might but just lie there in quiet long +enough. Even during those nights of delirium he had felt the scent of +the new-mown hay pleasantly, with a dim sense for a moment that he was +lying safe in his old home. The sunlight lay clear beyond the open +door; and the sounds of the cattle reached him softly from the green +places around. Recalling confusedly the torturing hurry of his late +journeys, he dreaded, as his consciousness of the whole situation +returned, the coming of the guards. But the place remained in absolute +stillness. He was, in fact, at liberty, but for his own disabled +condition. And it was certainly a genuine clinging to life that he felt +just then, at the very bottom of his mind. So it had been, obscurely, +even through all the wild fancies of his delirium, from the moment +which followed his decision against himself, in favour of Cornelius. + +The occupants of the place were to be heard presently, coming and going +about him on their business: and it was as if the approach of death +brought out in all their force the merely human sentiments. There is +that in death which certainly makes indifferent persons anxious to +forget the dead: to put them—those aliens—away out of their thoughts +altogether, as soon as may be. Conversely, in the deep isolation of +spirit which was now creeping upon Marius, the faces of these people, +casually visible, took a strange hold on his affections; the link of +general brotherhood, the feeling of human kinship, asserting itself +most strongly when it was about to be severed for ever. At nights he +would find this face or that impressed deeply on his fancy; and, in a +troubled sort of manner, his mind would follow them onwards, on the +ways of their simple, humdrum, everyday life, with a peculiar yearning +to share it with them, envying the calm, earthy cheerfulness of all +their days to be, still under the sun, though so indifferent, of +course, to him!—as if these rude people had been suddenly lifted into +some height of earthly good-fortune, which must needs isolate them from +himself. + +Tristem neminen fecit+—he repeated to himself; his old prayer shaping +itself now almost as his epitaph. Yes! so much the very hardest judge +must concede to him. And the sense of satisfaction which that thought +left with him disposed him to a conscious effort of recollection, while +he lay there, unable now even to raise his head, as he discovered on +attempting to reach a pitcher of water which stood near. Revelation, +vision, the discovery of a vision, the seeing of a perfect humanity, in +a perfect world—through all his alternations of mind, by some dominant +instinct, determined by the original necessities of his own nature and +character, he had always set that above the having, or even the doing, +of anything. For, such vision, if received with due attitude on his +part, was, in reality, the being something, and as such was surely a +pleasant offering or sacrifice to whatever gods there might be, +observant of him. And how goodly had the vision been!—one long +unfolding of beauty and energy in things, upon the closing of which he +might gratefully utter his “Vixi!”+ Even then, just ere his eyes were +to be shut for ever, the things they had seen seemed a veritable +possession in hand; the persons, the places, above all, the touching +image of Jesus, apprehended dimly through the expressive faces, the +crying of the children, in that mysterious drama, with a sudden sense +of peace and satisfaction now, which he could not explain to himself. +Surely, he had prospered in life! And again, as of old, the sense of +gratitude seemed to bring with it the sense also of a living person at +his side. + +For still, in a shadowy world, his deeper wisdom had ever been, with a +sense of economy, with a jealous estimate of gain and loss, to use +life, not as the means to some problematic end, but, as far as might +be, from dying hour to dying hour, an end in itself—a kind of music, +all-sufficing to the duly trained ear, even as it died out on the air. +Yet now, aware still in that suffering body of such vivid powers of +mind and sense, as he anticipated from time to time how his sickness, +practically without aid as he must be in this rude place, was likely to +end, and that the moment of taking final account was drawing very near, +a consciousness of waste would come, with half-angry tears of +self-pity, in his great weakness—a blind, outraged, angry feeling of +wasted power, such as he might have experienced himself standing by the +deathbed of another, in condition like his own. + +And yet it was the fact, again, that the vision of men and things, +actually revealed to him on his way through the world, had developed, +with a wonderful largeness, the faculties to which it addressed itself, +his general capacity of vision; and in that too was a success, in the +view of certain, very definite, well-considered, undeniable +possibilities. Throughout that elaborate and lifelong education of his +receptive powers, he had ever kept in view the purpose of preparing +himself towards possible further revelation some day—towards some +ampler vision, which should take up into itself and explain this +world’s delightful shows, as the scattered fragments of a poetry, till +then but half-understood, might be taken up into the text of a lost +epic, recovered at last. At this moment, his unclouded receptivity of +soul, grown so steadily through all those years, from experience to +experience, was at its height; the house ready for the possible guest; +the tablet of the mind white and smooth, for whatsoever divine fingers +might choose to write there. And was not this precisely the condition, +the attitude of mind, to which something higher than he, yet akin to +him, would be likely to reveal itself; to which that influence he had +felt now and again like a friendly hand upon his shoulder, amid the +actual obscurities of the world, would be likely to make a further +explanation? Surely, the aim of a true philosophy must lie, not in +futile efforts towards the complete accommodation of man to the +circumstances in which he chances to find himself, but in the +maintenance of a kind of candid discontent, in the face of the very +highest achievement; the unclouded and receptive soul quitting the +world finally, with the same fresh wonder with which it had entered the +world still unimpaired, and going on its blind way at last with the +consciousness of some profound enigma in things, as but a pledge of +something further to come. Marius seemed to understand how one might +look back upon life here, and its excellent visions, as but the portion +of a race-course left behind him by a runner still swift of foot: for a +moment he experienced a singular curiosity, almost an ardent desire to +enter upon a future, the possibilities of which seemed so large. + +And just then, again amid the memory of certain touching actual words +and images, came the thought of the great hope, that hope against hope, +which, as he conceived, had arisen—Lux sedentibus in tenebris+—upon the +aged world; the hope Cornelius had seemed to bear away upon him in his +strength, with a buoyancy which had caused Marius to feel, not so much +that by a caprice of destiny, he had been left to die in his place, as +that Cornelius was gone on a mission to deliver him also from death. +There had been a permanent protest established in the world, a plea, a +perpetual after-thought, which humanity henceforth would ever possess +in reserve, against any wholly mechanical and disheartening theory of +itself and its conditions. That was a thought which relieved for him +the iron outline of the horizon about him, touching it as if with soft +light from beyond; filling the shadowy, hollow places to which he was +on his way with the warmth of definite affections; confirming also +certain considerations by which he seemed to link himself to the +generations to come in the world he was leaving. Yes! through the +survival of their children, happy parents are able to think calmly, and +with a very practical affection, of a world in which they are to have +no direct share; planting with a cheerful good-humour, the acorns they +carry about with them, that their grand-children may be shaded from the +sun by the broad oak-trees of the future. That is nature’s way of +easing death to us. It was thus too, surprised, delighted, that Marius, +under the power of that new hope among men, could think of the +generations to come after him. Without it, dim in truth as it was, he +could hardly have dared to ponder the world which limited all he really +knew, as it would be when he should have departed from it. A strange +lonesomeness, like physical darkness, seemed to settle upon the thought +of it; as if its business hereafter must be, as far as he was +concerned, carried on in some inhabited, but distant and alien, star. +Contrariwise, with the sense of that hope warm about him, he seemed to +anticipate some kindly care for himself; never to fail even on earth, a +care for his very body—that dear sister and companion of his soul, +outworn, suffering, and in the very article of death, as it was now. + +For the weariness came back tenfold; and he had finally to abstain from +thoughts like these, as from what caused physical pain. And then, as +before in the wretched, sleepless nights of those forced marches, he +would try to fix his mind, as it were impassively, and like a child +thinking over the toys it loves, one after another, that it may fall +asleep thus, and forget all about them the sooner, on all the persons +he had loved in life—on his love for them, dead or living, grateful for +his love or not, rather than on theirs for him—letting their images +pass away again, or rest with him, as they would. In the bare sense of +having loved he seemed to find, even amid this foundering of the ship, +that on which his soul might “assuredly rest and depend.” One after +another, he suffered those faces and voices to come and go, as in some +mechanical exercise, as he might have repeated all the verses he knew +by heart, or like the telling of beads one by one, with many a sleepy +nod between-whiles. + +For there remained also, for the old earthy creature still within him, +that great blessedness of physical slumber. To sleep, to lose one’s +self in sleep—that, as he had always recognised, was a good thing. And +it was after a space of deep sleep that he awoke amid the murmuring +voices of the people who had kept and tended him so carefully through +his sickness, now kneeling around his bed: and what he heard confirmed, +in the then perfect clearness of his soul, the inevitable suggestion of +his own bodily feelings. He had often dreamt he was condemned to die, +that the hour, with wild thoughts of escape, was arrived; and waking, +with the sun all around him, in complete liberty of life, had been full +of gratitude for his place there, alive still, in the land of the +living. He read surely, now, in the manner, the doings, of these +people, some of whom were passing out through the doorway, where the +heavy sunlight in very deed lay, that his last morning was come, and +turned to think once more of the beloved. Often had he fancied of old +that not to die on a dark or rainy day might itself have a little +alleviating grace or favour about it. The people around his bed were +praying fervently—Abi! Abi! Anima Christiana!+ In the moments of his +extreme helplessness their mystic bread had been placed, had descended +like a snow-flake from the sky, between his lips. Gentle fingers had +applied to hands and feet, to all those old passage-ways of the senses, +through which the world had come and gone for him, now so dim and +obstructed, a medicinable oil. It was the same people who, in the gray, +austere evening of that day, took up his remains, and buried them +secretly, with their accustomed prayers; but with joy also, holding his +death, according to their generous view in this matter, to have been of +the nature of martyrdom; and martyrdom, as the church had always said, +a kind of sacrament with plenary grace. + +1881-1884. + +THE END + + + + +NOTES + +217. +“He made no one unhappy.” + +218. +“I have lived!” + +221. +From the Latin Vulgate Bible, Matthew 4:16: “populus qui sedebat +in tenebris lucem vidit magnam et sedentibus in regione et umbra mortis +lux orta est eis.” King James Bible translation: “The people which sat +in darkness saw great light; and to them which sat in the region and +shadow of death light is sprung up.” + +224. “Depart! Depart! Christian Soul!” The thought is from the Catholic +prayer for the departing. + + + + +*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK MARIUS THE EPICUREAN, VOLUME TWO *** + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will +be renamed. + +Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright +law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works, +so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the +United States without permission and without paying copyright +royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part +of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm +concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, +and may not be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following +the terms of the trademark license, including paying royalties for use +of the Project Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for +copies of this eBook, complying with the trademark license is very +easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation +of derivative works, reports, performances and research. Project +Gutenberg eBooks may be modified and printed and given away--you may +do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected +by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark +license, especially commercial redistribution. + +START: FULL LICENSE + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full +Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at +www.gutenberg.org/license. + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or +destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your +possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a +Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound +by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the +person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph +1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this +agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the +Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection +of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual +works in the collection are in the public domain in the United +States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the +United States and you are located in the United States, we do not +claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing, +displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as +all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope +that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting +free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm +works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the +Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily +comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the +same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when +you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are +in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, +check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this +agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, +distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any +other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no +representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any +country other than the United States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other +immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear +prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work +on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, +performed, viewed, copied or distributed: + + This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and + most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no + restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it + under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this + eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the + United States, you will have to check the laws of the country where + you are located before using this eBook. + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is +derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not +contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the +copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in +the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are +redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply +either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or +obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm +trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any +additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms +will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works +posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the +beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including +any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access +to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format +other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official +version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm website +(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense +to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means +of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain +Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the +full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +provided that: + +* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed + to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has + agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project + Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid + within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are + legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty + payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project + Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in + Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg + Literary Archive Foundation." + +* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all + copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue + all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm + works. + +* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of + any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of + receipt of the work. + +* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than +are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing +from the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of +the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the Foundation as set +forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project +Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may +contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate +or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other +intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or +other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or +cannot be read by your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium +with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you +with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in +lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person +or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second +opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If +the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing +without further opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO +OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT +LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of +damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement +violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the +agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or +limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or +unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the +remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in +accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the +production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, +including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of +the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this +or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or +additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any +Defect you cause. + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of +computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It +exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations +from people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future +generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see +Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at +www.gutenberg.org + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by +U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, +Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up +to date contact information can be found at the Foundation's website +and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without +widespread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND +DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular +state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To +donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project +Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be +freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and +distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of +volunteer support. + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in +the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not +necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper +edition. + +Most people start at our website which has the main PG search +facility: www.gutenberg.org + +This website includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + + diff --git a/4058-0.zip b/4058-0.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..c79cdb9 --- /dev/null +++ b/4058-0.zip diff --git a/4058-h.zip b/4058-h.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..49b85e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/4058-h.zip diff --git a/4058-h/4058-h.htm b/4058-h/4058-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..63d6509 --- /dev/null +++ b/4058-h/4058-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,5880 @@ +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" +"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en"> +<head> +<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=utf-8" /> +<meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css" /> +<title>The Project Gutenberg eBook of Marius the Epicurean, Volume Two, by Walter Horatio Pater</title> + +<style type="text/css"> + +body { margin-left: 20%; + margin-right: 20%; + text-align: justify; } + +h1, h2, h3, h4, h5 {text-align: center; font-style: normal; font-weight: +normal; line-height: 1.5; margin-top: .5em; margin-bottom: .5em;} + +h1 {font-size: 300%; + margin-top: 0.6em; + margin-bottom: 0.6em; + letter-spacing: 0.12em; + word-spacing: 0.2em; + text-indent: 0em;} +h2 {font-size: 150%; margin-top: 2em; margin-bottom: 1em;} +h3 {font-size: 130%; margin-top: 1em;} +h4 {font-size: 120%;} +h5 {font-size: 110%;} + +.no-break {page-break-before: avoid;} /* for epubs */ + +div.chapter {page-break-before: always; margin-top: 4em;} + +hr {width: 80%; margin-top: 2em; margin-bottom: 2em;} + +p {text-indent: 1em; + margin-top: 0.25em; + margin-bottom: 0.25em; } + +p.poem {text-indent: 0%; + margin-left: 10%; + font-size: 90%; + margin-top: 1em; + margin-bottom: 1em; } + +p.letter {text-indent: 0%; + margin-left: 10%; + margin-right: 10%; + margin-top: 1em; + margin-bottom: 1em; } + +p.noindent {text-indent: 0% } + +p.center {text-align: center; + text-indent: 0em; + margin-top: 1em; + margin-bottom: 1em; } + +p.footnote {font-size: 90%; + text-indent: 0%; + margin-left: 10%; + margin-right: 10%; + margin-top: 1em; + margin-bottom: 1em; } + +a:link {color:blue; text-decoration:none} +a:visited {color:blue; text-decoration:none} +a:hover {color:red} + +</style> + +</head> + +<body> + +<div style='text-align:center; font-size:1.2em; font-weight:bold'>The Project Gutenberg eBook of Marius the Epicurean, Volume Two, by Walter Pater</div> +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and +most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions +whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms +of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online +at <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. If you +are not located in the United States, you will have to check the laws of the +country where you are located before using this eBook. +</div> +<div style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Title: Marius the Epicurean,<br /> +Volume Two</div> +<div style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Author: Walter Horatio Pater</div> +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>Release Date: October 25, 2001 [eBook #4058]<br /> +[Most recently updated: September 3, 2021]</div> +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>Language: English</div> +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>Character set encoding: UTF-8</div> +<div style='display:block; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Produced by: Alfred J. Drake. HTML version by Al Haines.</div> +<div style='margin-top:2em; margin-bottom:4em'>*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK MARIUS THE EPICUREAN, VOLUME TWO ***</div> + +<h1>Marius the Epicurean</h1> + +<h3>HIS SENSATIONS AND IDEAS</h3> + +<h2 class="no-break">by WALTER PATER</h2> + +<h4>VOLUME TWO</h4> + +<h4>London: 1910.<br /> +(The Library Edition.)</h4> + +<hr /> + +<h2>Contents</h2> + +<table summary="" style=""> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#part03"><b>PART THE THIRD</b></a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap15">15. Stoicism at Court</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap16">16. Second Thoughts</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap17">17. Beata Urbs</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap18">18. “The Ceremony of the Dart”</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap19">19. The Will as Vision</a><br /><br /></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#part04"><b>PART THE FOURTH</b></a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap20">20. Two Curious Houses—1. Guests</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap21">21. Two Curious Houses—2. The Church in Cecilia’s House</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap22">22. “The Minor Peace of the Church”</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap23">23. Divine Service</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap24">24. A Conversation Not Imaginary</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap25">25. Sunt Lacrimae Rerum</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap26">26. The Martyrs</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap27">27. The Triumph of Marcus Aurelius</a></td> +</tr> + +<tr> +<td> <a href="#chap28">28. Anima Naturaliter Christiana</a></td> +</tr> + +</table> + +<h3>NOTES BY THE E-TEXT EDITOR:</h3> + +<p> +Notes: I have placed an asterisk immediately after each of Pater’s +footnotes and a + sign after my own notes, and have listed each of my notes at +that chapter’s end. +</p> + +<p> +Greek typeface: For this full-text edition, I have transliterated Pater’s +Greek quotations. If there is a need for the original Greek, it can be viewed +at my site, http://www.ajdrake.com/etexts, a Victorianist archive that contains +the complete works of Walter Pater and many other nineteenth-century texts, +mostly in first editions. +</p> + +<p class="center"> +Χειμερινὸς +ὄνειρος, ὅτε +μήκισται αἱ +νύκτες+ +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> ++“A winter’s dream, when nights are longest.”<br/> +Lucian, The Dream, Vol. 3. +</p> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="part03"></a>PART THE THIRD</h2> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap15"></a>CHAPTER XV.<br/> +STOICISM AT COURT</h2> + +<p> +The very finest flower of the same company—Aurelius with the gilded +fasces borne before him, a crowd of exquisites, the empress Faustina herself, +and all the elegant blue-stockings of the day, who maintained, people said, +their private “sophists” to whisper philosophy into their ears +winsomely as they performed the duties of the toilet—was assembled again +a few months later, in a different place and for a very different purpose. The +temple of Peace, a “modernising” foundation of Hadrian, enlarged by +a library and lecture-rooms, had grown into an institution like something +between a college and a literary club; and here Cornelius Fronto was to +pronounce a discourse on the Nature of Morals. There were some, indeed, who had +desired the emperor Aurelius himself to declare his whole mind on this matter. +Rhetoric was become almost a function of the state: philosophy was upon the +throne; and had from time to time, by request, delivered an official utterance +with well-nigh divine authority. And it was as the delegate of this authority, +under the full sanction of the philosophic emperor—emperor and pontiff, +that the aged Fronto purposed to-day to expound some parts of the Stoic +doctrine, with the view of recommending morals to that refined but perhaps +prejudiced company, as being, in effect, one mode of comeliness in +things—as it were music, or a kind of artistic order, in life. And he did +this earnestly, with an outlay of all his science of mind, and that eloquence +of which he was known to be a master. For Stoicism was no longer a rude and +unkempt thing. Received at court, it had largely decorated itself: it was grown +persuasive and insinuating, and sought not only to convince men’s +intelligence but to allure their souls. Associated with the beautiful old age +of the great rhetorician, and his winning voice, it was almost Epicurean. And +the old man was at his best on the occasion; the last on which he ever appeared +in this way. To-day was his own birthday. Early in the morning the imperial +letter of congratulation had reached him; and all the pleasant animation it had +caused was in his face, when assisted by his daughter Gratia he took his place +on the ivory chair, as president of the Athenaeum of Rome, wearing with a +wonderful grace the philosophic pall,—in reality neither more nor less +than the loose woollen cloak of the common soldier, but fastened on his right +shoulder with a magnificent clasp, the emperor’s birthday gift. +</p> + +<p> +It was an age, as abundant evidence shows, whose delight in rhetoric was but +one result of a general susceptibility—an age not merely taking pleasure +in words, but experiencing a great moral power in them. Fronto’s quaintly +fashionable audience would have wept, and also assisted with their purses, had +his present purpose been, as sometimes happened, the recommendation of an +object of charity. As it was, arranging themselves at their ease among the +images and flowers, these amateurs of exquisite language, with their tablets +open for careful record of felicitous word or phrase, were ready to give +themselves wholly to the intellectual treat prepared for them, applauding, +blowing loud kisses through the air sometimes, at the speaker’s +triumphant exit from one of his long, skilfully modulated sentences; while the +younger of them meant to imitate everything about him, down to the inflections +of his voice and the very folds of his mantle. Certainly there was rhetoric +enough:—a wealth of imagery; illustrations from painting, music, +mythology, the experiences of love; a management, by which subtle, unexpected +meaning was brought out of familiar terms, like flies from morsels of amber, to +use Fronto’s own figure. But with all its richness, the higher claim of +his style was rightly understood to lie in gravity and self-command, and an +especial care for the purities of a vocabulary which rejected every expression +unsanctioned by the authority of approved ancient models. +</p> + +<p> +And it happened with Marius, as it will sometimes happen, that this general +discourse to a general audience had the effect of an utterance adroitly +designed for him. His conscience still vibrating painfully under the shock of +that scene in the amphitheatre, and full of the ethical charm of Cornelius, he +was questioning himself with much impatience as to the possibility of an +adjustment between his own elaborately thought-out intellectual scheme and the +“old morality.” In that intellectual scheme indeed the old morality +had so far been allowed no place, as seeming to demand from him the admission +of certain first principles such as might misdirect or retard him in his +efforts towards a complete, many-sided existence; or distort the revelations of +the experience of life; or curtail his natural liberty of heart and mind. But +now (his imagination being occupied for the moment with the noble and resolute +air, the gallantry, so to call it, which composed the outward mien and +presentment of his strange friend’s inflexible ethics) he felt already +some nascent suspicion of his philosophic programme, in regard, precisely, to +the question of good taste. There was the taint of a graceless +“antinomianism” perceptible in it, a dissidence, a revolt against +accustomed modes, the actual impression of which on other men might rebound +upon himself in some loss of that personal pride to which it was part of his +theory of life to allow so much. And it was exactly a moral situation such as +this that Fronto appeared to be contemplating. He seemed to have before his +mind the case of one—Cyrenaic or Epicurean, as the courtier tends to be, +by habit and instinct, if not on principle—who yet experiences, actually, +a strong tendency to moral assents, and a desire, with as little logical +inconsistency as may be, to find a place for duty and righteousness in his +house of thought. +</p> + +<p> +And the Stoic professor found the key to this problem in the purely æsthetic +beauty of the old morality, as an element in things, fascinating to the +imagination, to good taste in its most highly developed form, through +association—a system or order, as a matter of fact, in possession, not +only of the larger world, but of the rare minority of <i>élite</i> +intelligences; from which, therefore, least of all would the sort of Epicurean +he had in view endure to become, so to speak, an outlaw. He supposed his hearer +to be, with all sincerity, in search after some principle of conduct (and it +was here that he seemed to Marius to be speaking straight to him) which might +give unity of motive to an actual rectitude, a cleanness and probity of life, +determined partly by natural affection, partly by enlightened self-interest or +the feeling of honour, due in part even to the mere fear of penalties; no +element of which, however, was distinctively moral in the agent himself as +such, and providing him, therefore, no common ground with a really moral being +like Cornelius, or even like the philosophic emperor. Performing the same +offices; actually satisfying, even as they, the external claims of others; +rendering to all their dues—one thus circumstanced would be wanting, +nevertheless, in the secret of inward adjustment to the moral agents around +him. How tenderly—more tenderly than many stricter souls—he might +yield himself to kindly instinct! what fineness of charity in passing judgment +on others! what an exquisite conscience of other men’s susceptibilities! +He knows for how much the manner, because the heart itself, counts, in doing a +kindness. He goes beyond most people in his care for all weakly creatures; +judging, instinctively, that to be but sentient is to possess rights. He +conceives a hundred duties, though he may not call them by that name, of the +existence of which purely duteous souls may have no suspicion. He has a kind of +pride in doing more than they, in a way of his own. Sometimes, he may think +that those men of line and rule do not really understand their own business. +How narrow, inflexible, unintelligent! what poor guardians (he may reason) of +the inward spirit of righteousness, are some supposed careful walkers according +to its letter and form. And yet all the while he admits, as such, no moral +world at all: no theoretic equivalent to so large a proportion of the facts of +life. +</p> + +<p> +But, over and above such practical rectitude, thus determined by natural +affection or self-love or fear, he may notice that there is a remnant of right +conduct, what he does, still more what he abstains from doing, not so much +through his own free election, as from a deference, an “assent,” +entire, habitual, unconscious, to custom—to the actual habit or fashion +of others, from whom he could not endure to break away, any more than he would +care to be out of agreement with them on questions of mere manner, or, say, +even, of dress. Yes! there were the evils, the vices, which he avoided as, +essentially, a failure in good taste. An assent, such as this, to the +preferences of others, might seem to be the weakest of motives, and the +rectitude it could determine the least considerable element in a moral life. +Yet here, according to Cornelius Fronto, was in truth the revealing example, +albeit operating upon comparative trifles, of the general principle required. +There was one great idea associated with which that determination to conform to +precedent was elevated into the clearest, the fullest, the weightiest principle +of moral action; a principle under which one might subsume men’s most +strenuous efforts after righteousness. And he proceeded to expound the idea of +Humanity—of a universal commonwealth of mind, which becomes explicit, and +as if incarnate, in a select communion of just men made perfect. +</p> + +<p> +Ho kosmos hôsanei polis estin+—the world is as it were a commonwealth, a +city: and there are observances, customs, usages, actually current in it, +things our friends and companions will expect of us, as the condition of our +living there with them at all, as really their peers or fellow-citizens. Those +observances were, indeed, the creation of a visible or invisible aristocracy in +it, whose actual manners, whose preferences from of old, become now a weighty +tradition as to the way in which things should or should not be done, are like +a music, to which the intercourse of life proceeds—such a music as no one +who had once caught its harmonies would willingly jar. In this way, the +becoming, as in Greek—to prepon: or ta êthê+ mores, manners, as both +Greeks and Romans said, would indeed be a comprehensive term for duty. +Righteousness would be, in the words of “Caesar” himself, of the +philosophic Aurelius, but a “following of the reasonable will of the +oldest, the most venerable, of cities, of polities—of the royal, the +law-giving element, therein—forasmuch as we are citizens also in that +supreme city on high, of which all other cities beside are but as single +habitations.” But as the old man spoke with animation of this supreme +city, this invisible society, whose conscience was become explicit in its inner +circle of inspired souls, of whose common spirit, the trusted leaders of human +conscience had been but the mouthpiece, of whose successive personal +preferences in the conduct of life, the “old morality” was the +sum,—Marius felt that his own thoughts were passing beyond the actual +intention of the speaker; not in the direction of any clearer theoretic or +abstract definition of that ideal commonwealth, but rather as if in search of +its visible locality and abiding-place, the walls and towers of which, so to +speak, he might really trace and tell, according to his own old, natural habit +of mind. It would be the fabric, the outward fabric, of a system reaching, +certainly, far beyond the great city around him, even if conceived in all the +machinery of its visible and invisible influences at their grandest—as +Augustus or Trajan might have conceived of them—however well the visible +Rome might pass for a figure of that new, unseen, Rome on high. At moments, +Marius even asked himself with surprise, whether it might be some vast secret +society the speaker had in view:—that august community, to be an outlaw +from which, to be foreign to the manners of which, was a loss so much greater +than to be excluded, into the ends of the earth, from the sovereign Roman +commonwealth. Humanity, a universal order, the great polity, its aristocracy of +elect spirits, the mastery of their example over their successors—these +were the ideas, stimulating enough in their way, by association with which the +Stoic professor had attempted to elevate, to unite under a single principle, +men’s moral efforts, himself lifted up with so genuine an enthusiasm. But +where might Marius search for all this, as more than an intellectual +abstraction? Where were those elect souls in whom the claim of Humanity became +so amiable, winning, persuasive—whose footsteps through the world were so +beautiful in the actual order he saw—whose faces averted from him, would +be more than he could bear? Where was that comely order, to which as a great +fact of experience he must give its due; to which, as to all other beautiful +“phenomena” in life, he must, for his own peace, adjust himself? +</p> + +<p> +Rome did well to be serious. The discourse ended somewhat abruptly, as the +noise of a great crowd in motion was heard below the walls; whereupon, the +audience, following the humour of the younger element in it, poured into the +colonnade, from the steps of which the famous procession, or transvectio, of +the military knights was to be seen passing over the Forum, from their +trysting-place at the temple of Mars, to the temple of the Dioscuri. The +ceremony took place this year, not on the day accustomed—anniversary of +the victory of Lake Regillus, with its pair of celestial assistants—and +amid the heat and roses of a Roman July, but, by anticipation, some months +earlier, the almond-trees along the way being still in leafless flower. Through +that light trellis-work, Marius watched the riders, arrayed in all their +gleaming ornaments, and wearing wreaths of olive around their helmets, the +faces below which, what with battle and the plague, were almost all youthful. +It was a flowery scene enough, but had to-day its fulness of war-like meaning; +the return of the army to the North, where the enemy was again upon the move, +being now imminent. Cornelius had ridden along in his place, and, on the +dismissal of the company, passed below the steps where Marius stood, with that +new song he had heard once before floating from his lips. +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +NOTES +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +10. +Transliteration: Ho kosmos hôsanei polis estin. Translation: “The +world is like a city.” +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +10. +Transliteration: to prepon ... ta êthê. Translation: “That which is +seemly ... mores.” +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap16"></a>CHAPTER XVI.<br/> +SECOND THOUGHTS</h2> + +<p> +And Marius, for his part, was grave enough. The discourse of Cornelius Fronto, +with its wide prospect over the human, the spiritual, horizon, had set him on a +review—on a review of the isolating narrowness, in particular, of his own +theoretic scheme. Long after the very latest roses were faded, when “the +town” had departed to country villas, or the baths, or the war, he +remained behind in Rome; anxious to try the lastingness of his own Epicurean +rose-garden; setting to work over again, and deliberately passing from point to +point of his old argument with himself, down to its practical conclusions. That +age and our own have much in common—many difficulties and hopes. Let the +reader pardon me if here and there I seem to be passing from Marius to his +modern representatives—from Rome, to Paris or London. +</p> + +<p> +What really were its claims as a theory of practice, of the sympathies that +determine practice? It had been a theory, avowedly, of loss and gain (so to +call it) of an economy. If, therefore, it missed something in the commerce of +life, which some other theory of practice was able to include, if it made a +needless sacrifice, then it must be, in a manner, inconsistent with itself, and +lack theoretic completeness. Did it make such a sacrifice? What did it lose, or +cause one to lose? +</p> + +<p> +And we may note, as Marius could hardly have done, that Cyrenaicism is ever the +characteristic philosophy of youth, ardent, but narrow in its +survey—sincere, but apt to become one-sided, or even fanatical. It is one +of those subjective and partial ideals, based on vivid, because limited, +apprehension of the truth of one aspect of experience (in this case, of the +beauty of the world and the brevity of man’s life there) which it may be +said to be the special vocation of the young to express. In the school of +Cyrene, in that comparatively fresh Greek world, we see this philosophy where +it is least blasé, as we say; in its most pleasant, its blithest and yet +perhaps its wisest form, youthfully bright in the youth of European thought. +But it grows young again for a while in almost every youthful soul. It is +spoken of sometimes as the appropriate utterance of jaded men; but in them it +can hardly be sincere, or, by the nature of the case, an enthusiasm. +“Walk in the ways of thine heart, and in the sight of thine eyes,” +is, indeed, most often, according to the supposition of the book from which I +quote it, the counsel of the young, who feel that the sunshine is pleasant +along their veins, and wintry weather, though in a general sense foreseen, a +long way off. The youthful enthusiasm or fanaticism, the self-abandonment to +one favourite mode of thought or taste, which occurs, quite naturally, at the +outset of every really vigorous intellectual career, finds its special +opportunity in a theory such as that so carefully put together by Marius, just +because it seems to call on one to make the sacrifice, accompanied by a vivid +sensation of power and will, of what others value—sacrifice of some +conviction, or doctrine, or supposed first principle—for the sake of that +clear-eyed intellectual consistency, which is like spotless bodily cleanliness, +or scrupulous personal honour, and has itself for the mind of the youthful +student, when he first comes to appreciate it, the fascination of an ideal. +</p> + +<p> +The Cyrenaic doctrine, then, realised as a motive of strenuousness or +enthusiasm, is not so properly the utterance of the “jaded +Epicurean,” as of the strong young man in all the freshness of thought +and feeling, fascinated by the notion of raising his life to the level of a +daring theory, while, in the first genial heat of existence, the beauty of the +physical world strikes potently upon his wide-open, unwearied senses. He +discovers a great new poem every spring, with a hundred delightful things he +too has felt, but which have never been expressed, or at least never so truly, +before. The workshops of the artists, who can select and set before us what is +really most distinguished in visible life, are open to him. He thinks that the +old Platonic, or the new Baconian philosophy, has been better explained than by +the authors themselves, or with some striking original development, this very +month. In the quiet heat of early summer, on the dusty gold morning, the music +comes, louder at intervals, above the hum of voices from some neighbouring +church, among the flowering trees, valued now, perhaps, only for the poetically +rapt faces among priests or worshippers, or the mere skill and eloquence, it +may be, of its preachers of faith and righteousness. In his scrupulous +idealism, indeed, he too feels himself to be something of a priest, and that +devotion of his days to the contemplation of what is beautiful, a sort of +perpetual religious service. Afar off, how many fair cities and delicate +sea-coasts await him! At that age, with minds of a certain constitution, no +very choice or exceptional circumstances are needed to provoke an enthusiasm +something like this. Life in modern London even, in the heavy glow of summer, +is stuff sufficient for the fresh imagination of a youth to build its +“palace of art” of; and the very sense and enjoyment of an +experience in which all is new, are but enhanced, like that glow of summer +itself, by the thought of its brevity, giving him something of a +gambler’s zest, in the apprehension, by dexterous act or diligently +appreciative thought, of the highly coloured moments which are to pass away so +quickly. At bottom, perhaps, in his elaborately developed self-consciousness, +his sensibilities, his almost fierce grasp upon the things he values at all, he +has, beyond all others, an inward need of something permanent in its character, +to hold by: of which circumstance, also, he may be partly aware, and that, as +with the brilliant Claudio in Measure for Measure, it is, in truth, but +darkness he is, “encountering, like a bride.” But the inevitable +falling of the curtain is probably distant; and in the daylight, at least, it +is not often that he really shudders at the thought of the grave—the +weight above, the narrow world and its company, within. When the thought of it +does occur to him, he may say to himself:—Well! and the rude monk, for +instance, who has renounced all this, on the security of some dim world beyond +it, really acquiesces in that “fifth act,” amid all the consoling +ministries around him, as little as I should at this moment; though I may hope, +that, as at the real ending of a play, however well acted, I may already have +had quite enough of it, and find a true well-being in eternal sleep. +</p> + +<p> +And precisely in this circumstance, that, consistently with the function of +youth in general, Cyrenaicism will always be more or less the special +philosophy, or “prophecy,” of the young, when the ideal of a rich +experience comes to them in the ripeness of the receptive, if not of the +reflective, powers—precisely in this circumstance, if we rightly consider +it, lies the duly prescribed corrective of that philosophy. For it is by its +exclusiveness, and by negation rather than positively, that such theories fail +to satisfy us permanently; and what they really need for their correction, is +the complementary influence of some greater system, in which they may find +their due place. That Sturm und Drang of the spirit, as it has been called, +that ardent and special apprehension of half-truths, in the enthusiastic, and +as it were “prophetic” advocacy of which, devotion to truth, in the +case of the young—apprehending but one point at a time in the great +circumference—most usually embodies itself, is levelled down, safely +enough, afterwards, as in history so in the individual, by the weakness and +mere weariness, as well as by the maturer wisdom, of our nature. And though +truth indeed, resides, as has been said, “in the whole”—in +harmonisings and adjustments like this—yet those special apprehensions +may still owe their full value, in this sense of “the whole,” to +that earlier, one-sided but ardent pre-occupation with them. +</p> + +<p> +Cynicism and Cyrenaicism:—they are the earlier Greek forms of Roman +Stoicism and Epicureanism, and in that world of old Greek thought, we may +notice with some surprise that, in a little while, the nobler form of +Cyrenaicism—Cyrenaicism cured of its faults—met the nobler form of +Cynicism half-way. Starting from opposed points, they merged, each in its most +refined form, in a single ideal of temperance or moderation. Something of the +same kind may be noticed regarding some later phases of Cyrenaic theory. If it +starts with considerations opposed to the religious temper, which the religious +temper holds it a duty to repress, it is like it, nevertheless, and very unlike +any lower development of temper, in its stress and earnestness, its serious +application to the pursuit of a very unworldly type of perfection. The saint, +and the Cyrenaic lover of beauty, it may be thought, would at least understand +each other better than either would understand the mere man of the world. Carry +their respective positions a point further, shift the terms a little, and they +might actually touch. +</p> + +<p> +Perhaps all theories of practice tend, as they rise to their best, as +understood by their worthiest representatives, to identification with each +other. For the variety of men’s possible reflections on their experience, +as of that experience itself, is not really so great as it seems; and as the +highest and most disinterested ethical formulae, filtering down into +men’s everyday existence, reach the same poor level of vulgar egotism, +so, we may fairly suppose that all the highest spirits, from whatever +contrasted points they have started, would yet be found to entertain, in the +moral consciousness realised by themselves, much the same kind of mental +company; to hold, far more than might be thought probable, at first sight, the +same personal types of character, and even the same artistic and literary +types, in esteem or aversion; to convey, all of them alike, the same savour of +unworldliness. And Cyrenaicism or Epicureanism too, new or old, may be noticed, +in proportion to the completeness of its development, to approach, as to the +nobler form of Cynicism, so also to the more nobly developed phases of the old, +or traditional morality. In the gravity of its conception of life, in its +pursuit after nothing less than a perfection, in its apprehension of the value +of time—the passion and the seriousness which are like a +consecration—la passion et le sérieux qui consacrent—it may be +conceived, as regards its main drift, to be not so much opposed to the old +morality, as an exaggeration of one special motive in it. +</p> + +<p> +Some cramping, narrowing, costly preference of one part of his own nature, and +of the nature of things, to another, Marius seemed to have detected in himself, +meantime,—in himself, as also in those old masters of the Cyrenaic +philosophy. If they did realise the monochronos hêdonê+ as it was +called—the pleasure of the “Ideal Now”—if certain +moments of their lives were high-pitched, passionately coloured, intent with +sensation, and a kind of knowledge which, in its vivid clearness, was like +sensation—if, now and then, they apprehended the world in its fulness, +and had a vision, almost “beatific,” of ideal personalities in life +and art, yet these moments were a very costly matter: they paid a great price +for them, in the sacrifice of a thousand possible sympathies, of things only to +be enjoyed through sympathy, from which they detached themselves, in +intellectual pride, in loyalty to a mere theory that would take nothing for +granted, and assent to no approximate or hypothetical truths. In their +unfriendly, repellent attitude towards the Greek religion, and the old Greek +morality, surely, they had been but faulty economists. The Greek religion was +then alive: then, still more than in its later day of dissolution, the higher +view of it was possible, even for the philosopher. Its story made little or no +demand for a reasoned or formal acceptance. A religion, which had grown through +and through man’s life, with so much natural strength; had meant so much +for so many generations; which expressed so much of their hopes, in forms so +familiar and so winning; linked by associations so manifold to man as he had +been and was—a religion like this, one would think, might have had its +uses, even for a philosophic sceptic. Yet those beautiful gods, with the whole +round of their poetic worship, the school of Cyrene definitely renounced. +</p> + +<p> +The old Greek morality, again, with all its imperfections, was certainly a +comely thing.—Yes! a harmony, a music, in men’s ways, one might +well hesitate to jar. The merely æsthetic sense might have had a legitimate +satisfaction in the spectacle of that fair order of choice manners, in those +attractive conventions, enveloping, so gracefully, the whole of life, insuring +some sweetness, some security at least against offence, in the intercourse of +the world. Beyond an obvious utility, it could claim, indeed but +custom—use-and-wont, as we say—for its sanction. But then, one of +the advantages of that liberty of spirit among the Cyrenaics (in which, through +theory, they had become dead to theory, so that all theory, as such, was really +indifferent to them, and indeed nothing valuable but in its tangible +ministration to life) was precisely this, that it gave them free play in using +as their ministers or servants, things which, to the uninitiated, must be +masters or nothing. Yet, how little the followers of Aristippus made of that +whole comely system of manners or morals, then actually in possession of life, +is shown by the bold practical consequence, which one of them maintained (with +a hard, self-opinionated adherence to his peculiar theory of values) in the not +very amiable paradox that friendship and patriotism were things one could do +without; while another—Death’s-advocate, as he was +called—helped so many to self-destruction, by his pessimistic eloquence +on the evils of life, that his lecture-room was closed. That this was in the +range of their consequences—that this was a possible, if remote, +deduction from the premisses of the discreet Aristippus—was surely an +inconsistency in a thinker who professed above all things an economy of the +moments of life. And yet those old Cyrenaics felt their way, as if in the dark, +we may be sure, like other men in the ordinary transactions of life, beyond the +narrow limits they drew of clear and absolutely legitimate knowledge, admitting +what was not of immediate sensation, and drawing upon that +“fantastic” future which might never come. A little more of such +“walking by faith,” a little more of such not unreasonable +“assent,” and they might have profited by a hundred services to +their culture, from Greek religion and Greek morality, as they actually were. +The spectacle of their fierce, exclusive, tenacious hold on their own narrow +apprehension, makes one think of a picture with no relief, no soft shadows nor +breadth of space, or of a drama without proportionate repose. +</p> + +<p> +Yet it was of perfection that Marius (to return to him again from his masters, +his intellectual heirs) had been really thinking all the time: a narrow +perfection it might be objected, the perfection of but one part of his +nature—his capacities of feeling, of exquisite physical impressions, of +an imaginative sympathy—but still, a true perfection of those capacities, +wrought out to their utmost degree, admirable enough in its way. He too is an +economist: he hopes, by that “insight” of which the old Cyrenaics +made so much, by skilful apprehension of the conditions of spiritual success as +they really are, the special circumstances of the occasion with which he has to +deal, the special felicities of his own nature, to make the most, in no mean or +vulgar sense, of the few years of life; few, indeed, for the attainment of +anything like general perfection! With the brevity of that sum of years his +mind is exceptionally impressed; and this purpose makes him no frivolous +dilettante, but graver than other men: his scheme is not that of a trifler, but +rather of one who gives a meaning of his own, yet a very real one, to those old +words—Let us work while it is day! He has a strong apprehension, also, of +the beauty of the visible things around him; their fading, momentary, graces +and attractions. His natural susceptibility in this direction, enlarged by +experience, seems to demand of him an almost exclusive pre-occupation with the +aspects of things; with their æsthetic character, as it is called—their +revelations to the eye and the imagination: not so much because those aspects +of them yield him the largest amount of enjoyment, as because to be occupied, +in this way, with the æsthetic or imaginative side of things, is to be in real +contact with those elements of his own nature, and of theirs, which, for him at +least, are matter of the most real kind of apprehension. As other men are +concentrated upon truths of number, for instance, or on business, or it may be +on the pleasures of appetite, so he is wholly bent on living in that full +stream of refined sensation. And in the prosecution of this love of beauty, he +claims an entire personal liberty, liberty of heart and mind, liberty, above +all, from what may seem conventional answers to first questions. +</p> + +<p> +But, without him there is a venerable system of sentiment and idea, widely +extended in time and place, in a kind of impregnable possession of human +life—a system, which, like some other great products of the conjoint +efforts of human mind through many generations, is rich in the world’s +experience; so that, in attaching oneself to it, one lets in a great tide of +that experience, and makes, as it were with a single step, a great experience +of one’s own, and with great consequent increase to one’s sense of +colour, variety, and relief, in the spectacle of men and things. The mere sense +that one belongs to a system—an imperial system or +organisation—has, in itself, the expanding power of a great experience; +as some have felt who have been admitted from narrower sects into the communion +of the catholic church; or as the old Roman citizen felt. It is, we might +fancy, what the coming into possession of a very widely spoken language might +be, with a great literature, which is also the speech of the people we have to +live among. +</p> + +<p> +A wonderful order, actually in possession of human life!—grown +inextricably through and through it; penetrating into its laws, its very +language, its mere habits of decorum, in a thousand half-conscious ways; yet +still felt to be, in part, an unfulfilled ideal; and, as such, awakening hope, +and an aim, identical with the one only consistent aspiration of mankind! In +the apprehension of that, just then, Marius seemed to have joined company once +more with his own old self; to have overtaken on the road the pilgrim who had +come to Rome, with absolute sincerity, on the search for perfection. It defined +not so much a change of practice, as of sympathy—a new departure, an +expansion, of sympathy. It involved, certainly, some curtailment of his +liberty, in concession to the actual manner, the distinctions, the enactments +of that great crowd of admirable spirits, who have elected so, and not +otherwise, in their conduct of life, and are not here to give one, so to term +it, an “indulgence.” But then, under the supposition of their +disapproval, no roses would ever seem worth plucking again. The authority they +exercised was like that of classic taste—an influence so subtle, yet so +real, as defining the loyalty of the scholar; or of some beautiful and +venerable ritual, in which every observance is become spontaneous and almost +mechanical, yet is found, the more carefully one considers it, to have a +reasonable significance and a natural history. +</p> + +<p> +And Marius saw that he would be but an inconsistent Cyrenaic, mistaken in his +estimate of values, of loss and gain, and untrue to the well-considered economy +of life which he had brought with him to Rome—that some drops of the +great cup would fall to the ground—if he did not make that concession, if +he did but remain just there. +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +NOTES +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +21. +Transliteration: monochronos hêdonê. Pater’s definition “the +pleasure of the ideal present, of the mystic now.” The definition is +fitting; the unusual adjective monochronos means, literally, “single or +unitary time.” +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap17"></a>CHAPTER XVII.<br/> +BEATA URBS</h2> + +<p class="letter"> +“Many prophets and kings have desired to see the things which ye +see.” +</p> + +<p> +The enemy on the Danube was, indeed, but the vanguard of the mighty invading +hosts of the fifth century. Illusively repressed just now, those confused +movements along the northern boundary of the Empire were destined to unite +triumphantly at last, in the barbarism, which, powerless to destroy the +Christian church, was yet to suppress for a time the achieved culture of the +pagan world. The kingdom of Christ was to grow up in a somewhat false +alienation from the light and beauty of the kingdom of nature, of the natural +man, with a partly mistaken tradition concerning it, and an incapacity, as it +might almost seem at times, for eventual reconciliation thereto. Meantime Italy +had armed itself once more, in haste, and the imperial brothers set forth for +the Alps. +</p> + +<p> +Whatever misgiving the Roman people may have felt as to the leadership of the +younger was unexpectedly set at rest; though with some temporary regret for the +loss of what had been, after all, a popular figure on the world’s stage. +Travelling fraternally in the same litter with Aurelius, Lucius Verus was +struck with sudden and mysterious disease, and died as he hastened back to +Rome. His death awoke a swarm of sinister rumours, to settle on Lucilla, +jealous, it was said, of Fabia her sister, perhaps of Faustina—on +Faustina herself, who had accompanied the imperial progress, and was anxious +now to hide a crime of her own—even on the elder brother, who, beforehand +with the treasonable designs of his colleague, should have helped him at supper +to a favourite morsel, cut with a knife poisoned ingeniously on one side only. +Aurelius, certainly, with sincere distress, his long irritations, so dutifully +concealed or repressed, turning now into a single feeling of regret for the +human creature, carried the remains back to Rome, and demanded of the Senate a +public funeral, with a decree for the apotheôsis, or canonisation, of the dead. +</p> + +<p> +For three days the body lay in state in the Forum, enclosed in an open coffin +of cedar-wood, on a bed of ivory and gold, in the centre of a sort of temporary +chapel, representing the temple of his patroness Venus Genetrix. Armed soldiers +kept watch around it, while choirs of select voices relieved one another in the +chanting of hymns or monologues from the great tragedians. +</p> + +<p> +At the head of the couch were displayed the various personal decorations which +had belonged to Verus in life. Like all the rest of Rome, Marius went to gaze +on the face he had seen last scarcely disguised under the hood of a +travelling-dress, as the wearer hurried, at night-fall, along one of the +streets below the palace, to some amorous appointment. Unfamiliar as he still +was with dead faces, he was taken by surprise, and touched far beyond what he +had reckoned on, by the piteous change there; even the skill of Galen having +been not wholly successful in the process of embalming. It was as if a brother +of his own were lying low before him, with that meek and helpless expression it +would have been a sacrilege to treat rudely. +</p> + +<p> +Meantime, in the centre of the Campus Martius, within the grove of poplars +which enclosed the space where the body of Augustus had been burnt, the great +funeral pyre, stuffed with shavings of various aromatic woods, was built up in +many stages, separated from each other by a light entablature of woodwork, and +adorned abundantly with carved and tapestried images. Upon this pyramidal or +flame-shaped structure lay the corpse, hidden now under a mountain of flowers +and incense brought by the women, who from the first had had their fondness for +the wanton graces of the deceased. The dead body was surmounted by a waxen +effigy of great size, arrayed in the triumphal ornaments. At last the +Centurions to whom that office belonged, drew near, torch in hand, to ignite +the pile at its four corners, while the soldiers, in wild excitement, flung +themselves around it, casting into the flames the decorations they had received +for acts of valour under the dead emperor’s command. +</p> + +<p> +It had been a really heroic order, spoiled a little, at the last moment, +through the somewhat tawdry artifice, by which an eagle—not a very noble +or youthful specimen of its kind—was caused to take flight amid the real +or affected awe of the spectators, above the perishing remains; a court +chamberlain, according to ancient etiquette, subsequently making official +declaration before the Senate, that the imperial “genius” had been +seen in this way, escaping from the fire. And Marius was present when the +Fathers, duly certified of the fact, by “acclamation,” muttering +their judgment all together, in a kind of low, rhythmical chant, decreed +Caelum—the privilege of divine rank to the departed. +</p> + +<p> +The actual gathering of the ashes in a white cere-cloth by the widowed Lucilla, +when the last flicker had been extinguished by drops of wine; and the +conveyance of them to the little cell, already populous, in the central mass of +the sepulchre of Hadrian, still in all the splendour of its statued colonnades, +were a matter of private or domestic duty; after the due accomplishment of +which Aurelius was at liberty to retire for a time into the privacy of his +beloved apartments of the Palatine. And hither, not long afterwards, Marius was +summoned a second time, to receive from the imperial hands the great pile of +Manuscripts it would be his business to revise and arrange. +</p> + +<p> +One year had passed since his first visit to the palace; and as he climbed the +stairs to-day, the great cypresses rocked against the sunless sky, like living +creatures in pain. He had to traverse a long subterranean gallery, once a +secret entrance to the imperial apartments, and in our own day, amid the ruin +of all around it, as smooth and fresh as if the carpets were but just removed +from its floor after the return of the emperor from the shows. It was here, on +such an occasion, that the emperor Caligula, at the age of twenty-nine, had +come by his end, the assassins gliding along it as he lingered a few moments +longer to watch the movements of a party of noble youths at their exercise in +the courtyard below. As Marius waited, a second time, in that little red room +in the house of the chief chamberlain, curious to look once more upon its +painted walls—the very place whither the assassins were said to have +turned for refuge after the murder—he could all but see the figure, which +in its surrounding light and darkness seemed to him the most melancholy in the +entire history of Rome. He called to mind the greatness of that popularity and +early promise—the stupefying height of irresponsible power, from which, +after all, only men’s viler side had been clearly visible—the +overthrow of reason—the seemingly irredeemable memory; and still, above +all, the beautiful head in which the noble lines of the race of Augustus were +united to, he knew not what expression of sensibility and fineness, not theirs, +and for the like of which one must pass onward to the Antonines. Popular hatred +had been careful to destroy its semblance wherever it was to be found; but one +bust, in dark bronze-like basalt of a wonderful perfection of finish, preserved +in the museum of the Capitol, may have seemed to some visitors there perhaps +the finest extant relic of Roman art. Had the very seal of empire upon those +sombre brows, reflected from his mirror, suggested his insane attempt upon the +liberties, the dignity of men?—“O humanity!” he seems to ask, +“what hast thou done to me that I should so despise +thee?”—And might not this be indeed the true meaning of kingship, +if the world would have one man to reign over it? The like of this: or, some +incredible, surely never to be realised, height of disinterestedness, in a king +who should be the servant of all, quite at the other extreme of the practical +dilemma involved in such a position. Not till some while after his death had +the body been decently interred by the piety of the sisters he had driven into +exile. Fraternity of feeling had been no invariable feature in the incidents of +Roman story. One long Vicus Sceleratus, from its first dim foundation in +fraternal quarrel on the morrow of a common deliverance so touching—had +not almost every step in it some gloomy memory of unnatural violence? Romans +did well to fancy the traitress Tarpeia still “green in earth,” +crowned, enthroned, at the roots of the Capitoline rock. If in truth the +religion of Rome was everywhere in it, like that perfume of the funeral incense +still upon the air, so also was the memory of crime prompted by a hypocritical +cruelty, down to the erring, or not erring, Vesta calmly buried alive there, +only eighty years ago, under Domitian. +</p> + +<p> +It was with a sense of relief that Marius found himself in the presence of +Aurelius, whose gesture of friendly intelligence, as he entered, raised a smile +at the gloomy train of his own thoughts just then, although since his first +visit to the palace a great change had passed over it. The clear daylight found +its way now into empty rooms. To raise funds for the war, Aurelius, his +luxurious brother being no more, had determined to sell by auction the +accumulated treasures of the imperial household. The works of art, the dainty +furniture, had been removed, and were now “on view” in the Forum, +to be the delight or dismay, for many weeks to come, of the large public of +those who were curious in these things. In such wise had Aurelius come to the +condition of philosophic detachment he had affected as a boy, hardly persuaded +to wear warm clothing, or to sleep in more luxurious manner than on the bare +floor. But, in his empty house, the man of mind, who had always made so much of +the pleasures of philosophic contemplation, felt freer in thought than ever. He +had been reading, with less self-reproach than usual, in the Republic of Plato, +those passages which describe the life of the philosopher-kings—like that +of hired servants in their own house—who, possessed of the “gold +undefiled” of intellectual vision, forgo so cheerfully all other riches. +It was one of his happy days: one of those rare days, when, almost with none of +the effort, otherwise so constant with him, his thoughts came rich and full, +and converged in a mental view, as exhilarating to him as the prospect of some +wide expanse of landscape to another man’s bodily eye. He seemed to lie +readier than was his wont to the imaginative influence of the philosophic +reason—to its suggestions of a possible open country, commencing just +where all actual experience leaves off, but which experience, one’s own +and not another’s, may one day occupy. In fact, he was seeking strength +for himself, in his own way, before he started for that ambiguous earthly +warfare which was to occupy the remainder of his life. “Ever remember +this,” he writes, “that a happy life depends, not on many +things—en oligistois keitai.”+ And to-day, committing himself with +a steady effort of volition to the mere silence of the great empty apartments, +he might be said to have escaped, according to Plato’s promise to those +who live closely with philosophy, from the evils of the world. +</p> + +<p> +In his “conversations with himself” Marcus Aurelius speaks often of +that City on high, of which all other cities are but single habitations. From +him in fact Cornelius Fronto, in his late discourse, had borrowed the +expression; and he certainly meant by it more than the whole commonwealth of +Rome, in any idealisation of it, however sublime. Incorporate somehow with the +actual city whose goodly stones were lying beneath his gaze, it was also +implicate in that reasonable constitution of nature, by devout contemplation of +which it is possible for man to associate himself to the consciousness of God. +In that New Rome he had taken up his rest for awhile on this day, deliberately +feeding his thoughts on the better air of it, as another might have gone for +mental renewal to a favourite villa. +</p> + +<p> +“Men seek retirement in country-houses,” he writes, “on the +sea-coast, on the mountains; and you have yourself as much fondness for such +places as another. But there is little proof of culture therein; since the +privilege is yours of retiring into yourself whensoever you please,—into +that little farm of one’s own mind, where a silence so profound may be +enjoyed.” That it could make these retreats, was a plain consequence of +the kingly prerogative of the mind, its dominion over circumstance, its +inherent liberty.—“It is in thy power to think as thou wilt: The +essence of things is in thy thoughts about them: All is opinion, conception: No +man can be hindered by another: What is outside thy circle of thought is +nothing at all to it; hold to this, and you are safe: One thing is +needful—to live close to the divine genius within thee, and minister +thereto worthily.” And the first point in this true ministry, this +culture, was to maintain one’s soul in a condition of indifference and +calm. How continually had public claims, the claims of other persons, with +their rough angularities of character, broken in upon him, the shepherd of the +flock. But after all he had at least this privilege he could not part with, of +thinking as he would; and it was well, now and then, by a conscious effort of +will, to indulge it for a while, under systematic direction. The duty of thus +making discreet, systematic use of the power of imaginative vision for purposes +of spiritual culture, “since the soul takes colour from its +fantasies,” is a point he has frequently insisted on. +</p> + +<p> +The influence of these seasonable meditations—a symbol, or sacrament, +because an intensified condition, of the soul’s own ordinary and natural +life—would remain upon it, perhaps for many days. There were experiences +he could not forget, intuitions beyond price, he had come by in this way, which +were almost like the breaking of a physical light upon his mind; as the great +Augustus was said to have seen a mysterious physical splendour, yonder, upon +the summit of the Capitol, where the altar of the Sibyl now stood. With a +prayer, therefore, for inward quiet, for conformity to the divine reason, he +read some select passages of Plato, which bear upon the harmony of the reason, +in all its forms, with itself—“Could there be Cosmos, that +wonderful, reasonable order, in him, and nothing but disorder in the world +without?” It was from this question he had passed on to the vision of a +reasonable, a divine, order, not in nature, but in the condition of human +affairs—that unseen Celestial City, Uranopolis, Callipolis, Urbs +Beata—in which, a consciousness of the divine will being everywhere +realised, there would be, among other felicitous differences from this lower +visible world, no more quite hopeless death, of men, or children, or of their +affections. He had tried to-day, as never before, to make the most of this +vision of a New Rome, to realise it as distinctly as he could,—and, as it +were, find his way along its streets, ere he went down into a world so +irksomely different, to make his practical effort towards it, with a soul full +of compassion for men as they were. However distinct the mental image might +have been to him, with the descent of but one flight of steps into the +market-place below, it must have retreated again, as if at touch of some malign +magic wand, beyond the utmost verge of the horizon. But it had been actually, +in his clearest vision of it, a confused place, with but a recognisable entry, +a tower or fountain, here or there, and haunted by strange faces, whose novel +expression he, the great physiognomist, could by no means read. Plato, indeed, +had been able to articulate, to see, at least in thought, his ideal city. But +just because Aurelius had passed beyond Plato, in the scope of the gracious +charities he pre-supposed there, he had been unable really to track his way +about it. Ah! after all, according to Plato himself, all vision was but +reminiscence, and this, his heart’s desire, no place his soul could ever +have visited in any region of the old world’s achievements. He had but +divined, by a kind of generosity of spirit, the void place, which another +experience than his must fill. +</p> + +<p> +Yet Marius noted the wonderful expression of peace, of quiet pleasure, on the +countenance of Aurelius, as he received from him the rolls of fine clear +manuscript, fancying the thoughts of the emperor occupied at the moment with +the famous prospect towards the Alban hills, from those lofty windows. +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +NOTES +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +37. +Transliteration: en oligistois keitai. Definition “it lies in the +fewest [things].” +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap18"></a>CHAPTER XVIII.<br/> +“THE CEREMONY OF THE DART”</h2> + +<p> +The ideas of Stoicism, so precious to Marcus Aurelius, ideas of large +generalisation, have sometimes induced, in those over whose intellects they +have had real power, a coldness of heart. It was the distinction of Aurelius +that he was able to harmonise them with the kindness, one might almost say the +amenities, of a humourist, as also with the popular religion and its many gods. +Those vasty conceptions of the later Greek philosophy had in them, in truth, +the germ of a sort of austerely opinionative “natural theology,” +and how often has that led to religious dryness—a hard contempt of +everything in religion, which touches the senses, or charms the fancy, or +really concerns the affections. Aurelius had made his own the secret of +passing, naturally, and with no violence to his thought, to and fro, between +the richly coloured and romantic religion of those old gods who had still been +human beings, and a very abstract speculation upon the impassive, universal +soul—that circle whose centre is everywhere, the circumference +nowhere—of which a series of purely logical necessities had evolved the +formula. As in many another instance, those traditional pieties of the place +and the hour had been derived by him from his mother:—para tês mêtros to +theosebes.+ Purified, as all such religion of concrete time and place needs to +be, by frequent confronting with the ideal of godhead as revealed to that +innate religious sense in the possession of which Aurelius differed from the +people around him, it was the ground of many a sociability with their simpler +souls, and for himself, certainly, a consolation, whenever the wings of his own +soul flagged in the trying atmosphere of purely intellectual vision. A host of +companions, guides, helpers, about him from of old time, “the very court +and company of heaven,” objects for him of personal reverence and +affection—the supposed presence of the ancient popular gods determined +the character of much of his daily life, and might prove the last stay of human +nature at its weakest. “In every time and place,” he had said, +“it rests with thyself to use the event of the hour religiously: at all +seasons worship the gods.” And when he said “Worship the +gods!” he did it, as strenuously as everything else. +</p> + +<p> +Yet here again, how often must he have experienced disillusion, or even some +revolt of feeling, at that contact with coarser natures to which his religious +conclusions exposed him. At the beginning of the year one hundred and +seventy-three public anxiety was as great as ever; and as before it brought +people’s superstition into unreserved play. For seven days the images of +the old gods, and some of the graver new ones, lay solemnly exposed in the open +air, arrayed in all their ornaments, each in his separate resting-place, amid +lights and burning incense, while the crowd, following the imperial example, +daily visited them, with offerings of flowers to this or that particular +divinity, according to the devotion of each. +</p> + +<p> +But supplementing these older official observances, the very wildest gods had +their share of worship,—strange creatures with strange secrets startled +abroad into open daylight. The delirious sort of religion of which Marius was a +spectator in the streets of Rome, during the seven days of the Lectisternium, +reminded him now and again of an observation of Apuleius: it was “as if +the presence of the gods did not do men good, but disordered or weakened +them.” Some jaded women of fashion, especially, found in certain oriental +devotions, at once relief for their religiously tearful souls and an +opportunity for personal display; preferring this or that +“mystery,” chiefly because the attire required in it was suitable +to their peculiar manner of beauty. And one morning Marius encountered an +extraordinary crimson object, borne in a litter through an excited +crowd—the famous courtesan Benedicta, still fresh from the bath of blood, +to which she had submitted herself, sitting below the scaffold where the +victims provided for that purpose were slaughtered by the priests. Even on the +last day of the solemnity, when the emperor himself performed one of the oldest +ceremonies of the Roman religion, this fantastic piety had asserted itself. +There were victims enough certainly, brought from the choice pastures of the +Sabine mountains, and conducted around the city they were to die for, in almost +continuous procession, covered with flowers and well-nigh worried to death +before the time by the crowds of people superstitiously pressing to touch them. +But certain old-fashioned Romans, in these exceptional circumstances, demanded +something more than this, in the way of a human sacrifice after the ancient +pattern; as when, not so long since, some Greeks or Gauls had been buried alive +in the Forum. At least, human blood should be shed; and it was through a wild +multitude of fanatics, cutting their flesh with knives and whips and licking up +ardently the crimson stream, that the emperor repaired to the temple of +Bellona, and in solemn symbolic act cast the bloodstained spear, or +“dart,” carefully preserved there, towards the enemy’s +country— towards that unknown world of German homes, still warm, as some +believed under the faint northern twilight, with those innocent affections of +which Romans had lost the sense. And this at least was clear, amid all doubts +of abstract right or wrong on either side, that the ruin of those homes was +involved in what Aurelius was then preparing for, with,—Yes! the gods be +thanked for that achievement of an invigorating philosophy!—almost with a +light heart. +</p> + +<p> +For, in truth, that departure, really so difficult to him, for which Marcus +Aurelius had needed to brace himself so strenuously, came to test the power of +a long-studied theory of practice; and it was the development of this +theory—a theôria, literally—a view, an intuition, of the most +important facts, and still more important possibilities, concerning man in the +world, that Marius now discovered, almost as if by accident, below the dry +surface of the manuscripts entrusted to him. The great purple rolls contained, +first of all, statistics, a general historical account of the writer’s +own time, and an exact diary; all alike, though in three different degrees of +nearness to the writer’s own personal experience, laborious, formal, +self-suppressing. This was for the instruction of the public; and part of it +has, perhaps, found its way into the Augustan Histories. But it was for the +especial guidance of his son Commodus that he had permitted himself to break +out, here and there, into reflections upon what was passing, into conversations +with the reader. And then, as though he were put off his guard in this way, +there had escaped into the heavy matter-of-fact, of which the main portion was +composed, morsels of his conversation with himself. It was the romance of a +soul (to be traced only in hints, wayside notes, quotations from older +masters), as it were in lifelong, and often baffled search after some vanished +or elusive golden fleece, or Hesperidean fruit-trees, or some mysterious light +of doctrine, ever retreating before him. A man, he had seemed to Marius from +the first, of two lives, as we say. Of what nature, he had sometimes wondered, +on the day, for instance, when he had interrupted the emperor’s musings +in the empty palace, might be that placid inward guest or inhabitant, who from +amid the pre-occupations of the man of practical affairs looked out, as if +surprised, at the things and faces around. Here, then, under the tame surface +of what was meant for a life of business, Marius discovered, welcoming a +brother, the spontaneous self-revelation of a soul as delicate as his +own,—a soul for which conversation with itself was a necessity of +existence. Marius, indeed, had always suspected that the sense of such +necessity was a peculiarity of his. But here, certainly, was another, in this +respect like himself; and again he seemed to detect the advent of some new or +changed spirit into the world, mystic, inward, hardly to be satisfied with that +wholly external and objective habit of life, which had been sufficient for the +old classic soul. His purely literary curiosity was greatly stimulated by this +example of a book of self-portraiture. It was in fact the position of the +modern essayist,—creature of efforts rather than of achievements, in the +matter of apprehending truth, but at least conscious of lights by the way, +which he must needs record, acknowledge. What seemed to underlie that position +was the desire to make the most of every experience that might come, outwardly +or from within: to perpetuate, to display, what was so fleeting, in a kind of +instinctive, pathetic protest against the imperial writer’s own +theory—that theory of the “perpetual flux” of all +things—to Marius himself, so plausible from of old. +</p> + +<p> +There was, besides, a special moral or doctrinal significance in the making of +such conversation with one’s self at all. The Logos, the reasonable +spark, in man, is common to him with the gods—koinos autô pros tous +theous+—cum diis communis. That might seem but the truism of a certain +school of philosophy; but in Aurelius was clearly an original and lively +apprehension. There could be no inward conversation with one’s self such +as this, unless there were indeed some one else, aware of our actual thoughts +and feelings, pleased or displeased at one’s disposition of one’s +self. Cornelius Fronto too could enounce that theory of the reasonable +community between men and God, in many different ways. But then, he was a +cheerful man, and Aurelius a singularly sad one; and what to Fronto was but a +doctrine, or a motive of mere rhetoric, was to the other a consolation. He +walks and talks, for a spiritual refreshment lacking which he would faint by +the way, with what to the learned professor is but matter of philosophic +eloquence. +</p> + +<p> +In performing his public religious functions Marcus Aurelius had ever seemed +like one who took part in some great process, a great thing really done, with +more than the actually visible assistants about him. Here, in these +manuscripts, in a hundred marginal flowers of thought or language, in happy new +phrases of his own like the impromptus of an actual conversation, in quotations +from other older masters of the inward life, taking new significance from the +chances of such intercourse, was the record of his communion with that eternal +reason, which was also his own proper self, with the divine companion, whose +tabernacle was in the intelligence of men—the journal of his daily +commerce with that. +</p> + +<p> +Chance: or Providence! Chance: or Wisdom, one with nature and man, reaching +from end to end, through all time and all existence, orderly disposing all +things, according to fixed periods, as he describes it, in terms very like +certain well-known words of the book of Wisdom:—those are the +“fenced opposites” of the speculative dilemma, the tragic embarras, +of which Aurelius cannot too often remind himself as the summary of man’s +situation in the world. If there be, however, a provident soul like this +“behind the veil,” truly, even to him, even in the most intimate of +those conversations, it has never yet spoken with any quite irresistible +assertion of its presence. Yet one’s choice in that speculative dilemma, +as he has found it, is on the whole a matter of will.—“’Tis +in thy power,” here too, again, “to think as thou wilt.” For +his part he has asserted his will, and has the courage of his opinion. +“To the better of two things, if thou findest that, turn with thy whole +heart: eat and drink ever of the best before thee.” “Wisdom,” +says that other disciple of the Sapiential philosophy, “hath mingled Her +wine, she hath also prepared Herself a table.” Tou aristou apolaue:+ +“Partake ever of Her best!” And what Marius, peeping now very +closely upon the intimacies of that singular mind, found a thing actually +pathetic and affecting, was the manner of the writer’s bearing as in the +presence of this supposed guest; so elusive, so jealous of any palpable +manifestation of himself, so taxing to one’s faith, never allowing one to +lean frankly upon him and feel wholly at rest. Only, he would do his part, at +least, in maintaining the constant fitness, the sweetness and quiet, of the +guest-chamber. Seeming to vary with the intellectual fortune of the hour, from +the plainest account of experience, to a sheer fantasy, only “believed +because it was impossible,” that one hope was, at all events, sufficient +to make men’s common pleasures and their common ambition, above all their +commonest vices, seem very petty indeed, too petty to know of. It bred in him a +kind of magnificence of character, in the old Greek sense of the term; a temper +incompatible with any merely plausible advocacy of his convictions, or merely +superficial thoughts about anything whatever, or talk about other people, or +speculation as to what was passing in their so visibly little souls, or much +talking of any kind, however clever or graceful. A soul thus disposed had +“already entered into the better life”:—was indeed in some +sort “a priest, a minister of the gods.” Hence his constant +“recollection”; a close watching of his soul, of a kind almost +unique in the ancient world.—Before all things examine into thyself: +strive to be at home with thyself!—Marius, a sympathetic witness of all +this, might almost seem to have had a foresight of monasticism itself in the +prophetic future. With this mystic companion he had gone a step onward out of +the merely objective pagan existence. Here was already a master in that craft +of self-direction, which was about to play so large a part in the forming of +human mind, under the sanction of the Christian church. +</p> + +<p> +Yet it was in truth a somewhat melancholy service, a service on which one must +needs move about, solemn, serious, depressed, with the hushed footsteps of +those who move about the house where a dead body is lying. Such was the +impression which occurred to Marius again and again as he read, with a growing +sense of some profound dissidence from his author. By certain quite traceable +links of association he was reminded, in spite of the moral beauty of the +philosophic emperor’s ideas, how he had sat, essentially unconcerned, at +the public shows. For, actually, his contemplations had made him of a sad +heart, inducing in him that melancholy—Tristitia—which even the +monastic moralists have held to be of the nature of deadly sin, akin to the sin +of Desidia or Inactivity. Resignation, a sombre resignation, a sad heart, +patient bearing of the burden of a sad heart:—Yes! this belonged +doubtless to the situation of an honest thinker upon the world. Only, in this +case there seemed to be too much of a complacent acquiescence in the world as +it is. And there could be no true Théodicé in that; no real accommodation of +the world as it is, to the divine pattern of the Logos, the eternal reason, +over against it. It amounted to a tolerance of evil. +</p> + +<p class="poem"> +The soul of good, though it moveth upon a way thou canst but little understand, yet prospereth on the journey:<br/> +If thou sufferest nothing contrary to nature, there can be nought of evil with thee therein.<br/> +If thou hast done aught in harmony with that reason in which men are communicant with the gods, there also can be nothing of evil with thee—nothing to be afraid of:<br/> +Whatever is, is right; as from the hand of one dispensing to every man according to his desert:<br/> +If reason fulfil its part in things, what more dost thou require?<br/> +Dost thou take it ill that thy stature is but of four cubits?<br/> +That which happeneth to each of us is for the profit of the whole.<br/> +The profit of the whole,—that was sufficient!+ +</p> + +<p> +—Links, in a train of thought really generous! of which, nevertheless, +the forced and yet facile optimism, refusing to see evil anywhere, might lack, +after all, the secret of genuine cheerfulness. It left in truth a weight upon +the spirits; and with that weight unlifted, there could be no real +justification of the ways of Heaven to man. “Let thine air be +cheerful,” he had said; and, with an effort, did himself at times attain +to that serenity of aspect, which surely ought to accompany, as their outward +flower and favour, hopeful assumptions like those. Still, what in Aurelius was +but a passing expression, was with Cornelius (Marius could but note the +contrast) nature, and a veritable physiognomy. With Cornelius, in fact, it was +nothing less than the joy which Dante apprehended in the blessed spirits of the +perfect, the outward semblance of which, like a reflex of physical light upon +human faces from “the land which is very far off,” we may trace +from Giotto onward to its consummation in the work of Raphael—the +serenity, the durable cheerfulness, of those who have been indeed delivered +from death, and of which the utmost degree of that famed +“blitheness” of the Greeks had been but a transitory gleam, as in +careless and wholly superficial youth. And yet, in Cornelius, it was certainly +united with the bold recognition of evil as a fact in the world; real as an +aching in the head or heart, which one instinctively desires to have cured; an +enemy with whom no terms could be made, visible, hatefully visible, in a +thousand forms—the apparent waste of men’s gifts in an early, or +even in a late grave; the death, as such, of men, and even of animals; the +disease and pain of the body. +</p> + +<p> +And there was another point of dissidence between Aurelius and his +reader.—The philosophic emperor was a despiser of the body. Since it is +“the peculiar privilege of reason to move within herself, and to be proof +against corporeal impressions, suffering neither sensation nor passion to break +in upon her,” it follows that the true interest of the spirit must ever +be to treat the body—Well! as a corpse attached thereto, rather than as a +living companion—nay, actually to promote its dissolution. In +counterpoise to the inhumanity of this, presenting itself to the young reader +as nothing less than a sin against nature, the very person of Cornelius was +nothing less than a sanction of that reverent delight Marius had always had in +the visible body of man. Such delight indeed had been but a natural consequence +of the sensuous or materialistic character of the philosophy of his choice. Now +to Cornelius the body of man was unmistakeably, as a later seer terms it, the +one true temple in the world; or rather itself the proper object of worship, of +a sacred service, in which the very finest gold might have its seemliness and +due symbolic use:—Ah! and of what awe-stricken pity also, in its +dejection, in the perishing gray bones of a poor man’s grave! +</p> + +<p> +Some flaw of vision, thought Marius, must be involved in the +philosopher’s contempt for it—some diseased point of thought, or +moral dulness, leading logically to what seemed to him the strangest of all the +emperor’s inhumanities, the temper of the suicide; for which there was +just then, indeed, a sort of mania in the world. “’Tis part of the +business of life,” he read, “to lose it handsomely.” On due +occasion, “one might give life the slip.” The moral or mental +powers might fail one; and then it were a fair question, precisely, whether the +time for taking leave was not come:—“Thou canst leave this prison +when thou wilt. Go forth boldly!” Just there, in the bare capacity to +entertain such question at all, there was what Marius, with a soul which must +always leap up in loyal gratitude for mere physical sunshine, touching him as +it touched the flies in the air, could not away with. There, surely, was a sign +of some crookedness in the natural power of apprehension. It was the attitude, +the melancholy intellectual attitude, of one who might be greatly mistaken in +things—who might make the greatest of mistakes. +</p> + +<p> +A heart that could forget itself in the misfortune, or even in the weakness of +others:—of this Marius had certainly found the trace, as a confidant of +the emperor’s conversations with himself, in spite of those jarring +inhumanities, of that pretension to a stoical indifference, and the many +difficulties of his manner of writing. He found it again not long afterwards, +in still stronger evidence, in this way. As he read one morning early, there +slipped from the rolls of manuscript a sealed letter with the emperor’s +superscription, which might well be of importance, and he felt bound to deliver +it at once in person; Aurelius being then absent from Rome in one of his +favourite retreats, at Praeneste, taking a few days of quiet with his young +children, before his departure for the war. A whole day passed as Marius +crossed the Campagna on horseback, pleased by the random autumn lights bringing +out in the distance the sheep at pasture, the shepherds in their picturesque +dress, the golden elms, tower and villa; and it was after dark that he mounted +the steep street of the little hill-town to the imperial residence. He was +struck by an odd mixture of stillness and excitement about the place. Lights +burned at the windows. It seemed that numerous visitors were within, for the +courtyard was crowded with litters and horses in waiting. For the moment, +indeed, all larger cares, even the cares of war, of late so heavy a pressure, +had been forgotten in what was passing with the little Annius Verus; who for +his part had forgotten his toys, lying all day across the knees of his mother, +as a mere child’s ear-ache grew rapidly to alarming sickness with great +and manifest agony, only suspended a little, from time to time, when from very +weariness he passed into a few moments of unconsciousness. The country surgeon +called in, had removed the imposthume with the knife. There had been a great +effort to bear this operation, for the terrified child, hardly persuaded to +submit himself, when his pain was at its worst, and even more for the parents. +At length, amid a company of pupils pressing in with him, as the custom was, to +watch the proceedings in the sick-room, the eminent Galen had arrived, only to +pronounce the thing done visibly useless, the patient falling now into longer +intervals of delirium. And thus, thrust on one side by the crowd of departing +visitors, Marius was forced into the privacy of a grief, the desolate face of +which went deep into his memory, as he saw the emperor carry the child +away—quite conscious at last, but with a touching expression upon it of +weakness and defeat—pressed close to his bosom, as if he yearned just +then for one thing only, to be united, to be absolutely one with it, in its +obscure distress. +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +NOTES +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +42. +Transliteration: para tês mêtros to theosebes. Translation: “rites +deriving from [his] mother.” +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +47. +Transliteration: koinos autô pros tous theous. Translation: “common +to him together with the gods.” +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +49. +Transliteration: Tou aristou apolaue. Translation: “[Always] take +the best.” +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +52. +Not indented in the original. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap19"></a>CHAPTER XIX.<br/> +THE WILL AS VISION</h2> + +<p class="letter"> +Paratum cor meum deus! paratum cor meum! +</p> + +<p> +The emperor demanded a senatorial decree for the erection of images in memory +of the dead prince; that a golden one should be carried, together with the +other images, in the great procession of the Circus, and the addition of the +child’s name to the Hymn of the Salian Priests: and so, stifling private +grief, without further delay set forth for the war. +</p> + +<p> +True kingship, as Plato, the old master of Aurelius, had understood it, was +essentially of the nature of a service. If so be, you can discover a mode of +life more desirable than the being a king, for those who shall be kings; then, +the true Ideal of the State will become a possibility; but not otherwise. And +if the life of Beatific Vision be indeed possible, if philosophy really +“concludes in an ecstasy,” affording full fruition to the entire +nature of man; then, for certain elect souls at least, a mode of life will have +been discovered more desirable than to be a king. By love or fear you might +induce such persons to forgo their privilege; to take upon them the distasteful +task of governing other men, or even of leading them to victory in battle. But, +by the very conditions of its tenure, their dominion would be wholly a ministry +to others: they would have taken upon them “the form of a servant”: +they would be reigning for the well-being of others rather than their own. The +true king, the righteous king, would be Saint Lewis, exiling himself from the +better land and its perfected company—so real a thing to him, definite +and real as the pictured scenes of his psalter—to take part in or to +arbitrate men’s quarrels, about the transitory appearances of things. In +a lower degree (lower, in proportion as the highest Platonic dream is lower +than any Christian vision) the true king would be Marcus Aurelius, drawn from +the meditation of books, to be the ruler of the Roman people in peace, and +still more, in war. +</p> + +<p> +To Aurelius, certainly, the philosophic mood, the visions, however dim, which +this mood brought with it, were sufficiently pleasant to him, together with the +endearments of his home, to make public rule nothing less than a sacrifice of +himself according to Plato’s requirement, now consummated in his setting +forth for the campaign on the Danube. That it was such a sacrifice was to +Marius visible fact, as he saw him ceremoniously lifted into the saddle amid +all the pageantry of an imperial departure, yet with the air less of a sanguine +and self-reliant leader than of one in some way or other already defeated. +Through the fortune of the subsequent years, passing and repassing so +inexplicably from side to side, the rumour of which reached him amid his own +quiet studies, Marius seemed always to see that central figure, with its +habitually dejected hue grown now to an expression of positive suffering, all +the stranger from its contrast with the magnificent armour worn by the emperor +on this occasion, as it had been worn by his predecessor Hadrian. +</p> + +<p class="poem"> +Totus et argento contextus et auro: +</p> + +<p> +clothed in its gold and silver, dainty as that old divinely constructed armour +of which Homer tells, but without its miraculous lightsomeness—he looked +out baffled, labouring, moribund; a mere comfortless shadow taking part in some +shadowy reproduction of the labours of Hercules, through those northern, +mist-laden confines of the civilised world. It was as if the familiar soul +which had been so friendly disposed towards him were actually departed to +Hades; and when he read the Conversations afterwards, though his judgment of +them underwent no material change, it was nevertheless with the allowance we +make for the dead. The memory of that suffering image, while it certainly +strengthened his adhesion to what he could accept at all in the philosophy of +Aurelius, added a strange pathos to what must seem the writer’s mistakes. +What, after all, had been the meaning of that incident, observed as so +fortunate an omen long since, when the prince, then a little child much younger +than was usual, had stood in ceremony among the priests of Mars and flung his +crown of flowers with the rest at the sacred image reclining on the Pulvinar? +The other crowns lodged themselves here or there; when, Lo! the crown thrown by +Aurelius, the youngest of them all, alighted upon the very brows of the god, as +if placed there by a careful hand! He was still young, also, when on the day of +his adoption by Antoninus Pius he saw himself in a dream, with as it were +shoulders of ivory, like the images of the gods, and found them more capable +than shoulders of flesh. Yet he was now well-nigh fifty years of age, setting +out with two-thirds of life behind him, upon a labour which would fill the +remainder of it with anxious cares—a labour for which he had perhaps no +capacity, and certainly no taste. +</p> + +<p> +That ancient suit of armour was almost the only object Aurelius now possessed +from all those much cherished articles of vertu collected by the Caesars, +making the imperial residence like a magnificent museum. Not men alone were +needed for the war, so that it became necessary, to the great disgust alike of +timid persons and of the lovers of sport, to arm the gladiators, but money also +was lacking. Accordingly, at the sole motion of Aurelius himself, unwilling +that the public burden should be further increased, especially on the part of +the poor, the whole of the imperial ornaments and furniture, a sumptuous +collection of gems formed by Hadrian, with many works of the most famous +painters and sculptors, even the precious ornaments of the emperor’s +chapel or Lararium, and the wardrobe of the empress Faustina, who seems to have +borne the loss without a murmur, were exposed for public auction. “These +treasures,” said Aurelius, “like all else that I possess, belong by +right to the Senate and People.” Was it not a characteristic of the true +kings in Plato that they had in their houses nothing they could call their own? +Connoisseurs had a keen delight in the mere reading of the Praetor’s list +of the property for sale. For two months the learned in these matters were +daily occupied in the appraising of the embroidered hangings, the choice +articles of personal use selected for preservation by each succeeding age, the +great outlandish pearls from Hadrian’s favourite cabinet, the marvellous +plate lying safe behind the pretty iron wicker-work of the shops in the +goldsmiths’ quarter. Meantime ordinary persons might have an interest in +the inspection of objects which had been as daily companions to people so far +above and remote from them—things so fine also in workmanship and +material as to seem, with their antique and delicate air, a worthy survival of +the grand bygone eras, like select thoughts or utterances embodying the very +spirit of the vanished past. The town became more pensive than ever over old +fashions. +</p> + +<p> +The welcome amusement of this last act of preparation for the great war being +now over, all Rome seemed to settle down into a singular quiet, likely to last +long, as though bent only on watching from afar the languid, somewhat +uneventful course of the contest itself. Marius took advantage of it as an +opportunity for still closer study than of old, only now and then going out to +one of his favourite spots on the Sabine or Alban hills for a quiet even +greater than that of Rome in the country air. On one of these occasions, as if +by favour of an invisible power withdrawing some unknown cause of dejection +from around him, he enjoyed a quite unusual sense of self-possession—the +possession of his own best and happiest self. After some gloomy thoughts +over-night, he awoke under the full tide of the rising sun, himself full, in +his entire refreshment, of that almost religious appreciation of sleep, the +graciousness of its influence on men’s spirits, which had made the old +Greeks conceive of it as a god. It was like one of those old joyful wakings of +childhood, now becoming rarer and rarer with him, and looked back upon with +much regret as a measure of advancing age. In fact, the last bequest of this +serene sleep had been a dream, in which, as once before, he overheard those he +loved best pronouncing his name very pleasantly, as they passed through the +rich light and shadow of a summer morning, along the pavement of a +city—Ah! fairer far than Rome! In a moment, as he arose, a certain +oppression of late setting very heavily upon him was lifted away, as though by +some physical motion in the air. +</p> + +<p> +That flawless serenity, better than the most pleasurable excitement, yet so +easily ruffled by chance collision even with the things and persons he had come +to value as the greatest treasure in life, was to be wholly his to-day, he +thought, as he rode towards Tibur, under the early sunshine; the marble of its +villas glistening all the way before him on the hillside. And why could he not +hold such serenity of spirit ever at command? he asked, expert as he was at +last become in the art of setting the house of his thoughts in order. +“’Tis in thy power to think as thou wilt:” he repeated to +himself: it was the most serviceable of all the lessons enforced on him by +those imperial conversations.—“’Tis in thy power to think as +thou wilt.” And were the cheerful, sociable, restorative beliefs, of +which he had there read so much, that bold adhesion, for instance, to the +hypothesis of an eternal friend to man, just hidden behind the veil of a +mechanical and material order, but only just behind it, ready perhaps even now +to break through:—were they, after all, really a matter of choice, +dependent on some deliberate act of volition on his part? Were they doctrines +one might take for granted, generously take for granted, and led on by them, at +first as but well-defined objects of hope, come at last into the region of a +corresponding certitude of the intellect? “It is the truth I seek,” +he had read, “the truth, by which no one,” gray and depressing +though it might seem, “was ever really injured.” And yet, on the +other hand, the imperial wayfarer, he had been able to go along with so far on +his intellectual pilgrimage, let fall many things concerning the practicability +of a methodical and self-forced assent to certain principles or presuppositions +“one could not do without.” Were there, as the expression +“one could not do without” seemed to hint, beliefs, without which +life itself must be almost impossible, principles which had their sufficient +ground of evidence in that very fact? Experience certainly taught that, as +regarding the sensible world he could attend or not, almost at will, to this or +that colour, this or that train of sounds, in the whole tumultuous concourse of +colour and sound, so it was also, for the well-trained intelligence, in regard +to that hum of voices which besiege the inward no less than the outward ear. +Might it be not otherwise with those various and competing hypotheses, the +permissible hypotheses, which, in that open field for +hypothesis—one’s own actual ignorance of the origin and tendency of +our being—present themselves so importunately, some of them with so +emphatic a reiteration, through all the mental changes of successive ages? +Might the will itself be an organ of knowledge, of vision? +</p> + +<p> +On this day truly no mysterious light, no irresistibly leading hand from afar +reached him; only the peculiarly tranquil influence of its first hour increased +steadily upon him, in a manner with which, as he conceived, the aspects of the +place he was then visiting had something to do. The air there, air supposed to +possess the singular property of restoring the whiteness of ivory, was pure and +thin. An even veil of lawn-like white cloud had now drawn over the sky; and +under its broad, shadowless light every hue and tone of time came out upon the +yellow old temples, the elegant pillared circle of the shrine of the patronal +Sibyl, the houses seemingly of a piece with the ancient fundamental rock. Some +half-conscious motive of poetic grace would appear to have determined their +grouping; in part resisting, partly going along with the natural wildness and +harshness of the place, its floods and precipices. An air of immense age +possessed, above all, the vegetation around—a world of evergreen +trees—the olives especially, older than how many generations of +men’s lives! fretted and twisted by the combining forces of life and +death, into every conceivable caprice of form. In the windless weather all +seemed to be listening to the roar of the immemorial waterfall, plunging down +so unassociably among these human habitations, and with a motion so unchanging +from age to age as to count, even in this time-worn place, as an image of +unalterable rest. Yet the clear sky all but broke to let through the ray which +was silently quickening everything in the late February afternoon, and the +unseen violet refined itself through the air. It was as if the spirit of life +in nature were but withholding any too precipitate revelation of itself, in its +slow, wise, maturing work. +</p> + +<p> +Through some accident to the trappings of his horse at the inn where he rested, +Marius had an unexpected delay. He sat down in an olive-garden, and, all around +him and within still turning to reverie, the course of his own life hitherto +seemed to withdraw itself into some other world, disparted from this +spectacular point where he was now placed to survey it, like that distant road +below, along which he had travelled this morning across the Campagna. Through a +dreamy land he could see himself moving, as if in another life, and like +another person, through all his fortunes and misfortunes, passing from point to +point, weeping, delighted, escaping from various dangers. That prospect brought +him, first of all, an impulse of lively gratitude: it was as if he must look +round for some one else to share his joy with: for some one to whom he might +tell the thing, for his own relief. Companionship, indeed, familiarity with +others, gifted in this way or that, or at least pleasant to him, had been, +through one or another long span of it, the chief delight of the journey. And +was it only the resultant general sense of such familiarity, diffused through +his memory, that in a while suggested the question whether there had not +been—besides Flavian, besides Cornelius even, and amid the solitude he +had which in spite of ardent friendship perhaps loved best of all +things—some other companion, an unfailing companion, ever at his side +throughout; doubling his pleasure in the roses by the way, patient of his +peevishness or depression, sympathetic above all with his grateful recognition, +onward from his earliest days, of the fact that he was there at all? Must not +the whole world around have faded away for him altogether, had he been left for +one moment really alone in it? In his deepest apparent solitude there had been +rich entertainment. It was as if there were not one only, but two wayfarers, +side by side, visible there across the plain, as he indulged his fancy. A bird +came and sang among the wattled hedge-roses: an animal feeding crept nearer: +the child who kept it was gazing quietly: and the scene and the hours still +conspiring, he passed from that mere fantasy of a self not himself, beside him +in his coming and going, to those divinations of a living and companionable +spirit at work in all things, of which he had become aware from time to time in +his old philosophic readings—in Plato and others, last but not least, in +Aurelius. Through one reflection upon another, he passed from such instinctive +divinations, to the thoughts which give them logical consistency, formulating +at last, as the necessary exponent of our own and the world’s life, that +reasonable Ideal to which the Old Testament gives the name of Creator, which +for the philosophers of Greece is the Eternal Reason, and in the New Testament +the Father of Men—even as one builds up from act and word and expression +of the friend actually visible at one’s side, an ideal of the spirit +within him. +</p> + +<p> +In this peculiar and privileged hour, his bodily frame, as he could recognise, +although just then, in the whole sum of its capacities, so entirely possessed +by him—Nay! actually his very self—was yet determined by a +far-reaching system of material forces external to it, a thousand combining +currents from earth and sky. Its seemingly active powers of apprehension were, +in fact, but susceptibilities to influence. The perfection of its capacity +might be said to depend on its passive surrender, as of a leaf on the wind, to +the motions of the great stream of physical energy without it. And might not +the intellectual frame also, still more intimately himself as in truth it was, +after the analogy of the bodily life, be a moment only, an impulse or series of +impulses, a single process, in an intellectual or spiritual system external to +it, diffused through all time and place—that great stream of spiritual +energy, of which his own imperfect thoughts, yesterday or to-day, would be but +the remote, and therefore imperfect pulsations? It was the hypothesis (boldest, +though in reality the most conceivable of all hypotheses) which had dawned on +the contemplations of the two opposed great masters of the old Greek thought, +alike:—the “World of Ideas,” existent only because, and in so +far as, they are known, as Plato conceived; the “creative, incorruptible, +informing mind,” supposed by Aristotle, so sober-minded, yet as regards +this matter left something of a mystic after all. Might not this entire +material world, the very scene around him, the immemorial rocks, the firm +marble, the olive-gardens, the falling water, be themselves but reflections in, +or a creation of, that one indefectible mind, wherein he too became conscious, +for an hour, a day, for so many years? Upon what other hypothesis could he so +well understand the persistency of all these things for his own intermittent +consciousness of them, for the intermittent consciousness of so many +generations, fleeting away one after another? It was easier to conceive of the +material fabric of things as but an element in a world of thought—as a +thought in a mind, than of mind as an element, or accident, or passing +condition in a world of matter, because mind was really nearer to himself: it +was an explanation of what was less known by what was known better. The purely +material world, that close, impassable prison-wall, seemed just then the unreal +thing, to be actually dissolving away all around him: and he felt a quiet hope, +a quiet joy dawning faintly, in the dawning of this doctrine upon him as a +really credible opinion. It was like the break of day over some vast prospect +with the “new city,” as it were some celestial New Rome, in the +midst of it. That divine companion figured no longer as but an occasional +wayfarer beside him; but rather as the unfailing “assistant,” +without whose inspiration and concurrence he could not breathe or see, +instrumenting his bodily senses, rounding, supporting his imperfect thoughts. +How often had the thought of their brevity spoiled for him the most natural +pleasures of life, confusing even his present sense of them by the suggestion +of disease, of death, of a coming end, in everything! How had he longed, +sometimes, that there were indeed one to whose boundless power of memory he +could commit his own most fortunate moments, his admiration, his love, Ay! the +very sorrows of which he could not bear quite to lose the sense:—one +strong to retain them even though he forgot, in whose more vigorous +consciousness they might subsist for ever, beyond that mere quickening of +capacity which was all that remained of them in himself! “Oh! that they +might live before Thee”—To-day at least, in the peculiar clearness +of one privileged hour, he seemed to have apprehended that in which the +experiences he valued most might find, one by one, an abiding-place. And again, +the resultant sense of companionship, of a person beside him, evoked the +faculty of conscience—of conscience, as of old and when he had been at +his best, in the form, not of fear, nor of self-reproach even, but of a certain +lively gratitude. +</p> + +<p> +Himself—his sensations and ideas—never fell again precisely into +focus as on that day, yet he was the richer by its experience. But for once +only to have come under the power of that peculiar mood, to have felt the train +of reflections which belong to it really forcible and conclusive, to have been +led by them to a conclusion, to have apprehended the Great Ideal, so palpably +that it defined personal gratitude and the sense of a friendly hand laid upon +him amid the shadows of the world, left this one particular hour a marked point +in life never to be forgotten. It gave him a definitely ascertained measure of +his moral or intellectual need, of the demand his soul must make upon the +powers, whatsoever they might be, which had brought him, as he was, into the +world at all. And again, would he be faithful to himself, to his own habits of +mind, his leading suppositions, if he did but remain just there? Must not all +that remained of life be but a search for the equivalent of that Ideal, among +so-called actual things—a gathering together of every trace or token of +it, which his actual experience might present? +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="part04"></a>PART THE FOURTH</h2> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap20"></a>CHAPTER XX.<br/> +TWO CURIOUS HOUSES</h2> + +<h4>I. GUESTS</h4> + +<p class="letter"> +“Your old men shall dream dreams.”+ +</p> + +<p> +A nature like that of Marius, composed, in about equal parts, of instincts +almost physical, and of slowly accumulated intellectual judgments, was perhaps +even less susceptible than other men’s characters of essential change. +And yet the experience of that fortunate hour, seeming to gather into one +central act of vision all the deeper impressions his mind had ever received, +did not leave him quite as he had been. For his mental view, at least, it +changed measurably the world about him, of which he was still indeed a curious +spectator, but which looked further off, was weaker in its hold, and, in a +sense, less real to him than ever. It was as if he viewed it through a +diminishing glass. And the permanency of this change he could note, some years +later, when it happened that he was a guest at a feast, in which the various +exciting elements of Roman life, its physical and intellectual accomplishments, +its frivolity and far-fetched elegances, its strange, mystic essays after the +unseen, were elaborately combined. The great Apuleius, the literary ideal of +his boyhood, had arrived in Rome,—was now visiting Tusculum, at the house +of their common friend, a certain aristocratic poet who loved every sort of +superiorities; and Marius was favoured with an invitation to a supper given in +his honour. +</p> + +<p> +It was with a feeling of half-humorous concession to his own early boyish +hero-worship, yet with some sense of superiority in himself, seeing his old +curiosity grown now almost to indifference when on the point of satisfaction at +last, and upon a juster estimate of its object, that he mounted to the little +town on the hillside, the foot-ways of which were so many flights of easy-going +steps gathered round a single great house under shadow of the +“haunted” ruins of Cicero’s villa on the wooded heights. He +found a touch of weirdness in the circumstance that in so romantic a place he +had been bidden to meet the writer who was come to seem almost like one of the +personages in his own fiction. As he turned now and then to gaze at the evening +scene through the tall narrow openings of the street, up which the cattle were +going home slowly from the pastures below, the Alban mountains, stretched +between the great walls of the ancient houses, seemed close at hand—a +screen of vaporous dun purple against the setting sun—with those waves of +surpassing softness in the boundary lines which indicate volcanic formation. +The coolness of the little brown market-place, for profit of which even the +working-people, in long file through the olive-gardens, were leaving the plain +for the night, was grateful, after the heats of Rome. Those wild country +figures, clad in every kind of fantastic patchwork, stained by wind and weather +fortunately enough for the eye, under that significant light inclined him to +poetry. And it was a very delicate poetry of its kind that seemed to enfold +him, as passing into the poet’s house he paused for a moment to glance +back towards the heights above; whereupon, the numerous cascades of the +precipitous garden of the villa, framed in the doorway of the hall, fell into a +harmless picture, in its place among the pictures within, and scarcely more +real than they—a landscape-piece, in which the power of water (plunging +into what unseen depths!) done to the life, was pleasant, and without its +natural terrors. +</p> + +<p> +At the further end of this bland apartment, fragrant with the rare woods of the +old inlaid panelling, the falling of aromatic oil from the ready-lighted lamps, +the iris-root clinging to the dresses of the guests, as with odours from the +altars of the gods, the supper-table was spread, in all the daintiness +characteristic of the agreeable petit-maître, who entertained. He was already +most carefully dressed, but, like Martial’s Stella, perhaps consciously, +meant to change his attire once and again during the banquet; in the last +instance, for an ancient vesture (object of much rivalry among the young men of +fashion, at that great sale of the imperial wardrobes) a toga, of altogether +lost hue and texture. He wore it with a grace which became the leader of a +thrilling movement then on foot for the restoration of that disused garment, in +which, laying aside the customary evening dress, all the visitors were +requested to appear, setting off the delicate sinuosities and well-disposed +“golden ways” of its folds, with harmoniously tinted flowers. The +opulent sunset, blending pleasantly with artificial light, fell across the +quiet ancestral effigies of old consular dignitaries, along the wide floor +strewn with sawdust of sandal-wood, and lost itself in the heap of cool +coronals, lying ready for the foreheads of the guests on a sideboard of old +citron. The crystal vessels darkened with old wine, the hues of the early +autumn fruit—mulberries, pomegranates, and grapes that had long been +hanging under careful protection upon the vines, were almost as much a feast +for the eye, as the dusky fires of the rare twelve-petalled roses. A favourite +animal, white as snow, brought by one of the visitors, purred its way +gracefully among the wine-cups, coaxed onward from place to place by those at +table, as they reclined easily on their cushions of German eider-down, spread +over the long-legged, carved couches. +</p> + +<p> +A highly refined modification of the acroama—a musical performance during +supper for the diversion of the guests—was presently heard hovering round +the place, soothingly, and so unobtrusively that the company could not guess, +and did not like to ask, whether or not it had been designed by their +entertainer. They inclined on the whole to think it some wonderful +peasant-music peculiar to that wild neighbourhood, turning, as it did now and +then, to a solitary reed-note, like a bird’s, while it wandered into the +distance. It wandered quite away at last, as darkness with a bolder lamplight +came on, and made way for another sort of entertainment. An odd, rapid, +phantasmal glitter, advancing from the garden by torchlight, defined itself, as +it came nearer, into a dance of young men in armour. Arrived at length in a +portico, open to the supper-chamber, they contrived that their mechanical +march-movement should fall out into a kind of highly expressive dramatic +action; and with the utmost possible emphasis of dumb motion, their long swords +weaving a silvery network in the air, they danced the Death of Paris. The young +Commodus, already an adept in these matters, who had condescended to welcome +the eminent Apuleius at the banquet, had mysteriously dropped from his place to +take his share in the performance; and at its conclusion reappeared, still +wearing the dainty accoutrements of Paris, including a breastplate, composed +entirely of overlapping tigers’ claws, skilfully gilt. The youthful +prince had lately assumed the dress of manhood, on the return of the emperor +for a brief visit from the North; putting up his hair, in imitation of Nero, in +a golden box dedicated to Capitoline Jupiter. His likeness to Aurelius, his +father, was become, in consequence, more striking than ever; and he had one +source of genuine interest in the great literary guest of the occasion, in that +the latter was the fortunate possessor of a monopoly for the exhibition of wild +beasts and gladiatorial shows in the province of Carthage, where he resided. +</p> + +<p> +Still, after all complaisance to the perhaps somewhat crude tastes of the +emperor’s son, it was felt that with a guest like Apuleius whom they had +come prepared to entertain as veritable connoisseurs, the conversation should +be learned and superior, and the host at last deftly led his company round to +literature, by the way of bindings. Elegant rolls of manuscript from his fine +library of ancient Greek books passed from hand to hand about the table. It was +a sign for the visitors themselves to draw their own choicest literary +curiosities from their bags, as their contribution to the banquet; and one of +them, a famous reader, choosing his lucky moment, delivered in tenor voice the +piece which follows, with a preliminary query as to whether it could indeed be +the composition of Lucian of Samosata,+ understood to be the great mocker of +that day:— +</p> + +<p> +“What sound was that, Socrates?” asked Chaerephon. “It came +from the beach under the cliff yonder, and seemed a long way off.—And how +melodious it was! Was it a bird, I wonder. I thought all sea-birds were +songless.” +</p> + +<p> +“Aye! a sea-bird,” answered Socrates, “a bird called the +Halcyon, and has a note full of plaining and tears. There is an old story +people tell of it. It was a mortal woman once, daughter of Aeolus, god of the +winds. Ceyx, the son of the morning-star, wedded her in her early maidenhood. +The son was not less fair than the father; and when it came to pass that he +died, the crying of the girl as she lamented his sweet usage, was, Just that! +And some while after, as Heaven willed, she was changed into a bird. Floating +now on bird’s wings over the sea she seeks her lost Ceyx there; since she +was not able to find him after long wandering over the land.” +</p> + +<p> +“That then is the Halcyon—the kingfisher,” said Chaerephon. +“I never heard a bird like it before. It has truly a plaintive note. What +kind of a bird is it, Socrates?” +</p> + +<p> +“Not a large bird, though she has received large honour from the gods on +account of her singular conjugal affection. For whensoever she makes her nest, +a law of nature brings round what is called Halcyon’s weather,—days +distinguishable among all others for their serenity, though they come sometimes +amid the storms of winter—days like to-day! See how transparent is the +sky above us, and how motionless the sea!—like a smooth mirror.” +</p> + +<p> +True! A Halcyon day, indeed! and yesterday was the same. But tell me, Socrates, +what is one to think of those stories which have been told from the beginning, +of birds changed into mortals and mortals into birds? To me nothing seems more +incredible.” +</p> + +<p> +“Dear Chaerephon,” said Socrates, “methinks we are but +half-blind judges of the impossible and the possible. We try the question by +the standard of our human faculty, which avails neither for true knowledge, nor +for faith, nor vision. Therefore many things seem to us impossible which are +really easy, many things unattainable which are within our reach; partly +through inexperience, partly through the childishness of our minds. For in +truth, every man, even the oldest of us, is like a little child, so brief and +babyish are the years of our life in comparison of eternity. Then, how can we, +who comprehend not the faculties of gods and of the heavenly host, tell whether +aught of that kind be possible or no?—What a tempest you saw three days +ago! One trembles but to think of the lightning, the thunderclaps, the violence +of the wind! You might have thought the whole world was going to ruin. And +then, after a little, came this wonderful serenity of weather, which has +continued till to-day. Which do you think the greater and more difficult thing +to do: to exchange the disorder of that irresistible whirlwind to a clarity +like this, and becalm the whole world again, or to refashion the form of a +woman into that of a bird? We can teach even little children to do something of +that sort,—to take wax or clay, and mould out of the same material many +kinds of form, one after another, without difficulty. And it may be that to the +Deity, whose power is too vast for comparison with ours, all processes of that +kind are manageable and easy. How much wider is the whole circle of heaven than +thyself?—Wider than thou canst express. +</p> + +<p> +“Among ourselves also, how vast the difference we may observe in +men’s degrees of power! To you and me, and many another like us, many +things are impossible which are quite easy to others. For those who are +unmusical, to play on the flute; to read or write, for those who have not yet +learned; is no easier than to make birds of women, or women of birds. From the +dumb and lifeless egg Nature moulds her swarms of winged creatures, aided, as +some will have it, by a divine and secret art in the wide air around us. She +takes from the honeycomb a little memberless live thing; she brings it wings +and feet, brightens and beautifies it with quaint variety of colour:—and +Lo! the bee in her wisdom, making honey worthy of the gods. +</p> + +<p> +“It follows, that we mortals, being altogether of little account, able +wholly to discern no great matter, sometimes not even a little one, for the +most part at a loss regarding what happens even with ourselves, may hardly +speak with security as to what may be the powers of the immortal gods +concerning Kingfisher, or Nightingale. Yet the glory of thy mythus, as my +fathers bequeathed it to me, O tearful songstress! that will I too hand on to +my children, and tell it often to my wives, Xanthippe and Myrto:—the +story of thy pious love to Ceyx, and of thy melodious hymns; and, above all, of +the honour thou hast with the gods!” +</p> + +<p> +The reader’s well-turned periods seemed to stimulate, almost +uncontrollably, the eloquent stirrings of the eminent man of letters then +present. The impulse to speak masterfully was visible, before the recital was +well over, in the moving lines about his mouth, by no means designed, as +detractors were wont to say, simply to display the beauty of his teeth. One of +the company, expert in his humours, made ready to transcribe what he would say, +the sort of things of which a collection was then forming, the +“Florida” or Flowers, so to call them, he was apt to let fall by +the way—no impromptu ventures at random; but rather elaborate, carved +ivories of speech, drawn, at length, out of the rich treasure-house of a memory +stored with such, and as with a fine savour of old musk about them. Certainly +in this case, as Marius thought, it was worth while to hear a charming writer +speak. Discussing, quite in our modern way, the peculiarities of those suburban +views, especially the sea-views, of which he was a professed lover, he was also +every inch a priest of Aesculapius, patronal god of Carthage. There was a +piquancy in his rococo, very African, and as it were perfumed personality, +though he was now well-nigh sixty years old, a mixture there of that sort of +Platonic spiritualism which can speak of the soul of man as but a sojourner in +the prison of the body—a blending of that with such a relish for merely +bodily graces as availed to set the fashion in matters of dress, deportment, +accent, and the like, nay! with something also which reminded Marius of the +vein of coarseness he had found in the “Golden Book.” All this made +the total impression he conveyed a very uncommon one. Marius did not wonder, as +he watched him speaking, that people freely attributed to him many of the +marvellous adventures he had recounted in that famous romance, over and above +the wildest version of his own actual story—his extraordinary marriage, +his religious initiations, his acts of mad generosity, his trial as a sorcerer. +</p> + +<p> +But a sign came from the imperial prince that it was time for the company to +separate. He was entertaining his immediate neighbours at the table with a +trick from the streets; tossing his olives in rapid succession into the air, +and catching them, as they fell, between his lips. His dexterity in this +performance made the mirth around him noisy, disturbing the sleep of the furry +visitor: the learned party broke up; and Marius withdrew, glad to escape into +the open air. The courtesans in their large wigs of false blond hair, were +lurking for the guests, with groups of curious idlers. A great conflagration +was visible in the distance. Was it in Rome; or in one of the villages of the +country? Pausing for a few minutes on the terrace to watch it, Marius was for +the first time able to converse intimately with Apuleius; and in this moment of +confidence the “illuminist,” himself with locks so carefully +arranged, and seemingly so full of affectations, almost like one of those light +women there, dropped a veil as it were, and appeared, though still permitting +the play of a certain element of theatrical interest in his bizarre tenets, to +be ready to explain and defend his position reasonably. For a moment his +fantastic foppishness and his pretensions to ideal vision seemed to fall into +some intelligible congruity with each other. In truth, it was the Platonic +Idealism, as he conceived it, which for him literally animated, and gave him so +lively an interest in, this world of the purely outward aspects of men and +things.—Did material things, such things as they had had around them all +that evening, really need apology for being there, to interest one, at all? +Were not all visible objects—the whole material world indeed, according +to the consistent testimony of philosophy in many forms—“full of +souls”? embarrassed perhaps, partly imprisoned, but still eloquent souls? +Certainly, the contemplative philosophy of Plato, with its figurative imagery +and apologue, its manifold æsthetic colouring, its measured eloquence, its +music for the outward ear, had been, like Plato’s old master himself, a +two-sided or two-coloured thing. Apuleius was a Platonist: only, for him, the +Ideas of Plato were no creatures of logical abstraction, but in very truth +informing souls, in every type and variety of sensible things. Those noises in +the house all supper-time, sounding through the tables and along the +walls:—were they only startings in the old rafters, at the impact of the +music and laughter; or rather importunities of the secondary selves, the true +unseen selves, of the persons, nay! of the very things around, essaying to +break through their frivolous, merely transitory surfaces, to remind one of +abiding essentials beyond them, which might have their say, their judgment to +give, by and by, when the shifting of the meats and drinks at life’s +table would be over? And was not this the true significance of the Platonic +doctrine?—a hierarchy of divine beings, associating themselves with +particular things and places, for the purpose of mediating between God and +man—man, who does but need due attention on his part to become aware of +his celestial company, filling the air about him, thick as motes in the +sunbeam, for the glance of sympathetic intelligence he casts through it. +</p> + +<p> +“Two kinds there are, of animated beings,” he exclaimed: +“Gods, entirely differing from men in the infinite distance of their +abode, since one part of them only is seen by our blunted vision—those +mysterious stars!—in the eternity of their existence, in the perfection +of their nature, infected by no contact with ourselves: and men, dwelling on +the earth, with frivolous and anxious minds, with infirm and mortal members, +with variable fortunes; labouring in vain; taken altogether and in their whole +species perhaps, eternal; but, severally, quitting the scene in irresistible +succession. +</p> + +<p> +“What then? Has nature connected itself together by no bond, allowed +itself to be thus crippled, and split into the divine and human elements? And +you will say to me: If so it be, that man is thus entirely exiled from the +immortal gods, that all communication is denied him, that not one of them +occasionally visits us, as a shepherd his sheep—to whom shall I address +my prayers? Whom, shall I invoke as the helper of the unfortunate, the +protector of the good? +</p> + +<p> +“Well! there are certain divine powers of a middle nature, through whom +our aspirations are conveyed to the gods, and theirs to us. Passing between the +inhabitants of earth and heaven, they carry from one to the other prayers and +bounties, supplication and assistance, being a kind of interpreters. This +interval of the air is full of them! Through them, all revelations, miracles, +magic processes, are effected. For, specially appointed members of this order +have their special provinces, with a ministry according to the disposition of +each. They go to and fro without fixed habitation: or dwell in men’s +houses”— +</p> + +<p> +Just then a companion’s hand laid in the darkness on the shoulder of the +speaker carried him away, and the discourse broke off suddenly. Its singular +intimations, however, were sufficient to throw back on this strange evening, in +all its detail—the dance, the readings, the distant fire—a kind of +allegoric expression: gave it the character of one of those famous Platonic +figures or apologues which had then been in fact under discussion. When Marius +recalled its circumstances he seemed to hear once more that voice of genuine +conviction, pleading, from amidst a scene at best of elegant frivolity, for so +boldly mystical a view of man and his position in the world. For a moment, but +only for a moment, as he listened, the trees had seemed, as of old, to be +growing “close against the sky.” Yes! the reception of theory, of +hypothesis, of beliefs, did depend a great deal on temperament. They were, so +to speak, mere equivalents of temperament. A celestial ladder, a ladder from +heaven to earth: that was the assumption which the experience of Apuleius had +suggested to him: it was what, in different forms, certain persons in every age +had instinctively supposed: they would be glad to find their supposition +accredited by the authority of a grave philosophy. Marius, however, yearning +not less than they, in that hard world of Rome, and below its unpeopled sky, +for the trace of some celestial wing across it, must still object that they +assumed the thing with too much facility, too much of self-complacency. And his +second thought was, that to indulge but for an hour fantasies, fantastic +visions of that sort, only left the actual world more lonely than ever. For him +certainly, and for his solace, the little godship for whom the rude countryman, +an unconscious Platonist, trimmed his twinkling lamp, would never slip from the +bark of these immemorial olive-trees.—No! not even in the wildest +moonlight. For himself, it was clear, he must still hold by what his eyes +really saw. Only, he had to concede also, that the very boldness of such theory +bore witness, at least, to a variety of human disposition and a consequent +variety of mental view, which might—who can tell?—be correspondent +to, be defined by and define, varieties of facts, of truths, just “behind +the veil,” regarding the world all alike had actually before them as +their original premiss or starting-point; a world, wider, perhaps, in its +possibilities than all possible fancies concerning it. +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +NOTES +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +75. Joel 2.28. +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +81. +Halcyone. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap21"></a>CHAPTER XXI.<br/> +TWO CURIOUS HOUSES</h2> + +<h4>II. THE CHURCH IN CECILIA’S HOUSE</h4> + +<p class="letter"> +“Your old men shall dream dreams, and your young men shall see +visions.” +</p> + +<p> +Cornelius had certain friends in or near Rome, whose household, to Marius, as +he pondered now and again what might be the determining influences of that +peculiar character, presented itself as possibly its main secret—the +hidden source from which the beauty and strength of a nature, so persistently +fresh in the midst of a somewhat jaded world, might be derived. But Marius had +never yet seen these friends; and it was almost by accident that the veil of +reserve was at last lifted, and, with strange contrast to his visit to the +poet’s villa at Tusculum, he entered another curious house. +</p> + +<p> +“The house in which she lives,” says that mystical German writer +quoted once before, “is for the orderly soul, which does not live on +blindly before her, but is ever, out of her passing experiences, building and +adorning the parts of a many-roomed abode for herself, only an expansion of the +body; as the body, according to the philosophy of Swedenborg,+ is but a +process, an expansion, of the soul. For such an orderly soul, as life proceeds, +all sorts of delicate affinities establish themselves, between herself and the +doors and passage-ways, the lights and shadows, of her outward dwelling-place, +until she may seem incorporate with it—until at last, in the entire +expressiveness of what is outward, there is for her, to speak properly, between +outward and inward, no longer any distinction at all; and the light which +creeps at a particular hour on a particular picture or space upon the wall, the +scent of flowers in the air at a particular window, become to her, not so much +apprehended objects, as themselves powers of apprehension and door-ways to +things beyond—the germ or rudiment of certain new faculties, by which +she, dimly yet surely, apprehends a matter lying beyond her actually attained +capacities of spirit and sense.” +</p> + +<p> +So it must needs be in a world which is itself, we may think, together with +that bodily “tent” or “tabernacle,” only one of many +vestures for the clothing of the pilgrim soul, to be left by her, surely, as if +on the wayside, worn-out one by one, as it was from her, indeed, they borrowed +what momentary value or significance they had. +</p> + +<p> +The two friends were returning to Rome from a visit to a country-house, where +again a mixed company of guests had been assembled; Marius, for his part, a +little weary of gossip, and those sparks of ill-tempered rivalry, which would +seem sometimes to be the only sort of fire the intercourse of people in general +society can strike out of them. A mere reaction upon this, as they started in +the clear morning, made their companionship, at least for one of them, hardly +less tranquillising than the solitude he so much valued. Something in the +south-west wind, combining with their own intention, favoured increasingly, as +the hours wore on, a serenity like that Marius had felt once before in +journeying over the great plain towards Tibur—a serenity that was to-day +brotherly amity also, and seemed to draw into its own charmed circle whatever +was then present to eye or ear, while they talked or were silent together, and +all petty irritations, and the like, shrank out of existence, or kept certainly +beyond its limits. The natural fatigue of the long journey overcame them quite +suddenly at last, when they were still about two miles distant from Rome. The +seemingly endless line of tombs and cypresses had been visible for hours +against the sky towards the west; and it was just where a cross-road from the +Latin Way fell into the Appian, that Cornelius halted at a doorway in a long, +low wall—the outer wall of some villa courtyard, it might be +supposed— as if at liberty to enter, and rest there awhile. He held the +door open for his companion to enter also, if he would; with an expression, as +he lifted the latch, which seemed to ask Marius, apparently shrinking from a +possible intrusion: “Would you like to see it?” Was he willing to +look upon that, the seeing of which might define—yes! define the critical +turning-point in his days? +</p> + +<p> +The little doorway in this long, low wall admitted them, in fact, into the +court or garden of a villa, disposed in one of those abrupt natural hollows, +which give its character to the country in this place; the house itself, with +all its dependent buildings, the spaciousness of which surprised Marius as he +entered, being thus wholly concealed from passengers along the road. All +around, in those well-ordered precincts, were the quiet signs of wealth, and of +a noble taste—a taste, indeed, chiefly evidenced in the selection and +juxtaposition of the material it had to deal with, consisting almost +exclusively of the remains of older art, here arranged and harmonised, with +effects, both as regards colour and form, so delicate as to seem really +derivative from some finer intelligence in these matters than lay within the +resources of the ancient world. It was the old way of true +Renaissance—being indeed the way of nature with her roses, the divine way +with the body of man, perhaps with his soul—conceiving the new organism +by no sudden and abrupt creation, but rather by the action of a new principle +upon elements, all of which had in truth already lived and died many times. The +fragments of older architecture, the mosaics, the spiral columns, the precious +corner-stones of immemorial building, had put on, by such juxtaposition, a new +and singular expressiveness, an air of grave thought, of an intellectual +purpose, in itself, æsthetically, very seductive. Lastly, herb and tree had +taken possession, spreading their seed-bells and light branches, just astir in +the trembling air, above the ancient garden-wall, against the wide realms of +sunset. And from the first they could hear singing, the singing of children +mainly, it would seem, and of a new kind; so novel indeed in its effect, as to +bring suddenly to the recollection of Marius, Flavian’s early essays +towards a new world of poetic sound. It was the expression not altogether of +mirth, yet of some wonderful sort of happiness—the blithe self-expansion +of a joyful soul in people upon whom some all-subduing experience had wrought +heroically, and who still remembered, on this bland afternoon, the hour of a +great deliverance. +</p> + +<p> +His old native susceptibility to the spirit, the special sympathies, of +places,—above all, to any hieratic or religious significance they might +have,—was at its liveliest, as Marius, still encompassed by that peculiar +singing, and still amid the evidences of a grave discretion all around him, +passed into the house. That intelligent seriousness about life, the absence of +which had ever seemed to remove those who lacked it into some strange species +wholly alien from himself, accumulating all the lessons of his experience since +those first days at White-nights, was as it were translated here, as if in +designed congruity with his favourite precepts of the power of physical vision, +into an actual picture. If the true value of souls is in proportion to what +they can admire, Marius was just then an acceptable soul. As he passed through +the various chambers, great and small, one dominant thought increased upon him, +the thought of chaste women and their children—of all the various +affections of family life under its most natural conditions, yet developed, as +if in devout imitation of some sublime new type of it, into large controlling +passions. There reigned throughout, an order and purity, an orderly +disposition, as if by way of making ready for some gracious spousals. The place +itself was like a bride adorned for her husband; and its singular cheerfulness, +the abundant light everywhere, the sense of peaceful industry, of which he +received a deep impression though without precisely reckoning wherein it +resided, as he moved on rapidly, were in forcible contrast just at first to the +place to which he was next conducted by Cornelius still with a sort of eager, +hurried, half-troubled reluctance, and as if he forbore the explanation which +might well be looked for by his companion. +</p> + +<p> +An old flower-garden in the rear of the house, set here and there with a +venerable olive-tree—a picture in pensive shade and fiery blossom, as +transparent, under that afternoon light, as the old miniature-painters’ +work on the walls of the chambers within—was bounded towards the west by +a low, grass-grown hill. A narrow opening cut in its steep side, like a solid +blackness there, admitted Marius and his gleaming leader into a hollow cavern +or crypt, neither more nor less in fact than the family burial-place of the +Cecilii, to whom this residence belonged, brought thus, after an arrangement +then becoming not unusual, into immediate connexion with the abode of the +living, in bold assertion of that instinct of family life, which the sanction +of the Holy Family was, hereafter, more and more to reinforce. Here, in truth, +was the centre of the peculiar religious expressiveness, of the sanctity, of +the entire scene. That “any person may, at his own election, constitute +the place which belongs to him a religious place, by the carrying of his dead +into it”:—had been a maxim of old Roman law, which it was reserved +for the early Christian societies, like that established here by the piety of a +wealthy Roman matron, to realise in all its consequences. Yet this was +certainly unlike any cemetery Marius had ever before seen; most obviously in +this, that these people had returned to the older fashion of disposing of their +dead by burial instead of burning. Originally a family sepulchre, it was +growing to a vast necropolis, a whole township of the deceased, by means of +some free expansion of the family interest beyond its amplest natural limits. +That air of venerable beauty which characterised the house and its precincts +above, was maintained also here. It was certainly with a great outlay of labour +that these long, apparently endless, yet elaborately designed galleries, were +increasing so rapidly, with their layers of beds or berths, one above another, +cut, on either side the path-way, in the porous tufa, through which all the +moisture filters downwards, leaving the parts above dry and wholesome. All +alike were carefully closed, and with all the delicate costliness at command; +some with simple tiles of baked clay, many with slabs of marble, enriched by +fair inscriptions: marble taken, in some cases, from older pagan +tombs—the inscription sometimes a palimpsest, the new epitaph being woven +into the faded letters of an earlier one. +</p> + +<p> +As in an ordinary Roman cemetery, an abundance of utensils for the worship or +commemoration of the departed was disposed around—incense, lights, +flowers, their flame or their freshness being relieved to the utmost by +contrast with the coal-like blackness of the soil itself, a volcanic sandstone, +cinder of burnt-out fires. Would they ever kindle again?—possess, +transform, the place?—Turning to an ashen pallor where, at regular +intervals, an air-hole or luminare let in a hard beam of clear but sunless +light, with the heavy sleepers, row upon row within, leaving a passage so +narrow that only one visitor at a time could move along, cheek to cheek with +them, the high walls seemed to shut one in into the great company of the dead. +Only the long straight pathway lay before him; opening, however, here and +there, into a small chamber, around a broad, table-like coffin or +“altar-tomb,” adorned even more profusely than the rest as if for +some anniversary observance. Clearly, these people, concurring in this with the +special sympathies of Marius himself, had adopted the practice of burial from +some peculiar feeling of hope they entertained concerning the body; a feeling +which, in no irreverent curiosity, he would fain have penetrated. The complete +and irreparable disappearance of the dead in the funeral fire, so crushing to +the spirits, as he for one had found it, had long since induced in him a +preference for that other mode of settlement to the last sleep, as having +something about it more home-like and hopeful, at least in outward seeming. But +whence the strange confidence that these “handfuls of white dust” +would hereafter recompose themselves once more into exulting human creatures? +By what heavenly alchemy, what reviving dew from above, such as was certainly +never again to reach the dead violets?— Januarius, Agapetus, Felicitas; +Martyrs! refresh, I pray you, the soul of Cecil, of Cornelius! said an +inscription, one of many, scratched, like a passing sigh, when it was still +fresh in the mortar that had closed up the prison-door. All critical estimate +of this bold hope, as sincere apparently as it was audacious in its claim, +being set aside, here at least, carried further than ever before, was that +pious, systematic commemoration of the dead, which, in its chivalrous refusal +to forget or finally desert the helpless, had ever counted with Marius as the +central exponent or symbol of all natural duty. +</p> + +<p> +The stern soul of the excellent Jonathan Edwards, applying the faulty theology +of John Calvin, afforded him, we know, the vision of infants not a span long, +on the floor of hell. Every visitor to the Catacombs must have observed, in a +very different theological connexion, the numerous children’s graves +there—beds of infants, but a span long indeed, lowly “prisoners of +hope,” on these sacred floors. It was with great curiosity, certainly, +that Marius considered them, decked in some instances with the favourite toys +of their tiny occupants—toy-soldiers, little chariot-wheels, the entire +paraphernalia of a baby-house; and when he saw afterwards the living children, +who sang and were busy above—sang their psalm Laudate Pueri +Dominum!—their very faces caught for him a sort of quaint unreality from +the memory of those others, the children of the Catacombs, but a little way +below them. +</p> + +<p> +Here and there, mingling with the record of merely natural decease, and +sometimes even at these children’s graves, were the signs of violent +death or “martyrdom,”—proofs that some “had loved not +their lives unto the death”—in the little red phial of blood, the +palm-branch, the red flowers for their heavenly “birthday.” About +one sepulchre in particular, distinguished in this way, and devoutly arrayed +for what, by a bold paradox, was thus treated as, natalitia—a birthday, +the peculiar arrangements of the whole place visibly centered. And it was with +a singular novelty of feeling, like the dawning of a fresh order of experiences +upon him, that, standing beside those mournful relics, snatched in haste from +the common place of execution not many years before, Marius became, as by some +gleam of foresight, aware of the whole force of evidence for a certain strange, +new hope, defining in its turn some new and weighty motive of action, which lay +in deaths so tragic for the “Christian superstition.” Something of +them he had heard indeed already. They had seemed to him but one savagery the +more, savagery self-provoked, in a cruel and stupid world. +</p> + +<p> +And yet these poignant memorials seemed also to draw him onwards to-day, as if +towards an image of some still more pathetic suffering, in the remote +background. Yes! the interest, the expression, of the entire neighbourhood was +instinct with it, as with the savour of some priceless incense. Penetrating the +whole atmosphere, touching everything around with its peculiar sentiment, it +seemed to make all this visible mortality, death’s very self—Ah! +lovelier than any fable of old mythology had ever thought to render it, in the +utmost limits of fantasy; and this, in simple candour of feeling about a +supposed fact. Peace! Pax tecum!—the word, the thought—was put +forth everywhere, with images of hope, snatched sometimes from that jaded pagan +world which had really afforded men so little of it from first to last; the +various consoling images it had thrown off, of succour, of regeneration, of +escape from the grave—Hercules wrestling with Death for possession of +Alcestis, Orpheus taming the wild beasts, the Shepherd with his sheep, the +Shepherd carrying the sick lamb upon his shoulders. Yet these imageries after +all, it must be confessed, formed but a slight contribution to the dominant +effect of tranquil hope there—a kind of heroic cheerfulness and grateful +expansion of heart, as with the sense, again, of some real deliverance, which +seemed to deepen the longer one lingered through these strange and awful +passages. A figure, partly pagan in character, yet most frequently repeated of +all these visible parables—the figure of one just escaped from the sea, +still clinging as for life to the shore in surprised joy, together with the +inscription beneath it, seemed best to express the prevailing sentiment of the +place. And it was just as he had puzzled out this inscription— +</p> + +<p class="poem"> +I went down to the bottom of the mountains.<br/> +The earth with her bars was about me for ever:<br/> +Yet hast Thou brought up my life from corruption! +</p> + +<p class="noindent"> + +—that with no feeling of suddenness or change Marius found himself +emerging again, like a later mystic traveller through similar dark places +“quieted by hope,” into the daylight. +</p> + +<p> +They were still within the precincts of the house, still in possession of that +wonderful singing, although almost in the open country, with a great view of +the Campagna before them, and the hills beyond. The orchard or meadow, through +which their path lay, was already gray with twilight, though the western sky, +where the greater stars were visible, was still afloat in crimson splendour. +The colour of all earthly things seemed repressed by the contrast, yet with a +sense of great richness lingering in their shadows. At that moment the voice of +the singers, a “voice of joy and health,” concentrated itself with +solemn antistrophic movement, into an evening, or “candle” hymn. +</p> + +<p class="poem"> +“Hail! Heavenly Light, from his pure glory poured,<br/> +Who is the Almighty Father, heavenly, blest:—<br/> +Worthiest art Thou, at all times to be sung<br/> +With undefiled tongue.”— +</p> + +<p> +It was like the evening itself made audible, its hopes and fears, with the +stars shining in the midst of it. Half above, half below the level white mist, +dividing the light from the darkness, came now the mistress of this place, the +wealthy Roman matron, left early a widow a few years before, by Cecilius +“Confessor and Saint.” With a certain antique severity in the +gathering of the long mantle, and with coif or veil folded decorously below the +chin, “gray within gray,” to the mind of Marius her temperate +beauty brought reminiscences of the serious and virile character of the best +female statuary of Greece. Quite foreign, however, to any Greek statuary was +the expression of pathetic care, with which she carried a little child at rest +in her arms. Another, a year or two older, walked beside, the fingers of one +hand within her girdle. She paused for a moment with a greeting for Cornelius. +</p> + +<p> +That visionary scene was the close, the fitting close, of the afternoon’s +strange experiences. A few minutes later, passing forward on his way along the +public road, he could have fancied it a dream. The house of Cecilia grouped +itself beside that other curious house he had lately visited at Tusculum. And +what a contrast was presented by the former, in its suggestions of hopeful +industry, of immaculate cleanness, of responsive affection!—all alike +determined by that transporting discovery of some fact, or series of facts, in +which the old puzzle of life had found its solution. In truth, one of his most +characteristic and constant traits had ever been a certain longing for +escape—for some sudden, relieving interchange, across the very spaces of +life, it might be, along which he had lingered most pleasantly—for a +lifting, from time to time, of the actual horizon. It was like the necessity +under which the painter finds himself, to set a window or open doorway in the +background of his picture; or like a sick man’s longing for northern +coolness, and the whispering willow-trees, amid the breathless evergreen +forests of the south. To some such effect had this visit occurred to him, and +through so slight an accident. Rome and Roman life, just then, were come to +seem like some stifling forest of bronze-work, transformed, as if by malign +enchantment, out of the generations of living trees, yet with roots in a deep, +down-trodden soil of poignant human susceptibilities. In the midst of its +suffocation, that old longing for escape had been satisfied by this vision of +the church in Cecilia’s house, as never before. It was still, indeed, +according to the unchangeable law of his temperament, to the eye, to the visual +faculty of mind, that those experiences appealed—the peaceful light and +shade, the boys whose very faces seemed to sing, the virginal beauty of the +mother and her children. But, in his case, what was thus visible constituted a +moral or spiritual influence, of a somewhat exigent and controlling character, +added anew to life, a new element therein, with which, consistently with his +own chosen maxim, he must make terms. +</p> + +<p> +The thirst for every kind of experience, encouraged by a philosophy which +taught that nothing was intrinsically great or small, good or evil, had ever +been at strife in him with a hieratic refinement, in which the boy-priest +survived, prompting always the selection of what was perfect of its kind, with +subsequent loyal adherence of his soul thereto. This had carried him along in a +continuous communion with ideals, certainly realised in part, either in the +conditions of his own being, or in the actual company about him, above all, in +Cornelius. Surely, in this strange new society he had touched upon for the +first time to-day—in this strange family, like “a garden +enclosed”—was the fulfilment of all the preferences, the judgments, +of that half-understood friend, which of late years had been his protection so +often amid the perplexities of life. Here, it might be, was, if not the cure, +yet the solace or anodyne of his great sorrows—of that constitutional +sorrowfulness, not peculiar to himself perhaps, but which had made his life +certainly like one long “disease of the spirit.” Merciful intention +made itself known remedially here, in the mere contact of the air, like a soft +touch upon aching flesh. On the other hand, he was aware that new +responsibilities also might be awakened—new and untried +responsibilities—a demand for something from him in return. Might this +new vision, like the malignant beauty of pagan Medusa, be exclusive of any +admiring gaze upon anything but itself? At least he suspected that, after the +beholding of it, he could never again be altogether as he had been before. +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +NOTES +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +93. +Emanuel Swedenborg, Swedish mystic writer, 1688-1772. Return. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap22"></a>CHAPTER XXII.<br/> +“THE MINOR PEACE OF THE CHURCH”</h2> + +<p> +Faithful to the spirit of his early Epicurean philosophy and the impulse to +surrender himself, in perfectly liberal inquiry about it, to anything that, as +a matter of fact, attracted or impressed him strongly, Marius informed himself +with much pains concerning the church in Cecilia’s house; inclining at +first to explain the peculiarities of that place by the establishment there of +the schola or common hall of one of those burial-guilds, which then covered so +much of the unofficial, and, as it might be called, subterranean enterprise of +Roman society. +</p> + +<p> +And what he found, thus looking, literally, for the dead among the living, was +the vision of a natural, a scrupulously natural, love, transforming, by some +new gift of insight into the truth of human relationships, and under the +urgency of some new motive by him so far unfathomable, all the conditions of +life. He saw, in all its primitive freshness and amid the lively facts of its +actual coming into the world, as a reality of experience, that regenerate type +of humanity, which, centuries later, Giotto and his successors, down to the +best and purest days of the young Raphael, working under conditions very +friendly to the imagination, were to conceive as an artistic ideal. He felt +there, felt amid the stirring of some wonderful new hope within himself, the +genius, the unique power of Christianity; in exercise then, as it has been +exercised ever since, in spite of many hindrances, and under the most +inopportune circumstances. Chastity,—as he seemed to understand—the +chastity of men and women, amid all the conditions, and with the results, +proper to such chastity, is the most beautiful thing in the world and the +truest conservation of that creative energy by which men and women were first +brought into it. The nature of the family, for which the better genius of old +Rome itself had sincerely cared, of the family and its appropriate +affections—all that love of one’s kindred by which obviously one +does triumph in some degree over death—had never been so felt before. +Here, surely! in its genial warmth, its jealous exclusion of all that was +opposed to it, to its own immaculate naturalness, in the hedge set around the +sacred thing on every side, this development of the family did but carry +forward, and give effect to, the purposes, the kindness, of nature itself, +friendly to man. As if by way of a due recognition of some immeasurable divine +condescension manifest in a certain historic fact, its influence was felt more +especially at those points which demanded some sacrifice of one’s self, +for the weak, for the aged, for little children, and even for the dead. And +then, for its constant outward token, its significant manner or index, it +issued in a certain debonair grace, and a certain mystic attractiveness, a +courtesy, which made Marius doubt whether that famed Greek +“blitheness,” or gaiety, or grace, in the handling of life, had +been, after all, an unrivalled success. Contrasting with the incurable +insipidity even of what was most exquisite in the higher Roman life, of what +was still truest to the primitive soul of goodness amid its evil, the new +creation he now looked on—as it were a picture beyond the craft of any +master of old pagan beauty—had indeed all the appropriate freshness of a +“bride adorned for her husband.” Things new and old seemed to be +coming as if out of some goodly treasure-house, the brain full of science, the +heart rich with various sentiment, possessing withal this surprising +healthfulness, this reality of heart. +</p> + +<p> +“You would hardly believe,” writes Pliny,—to his own +wife!—“what a longing for you possesses me. Habit—that we +have not been used to be apart—adds herein to the primary force of +affection. It is this keeps me awake at night fancying I see you beside me. +That is why my feet take me unconsciously to your sitting-room at those hours +when I was wont to visit you there. That is why I turn from the door of the +empty chamber, sad and ill-at-ease, like an excluded lover.”— +</p> + +<p> +There, is a real idyll from that family life, the protection of which had been +the motive of so large a part of the religion of the Romans, still surviving +among them; as it survived also in Aurelius, his disposition and aims, and, +spite of slanderous tongues, in the attained sweetness of his interior life. +What Marius had been permitted to see was a realisation of such life higher +still: and with—Yes! with a more effective sanction and motive than it +had ever possessed before, in that fact, or series of facts, to be ascertained +by those who would. +</p> + +<p> +The central glory of the reign of the Antonines was that society had attained +in it, though very imperfectly, and for the most part by cumbrous effort of +law, many of those ends to which Christianity went straight, with the +sufficiency, the success, of a direct and appropriate instinct. Pagan Rome, +too, had its touching charity-sermons on occasions of great public distress; +its charity-children in long file, in memory of the elder empress Faustina; its +prototype, under patronage of Aesculapius, of the modern hospital for the sick +on the island of Saint Bartholomew. But what pagan charity was doing tardily, +and as if with the painful calculation of old age, the church was doing, almost +without thinking about it, with all the liberal enterprise of youth, because it +was her very being thus to do. “You fail to realise your own good +intentions,” she seems to say, to pagan virtue, pagan kindness. She +identified herself with those intentions and advanced them with an unparalleled +freedom and largeness. The gentle Seneca would have reverent burial provided +even for the dead body of a criminal. Yet when a certain woman collected for +interment the insulted remains of Nero, the pagan world surmised that she must +be a Christian: only a Christian would have been likely to conceive so +chivalrous a devotion towards mere wretchedness. “We refuse to be +witnesses even of a homicide commanded by the law,” boasts the dainty +conscience of a Christian apologist, “we take no part in your cruel +sports nor in the spectacles of the amphitheatre, and we hold that to witness a +murder is the same thing as to commit one.” And there was another duty +almost forgotten, the sense of which Rousseau brought back to the degenerate +society of a later age. In an impassioned discourse the sophist Favorinus +counsels mothers to suckle their own infants; and there are Roman epitaphs +erected to mothers, which gratefully record this proof of natural affection as +a thing then unusual. In this matter too, what a sanction, what a provocative +to natural duty, lay in that image discovered to Augustus by the Tiburtine +Sibyl, amid the aurora of a new age, the image of the Divine Mother and the +Child, just then rising upon the world like the dawn! +</p> + +<p> +Christian belief, again, had presented itself as a great inspirer of chastity. +Chastity, in turn, realised in the whole scope of its conditions, fortified +that rehabilitation of peaceful labour, after the mind, the pattern, of the +workman of Galilee, which was another of the natural instincts of the catholic +church, as being indeed the long-desired initiator of a religion of +cheerfulness, as a true lover of the industry—so to term it—the +labour, the creation, of God. +</p> + +<p> +And this severe yet genial assertion of the ideal of woman, of the family, of +industry, of man’s work in life, so close to the truth of nature, was +also, in that charmed hour of the minor “Peace of the church,” +realised as an influence tending to beauty, to the adornment of life and the +world. The sword in the world, the right eye plucked out, the right hand cut +off, the spirit of reproach which those images express, and of which +monasticism is the fulfilment, reflect one side only of the nature of the +divine missionary of the New Testament. Opposed to, yet blent with, this +ascetic or militant character, is the function of the Good Shepherd, serene, +blithe and debonair, beyond the gentlest shepherd of Greek mythology; of a king +under whom the beatific vision is realised of a reign of peace—peace of +heart—among men. Such aspect of the divine character of Christ, rightly +understood, is indeed the final consummation of that bold and brilliant +hopefulness in man’s nature, which had sustained him so far through his +immense labours, his immense sorrows, and of which pagan gaiety in the handling +of life, is but a minor achievement. Sometimes one, sometimes the other, of +those two contrasted aspects of its Founder, have, in different ages and under +the urgency of different human needs, been at work also in the Christian +Church. Certainly, in that brief “Peace of the church” under the +Antonines, the spirit of a pastoral security and happiness seems to have been +largely expanded. There, in the early church of Rome, was to be seen, and on +sufficiently reasonable grounds, that satisfaction and serenity on a +dispassionate survey of the facts of life, which all hearts had desired, though +for the most part in vain, contrasting itself for Marius, in particular, very +forcibly, with the imperial philosopher’s so heavy burden of unrelieved +melancholy. It was Christianity in its humanity, or even its humanism, in its +generous hopes for man, its common sense and alacrity of cheerful service, its +sympathy with all creatures, its appreciation of beauty and daylight. +</p> + +<p> +“The angel of righteousness,” says the Shepherd of Hermas, the most +characteristic religious book of that age, its Pilgrim’s +Progress—“the angel of righteousness is modest and delicate and +meek and quiet. Take from thyself grief, for (as Hamlet will one day discover) +’tis the sister of doubt and ill-temper. Grief is more evil than any +other spirit of evil, and is most dreadful to the servants of God, and beyond +all spirits destroyeth man. For, as when good news is come to one in grief, +straightway he forgetteth his former grief, and no longer attendeth to anything +except the good news which he hath heard, so do ye, also! having received a +renewal of your soul through the beholding of these good things. Put on +therefore gladness that hath always favour before God, and is acceptable unto +Him, and delight thyself in it; for every man that is glad doeth the things +that are good, and thinketh good thoughts, despising grief.”—Such +were the commonplaces of this new people, among whom so much of what Marius had +valued most in the old world seemed to be under renewal and further promotion. +Some transforming spirit was at work to harmonise contrasts, to deepen +expression—a spirit which, in its dealing with the elements of ancient +life, was guided by a wonderful tact of selection, exclusion, juxtaposition, +begetting thereby a unique effect of freshness, a grave yet wholesome beauty, +because the world of sense, the whole outward world was understood to set forth +the veritable unction and royalty of a certain priesthood and kingship of the +soul within, among the prerogatives of which was a delightful sense of freedom. +</p> + +<p> +The reader may think perhaps, that Marius, who, Epicurean as he was, had his +visionary aptitudes, by an inversion of one of Plato’s peculiarities with +which he was of course familiar, must have descended, by foresight, upon a +later age than his own, and anticipated Christian poetry and art as they came +to be under the influence of Saint Francis of Assisi. But if he dreamed on one +of those nights of the beautiful house of Cecilia, its lights and flowers, of +Cecilia herself moving among the lilies, with an enhanced grace as happens +sometimes in healthy dreams, it was indeed hardly an anticipation. He had +lighted, by one of the peculiar intellectual good-fortunes of his life, upon a +period when, even more than in the days of austere ascêsis which had preceded +and were to follow it, the church was true for a moment, truer perhaps than she +would ever be again, to that element of profound serenity in the soul of her +Founder, which reflected the eternal goodwill of God to man, “in +whom,” according to the oldest version of the angelic message, “He +is well-pleased.” +</p> + +<p> +For what Christianity did many centuries afterwards in the way of informing an +art, a poetry, of graver and higher beauty, we may think, than that of Greek +art and poetry at their best, was in truth conformable to the original tendency +of its genius. The genuine capacity of the catholic church in this direction, +discoverable from the first in the New Testament, was also really at work, in +that earlier “Peace,” under the Antonines—the minor +“Peace of the church,” as we might call it, in distinction from the +final “Peace of the church,” commonly so called, under Constantine. +Saint Francis, with his following in the sphere of poetry and of the +arts—the voice of Dante, the hand of Giotto—giving visible feature +and colour, and a palpable place among men, to the regenerate race, did but +re-establish a continuity, only suspended in part by those troublous +intervening centuries—the “dark ages,” properly thus +named—with the gracious spirit of the primitive church, as manifested in +that first early springtide of her success. The greater “Peace” of +Constantine, on the other hand, in many ways, does but establish the +exclusiveness, the puritanism, the ascetic gloom which, in the period between +Aurelius and the first Christian emperor, characterised a church under +misunderstanding or oppression, driven back, in a world of tasteless +controversy, inwards upon herself. +</p> + +<p> +Already, in the reign of Antoninus Pius, the time was gone by when men became +Christians under some sudden and overpowering impression, and with all the +disturbing results of such a crisis. At this period the larger number, perhaps, +had been born Christians, had been ever with peaceful hearts in their +“Father’s house.” That earlier belief in the speedy coming of +judgment and of the end of the world, with the consequences it so naturally +involved in the temper of men’s minds, was dying out. Every day the +contrast between the church and the world was becoming less pronounced. And now +also, as the church rested awhile from opposition, that rapid self-development +outward from within, proper to times of peace, was in progress. Antoninus Pius, +it might seem, more truly even than Marcus Aurelius himself, was of that group +of pagan saints for whom Dante, like Augustine, has provided in his scheme of +the house with many mansions. A sincere old Roman piety had urged his +fortunately constituted nature to no mistakes, no offences against humanity. +And of his entire freedom from guile one reward had been this singular +happiness, that under his rule there was no shedding of Christian blood. To him +belonged that half-humorous placidity of soul, of a kind illustrated later very +effectively by Montaigne, which, starting with an instinct of mere fairness +towards human nature and the world, seems at last actually to qualify its +possessor to be almost the friend of the people of Christ. Amiable, in its own +nature, and full of a reasonable gaiety, Christianity has often had its +advantage of characters such as that. The geniality of Antoninus Pius, like the +geniality of the earth itself, had permitted the church, as being in truth no +alien from that old mother earth, to expand and thrive for a season as by +natural process. And that charmed period under the Antonines, extending to the +later years of the reign of Aurelius (beautiful, brief, chapter of +ecclesiastical history!), contains, as one of its motives of interest, the +earliest development of Christian ritual under the presidence of the church of +Rome. +</p> + +<p> +Again as in one of those mystical, quaint visions of the Shepherd of Hermas, +“the aged woman was become by degrees more and more youthful. And in the +third vision she was quite young, and radiant with beauty: only her hair was +that of an aged woman. And at the last she was joyous, and seated upon a +throne—seated upon a throne, because her position is a strong one.” +The subterranean worship of the church belonged properly to those years of her +early history in which it was illegal for her to worship at all. But, hiding +herself for awhile as conflict grew violent, she resumed, when there was felt +to be no more than ordinary risk, her natural freedom. And the kind of outward +prosperity she was enjoying in those moments of her first “Peace,” +her modes of worship now blossoming freely above-ground, was re-inforced by the +decision at this point of a crisis in her internal history. +</p> + +<p> +In the history of the church, as throughout the moral history of mankind, there +are two distinct ideals, either of which it is possible to maintain—two +conceptions, under one or the other of which we may represent to ourselves +men’s efforts towards a better life—corresponding to those two +contrasted aspects, noted above, as discernible in the picture afforded by the +New Testament itself of the character of Christ. The ideal of asceticism +represents moral effort as essentially a sacrifice, the sacrifice of one part +of human nature to another, that it may live the more completely in what +survives of it; while the ideal of culture represents it as a harmonious +development of all the parts of human nature, in just proportion to each other. +It was to the latter order of ideas that the church, and especially the church +of Rome in the age of the Antonines, freely lent herself. In that earlier +“Peace” she had set up for herself the ideal of spiritual +development, under the guidance of an instinct by which, in those serene +moments, she was absolutely true to the peaceful soul of her Founder. +“Goodwill to men,” she said, “in whom God Himself is +well-pleased!” For a little while, at least, there was no forced +opposition between the soul and the body, the world and the spirit, and the +grace of graciousness itself was pre-eminently with the people of Christ. Tact, +good sense, ever the note of a true orthodoxy, the merciful compromises of the +church, indicative of her imperial vocation in regard to all the varieties of +human kind, with a universality of which the old Roman pastorship she was +superseding is but a prototype, was already become conspicuous, in spite of a +discredited, irritating, vindictive society, all around her. +</p> + +<p> +Against that divine urbanity and moderation the old error of Montanus we read +of dimly, was a fanatical revolt—sour, falsely anti-mundane, ever with an +air of ascetic affectation, and a bigoted distaste in particular for all the +peculiar graces of womanhood. By it the desire to please was understood to come +of the author of evil. In this interval of quietness, it was perhaps +inevitable, by the law of reaction, that some such extravagances of the +religious temper should arise. But again the church of Rome, now becoming every +day more and more completely the capital of the Christian world, checked the +nascent Montanism, or puritanism of the moment, vindicating for all Christian +people a cheerful liberty of heart, against many a narrow group of sectaries, +all alike, in their different ways, accusers of the genial creation of God. +With her full, fresh faith in the Evangele—in a veritable regeneration of +the earth and the body, in the dignity of man’s entire personal +being—for a season, at least, at that critical period in the development +of Christianity, she was for reason, for common sense, for fairness to human +nature, and generally for what may be called the naturalness of +Christianity.—As also for its comely order: she would be “brought +to her king in raiment of needlework.” It was by the bishops of Rome, +diligently transforming themselves, in the true catholic sense, into universal +pastors, that the path of what we must call humanism was thus defined. +</p> + +<p> +And then, in this hour of expansion, as if now at last the catholic church +might venture to show her outward lineaments as they really were, +worship—“the beauty of holiness,” nay! the elegance of +sanctity—was developed, with a bold and confident gladness, the like of +which has hardly been the ideal of worship in any later age. The tables in fact +were turned: the prize of a cheerful temper on a candid survey of life was no +longer with the pagan world. The æsthetic charm of the catholic church, her +evocative power over all that is eloquent and expressive in the better mind of +man, her outward comeliness, her dignifying convictions about human +nature:—all this, as abundantly realised centuries later by Dante and +Giotto, by the great medieval church-builders, by the great ritualists like +Saint Gregory, and the masters of sacred music in the middle age—we may +see already, in dim anticipation, in those charmed moments towards the end of +the second century. Dissipated or turned aside, partly through the fatal +mistake of Marcus Aurelius himself, for a brief space of time we may discern +that influence clearly predominant there. What might seem harsh as dogma was +already justifying itself as worship; according to the sound rule: Lex orandi, +lex credendi—Our Creeds are but the brief abstract of our prayer and +song. +</p> + +<p> +The wonderful liturgical spirit of the church, her wholly unparalleled genius +for worship, being thus awake, she was rapidly re-organising both pagan and +Jewish elements of ritual, for the expanding therein of her own new heart of +devotion. Like the institutions of monasticism, like the Gothic style of +architecture, the ritual system of the church, as we see it in historic +retrospect, ranks as one of the great, conjoint, and (so to term them) +necessary, products of human mind. Destined for ages to come, to direct with so +deep a fascination men’s religious instincts, it was then already +recognisable as a new and precious fact in the sum of things. What has been on +the whole the method of the church, as “a power of sweetness and +patience,” in dealing with matters like pagan art, pagan literature was +even then manifest; and has the character of the moderation, the divine +moderation of Christ himself. It was only among the ignorant, indeed, only in +the “villages,” that Christianity, even in conscious triumph over +paganism, was really betrayed into iconoclasm. In the final “Peace” +of the Church under Constantine, while there was plenty of destructive +fanaticism in the country, the revolution was accomplished in the larger towns, +in a manner more orderly and discreet—in the Roman manner. The faithful +were bent less on the destruction of the old pagan temples than on their +conversion to a new and higher use; and, with much beautiful furniture ready to +hand, they became Christian sanctuaries. +</p> + +<p> +Already, in accordance with such maturer wisdom, the church of the “Minor +Peace” had adopted many of the graces of pagan feeling and pagan custom; +as being indeed a living creature, taking up, transforming, accommodating still +more closely to the human heart what of right belonged to it. In this way an +obscure synagogue was expanded into the catholic church. Gathering, from a +richer and more varied field of sound than had remained for him, those old +Roman harmonies, some notes of which Gregory the Great, centuries later, and +after generations of interrupted development, formed into the Gregorian music, +she was already, as we have heard, the house of song—of a wonderful new +music and poesy. As if in anticipation of the sixteenth century, the church was +becoming “humanistic,” in an earlier, and unimpeachable +Renaissance. Singing there had been in abundance from the first; though often +it dared only be “of the heart.” And it burst forth, when it might, +into the beginnings of a true ecclesiastical music; the Jewish psalter, +inherited from the synagogue, turning now, gradually, from Greek into +Latin—broken Latin, into Italian, as the ritual use of the rich, fresh, +expressive vernacular superseded the earlier authorised language of the Church. +Through certain surviving remnants of Greek in the later Latin liturgies, we +may still discern a highly interesting intermediate phase of ritual +development, when the Greek and the Latin were in combination; the poor, +surely!—the poor and the children of that liberal Roman +church—responding already in their own “vulgar tongue,” to an +office said in the original, liturgical Greek. That hymn sung in the early +morning, of which Pliny had heard, was kindling into the service of the Mass. +</p> + +<p> +The Mass, indeed, would appear to have been said continuously from the +Apostolic age. Its details, as one by one they become visible in later history, +have already the character of what is ancient and venerable. “We are very +old, and ye are young!” they seem to protest, to those who fail to +understand them. Ritual, in fact, like all other elements of religion, must +grow and cannot be made—grow by the same law of development which +prevails everywhere else, in the moral as in the physical world. As regards +this special phase of the religious life, however, such development seems to +have been unusually rapid in the subterranean age which preceded Constantine; +and in the very first days of the final triumph of the church the Mass emerges +to general view already substantially complete. “Wisdom” was +dealing, as with the dust of creeds and philosophies, so also with the dust of +outworn religious usage, like the very spirit of life itself, organising soul +and body out of the lime and clay of the earth. In a generous eclecticism, +within the bounds of her liberty, and as by some providential power within her, +she gathers and serviceably adopts, as in other matters so in ritual, one thing +here, another there, from various sources—Gnostic, Jewish, Pagan—to +adorn and beautify the greatest act of worship the world has seen. It was thus +the liturgy of the church came to be—full of consolations for the human +soul, and destined, surely! one day, under the sanction of so many ages of +human experience, to take exclusive possession of the religious consciousness. +</p> + +<p class="poem"> +TANTUM ERGO SACRAMENTUM VENEREMUR CERNUI:<br/> +ET ANTIQUUM DOCUMENTUM<br/> +NOVO CEDAT RITUI. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap23"></a>CHAPTER XXIII.<br/> +DIVINE SERVICE.</h2> + +<p class="letter"> +“Wisdom hath builded herself a house: she hath mingled her wine: she hath +also prepared for herself a table.” +</p> + +<p> +The more highly favoured ages of imaginative art present instances of the +summing up of an entire world of complex associations under some single form, +like the Zeus of Olympia, or the series of frescoes which commemorate The Acts +of Saint Francis, at Assisi, or like the play of Hamlet or Faust. It was not in +an image, or series of images, yet still in a sort of dramatic action, and with +the unity of a single appeal to eye and ear, that Marius about this time found +all his new impressions set forth, regarding what he had already recognised, +intellectually, as for him at least the most beautiful thing in the world. +</p> + +<p> +To understand the influence upon him of what follows the reader must remember +that it was an experience which came amid a deep sense of vacuity in life. The +fairest products of the earth seemed to be dropping to pieces, as if in +men’s very hands, around him. How real was their sorrow, and his! +“His observation of life” had come to be like the constant telling +of a sorrowful rosary, day after day; till, as if taking infection from the +cloudy sorrow of the mind, the eye also, the very senses, were grown faint and +sick. And now it happened as with the actual morning on which he found himself +a spectator of this new thing. The long winter had been a season of unvarying +sullenness. At last, on this day he awoke with a sharp flash of lightning in +the earliest twilight: in a little while the heavy rain had filtered the air: +the clear light was abroad; and, as though the spring had set in with a sudden +leap in the heart of things, the whole scene around him lay like some +untarnished picture beneath a sky of delicate blue. Under the spell of his late +depression, Marius had suddenly determined to leave Rome for a while. But +desiring first to advertise Cornelius of his movements, and failing to find him +in his lodgings, he had ventured, still early in the day, to seek him in the +Cecilian villa. Passing through its silent and empty court-yard he loitered for +a moment, to admire. Under the clear but immature light of winter morning after +a storm, all the details of form and colour in the old marbles were distinctly +visible, and with a kind of severity or sadness—so it struck +him—amid their beauty: in them, and in all other details of the +scene—the cypresses, the bunches of pale daffodils in the grass, the +curves of the purple hills of Tusculum, with the drifts of virgin snow still +lying in their hollows. +</p> + +<p> +The little open door, through which he passed from the court-yard, admitted him +into what was plainly the vast Lararium, or domestic sanctuary, of the Cecilian +family, transformed in many particulars, but still richly decorated, and +retaining much of its ancient furniture in metal-work and costly stone. The +peculiar half-light of dawn seemed to be lingering beyond its hour upon the +solemn marble walls; and here, though at that moment in absolute silence, a +great company of people was assembled. In that brief period of peace, during +which the church emerged for awhile from her jealously-guarded subterranean +life, the rigour of an earlier rule of exclusion had been relaxed. And so it +came to pass that, on this morning Marius saw for the first time the wonderful +spectacle—wonderful, especially, in its evidential power over himself, +over his own thoughts—of those who believe. +</p> + +<p> +There were noticeable, among those present, great varieties of rank, of age, of +personal type. The Roman ingenuus, with the white toga and gold ring, stood +side by side with his slave; and the air of the whole company was, above all, a +grave one, an air of recollection. Coming thus unexpectedly upon this large +assembly, so entirely united, in a silence so profound, for purposes unknown to +him, Marius felt for a moment as if he had stumbled by chance upon some great +conspiracy. Yet that could scarcely be, for the people here collected might +have figured as the earliest handsel, or pattern, of a new world, from the very +face of which discontent had passed away. Corresponding to the variety of human +type there present, was the various expression of every form of human sorrow +assuaged. What desire, what fulfilment of desire, had wrought so pathetically +on the features of these ranks of aged men and women of humble condition? Those +young men, bent down so discreetly on the details of their sacred service, had +faced life and were glad, by some science, or light of knowledge they had, to +which there had certainly been no parallel in the older world. Was some +credible message from beyond “the flaming rampart of the +world”—a message of hope, regarding the place of men’s souls +and their interest in the sum of things—already moulding anew their very +bodies, and looks, and voices, now and here? At least, there was a cleansing +and kindling flame at work in them, which seemed to make everything else Marius +had ever known look comparatively vulgar and mean. There were the children, +above all—troops of children—reminding him of those pathetic +children’s graves, like cradles or garden- beds, he had noticed in his +first visit to these places; and they more than satisfied the odd curiosity he +had then conceived about them, wondering in what quaintly expressive forms they +might come forth into the daylight, if awakened from sleep. Children of the +Catacombs, some but “a span long,” with features not so much +beautiful as heroic (that world of new, refining sentiment having set its seal +even on childhood), they retained certainly no stain or trace of anything +subterranean this morning, in the alacrity of their worship—as ready as +if they had been at play—stretching forth their hands, crying, chanting +in a resonant voice, and with boldly upturned faces, Christe Eleison! +</p> + +<p> +For the silence—silence, amid those lights of early morning to which +Marius had always been constitutionally impressible, as having in them a +certain reproachful austerity—was broken suddenly by resounding cries of +Kyrie Eleison! Christe Eleison! repeated alternately, again and again, until +the bishop, rising from his chair, made sign that this prayer should cease. But +the voices burst out once more presently, in richer and more varied melody, +though still of an antiphonal character; the men, the women and children, the +deacons, the people, answering one another, somewhat after the manner of a +Greek chorus. But again with what a novelty of poetic accent; what a genuine +expansion of heart; what profound intimations for the intellect, as the meaning +of the words grew upon him! Cum grandi affectu et compunctione +dicatur—says an ancient eucharistic order; and certainly, the mystic tone +of this praying and singing was one with the expression of deliverance, of +grateful assurance and sincerity, upon the faces of those assembled. As if some +searching correction, a regeneration of the body by the spirit, had begun, and +was already gone a great way, the countenances of men, women, and children +alike had a brightness on them which he could fancy reflected upon +himself—an amenity, a mystic amiability and unction, which found its way +most readily of all to the hearts of children themselves. The religious poetry +of those Hebrew psalms—Benedixisti Domine terram tuam: Dixit Dominus +Domino meo, sede a dextris meis—was certainly in marvellous accord with +the lyrical instinct of his own character. Those august hymns, he thought, must +thereafter ever remain by him as among the well-tested powers in things to +soothe and fortify the soul. One could never grow tired of them! +</p> + +<p> +In the old pagan worship there had been little to call the understanding into +play. Here, on the other hand, the utterance, the eloquence, the music of +worship conveyed, as Marius readily understood, a fact or series of facts, for +intellectual reception. That became evident, more especially, in those lessons, +or sacred readings, which, like the singing, in broken vernacular Latin, +occurred at certain intervals, amid the silence of the assembly. There were +readings, again with bursts of chanted invocation between for fuller light on a +difficult path, in which many a vagrant voice of human philosophy, haunting +men’s minds from of old, recurred with clearer accent than had ever +belonged to it before, as if lifted, above its first intention, into the +harmonies of some supreme system of knowledge or doctrine, at length complete. +And last of all came a narrative which, with a thousand tender memories, every +one appeared to know by heart, displaying, in all the vividness of a picture +for the eye, the mournful figure of him towards whom this whole act of worship +still consistently turned—a figure which seemed to have absorbed, like +some rich tincture in his garment, all that was deep-felt and impassioned in +the experiences of the past. +</p> + +<p> +It was the anniversary of his birth as a little child they celebrated to-day. +Astiterunt reges terrae: so the Gradual, the “Song of Degrees,” +proceeded, the young men on the steps of the altar responding in deep, clear, +antiphon or chorus— +</p> + +<p class="poem"> +Astiterunt reges terrae—<br/> +Adversus sanctum puerum tuum, Jesum:<br/> +Nunc, Domine, da servis tuis loqui verbum tuum—<br/> +Et signa fieri, per nomen sancti pueri Jesu. +</p> + +<p> +And the proper action of the rite itself, like a half-opened book to be read by +the duly initiated mind took up those suggestions, and carried them forward +into the present, as having reference to a power still efficacious, still after +some mystic sense even now in action among the people there assembled. The +entire office, indeed, with its interchange of lessons, hymns, prayer, silence, +was itself like a single piece of highly composite, dramatic music; a +“song of degrees,” rising steadily to a climax. Notwithstanding the +absence of any central image visible to the eye, the entire ceremonial process, +like the place in which it was enacted, was weighty with symbolic significance, +seemed to express a single leading motive. The mystery, if such in fact it was, +centered indeed in the actions of one visible person, distinguished among the +assistants, who stood ranged in semicircle around him, by the extreme fineness +of his white vestments, and the pointed cap with the golden ornaments upon his +head. +</p> + +<p> +Nor had Marius ever seen the pontifical character, as he conceived +it—sicut unguentum in capite, descendens in oram vestimenti—so +fully realised, as in the expression, the manner and voice, of this novel +pontiff, as he took his seat on the white chair placed for him by the young +men, and received his long staff into his hand, or moved his hands—hands +which seemed endowed in very deed with some mysterious power—at the +Lavabo, or at the various benedictions, or to bless certain objects on the +table before him, chanting in cadence of a grave sweetness the leading parts of +the rite. What profound unction and mysticity! The solemn character of the +singing was at its height when he opened his lips. Like some new sort of +rhapsôdos, it was for the moment as if he alone possessed the words of the +office, and they flowed anew from some permanent source of inspiration within +him. The table or altar at which he presided, below a canopy on delicate spiral +columns, was in fact the tomb of a youthful “witness,” of the +family of the Cecilii, who had shed his blood not many years before, and whose +relics were still in this place. It was for his sake the bishop put his lips so +often to the surface before him; the regretful memory of that death entwining +itself, though not without certain notes of triumph, as a matter of special +inward significance, throughout a service, which was, before all else, from +first to last, a commemoration of the dead. +</p> + +<p> +A sacrifice also,—a sacrifice, it might seem, like the most primitive, +the most natural and enduringly significant of old pagan sacrifices, of the +simplest fruits of the earth. And in connexion with this circumstance again, as +in the actual stones of the building so in the rite itself, what Marius +observed was not so much new matter as a new spirit, moulding, informing, with +a new intention, many observances not witnessed for the first time to-day. Men +and women came to the altar successively, in perfect order, and deposited below +the lattice-work of pierced white marble, their baskets of wheat and grapes, +incense, oil for the sanctuary lamps; bread and wine especially—pure +wheaten bread, the pure white wine of the Tusculan vineyards. There was here a +veritable consecration, hopeful and animating, of the earth’s gifts, of +old dead and dark matter itself, now in some way redeemed at last, of all that +we can touch or see, in the midst of a jaded world that had lost the true sense +of such things, and in strong contrast to the wise emperor’s renunciant +and impassive attitude towards them. Certain portions of that bread and wine +were taken into the bishop’s hands; and thereafter, with an increasing +mysticity and effusion the rite proceeded. Still in a strain of inspired +supplication, the antiphonal singing developed, from this point, into a kind of +dialogue between the chief minister and the whole assisting company— +</p> + +<p class="poem"> +SURSUM CORDA!<br/> +HABEMUS AD DOMINUM.<br/> +GRATIAS AGAMUS DOMINO DEO NOSTRO!— +</p> + +<p> +It might have been thought the business, the duty or service of young men more +particularly, as they stood there in long ranks, and in severe and simple +vesture of the purest white—a service in which they would seem to be +flying for refuge, as with their precious, their treacherous and critical youth +in their hands, to one—Yes! one like themselves, who yet claimed their +worship, a worship, above all, in the way of Aurelius, in the way of imitation. +Adoramus te Christe, quia per crucem tuam redemisti mundum!—they cry +together. So deep is the emotion that at moments it seems to Marius as if some +there present apprehend that prayer prevails, that the very object of this +pathetic crying himself draws near. From the first there had been the sense, an +increasing assurance, of one coming:—actually with them now, according to +the oft-repeated affirmation or petition, Dominus vobiscum! Some at least were +quite sure of it; and the confidence of this remnant fired the hearts, and gave +meaning to the bold, ecstatic worship, of all the rest about them. +</p> + +<p> +Prompted especially by the suggestions of that mysterious old Jewish psalmody, +so new to him—lesson and hymn—and catching therewith a portion of +the enthusiasm of those beside him, Marius could discern dimly, behind the +solemn recitation which now followed, at once a narrative and a prayer, the +most touching image truly that had ever come within the scope of his mental or +physical gaze. It was the image of a young man giving up voluntarily, one by +one, for the greatest of ends, the greatest gifts; actually parting with +himself, above all, with the serenity, the divine serenity, of his own soul; +yet from the midst of his desolation crying out upon the greatness of his +success, as if foreseeing this very worship.* As centre of the supposed facts +which for these people were become so constraining a motive of hopefulness, of +activity, that image seemed to display itself with an overwhelming claim on +human gratitude. What Saint Lewis of France discerned, and found so +irresistibly touching, across the dimness of many centuries, as a painful thing +done for love of him by one he had never seen, was to them almost as a thing of +yesterday; and their hearts were whole with it. It had the force, among their +interests, of an almost recent event in the career of one whom their +fathers’ fathers might have known. From memories so sublime, yet so close +at hand, had the narrative descended in which these acts of worship centered; +though again the names of some more recently dead were mingled in it. And it +seemed as if the very dead were aware; to be stirring beneath the slabs of the +sepulchres which lay so near, that they might associate themselves to this +enthusiasm—to this exalted worship of Jesus. +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +* Psalm xxii. 22-31. +</p> + +<p> +One by one, at last, the faithful approach to receive from the chief minister +morsels of the great, white, wheaten cake, he had taken into his +hands—Perducat vos ad vitam aeternam! he prays, half-silently, as they +depart again, after discreet embraces. The Eucharist of those early days was, +even more entirely than at any later or happier time, an act of thanksgiving; +and while the remnants of the feast are borne away for the reception of the +sick, the sustained gladness of the rite reaches its highest point in the +singing of a hymn: a hymn like the spontaneous product of two opposed militant +companies, contending accordantly together, heightening, accumulating, their +witness, provoking one another’s worship, in a kind of sacred rivalry. +</p> + +<p> +Ite! Missa est!—cried the young deacons: and Marius departed from that +strange scene along with the rest. What was it?—Was it this made the way +of Cornelius so pleasant through the world? As for Marius himself,—the +natural soul of worship in him had at last been satisfied as never before. He +felt, as he left that place, that he must hereafter experience often a longing +memory, a kind of thirst, for all this, over again. And it seemed moreover to +define what he must require of the powers, whatsoever they might be, that had +brought him into the world at all, to make him not unhappy in it. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap24"></a>CHAPTER XXIV.<br/> +A CONVERSATION NOT IMAGINARY</h2> + +<p> +In cheerfulness is the success of our studies, says Pliny—studia +hilaritate proveniunt. It was still the habit of Marius, encouraged by his +experience that sleep is not only a sedative but the best of stimulants, to +seize the morning hours for creation, making profit when he might of the +wholesome serenity which followed a dreamless night. “The morning for +creation,” he would say; “the afternoon for the perfecting labour +of the file; the evening for reception—the reception of matter from +without one, of other men’s words and thoughts—matter for our own +dreams, or the merely mechanic exercise of the brain, brooding thereon +silently, in its dark chambers.” To leave home early in the day was +therefore a rare thing for him. He was induced so to do on the occasion of a +visit to Rome of the famous writer Lucian, whom he had been bidden to meet. The +breakfast over, he walked away with the learned guest, having offered to be his +guide to the lecture-room of a well-known Greek rhetorician and expositor of +the Stoic philosophy, a teacher then much in fashion among the studious youth +of Rome. On reaching the place, however, they found the doors closed, with a +slip of writing attached, which proclaimed “a holiday”; and the +morning being a fine one, they walked further, along the Appian Way. Mortality, +with which the Queen of Ways—in reality the favourite cemetery of +Rome—was so closely crowded, in every imaginable form of sepulchre, from +the tiniest baby-house, to the massive monument out of which the Middle Age +would adapt a fortress-tower, might seem, on a morning like this, to be +“smiling through tears.” The flower-stalls just beyond the city +gates presented to view an array of posies and garlands, fresh enough for a +wedding. At one and another of them groups of persons, gravely clad, were +making their bargains before starting for some perhaps distant spot on the +highway, to keep a dies rosationis, this being the time of roses, at the grave +of a deceased relation. Here and there, a funeral procession was slowly on its +way, in weird contrast to the gaiety of the hour. +</p> + +<p> +The two companions, of course, read the epitaphs as they strolled along. In +one, reminding them of the poet’s—Si lacrimae prosunt, visis te +ostende videri!—a woman prayed that her lost husband might visit her +dreams. Their characteristic note, indeed, was an imploring cry, still to be +sought after by the living. “While I live,” such was the promise of +a lover to his dead mistress, “you will receive this homage: after my +death,—who can tell?”—post mortem nescio. “If ghosts, +my sons, do feel anything after death, my sorrow will be lessened by your +frequent coming to me here!” “This is a privileged tomb; to my +family and descendants has been conceded the right of visiting this place as +often as they please.” “This is an eternal habitation; here lie I; +here I shall lie for ever.” “Reader! if you doubt that the soul +survives, make your oblation and a prayer for me; and you shall +understand!” +</p> + +<p> +The elder of the two readers, certainly, was little affected by those pathetic +suggestions. It was long ago that after visiting the banks of the Padus, where +he had sought in vain for the poplars (sisters of Phaethon erewhile) whose +tears became amber, he had once for all arranged for himself a view of the +world exclusive of all reference to what might lie beyond its “flaming +barriers.” And at the age of sixty he had no misgivings. His elegant and +self-complacent but far from unamiable scepticism, long since brought to +perfection, never failed him. It surrounded him, as some are surrounded by a +magic ring of fine aristocratic manners, with “a rampart,” through +which he himself never broke, nor permitted any thing or person to break upon +him. Gay, animated, content with his old age as it was, the aged student still +took a lively interest in studious youth.—Could Marius inform him of any +such, now known to him in Rome? What did the young men learn, just then? and +how? +</p> + +<p> +In answer, Marius became fluent concerning the promise of one young student, +the son, as it presently appeared, of parents of whom Lucian himself knew +something: and soon afterwards the lad was seen coming along briskly—a +lad with gait and figure well enough expressive of the sane mind in the healthy +body, though a little slim and worn of feature, and with a pair of eyes +expressly designed, it might seem, for fine glancings at the stars. At the +sight of Marius he paused suddenly, and with a modest blush on recognising his +companion, who straightway took with the youth, so prettily enthusiastic, the +freedom of an old friend. +</p> + +<p> +In a few moments the three were seated together, immediately above the fragrant +borders of a rose-farm, on the marble bench of one of the exhedrae for the use +of foot-passengers at the roadside, from which they could overlook the grand, +earnest prospect of the Campagna, and enjoy the air. Fancying that the +lad’s plainly written enthusiasm had induced in the elder speaker +somewhat more fervour than was usual with him, Marius listened to the +conversation which follows.— +</p> + +<p> +“Ah! Hermotimus! Hurrying to lecture! —if I may judge by your pace, +and that volume in your hand. You were thinking hard as you came along, moving +your lips and waving your arms. Some fine speech you were pondering, some +knotty question, some viewy doctrine—not to be idle for a moment, to be +making progress in philosophy, even on your way to the schools. To-day, +however, you need go no further. We read a notice at the schools that there +would be no lecture. Stay therefore, and talk awhile with us. +</p> + +<p> +—With pleasure, Lucian.—Yes! I was ruminating yesterday’s +conference. One must not lose a moment. Life is short and art is long! And it +was of the art of medicine, that was first said—a thing so much easier +than divine philosophy, to which one can hardly attain in a lifetime, unless +one be ever wakeful, ever on the watch. And here the hazard is no little +one:—By the attainment of a true philosophy to attain happiness; or, +having missed both, to perish, as one of the vulgar herd. +</p> + +<p> +—The prize is a great one, Hermotimus! and you must needs be near it, +after these months of toil, and with that scholarly pallor of yours. Unless, +indeed, you have already laid hold upon it, and kept us in the dark. +</p> + +<p> +—How could that be, Lucian? Happiness, as Hesiod says, abides very far +hence; and the way to it is long and steep and rough. I see myself still at the +beginning of my journey; still but at the mountain’s foot. I am trying +with all my might to get forward. What I need is a hand, stretched out to help +me. +</p> + +<p> +—And is not the master sufficient for that? Could he not, like Zeus in +Homer, let down to you, from that high place, a golden cord, to draw you up +thither, to himself and to that Happiness, to which he ascended so long ago? +</p> + +<p> +—The very point, Lucian! Had it depended on him I should long ago have +been caught up. ’Tis I, am wanting. +</p> + +<p> +—Well! keep your eye fixed on the journey’s end, and that happiness +there above, with confidence in his goodwill. +</p> + +<p> +—Ah! there are many who start cheerfully on the journey and proceed a +certain distance, but lose heart when they light on the obstacles of the way. +Only, those who endure to the end do come to the mountain’s top, and +thereafter live in Happiness:—live a wonderful manner of life, seeing all +other people from that great height no bigger than tiny ants. +</p> + +<p> +—What little fellows you make of us—less than the +pygmies—down in the dust here. Well! we, ‘the vulgar herd,’ +as we creep along, will not forget you in our prayers, when you are seated up +there above the clouds, whither you have been so long hastening. But tell me, +Hermotimus!—when do you expect to arrive there? +</p> + +<p> +—Ah! that I know not. In twenty years, perhaps, I shall be really on the +summit.—A great while! you think. But then, again, the prize I contend +for is a great one. +</p> + +<p> +—Perhaps! But as to those twenty years—that you will live so long. +Has the master assured you of that? Is he a prophet as well as a philosopher? +For I suppose you would not endure all this, upon a mere chance—toiling +day and night, though it might happen that just ere the last step, Destiny +seized you by the foot and plucked you thence, with your hope still +unfulfilled. +</p> + +<p> +—Hence, with these ill-omened words, Lucian! Were I to survive but for a +day, I should be happy, having once attained wisdom. +</p> + +<p> +—How?—Satisfied with a single day, after all those labours? +</p> + +<p> +—Yes! one blessed moment were enough! +</p> + +<p> +—But again, as you have never been, how know you that happiness is to be +had up there, at all—the happiness that is to make all this worth while? +</p> + +<p> +—I believe what the master tells me. Of a certainty he knows, being now +far above all others. +</p> + +<p> +—And what was it he told you about it? Is it riches, or glory, or some +indescribable pleasure? +</p> + +<p> +—Hush! my friend! All those are nothing in comparison of the life there. +</p> + +<p> +—What, then, shall those who come to the end of this +discipline—what excellent thing shall they receive, if not these? +</p> + +<p> +—Wisdom, the absolute goodness and the absolute beauty, with the sure and +certain knowledge of all things—how they are. Riches and glory and +pleasure—whatsoever belongs to the body—they have cast from them: +stripped bare of all that, they mount up, even as Hercules, consumed in the +fire, became a god. He too cast aside all that he had of his earthly mother, +and bearing with him the divine element, pure and undefiled, winged his way to +heaven from the discerning flame. Even so do they, detached from all that +others prize, by the burning fire of a true philosophy, ascend to the highest +degree of happiness. +</p> + +<p> +—Strange! And do they never come down again from the heights to help +those whom they left below? Must they, when they be once come thither, there +remain for ever, laughing, as you say, at what other men prize? +</p> + +<p> +—More than that! They whose initiation is entire are subject no longer to +anger, fear, desire, regret. Nay! They scarcely feel at all. +</p> + +<p> +—Well! as you have leisure to-day, why not tell an old friend in what way +you first started on your philosophic journey? For, if I might, I should like +to join company with you from this very day. +</p> + +<p> +—If you be really willing, Lucian! you will learn in no long time your +advantage over all other people. They will seem but as children, so far above +them will be your thoughts. +</p> + +<p> +—Well! Be you my guide! It is but fair. But tell me—Do you allow +learners to contradict, if anything is said which they don’t think right? +</p> + +<p> +—No, indeed! Still, if you wish, oppose your questions. In that way you +will learn more easily. +</p> + +<p> +—Let me know, then—Is there one only way which leads to a true +philosophy—your own way—the way of the Stoics: or is it true, as I +have heard, that there are many ways of approaching it? +</p> + +<p> +—Yes! Many ways! There are the Stoics, and the Peripatetics, and those +who call themselves after Plato: there are the enthusiasts for Diogenes, and +Antisthenes, and the followers of Pythagoras, besides others. +</p> + +<p> +—It was true, then. But again, is what they say the same or different? +</p> + +<p> +—Very different. +</p> + +<p> +—Yet the truth, I conceive, would be one and the same, from all of them. +Answer me then—In what, or in whom, did you confide when you first betook +yourself to philosophy, and seeing so many doors open to you, passed them all +by and went in to the Stoics, as if there alone lay the way of truth? What +token had you? Forget, please, all you are to-day—half-way, or more, on +the philosophic journey: answer me as you would have done then, a mere outsider +as I am now. +</p> + +<p> +—Willingly! It was there the great majority went! ’Twas by that I +judged it to be the better way. +</p> + +<p> +—A majority how much greater than the Epicureans, the Platonists, the +Peripatetics? You, doubtless, counted them respectively, as with the votes in a +scrutiny. +</p> + +<p> +—No! But this was not my only motive. I heard it said by every one that +the Epicureans were soft and voluptuous, the Peripatetics avaricious and +quarrelsome, and Plato’s followers puffed up with pride. But of the +Stoics, not a few pronounced that they were true men, that they knew +everything, that theirs was the royal road, the one road, to wealth, to wisdom, +to all that can be desired. +</p> + +<p> +—Of course those who said this were not themselves Stoics: you would not +have believed them—still less their opponents. They were the vulgar, +therefore. +</p> + +<p> +—True! But you must know that I did not trust to others exclusively. I +trusted also to myself—to what I saw. I saw the Stoics going through the +world after a seemly manner, neatly clad, never in excess, always collected, +ever faithful to the mean which all pronounce ‘golden.’ +</p> + +<p> +—You are trying an experiment on me. You would fain see how far you can +mislead me as to your real ground. The kind of probation you describe is +applicable, indeed, to works of art, which are rightly judged by their +appearance to the eye. There is something in the comely form, the graceful +drapery, which tells surely of the hand of Pheidias or Alcamenes. But if +philosophy is to be judged by outward appearances, what would become of the +blind man, for instance, unable to observe the attire and gait of your friends +the Stoics? +</p> + +<p> +—It was not of the blind I was thinking. +</p> + +<p> +—Yet there must needs be some common criterion in a matter so important +to all. Put the blind, if you will, beyond the privileges of philosophy; though +they perhaps need that inward vision more than all others. But can those who +are not blind, be they as keen-sighted as you will, collect a single fact of +mind from a man’s attire, from anything outward?—Understand me! You +attached yourself to these men—did you not?—because of a certain +love you had for the mind in them, the thoughts they possessed desiring the +mind in you to be improved thereby? +</p> + +<p> +—Assuredly! +</p> + +<p> +—How, then, did you find it possible, by the sort of signs you just now +spoke of, to distinguish the true philosopher from the false? Matters of that +kind are not wont so to reveal themselves. They are but hidden mysteries, +hardly to be guessed at through the words and acts which may in some sort be +conformable to them. You, however, it would seem, can look straight into the +heart in men’s bosoms, and acquaint yourself with what really passes +there. +</p> + +<p> +—You are making sport of me, Lucian! In truth, it was with God’s +help I made my choice, and I don’t repent it. +</p> + +<p> +—And still you refuse to tell me, to save me from perishing in that +‘vulgar herd.’ +</p> + +<p> +—Because nothing I can tell you would satisfy you. +</p> + +<p> +—You are mistaken, my friend! But since you deliberately conceal the +thing, grudging me, as I suppose, that true philosophy which would make me +equal to you, I will try, if it may be, to find out for myself the exact +criterion in these matters—how to make a perfectly safe choice. And, do +you listen. +</p> + +<p> +—I will; there may be something worth knowing in what you will say. +</p> + +<p> +—Well!—only don’t laugh if I seem a little fumbling in my +efforts. The fault is yours, in refusing to share your lights with me. Let +Philosophy, then, be like a city—a city whose citizens within it are a +happy people, as your master would tell you, having lately come thence, as we +suppose. All the virtues are theirs, and they are little less than gods. Those +acts of violence which happen among us are not to be seen in their streets. +They live together in one mind, very seemly; the things which beyond everything +else cause men to contend against each other, having no place upon them. Gold +and silver, pleasure, vainglory, they have long since banished, as being +unprofitable to the commonwealth; and their life is an unbroken calm, in +liberty, equality, an equal happiness. +</p> + +<p> +—And is it not reasonable that all men should desire to be of a city such +as that, and take no account of the length and difficulty of the way thither, +so only they may one day become its freemen? +</p> + +<p> +—It might well be the business of life:—leaving all else, +forgetting one’s native country here, unmoved by the tears, the +restraining hands, of parents or children, if one had them—only bidding +them follow the same road; and if they would not or could not, shaking them +off, leaving one’s very garment in their hands if they took hold on us, +to start off straightway for that happy place! For there is no fear, I suppose, +of being shut out if one came thither naked. I remember, indeed, long ago an +aged man related to me how things passed there, offering himself to be my +leader, and enrol me on my arrival in the number of the citizens. I was but +fifteen—certainly very foolish: and it may be that I was then actually +within the suburbs, or at the very gates, of the city. Well, this aged man told +me, among other things, that all the citizens were wayfarers from afar. Among +them were barbarians and slaves, poor men—aye! and cripples—all +indeed who truly desired that citizenship. For the only legal conditions of +enrolment were—not wealth, nor bodily beauty, nor noble +ancestry—things not named among them—but intelligence, and the +desire for moral beauty, and earnest labour. The last comer, thus qualified, +was made equal to the rest: master and slave, patrician, plebeian, were words +they had not—in that blissful place. And believe me, if that blissful, +that beautiful place, were set on a hill visible to all the world, I should +long ago have journeyed thither. But, as you say, it is far off: and one must +needs find out for oneself the road to it, and the best possible guide. And I +find a multitude of guides, who press on me their services, and protest, all +alike, that they have themselves come thence. Only, the roads they propose are +many, and towards adverse quarters. And one of them is steep and stony, and +through the beating sun; and the other is through green meadows, and under +grateful shade, and by many a fountain of water. But howsoever the road may be, +at each one of them stands a credible guide; he puts out his hand and would +have you come his way. All other ways are wrong, all other guides false. Hence +my difficulty!—The number and variety of the ways! For you know, There is +but one road that leads to Corinth. +</p> + +<p> +—Well! If you go the whole round, you will find no better guides than +those. If you wish to get to Corinth, you will follow the traces of Zeno and +Chrysippus. It is impossible otherwise. +</p> + +<p> +—Yes! The old, familiar language! Were one of Plato’s +fellow-pilgrims here, or a follower of Epicurus—or fifty +others—each would tell me that I should never get to Corinth except in +his company. One must therefore credit all alike, which would be absurd; or, +what is far safer, distrust all alike, until one has discovered the truth. +Suppose now, that, being as I am, ignorant which of all philosophers is really +in possession of truth, I choose your sect, relying on yourself—my +friend, indeed, yet still acquainted only with the way of the Stoics; and that +then some divine power brought Plato, and Aristotle, and Pythagoras, and the +others, back to life again. Well! They would come round about me, and put me on +my trial for my presumption, and say:—‘In whom was it you confided +when you preferred Zeno and Chrysippus to me?—and me?—masters of +far more venerable age than those, who are but of yesterday; and though you +have never held any discussion with us, nor made trial of our doctrine? It is +not thus that the law would have judges do—listen to one party and refuse +to let the other speak for himself. If judges act thus, there may be an appeal +to another tribunal.’ What should I answer? Would it be enough to +say:—‘I trusted my friend Hermotimus?’—‘We know +not Hermotimus, nor he us,’ they would tell me; adding, with a smile, +‘your friend thinks he may believe all our adversaries say of us whether +in ignorance or in malice. Yet if he were umpire in the games, and if he +happened to see one of our wrestlers, by way of a preliminary exercise, knock +to pieces an antagonist of mere empty air, he would not thereupon pronounce him +a victor. Well! don’t let your friend Hermotimus suppose, in like manner, +that his teachers have really prevailed over us in those battles of theirs, +fought with our mere shadows. That, again, were to be like children, lightly +overthrowing their own card-castles; or like boy-archers, who cry out when they +hit the target of straw. The Persian and Scythian bowmen, as they speed along, +can pierce a bird on the wing.’ +</p> + +<p> +—Let us leave Plato and the others at rest. It is not for me to contend +against them. Let us rather search out together if the truth of Philosophy be +as I say. Why summon the athletes, and archers from Persia? +</p> + +<p> +—Yes! let them go, if you think them in the way. And now do you speak! +You really look as if you had something wonderful to deliver. +</p> + +<p> +—Well then, Lucian! to me it seems quite possible for one who has learned +the doctrines of the Stoics only, to attain from those a knowledge of the +truth, without proceeding to inquire into all the various tenets of the others. +Look at the question in this way. If one told you that twice two make four, +would it be necessary for you to go the whole round of the arithmeticians, to +see whether any one of them will say that twice two make five, or seven? Would +you not see at once that the man tells the truth? +</p> + +<p> +—At once. +</p> + +<p> +—Why then do you find it impossible that one who has fallen in with the +Stoics only, in their enunciation of what is true, should adhere to them, and +seek after no others; assured that four could never be five, even if fifty +Platos, fifty Aristotles said so? +</p> + +<p> +—You are beside the point, Hermotimus! You are likening open questions to +principles universally received. Have you ever met any one who said that twice +two make five, or seven? +</p> + +<p> +—No! only a madman would say that. +</p> + +<p> +—And have you ever met, on the other hand, a Stoic and an Epicurean who +were agreed upon the beginning and the end, the principle and the final cause, +of things? Never! Then your parallel is false. We are inquiring to which of the +sects philosophic truth belongs, and you seize on it by anticipation, and +assign it to the Stoics, alleging, what is by no means clear, that it is they +for whom twice two make four. But the Epicureans, or the Platonists, might say +that it is they, in truth, who make two and two equal four, while you make them +five or seven. Is it not so, when you think virtue the only good, and the +Epicureans pleasure; when you hold all things to be material, while the +Platonists admit something immaterial? As I said, you resolve offhand, in +favour of the Stoics, the very point which needs a critical decision. If it is +clear beforehand that the Stoics alone make two and two equal four, then the +others must hold their peace. But so long as that is the very point of debate, +we must listen to all sects alike, or be well-assured that we shall seem but +partial in our judgment. +</p> + +<p> +—I think, Lucian! that you do not altogether understand my meaning. To +make it clear, then, let us suppose that two men had entered a temple, of +Aesculapius,—say! or Bacchus: and that afterwards one of the sacred +vessels is found to be missing. And the two men must be searched to see which +of them has hidden it under his garment. For it is certainly in the possession +of one or the other of them. Well! if it be found on the first there will be no +need to search the second; if it is not found on the first, then the other must +have it; and again, there will be no need to search him. +</p> + +<p> +—Yes! So let it be. +</p> + +<p> +—And we too, Lucian! if we have found the holy vessel in possession of +the Stoics, shall no longer have need to search other philosophers, having +attained that we were seeking. Why trouble ourselves further? +</p> + +<p> +—No need, if something had indeed been found, and you knew it to be that +lost thing: if, at the least, you could recognise the sacred object when you +saw it. But truly, as the matter now stands, not two persons only have entered +the temple, one or the other of whom must needs have taken the golden cup, but +a whole crowd of persons. And then, it is not clear what the lost object really +is—cup, or flagon, or diadem; for one of the priests avers this, another +that; they are not even in agreement as to its material: some will have it to +be of brass, others of silver, or gold. It thus becomes necessary to search the +garments of all persons who have entered the temple, if the lost vessel is to +be recovered. And if you find a golden cup on the first of them, it will still +be necessary to proceed in searching the garments of the others; for it is not +certain that this cup really belonged to the temple. Might there not be many +such golden vessels?—No! we must go on to every one of them, placing all +that we find in the midst together, and then make our guess which of all those +things may fairly be supposed to be the property of the god. For, again, this +circumstance adds greatly to our difficulty, that without exception every one +searched is found to have something upon him—cup, or flagon, or diadem, +of brass, of silver, of gold: and still, all the while, it is not ascertained +which of all these is the sacred thing. And you must still hesitate to +pronounce any one of them guilty of the sacrilege—those objects may be +their own lawful property: one cause of all this obscurity being, as I think, +that there was no inscription on the lost cup, if cup it was. Had the name of +the god, or even that of the donor, been upon it, at least we should have had +less trouble, and having detected the inscription, should have ceased to +trouble any one else by our search. +</p> + +<p> +—I have nothing to reply to that. +</p> + +<p> +—Hardly anything plausible. So that if we wish to find who it is has the +sacred vessel, or who will be our best guide to Corinth, we must needs proceed +to every one and examine him with the utmost care, stripping off his garment +and considering him closely. Scarcely, even so, shall we come at the truth. And +if we are to have a credible adviser regarding this question of +philosophy—which of all philosophies one ought to follow—he alone +who is acquainted with the dicta of every one of them can be such a guide: all +others must be inadequate. I would give no credence to them if they lacked +information as to one only. If somebody introduced a fair person and told us he +was the fairest of all men, we should not believe that, unless we knew that he +had seen all the people in the world. Fair he might be; but, fairest of +all—none could know, unless he had seen all. And we too desire, not a +fair one, but the fairest of all. Unless we find him, we shall think we have +failed. It is no casual beauty that will content us; what we are seeking after +is that supreme beauty which must of necessity be unique. +</p> + +<p> +—What then is one to do, if the matter be really thus? Perhaps you know +better than I. All I see is that very few of us would have time to examine all +the various sects of philosophy in turn, even if we began in early life. I know +not how it is; but though you seem to me to speak reasonably, yet (I must +confess it) you have distressed me not a little by this exact exposition of +yours. I was unlucky in coming out to-day, and in my falling in with you, who +have thrown me into utter perplexity by your proof that the discovery of truth +is impossible, just as I seemed to be on the point of attaining my hope. +</p> + +<p> +—Blame your parents, my child, not me! Or rather, blame mother Nature +herself, for giving us but seventy or eighty years instead of making us as +long-lived as Tithonus. For my part, I have but led you from premise to +conclusion. +</p> + +<p> +—Nay! you are a mocker! I know not wherefore, but you have a grudge +against philosophy; and it is your entertainment to make a jest of her lovers. +</p> + +<p> +—Ah! Hermotimus! what the Truth may be, you philosophers may be able to +tell better than I. But so much at least I know of her, that she is one by no +means pleasant to those who hear her speak: in the matter of pleasantness, she +is far surpassed by Falsehood: and Falsehood has the pleasanter countenance. +She, nevertheless, being conscious of no alloy within, discourses with boldness +to all men, who therefore have little love for her. See how angry you are now +because I have stated the truth about certain things of which we are both alike +enamoured—that they are hard to come by. It is as if you had fallen in +love with a statue and hoped to win its favour, thinking it a human creature; +and I, understanding it to be but an image of brass or stone, had shown you, as +a friend, that your love was impossible, and thereupon you had conceived that I +bore you some ill-will. +</p> + +<p> +—But still, does it not follow from what you said, that we must renounce +philosophy and pass our days in idleness? +</p> + +<p> +—When did you hear me say that? I did but assert that if we are to seek +after philosophy, whereas there are many ways professing to lead thereto, we +must with much exactness distinguish them. +</p> + +<p> +—Well, Lucian! that we must go to all the schools in turn, and test what +they say, if we are to choose the right one, is perhaps reasonable; but surely +ridiculous, unless we are to live as many years as the Phoenix, to be so +lengthy in the trial of each; as if it were not possible to learn the whole by +the part! They say that Pheidias, when he was shown one of the talons of a +lion, computed the stature and age of the animal it belonged to, modelling a +complete lion upon the standard of a single part of it. You too would recognise +a human hand were the rest of the body concealed. Even so with the schools of +philosophy:—the leading doctrines of each might be learned in an +afternoon. That over-exactness of yours, which required so long a time, is by +no means necessary for making the better choice. +</p> + +<p> +—You are forcible, Hermotimus! with this theory of The Whole by the Part. +Yet, methinks, I heard you but now propound the contrary. But tell me; would +Pheidias when he saw the lion’s talon have known that it was a +lion’s, if he had never seen the animal? Surely, the cause of his +recognising the part was his knowledge of the whole. There is a way of choosing +one’s philosophy even less troublesome than yours. Put the names of all +the philosophers into an urn. Then call a little child, and let him draw the +name of the philosopher you shall follow all the rest of your days. +</p> + +<p> +—Nay! be serious with me. Tell me; did you ever buy wine? +</p> + +<p> +—Surely. +</p> + +<p> +—And did you first go the whole round of the wine-merchants, tasting and +comparing their wines? +</p> + +<p> +—By no means. +</p> + +<p> +—No! You were contented to order the first good wine you found at your +price. By tasting a little you were ascertained of the quality of the whole +cask. How if you had gone to each of the merchants in turn, and said, ‘I +wish to buy a cotylé of wine. Let me drink out the whole cask. Then I shall be +able to tell which is best, and where I ought to buy.’ Yet this is what +you would do with the philosophies. Why drain the cask when you might taste, +and see? +</p> + +<p> +—How slippery you are; how you escape from one’s fingers! Still, +you have given me an advantage, and are in your own trap. +</p> + +<p> +—How so? +</p> + +<p> +—Thus! You take a common object known to every one, and make wine the +figure of a thing which presents the greatest variety in itself, and about +which all men are at variance, because it is an unseen and difficult thing. I +hardly know wherein philosophy and wine are alike unless it be in this, that +the philosophers exchange their ware for money, like the wine-merchants; some +of them with a mixture of water or worse, or giving short measure. However, let +us consider your parallel. The wine in the cask, you say, is of one kind +throughout. But have the philosophers—has your own master even—but +one and the same thing only to tell you, every day and all days, on a subject +so manifold? Otherwise, how can you know the whole by the tasting of one part? +The whole is not the same—Ah! and it may be that God has hidden the good +wine of philosophy at the bottom of the cask. You must drain it to the end if +you are to find those drops of divine sweetness you seem so much to thirst for! +Yourself, after drinking so deeply, are still but at the beginning, as you +said. But is not philosophy rather like this? Keep the figure of the merchant +and the cask: but let it be filled, not with wine, but with every sort of +grain. You come to buy. The merchant hands you a little of the wheat which lies +at the top. Could you tell by looking at that, whether the chick-peas were +clean, the lentils tender, the beans full? And then, whereas in selecting our +wine we risk only our money; in selecting our philosophy we risk ourselves, as +you told me—might ourselves sink into the dregs of ‘the vulgar +herd.’ Moreover, while you may not drain the whole cask of wine by way of +tasting, Wisdom grows no less by the depth of your drinking. Nay! if you take +of her, she is increased thereby. +</p> + +<p> +And then I have another similitude to propose, as regards this tasting of +philosophy. Don’t think I blaspheme her if I say that it may be with her +as with some deadly poison, hemlock or aconite. These too, though they cause +death, yet kill not if one tastes but a minute portion. You would suppose that +the tiniest particle must be sufficient. +</p> + +<p> +—Be it as you will, Lucian! One must live a hundred years: one must +sustain all this labour; otherwise philosophy is unattainable. +</p> + +<p> +—Not so! Though there were nothing strange in that, if it be true, as you +said at first, that Life is short and art is long. But now you take it hard +that we are not to see you this very day, before the sun goes down, a +Chrysippus, a Pythagoras, a Plato. +</p> + +<p> +—You overtake me, Lucian! and drive me into a corner; in jealousy of +heart, I believe, because I have made some progress in doctrine whereas you +have neglected yourself. +</p> + +<p> +—Well! Don’t attend to me! Treat me as a Corybant, a fanatic: and +do you go forward on this road of yours. Finish the journey in accordance with +the view you had of these matters at the beginning of it. Only, be assured that +my judgment on it will remain unchanged. Reason still says, that without +criticism, without a clear, exact, unbiassed intelligence to try them, all +those theories—all things—will have been seen but in vain. +‘To that end,’ she tells us, ‘much time is necessary, many +delays of judgment, a cautious gait; repeated inspection.’ And we are not +to regard the outward appearance, or the reputation of wisdom, in any of the +speakers; but like the judges of Areopagus, who try their causes in the +darkness of the night, look only to what they say. +</p> + +<p> +—Philosophy, then, is impossible, or possible only in another life! +</p> + +<p> +—Hermotimus! I grieve to tell you that all this even, may be in truth +insufficient. After all, we may deceive ourselves in the belief that we have +found something:—like the fishermen! Again and again they let down the +net. At last they feel something heavy, and with vast labour draw up, not a +load of fish, but only a pot full of sand, or a great stone. +</p> + +<p> +—I don’t understand what you mean by the net. It is plain that you +have caught me in it. +</p> + +<p> +—Try to get out! You can swim as well as another. We may go to all +philosophers in turn and make trial of them. Still, I, for my part, hold it by +no means certain that any one of them really possesses what we seek. The truth +may be a thing that not one of them has yet found. You have twenty beans in +your hand, and you bid ten persons guess how many: one says five, another +fifteen; it is possible that one of them may tell the true number; but it is +not impossible that all may be wrong. So it is with the philosophers. All alike +are in search of Happiness—what kind of thing it is. One says one thing, +one another: it is pleasure; it is virtue;—what not? And Happiness may +indeed be one of those things. But it is possible also that it may be still +something else, different and distinct from them all. +</p> + +<p> +—What is this?—There is something, I know not how, very sad and +disheartening in what you say. We seem to have come round in a circle to the +spot whence we started, and to our first incertitude. Ah! Lucian, what have you +done to me? You have proved my priceless pearl to be but ashes, and all my past +labour to have been in vain. +</p> + +<p> +—Reflect, my friend, that you are not the first person who has thus +failed of the good thing he hoped for. All philosophers, so to speak, are but +fighting about the ‘ass’s shadow.’ To me you seem like one +who should weep, and reproach fortune because he is not able to climb up into +heaven, or go down into the sea by Sicily and come up at Cyprus, or sail on +wings in one day from Greece to India. And the true cause of his trouble is +that he has based his hope on what he has seen in a dream, or his own fancy has +put together; without previous thought whether what he desires is in itself +attainable and within the compass of human nature. Even so, methinks, has it +happened with you. As you dreamed, so largely, of those wonderful things, came +Reason, and woke you up from sleep, a little roughly: and then you are angry +with Reason, your eyes being still but half open, and find it hard to shake off +sleep for the pleasure of what you saw therein. Only, don’t be angry with +me, because, as a friend, I would not suffer you to pass your life in a dream, +pleasant perhaps, but still only a dream—because I wake you up and demand +that you should busy yourself with the proper business of life, and send you to +it possessed of common sense. What your soul was full of just now is not very +different from those Gorgons and Chimaeras and the like, which the poets and +the painters construct for us, fancy-free:—things which never were, and +never will be, though many believe in them, and all like to see and hear of +them, just because they are so strange and odd. +</p> + +<p> +And you too, methinks, having heard from some such maker of marvels of a +certain woman of a fairness beyond nature—beyond the Graces, beyond Venus +Urania herself—asked not if he spoke truth, and whether this woman be +really alive in the world, but straightway fell in love with her; as they say +that Medea was enamoured of Jason in a dream. And what more than anything else +seduced you, and others like you, into that passion, for a vain idol of the +fancy, is, that he who told you about that fair woman, from the very moment +when you first believed that what he said was true, brought forward all the +rest in consequent order. Upon her alone your eyes were fixed; by her he led +you along, when once you had given him a hold upon you—led you along the +straight road, as he said, to the beloved one. All was easy after that. None of +you asked again whether it was the true way; following one after another, like +sheep led by the green bough in the hand of the shepherd. He moved you hither +and thither with his finger, as easily as water spilt on a table! +</p> + +<p> +My friend! Be not so lengthy in preparing the banquet, lest you die of hunger! +I saw one who poured water into a mortar, and ground it with all his might with +a pestle of iron, fancying he did a thing useful and necessary; but it remained +water only, none the less.” +</p> + +<p> +Just there the conversation broke off suddenly, and the disputants parted. The +horses were come for Lucian. The boy went on his way, and Marius onward, to +visit a friend whose abode lay further. As he returned to Rome towards evening +the melancholy aspect, natural to a city of the dead, had triumphed over the +superficial gaudiness of the early day. He could almost have fancied Canidia +there, picking her way among the rickety lamps, to rifle some neglected or +ruined tomb; for these tombs were not all equally well cared for (Post mortem +nescio!) and it had been one of the pieties of Aurelius to frame a severe law +to prevent the defacing of such monuments. To Marius there seemed to be some +new meaning in that terror of isolation, of being left alone in these places, +of which the sepulchral inscriptions were so full. A blood-red sunset was dying +angrily, and its wild glare upon the shadowy objects around helped to combine +the associations of this famous way, its deeply graven marks of immemorial +travel, together with the earnest questions of the morning as to the true way +of that other sort of travelling, around an image, almost ghastly in the traces +of its great sorrows—bearing along for ever, on bleeding feet, the +instrument of its punishment—which was all Marius could recall distinctly +of a certain Christian legend he had heard. The legend told of an encounter at +this very spot, of two wayfarers on the Appian Way, as also upon some very +dimly discerned mental journey, altogether different from himself and his late +companions—an encounter between Love, literally fainting by the road, and +Love “travelling in the greatness of his strength,” Love itself, +suddenly appearing to sustain that other. A strange contrast to anything +actually presented in that morning’s conversation, it seemed nevertheless +to echo its very words—“Do they never come down again,” he +heard once more the well-modulated voice: “Do they never come down again +from the heights, to help those whom they left here +below?”—“And we too desire, not a fair one, but the fairest +of all. Unless we find him, we shall think we have failed.” +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap25"></a>CHAPTER XXV.<br/> +SUNT LACRIMAE RERUM+</h2> + +<p> +It was become a habit with Marius—one of his modernisms—developed +by his assistance at the Emperor’s “conversations with +himself,” to keep a register of the movements of his own private thoughts +and humours; not continuously indeed, yet sometimes for lengthy intervals, +during which it was no idle self-indulgence, but a necessity of his +intellectual life, to “confess himself,” with an intimacy, +seemingly rare among the ancients; ancient writers, at all events, having been +jealous, for the most part, of affording us so much as a glimpse of that +interior self, which in many cases would have actually doubled the interest of +their objective informations. +</p> + +<p> +“If a particular tutelary or genius,” writes +Marius,—“according to old belief, walks through life beside each +one of us, mine is very certainly a capricious creature. He fills one with +wayward, unaccountable, yet quite irresistible humours, and seems always to be +in collusion with some outward circumstance, often trivial enough in +itself—the condition of the weather, forsooth!—the people one meets +by chance—the things one happens to overhear them say, veritable enodioi +symboloi,+ or omens by the wayside, as the old Greeks fancied—to push on +the unreasonable prepossessions of the moment into weighty motives. It was +doubtless a quite explicable, physical fatigue that presented me to myself, on +awaking this morning, so lack-lustre and trite. But I must needs take my +petulance, contrasting it with my accustomed morning hopefulness, as a sign of +the ageing of appetite, of a decay in the very capacity of enjoyment. We need +some imaginative stimulus, some not impossible ideal such as may shape vague +hope, and transform it into effective desire, to carry us year after year, +without disgust, through the routine-work which is so large a part of life. +“Then, how if appetite, be it for real or ideal, should itself fail one +after awhile? Ah, yes! is it of cold always that men die; and on some of us it +creeps very gradually. In truth, I can remember just such a lack-lustre +condition of feeling once or twice before. But I note, that it was accompanied +then by an odd indifference, as the thought of them occurred to me, in regard +to the sufferings of others—a kind of callousness, so unusual with me, as +at once to mark the humour it accompanied as a palpably morbid one that could +not last. Were those sufferings, great or little, I asked myself then, of more +real consequence to them than mine to me, as I remind myself that +‘nothing that will end is really long’—long enough to be +thought of importance? But to-day, my own sense of fatigue, the pity I conceive +for myself, disposed me strongly to a tenderness for others. For a moment the +whole world seemed to present itself as a hospital of sick persons; many of +them sick in mind; all of whom it would be a brutality not to humour, not to +indulge. +</p> + +<p> +“Why, when I went out to walk off my wayward fancies, did I confront the +very sort of incident (my unfortunate genius had surely beckoned it from afar +to vex me) likely to irritate them further? A party of men were coming down the +street. They were leading a fine race-horse; a handsome beast, but badly hurt +somewhere, in the circus, and useless. They were taking him to slaughter; and I +think the animal knew it: he cast such looks, as if of mad appeal, to those who +passed him, as he went among the strangers to whom his former owner had +committed him, to die, in his beauty and pride, for just that one mischance or +fault; although the morning air was still so animating, and pleasant to snuff. +I could have fancied a human soul in the creature, swelling against its luck. +And I had come across the incident just when it would figure to me as the very +symbol of our poor humanity, in its capacities for pain, its wretched +accidents, and those imperfect sympathies, which can never quite identify us +with one another; the very power of utterance and appeal to others seeming to +fail us, in proportion as our sorrows come home to ourselves, are really our +own. We are constructed for suffering! What proofs of it does but one day +afford, if we care to note them, as we go—a whole long chaplet of +sorrowful mysteries! Sunt lacrimae rerum et mentem mortalia tangunt.+ +</p> + +<p> +“Men’s fortunes touch us! The little children of one of those +institutions for the support of orphans, now become fashionable among us by way +of memorial of eminent persons deceased, are going, in long file, along the +street, on their way to a holiday in the country. They halt, and count +themselves with an air of triumph, to show that they are all there. Their gay +chatter has disturbed a little group of peasants; a young woman and her +husband, who have brought the old mother, now past work and witless, to place +her in a house provided for such afflicted people. They are fairly +affectionate, but anxious how the thing they have to do may go—hope only +she may permit them to leave her there behind quietly. And the poor old soul is +excited by the noise made by the children, and partly aware of what is going to +happen with her. She too begins to count—one, two, three, five—on +her trembling fingers, misshapen by a life of toil. +</p> + +<p> +‘Yes! yes! and twice five make ten’—they say, to pacify her. +It is her last appeal to be taken home again; her proof that all is not yet up +with her; that she is, at all events, still as capable as those joyous +children. +</p> + +<p> +“At the baths, a party of labourers are at work upon one of the great +brick furnaces, in a cloud of black dust. A frail young child has brought food +for one of them, and sits apart, waiting till his father comes—watching +the labour, but with a sorrowful distaste for the din and dirt. He is regarding +wistfully his own place in the world, there before him. His mind, as he +watches, is grown up for a moment; and he foresees, as it were, in that moment, +all the long tale of days, of early awakings, of his own coming life of +drudgery at work like this. +</p> + +<p> +“A man comes along carrying a boy whose rough work has already +begun—the only child—whose presence beside him sweetened the +father’s toil a little. The boy has been badly injured by a fall of +brick-work, yet, with an effort, he rides boldly on his father’s +shoulders. It will be the way of natural affection to keep him alive as long as +possible, though with that miserably shattered body.—‘Ah! with us +still, and feeling our care beside him!’—and yet surely not without +a heartbreaking sigh of relief, alike from him and them, when the end comes. +</p> + +<p> +“On the alert for incidents like these, yet of necessity passing them by +on the other side, I find it hard to get rid of a sense that I, for one, have +failed in love. I could yield to the humour till I seemed to have had my share +in those great public cruelties, the shocking legal crimes which are on record, +like that cold-blooded slaughter, according to law, of the four hundred slaves +in the reign of Nero, because one of their number was thought to have murdered +his master. The reproach of that, together with the kind of facile apologies +those who had no share in the deed may have made for it, as they went about +quietly on their own affairs that day, seems to come very close to me, as I +think upon it. And to how many of those now actually around me, whose life is a +sore one, must I be indifferent, if I ever become aware of their soreness at +all? To some, perhaps, the necessary conditions of my own life may cause me to +be opposed, in a kind of natural conflict, regarding those interests which +actually determine the happiness of theirs. I would that a stronger love might +arise in my heart! +</p> + +<p> +“Yet there is plenty of charity in the world. My patron, the Stoic +emperor, has made it even fashionable. To celebrate one of his brief returns to +Rome lately from the war, over and above a largess of gold pieces to all who +would, the public debts were forgiven. He made a nice show of it: for once, the +Romans entertained themselves with a good-natured spectacle, and the whole town +came to see the great bonfire in the Forum, into which all bonds and evidence +of debt were thrown on delivery, by the emperor himself; many private creditors +following his example. That was done well enough! But still the feeling returns +to me, that no charity of ours can get at a certain natural unkindness which I +find in things themselves. +</p> + +<p> +“When I first came to Rome, eager to observe its religion, especially its +antiquities of religious usage, I assisted at the most curious, perhaps, of +them all, the most distinctly marked with that immobility which is a sort of +ideal in the Roman religion. The ceremony took place at a singular spot some +miles distant from the city, among the low hills on the bank of the Tiber, +beyond the Aurelian Gate. There, in a little wood of venerable trees, piously +allowed their own way, age after age—ilex and cypress remaining where +they fell at last, one over the other, and all caught, in that early May-time, +under a riotous tangle of wild clematis—was to be found a magnificent +sanctuary, in which the members of the Arval College assembled themselves on +certain days. The axe never touched those trees—Nay! it was forbidden to +introduce any iron thing whatsoever within the precincts; not only because the +deities of these quiet places hate to be disturbed by the harsh noise of metal, +but also in memory of that better age—the lost Golden Age—the +homely age of the potters, of which the central act of the festival was a +commemoration. +</p> + +<p> +“The preliminary ceremonies were long and complicated, but of a character +familiar enough. Peculiar to the time and place was the solemn exposition, +after lavation of hands, processions backwards and forwards, and certain +changes of vestments, of the identical earthen vessels—veritable relics +of the old religion of Numa!—the vessels from which the holy Numa himself +had eaten and drunk, set forth above a kind of altar, amid a cloud of flowers +and incense, and many lights, for the veneration of the credulous or the +faithful. +</p> + +<p> +“They were, in fact, cups or vases of burnt clay, rude in form: and the +religious veneration thus offered to them expressed men’s desire to give +honour to a simpler age, before iron had found place in human life: the +persuasion that that age was worth remembering: a hope that it might come +again. +</p> + +<p> +“That a Numa, and his age of gold, would return, has been the hope or the +dream of some, in every period. Yet if he did come back, or any equivalent of +his presence, he could but weaken, and by no means smite through, that root of +evil, certainly of sorrow, of outraged human sense, in things, which one must +carefully distinguish from all preventible accidents. Death, and the little +perpetual daily dyings, which have something of its sting, he must necessarily +leave untouched. And, methinks, that were all the rest of man’s life +framed entirely to his liking, he would straightway begin to sadden himself, +over the fate—say, of the flowers! For there is, there has come to be +since Numa lived perhaps, a capacity for sorrow in his heart, which grows with +all the growth, alike of the individual and of the race, in intellectual +delicacy and power, and which will find its aliment. +</p> + +<p> +“Of that sort of golden age, indeed, one discerns even now a trace, here +and there. Often have I maintained that, in this generous southern country at +least, Epicureanism is the special philosophy of the poor. How little I myself +really need, when people leave me alone, with the intellectual powers at work +serenely. The drops of falling water, a few wild flowers with their priceless +fragrance, a few tufts even of half-dead leaves, changing colour in the quiet +of a room that has but light and shadow in it; these, for a susceptible mind, +might well do duty for all the glory of Augustus. I notice sometimes what I +conceive to be the precise character of the fondness of the roughest +working-people for their young children, a fine appreciation, not only of their +serviceable affection, but of their visible graces: and indeed, in this +country, the children are almost always worth looking at. I see daily, in fine +weather, a child like a delicate nosegay, running to meet the rudest of brick- +makers as he comes from work. She is not at all afraid to hang upon his rough +hand: and through her, he reaches out to, he makes his own, something from that +strange region, so distant from him yet so real, of the world’s +refinement. What is of finer soul, of finer stuff in things, and demands +delicate touching—to him the delicacy of the little child represents +that: it initiates him into that. There, surely, is a touch of the secular +gold, of a perpetual age of gold. But then again, think for a moment, with what +a hard humour at the nature of things, his struggle for bare life will go on, +if the child should happen to die. I observed to-day, under one of the archways +of the baths, two children at play, a little seriously—a fair girl and +her crippled younger brother. Two toy chairs and a little table, and sprigs of +fir set upright in the sand for a garden! They played at housekeeping. Well! +the girl thinks her life a perfectly good thing in the service of this crippled +brother. But she will have a jealous lover in time: and the boy, though his +face is not altogether unpleasant, is after all a hopeless cripple. +</p> + +<p> +“For there is a certain grief in things as they are, in man as he has +come to be, as he certainly is, over and above those griefs of circumstance +which are in a measure removable—some inexplicable shortcoming, or +misadventure, on the part of nature itself—death, and old age as it must +needs be, and that watching for their approach, which makes every stage of life +like a dying over and over again. Almost all death is painful, and in every +thing that comes to an end a touch of death, and therefore of wretched coldness +struck home to one, of remorse, of loss and parting, of outraged attachments. +Given faultless men and women, given a perfect state of society which should +have no need to practise on men’s susceptibilities for its own selfish +ends, adding one turn more to the wheel of the great rack for its own interest +or amusement, there would still be this evil in the world, of a certain +necessary sorrow and desolation, felt, just in proportion to the moral, or +nervous perfection men have attained to. And what we need in the world, over +against that, is a certain permanent and general power of +compassion—humanity’s standing force of self-pity—as an +elementary ingredient of our social atmosphere, if we are to live in it at all. +I wonder, sometimes, in what way man has cajoled himself into the bearing of +his burden thus far, seeing how every step in the capacity of apprehension his +labour has won for him, from age to age, must needs increase his dejection. It +is as if the increase of knowledge were but an increasing revelation of the +radical hopelessness of his position: and I would that there were one even as +I, behind this vain show of things! +</p> + +<p> +“At all events, the actual conditions of our life being as they are, and +the capacity for suffering so large a principle in things—since the only +principle, perhaps, to which we may always safely trust is a ready sympathy +with the pain one actually sees—it follows that the practical and +effective difference between men will lie in their power of insight into those +conditions, their power of sympathy. The future will be with those who have +most of it; while for the present, as I persuade myself, those who have much of +it, have something to hold by, even in the dissolution of a world, or in that +dissolution of self, which is, for every one, no less than the dissolution of +the world it represents for him. Nearly all of us, I suppose, have had our +moments, in which any effective sympathy for us on the part of others has +seemed impossible; in which our pain has seemed a stupid outrage upon us, like +some overwhelming physical violence, from which we could take refuge, at best, +only in some mere general sense of goodwill—somewhere in the world +perhaps. And then, to one’s surprise, the discovery of that goodwill, if +it were only in a not unfriendly animal, may seem to have explained, to have +actually justified to us, the fact of our pain. There have been occasions, +certainly, when I have felt that if others cared for me as I cared for them, it +would be, not so much a consolation, as an equivalent, for what one has lost or +suffered: a realised profit on the summing up of one’s accounts: a +touching of that absolute ground amid all the changes of phenomena, such as our +philosophers have of late confessed themselves quite unable to discover. In the +mere clinging of human creatures to each other, nay! in one’s own +solitary self-pity, amid the effects even of what might appear irredeemable +loss, I seem to touch the eternal. Something in that pitiful contact, something +new and true, fact or apprehension of fact, is educed, which, on a review of +all the perplexities of life, satisfies our moral sense, and removes that +appearance of unkindness in the soul of things themselves, and assures us that +not everything has been in vain. +</p> + +<p> +“And I know not how, but in the thought thus suggested, I seem to take +up, and re-knit myself to, a well-remembered hour, when by some gracious +accident—it was on a journey—all things about me fell into a more +perfect harmony than is their wont. Everything seemed to be, for a moment, +after all, almost for the best. Through the train of my thoughts, one against +another, it was as if I became aware of the dominant power of another person in +controversy, wrestling with me. I seem to be come round to the point at which I +left off then. The antagonist has closed with me again. A protest comes, out of +the very depths of man’s radically hopeless condition in the world, with +the energy of one of those suffering yet prevailing deities, of which old +poetry tells. Dared one hope that there is a heart, even as ours, in that +divine ‘Assistant’ of one’s thoughts—a heart even as +mine, behind this vain show of things!” +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +NOTES +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +172. Virgil, Aeneid Book 1, line 462. “There are the tears of +things...” See also page 175 of this chapter, where the same text is +quoted in full. +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +173. +Transliteration: enodioi symboloi. Pater’s Definition: “omens +by the wayside.” +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +175. +Sunt lacrimae rerum et mentem mortalia tangunt. Virgil, Aeneid Book 1, +line 462. Translation: “Here also there be tears for what men bear, and +mortal creatures feel each other’s sorrow,” from Vergil, Aeneid, +Theodore C. Williams. trans. Boston. Houghton Mifflin Co. 1910. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap26"></a>CHAPTER XXVI.<br/> +THE MARTYRS</h2> + +<p class="letter"> +“Ah! voilà les âmes qu’il falloit à la mienne!”<br/> +Rousseau. +</p> + +<p> +The charm of its poetry, a poetry of the affections, wonderfully fresh in the +midst of a threadbare world, would have led Marius, if nothing else had done +so, again and again, to Cecilia’s house. He found a range of intellectual +pleasures, altogether new to him, in the sympathy of that pure and elevated +soul. Elevation of soul, generosity, humanity—little by little it came to +seem to him as if these existed nowhere else. The sentiment of maternity, above +all, as it might be understood there,—its claims, with the claims of all +natural feeling everywhere, down to the sheep bleating on the hills, nay! even +to the mother-wolf, in her hungry cave—seemed to have been vindicated, to +have been enforced anew, by the sanction of some divine pattern thereof. He saw +its legitimate place in the world given at last to the bare capacity for +suffering in any creature, however feeble or apparently useless. In this +chivalry, seeming to leave the world’s heroism a mere property of the +stage, in this so scrupulous fidelity to what could not help itself, could +scarcely claim not to be forgotten, what a contrast to the hard contempt of +one’s own or other’s pain, of death, of glory even, in those +discourses of Aurelius! +</p> + +<p> +But if Marius thought at times that some long-cherished desires were now about +to blossom for him, in the sort of home he had sometimes pictured to himself, +the very charm of which would lie in its contrast to any random affections: +that in this woman, to whom children instinctively clung, he might find such a +sister, at least, as he had always longed for; there were also circumstances +which reminded him that a certain rule forbidding second marriages, was among +these people still in force; ominous incidents, moreover, warning a susceptible +conscience not to mix together the spirit and the flesh, nor make the matter of +a heavenly banquet serve for earthly meat and drink. +</p> + +<p> +One day he found Cecilia occupied with the burial of one of the children of her +household. It was from the tiny brow of such a child, as he now heard, that the +new light had first shone forth upon them—through the light of mere +physical life, glowing there again, when the child was dead, or supposed to be +dead. The aged servant of Christ had arrived in the midst of their noisy grief; +and mounting to the little chamber where it lay, had returned, not long +afterwards, with the child stirring in his arms as he descended the stair +rapidly; bursting open the closely-wound folds of the shroud and scattering the +funeral flowers from them, as the soul kindled once more through its limbs. +</p> + +<p> +Old Roman common-sense had taught people to occupy their thoughts as little as +might be with children who died young. Here, to-day, however, in this curious +house, all thoughts were tenderly bent on the little waxen figure, yet with a +kind of exultation and joy, notwithstanding the loud weeping of the mother. The +other children, its late companions, broke with it, suddenly, into the place +where the deep black bed lay open to receive it. Pushing away the grim +fossores, the grave-diggers, they ranged themselves around it in order, and +chanted that old psalm of theirs—Laudate pueri dominum! Dead children, +children’s graves—Marius had been always half aware of an old +superstitious fancy in his mind concerning them; as if in coming near them he +came near the failure of some lately-born hope or purpose of his own. And now, +perusing intently the expression with which Cecilia assisted, directed, +returned afterwards to her house, he felt that he too had had to-day his +funeral of a little child. But it had always been his policy, through all his +pursuit of “experience,” to take flight in time from any too +disturbing passion, from any sort of affection likely to quicken his pulses +beyond the point at which the quiet work of life was practicable. Had he, after +all, been taken unawares, so that it was no longer possible for him to fly? At +least, during the journey he took, by way of testing the existence of any chain +about him, he found a certain disappointment at his heart, greater than he +could have anticipated; and as he passed over the crisp leaves, nipped off in +multitudes by the first sudden cold of winter, he felt that the mental +atmosphere within himself was perceptibly colder. +</p> + +<p> +Yet it was, finally, a quite successful resignation which he achieved, on a +review, after his manner, during that absence, of loss or gain. The image of +Cecilia, it would seem, was already become for him like some matter of poetry, +or of another man’s story, or a picture on the wall. And on his return to +Rome there had been a rumour in that singular company, of things which spoke +certainly not of any merely tranquil loving: hinted rather that he had come +across a world, the lightest contact with which might make appropriate to +himself also the precept that “They which have wives be as they that have +none.” +</p> + +<p> +This was brought home to him, when, in early spring, he ventured once more to +listen to the sweet singing of the Eucharist. It breathed more than ever the +spirit of a wonderful hope—of hopes more daring than poor, labouring +humanity had ever seriously entertained before, though it was plain that a +great calamity was befallen. Amid stifled sobbing, even as the pathetic words +of the psalter relieved the tension of their hearts, the people around him +still wore upon their faces their habitual gleam of joy, of placid +satisfaction. They were still under the influence of an immense gratitude in +thinking, even amid their present distress, of the hour of a great deliverance. +As he followed again that mystical dialogue, he felt also again, like a mighty +spirit about him, the potency, the half-realised presence, of a great +multitude, as if thronging along those awful passages, to hear the sentence of +its release from prison; a company which represented nothing less +than—orbis terrarum—the whole company of mankind. And the special +note of the day expressed that relief—a sound new to him, drawn deep from +some old Hebrew source, as he conjectured, Alleluia! repeated over and over +again, Alleluia! Alleluia! at every pause and movement of the long Easter +ceremonies. +</p> + +<p> +And then, in its place, by way of sacred lection, although in shocking contrast +with the peaceful dignity of all around, came the Epistle of the churches of +Lyons and Vienne, to “their sister,” the church of Rome. For the +“Peace” of the church had been broken—broken, as Marius could +not but acknowledge, on the responsibility of the emperor Aurelius himself, +following tamely, and as a matter of course, the traces of his predecessors, +gratuitously enlisting, against the good as well as the evil of that great +pagan world, the strange new heroism of which this singular message was full. +The greatness of it certainly lifted away all merely private regret, inclining +one, at last, actually to draw sword for the oppressed, as if in some new order +of knighthood— +</p> + +<p> +“The pains which our brethren have endured we have no power fully to +tell, for the enemy came upon us with his whole strength. But the grace of God +fought for us, set free the weak, and made ready those who, like pillars, were +able to bear the weight. These, coming now into close strife with the foe, bore +every kind of pang and shame. At the time of the fair which is held here with a +great crowd, the governor led forth the Martyrs as a show. Holding what was +thought great but little, and that the pains of to-day are not deserving to be +measured against the glory that shall be made known, these worthy wrestlers +went joyfully on their way; their delight and the sweet favour of God mingling +in their faces, so that their bonds seemed but a goodly array, or like the +golden bracelets of a bride. Filled with the fragrance of Christ, to some they +seemed to have been touched with earthly perfumes. +</p> + +<p> +“Vettius Epagathus, though he was very young, because he would not endure +to see unjust judgment given against us, vented his anger, and sought to be +heard for the brethren, for he was a youth of high place. Whereupon the +governor asked him whether he also were a Christian. He confessed in a clear +voice, and was added to the number of the Martyrs. But he had the Paraclete +within him; as, in truth, he showed by the fulness of his love; glorying in the +defence of his brethren, and to give his life for theirs. +</p> + +<p> +“Then was fulfilled the saying of the Lord that the day should come, When +he that slayeth you will think that he doeth God service. Most madly did the +mob, the governor and the soldiers, rage against the handmaiden Blandina, in +whom Christ showed that what seems mean among men is of price with Him. For +whilst we all, and her earthly mistress, who was herself one of the contending +Martyrs, were fearful lest through the weakness of the flesh she should be +unable to profess the faith, Blandina was filled with such power that her +tormentors, following upon each other from morning until night, owned that they +were overcome, and had no more that they could do to her; admiring that she +still breathed after her whole body was torn asunder. +</p> + +<p> +“But this blessed one, in the very midst of her ‘witness,’ +renewed her strength; and to repeat, I am Christ’s! was to her rest, +refreshment, and relief from pain. As for Alexander, he neither uttered a groan +nor any sound at all, but in his heart talked with God. Sanctus, the deacon, +also, having borne beyond all measure pains devised by them, hoping that they +would get something from him, did not so much as tell his name; but to all +questions answered only, I am Christ’s! For this he confessed instead of +his name, his race, and everything beside. Whence also a strife in torturing +him arose between the governor and those tormentors, so that when they had +nothing else they could do they set red-hot plates of brass to the most tender +parts of his body. But he stood firm in his profession, cooled and fortified by +that stream of living water which flows from Christ. His corpse, a single +wound, having wholly lost the form of man, was the measure of his pain. But +Christ, paining in him, set forth an ensample to the rest—that there is +nothing fearful, nothing painful, where the love of the Father overcomes. And +as all those cruelties were made null through the patience of the Martyrs, they +bethought them of other things; among which was their imprisonment in a dark +and most sorrowful place, where many were privily strangled. But destitute of +man’s aid, they were filled with power from the Lord, both in body and +mind, and strengthened their brethren. Also, much joy was in our virgin mother, +the Church; for, by means of these, such as were fallen away retraced their +steps—were again conceived, were filled again with lively heat, and +hastened to make the profession of their faith. +</p> + +<p> +“The holy bishop Pothinus, who was now past ninety years old and weak in +body, yet in his heat of soul and longing for martyrdom, roused what strength +he had, and was also cruelly dragged to judgment, and gave witness. Thereupon +he suffered many stripes, all thinking it would be a wickedness if they fell +short in cruelty towards him, for that thus their own gods would be avenged. +Hardly drawing breath, he was thrown into prison, and after two days there +died. +</p> + +<p> +“After these things their martyrdom was parted into divers manners. +Plaiting as it were one crown of many colours and every sort of flowers, they +offered it to God. Maturus, therefore, Sanctus and Blandina, were led to the +wild beasts. And Maturus and Sanctus passed through all the pains of the +amphitheatre, as if they had suffered nothing before: or rather, as having in +many trials overcome, and now contending for the prize itself, were at last +dismissed. +</p> + +<p> +“But Blandina was bound and hung upon a stake, and set forth as food for +the assault of the wild beasts. And as she thus seemed to be hung upon the +Cross, by her fiery prayers she imparted much alacrity to those contending +Witnesses. For as they looked upon her with the eye of flesh, through her, they +saw Him that was crucified. But as none of the beasts would then touch her, she +was taken down from the Cross, and sent back to prison for another day: that, +though weak and mean, yet clothed with the mighty wrestler, Christ Jesus, she +might by many conquests give heart to her brethren. +</p> + +<p> +“On the last day, therefore, of the shows, she was brought forth again, +together with Ponticus, a lad of about fifteen years old. They were brought in +day by day to behold the pains of the rest. And when they wavered not, the mob +was full of rage; pitying neither the youth of the lad, nor the sex of the +maiden. Hence, they drave them through the whole round of pain. And Ponticus, +taking heart from Blandina, having borne well the whole of those torments, gave +up his life. Last of all, the blessed Blandina herself, as a mother that had +given life to her children, and sent them like conquerors to the great King, +hastened to them, with joy at the end, as to a marriage-feast; the enemy +himself confessing that no woman had ever borne pain so manifold and great as +hers. +</p> + +<p> +“Nor even so was their anger appeased; some among them seeking for us +pains, if it might be, yet greater; that the saying might be fulfilled, He that +is unjust, let him be unjust still. And their rage against the Martyrs took a +new form, insomuch that we were in great sorrow for lack of freedom to entrust +their bodies to the earth. +</p> + +<p> +“Neither did the night-time, nor the offer of money, avail us for this +matter; but they set watch with much carefulness, as though it were a great +gain to hinder their burial. Therefore, after the bodies had been displayed to +view for many days, they were at last burned to ashes, and cast into the river +Rhone, which flows by this place, that not a vestige of them might be left upon +the earth. For they said, Now shall we see whether they will rise again, and +whether their God can save them out of our hands.” +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap27"></a>CHAPTER XXVII.<br/> +THE TRIUMPH OF MARCUS AURELIUS</h2> + +<p> +Not many months after the date of that epistle, Marius, then expecting to leave +Rome for a long time, and in fact about to leave it for ever, stood to witness +the triumphal entry of Marcus Aurelius, almost at the exact spot from which he +had watched the emperor’s solemn return to the capital on his own first +coming thither. His triumph was now a “full” one—Justus +Triumphus justified, by far more than the due amount of bloodshed in those +Northern wars, at length, it might seem, happily at an end. Among the captives, +amid the laughter of the crowds at his blowsy upper garment, his trousered legs +and conical wolf-skin cap, walked our own ancestor, representative of subject +Germany, under a figure very familiar in later Roman sculpture; and, though +certainly with none of the grace of the Dying Gaul, yet with plenty of uncouth +pathos in his misshapen features, and the pale, servile, yet angry eyes. His +children, white-skinned and golden-haired “as angels,” trudged +beside him. His brothers, of the animal world, the ibex, the wild-cat, and the +reindeer, stalking and trumpeting grandly, found their due place in the +procession; and among the spoil, set forth on a portable frame that it might be +distinctly seen (no mere model, but the very house he had lived in), a wattled +cottage, in all the simplicity of its snug contrivances against the cold, and +well-calculated to give a moment’s delight to his new, sophisticated +masters. +</p> + +<p> +Andrea Mantegna, working at the end of the fifteenth century, for a society +full of antiquarian fervour at the sight of the earthy relics of the old Roman +people, day by day returning to light out of the clay—childish still, +moreover, and with no more suspicion of pasteboard than the old Romans +themselves, in its unabashed love of open-air pageantries, has invested this, +the greatest, and alas! the most characteristic, of the splendours of imperial +Rome, with a reality livelier than any description. The homely sentiments for +which he has found place in his learned paintings are hardly more lifelike than +the great public incidents of the show, there depicted. And then, with all that +vivid realism, how refined, how dignified, how select in type, is this +reflection of the old Roman world!—now especially, in its time-mellowed +red and gold, for the modern visitor to the old English palace. +</p> + +<p> +It was under no such selected types that the great procession presented itself +to Marius; though, in effect, he found something there prophetic, so to speak, +and evocative of ghosts, as susceptible minds will do, upon a repetition after +long interval of some notable incident, which may yet perhaps have no direct +concern for themselves. In truth, he had been so closely bent of late on +certain very personal interests that the broad current of the world’s +doings seemed to have withdrawn into the distance, but now, as he witnessed +this procession, to return once more into evidence for him. The world, +certainly, had been holding on its old way, and was all its old self, as it +thus passed by dramatically, accentuating, in this favourite spectacle, its +mode of viewing things. And even apart from the contrast of a very different +scene, he would have found it, just now, a somewhat vulgar spectacle. The +temples, wide open, with their ropes of roses flapping in the wind against the +rich, reflecting marble, their startling draperies and heavy cloud of incense, +were but the centres of a great banquet spread through all the gaudily coloured +streets of Rome, for which the carnivorous appetite of those who thronged them +in the glare of the mid-day sun was frankly enough asserted. At best, they were +but calling their gods to share with them the cooked, sacrificial, and other +meats, reeking to the sky. The child, who was concerned for the sorrows of one +of those Northern captives as he passed by, and explained to his +comrade—“There’s feeling in that hand, you know!” +benumbed and lifeless as it looked in the chain, seemed, in a moment, to +transform the entire show into its own proper tinsel. Yes! these Romans were a +coarse, a vulgar people; and their vulgarities of soul in full evidence here. +And Aurelius himself seemed to have undergone the world’s coinage, and +fallen to the level of his reward, in a mediocrity no longer golden. +</p> + +<p> +Yet if, as he passed by, almost filling the quaint old circular chariot with +his magnificent golden-flowered attire, he presented himself to Marius, chiefly +as one who had made the great mistake; to the multitude he came as a more than +magnanimous conqueror. That he had “forgiven” the innocent wife and +children of the dashing and almost successful rebel Avidius Cassius, now no +more, was a recent circumstance still in memory. As the children went +past—not among those who, ere the emperor ascended the steps of the +Capitol, would be detached from the great progress for execution, happy rather, +and radiant, as adopted members of the imperial family—the crowd actually +enjoyed an exhibition of the moral order, such as might become perhaps the +fashion. And it was in consideration of some possible touch of a heroism herein +that might really have cost him something, that Marius resolved to seek the +emperor once more, with an appeal for common-sense, for reason and justice. +</p> + +<p> +He had set out at last to revisit his old home; and knowing that Aurelius was +then in retreat at a favourite villa, which lay almost on his way thither, +determined there to present himself. Although the great plain was dying +steadily, a new race of wild birds establishing itself there, as he knew enough +of their habits to understand, and the idle contadino, with his never-ending +ditty of decay and death, replacing the lusty Roman labourer, never had that +poetic region between Rome and the sea more deeply impressed him than on this +sunless day of early autumn, under which all that fell within the immense +horizon was presented in one uniform tone of a clear, penitential blue. +Stimulating to the fancy as was that range of low hills to the northwards, +already troubled with the upbreaking of the Apennines, yet a want of quiet in +their outline, the record of wild fracture there, of sudden upheaval and +depression, marked them as but the ruins of nature; while at every little +descent and ascent of the road might be noted traces of the abandoned work of +man. From time to time, the way was still redolent of the floral relics of +summer, daphne and myrtle-blossom, sheltered in the little hollows and ravines. +At last, amid rocks here and there piercing the soil, as those descents became +steeper, and the main line of the Apennines, now visible, gave a higher accent +to the scene, he espied over the plateau, almost like one of those broken +hills, cutting the horizon towards the sea, the old brown villa itself, rich in +memories of one after another of the family of the Antonines. As he approached +it, such reminiscences crowded upon him, above all of the life there of the +aged Antoninus Pius, in its wonderful mansuetude and calm. Death had overtaken +him here at the precise moment when the tribune of the watch had received from +his lips the word Aequanimitas! as the watchword of the night. To see their +emperor living there like one of his simplest subjects, his hands red at +vintage-time with the juice of the grapes, hunting, teaching his children, +starting betimes, with all who cared to join him, for long days of antiquarian +research in the country around:—this, and the like of this, had seemed to +mean the peace of mankind. +</p> + +<p> +Upon that had come—like a stain! it seemed to Marius just then—the +more intimate life of Faustina, the life of Faustina at home. Surely, that +marvellous but malign beauty must still haunt those rooms, like an unquiet, +dead goddess, who might have perhaps, after all, something reassuring to tell +surviving mortals about her ambiguous self. When, two years since, the news had +reached Rome that those eyes, always so persistently turned to vanity, had +suddenly closed for ever, a strong desire to pray had come over Marius, as he +followed in fancy on its wild way the soul of one he had spoken with now and +again, and whose presence in it for a time the world of art could so ill have +spared. Certainly, the honours freely accorded to embalm her memory were poetic +enough—the rich temple left among those wild villagers at the spot, now +it was hoped sacred for ever, where she had breathed her last; the golden +image, in her old place at the amphitheatre; the altar at which the newly +married might make their sacrifice; above all, the great foundation for orphan +girls, to be called after her name. +</p> + +<p> +The latter, precisely, was the cause why Marius failed in fact to see Aurelius +again, and make the chivalrous effort at enlightenment he had proposed to +himself. Entering the villa, he learned from an usher, at the door of the long +gallery, famous still for its grand prospect in the memory of many a visitor, +and then leading to the imperial apartments, that the emperor was already in +audience: Marius must wait his turn—he knew not how long it might be. An +odd audience it seemed; for at that moment, through the closed door, came +shouts of laughter, the laughter of a great crowd of children—the +“Faustinian Children” themselves, as he afterwards +learned—happy and at their ease, in the imperial presence. Uncertain, +then, of the time for which so pleasant a reception might last, so pleasant +that he would hardly have wished to shorten it, Marius finally determined to +proceed, as it was necessary that he should accomplish the first stage of his +journey on this day. The thing was not to be—Vale! anima +infelicissima!—He might at least carry away that sound of the laughing +orphan children, as a not unamiable last impression of kings and their houses. +</p> + +<p> +The place he was now about to visit, especially as the resting-place of his +dead, had never been forgotten. Only, the first eager period of his life in +Rome had slipped on rapidly; and, almost on a sudden, that old time had come to +seem very long ago. An almost burdensome solemnity had grown about his memory +of the place, so that to revisit it seemed a thing that needed preparation: it +was what he could not have done hastily. He half feared to lessen, or disturb, +its value for himself. And then, as he travelled leisurely towards it, and so +far with quite tranquil mind, interested also in many another place by the way, +he discovered a shorter road to the end of his journey, and found himself +indeed approaching the spot that was to him like no other. Dreaming now only of +the dead before him, he journeyed on rapidly through the night; the thought of +them increasing on him, in the darkness. It was as if they had been waiting for +him there through all those years, and felt his footsteps approaching now, and +understood his devotion, quite gratefully, in that lowliness of theirs, in +spite of its tardy fulfilment. As morning came, his late tranquillity of mind +had given way to a grief which surprised him by its freshness. He was moved +more than he could have thought possible by so distant a sorrow. +“To-day!”—they seemed to be saying as the hard dawn +broke,—“To-day, he will come!” At last, amid all his +distractions, they were become the main purpose of what he was then doing. The +world around it, when he actually reached the place later in the day, was in a +mood very different from his:—so work-a-day, it seemed, on that fine +afternoon, and the villages he passed through so silent; the inhabitants being, +for the most part, at their labour in the country. Then, at length, above the +tiled outbuildings, were the walls of the old villa itself, with the tower for +the pigeons; and, not among cypresses, but half-hidden by aged poplar-trees, +their leaves like golden fruit, the birds floating around it, the conical roof +of the tomb itself. In the presence of an old servant who remembered him, the +great seals were broken, the rusty key turned at last in the lock, the door was +forced out among the weeds grown thickly about it, and Marius was actually in +the place which had been so often in his thoughts. +</p> + +<p> +He was struck, not however without a touch of remorse thereupon, chiefly by an +odd air of neglect, the neglect of a place allowed to remain as when it was +last used, and left in a hurry, till long years had covered all alike with +thick dust —the faded flowers, the burnt-out lamps, the tools and +hardened mortar of the workmen who had had something to do there. A heavy +fragment of woodwork had fallen and chipped open one of the oldest of the +mortuary urns, many hundreds in number ranged around the walls. It was not +properly an urn, but a minute coffin of stone, and the fracture had revealed a +piteous spectacle of the mouldering, unburned remains within; the bones of a +child, as he understood, which might have died, in ripe age, three times over, +since it slipped away from among his great-grandfathers, so far up in the line. +Yet the protruding baby hand seemed to stir up in him feelings vivid enough, +bringing him intimately within the scope of dead people’s grievances. He +noticed, side by side with the urn of his mother, that of a boy of about his +own age—one of the serving-boys of the household—who had descended +hither, from the lightsome world of childhood, almost at the same time with +her. It seemed as if this boy of his own age had taken filial place beside her +there, in his stead. That hard feeling, again, which had always lingered in his +mind with the thought of the father he had scarcely known, melted wholly away, +as he read the precise number of his years, and reflected suddenly—He was +of my own present age; no hard old man, but with interests, as he looked round +him on the world for the last time, even as mine to-day! +</p> + +<p> +And with that came a blinding rush of kindness, as if two alienated friends had +come to understand each other at last. There was weakness in all this; as there +is in all care for dead persons, to which nevertheless people will always yield +in proportion as they really care for one another. With a vain yearning, as he +stood there, still to be able to do something for them, he reflected that such +doing must be, after all, in the nature of things, mainly for himself. His own +epitaph might be that old one eskhatos tou idiou genous+ —He was the last +of his race! Of those who might come hither after himself probably no one would +ever again come quite as he had done to-day; and it was under the influence of +this thought that he determined to bury all that, deep below the surface, to be +remembered only by him, and in a way which would claim no sentiment from the +indifferent. That took many days—was like a renewal of lengthy old burial +rites—as he himself watched the work, early and late; coming on the last +day very early, and anticipating, by stealth, the last touches, while the +workmen were absent; one young lad only, finally smoothing down the earthy bed, +greatly surprised at the seriousness with which Marius flung in his flowers, +one by one, to mingle with the dark mould. +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +NOTES +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +207. +Transliteration: eskhatos tou idiou genous. Translation: “[he was] +the last of his race.” +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div class="chapter"> + +<h2><a name="chap28"></a>CHAPTER XXVIII.<br/> +ANIMA NATURALITER CHRISTIANA</h2> + +<p> +Those eight days at his old home, so mournfully occupied, had been for Marius +in some sort a forcible disruption from the world and the roots of his life in +it. He had been carried out of himself as never before; and when the time was +over, it was as if the claim over him of the earth below had been vindicated, +over against the interests of that living world around. Dead, yet sentient and +caressing hands seemed to reach out of the ground and to be clinging about him. +Looking back sometimes now, from about the midway of life—the age, as he +conceived, at which one begins to redescend one’s life—though +antedating it a little, in his sad humour, he would note, almost with surprise, +the unbroken placidity of the contemplation in which it had been passed. His +own temper, his early theoretic scheme of things, would have pushed him on to +movement and adventure. Actually, as circumstances had determined, all its +movement had been inward; movement of observation only, or even of pure +meditation; in part, perhaps, because throughout it had been something of a +meditatio mortis, ever facing towards the act of final detachment. Death, +however, as he reflected, must be for every one nothing less than the fifth or +last act of a drama, and, as such, was likely to have something of the stirring +character of a dénouement. And, in fact, it was in form tragic enough that his +end not long afterwards came to him. +</p> + +<p> +In the midst of the extreme weariness and depression which had followed those +last days, Cornelius, then, as it happened, on a journey and travelling near +the place, finding traces of him, had become his guest at White-nights. It was +just then that Marius felt, as he had never done before, the value to himself, +the overpowering charm, of his friendship. “More than +brother!”—he felt—like a son also!” contrasting the +fatigue of soul which made himself in effect an older man, with the +irrepressible youth of his companion. For it was still the marvellous +hopefulness of Cornelius, his seeming prerogative over the future, that +determined, and kept alive, all other sentiment concerning him. A new hope had +sprung up in the world of which he, Cornelius, was a depositary, which he was +to bear onward in it. Identifying himself with Cornelius in so dear a +friendship, through him, Marius seemed to touch, to ally himself to, actually +to become a possessor of the coming world; even as happy parents reach out, and +take possession of it, in and through the survival of their children. For in +these days their intimacy had grown very close, as they moved hither and +thither, leisurely, among the country-places thereabout, Cornelius being on his +way back to Rome, till they came one evening to a little town (Marius +remembered that he had been there on his first journey to Rome) which had even +then its church and legend—the legend and holy relics of the martyr +Hyacinthus, a young Roman soldier, whose blood had stained the soil of this +place in the reign of the emperor Trajan. +</p> + +<p> +The thought of that so recent death, haunted Marius through the night, as if +with audible crying and sighs above the restless wind, which came and went +around their lodging. But towards dawn he slept heavily; and awaking in broad +daylight, and finding Cornelius absent, set forth to seek him. The plague was +still in the place—had indeed just broken out afresh; with an outbreak +also of cruel superstition among its wild and miserable inhabitants. Surely, +the old gods were wroth at the presence of this new enemy among them! And it +was no ordinary morning into which Marius stepped forth. There was a menace in +the dark masses of hill, and motionless wood, against the gray, although +apparently unclouded sky. Under this sunless heaven the earth itself seemed to +fret and fume with a heat of its own, in spite of the strong night-wind. And +now the wind had fallen. +</p> + +<p> +Marius felt that he breathed some strange heavy fluid, denser than any common +air. He could have fancied that the world had sunken in the night, far below +its proper level, into some close, thick abysm of its own atmosphere. The +Christian people of the town, hardly less terrified and overwrought by the +haunting sickness about them than their pagan neighbours, were at prayer before +the tomb of the martyr; and even as Marius pressed among them to a place beside +Cornelius, on a sudden the hills seemed to roll like a sea in motion, around +the whole compass of the horizon. For a moment Marius supposed himself attacked +with some sudden sickness of brain, till the fall of a great mass of building +convinced him that not himself but the earth under his feet was giddy. A few +moments later the little marketplace was alive with the rush of the distracted +inhabitants from their tottering houses; and as they waited anxiously for the +second shock of earthquake, a long-smouldering suspicion leapt precipitately +into well-defined purpose, and the whole body of people was carried forward +towards the band of worshippers below. An hour later, in the wild tumult which +followed, the earth had been stained afresh with the blood of the martyrs Felix +and Faustinus—Flores apparuerunt in terra nostra!—and their +brethren, together with Cornelius and Marius, thus, as it had happened, taken +among them, were prisoners, reserved for the action of the law. Marius and his +friend, with certain others, exercising the privilege of their rank, made claim +to be tried in Rome, or at least in the chief town of the district; where, +indeed, in the troublous days that had now begun, a legal process had been +already instituted. Under the care of a military guard the captives were +removed on the same day, one stage of their journey; sleeping, for security, +during the night, side by side with their keepers, in the rooms of a +shepherd’s deserted house by the wayside. +</p> + +<p> +It was surmised that one of the prisoners was not a Christian: the guards were +forward to make the utmost pecuniary profit of this circumstance, and in the +night, Marius, taking advantage of the loose charge kept over them, and by +means partly of a large bribe, had contrived that Cornelius, as the really +innocent person, should be dismissed in safety on his way, to procure, as +Marius explained, the proper means of defence for himself, when the time of +trial came. +</p> + +<p> +And in the morning Cornelius in fact set forth alone, from their miserable +place of detention. Marius believed that Cornelius was to be the husband of +Cecilia; and that, perhaps strangely, had but added to the desire to get him +away safely.—We wait for the great crisis which is to try what is in us: +we can hardly bear the pressure of our hearts, as we think of it: the lonely +wrestler, or victim, which imagination foreshadows to us, can hardly be +one’s self; it seems an outrage of our destiny that we should be led +along so gently and imperceptibly, to so terrible a leaping-place in the dark, +for more perhaps than life or death. At last, the great act, the critical +moment itself comes, easily, almost unconsciously. Another motion of the clock, +and our fatal line—the “great climacteric point”—has +been passed, which changes ourselves or our lives. In one quarter of an hour, +under a sudden, uncontrollable impulse, hardly weighing what he did, almost as +a matter of course and as lightly as one hires a bed for one’s +night’s rest on a journey, Marius had taken upon himself all the heavy +risk of the position in which Cornelius had then been—the long and +wearisome delays of judgment, which were possible; the danger and wretchedness +of a long journey in this manner; possibly the danger of death. He had +delivered his brother, after the manner he had sometimes vaguely anticipated as +a kind of distinction in his destiny; though indeed always with wistful +calculation as to what it might cost him: and in the first moment after the +thing was actually done, he felt only satisfaction at his courage, at the +discovery of his possession of “nerve.” +</p> + +<p> +Yet he was, as we know, no hero, no heroic martyr—had indeed no right to +be; and when he had seen Cornelius depart, on his blithe and hopeful way, as he +believed, to become the husband of Cecilia; actually, as it had happened, +without a word of farewell, supposing Marius was almost immediately afterwards +to follow (Marius indeed having avoided the moment of leave-taking with its +possible call for an explanation of the circumstances), the reaction came. He +could only guess, of course, at what might really happen. So far, he had but +taken upon himself, in the stead of Cornelius, a certain amount of personal +risk; though he hardly supposed himself to be facing the danger of death. +Still, especially for one such as he, with all the sensibilities of which his +whole manner of life had been but a promotion, the situation of a person under +trial on a criminal charge was actually full of distress. To him, in truth, a +death such as the recent death of those saintly brothers, seemed no glorious +end. In his case, at least, the Martyrdom, as it was called—the +overpowering act of testimony that Heaven had come down among men—would +be but a common execution: from the drops of his blood there would spring no +miraculous, poetic flowers; no eternal aroma would indicate the place of his +burial; no plenary grace, overflowing for ever upon those who might stand +around it. Had there been one to listen just then, there would have come, from +the very depth of his desolation, an eloquent utterance at last, on the irony +of men’s fates, on the singular accidents of life and death. +</p> + +<p> +The guards, now safely in possession of whatever money and other valuables the +prisoners had had on them, pressed them forward, over the rough mountain paths, +altogether careless of their sufferings. The great autumn rains were falling. +At night the soldiers lighted a fire; but it was impossible to keep warm. From +time to time they stopped to roast portions of the meat they carried with them, +making their captives sit round the fire, and pressing it upon them. But +weariness and depression of spirits had deprived Marius of appetite, even if +the food had been more attractive, and for some days he partook of nothing but +bad bread and water. All through the dark mornings they dragged over boggy +plains, up and down hills, wet through sometimes with the heavy rain. Even in +those deplorable circumstances, he could but notice the wild, dark beauty of +those regions—the stormy sunrise, and placid spaces of evening. One of +the keepers, a very young soldier, won him at times, by his simple kindness, to +talk a little, with wonder at the lad’s half-conscious, poetic delight in +the adventures of the journey. At times, the whole company would lie down for +rest at the roadside, hardly sheltered from the storm; and in the deep fatigue +of his spirit, his old longing for inopportune sleep overpowered +him.—Sleep anywhere, and under any conditions, seemed just then a thing +one might well exchange the remnants of one’s life for. +</p> + +<p> +It must have been about the fifth night, as he afterwards conjectured, that the +soldiers, believing him likely to die, had finally left him unable to proceed +further, under the care of some country people, who to the extent of their +power certainly treated him kindly in his sickness. He awoke to consciousness +after a severe attack of fever, lying alone on a rough bed, in a kind of hut. +It seemed a remote, mysterious place, as he looked around in the silence; but +so fresh—lying, in fact, in a high pasture-land among the +mountains—that he felt he should recover, if he might but just lie there +in quiet long enough. Even during those nights of delirium he had felt the +scent of the new-mown hay pleasantly, with a dim sense for a moment that he was +lying safe in his old home. The sunlight lay clear beyond the open door; and +the sounds of the cattle reached him softly from the green places around. +Recalling confusedly the torturing hurry of his late journeys, he dreaded, as +his consciousness of the whole situation returned, the coming of the guards. +But the place remained in absolute stillness. He was, in fact, at liberty, but +for his own disabled condition. And it was certainly a genuine clinging to life +that he felt just then, at the very bottom of his mind. So it had been, +obscurely, even through all the wild fancies of his delirium, from the moment +which followed his decision against himself, in favour of Cornelius. +</p> + +<p> +The occupants of the place were to be heard presently, coming and going about +him on their business: and it was as if the approach of death brought out in +all their force the merely human sentiments. There is that in death which +certainly makes indifferent persons anxious to forget the dead: to put +them—those aliens—away out of their thoughts altogether, as soon as +may be. Conversely, in the deep isolation of spirit which was now creeping upon +Marius, the faces of these people, casually visible, took a strange hold on his +affections; the link of general brotherhood, the feeling of human kinship, +asserting itself most strongly when it was about to be severed for ever. At +nights he would find this face or that impressed deeply on his fancy; and, in a +troubled sort of manner, his mind would follow them onwards, on the ways of +their simple, humdrum, everyday life, with a peculiar yearning to share it with +them, envying the calm, earthy cheerfulness of all their days to be, still +under the sun, though so indifferent, of course, to him!—as if these rude +people had been suddenly lifted into some height of earthly good-fortune, which +must needs isolate them from himself. +</p> + +<p> +Tristem neminen fecit+—he repeated to himself; his old prayer shaping +itself now almost as his epitaph. Yes! so much the very hardest judge must +concede to him. And the sense of satisfaction which that thought left with him +disposed him to a conscious effort of recollection, while he lay there, unable +now even to raise his head, as he discovered on attempting to reach a pitcher +of water which stood near. Revelation, vision, the discovery of a vision, the +seeing of a perfect humanity, in a perfect world—through all his +alternations of mind, by some dominant instinct, determined by the original +necessities of his own nature and character, he had always set that above the +having, or even the doing, of anything. For, such vision, if received with due +attitude on his part, was, in reality, the being something, and as such was +surely a pleasant offering or sacrifice to whatever gods there might be, +observant of him. And how goodly had the vision been!—one long unfolding +of beauty and energy in things, upon the closing of which he might gratefully +utter his “Vixi!”+ Even then, just ere his eyes were to be shut for +ever, the things they had seen seemed a veritable possession in hand; the +persons, the places, above all, the touching image of Jesus, apprehended dimly +through the expressive faces, the crying of the children, in that mysterious +drama, with a sudden sense of peace and satisfaction now, which he could not +explain to himself. Surely, he had prospered in life! And again, as of old, the +sense of gratitude seemed to bring with it the sense also of a living person at +his side. +</p> + +<p> +For still, in a shadowy world, his deeper wisdom had ever been, with a sense of +economy, with a jealous estimate of gain and loss, to use life, not as the +means to some problematic end, but, as far as might be, from dying hour to +dying hour, an end in itself—a kind of music, all-sufficing to the duly +trained ear, even as it died out on the air. Yet now, aware still in that +suffering body of such vivid powers of mind and sense, as he anticipated from +time to time how his sickness, practically without aid as he must be in this +rude place, was likely to end, and that the moment of taking final account was +drawing very near, a consciousness of waste would come, with half-angry tears +of self-pity, in his great weakness—a blind, outraged, angry feeling of +wasted power, such as he might have experienced himself standing by the +deathbed of another, in condition like his own. +</p> + +<p> +And yet it was the fact, again, that the vision of men and things, actually +revealed to him on his way through the world, had developed, with a wonderful +largeness, the faculties to which it addressed itself, his general capacity of +vision; and in that too was a success, in the view of certain, very definite, +well-considered, undeniable possibilities. Throughout that elaborate and +lifelong education of his receptive powers, he had ever kept in view the +purpose of preparing himself towards possible further revelation some +day—towards some ampler vision, which should take up into itself and +explain this world’s delightful shows, as the scattered fragments of a +poetry, till then but half-understood, might be taken up into the text of a +lost epic, recovered at last. At this moment, his unclouded receptivity of +soul, grown so steadily through all those years, from experience to experience, +was at its height; the house ready for the possible guest; the tablet of the +mind white and smooth, for whatsoever divine fingers might choose to write +there. And was not this precisely the condition, the attitude of mind, to which +something higher than he, yet akin to him, would be likely to reveal itself; to +which that influence he had felt now and again like a friendly hand upon his +shoulder, amid the actual obscurities of the world, would be likely to make a +further explanation? Surely, the aim of a true philosophy must lie, not in +futile efforts towards the complete accommodation of man to the circumstances +in which he chances to find himself, but in the maintenance of a kind of candid +discontent, in the face of the very highest achievement; the unclouded and +receptive soul quitting the world finally, with the same fresh wonder with +which it had entered the world still unimpaired, and going on its blind way at +last with the consciousness of some profound enigma in things, as but a pledge +of something further to come. Marius seemed to understand how one might look +back upon life here, and its excellent visions, as but the portion of a +race-course left behind him by a runner still swift of foot: for a moment he +experienced a singular curiosity, almost an ardent desire to enter upon a +future, the possibilities of which seemed so large. +</p> + +<p> +And just then, again amid the memory of certain touching actual words and +images, came the thought of the great hope, that hope against hope, which, as +he conceived, had arisen—Lux sedentibus in tenebris+—upon the aged +world; the hope Cornelius had seemed to bear away upon him in his strength, +with a buoyancy which had caused Marius to feel, not so much that by a caprice +of destiny, he had been left to die in his place, as that Cornelius was gone on +a mission to deliver him also from death. There had been a permanent protest +established in the world, a plea, a perpetual after-thought, which humanity +henceforth would ever possess in reserve, against any wholly mechanical and +disheartening theory of itself and its conditions. That was a thought which +relieved for him the iron outline of the horizon about him, touching it as if +with soft light from beyond; filling the shadowy, hollow places to which he was +on his way with the warmth of definite affections; confirming also certain +considerations by which he seemed to link himself to the generations to come in +the world he was leaving. Yes! through the survival of their children, happy +parents are able to think calmly, and with a very practical affection, of a +world in which they are to have no direct share; planting with a cheerful +good-humour, the acorns they carry about with them, that their grand-children +may be shaded from the sun by the broad oak-trees of the future. That is +nature’s way of easing death to us. It was thus too, surprised, +delighted, that Marius, under the power of that new hope among men, could think +of the generations to come after him. Without it, dim in truth as it was, he +could hardly have dared to ponder the world which limited all he really knew, +as it would be when he should have departed from it. A strange lonesomeness, +like physical darkness, seemed to settle upon the thought of it; as if its +business hereafter must be, as far as he was concerned, carried on in some +inhabited, but distant and alien, star. Contrariwise, with the sense of that +hope warm about him, he seemed to anticipate some kindly care for himself; +never to fail even on earth, a care for his very body—that dear sister +and companion of his soul, outworn, suffering, and in the very article of +death, as it was now. +</p> + +<p> +For the weariness came back tenfold; and he had finally to abstain from +thoughts like these, as from what caused physical pain. And then, as before in +the wretched, sleepless nights of those forced marches, he would try to fix his +mind, as it were impassively, and like a child thinking over the toys it loves, +one after another, that it may fall asleep thus, and forget all about them the +sooner, on all the persons he had loved in life—on his love for them, +dead or living, grateful for his love or not, rather than on theirs for +him—letting their images pass away again, or rest with him, as they +would. In the bare sense of having loved he seemed to find, even amid this +foundering of the ship, that on which his soul might “assuredly rest and +depend.” One after another, he suffered those faces and voices to come +and go, as in some mechanical exercise, as he might have repeated all the +verses he knew by heart, or like the telling of beads one by one, with many a +sleepy nod between-whiles. +</p> + +<p> +For there remained also, for the old earthy creature still within him, that +great blessedness of physical slumber. To sleep, to lose one’s self in +sleep—that, as he had always recognised, was a good thing. And it was +after a space of deep sleep that he awoke amid the murmuring voices of the +people who had kept and tended him so carefully through his sickness, now +kneeling around his bed: and what he heard confirmed, in the then perfect +clearness of his soul, the inevitable suggestion of his own bodily feelings. He +had often dreamt he was condemned to die, that the hour, with wild thoughts of +escape, was arrived; and waking, with the sun all around him, in complete +liberty of life, had been full of gratitude for his place there, alive still, +in the land of the living. He read surely, now, in the manner, the doings, of +these people, some of whom were passing out through the doorway, where the +heavy sunlight in very deed lay, that his last morning was come, and turned to +think once more of the beloved. Often had he fancied of old that not to die on +a dark or rainy day might itself have a little alleviating grace or favour +about it. The people around his bed were praying fervently—Abi! Abi! +Anima Christiana!+ In the moments of his extreme helplessness their mystic +bread had been placed, had descended like a snow-flake from the sky, between +his lips. Gentle fingers had applied to hands and feet, to all those old +passage-ways of the senses, through which the world had come and gone for him, +now so dim and obstructed, a medicinable oil. It was the same people who, in +the gray, austere evening of that day, took up his remains, and buried them +secretly, with their accustomed prayers; but with joy also, holding his death, +according to their generous view in this matter, to have been of the nature of +martyrdom; and martyrdom, as the church had always said, a kind of sacrament +with plenary grace. +</p> + +<p class="noindent"> + +1881-1884. +</p> + +<p class="center"> +THE END +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +NOTES +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +217. +“He made no one unhappy.” +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +218. +“I have lived!” +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +221. +From the Latin Vulgate Bible, Matthew 4:16: “populus qui sedebat in +tenebris lucem vidit magnam et sedentibus in regione et umbra mortis lux orta +est eis.” King James Bible translation: “The people which sat in +darkness saw great light; and to them which sat in the region and shadow of +death light is sprung up.” +</p> + +<p class="footnote"> +224. “Depart! Depart! Christian Soul!” The thought is from the +Catholic prayer for the departing. +</p> + +</div><!--end chapter--> + +<div style='display:block; margin-top:4em'>*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK MARIUS THE EPICUREAN, VOLUME TWO ***</div> +<div style='text-align:left'> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +Updated editions will replace the previous one—the old editions will +be renamed. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright +law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works, +so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United +States without permission and without paying copyright +royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part +of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project +Gutenberg™ electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG™ +concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, +and may not be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following +the terms of the trademark license, including paying royalties for use +of the Project Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for +copies of this eBook, complying with the trademark license is very +easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation +of derivative works, reports, performances and research. Project +Gutenberg eBooks may be modified and printed and given away--you may +do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected +by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark +license, especially commercial redistribution. +</div> + +<div style='margin:0.83em 0; font-size:1.1em; text-align:center'>START: FULL LICENSE<br /> +<span style='font-size:smaller'>THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE<br /> +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK</span> +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +To protect the Project Gutenberg™ mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase “Project +Gutenberg”), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full +Project Gutenberg™ License available with this file or online at +www.gutenberg.org/license. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'> +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg™ electronic works +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg™ +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or +destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works in your +possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a +Project Gutenberg™ electronic work and you do not agree to be bound +by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person +or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.B. “Project Gutenberg” is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg™ electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg™ electronic works if you follow the terms of this +agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg™ +electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (“the +Foundation” or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection +of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works. Nearly all the individual +works in the collection are in the public domain in the United +States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the +United States and you are located in the United States, we do not +claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing, +displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as +all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope +that you will support the Project Gutenberg™ mission of promoting +free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg™ +works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the +Project Gutenberg™ name associated with the work. You can easily +comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the +same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg™ License when +you share it without charge with others. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are +in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, +check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this +agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, +distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any +other Project Gutenberg™ work. The Foundation makes no +representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any +country other than the United States. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other +immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg™ License must appear +prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg™ work (any work +on which the phrase “Project Gutenberg” appears, or with which the +phrase “Project Gutenberg” is associated) is accessed, displayed, +performed, viewed, copied or distributed: +</div> + +<blockquote> + <div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> + This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most + other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions + whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms + of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online + at <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. If you + are not located in the United States, you will have to check the laws + of the country where you are located before using this eBook. + </div> +</blockquote> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg™ electronic work is +derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not +contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the +copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in +the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are +redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase “Project +Gutenberg” associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply +either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or +obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg™ +trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg™ electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any +additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms +will be linked to the Project Gutenberg™ License for all works +posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the +beginning of this work. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg™ +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg™. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg™ License. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including +any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access +to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg™ work in a format +other than “Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other format used in the official +version posted on the official Project Gutenberg™ website +(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense +to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means +of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original “Plain +Vanilla ASCII” or other form. Any alternate format must include the +full Project Gutenberg™ License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg™ works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg™ electronic works +provided that: +</div> + +<div style='margin-left:0.7em;'> + <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'> + • You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg™ works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed + to the owner of the Project Gutenberg™ trademark, but he has + agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project + Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid + within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are + legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty + payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project + Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in + Section 4, “Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg + Literary Archive Foundation.” + </div> + + <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'> + • You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg™ + License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all + copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue + all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg™ + works. + </div> + + <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'> + • You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of + any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of + receipt of the work. + </div> + + <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'> + • You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg™ works. + </div> +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project +Gutenberg™ electronic work or group of works on different terms than +are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing +from the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of +the Project Gutenberg™ trademark. Contact the Foundation as set +forth in Section 3 below. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.F. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project +Gutenberg™ collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg™ +electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may +contain “Defects,” such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate +or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other +intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or +other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or +cannot be read by your equipment. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the “Right +of Replacement or Refund” described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg™ trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg™ electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium +with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you +with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in +lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person +or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second +opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If +the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing +without further opportunities to fix the problem. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you ‘AS-IS’, WITH NO +OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT +LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of +damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement +violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the +agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or +limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or +unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the +remaining provisions. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg™ electronic works in +accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the +production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg™ +electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, +including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of +the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this +or any Project Gutenberg™ work, (b) alteration, modification, or +additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg™ work, and (c) any +Defect you cause. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'> +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg™ +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +Project Gutenberg™ is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of +computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It +exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations +from people in all walks of life. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg™’s +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg™ collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg™ and future +generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see +Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'> +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation’s EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by +U.S. federal laws and your state’s laws. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +The Foundation’s business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, +Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up +to date contact information can be found at the Foundation’s website +and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact +</div> + +<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'> +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +Project Gutenberg™ depends upon and cannot survive without widespread +public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND +DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular state +visit <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org/donate/">www.gutenberg.org/donate</a>. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To +donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate +</div> + +<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'> +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg™ electronic works +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project +Gutenberg™ concept of a library of electronic works that could be +freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and +distributed Project Gutenberg™ eBooks with only a loose network of +volunteer support. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +Project Gutenberg™ eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in +the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not +necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper +edition. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +Most people start at our website which has the main PG search +facility: <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. +</div> + +<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'> +This website includes information about Project Gutenberg™, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. +</div> + +</div> + +</body> + +</html> + + diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..27a7422 --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #4058 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/4058) diff --git a/old/4058-8.txt b/old/4058-8.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e868639 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/4058-8.txt @@ -0,0 +1,5383 @@ +Project Gutenberg's Marius the Epicurean, Volume Two, by Walter Horatio Pater + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Marius the Epicurean, Volume Two + +Author: Walter Horatio Pater + +Posting Date: June 13, 2009 [EBook #4058] +Release Date: May, 2003 +First Posted: October 25, 2001 + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK MARIUS THE EPICUREAN, VOLUME TWO *** + + + + +Produced by Alfred J. Drake. HTML version by Al Haines. + + + + + + + + + +MARIUS THE EPICUREAN, VOLUME TWO + +WALTER HORATIO PATER + +London: 1910. (The Library Edition.) + + + + +NOTES BY THE E-TEXT EDITOR: + +Notes: The 1910 Library Edition employs footnotes, a style inconvenient +in an electronic edition. I have therefore placed an asterisk +immediately after each of Pater's footnotes and a + sign after my own +notes, and have listed each chapter's notes at that chapter's end. + +Pagination and Paragraphing: To avoid an unwieldy electronic copy, I +have transferred original pagination to brackets. A bracketed numeral +such as [22] indicates that the material immediately following the +number marks the beginning of the relevant page. I have preserved +paragraph structure except for first-line indentation. + +Hyphenation: I have not preserved original hyphenation since an e-text +does not require line-end or page-end hyphenation. + +Greek typeface: For this full-text edition, I have transliterated +Pater's Greek quotations. If there is a need for the original Greek, +it can be viewed at my site, http://www.ajdrake.com/etexts, a +Victorianist archive that contains the complete works of Walter Pater +and many other nineteenth-century texts, mostly in first editions. + + + + + + +MARIUS THE EPICUREAN, VOLUME TWO + +WALTER PATER + + + Cheimerinos oneiros, hote mkistai hai vyktes.+ + + +"A winter's dream, when nights are longest." + Lucian, The Dream, Vol. 3. + + + CONTENTS + + + PART THE THIRD + + 15. Stoicism at Court: 3-13 + 16. Second Thoughts: 14-28 + 17. Beata Urbs: 29-40 + 18. "The Ceremony of the Dart": 41-56 + 19. The Will as Vision: 57-72 + + PART THE FOURTH + + 20. Two Curious Houses--1. Guests: 75-91 + 21. Two Curious Houses--2. The Church in Cecilia's House: 92-108 + 22. "The Minor Peace of the Church": 109-127 + 23. Divine Service: 128-140 + 24. A Conversation Not Imaginary: 141-171 + 25. Sunt Lacrimae Rerum: 172-185 + 26. The Martyrs: 186-196 + 27. The Triumph of Marcus Aurelius: 197-207 + 28. Anima Naturaliter Christiana: 208-224 + + + + +PART THE THIRD + +CHAPTER XV: STOICISM AT COURT + +[3] THE very finest flower of the same company--Aurelius with the +gilded fasces borne before him, a crowd of exquisites, the empress +Faustina herself, and all the elegant blue-stockings of the day, who +maintained, people said, their private "sophists" to whisper philosophy +into their ears winsomely as they performed the duties of the +toilet--was assembled again a few months later, in a different place +and for a very different purpose. The temple of Peace, a "modernising" +foundation of Hadrian, enlarged by a library and lecture-rooms, had +grown into an institution like something between a college and a +literary club; and here Cornelius Fronto was to pronounce a discourse +on the Nature of Morals. There were some, indeed, who had desired the +emperor Aurelius himself to declare his whole mind on this matter. +Rhetoric was become almost a function of the state: philosophy was upon +the throne; and had from time to time, by [4] request, delivered an +official utterance with well-nigh divine authority. And it was as the +delegate of this authority, under the full sanction of the philosophic +emperor--emperor and pontiff, that the aged Fronto purposed to-day to +expound some parts of the Stoic doctrine, with the view of recommending +morals to that refined but perhaps prejudiced company, as being, in +effect, one mode of comeliness in things--as it were music, or a kind +of artistic order, in life. And he did this earnestly, with an outlay +of all his science of mind, and that eloquence of which he was known to +be a master. For Stoicism was no longer a rude and unkempt thing. +Received at court, it had largely decorated itself: it was grown +persuasive and insinuating, and sought not only to convince men's +intelligence but to allure their souls. Associated with the beautiful +old age of the great rhetorician, and his winning voice, it was almost +Epicurean. And the old man was at his best on the occasion; the last +on which he ever appeared in this way. To-day was his own birthday. +Early in the morning the imperial letter of congratulation had reached +him; and all the pleasant animation it had caused was in his face, when +assisted by his daughter Gratia he took his place on the ivory chair, +as president of the Athenaeum of Rome, wearing with a wonderful grace +the philosophic pall,--in reality neither more nor less than the loose +woollen cloak of the common soldier, but fastened [5] on his right +shoulder with a magnificent clasp, the emperor's birthday gift. + +It was an age, as abundant evidence shows, whose delight in rhetoric +was but one result of a general susceptibility--an age not merely +taking pleasure in words, but experiencing a great moral power in them. +Fronto's quaintly fashionable audience would have wept, and also +assisted with their purses, had his present purpose been, as sometimes +happened, the recommendation of an object of charity. As it was, +arranging themselves at their ease among the images and flowers, these +amateurs of exquisite language, with their tablets open for careful +record of felicitous word or phrase, were ready to give themselves +wholly to the intellectual treat prepared for them, applauding, blowing +loud kisses through the air sometimes, at the speaker's triumphant exit +from one of his long, skilfully modulated sentences; while the younger +of them meant to imitate everything about him, down to the inflections +of his voice and the very folds of his mantle. Certainly there was +rhetoric enough:--a wealth of imagery; illustrations from painting, +music, mythology, the experiences of love; a management, by which +subtle, unexpected meaning was brought out of familiar terms, like +flies from morsels of amber, to use Fronto's own figure. But with all +its richness, the higher claim of his style was rightly understood to +lie in gravity and self-command, and an especial care for the [6] +purities of a vocabulary which rejected every expression unsanctioned +by the authority of approved ancient models. + +And it happened with Marius, as it will sometimes happen, that this +general discourse to a general audience had the effect of an utterance +adroitly designed for him. His conscience still vibrating painfully +under the shock of that scene in the amphitheatre, and full of the +ethical charm of Cornelius, he was questioning himself with much +impatience as to the possibility of an adjustment between his own +elaborately thought-out intellectual scheme and the "old morality." In +that intellectual scheme indeed the old morality had so far been +allowed no place, as seeming to demand from him the admission of +certain first principles such as might misdirect or retard him in his +efforts towards a complete, many-sided existence; or distort the +revelations of the experience of life; or curtail his natural liberty +of heart and mind. But now (his imagination being occupied for the +moment with the noble and resolute air, the gallantry, so to call it, +which composed the outward mien and presentment of his strange friend's +inflexible ethics) he felt already some nascent suspicion of his +philosophic programme, in regard, precisely, to the question of good +taste. There was the taint of a graceless "antinomianism" perceptible +in it, a dissidence, a revolt against accustomed modes, the actual +impression of which on other [7] men might rebound upon himself in some +loss of that personal pride to which it was part of his theory of life +to allow so much. And it was exactly a moral situation such as this +that Fronto appeared to be contemplating. He seemed to have before his +mind the case of one--Cyrenaic or Epicurean, as the courtier tends to +be, by habit and instinct, if not on principle--who yet experiences, +actually, a strong tendency to moral assents, and a desire, with as +little logical inconsistency as may be, to find a place for duty and +righteousness in his house of thought. + +And the Stoic professor found the key to this problem in the purely +aesthetic beauty of the old morality, as an element in things, +fascinating to the imagination, to good taste in its most highly +developed form, through association--a system or order, as a matter of +fact, in possession, not only of the larger world, but of the rare +minority of lite intelligences; from which, therefore, least of all +would the sort of Epicurean he had in view endure to become, so to +speak, an outlaw. He supposed his hearer to be, with all sincerity, in +search after some principle of conduct (and it was here that he seemed +to Marius to be speaking straight to him) which might give unity of +motive to an actual rectitude, a cleanness and probity of life, +determined partly by natural affection, partly by enlightened +self-interest or the feeling of honour, due in part even to the mere +fear of penalties; no element of which, [8] however, was distinctively +moral in the agent himself as such, and providing him, therefore, no +common ground with a really moral being like Cornelius, or even like +the philosophic emperor. Performing the same offices; actually +satisfying, even as they, the external claims of others; rendering to +all their dues--one thus circumstanced would be wanting, nevertheless, +in the secret of inward adjustment to the moral agents around him. How +tenderly--more tenderly than many stricter souls--he might yield +himself to kindly instinct! what fineness of charity in passing +judgment on others! what an exquisite conscience of other men's +susceptibilities! He knows for how much the manner, because the heart +itself, counts, in doing a kindness. He goes beyond most people in his +care for all weakly creatures; judging, instinctively, that to be but +sentient is to possess rights. He conceives a hundred duties, though +he may not call them by that name, of the existence of which purely +duteous souls may have no suspicion. He has a kind of pride in doing +more than they, in a way of his own. Sometimes, he may think that +those men of line and rule do not really understand their own business. +How narrow, inflexible, unintelligent! what poor guardians (he may +reason) of the inward spirit of righteousness, are some supposed +careful walkers according to its letter and form. And yet all the +while he admits, as such, no moral world at all: no [9] theoretic +equivalent to so large a proportion of the facts of life. + +But, over and above such practical rectitude, thus determined by +natural affection or self-love or fear, he may notice that there is a +remnant of right conduct, what he does, still more what he abstains +from doing, not so much through his own free election, as from a +deference, an "assent," entire, habitual, unconscious, to custom--to +the actual habit or fashion of others, from whom he could not endure to +break away, any more than he would care to be out of agreement with +them on questions of mere manner, or, say, even, of dress. Yes! there +were the evils, the vices, which he avoided as, essentially, a failure +in good taste. An assent, such as this, to the preferences of others, +might seem to be the weakest of motives, and the rectitude it could +determine the least considerable element in a moral life. Yet here, +according to Cornelius Fronto, was in truth the revealing example, +albeit operating upon comparative trifles, of the general principle +required. There was one great idea associated with which that +determination to conform to precedent was elevated into the clearest, +the fullest, the weightiest principle of moral action; a principle +under which one might subsume men's most strenuous efforts after +righteousness. And he proceeded to expound the idea of Humanity--of a +universal commonwealth of mind, which [10] becomes explicit, and as if +incarnate, in a select communion of just men made perfect. + +Ho kosmos hsanei polis estin+--the world is as it were a commonwealth, +a city: and there are observances, customs, usages, actually current in +it, things our friends and companions will expect of us, as the +condition of our living there with them at all, as really their peers +or fellow-citizens. Those observances were, indeed, the creation of a +visible or invisible aristocracy in it, whose actual manners, whose +preferences from of old, become now a weighty tradition as to the way +in which things should or should not be done, are like a music, to +which the intercourse of life proceeds--such a music as no one who had +once caught its harmonies would willingly jar. In this way, the +becoming, as in Greek--to prepon: or ta th+ mores, manners, as both +Greeks and Romans said, would indeed be a comprehensive term for duty. +Righteousness would be, in the words of "Caesar" himself, of the +philosophic Aurelius, but a "following of the reasonable will of the +oldest, the most venerable, of cities, of polities--of the royal, the +law-giving element, therein--forasmuch as we are citizens also in that +supreme city on high, of which all other cities beside are but as +single habitations." But as the old man spoke with animation of this +supreme city, this invisible society, whose conscience was become +explicit in its inner circle of inspired souls, of whose [11] common +spirit, the trusted leaders of human conscience had been but the +mouthpiece, of whose successive personal preferences in the conduct of +life, the "old morality" was the sum,--Marius felt that his own +thoughts were passing beyond the actual intention of the speaker; not +in the direction of any clearer theoretic or abstract definition of +that ideal commonwealth, but rather as if in search of its visible +locality and abiding-place, the walls and towers of which, so to speak, +he might really trace and tell, according to his own old, natural habit +of mind. It would be the fabric, the outward fabric, of a system +reaching, certainly, far beyond the great city around him, even if +conceived in all the machinery of its visible and invisible influences +at their grandest--as Augustus or Trajan might have conceived of +them--however well the visible Rome might pass for a figure of that +new, unseen, Rome on high. At moments, Marius even asked himself with +surprise, whether it might be some vast secret society the speaker had +in view:--that august community, to be an outlaw from which, to be +foreign to the manners of which, was a loss so much greater than to be +excluded, into the ends of the earth, from the sovereign Roman +commonwealth. Humanity, a universal order, the great polity, its +aristocracy of elect spirits, the mastery of their example over their +successors--these were the ideas, stimulating enough in their way, [12] +by association with which the Stoic professor had attempted to elevate, +to unite under a single principle, men's moral efforts, himself lifted +up with so genuine an enthusiasm. But where might Marius search for +all this, as more than an intellectual abstraction? Where were those +elect souls in whom the claim of Humanity became so amiable, winning, +persuasive--whose footsteps through the world were so beautiful in the +actual order he saw--whose faces averted from him, would be more than +he could bear? Where was that comely order, to which as a great fact of +experience he must give its due; to which, as to all other beautiful +"phenomena" in life, he must, for his own peace, adjust himself? + +Rome did well to be serious. The discourse ended somewhat abruptly, as +the noise of a great crowd in motion was heard below the walls; +whereupon, the audience, following the humour of the younger element in +it, poured into the colonnade, from the steps of which the famous +procession, or transvectio, of the military knights was to be seen +passing over the Forum, from their trysting-place at the temple of +Mars, to the temple of the Dioscuri. The ceremony took place this +year, not on the day accustomed--anniversary of the victory of Lake +Regillus, with its pair of celestial assistants--and amid the heat and +roses of a Roman July, but, by [13] anticipation, some months earlier, +the almond-trees along the way being still in leafless flower. Through +that light trellis-work, Marius watched the riders, arrayed in all +their gleaming ornaments, and wearing wreaths of olive around their +helmets, the faces below which, what with battle and the plague, were +almost all youthful. It was a flowery scene enough, but had to-day its +fulness of war-like meaning; the return of the army to the North, where +the enemy was again upon the move, being now imminent. Cornelius had +ridden along in his place, and, on the dismissal of the company, passed +below the steps where Marius stood, with that new song he had heard +once before floating from his lips. + +NOTES + +10. +Transliteration: Ho kosmos hsanei polis estin. Translation: "The +world is like a city." + +10. +Transliteration: to prepon ... ta th. Translation: "That which +is seemly ... mores." + + + +CHAPTER XVI: SECOND THOUGHTS + +[14] AND Marius, for his part, was grave enough. The discourse of +Cornelius Fronto, with its wide prospect over the human, the spiritual, +horizon, had set him on a review--on a review of the isolating +narrowness, in particular, of his own theoretic scheme. Long after the +very latest roses were faded, when "the town" had departed to country +villas, or the baths, or the war, he remained behind in Rome; anxious +to try the lastingness of his own Epicurean rose-garden; setting to +work over again, and deliberately passing from point to point of his +old argument with himself, down to its practical conclusions. That age +and our own have much in common--many difficulties and hopes. Let the +reader pardon me if here and there I seem to be passing from Marius to +his modern representatives--from Rome, to Paris or London. + +What really were its claims as a theory of practice, of the sympathies +that determine [15] practice? It had been a theory, avowedly, of loss +and gain (so to call it) of an economy. If, therefore, it missed +something in the commerce of life, which some other theory of practice +was able to include, if it made a needless sacrifice, then it must be, +in a manner, inconsistent with itself, and lack theoretic completeness. +Did it make such a sacrifice? What did it lose, or cause one to lose? + +And we may note, as Marius could hardly have done, that Cyrenaicism is +ever the characteristic philosophy of youth, ardent, but narrow in its +survey--sincere, but apt to become one-sided, or even fanatical. It is +one of those subjective and partial ideals, based on vivid, because +limited, apprehension of the truth of one aspect of experience (in this +case, of the beauty of the world and the brevity of man's life there) +which it may be said to be the special vocation of the young to +express. In the school of Cyrene, in that comparatively fresh Greek +world, we see this philosophy where it is least blas, as we say; in +its most pleasant, its blithest and yet perhaps its wisest form, +youthfully bright in the youth of European thought. But it grows young +again for a while in almost every youthful soul. It is spoken of +sometimes as the appropriate utterance of jaded men; but in them it can +hardly be sincere, or, by the nature of the case, an enthusiasm. "Walk +in the ways of thine heart, and in the sight of thine eyes," is, +indeed, most often, [16] according to the supposition of the book from +which I quote it, the counsel of the young, who feel that the sunshine +is pleasant along their veins, and wintry weather, though in a general +sense foreseen, a long way off. The youthful enthusiasm or fanaticism, +the self-abandonment to one favourite mode of thought or taste, which +occurs, quite naturally, at the outset of every really vigorous +intellectual career, finds its special opportunity in a theory such as +that so carefully put together by Marius, just because it seems to call +on one to make the sacrifice, accompanied by a vivid sensation of power +and will, of what others value--sacrifice of some conviction, or +doctrine, or supposed first principle--for the sake of that clear-eyed +intellectual consistency, which is like spotless bodily cleanliness, or +scrupulous personal honour, and has itself for the mind of the youthful +student, when he first comes to appreciate it, the fascination of an +ideal. + +The Cyrenaic doctrine, then, realised as a motive of strenuousness or +enthusiasm, is not so properly the utterance of the "jaded Epicurean," +as of the strong young man in all the freshness of thought and feeling, +fascinated by the notion of raising his life to the level of a daring +theory, while, in the first genial heat of existence, the beauty of the +physical world strikes potently upon his wide-open, unwearied senses. +He discovers a great new poem every spring, with a hundred delightful +things he too has felt, but [16] which have never been expressed, or at +least never so truly, before. The workshops of the artists, who can +select and set before us what is really most distinguished in visible +life, are open to him. He thinks that the old Platonic, or the new +Baconian philosophy, has been better explained than by the authors +themselves, or with some striking original development, this very +month. In the quiet heat of early summer, on the dusty gold morning, +the music comes, louder at intervals, above the hum of voices from some +neighbouring church, among the flowering trees, valued now, perhaps, +only for the poetically rapt faces among priests or worshippers, or the +mere skill and eloquence, it may be, of its preachers of faith and +righteousness. In his scrupulous idealism, indeed, he too feels +himself to be something of a priest, and that devotion of his days to +the contemplation of what is beautiful, a sort of perpetual religious +service. Afar off, how many fair cities and delicate sea-coasts await +him! At that age, with minds of a certain constitution, no very choice +or exceptional circumstances are needed to provoke an enthusiasm +something like this. Life in modern London even, in the heavy glow of +summer, is stuff sufficient for the fresh imagination of a youth to +build its "palace of art" of; and the very sense and enjoyment of an +experience in which all is new, are but enhanced, like that glow of +summer itself, by the [18] thought of its brevity, giving him something +of a gambler's zest, in the apprehension, by dexterous act or +diligently appreciative thought, of the highly coloured moments which +are to pass away so quickly. At bottom, perhaps, in his elaborately +developed self-consciousness, his sensibilities, his almost fierce +grasp upon the things he values at all, he has, beyond all others, an +inward need of something permanent in its character, to hold by: of +which circumstance, also, he may be partly aware, and that, as with the +brilliant Claudio in Measure for Measure, it is, in truth, but darkness +he is, "encountering, like a bride." But the inevitable falling of the +curtain is probably distant; and in the daylight, at least, it is not +often that he really shudders at the thought of the grave--the weight +above, the narrow world and its company, within. When the thought of +it does occur to him, he may say to himself:--Well! and the rude monk, +for instance, who has renounced all this, on the security of some dim +world beyond it, really acquiesces in that "fifth act," amid all the +consoling ministries around him, as little as I should at this moment; +though I may hope, that, as at the real ending of a play, however well +acted, I may already have had quite enough of it, and find a true +well-being in eternal sleep. + +And precisely in this circumstance, that, consistently with the +function of youth in general, Cyrenaicism will always be more or [19] +less the special philosophy, or "prophecy," of the young, when the +ideal of a rich experience comes to them in the ripeness of the +receptive, if not of the reflective, powers--precisely in this +circumstance, if we rightly consider it, lies the duly prescribed +corrective of that philosophy. For it is by its exclusiveness, and by +negation rather than positively, that such theories fail to satisfy us +permanently; and what they really need for their correction, is the +complementary influence of some greater system, in which they may find +their due place. That Sturm und Drang of the spirit, as it has been +called, that ardent and special apprehension of half-truths, in the +enthusiastic, and as it were "prophetic" advocacy of which, devotion to +truth, in the case of the young--apprehending but one point at a time +in the great circumference--most usually embodies itself, is levelled +down, safely enough, afterwards, as in history so in the individual, by +the weakness and mere weariness, as well as by the maturer wisdom, of +our nature. And though truth indeed, resides, as has been said, "in +the whole"--in harmonisings and adjustments like this--yet those +special apprehensions may still owe their full value, in this sense of +"the whole," to that earlier, one-sided but ardent pre-occupation with +them. + +Cynicism and Cyrenaicism:--they are the earlier Greek forms of Roman +Stoicism and Epicureanism, and in that world of old Greek [20] thought, +we may notice with some surprise that, in a little while, the nobler +form of Cyrenaicism--Cyrenaicism cured of its faults--met the nobler +form of Cynicism half-way. Starting from opposed points, they merged, +each in its most refined form, in a single ideal of temperance or +moderation. Something of the same kind may be noticed regarding some +later phases of Cyrenaic theory. If it starts with considerations +opposed to the religious temper, which the religious temper holds it a +duty to repress, it is like it, nevertheless, and very unlike any lower +development of temper, in its stress and earnestness, its serious +application to the pursuit of a very unworldly type of perfection. The +saint, and the Cyrenaic lover of beauty, it may be thought, would at +least understand each other better than either would understand the +mere man of the world. Carry their respective positions a point +further, shift the terms a little, and they might actually touch. + +Perhaps all theories of practice tend, as they rise to their best, as +understood by their worthiest representatives, to identification with +each other. For the variety of men's possible reflections on their +experience, as of that experience itself, is not really so great as it +seems; and as the highest and most disinterested ethical formulae, +filtering down into men's everyday existence, reach the same poor level +of vulgar egotism, so, we may fairly suppose that all the highest +spirits, from [21] whatever contrasted points they have started, would +yet be found to entertain, in the moral consciousness realised by +themselves, much the same kind of mental company; to hold, far more +than might be thought probable, at first sight, the same personal types +of character, and even the same artistic and literary types, in esteem +or aversion; to convey, all of them alike, the same savour of +unworldliness. And Cyrenaicism or Epicureanism too, new or old, may be +noticed, in proportion to the completeness of its development, to +approach, as to the nobler form of Cynicism, so also to the more nobly +developed phases of the old, or traditional morality. In the gravity +of its conception of life, in its pursuit after nothing less than a +perfection, in its apprehension of the value of time--the passion and +the seriousness which are like a consecration--la passion et le srieux +qui consacrent--it may be conceived, as regards its main drift, to be +not so much opposed to the old morality, as an exaggeration of one +special motive in it. + +Some cramping, narrowing, costly preference of one part of his own +nature, and of the nature of things, to another, Marius seemed to have +detected in himself, meantime,--in himself, as also in those old +masters of the Cyrenaic philosophy. If they did realise the +monochronos hdon+ as it was called--the pleasure of the "Ideal +Now"--if certain moments of their lives were high-pitched, passionately +coloured, intent with sensation, [22] and a kind of knowledge which, in +its vivid clearness, was like sensation--if, now and then, they +apprehended the world in its fulness, and had a vision, almost +"beatific," of ideal personalities in life and art, yet these moments +were a very costly matter: they paid a great price for them, in the +sacrifice of a thousand possible sympathies, of things only to be +enjoyed through sympathy, from which they detached themselves, in +intellectual pride, in loyalty to a mere theory that would take nothing +for granted, and assent to no approximate or hypothetical truths. In +their unfriendly, repellent attitude towards the Greek religion, and +the old Greek morality, surely, they had been but faulty economists. +The Greek religion was then alive: then, still more than in its later +day of dissolution, the higher view of it was possible, even for the +philosopher. Its story made little or no demand for a reasoned or +formal acceptance. A religion, which had grown through and through +man's life, with so much natural strength; had meant so much for so +many generations; which expressed so much of their hopes, in forms so +familiar and so winning; linked by associations so manifold to man as +he had been and was--a religion like this, one would think, might have +had its uses, even for a philosophic sceptic. Yet those beautiful +gods, with the whole round of their poetic worship, the school of +Cyrene definitely renounced. + +[23] The old Greek morality, again, with all its imperfections, was +certainly a comely thing.--Yes! a harmony, a music, in men's ways, one +might well hesitate to jar. The merely aesthetic sense might have had +a legitimate satisfaction in the spectacle of that fair order of choice +manners, in those attractive conventions, enveloping, so gracefully, +the whole of life, insuring some sweetness, some security at least +against offence, in the intercourse of the world. Beyond an obvious +utility, it could claim, indeed but custom--use-and-wont, as we +say--for its sanction. But then, one of the advantages of that liberty +of spirit among the Cyrenaics (in which, through theory, they had +become dead to theory, so that all theory, as such, was really +indifferent to them, and indeed nothing valuable but in its tangible +ministration to life) was precisely this, that it gave them free play +in using as their ministers or servants, things which, to the +uninitiated, must be masters or nothing. Yet, how little the followers +of Aristippus made of that whole comely system of manners or morals, +then actually in possession of life, is shown by the bold practical +consequence, which one of them maintained (with a hard, +self-opinionated adherence to his peculiar theory of values) in the not +very amiable paradox that friendship and patriotism were things one +could do without; while another--Death's-advocate, as he was +called--helped so many to self-destruction, by his [24] pessimistic +eloquence on the evils of life, that his lecture-room was closed. That +this was in the range of their consequences--that this was a possible, +if remote, deduction from the premisses of the discreet Aristippus--was +surely an inconsistency in a thinker who professed above all things an +economy of the moments of life. And yet those old Cyrenaics felt their +way, as if in the dark, we may be sure, like other men in the ordinary +transactions of life, beyond the narrow limits they drew of clear and +absolutely legitimate knowledge, admitting what was not of immediate +sensation, and drawing upon that "fantastic" future which might never +come. A little more of such "walking by faith," a little more of such +not unreasonable "assent," and they might have profited by a hundred +services to their culture, from Greek religion and Greek morality, as +they actually were. The spectacle of their fierce, exclusive, +tenacious hold on their own narrow apprehension, makes one think of a +picture with no relief, no soft shadows nor breadth of space, or of a +drama without proportionate repose. + +Yet it was of perfection that Marius (to return to him again from his +masters, his intellectual heirs) had been really thinking all the time: +a narrow perfection it might be objected, the perfection of but one +part of his nature--his capacities of feeling, of exquisite physical +impressions, of an imaginative sympathy--but still, a true perfection +of those capacities, wrought out [25] to their utmost degree, admirable +enough in its way. He too is an economist: he hopes, by that "insight" +of which the old Cyrenaics made so much, by skilful apprehension of the +conditions of spiritual success as they really are, the special +circumstances of the occasion with which he has to deal, the special +felicities of his own nature, to make the most, in no mean or vulgar +sense, of the few years of life; few, indeed, for the attainment of +anything like general perfection! With the brevity of that sum of +years his mind is exceptionally impressed; and this purpose makes him +no frivolous dilettante, but graver than other men: his scheme is not +that of a trifler, but rather of one who gives a meaning of his own, +yet a very real one, to those old words--Let us work while it is day! +He has a strong apprehension, also, of the beauty of the visible things +around him; their fading, momentary, graces and attractions. His +natural susceptibility in this direction, enlarged by experience, seems +to demand of him an almost exclusive pre-occupation with the aspects of +things; with their aesthetic character, as it is called--their +revelations to the eye and the imagination: not so much because those +aspects of them yield him the largest amount of enjoyment, as because +to be occupied, in this way, with the aesthetic or imaginative side of +things, is to be in real contact with those elements of his own nature, +and of theirs, which, for him at [26] least, are matter of the most +real kind of apprehension. As other men are concentrated upon truths +of number, for instance, or on business, or it may be on the pleasures +of appetite, so he is wholly bent on living in that full stream of +refined sensation. And in the prosecution of this love of beauty, he +claims an entire personal liberty, liberty of heart and mind, liberty, +above all, from what may seem conventional answers to first questions. + +But, without him there is a venerable system of sentiment and idea, +widely extended in time and place, in a kind of impregnable possession +of human life--a system, which, like some other great products of the +conjoint efforts of human mind through many generations, is rich in the +world's experience; so that, in attaching oneself to it, one lets in a +great tide of that experience, and makes, as it were with a single +step, a great experience of one's own, and with great consequent +increase to one's sense of colour, variety, and relief, in the +spectacle of men and things. The mere sense that one belongs to a +system--an imperial system or organisation--has, in itself, the +expanding power of a great experience; as some have felt who have been +admitted from narrower sects into the communion of the catholic church; +or as the old Roman citizen felt. It is, we might fancy, what the +coming into possession of a very widely spoken language might be, with +a great literature, which is also [27] the speech of the people we have +to live among. + +A wonderful order, actually in possession of human life!--grown +inextricably through and through it; penetrating into its laws, its +very language, its mere habits of decorum, in a thousand half-conscious +ways; yet still felt to be, in part, an unfulfilled ideal; and, as +such, awakening hope, and an aim, identical with the one only +consistent aspiration of mankind! In the apprehension of that, just +then, Marius seemed to have joined company once more with his own old +self; to have overtaken on the road the pilgrim who had come to Rome, +with absolute sincerity, on the search for perfection. It defined not +so much a change of practice, as of sympathy--a new departure, an +expansion, of sympathy. It involved, certainly, some curtailment of +his liberty, in concession to the actual manner, the distinctions, the +enactments of that great crowd of admirable spirits, who have elected +so, and not otherwise, in their conduct of life, and are not here to +give one, so to term it, an "indulgence." But then, under the +supposition of their disapproval, no roses would ever seem worth +plucking again. The authority they exercised was like that of classic +taste--an influence so subtle, yet so real, as defining the loyalty of +the scholar; or of some beautiful and venerable ritual, in which every +observance is become spontaneous and almost mechanical, yet is found, +[28] the more carefully one considers it, to have a reasonable +significance and a natural history. + +And Marius saw that he would be but an inconsistent Cyrenaic, mistaken +in his estimate of values, of loss and gain, and untrue to the +well-considered economy of life which he had brought with him to +Rome--that some drops of the great cup would fall to the ground--if he +did not make that concession, if he did but remain just there. + +NOTES + +21. +Transliteration: monochronos hdon. Pater's definition "the +pleasure of the ideal present, of the mystic now." The definition is +fitting; the unusual adjective monochronos means, literally, "single or +unitary time." + + + +CHAPTER XVII: BEATA URBS + + +"Many prophets and kings have desired to see the things which ye see." + +[29] THE enemy on the Danube was, indeed, but the vanguard of the +mighty invading hosts of the fifth century. Illusively repressed just +now, those confused movements along the northern boundary of the Empire +were destined to unite triumphantly at last, in the barbarism, which, +powerless to destroy the Christian church, was yet to suppress for a +time the achieved culture of the pagan world. The kingdom of Christ +was to grow up in a somewhat false alienation from the light and beauty +of the kingdom of nature, of the natural man, with a partly mistaken +tradition concerning it, and an incapacity, as it might almost seem at +times, for eventual reconciliation thereto. Meantime Italy had armed +itself once more, in haste, and the imperial brothers set forth for the +Alps. + +Whatever misgiving the Roman people may [30] have felt as to the +leadership of the younger was unexpectedly set at rest; though with +some temporary regret for the loss of what had been, after all, a +popular figure on the world's stage. Travelling fraternally in the +same litter with Aurelius, Lucius Verus was struck with sudden and +mysterious disease, and died as he hastened back to Rome. His death +awoke a swarm of sinister rumours, to settle on Lucilla, jealous, it +was said, of Fabia her sister, perhaps of Faustina--on Faustina +herself, who had accompanied the imperial progress, and was anxious now +to hide a crime of her own--even on the elder brother, who, beforehand +with the treasonable designs of his colleague, should have helped him +at supper to a favourite morsel, cut with a knife poisoned ingeniously +on one side only. Aurelius, certainly, with sincere distress, his long +irritations, so dutifully concealed or repressed, turning now into a +single feeling of regret for the human creature, carried the remains +back to Rome, and demanded of the Senate a public funeral, with a +decree for the apothesis, or canonisation, of the dead. + +For three days the body lay in state in the Forum, enclosed in an open +coffin of cedar-wood, on a bed of ivory and gold, in the centre of a +sort of temporary chapel, representing the temple of his patroness +Venus Genetrix. Armed soldiers kept watch around it, while choirs of +select voices relieved one another in the chanting of hymns or +monologues from the great tragedians. + +[31] At the head of the couch were displayed the various personal +decorations which had belonged to Verus in life. Like all the rest of +Rome, Marius went to gaze on the face he had seen last scarcely +disguised under the hood of a travelling-dress, as the wearer hurried, +at night-fall, along one of the streets below the palace, to some +amorous appointment. Unfamiliar as he still was with dead faces, he +was taken by surprise, and touched far beyond what he had reckoned on, +by the piteous change there; even the skill of Galen having been not +wholly successful in the process of embalming. It was as if a brother +of his own were lying low before him, with that meek and helpless +expression it would have been a sacrilege to treat rudely. + +Meantime, in the centre of the Campus Martius, within the grove of +poplars which enclosed the space where the body of Augustus had been +burnt, the great funeral pyre, stuffed with shavings of various +aromatic woods, was built up in many stages, separated from each other +by a light entablature of woodwork, and adorned abundantly with carved +and tapestried images. Upon this pyramidal or flame-shaped structure +lay the corpse, hidden now under a mountain of flowers and incense +brought by the women, who from the first had had their fondness for the +wanton graces of the deceased. The dead body was surmounted by a waxen +effigy of great size, arrayed in the triumphal ornaments. [32] At last +the Centurions to whom that office belonged, drew near, torch in hand, +to ignite the pile at its four corners, while the soldiers, in wild +excitement, flung themselves around it, casting into the flames the +decorations they had received for acts of valour under the dead +emperor's command. + +It had been a really heroic order, spoiled a little, at the last +moment, through the somewhat tawdry artifice, by which an eagle--not a +very noble or youthful specimen of its kind--was caused to take flight +amid the real or affected awe of the spectators, above the perishing +remains; a court chamberlain, according to ancient etiquette, +subsequently making official declaration before the Senate, that the +imperial "genius" had been seen in this way, escaping from the fire. +And Marius was present when the Fathers, duly certified of the fact, by +"acclamation," muttering their judgment all together, in a kind of low, +rhythmical chant, decreed Caelum--the privilege of divine rank to the +departed. + +The actual gathering of the ashes in a white cere-cloth by the widowed +Lucilla, when the last flicker had been extinguished by drops of wine; +and the conveyance of them to the little cell, already populous, in the +central mass of the sepulchre of Hadrian, still in all the splendour of +its statued colonnades, were a matter of private or domestic duty; +after the due accomplishment of which Aurelius was at [33] liberty to +retire for a time into the privacy o his beloved apartments of the +Palatine. And hither, not long afterwards, Marius was summoned a +second time, to receive from the imperial hands the great pile of +Manuscripts it would be his business to revise and arrange. + +One year had passed since his first visit to the palace; and as he +climbed the stairs to-day, the great cypresses rocked against the +sunless sky, like living creatures in pain. He had to traverse a long +subterranean gallery, once a secret entrance to the imperial +apartments, and in our own day, amid the ruin of all around it, as +smooth and fresh as if the carpets were but just removed from its floor +after the return of the emperor from the shows. It was here, on such +an occasion, that the emperor Caligula, at the age of twenty-nine, had +come by his end, the assassins gliding along it as he lingered a few +moments longer to watch the movements of a party of noble youths at +their exercise in the courtyard below. As Marius waited, a second +time, in that little red room in the house of the chief chamberlain, +curious to look once more upon its painted walls--the very place +whither the assassins were said to have turned for refuge after the +murder--he could all but see the figure, which in its surrounding light +and darkness seemed to him the most melancholy in the entire history of +Rome. He called to mind the greatness of that popularity and early +[34] promise--the stupefying height of irresponsible power, from which, +after all, only men's viler side had been clearly visible--the +overthrow of reason--the seemingly irredeemable memory; and still, +above all, the beautiful head in which the noble lines of the race of +Augustus were united to, he knew not what expression of sensibility +and fineness, not theirs, and for the like of which one must pass +onward to the Antonines. Popular hatred had been careful to destroy +its semblance wherever it was to be found; but one bust, in dark +bronze-like basalt of a wonderful perfection of finish, preserved in +the museum of the Capitol, may have seemed to some visitors there +perhaps the finest extant relic of Roman art. Had the very seal of +empire upon those sombre brows, reflected from his mirror, suggested +his insane attempt upon the liberties, the dignity of men?--"O +humanity!" he seems to ask, "what hast thou done to me that I should so +despise thee?"--And might not this be indeed the true meaning of +kingship, if the world would have one man to reign over it? The like +of this: or, some incredible, surely never to be realised, height of +disinterestedness, in a king who should be the servant of all, quite at +the other extreme of the practical dilemma involved in such a position. +Not till some while after his death had the body been decently interred +by the piety of the sisters he had driven into exile. Fraternity [35] +of feeling had been no invariable feature in the incidents of Roman +story. One long Vicus Sceleratus, from its first dim foundation in +fraternal quarrel on the morrow of a common deliverance so +touching--had not almost every step in it some gloomy memory of +unnatural violence? Romans did well to fancy the traitress Tarpeia +still "green in earth," crowned, enthroned, at the roots of the +Capitoline rock. If in truth the religion of Rome was everywhere in +it, like that perfume of the funeral incense still upon the air, so +also was the memory of crime prompted by a hypocritical cruelty, down +to the erring, or not erring, Vesta calmly buried alive there, only +eighty years ago, under Domitian. + +It was with a sense of relief that Marius found himself in the presence +of Aurelius, whose gesture of friendly intelligence, as he entered, +raised a smile at the gloomy train of his own thoughts just then, +although since his first visit to the palace a great change had passed +over it. The clear daylight found its way now into empty rooms. To +raise funds for the war, Aurelius, his luxurious brother being no more, +had determined to sell by auction the accumulated treasures of the +imperial household. The works of art, the dainty furniture, had been +removed, and were now "on view" in the Forum, to be the delight or +dismay, for many weeks to come, of the [36] large public of those who +were curious in these things. In such wise had Aurelius come to the +condition of philosophic detachment he had affected as a boy, hardly +persuaded to wear warm clothing, or to sleep in more luxurious manner +than on the bare floor. But, in his empty house, the man of mind, who +had always made so much of the pleasures of philosophic contemplation, +felt freer in thought than ever. He had been reading, with less +self-reproach than usual, in the Republic of Plato, those passages +which describe the life of the philosopher-kings--like that of hired +servants in their own house--who, possessed of the "gold undefiled" of +intellectual vision, forgo so cheerfully all other riches. It was one +of his happy days: one of those rare days, when, almost with none of +the effort, otherwise so constant with him, his thoughts came rich and +full, and converged in a mental view, as exhilarating to him as the +prospect of some wide expanse of landscape to another man's bodily eye. +He seemed to lie readier than was his wont to the imaginative influence +of the philosophic reason--to its suggestions of a possible open +country, commencing just where all actual experience leaves off, but +which experience, one's own and not another's, may one day occupy. In +fact, he was seeking strength for himself, in his own way, before he +started for that ambiguous earthly warfare [37] which was to occupy the +remainder of his life. "Ever remember this," he writes, "that a happy +life depends, not on many things--en oligistois keitai."+ And to-day, +committing himself with a steady effort of volition to the mere silence +of the great empty apartments, he might be said to have escaped, +according to Plato's promise to those who live closely with philosophy, +from the evils of the world. + +In his "conversations with himself" Marcus Aurelius speaks often of +that City on high, of which all other cities are but single +habitations. From him in fact Cornelius Fronto, in his late discourse, +had borrowed the expression; and he certainly meant by it more than the +whole commonwealth of Rome, in any idealisation of it, however sublime. +Incorporate somehow with the actual city whose goodly stones were lying +beneath his gaze, it was also implicate in that reasonable constitution +of nature, by devout contemplation of which it is possible for man to +associate himself to the consciousness of God. In that New Rome he had +taken up his rest for awhile on this day, deliberately feeding his +thoughts on the better air of it, as another might have gone for mental +renewal to a favourite villa. + +"Men seek retirement in country-houses," he writes, "on the sea-coast, +on the mountains; and you have yourself as much fondness for such +places as another. But there is little proof of culture therein; since +the privilege is yours of [38] retiring into yourself whensoever you +please,--into that little farm of one's own mind, where a silence so +profound may be enjoyed." That it could make these retreats, was a +plain consequence of the kingly prerogative of the mind, its dominion +over circumstance, its inherent liberty.--"It is in thy power to think +as thou wilt: The essence of things is in thy thoughts about them: All +is opinion, conception: No man can be hindered by another: What is +outside thy circle of thought is nothing at all to it; hold to this, +and you are safe: One thing is needful--to live close to the divine +genius within thee, and minister thereto worthily." And the first +point in this true ministry, this culture, was to maintain one's soul +in a condition of indifference and calm. How continually had public +claims, the claims of other persons, with their rough angularities of +character, broken in upon him, the shepherd of the flock. But after +all he had at least this privilege he could not part with, of thinking +as he would; and it was well, now and then, by a conscious effort of +will, to indulge it for a while, under systematic direction. The duty +of thus making discreet, systematic use of the power of imaginative +vision for purposes of spiritual culture, "since the soul takes colour +from its fantasies," is a point he has frequently insisted on. + +The influence of these seasonable meditations--a symbol, or sacrament, +because an intensified [39] condition, of the soul's own ordinary and +natural life--would remain upon it, perhaps for many days. There were +experiences he could not forget, intuitions beyond price, he had come +by in this way, which were almost like the breaking of a physical light +upon his mind; as the great Augustus was said to have seen a mysterious +physical splendour, yonder, upon the summit of the Capitol, where the +altar of the Sibyl now stood. With a prayer, therefore, for inward +quiet, for conformity to the divine reason, he read some select +passages of Plato, which bear upon the harmony of the reason, in all +its forms, with itself--"Could there be Cosmos, that wonderful, +reasonable order, in him, and nothing but disorder in the world +without?" It was from this question he had passed on to the vision of +a reasonable, a divine, order, not in nature, but in the condition of +human affairs--that unseen Celestial City, Uranopolis, Callipolis, Urbs +Beata--in which, a consciousness of the divine will being everywhere +realised, there would be, among other felicitous differences from this +lower visible world, no more quite hopeless death, of men, or children, +or of their affections. He had tried to-day, as never before, to make +the most of this vision of a New Rome, to realise it as distinctly as +he could,--and, as it were, find his way along its streets, ere he went +down into a world so irksomely different, to make his practical effort +towards it, with a soul full of [40] compassion for men as they were. +However distinct the mental image might have been to him, with the +descent of but one flight of steps into the market-place below, it must +have retreated again, as if at touch of some malign magic wand, beyond +the utmost verge of the horizon. But it had been actually, in his +clearest vision of it, a confused place, with but a recognisable entry, +a tower or fountain, here or there, and haunted by strange faces, whose +novel expression he, the great physiognomist, could by no means read. +Plato, indeed, had been able to articulate, to see, at least in +thought, his ideal city. But just because Aurelius had passed beyond +Plato, in the scope of the gracious charities he pre-supposed there, he +had been unable really to track his way about it. Ah! after all, +according to Plato himself, all vision was but reminiscence, and this, +his heart's desire, no place his soul could ever have visited in any +region of the old world's achievements. He had but divined, by a kind +of generosity of spirit, the void place, which another experience than +his must fill. + +Yet Marius noted the wonderful expression of peace, of quiet pleasure, +on the countenance of Aurelius, as he received from him the rolls of +fine clear manuscript, fancying the thoughts of the emperor occupied at +the moment with the famous prospect towards the Alban hills, from those +lofty windows. + +NOTES + +37. +Transliteration: en oligistois keitai. Definition "it lies in +the fewest [things]." + + + +CHAPTER XVIII: "THE CEREMONY OF THE DART" + +[41] THE ideas of Stoicism, so precious to Marcus Aurelius, ideas of +large generalisation, have sometimes induced, in those over whose +intellects they have had real power, a coldness of heart. It was the +distinction of Aurelius that he was able to harmonise them with the +kindness, one might almost say the amenities, of a humourist, as also +with the popular religion and its many gods. Those vasty conceptions +of the later Greek philosophy had in them, in truth, the germ of a sort +of austerely opinionative "natural theology," and how often has that +led to religious dryness--a hard contempt of everything in religion, +which touches the senses, or charms the fancy, or really concerns the +affections. Aurelius had made his own the secret of passing, +naturally, and with no violence to his thought, to and fro, between the +richly coloured and romantic religion of those old gods who had still +been human beings, and a very abstract speculation upon the impassive, +[42] universal soul--that circle whose centre is everywhere, the +circumference nowhere--of which a series of purely logical necessities +had evolved the formula. As in many another instance, those +traditional pieties of the place and the hour had been derived by him +from his mother:--para ts mtros to theosebes.+ Purified, as all such +religion of concrete time and place needs to be, by frequent +confronting with the ideal of godhead as revealed to that innate +religious sense in the possession of which Aurelius differed from the +people around him, it was the ground of many a sociability with their +simpler souls, and for himself, certainly, a consolation, whenever the +wings of his own soul flagged in the trying atmosphere of purely +intellectual vision. A host of companions, guides, helpers, about him +from of old time, "the very court and company of heaven," objects for +him of personal reverence and affection--the supposed presence of the +ancient popular gods determined the character of much of his daily +life, and might prove the last stay of human nature at its weakest. +"In every time and place," he had said, "it rests with thyself to use +the event of the hour religiously: at all seasons worship the gods." +And when he said "Worship the gods!" he did it, as strenuously as +everything else. + +Yet here again, how often must he have experienced disillusion, or even +some revolt of [43] feeling, at that contact with coarser natures to +which his religious conclusions exposed him. At the beginning of the +year one hundred and seventy-three public anxiety was as great as ever; +and as before it brought people's superstition into unreserved play. +For seven days the images of the old gods, and some of the graver new +ones, lay solemnly exposed in the open air, arrayed in all their +ornaments, each in his separate resting-place, amid lights and burning +incense, while the crowd, following the imperial example, daily visited +them, with offerings of flowers to this or that particular divinity, +according to the devotion of each. + + But supplementing these older official observances, the very wildest +gods had their share of worship,--strange creatures with strange +secrets startled abroad into open daylight. The delirious sort of +religion of which Marius was a spectator in the streets of Rome, during +the seven days of the Lectisternium, reminded him now and again of an +observation of Apuleius: it was "as if the presence of the gods did not +do men good, but disordered or weakened them." Some jaded women of +fashion, especially, found in certain oriental devotions, at once +relief for their religiously tearful souls and an opportunity for +personal display; preferring this or that "mystery," chiefly because +the attire required in it was suitable to their peculiar manner of +beauty. And one morning Marius [44] encountered an extraordinary +crimson object, borne in a litter through an excited crowd--the famous +courtesan Benedicta, still fresh from the bath of blood, to which she +had submitted herself, sitting below the scaffold where the victims +provided for that purpose were slaughtered by the priests. Even on the +last day of the solemnity, when the emperor himself performed one of +the oldest ceremonies of the Roman religion, this fantastic piety had +asserted itself. There were victims enough certainly, brought from the +choice pastures of the Sabine mountains, and conducted around the city +they were to die for, in almost continuous procession, covered with +flowers and well-nigh worried to death before the time by the crowds of +people superstitiously pressing to touch them. But certain +old-fashioned Romans, in these exceptional circumstances, demanded +something more than this, in the way of a human sacrifice after the +ancient pattern; as when, not so long since, some Greeks or Gauls had +been buried alive in the Forum. At least, human blood should be shed; +and it was through a wild multitude of fanatics, cutting their flesh +with knives and whips and licking up ardently the crimson stream, that +the emperor repaired to the temple of Bellona, and in solemn symbolic +act cast the bloodstained spear, or "dart," carefully preserved there, +towards the enemy's country-- [45] towards that unknown world of German +homes, still warm, as some believed under the faint northern twilight, +with those innocent affections of which Romans had lost the sense. And +this at least was clear, amid all doubts of abstract right or wrong on +either side, that the ruin of those homes was involved in what Aurelius +was then preparing for, with,--Yes! the gods be thanked for that +achievement of an invigorating philosophy!--almost with a light heart. + + For, in truth, that departure, really so difficult to him, for which +Marcus Aurelius had needed to brace himself so strenuously, came to +test the power of a long-studied theory of practice; and it was the +development of this theory--a theria, literally--a view, an intuition, +of the most important facts, and still more important possibilities, +concerning man in the world, that Marius now discovered, almost as if +by accident, below the dry surface of the manuscripts entrusted to him. +The great purple rolls contained, first of all, statistics, a general +historical account of the writer's own time, and an exact diary; all +alike, though in three different degrees of nearness to the writer's +own personal experience, laborious, formal, self-suppressing. This was +for the instruction of the public; and part of it has, perhaps, found +its way into the Augustan Histories. But it was for the especial +guidance of his son Commodus that he had permitted himself to break +out, here [46] and there, into reflections upon what was passing, into +conversations with the reader. And then, as though he were put off his +guard in this way, there had escaped into the heavy matter-of-fact, of +which the main portion was composed, morsels of his conversation with +himself. It was the romance of a soul (to be traced only in hints, +wayside notes, quotations from older masters), as it were in lifelong, +and often baffled search after some vanished or elusive golden fleece, +or Hesperidean fruit-trees, or some mysterious light of doctrine, ever +retreating before him. A man, he had seemed to Marius from the first, +of two lives, as we say. Of what nature, he had sometimes wondered, on +the day, for instance, when he had interrupted the emperor's musings in +the empty palace, might be that placid inward guest or inhabitant, who +from amid the pre-occupations of the man of practical affairs looked +out, as if surprised, at the things and faces around. Here, then, +under the tame surface of what was meant for a life of business, Marius +discovered, welcoming a brother, the spontaneous self-revelation of a +soul as delicate as his own,--a soul for which conversation with itself +was a necessity of existence. Marius, indeed, had always suspected +that the sense of such necessity was a peculiarity of his. But here, +certainly, was another, in this respect like himself; and again he +seemed to detect the advent of some [47] new or changed spirit into the +world, mystic, inward, hardly to be satisfied with that wholly external +and objective habit of life, which had been sufficient for the old +classic soul. His purely literary curiosity was greatly stimulated by +this example of a book of self-portraiture. It was in fact the position +of the modern essayist,--creature of efforts rather than of +achievements, in the matter of apprehending truth, but at least +conscious of lights by the way, which he must needs record, +acknowledge. What seemed to underlie that position was the desire to +make the most of every experience that might come, outwardly or from +within: to perpetuate, to display, what was so fleeting, in a kind of +instinctive, pathetic protest against the imperial writer's own +theory--that theory of the "perpetual flux" of all things--to Marius +himself, so plausible from of old. + + There was, besides, a special moral or doctrinal significance in the +making of such conversation with one's self at all. The Logos, the +reasonable spark, in man, is common to him with the gods--koinos aut +pros tous theous+--cum diis communis. That might seem but the truism +of a certain school of philosophy; but in Aurelius was clearly an +original and lively apprehension. There could be no inward +conversation with one's self such as this, unless there were indeed +some one else, aware of our actual thoughts and feelings, pleased or +displeased at [48] one's disposition of one's self. Cornelius Fronto +too could enounce that theory of the reasonable community between men +and God, in many different ways. But then, he was a cheerful man, and +Aurelius a singularly sad one; and what to Fronto was but a doctrine, +or a motive of mere rhetoric, was to the other a consolation. He walks +and talks, for a spiritual refreshment lacking which he would faint by +the way, with what to the learned professor is but matter of +philosophic eloquence. + +In performing his public religious functions Marcus Aurelius had ever +seemed like one who took part in some great process, a great thing +really done, with more than the actually visible assistants about him. +Here, in these manuscripts, in a hundred marginal flowers of thought or +language, in happy new phrases of his own like the impromptus of an +actual conversation, in quotations from other older masters of the +inward life, taking new significance from the chances of such +intercourse, was the record of his communion with that eternal reason, +which was also his own proper self, with the divine companion, whose +tabernacle was in the intelligence of men--the journal of his daily +commerce with that. + +Chance: or Providence! Chance: or Wisdom, one with nature and man, +reaching from end to end, through all time and all existence, orderly +disposing all things, according to [49] fixed periods, as he describes +it, in terms very like certain well-known words of the book of +Wisdom:--those are the "fenced opposites" of the speculative dilemma, +the tragic embarras, of which Aurelius cannot too often remind himself +as the summary of man's situation in the world. If there be, however, +a provident soul like this "behind the veil," truly, even to him, even +in the most intimate of those conversations, it has never yet spoken +with any quite irresistible assertion of its presence. Yet one's +choice in that speculative dilemma, as he has found it, is on the whole +a matter of will.--"'Tis in thy power," here too, again, "to think as +thou wilt." For his part he has asserted his will, and has the courage +of his opinion. "To the better of two things, if thou findest that, +turn with thy whole heart: eat and drink ever of the best before thee." +"Wisdom," says that other disciple of the Sapiential philosophy, "hath +mingled Her wine, she hath also prepared Herself a table." Tou aristou +apolaue:+ "Partake ever of Her best!" And what Marius, peeping now +very closely upon the intimacies of that singular mind, found a thing +actually pathetic and affecting, was the manner of the writer's bearing +as in the presence of this supposed guest; so elusive, so jealous of +any palpable manifestation of himself, so taxing to one's faith, never +allowing one to lean frankly upon him and feel wholly at rest. Only, +he [50] would do his part, at least, in maintaining the constant +fitness, the sweetness and quiet, of the guest-chamber. Seeming to vary +with the intellectual fortune of the hour, from the plainest account of +experience, to a sheer fantasy, only "believed because it was +impossible," that one hope was, at all events, sufficient to make men's +common pleasures and their common ambition, above all their commonest +vices, seem very petty indeed, too petty to know of. It bred in him a +kind of magnificence of character, in the old Greek sense of the term; +a temper incompatible with any merely plausible advocacy of his +convictions, or merely superficial thoughts about anything whatever, or +talk about other people, or speculation as to what was passing in their +so visibly little souls, or much talking of any kind, however clever or +graceful. A soul thus disposed had "already entered into the better +life":--was indeed in some sort "a priest, a minister of the gods." +Hence his constant "recollection"; a close watching of his soul, of a +kind almost unique in the ancient world.--Before all things examine +into thyself: strive to be at home with thyself!--Marius, a sympathetic +witness of all this, might almost seem to have had a foresight of +monasticism itself in the prophetic future. With this mystic companion +he had gone a step onward out of the merely objective pagan existence. +Here was already a master in that craft of self-direction, which was +about to [51] play so large a part in the forming of human mind, under +the sanction of the Christian church. + +Yet it was in truth a somewhat melancholy service, a service on which +one must needs move about, solemn, serious, depressed, with the hushed +footsteps of those who move about the house where a dead body is lying. +Such was the impression which occurred to Marius again and again as he +read, with a growing sense of some profound dissidence from his author. +By certain quite traceable links of association he was reminded, in +spite of the moral beauty of the philosophic emperor's ideas, how he +had sat, essentially unconcerned, at the public shows. For, actually, +his contemplations had made him of a sad heart, inducing in him that +melancholy--Tristitia--which even the monastic moralists have held to +be of the nature of deadly sin, akin to the sin of Desidia or +Inactivity. Resignation, a sombre resignation, a sad heart, patient +bearing of the burden of a sad heart:--Yes! this belonged doubtless to +the situation of an honest thinker upon the world. Only, in this case +there seemed to be too much of a complacent acquiescence in the world +as it is. And there could be no true Thodic in that; no real +accommodation of the world as it is, to the divine pattern of the +Logos, the eternal reason, over against it. It amounted to a tolerance +of evil. + + The soul of good, though it moveth upon a way thou canst but little + understand, yet prospereth on the journey: + + [52] If thou sufferest nothing contrary to nature, there can be + nought of evil with thee therein. + + If thou hast done aught in harmony with that reason in which men are + communicant with the gods, there also can be nothing of evil with + thee--nothing to be afraid of: + + Whatever is, is right; as from the hand of one dispensing to every + man according to his desert: + + If reason fulfil its part in things, what more dost thou require? + + Dost thou take it ill that thy stature is but of four cubits? + + That which happeneth to each of us is for the profit of the whole. + + The profit of the whole,--that was sufficient!+ + +--Links, in a train of thought really generous! of which, nevertheless, +the forced and yet facile optimism, refusing to see evil anywhere, +might lack, after all, the secret of genuine cheerfulness. It left in +truth a weight upon the spirits; and with that weight unlifted, there +could be no real justification of the ways of Heaven to man. "Let +thine air be cheerful," he had said; and, with an effort, did himself +at times attain to that serenity of aspect, which surely ought to +accompany, as their outward flower and favour, hopeful assumptions like +those. Still, what in Aurelius was but a passing expression, was with +Cornelius (Marius could but note the contrast) nature, and a veritable +physiognomy. With Cornelius, in fact, it was nothing less than the joy +which Dante apprehended in the blessed spirits of the perfect, the +outward semblance of which, like a reflex of physical light upon human +faces from "the land which is very far off," we may trace from Giotto +onward to its consummation in the work of Raphael--the serenity, the +[53] durable cheerfulness, of those who have been indeed delivered from +death, and of which the utmost degree of that famed "blitheness "of the +Greeks had been but a transitory gleam, as in careless and wholly +superficial youth. And yet, in Cornelius, it was certainly united with +the bold recognition of evil as a fact in the world; real as an aching +in the head or heart, which one instinctively desires to have cured; an +enemy with whom no terms could be made, visible, hatefully visible, in +a thousand forms--the apparent waste of men's gifts in an early, or +even in a late grave; the death, as such, of men, and even of animals; +the disease and pain of the body. + +And there was another point of dissidence between Aurelius and his +reader.--The philosophic emperor was a despiser of the body. Since it +is "the peculiar privilege of reason to move within herself, and to be +proof against corporeal impressions, suffering neither sensation nor +passion to break in upon her," it follows that the true interest of the +spirit must ever be to treat the body--Well! as a corpse attached +thereto, rather than as a living companion--nay, actually to promote +its dissolution. In counterpoise to the inhumanity of this, presenting +itself to the young reader as nothing less than a sin against nature, +the very person of Cornelius was nothing less than a sanction of that +reverent delight Marius had always had in the visible body of man. +Such delight indeed had been but [54] a natural consequence of the +sensuous or materialistic character of the philosophy of his choice. +Now to Cornelius the body of man was unmistakeably, as a later seer +terms it, the one true temple in the world; or rather itself the proper +object of worship, of a sacred service, in which the very finest gold +might have its seemliness and due symbolic use:--Ah! and of what +awe-stricken pity also, in its dejection, in the perishing gray bones +of a poor man's grave! + +Some flaw of vision, thought Marius, must be involved in the +philosopher's contempt for it--some diseased point of thought, or moral +dulness, leading logically to what seemed to him the strangest of all +the emperor's inhumanities, the temper of the suicide; for which there +was just then, indeed, a sort of mania in the world. "'Tis part of the +business of life," he read, "to lose it handsomely." On due occasion, +"one might give life the slip." The moral or mental powers might fail +one; and then it were a fair question, precisely, whether the time for +taking leave was not come:--"Thou canst leave this prison when thou +wilt. Go forth boldly!" Just there, in the bare capacity to entertain +such question at all, there was what Marius, with a soul which must +always leap up in loyal gratitude for mere physical sunshine, touching +him as it touched the flies in the air, could not away with. There, +surely, was a sign of some crookedness in the natural power of +apprehension. It was the [55] attitude, the melancholy intellectual +attitude, of one who might be greatly mistaken in things--who might +make the greatest of mistakes. + +A heart that could forget itself in the misfortune, or even in the +weakness of others:--of this Marius had certainly found the trace, as a +confidant of the emperor's conversations with himself, in spite of +those jarring inhumanities, of that pretension to a stoical +indifference, and the many difficulties of his manner of writing. He +found it again not long afterwards, in still stronger evidence, in this +way. As he read one morning early, there slipped from the rolls of +manuscript a sealed letter with the emperor's superscription, which +might well be of importance, and he felt bound to deliver it at once in +person; Aurelius being then absent from Rome in one of his favourite +retreats, at Praeneste, taking a few days of quiet with his young +children, before his departure for the war. A whole day passed as +Marius crossed the Campagna on horseback, pleased by the random autumn +lights bringing out in the distance the sheep at pasture, the shepherds +in their picturesque dress, the golden elms, tower and villa; and it +was after dark that he mounted the steep street of the little hill-town +to the imperial residence. He was struck by an odd mixture of +stillness and excitement about the place. Lights burned at the +windows. It seemed that numerous visitors were within, for the +courtyard was crowded with litters and horses [56] in waiting. For the +moment, indeed, all larger cares, even the cares of war, of late so +heavy a pressure, had been forgotten in what was passing with the +little Annius Verus; who for his part had forgotten his toys, lying all +day across the knees of his mother, as a mere child's ear-ache grew +rapidly to alarming sickness with great and manifest agony, only +suspended a little, from time to time, when from very weariness he +passed into a few moments of unconsciousness. The country surgeon +called in, had removed the imposthume with the knife. There had been a +great effort to bear this operation, for the terrified child, hardly +persuaded to submit himself, when his pain was at its worst, and even +more for the parents. At length, amid a company of pupils pressing in +with him, as the custom was, to watch the proceedings in the sick-room, +the eminent Galen had arrived, only to pronounce the thing done visibly +useless, the patient falling now into longer intervals of delirium. +And thus, thrust on one side by the crowd of departing visitors, Marius +was forced into the privacy of a grief, the desolate face of which went +deep into his memory, as he saw the emperor carry the child away--quite +conscious at last, but with a touching expression upon it of weakness +and defeat--pressed close to his bosom, as if he yearned just then for +one thing only, to be united, to be absolutely one with it, in its +obscure distress. + +NOTES + +42. +Transliteration: para ts mtros to theosebes. Translation: +"rites deriving from [his] mother." + +47. +Transliteration: koinos aut pros tous theous. Translation: +"common to him together with the gods." + +49. +Transliteration: Tou aristou apolaue. Translation: "[Always] take +the best." + +52. +Not indented in the original. + + + +CHAPTER XIX: THE WILL AS VISION + + Paratum cor meum deus! paratum cor meum! + +[57] THE emperor demanded a senatorial decree for the erection of +images in memory of the dead prince; that a golden one should be +carried, together with the other images, in the great procession of the +Circus, and the addition of the child's name to the Hymn of the Salian +Priests: and so, stifling private grief, without further delay set +forth for the war. + +True kingship, as Plato, the old master of Aurelius, had understood it, +was essentially of the nature of a service. If so be, you can discover +a mode of life more desirable than the being a king, for those who +shall be kings; then, the true Ideal of the State will become a +possibility; but not otherwise. And if the life of Beatific Vision be +indeed possible, if philosophy really "concludes in an ecstasy," +affording full fruition to the entire nature of man; then, for certain +elect souls at least, a mode of life will have been [58] discovered +more desirable than to be a king. By love or fear you might induce +such persons to forgo their privilege; to take upon them the +distasteful task of governing other men, or even of leading them to +victory in battle. But, by the very conditions of its tenure, their +dominion would be wholly a ministry to others: they would have taken +upon them-"the form of a servant": they would be reigning for the +well-being of others rather than their own. The true king, the +righteous king, would be Saint Lewis, exiling himself from the better +land and its perfected company--so real a thing to him, definite and +real as the pictured scenes of his psalter--to take part in or to +arbitrate men's quarrels, about the transitory appearances of things. +In a lower degree (lower, in proportion as the highest Platonic dream +is lower than any Christian vision) the true king would be Marcus +Aurelius, drawn from the meditation of books, to be the ruler of the +Roman people in peace, and still more, in war. + +To Aurelius, certainly, the philosophic mood, the visions, however dim, +which this mood brought with it, were sufficiently pleasant to him, +together with the endearments of his home, to make public rule nothing +less than a sacrifice of himself according to Plato's requirement, now +consummated in his setting forth for the campaign on the Danube. That +it was such a sacrifice was to Marius visible fact, as he saw him [59] +ceremoniously lifted into the saddle amid all the pageantry of an +imperial departure, yet with the air less of a sanguine and +self-reliant leader than of one in some way or other already defeated. +Through the fortune of the subsequent years, passing and repassing so +inexplicably from side to side, the rumour of which reached him amid +his own quiet studies, Marius seemed always to see that central figure, +with its habitually dejected hue grown now to an expression of positive +suffering, all the stranger from its contrast with the magnificent +armour worn by the emperor on this occasion, as it had been worn by his +predecessor Hadrian. + + Totus et argento contextus et auro: + +clothed in its gold and silver, dainty as that old divinely constructed +armour of which Homer tells, but without its miraculous +lightsomeness--he looked out baffled, labouring, moribund; a mere +comfortless shadow taking part in some shadowy reproduction of the +labours of Hercules, through those northern, mist-laden confines of the +civilised world. It was as if the familiar soul which had been so +friendly disposed towards him were actually departed to Hades; and when +he read the Conversations afterwards, though his judgment of them +underwent no material change, it was nevertheless with the allowance we +make for the dead. The memory of that suffering image, while it +certainly strengthened his adhesion [60] to what he could accept at all +in the philosophy of Aurelius, added a strange pathos to what must seem +the writer's mistakes. What, after all, had been the meaning of that +incident, observed as so fortunate an omen long since, when the prince, +then a little child much younger than was usual, had stood in ceremony +among the priests of Mars and flung his crown of flowers with the rest +at the sacred image reclining on the Pulvinar? The other crowns lodged +themselves here or there; when, Lo! the crown thrown by Aurelius, the +youngest of them all, alighted upon the very brows of the god, as if +placed there by a careful hand! He was still young, also, when on the +day of his adoption by Antoninus Pius he saw himself in a dream, with +as it were shoulders of ivory, like the images of the gods, and found +them more capable than shoulders of flesh. Yet he was now well-nigh +fifty years of age, setting out with two-thirds of life behind him, +upon a labour which would fill the remainder of it with anxious +cares--a labour for which he had perhaps no capacity, and certainly no +taste. + +That ancient suit of armour was almost the only object Aurelius now +possessed from all those much cherished articles of vertu collected by +the Caesars, making the imperial residence like a magnificent museum. +Not men alone were needed for the war, so that it became necessary, to +the great disgust alike of timid persons and of [61] the lovers of +sport, to arm the gladiators, but money also was lacking. Accordingly, +at the sole motion of Aurelius himself, unwilling that the public +burden should be further increased, especially on the part of the poor, +the whole of the imperial ornaments and furniture, a sumptuous +collection of gems formed by Hadrian, with many works of the most +famous painters and sculptors, even the precious ornaments of the +emperor's chapel or Lararium, and the wardrobe of the empress Faustina, +who seems to have borne the loss without a murmur, were exposed for +public auction. "These treasures," said Aurelius, "like all else that +I possess, belong by right to the Senate and People." Was it not a +characteristic of the true kings in Plato that they had in their houses +nothing they could call their own? Connoisseurs had a keen delight in +the mere reading of the Praetor's list of the property for sale. For +two months the learned in these matters were daily occupied in the +appraising of the embroidered hangings, the choice articles of personal +use selected for preservation by each succeeding age, the great +outlandish pearls from Hadrian's favourite cabinet, the marvellous +plate lying safe behind the pretty iron wicker-work of the shops in the +goldsmiths' quarter. Meantime ordinary persons might have an interest +in the inspection of objects which had been as daily companions to +people so far above and remote from them--things so fine also [62] in +workmanship and material as to seem, with their antique and delicate +air, a worthy survival of the grand bygone eras, like select thoughts +or utterances embodying the very spirit of the vanished past. The town +became more pensive than ever over old fashions. + +The welcome amusement of this last act of preparation for the great war +being now over, all Rome seemed to settle down into a singular quiet, +likely to last long, as though bent only on watching from afar the +languid, somewhat uneventful course of the contest itself. Marius took +advantage of it as an opportunity for still closer study than of old, +only now and then going out to one of his favourite spots on the Sabine +or Alban hills for a quiet even greater than that of Rome in the +country air. On one of these occasions, as if by favour of an +invisible power withdrawing some unknown cause of dejection from around +him, he enjoyed a quite unusual sense of self-possession--the +possession of his own best and happiest self. After some gloomy +thoughts over-night, he awoke under the full tide of the rising sun, +himself full, in his entire refreshment, of that almost religious +appreciation of sleep, the graciousness of its influence on men's +spirits, which had made the old Greeks conceive of it as a god. It was +like one of those old joyful wakings of childhood, now becoming rarer +and rarer with him, and looked back upon with much regret as a measure +of advancing age. In fact, [63] the last bequest of this serene sleep +had been a dream, in which, as once before, he overheard those he loved +best pronouncing his name very pleasantly, as they passed through the +rich light and shadow of a summer morning, along the pavement of a +city--Ah! fairer far than Rome! In a moment, as he arose, a certain +oppression of late setting very heavily upon him was lifted away, as +though by some physical motion in the air. + +That flawless serenity, better than the most pleasurable excitement, +yet so easily ruffled by chance collision even with the things and +persons he had come to value as the greatest treasure in life, was to +be wholly his to-day, he thought, as he rode towards Tibur, under the +early sunshine; the marble of its villas glistening all the way before +him on the hillside. And why could he not hold such serenity of spirit +ever at command? he asked, expert as he was at last become in the art +of setting the house of his thoughts in order. "'Tis in thy power to +think as thou wilt:" he repeated to himself: it was the most +serviceable of all the lessons enforced on him by those imperial +conversations.--"'Tis in thy power to think as thou wilt." And were +the cheerful, sociable, restorative beliefs, of which he had there read +so much, that bold adhesion, for instance, to the hypothesis of an +eternal friend to man, just hidden behind the veil of a mechanical and +material order, but only just behind it, [64] ready perhaps even now to +break through:--were they, after all, really a matter of choice, +dependent on some deliberate act of volition on his part? Were they +doctrines one might take for granted, generously take for granted, and +led on by them, at first as but well-defined objects of hope, come at +last into the region of a corresponding certitude of the intellect? +"It is the truth I seek," he had read, "the truth, by which no one," +gray and depressing though it might seem, "was ever really injured." +And yet, on the other hand, the imperial wayfarer, he had been able to +go along with so far on his intellectual pilgrimage, let fall many +things concerning the practicability of a methodical and self-forced +assent to certain principles or presuppositions "one could not do +without." Were there, as the expression "one could not do without" +seemed to hint, beliefs, without which life itself must be almost +impossible, principles which had their sufficient ground of evidence in +that very fact? Experience certainly taught that, as regarding the +sensible world he could attend or not, almost at will, to this or that +colour, this or that train of sounds, in the whole tumultuous concourse +of colour and sound, so it was also, for the well-trained intelligence, +in regard to that hum of voices which besiege the inward no less than +the outward ear. Might it be not otherwise with those various and +competing hypotheses, the permissible hypotheses, which, [65] in that +open field for hypothesis--one's own actual ignorance of the origin and +tendency of our being--present themselves so importunately, some of +them with so emphatic a reiteration, through all the mental changes of +successive ages? Might the will itself be an organ of knowledge, of +vision? + +On this day truly no mysterious light, no irresistibly leading hand +from afar reached him; only the peculiarly tranquil influence of its +first hour increased steadily upon him, in a manner with which, as he +conceived, the aspects of the place he was then visiting had something +to do. The air there, air supposed to possess the singular property of +restoring the whiteness of ivory, was pure and thin. An even veil of +lawn-like white cloud had now drawn over the sky; and under its broad, +shadowless light every hue and tone of time came out upon the yellow +old temples, the elegant pillared circle of the shrine of the patronal +Sibyl, the houses seemingly of a piece with the ancient fundamental +rock. Some half-conscious motive of poetic grace would appear to have +determined their grouping; in part resisting, partly going along with +the natural wildness and harshness of the place, its floods and +precipices. An air of immense age possessed, above all, the vegetation +around--a world of evergreen trees--the olives especially, older than +how many generations of men's lives! fretted and twisted by the +combining forces of [66] life and death, into every conceivable caprice +of form. In the windless weather all seemed to be listening to the +roar of the immemorial waterfall, plunging down so unassociably among +these human habitations, and with a motion so unchanging from age to +age as to count, even in this time-worn place, as an image of +unalterable rest. Yet the clear sky all but broke to let through the +ray which was silently quickening everything in the late February +afternoon, and the unseen violet refined itself through the air. It +was as if the spirit of life in nature were but withholding any too +precipitate revelation of itself, in its slow, wise, maturing work. + +Through some accident to the trappings of his horse at the inn where he +rested, Marius had an unexpected delay. He sat down in an +olive-garden, and, all around him and within still turning to reverie, +the course of his own life hitherto seemed to withdraw itself into some +other world, disparted from this spectacular point where he was now +placed to survey it, like that distant road below, along which he had +travelled this morning across the Campagna. Through a dreamy land he +could see himself moving, as if in another life, and like another +person, through all his fortunes and misfortunes, passing from point to +point, weeping, delighted, escaping from various dangers. That +prospect brought him, first of all, an impulse of lively gratitude: it +was as if he must look round for some one [67] else to share his joy +with: for some one to whom he might tell the thing, for his own relief. +Companionship, indeed, familiarity with others, gifted in this way or +that, or at least pleasant to him, had been, through one or another +long span of it, the chief delight of the journey. And was it only the +resultant general sense of such familiarity, diffused through his +memory, that in a while suggested the question whether there had not +been--besides Flavian, besides Cornelius even, and amid the solitude he +had which in spite of ardent friendship perhaps loved best of all +things--some other companion, an unfailing companion, ever at his side +throughout; doubling his pleasure in the roses by the way, patient of +his peevishness or depression, sympathetic above all with his grateful +recognition, onward from his earliest days, of the fact that he was +there at all? Must not the whole world around have faded away for him +altogether, had he been left for one moment really alone in it? In his +deepest apparent solitude there had been rich entertainment. It was as +if there were not one only, but two wayfarers, side by side, visible +there across the plain, as he indulged his fancy. A bird came and sang +among the wattled hedge-roses: an animal feeding crept nearer: the +child who kept it was gazing quietly: and the scene and the hours still +conspiring, he passed from that mere fantasy of a self not himself, +beside him in his coming and [68] going, to those divinations of a +living and companionable spirit at work in all things, of which he had +become aware from time to time in his old philosophic readings--in +Plato and others, last but not least, in Aurelius. Through one +reflection upon another, he passed from such instinctive divinations, +to the thoughts which give them logical consistency, formulating at +last, as the necessary exponent of our own and the world's life, that +reasonable Ideal to which the Old Testament gives the name of Creator, +which for the philosophers of Greece is the Eternal Reason, and in the +New Testament the Father of Men--even as one builds up from act and +word and expression of the friend actually visible at one's side, an +ideal of the spirit within him. + +In this peculiar and privileged hour, his bodily frame, as he could +recognise, although just then, in the whole sum of its capacities, so +entirely possessed by him--Nay! actually his very self--was yet +determined by a far-reaching system of material forces external to it, +a thousand combining currents from earth and sky. Its seemingly active +powers of apprehension were, in fact, but susceptibilities to +influence. The perfection of its capacity might be said to depend on +its passive surrender, as of a leaf on the wind, to the motions of the +great stream of physical energy without it. And might not the +intellectual frame also, still [69] more intimately himself as in truth +it was, after the analogy of the bodily life, be a moment only, an +impulse or series of impulses, a single process, in an intellectual or +spiritual system external to it, diffused through all time and +place--that great stream of spiritual energy, of which his own +imperfect thoughts, yesterday or to-day, would be but the remote, and +therefore imperfect pulsations? It was the hypothesis (boldest, though +in reality the most conceivable of all hypotheses) which had dawned on +the contemplations of the two opposed great masters of the old Greek +thought, alike:--the "World of Ideas," existent only because, and in so +far as, they are known, as Plato conceived; the "creative, +incorruptible, informing mind," supposed by Aristotle, so sober-minded, +yet as regards this matter left something of a mystic after all. Might +not this entire material world, the very scene around him, the +immemorial rocks, the firm marble, the olive-gardens, the falling +water, be themselves but reflections in, or a creation of, that one +indefectible mind, wherein he too became conscious, for an hour, a day, +for so many years? Upon what other hypothesis could he so well +understand the persistency of all these things for his own intermittent +consciousness of them, for the intermittent consciousness of so many +generations, fleeting away one after another? It was easier to +conceive of the material fabric of things as [70] but an element in a +world of thought--as a thought in a mind, than of mind as an element, +or accident, or passing condition in a world of matter, because mind +was really nearer to himself: it was an explanation of what was less +known by what was known better. The purely material world, that close, +impassable prison-wall, seemed just then the unreal thing, to be +actually dissolving away all around him: and he felt a quiet hope, a +quiet joy dawning faintly, in the dawning of this doctrine upon him as +a really credible opinion. It was like the break of day over some vast +prospect with the "new city," as it were some celestial New Rome, in +the midst of it. That divine companion figured no longer as but an +occasional wayfarer beside him; but rather as the unfailing +"assistant," without whose inspiration and concurrence he could not +breathe or see, instrumenting his bodily senses, rounding, supporting +his imperfect thoughts. How often had the thought of their brevity +spoiled for him the most natural pleasures of life, confusing even his +present sense of them by the suggestion of disease, of death, of a +coming end, in everything! How had he longed, sometimes, that there +were indeed one to whose boundless power of memory he could commit his +own most fortunate moments, his admiration, his love, Ay! the very +sorrows of which he could not bear quite to lose the sense:--one strong +to retain them even though [71] he forgot, in whose more vigorous +consciousness they might subsist for ever, beyond that mere quickening +of capacity which was all that remained of them in himself! "Oh! that +they might live before Thee"--To-day at least, in the peculiar +clearness of one privileged hour, he seemed to have apprehended that in +which the experiences he valued most might find, one by one, an +abiding-place. And again, the resultant sense of companionship, of a +person beside him, evoked the faculty of conscience--of conscience, as +of old and when he had been at his best, in the form, not of fear, nor +of self-reproach even, but of a certain lively gratitude. + +Himself--his sensations and ideas--never fell again precisely into +focus as on that day, yet he was the richer by its experience. But for +once only to have come under the power of that peculiar mood, to have +felt the train of reflections which belong to it really forcible and +conclusive, to have been led by them to a conclusion, to have +apprehended the Great Ideal, so palpably that it defined personal +gratitude and the sense of a friendly hand laid upon him amid the +shadows of the world, left this one particular hour a marked point in +life never to be forgotten. It gave him a definitely ascertained +measure of his moral or intellectual need, of the demand his soul must +make upon the powers, whatsoever they might be, which [72] had brought +him, as he was, into the world at all. And again, would he be faithful +to himself, to his own habits of mind, his leading suppositions, if he +did but remain just there? Must not all that remained of life be but a +search for the equivalent of that Ideal, among so-called actual +things--a gathering together of every trace or token of it, which his +actual experience might present? + + + +PART THE FOURTH + + +CHAPTER XX: TWO CURIOUS HOUSES + +I. GUESTS + + "Your old men shall dream dreams."+ + +[75] A NATURE like that of Marius, composed, in about equal parts, of +instincts almost physical, and of slowly accumulated intellectual +judgments, was perhaps even less susceptible than other men's +characters of essential change. And yet the experience of that +fortunate hour, seeming to gather into one central act of vision all +the deeper impressions his mind had ever received, did not leave him +quite as he had been. For his mental view, at least, it changed +measurably the world about him, of which he was still indeed a curious +spectator, but which looked further off, was weaker in its hold, and, +in a sense, less real to him than ever. It was as if he viewed it +through a diminishing glass. And the permanency of this change he +could note, some years later, when it [76] happened that he was a guest +at a feast, in which the various exciting elements of Roman life, its +physical and intellectual accomplishments, its frivolity and +far-fetched elegances, its strange, mystic essays after the unseen, +were elaborately combined. The great Apuleius, the literary ideal of +his boyhood, had arrived in Rome,--was now visiting Tusculum, at the +house of their common friend, a certain aristocratic poet who loved +every sort of superiorities; and Marius was favoured with an invitation +to a supper given in his honour. + +It was with a feeling of half-humorous concession to his own early +boyish hero-worship, yet with some sense of superiority in himself, +seeing his old curiosity grown now almost to indifference when on the +point of satisfaction at last, and upon a juster estimate of its +object, that he mounted to the little town on the hillside, the +foot-ways of which were so many flights of easy-going steps gathered +round a single great house under shadow of the "haunted" ruins of +Cicero's villa on the wooded heights. He found a touch of weirdness in +the circumstance that in so romantic a place he had been bidden to meet +the writer who was come to seem almost like one of the personages in +his own fiction. As he turned now and then to gaze at the evening +scene through the tall narrow openings of the street, up which the +cattle were going home slowly from the [77] pastures below, the Alban +mountains, stretched between the great walls of the ancient houses, +seemed close at hand--a screen of vaporous dun purple against the +setting sun--with those waves of surpassing softness in the boundary +lines which indicate volcanic formation. The coolness of the little +brown market-place, for profit of which even the working-people, in +long file through the olive-gardens, were leaving the plain for the +night, was grateful, after the heats of Rome. Those wild country +figures, clad in every kind of fantastic patchwork, stained by wind and +weather fortunately enough for the eye, under that significant light +inclined him to poetry. And it was a very delicate poetry of its kind +that seemed to enfold him, as passing into the poet's house he paused +for a moment to glance back towards the heights above; whereupon, the +numerous cascades of the precipitous garden of the villa, framed in the +doorway of the hall, fell into a harmless picture, in its place among +the pictures within, and scarcely more real than they--a +landscape-piece, in which the power of water (plunging into what unseen +depths!) done to the life, was pleasant, and without its natural +terrors. + +At the further end of this bland apartment, fragrant with the rare +woods of the old inlaid panelling, the falling of aromatic oil from the +ready-lighted lamps, the iris-root clinging to the dresses of the +guests, as with odours from the [78] altars of the gods, the +supper-table was spread, in all the daintiness characteristic of the +agreeable petit-matre, who entertained. He was already most carefully +dressed, but, like Martial's Stella, perhaps consciously, meant to +change his attire once and again during the banquet; in the last +instance, for an ancient vesture (object of much rivalry among the +young men of fashion, at that great sale of the imperial wardrobes) a +toga, of altogether lost hue and texture. He wore it with a grace +which became the leader of a thrilling movement then on foot for the +restoration of that disused garment, in which, laying aside the +customary evening dress, all the visitors were requested to appear, +setting off the delicate sinuosities and well-disposed "golden ways" of +its folds, with harmoniously tinted flowers. The opulent sunset, +blending pleasantly with artificial light, fell across the quiet +ancestral effigies of old consular dignitaries, along the wide floor +strewn with sawdust of sandal-wood, and lost itself in the heap of cool +coronals, lying ready for the foreheads of the guests on a sideboard of +old citron. The crystal vessels darkened with old wine, the hues of +the early autumn fruit--mulberries, pomegranates, and grapes that had +long been hanging under careful protection upon the vines, were almost +as much a feast for the eye, as the dusky fires of the rare +twelve-petalled roses. A favourite animal, white as snow, brought by +one of the visitors, purred its way [79] gracefully among the +wine-cups, coaxed onward from place to place by those at table, as they +reclined easily on their cushions of German eider-down, spread over the +long-legged, carved couches. + +A highly refined modification of the acroama--a musical performance +during supper for the diversion of the guests--was presently heard +hovering round the place, soothingly, and so unobtrusively that the +company could not guess, and did not like to ask, whether or not it had +been designed by their entertainer. They inclined on the whole to +think it some wonderful peasant-music peculiar to that wild +neighbourhood, turning, as it did now and then, to a solitary +reed-note, like a bird's, while it wandered into the distance. It +wandered quite away at last, as darkness with a bolder lamplight came +on, and made way for another sort of entertainment. An odd, rapid, +phantasmal glitter, advancing from the garden by torchlight, defined +itself, as it came nearer, into a dance of young men in armour. Arrived +at length in a portico, open to the supper-chamber, they contrived that +their mechanical march-movement should fall out into a kind of highly +expressive dramatic action; and with the utmost possible emphasis of +dumb motion, their long swords weaving a silvery network in the air, +they danced the Death of Paris. The young Commodus, already an adept +in these matters, who had condescended to [80] welcome the eminent +Apuleius at the banquet, had mysteriously dropped from his place to +take his share in the performance; and at its conclusion reappeared, +still wearing the dainty accoutrements of Paris, including a +breastplate, composed entirely of overlapping tigers' claws, skilfully +gilt. The youthful prince had lately assumed the dress of manhood, on +the return of the emperor for a brief visit from the North; putting up +his hair, in imitation of Nero, in a golden box dedicated to Capitoline +Jupiter. His likeness to Aurelius, his father, was become, in +consequence, more striking than ever; and he had one source of genuine +interest in the great literary guest of the occasion, in that the +latter was the fortunate possessor of a monopoly for the exhibition of +wild beasts and gladiatorial shows in the province of Carthage, where +he resided. + +Still, after all complaisance to the perhaps somewhat crude tastes of +the emperor's son, it was felt that with a guest like Apuleius whom +they had come prepared to entertain as veritable connoisseurs, the +conversation should be learned and superior, and the host at last +deftly led his company round to literature, by the way of bindings. +Elegant rolls of manuscript from his fine library of ancient Greek +books passed from hand to hand about the table. It was a sign for the +visitors themselves to draw their own choicest literary curiosities +from their bags, as their contribution to the banquet; and one of them, +a [81] famous reader, choosing his lucky moment, delivered in tenor +voice the piece which follows, with a preliminary query as to whether +it could indeed be the composition of Lucian of Samosata,+ understood +to be the great mocker of that day:-- + +"What sound was that, Socrates?" asked Chaerephon. "It came from the +beach under the cliff yonder, and seemed a long way off.--And how +melodious it was! Was it a bird, I wonder. I thought all sea-birds +were songless." + +"Aye! a sea-bird," answered Socrates, "a bird called the Halcyon, and +has a note full of plaining and tears. There is an old story people +tell of it. It was a mortal woman once, daughter of Aeolus, god of the +winds. Ceyx, the son of the morning-star, wedded her in her early +maidenhood. The son was not less fair than the father; and when it +came to pass that he died, the crying of the girl as she lamented his +sweet usage, was, Just that! And some while after, as Heaven willed, +she was changed into a bird. Floating now on bird's wings over the sea +she seeks her lost Ceyx there; since she was not able to find him after +long wandering over the land." + +"That then is the Halcyon--the kingfisher," said Chaerephon. "I never +heard a bird like it before. It has truly a plaintive note. What kind +of a bird is it, Socrates?" + +"Not a large bird, though she has received [82] large honour from the +gods on account of her singular conjugal affection. For whensoever she +makes her nest, a law of nature brings round what is called Halcyon's +weather,--days distinguishable among all others for their serenity, +though they come sometimes amid the storms of winter--days like to-day! +See how transparent is the sky above us, and how motionless the +sea!--like a smooth mirror." + +True! A Halcyon day, indeed! and yesterday was the same. But tell me, +Socrates, what is one to think of those stories which have been told +from the beginning, of birds changed into mortals and mortals into +birds? To me nothing seems more incredible." + +"Dear Chaerephon," said Socrates, "methinks we are but half-blind +judges of the impossible and the possible. We try the question by the +standard of our human faculty, which avails neither for true knowledge, +nor for faith, nor vision. Therefore many things seem to us impossible +which are really easy, many things unattainable which are within our +reach; partly through inexperience, partly through the childishness of +our minds. For in truth, every man, even the oldest of us, is like a +little child, so brief and babyish are the years of our life in +comparison of eternity. Then, how can we, who comprehend not the +faculties of gods and of the heavenly host, tell whether aught of that +kind be possible or no?--What a tempest you saw [83] three days ago! +One trembles but to think of the lightning, the thunderclaps, the +violence of the wind! You might have thought the whole world was going +to ruin. And then, after a little, came this wonderful serenity of +weather, which has continued till to-day. Which do you think the +greater and more difficult thing to do: to exchange the disorder of +that irresistible whirlwind to a clarity like this, and becalm the +whole world again, or to refashion the form of a woman into that of a +bird? We can teach even little children to do something of that +sort,--to take wax or clay, and mould out of the same material many +kinds of form, one after another, without difficulty. And it may be +that to the Deity, whose power is too vast for comparison with ours, +all processes of that kind are manageable and easy. How much wider is +the whole circle of heaven than thyself?--Wider than thou canst express. + +"Among ourselves also, how vast the difference we may observe in men's +degrees of power! To you and me, and many another like us, many things +are impossible which are quite easy to others. For those who are +unmusical, to play on the flute; to read or write, for those who have +not yet learned; is no easier than to make birds of women, or women of +birds. From the dumb and lifeless egg Nature moulds her swarms of +winged creatures, aided, as some will have it, by a divine and secret +[84] art in the wide air around us. She takes from the honeycomb a +little memberless live thing; she brings it wings and feet, brightens +and beautifies it with quaint variety of colour:--and Lo! the bee in +her wisdom, making honey worthy of the gods. + +"It follows, that we mortals, being altogether of little account, able +wholly to discern no great matter, sometimes not even a little one, for +the most part at a loss regarding what happens even with ourselves, may +hardly speak with security as to what may be the powers of the immortal +gods concerning Kingfisher, or Nightingale. Yet the glory of thy +mythus, as my fathers bequeathed it to me, O tearful songstress! that +will I too hand on to my children, and tell it often to my wives, +Xanthippe and Myrto:--the story of thy pious love to Ceyx, and of thy +melodious hymns; and, above all, of the honour thou hast with the gods!" + +The reader's well-turned periods seemed to stimulate, almost +uncontrollably, the eloquent stirrings of the eminent man of letters +then present. The impulse to speak masterfully was visible, before the +recital was well over, in the moving lines about his mouth, by no means +designed, as detractors were wont to say, simply to display the beauty +of his teeth. One of the company, expert in his humours, made ready to +transcribe what he would say, the sort of [85] things of which a +collection was then forming, the "Florida" or Flowers, so to call them, +he was apt to let fall by the way--no impromptu ventures at random; but +rather elaborate, carved ivories of speech, drawn, at length, out of +the rich treasure-house of a memory stored with such, and as with a +fine savour of old musk about them. Certainly in this case, as Marius +thought, it was worth while to hear a charming writer speak. +Discussing, quite in our modern way, the peculiarities of those +suburban views, especially the sea-views, of which he was a professed +lover, he was also every inch a priest of Aesculapius, patronal god of +Carthage. There was a piquancy in his rococo, very African, and as it +were perfumed personality, though he was now well-nigh sixty years old, +a mixture there of that sort of Platonic spiritualism which can speak +of the soul of man as but a sojourner m the prison of the body--a +blending of that with such a relish for merely bodily graces as availed +to set the fashion in matters of dress, deportment, accent, and the +like, nay! with something also which reminded Marius of the vein of +coarseness he had found in the "Golden Book." All this made the total +impression he conveyed a very uncommon one. Marius did not wonder, as +he watched him speaking, that people freely attributed to him many of +the marvellous adventures he had recounted in that famous romance, [86] +over and above the wildest version of his own actual story--his +extraordinary marriage, his religious initiations, his acts of mad +generosity, his trial as a sorcerer. + +But a sign came from the imperial prince that it was time for the +company to separate. He was entertaining his immediate neighbours at +the table with a trick from the streets; tossing his olives in rapid +succession into the air, and catching them, as they fell, between his +lips. His dexterity in this performance made the mirth around him +noisy, disturbing the sleep of the furry visitor: the learned party +broke up; and Marius withdrew, glad to escape into the open air. The +courtesans in their large wigs of false blond hair, were lurking for +the guests, with groups of curious idlers. A great conflagration was +visible in the distance. Was it in Rome; or in one of the villages of +the country? Pausing for a few minutes on the terrace to watch it, +Marius was for the first time able to converse intimately with +Apuleius; and in this moment of confidence the "illuminist," himself +with locks so carefully arranged, and seemingly so full of +affectations, almost like one of those light women there, dropped a +veil as it were, and appeared, though still permitting the play of a +certain element of theatrical interest in his bizarre tenets, to be +ready to explain and defend his position reasonably. For a moment his +fantastic foppishness and his pretensions to ideal [87] vision seemed +to fall into some intelligible congruity with each other. In truth, it +was the Platonic Idealism, as he conceived it, which for him literally +animated, and gave him so lively an interest in, this world of the +purely outward aspects of men and things.--Did material things, such +things as they had had around them all that evening, really need +apology for being there, to interest one, at all? Were not all visible +objects--the whole material world indeed, according to the consistent +testimony of philosophy in many forms--"full of souls"? embarrassed +perhaps, partly imprisoned, but still eloquent souls? Certainly, the +contemplative philosophy of Plato, with its figurative imagery and +apologue, its manifold aesthetic colouring, its measured eloquence, its +music for the outward ear, had been, like Plato's old master himself, a +two-sided or two-coloured thing. Apuleius was a Platonist: only, for +him, the Ideas of Plato were no creatures of logical abstraction, but +in very truth informing souls, in every type and variety of sensible +things. Those noises in the house all supper-time, sounding through +the tables and along the walls:--were they only startings in the old +rafters, at the impact of the music and laughter; or rather +importunities of the secondary selves, the true unseen selves, of the +persons, nay! of the very things around, essaying to break through +their frivolous, merely transitory surfaces, to remind one of abiding +essentials beyond them, [88] which might have their say, their judgment +to give, by and by, when the shifting of the meats and drinks at life's +table would be over? And was not this the true significance of the +Platonic doctrine?--a hierarchy of divine beings, associating +themselves with particular things and places, for the purpose of +mediating between God and man--man, who does but need due attention on +his part to become aware of his celestial company, filling the air +about him, thick as motes in the sunbeam, for the glance of sympathetic +intelligence he casts through it. + +"Two kinds there are, of animated beings," he exclaimed: "Gods, +entirely differing from men in the infinite distance of their abode, +since one part of them only is seen by our blunted vision--those +mysterious stars!--in the eternity of their existence, in the +perfection of their nature, infected by no contact with ourselves: and +men, dwelling on the earth, with frivolous and anxious minds, with +infirm and mortal members, with variable fortunes; labouring in vain; +taken altogether and in their whole species perhaps, eternal; but, +severally, quitting the scene in irresistible succession. + +"What then? Has nature connected itself together by no bond, allowed +itself to be thus crippled, and split into the divine and human +elements? And you will say to me: If so it be, that man is thus +entirely exiled from the immortal gods, that all communication is +denied [89] him, that not one of them occasionally visits us, as a +shepherd his sheep--to whom shall I address my prayers? Whom, shall I +invoke as the helper of the unfortunate, the protector of the good? + +"Well! there are certain divine powers of a middle nature, through whom +our aspirations are conveyed to the gods, and theirs to us. Passing +between the inhabitants of earth and heaven, they carry from one to the +other prayers and bounties, supplication and assistance, being a kind +of interpreters. This interval of the air is full of them! Through +them, all revelations, miracles, magic processes, are effected. For, +specially appointed members of this order have their special provinces, +with a ministry according to the disposition of each. They go to and +fro without fixed habitation: or dwell in men's houses"-- + +Just then a companion's hand laid in the darkness on the shoulder of +the speaker carried him away, and the discourse broke off suddenly. Its +singular intimations, however, were sufficient to throw back on this +strange evening, in all its detail--the dance, the readings, the +distant fire--a kind of allegoric expression: gave it the character of +one of those famous Platonic figures or apologues which had then been +in fact under discussion. When Marius recalled its circumstances he +seemed to hear once more that voice of genuine conviction, pleading, +from amidst a [90] scene at best of elegant frivolity, for so boldly +mystical a view of man and his position in the world. For a moment, +but only for a moment, as he listened, the trees had seemed, as of old, +to be growing "close against the sky." Yes! the reception of theory, of +hypothesis, of beliefs, did depend a great deal on temperament. They +were, so to speak, mere equivalents of temperament. A celestial +ladder, a ladder from heaven to earth: that was the assumption which +the experience of Apuleius had suggested to him: it was what, in +different forms, certain persons in every age had instinctively +supposed: they would be glad to find their supposition accredited by +the authority of a grave philosophy. Marius, however, yearning not less +than they, in that hard world of Rome, and below its unpeopled sky, for +the trace of some celestial wing across it, must still object that they +assumed the thing with too much facility, too much of self-complacency. +And his second thought was, that to indulge but for an hour fantasies, +fantastic visions of that sort, only left the actual world more lonely +than ever. For him certainly, and for his solace, the little godship +for whom the rude countryman, an unconscious Platonist, trimmed his +twinkling lamp, would never slip from the bark of these immemorial +olive-trees.--No! not even in the wildest moonlight. For himself, it +was clear, he must still hold by what his eyes really saw. Only, he +had to concede also, that [91] the very boldness of such theory bore +witness, at least, to a variety of human disposition and a consequent +variety of mental view, which might--who can tell?--be correspondent +to, be defined by and define, varieties of facts, of truths, just +"behind the veil," regarding the world all alike had actually before +them as their original premiss or starting-point; a world, wider, +perhaps, in its possibilities than all possible fancies concerning it. + +NOTES + +75. Joel 2.28. + +81. +Halcyone. + + + +CHAPTER XXI: TWO CURIOUS HOUSES + +II. THE CHURCH IN CECILIA'S HOUSE + + "Your old men shall dream dreams, and your young men shall see + visions." + +[92] CORNELIUS had certain friends in or near Rome, whose household, to +Marius, as he pondered now and again what might be the determining +influences of that peculiar character, presented itself as possibly its +main secret--the hidden source from which the beauty and strength of a +nature, so persistently fresh in the midst of a somewhat jaded world, +might be derived. But Marius had never yet seen these friends; and it +was almost by accident that the veil of reserve was at last lifted, +and, with strange contrast to his visit to the poet's villa at +Tusculum, he entered another curious house. + +"The house in which she lives," says that mystical German writer quoted +once before, "is for the orderly soul, which does not live on [93] +blindly before her, but is ever, out of her passing experiences, +building and adorning the parts of a many-roomed abode for herself, +only an expansion of the body; as the body, according to the philosophy +of Swedenborg,+ is but a process, an expansion, of the soul. For such +an orderly soul, as life proceeds, all sorts of delicate affinities +establish themselves, between herself and the doors and passage-ways, +the lights and shadows, of her outward dwelling-place, until she may +seem incorporate with it--until at last, in the entire expressiveness +of what is outward, there is for her, to speak properly, between +outward and inward, no longer any distinction at all; and the light +which creeps at a particular hour on a particular picture or space upon +the wall, the scent of flowers in the air at a particular window, +become to her, not so much apprehended objects, as themselves powers of +apprehension and door-ways to things beyond--the germ or rudiment of +certain new faculties, by which she, dimly yet surely, apprehends a +matter lying beyond her actually attained capacities of spirit and +sense." + +So it must needs be in a world which is itself, we may think, together +with that bodily "tent" or "tabernacle," only one of many vestures for +the clothing of the pilgrim soul, to be left by her, surely, as if on +the wayside, worn-out one by one, as it was from her, indeed, they +borrowed what momentary value or significance they had. + +[94] The two friends were returning to Rome from a visit to a +country-house, where again a mixed company of guests had been +assembled; Marius, for his part, a little weary of gossip, and those +sparks of ill-tempered rivalry, which would seem sometimes to be the +only sort of fire the intercourse of people in general society can +strike out of them. A mere reaction upon this, as they started in the +clear morning, made their companionship, at least for one of them, +hardly less tranquillising than the solitude he so much valued. +Something in the south-west wind, combining with their own intention, +favoured increasingly, as the hours wore on, a serenity like that +Marius had felt once before in journeying over the great plain towards +Tibur--a serenity that was to-day brotherly amity also, and seemed to +draw into its own charmed circle whatever was then present to eye or +ear, while they talked or were silent together, and all petty +irritations, and the like, shrank out of existence, or kept certainly +beyond its limits. The natural fatigue of the long journey overcame +them quite suddenly at last, when they were still about two miles +distant from Rome. The seemingly endless line of tombs and cypresses +had been visible for hours against the sky towards the west; and it was +just where a cross-road from the Latin Way fell into the Appian, that +Cornelius halted at a doorway in a long, low wall--the outer wall of +some villa courtyard, it might be supposed-- [95] as if at liberty to +enter, and rest there awhile. He held the door open for his companion +to enter also, if he would; with an expression, as he lifted the latch, +which seemed to ask Marius, apparently shrinking from a possible +intrusion: "Would you like to see it?" Was he willing to look upon +that, the seeing of which might define--yes! define the critical +turning-point in his days? + +The little doorway in this long, low wall admitted them, in fact, into +the court or garden of a villa, disposed in one of those abrupt natural +hollows, which give its character to the country in this place; the +house itself, with all its dependent buildings, the spaciousness of +which surprised Marius as he entered, being thus wholly concealed from +passengers along the road. All around, in those well-ordered +precincts, were the quiet signs of wealth, and of a noble taste--a +taste, indeed, chiefly evidenced in the selection and juxtaposition of +the material it had to deal with, consisting almost exclusively of the +remains of older art, here arranged and harmonised, with effects, both +as regards colour and form, so delicate as to seem really derivative +from some finer intelligence in these matters than lay within the +resources of the ancient world. It was the old way of true +Renaissance--being indeed the way of nature with her roses, the divine +way with the body of man, perhaps with his soul--conceiving the new +organism by no sudden and [96] abrupt creation, but rather by the +action of a new principle upon elements, all of which had in truth +already lived and died many times. The fragments of older +architecture, the mosaics, the spiral columns, the precious +corner-stones of immemorial building, had put on, by such +juxtaposition, a new and singular expressiveness, an air of grave +thought, of an intellectual purpose, in itself, aesthetically, very +seductive. Lastly, herb and tree had taken possession, spreading their +seed-bells and light branches, just astir in the trembling air, above +the ancient garden-wall, against the wide realms of sunset. And from +the first they could hear singing, the singing of children mainly, it +would seem, and of a new kind; so novel indeed in its effect, as to +bring suddenly to the recollection of Marius, Flavian's early essays +towards a new world of poetic sound. It was the expression not +altogether of mirth, yet of some wonderful sort of happiness--the +blithe self-expansion of a joyful soul in people upon whom some +all-subduing experience had wrought heroically, and who still +remembered, on this bland afternoon, the hour of a great deliverance. + +His old native susceptibility to the spirit, the special sympathies, of +places,--above all, to any hieratic or religious significance they +might have,--was at its liveliest, as Marius, still encompassed by that +peculiar singing, and still amid the evidences of a grave discretion +all around him, passed into the house. That intelligent seriousness +[97] about life, the absence of which had ever seemed to remove those +who lacked it into some strange species wholly alien from himself, +accumulating all the lessons of his experience since those first days +at White-nights, was as it were translated here, as if in designed +congruity with his favourite precepts of the power of physical vision, +into an actual picture. If the true value of souls is in proportion to +what they can admire, Marius was just then an acceptable soul. As he +passed through the various chambers, great and small, one dominant +thought increased upon him, the thought of chaste women and their +children--of all the various affections of family life under its most +natural conditions, yet developed, as if in devout imitation of some +sublime new type of it, into large controlling passions. There reigned +throughout, an order and purity, an orderly disposition, as if by way +of making ready for some gracious spousals. The place itself was like +a bride adorned for her husband; and its singular cheerfulness, the +abundant light everywhere, the sense of peaceful industry, of which he +received a deep impression though without precisely reckoning wherein +it resided, as he moved on rapidly, were in forcible contrast just at +first to the place to which he was next conducted by Cornelius still +with a sort of eager, hurried, half-troubled reluctance, and as if he +forbore the explanation which might well be looked for by his companion. + +[98] An old flower-garden in the rear of the house, set here and there +with a venerable olive-tree--a picture in pensive shade and fiery +blossom, as transparent, under that afternoon light, as the old +miniature-painters' work on the walls of the chambers within--was +bounded towards the west by a low, grass-grown hill. A narrow opening +cut in its steep side, like a solid blackness there, admitted Marius +and his gleaming leader into a hollow cavern or crypt, neither more nor +less in fact than the family burial-place of the Cecilii, to whom this +residence belonged, brought thus, after an arrangement then becoming +not unusual, into immediate connexion with the abode of the living, in +bold assertion of that instinct of family life, which the sanction of +the Holy Family was, hereafter, more and more to reinforce. Here, in +truth, was the centre of the peculiar religious expressiveness, of the +sanctity, of the entire scene. That "any person may, at his own +election, constitute the place which belongs to him a religious place, +by the carrying of his dead into it":--had been a maxim of old Roman +law, which it was reserved for the early Christian societies, like that +established here by the piety of a wealthy Roman matron, to realise in +all its consequences. Yet this was certainly unlike any cemetery +Marius had ever before seen; most obviously in this, that these people +had returned to the older fashion of disposing of [99] their dead by +burial instead of burning. Originally a family sepulchre, it was +growing to a vast necropolis, a whole township of the deceased, by +means of some free expansion of the family interest beyond its amplest +natural limits. That air of venerable beauty which characterised the +house and its precincts above, was maintained also here. It was +certainly with a great outlay of labour that these long, apparently +endless, yet elaborately designed galleries, were increasing so +rapidly, with their layers of beds or berths, one above another, cut, +on either side the path-way, in the porous tufa, through which all the +moisture filters downwards, leaving the parts above dry and wholesome. +All alike were carefully closed, and with all the delicate costliness +at command; some with simple tiles of baked clay, many with slabs of +marble, enriched by fair inscriptions: marble taken, in some cases, +from older pagan tombs--the inscription sometimes a palimpsest, the new +epitaph being woven into the faded letters of an earlier one. + +As in an ordinary Roman cemetery, an abundance of utensils for the +worship or commemoration of the departed was disposed around--incense, +lights, flowers, their flame or their freshness being relieved to the +utmost by contrast with the coal-like blackness of the soil itself, a +volcanic sandstone, cinder of burnt-out fires. Would they ever kindle +again?--possess, transform, the place?--Turning to an [100] ashen +pallor where, at regular intervals, an air-hole or luminare let in a +hard beam of clear but sunless light, with the heavy sleepers, row upon +row within, leaving a passage so narrow that only one visitor at a time +could move along, cheek to cheek with them, the high walls seemed to +shut one in into the great company of the dead. Only the long straight +pathway lay before him; opening, however, here and there, into a small +chamber, around a broad, table-like coffin or "altar-tomb," adorned +even more profusely than the rest as if for some anniversary +observance. Clearly, these people, concurring in this with the special +sympathies of Marius himself, had adopted the practice of burial from +some peculiar feeling of hope they entertained concerning the body; a +feeling which, in no irreverent curiosity, he would fain have +penetrated. The complete and irreparable disappearance of the dead in +the funeral fire, so crushing to the spirits, as he for one had found +it, had long since induced in him a preference for that other mode of +settlement to the last sleep, as having something about it more +home-like and hopeful, at least in outward seeming. But whence the +strange confidence that these "handfuls of white dust" would hereafter +recompose themselves once more into exulting human creatures? By what +heavenly alchemy, what reviving dew from above, such as was certainly +never again to reach the dead violets?-- [101] Januarius, Agapetus, +Felicitas; Martyrs! refresh, I pray you, the soul of Cecil, of +Cornelius! said an inscription, one of many, scratched, like a passing +sigh, when it was still fresh in the mortar that had closed up the +prison-door. All critical estimate of this bold hope, as sincere +apparently as it was audacious in its claim, being set aside, here at +least, carried further than ever before, was that pious, systematic +commemoration of the dead, which, in its chivalrous refusal to forget +or finally desert the helpless, had ever counted with Marius as the +central exponent or symbol of all natural duty. + + The stern soul of the excellent Jonathan Edwards, applying the +faulty theology of John Calvin, afforded him, we know, the vision of +infants not a span long, on the floor of hell. Every visitor to the +Catacombs must have observed, in a very different theological +connexion, the numerous children's graves there--beds of infants, but a +span long indeed, lowly "prisoners of hope," on these sacred floors. +It was with great curiosity, certainly, that Marius considered them, +decked in some instances with the favourite toys of their tiny +occupants--toy-soldiers, little chariot-wheels, the entire +paraphernalia of a baby-house; and when he saw afterwards the living +children, who sang and were busy above--sang their psalm Laudate Pueri +Dominum!--their very faces caught for him a sort of quaint unreality +from the memory [102] of those others, the children of the Catacombs, +but a little way below them. + +Here and there, mingling with the record of merely natural decease, and +sometimes even at these children's graves, were the signs of violent +death or "martyrdom,"--proofs that some "had loved not their lives unto +the death"--in the little red phial of blood, the palm-branch, the red +flowers for their heavenly "birthday." About one sepulchre in +particular, distinguished in this way, and devoutly arrayed for what, +by a bold paradox, was thus treated as, natalitia--a birthday, the +peculiar arrangements of the whole place visibly centered. And it was +with a singular novelty of feeling, like the dawning of a fresh order +of experiences upon him, that, standing beside those mournful relics, +snatched in haste from the common place of execution not many years +before, Marius became, as by some gleam of foresight, aware of the +whole force of evidence for a certain strange, new hope, defining in +its turn some new and weighty motive of action, which lay in deaths so +tragic for the "Christian superstition." Something of them he had +heard indeed already. They had seemed to him but one savagery the +more, savagery self-provoked, in a cruel and stupid world. + +And yet these poignant memorials seemed also to draw him onwards +to-day, as if towards an image of some still more pathetic suffering, +[103] in the remote background. Yes! the interest, the expression, of +the entire neighbourhood was instinct with it, as with the savour of +some priceless incense. Penetrating the whole atmosphere, touching +everything around with its peculiar sentiment, it seemed to make all +this visible mortality, death's very self--Ah! lovelier than any fable +of old mythology had ever thought to render it, in the utmost limits of +fantasy; and this, in simple candour of feeling about a supposed fact. +Peace! Pax tecum!--the word, the thought--was put forth everywhere, +with images of hope, snatched sometimes from that jaded pagan world +which had really afforded men so little of it from first to last; the +various consoling images it had thrown off, of succour, of +regeneration, of escape from the grave--Hercules wrestling with Death +for possession of Alcestis, Orpheus taming the wild beasts, the +Shepherd with his sheep, the Shepherd carrying the sick lamb upon his +shoulders. Yet these imageries after all, it must be confessed, formed +but a slight contribution to the dominant effect of tranquil hope +there--a kind of heroic cheerfulness and grateful expansion of heart, +as with the sense, again, of some real deliverance, which seemed to +deepen the longer one lingered through these strange and awful +passages. A figure, partly pagan in character, yet most frequently +repeated of all these visible parables--the figure of one just [104] +escaped from the sea, still clinging as for life to the shore in +surprised joy, together with the inscription beneath it, seemed best to +express the prevailing sentiment of the place. And it was just as he +had puzzled out this inscription-- + + I went down to the bottom of the mountains. + The earth with her bars was about me for ever: + Yet hast Thou brought up my life from corruption! + +--that with no feeling of suddenness or change Marius found himself +emerging again, like a later mystic traveller through similar dark +places "quieted by hope," into the daylight. + +They were still within the precincts of the house, still in possession +of that wonderful singing, although almost in the open country, with a +great view of the Campagna before them, and the hills beyond. The +orchard or meadow, through which their path lay, was already gray with +twilight, though the western sky, where the greater stars were visible, +was still afloat in crimson splendour. The colour of all earthly +things seemed repressed by the contrast, yet with a sense of great +richness lingering in their shadows. At that moment the voice of the +singers, a "voice of joy and health," concentrated itself with solemn +antistrophic movement, into an evening, or "candle" hymn. + + "Hail! Heavenly Light, from his pure glory poured, + Who is the Almighty Father, heavenly, blest:-- + Worthiest art Thou, at all times to be sung + With undefiled tongue."-- + +[105] It was like the evening itself made audible, its hopes and fears, +with the stars shining in the midst of it. Half above, half below the +level white mist, dividing the light from the darkness, came now the +mistress of this place, the wealthy Roman matron, left early a widow a +few years before, by Cecilius "Confessor and Saint." With a certain +antique severity in the gathering of the long mantle, and with coif or +veil folded decorously below the chin, "gray within gray," to the mind +of Marius her temperate beauty brought reminiscences of the serious and +virile character of the best female statuary of Greece. Quite foreign, +however, to any Greek statuary was the expression of pathetic care, +with which she carried a little child at rest in her arms. Another, a +year or two older, walked beside, the fingers of one hand within her +girdle. She paused for a moment with a greeting for Cornelius. + +That visionary scene was the close, the fitting close, of the +afternoon's strange experiences. A few minutes later, passing forward +on his way along the public road, he could have fancied it a dream. +The house of Cecilia grouped itself beside that other curious house he +had lately visited at Tusculum. And what a contrast was presented by +the former, in its suggestions of hopeful industry, of immaculate +cleanness, of responsive affection!--all alike determined by that +transporting discovery of some fact, or series [106] of facts, in which +the old puzzle of life had found its solution. In truth, one of his +most characteristic and constant traits had ever been a certain longing +for escape--for some sudden, relieving interchange, across the very +spaces of life, it might be, along which he had lingered most +pleasantly--for a lifting, from time to time, of the actual horizon. +It was like the necessity under which the painter finds himself, to set +a window or open doorway in the background of his picture; or like a +sick man's longing for northern coolness, and the whispering +willow-trees, amid the breathless evergreen forests of the south. To +some such effect had this visit occurred to him, and through so slight +an accident. Rome and Roman life, just then, were come to seem like +some stifling forest of bronze-work, transformed, as if by malign +enchantment, out of the generations of living trees, yet with roots in +a deep, down-trodden soil of poignant human susceptibilities. In the +midst of its suffocation, that old longing for escape had been +satisfied by this vision of the church in Cecilia's house, as never +before. It was still, indeed, according to the unchangeable law of his +temperament, to the eye, to the visual faculty of mind, that those +experiences appealed--the peaceful light and shade, the boys whose very +faces seemed to sing, the virginal beauty of the mother and her +children. But, in his case, what was thus visible constituted a moral +[107] or spiritual influence, of a somewhat exigent and controlling +character, added anew to life, a new element therein, with which, +consistently with his own chosen maxim, he must make terms. + +The thirst for every kind of experience, encouraged by a philosophy +which taught that nothing was intrinsically great or small, good or +evil, had ever been at strife in him with a hieratic refinement, in +which the boy-priest survived, prompting always the selection of what +was perfect of its kind, with subsequent loyal adherence of his soul +thereto. This had carried him along in a continuous communion with +ideals, certainly realised in part, either in the conditions of his own +being, or in the actual company about him, above all, in Cornelius. +Surely, in this strange new society he had touched upon for the first +time to-day--in this strange family, like "a garden enclosed"--was the +fulfilment of all the preferences, the judgments, of that +half-understood friend, which of late years had been his protection so +often amid the perplexities of life. Here, it might be, was, if not +the cure, yet the solace or anodyne of his great sorrows--of that +constitutional sorrowfulness, not peculiar to himself perhaps, but +which had made his life certainly like one long "disease of the +spirit." Merciful intention made itself known remedially here, in the +mere contact of the air, like a soft touch upon aching [108] flesh. On +the other hand, he was aware that new responsibilities also might be +awakened--new and untried responsibilities--a demand for something from +him in return. Might this new vision, like the malignant beauty of +pagan Medusa, be exclusive of any admiring gaze upon anything but +itself? At least he suspected that, after the beholding of it, he +could never again be altogether as he had been before. + +NOTES + +93. +Emanuel Swedenborg, Swedish mystic writer, 1688-1772. Return. + + + +CHAPTER XXII: "THE MINOR PEACE OF THE CHURCH" + +[109] FAITHFUL to the spirit of his early Epicurean philosophy and the +impulse to surrender himself, in perfectly liberal inquiry about it, to +anything that, as a matter of fact, attracted or impressed him +strongly, Marius informed himself with much pains concerning the church +in Cecilia's house; inclining at first to explain the peculiarities of +that place by the establishment there of the schola or common hall of +one of those burial-guilds, which then covered so much of the +unofficial, and, as it might be called, subterranean enterprise of +Roman society. + +And what he found, thus looking, literally, for the dead among the +living, was the vision of a natural, a scrupulously natural, love, +transforming, by some new gift of insight into the truth of human +relationships, and under the urgency of some new motive by him so far +unfathomable, all the conditions of life. He saw, in all its primitive +freshness and amid the lively facts of its actual coming into the +world, as a reality of [110] experience, that regenerate type of +humanity, which, centuries later, Giotto and his successors, down to +the best and purest days of the young Raphael, working under conditions +very friendly to the imagination, were to conceive as an artistic +ideal. He felt there, felt amid the stirring of some wonderful new +hope within himself, the genius, the unique power of Christianity; in +exercise then, as it has been exercised ever since, in spite of many +hindrances, and under the most inopportune circumstances. +Chastity,--as he seemed to understand--the chastity of men and women, +amid all the conditions, and with the results, proper to such chastity, +is the most beautiful thing in the world and the truest conservation of +that creative energy by which men and women were first brought into it. +The nature of the family, for which the better genius of old Rome +itself had sincerely cared, of the family and its appropriate +affections--all that love of one's kindred by which obviously one does +triumph in some degree over death--had never been so felt before. +Here, surely! in its genial warmth, its jealous exclusion of all that +was opposed to it, to its own immaculate naturalness, in the hedge set +around the sacred thing on every side, this development of the family +did but carry forward, and give effect to, the purposes, the kindness, +of nature itself, friendly to man. As if by way of a due recognition +of some immeasurable divine condescension manifest in a [111] certain +historic fact, its influence was felt more especially at those points +which demanded some sacrifice of one's self, for the weak, for the +aged, for little children, and even for the dead. And then, for its +constant outward token, its significant manner or index, it issued in a +certain debonair grace, and a certain mystic attractiveness, a +courtesy, which made Marius doubt whether that famed Greek +"blitheness," or gaiety, or grace, in the handling of life, had been, +after all, an unrivalled success. Contrasting with the incurable +insipidity even of what was most exquisite in the higher Roman life, of +what was still truest to the primitive soul of goodness amid its evil, +the new creation he now looked on--as it were a picture beyond the +craft of any master of old pagan beauty--had indeed all the appropriate +freshness of a "bride adorned for her husband." Things new and old +seemed to be coming as if out of some goodly treasure-house, the brain +full of science, the heart rich with various sentiment, possessing +withal this surprising healthfulness, this reality of heart. + +"You would hardly believe," writes Pliny,--to his own wife!--"what a +longing for you possesses me. Habit--that we have not been used to be +apart--adds herein to the primary force of affection. It is this keeps +me awake at night fancying I see you beside me. That is why my feet +take me unconsciously to your sitting-room at those hours when I was +wont to [112] visit you there. That is why I turn from the door of the +empty chamber, sad and ill-at-ease, like an excluded lover."-- + +There, is a real idyll from that family life, the protection of which +had been the motive of so large a part of the religion of the Romans, +still surviving among them; as it survived also in Aurelius, his +disposition and aims, and, spite of slanderous tongues, in the attained +sweetness of his interior life. What Marius had been permitted to see +was a realisation of such life higher still: and with--Yes! with a more +effective sanction and motive than it had ever possessed before, in +that fact, or series of facts, to be ascertained by those who would. + +The central glory of the reign of the Antonines was that society had +attained in it, though very imperfectly, and for the most part by +cumbrous effort of law, many of those ends to which Christianity went +straight, with the sufficiency, the success, of a direct and +appropriate instinct. Pagan Rome, too, had its touching +charity-sermons on occasions of great public distress; its +charity-children in long file, in memory of the elder empress Faustina; +its prototype, under patronage of Aesculapius, of the modern hospital +for the sick on the island of Saint Bartholomew. But what pagan +charity was doing tardily, and as if with the painful calculation of +old age, the church was doing, almost without thinking about it, with +all the liberal [113] enterprise of youth, because it was her very +being thus to do. "You fail to realise your own good intentions," she +seems to say, to pagan virtue, pagan kindness. She identified herself +with those intentions and advanced them with an unparalleled freedom +and largeness. The gentle Seneca would have reverent burial provided +even for the dead body of a criminal. Yet when a certain woman +collected for interment the insulted remains of Nero, the pagan world +surmised that she must be a Christian: only a Christian would have been +likely to conceive so chivalrous a devotion towards mere wretchedness. +"We refuse to be witnesses even of a homicide commanded by the law," +boasts the dainty conscience of a Christian apologist, "we take no part +in your cruel sports nor in the spectacles of the amphitheatre, and we +hold that to witness a murder is the same thing as to commit one." And +there was another duty almost forgotten, the sense of which Rousseau +brought back to the degenerate society of a later age. In an +impassioned discourse the sophist Favorinus counsels mothers to suckle +their own infants; and there are Roman epitaphs erected to mothers, +which gratefully record this proof of natural affection as a thing then +unusual. In this matter too, what a sanction, what a provocative to +natural duty, lay in that image discovered to Augustus by the Tiburtine +Sibyl, amid the aurora of a new age, the image of the Divine Mother and +the [114] Child, just then rising upon the world like the dawn! + +Christian belief, again, had presented itself as a great inspirer of +chastity. Chastity, in turn, realised in the whole scope of its +conditions, fortified that rehabilitation of peaceful labour, after the +mind, the pattern, of the workman of Galilee, which was another of the +natural instincts of the catholic church, as being indeed the +long-desired initiator of a religion of cheerfulness, as a true lover +of the industry--so to term it--the labour, the creation, of God. + +And this severe yet genial assertion of the ideal of woman, of the +family, of industry, of man's work in life, so close to the truth of +nature, was also, in that charmed hour of the minor "Peace of the +church," realised as an influence tending to beauty, to the adornment +of life and the world. The sword in the world, the right eye plucked +out, the right hand cut off, the spirit of reproach which those images +express, and of which monasticism is the fulfilment, reflect one side +only of the nature of the divine missionary of the New Testament. +Opposed to, yet blent with, this ascetic or militant character, is the +function of the Good Shepherd, serene, blithe and debonair, beyond the +gentlest shepherd of Greek mythology; of a king under whom the beatific +vision is realised of a reign of peace--peace of heart--among men. +Such aspect of the divine character of Christ, rightly understood, +[115] is indeed the final consummation of that bold and brilliant +hopefulness in man's nature, which had sustained him so far through his +immense labours, his immense sorrows, and of which pagan gaiety in the +handling of life, is but a minor achievement. Sometimes one, sometimes +the other, of those two contrasted aspects of its Founder, have, in +different ages and under the urgency of different human needs, been at +work also in the Christian Church. Certainly, in that brief "Peace of +the church" under the Antonines, the spirit of a pastoral security and +happiness seems to have been largely expanded. There, in the early +church of Rome, was to be seen, and on sufficiently reasonable grounds, +that satisfaction and serenity on a dispassionate survey of the facts +of life, which all hearts had desired, though for the most part in +vain, contrasting itself for Marius, in particular, very forcibly, with +the imperial philosopher's so heavy burden of unrelieved melancholy. +It was Christianity in its humanity, or even its humanism, in its +generous hopes for man, its common sense and alacrity of cheerful +service, its sympathy with all creatures, its appreciation of beauty +and daylight. + +"The angel of righteousness," says the Shepherd of Hermas, the most +characteristic religious book of that age, its Pilgrim's Progress--"the +angel of righteousness is modest and delicate and meek and quiet. Take +from thyself grief, for (as Hamlet will one day discover) 'tis the +sister [116] of doubt and ill-temper. Grief is more evil than any +other spirit of evil, and is most dreadful to the servants of God, and +beyond all spirits destroyeth man. For, as when good news is come to +one in grief, straightway he forgetteth his former grief, and no longer +attendeth to anything except the good news which he hath heard, so do +ye, also! having received a renewal of your soul through the beholding +of these good things. Put on therefore gladness that hath always +favour before God, and is acceptable unto Him, and delight thyself in +it; for every man that is glad doeth the things that are good, and +thinketh good thoughts, despising grief."--Such were the commonplaces +of this new people, among whom so much of what Marius had valued most +in the old world seemed to be under renewal and further promotion. +Some transforming spirit was at work to harmonise contrasts, to deepen +expression--a spirit which, in its dealing with the elements of ancient +life, was guided by a wonderful tact of selection, exclusion, +juxtaposition, begetting thereby a unique effect of freshness, a grave +yet wholesome beauty, because the world of sense, the whole outward +world was understood to set forth the veritable unction and royalty of +a certain priesthood and kingship of the soul within, among the +prerogatives of which was a delightful sense of freedom. + +The reader may think perhaps, that Marius, who, Epicurean as he was, +had his visionary [117] aptitudes, by an inversion of one of Plato's +peculiarities with which he was of course familiar, must have +descended, by foresight, upon a later age than his own, and anticipated +Christian poetry and art as they came to be under the influence of +Saint Francis of Assisi. But if he dreamed on one of those nights of +the beautiful house of Cecilia, its lights and flowers, of Cecilia +herself moving among the lilies, with an enhanced grace as happens +sometimes in healthy dreams, it was indeed hardly an anticipation. He +had lighted, by one of the peculiar intellectual good-fortunes of his +life, upon a period when, even more than in the days of austere ascsis +which had preceded and were to follow it, the church was true for a +moment, truer perhaps than she would ever be again, to that element of +profound serenity in the soul of her Founder, which reflected the +eternal goodwill of God to man, "in whom," according to the oldest +version of the angelic message, "He is well-pleased." + +For what Christianity did many centuries afterwards in the way of +informing an art, a poetry, of graver and higher beauty, we may think, +than that of Greek art and poetry at their best, was in truth +conformable to the original tendency of its genius. The genuine +capacity of the catholic church in this direction, discoverable from +the first in the New Testament, was also really at work, in that +earlier "Peace," under [118] the Antonines--the minor "Peace of the +church," as we might call it, in distinction from the final "Peace of +the church," commonly so called, under Constantine. Saint Francis, +with his following in the sphere of poetry and of the arts--the voice +of Dante, the hand of Giotto--giving visible feature and colour, and a +palpable place among men, to the regenerate race, did but re-establish +a continuity, only suspended in part by those troublous intervening +centuries--the "dark ages," properly thus named--with the gracious +spirit of the primitive church, as manifested in that first early +springtide of her success. The greater "Peace" of Constantine, on the +other hand, in many ways, does but establish the exclusiveness, the +puritanism, the ascetic gloom which, in the period between Aurelius and +the first Christian emperor, characterised a church under +misunderstanding or oppression, driven back, in a world of tasteless +controversy, inwards upon herself. + +Already, in the reign of Antoninus Pius, the time was gone by when men +became Christians under some sudden and overpowering impression, and +with all the disturbing results of such a crisis. At this period the +larger number, perhaps, had been born Christians, had been ever with +peaceful hearts in their "Father's house." That earlier belief in the +speedy coming of judgment and of the end of the world, with the +consequences it so naturally involved in the temper [119] of men's +minds, was dying out. Every day the contrast between the church and +the world was becoming less pronounced. And now also, as the church +rested awhile from opposition, that rapid self-development outward from +within, proper to times of peace, was in progress. Antoninus Pius, it +might seem, more truly even than Marcus Aurelius himself, was of that +group of pagan saints for whom Dante, like Augustine, has provided in +his scheme of the house with many mansions. A sincere old Roman piety +had urged his fortunately constituted nature to no mistakes, no +offences against humanity. And of his entire freedom from guile one +reward had been this singular happiness, that under his rule there was +no shedding of Christian blood. To him belonged that half-humorous +placidity of soul, of a kind illustrated later very effectively by +Montaigne, which, starting with an instinct of mere fairness towards +human nature and the world, seems at last actually to qualify its +possessor to be almost the friend of the people of Christ. Amiable, in +its own nature, and full of a reasonable gaiety, Christianity has often +had its advantage of characters such as that. The geniality of +Antoninus Pius, like the geniality of the earth itself, had permitted +the church, as being in truth no alien from that old mother earth, to +expand and thrive for a season as by natural process. And that charmed +period under the Antonines, extending to the later years of the [120] +reign of Aurelius (beautiful, brief, chapter of ecclesiastical +history!), contains, as one of its motives of interest, the earliest +development of Christian ritual under the presidence of the church of +Rome. + +Again as in one of those mystical, quaint visions of the Shepherd of +Hermas, "the aged woman was become by degrees more and more youthful. +And in the third vision she was quite young, and radiant with beauty: +only her hair was that of an aged woman. And at the last she was +joyous, and seated upon a throne--seated upon a throne, because her +position is a strong one." The subterranean worship of the church +belonged properly to those years of her early history in which it was +illegal for her to worship at all. But, hiding herself for awhile as +conflict grew violent, she resumed, when there was felt to be no more +than ordinary risk, her natural freedom. And the kind of outward +prosperity she was enjoying in those moments of her first "Peace," her +modes of worship now blossoming freely above-ground, was re-inforced by +the decision at this point of a crisis in her internal history. + +In the history of the church, as throughout the moral history of +mankind, there are two distinct ideals, either of which it is possible +to maintain--two conceptions, under one or the other of which we may +represent to ourselves men's efforts towards a better +life--corresponding to those two contrasted aspects, noted above, as +[121] discernible in the picture afforded by the New Testament itself +of the character of Christ. The ideal of asceticism represents moral +effort as essentially a sacrifice, the sacrifice of one part of human +nature to another, that it may live the more completely in what +survives of it; while the ideal of culture represents it as a +harmonious development of all the parts of human nature, in just +proportion to each other. It was to the latter order of ideas that the +church, and especially the church of Rome in the age of the Antonines, +freely lent herself. In that earlier "Peace" she had set up for +herself the ideal of spiritual development, under the guidance of an +instinct by which, in those serene moments, she was absolutely true to +the peaceful soul of her Founder. "Goodwill to men," she said, "in +whom God Himself is well-pleased!" For a little while, at least, there +was no forced opposition between the soul and the body, the world and +the spirit, and the grace of graciousness itself was pre-eminently with +the people of Christ. Tact, good sense, ever the note of a true +orthodoxy, the merciful compromises of the church, indicative of her +imperial vocation in regard to all the varieties of human kind, with a +universality of which the old Roman pastorship she was superseding is +but a prototype, was already become conspicuous, in spite of a +discredited, irritating, vindictive society, all around her. + +Against that divine urbanity and moderation [122] the old error of +Montanus we read of dimly, was a fanatical revolt--sour, falsely +anti-mundane, ever with an air of ascetic affectation, and a bigoted +distaste in particular for all the peculiar graces of womanhood. By it +the desire to please was understood to come of the author of evil. In +this interval of quietness, it was perhaps inevitable, by the law of +reaction, that some such extravagances of the religious temper should +arise. But again the church of Rome, now becoming every day more and +more completely the capital of the Christian world, checked the nascent +Montanism, or puritanism of the moment, vindicating for all Christian +people a cheerful liberty of heart, against many a narrow group of +sectaries, all alike, in their different ways, accusers of the genial +creation of God. With her full, fresh faith in the Evangele--in a +veritable regeneration of the earth and the body, in the dignity of +man's entire personal being--for a season, at least, at that critical +period in the development of Christianity, she was for reason, for +common sense, for fairness to human nature, and generally for what may +be called the naturalness of Christianity.--As also for its comely +order: she would be "brought to her king in raiment of needlework." It +was by the bishops of Rome, diligently transforming themselves, in the +true catholic sense, into universal pastors, that the path of what we +must call humanism was thus defined. + +[123] And then, in this hour of expansion, as if now at last the +catholic church might venture to show her outward lineaments as they +really were, worship--"the beauty of holiness," nay! the elegance of +sanctity--was developed, with a bold and confident gladness, the like +of which has hardly been the ideal of worship in any later age. The +tables in fact were turned: the prize of a cheerful temper on a candid +survey of life was no longer with the pagan world. The aesthetic charm +of the catholic church, her evocative power over all that is eloquent +and expressive in the better mind of man, her outward comeliness, her +dignifying convictions about human nature:--all this, as abundantly +realised centuries later by Dante and Giotto, by the great medieval +church-builders, by the great ritualists like Saint Gregory, and the +masters of sacred music in the middle age--we may see already, in dim +anticipation, in those charmed moments towards the end of the second +century. Dissipated or turned aside, partly through the fatal mistake +of Marcus Aurelius himself, for a brief space of time we may discern +that influence clearly predominant there. What might seem harsh as +dogma was already justifying itself as worship; according to the sound +rule: Lex orandi, lex credendi--Our Creeds are but the brief abstract +of our prayer and song. + +The wonderful liturgical spirit of the church, her wholly unparalleled +genius for worship, [124] being thus awake, she was rapidly +re-organising both pagan and Jewish elements of ritual, for the +expanding therein of her own new heart of devotion. Like the +institutions of monasticism, like the Gothic style of architecture, the +ritual system of the church, as we see it in historic retrospect, ranks +as one of the great, conjoint, and (so to term them) necessary, +products of human mind. Destined for ages to come, to direct with so +deep a fascination men's religious instincts, it was then already +recognisable as a new and precious fact in the sum of things. What has +been on the whole the method of the church, as "a power of sweetness +and patience," in dealing with matters like pagan art, pagan literature +was even then manifest; and has the character of the moderation, the +divine moderation of Christ himself. It was only among the ignorant, +indeed, only in the "villages," that Christianity, even in conscious +triumph over paganism, was really betrayed into iconoclasm. In the +final "Peace" of the Church under Constantine, while there was plenty +of destructive fanaticism in the country, the revolution was +accomplished in the larger towns, in a manner more orderly and +discreet--in the Roman manner. The faithful were bent less on the +destruction of the old pagan temples than on their conversion to a new +and higher use; and, with much beautiful furniture ready to hand, they +became Christian sanctuaries. + +[125] Already, in accordance with such maturer wisdom, the church of +the "Minor Peace" had adopted many of the graces of pagan feeling and +pagan custom; as being indeed a living creature, taking up, +transforming, accommodating still more closely to the human heart what +of right belonged to it. In this way an obscure synagogue was expanded +into the catholic church. Gathering, from a richer and more varied +field of sound than had remained for him, those old Roman harmonies, +some notes of which Gregory the Great, centuries later, and after +generations of interrupted development, formed into the Gregorian +music, she was already, as we have heard, the house of song--of a +wonderful new music and poesy. As if in anticipation of the sixteenth +century, the church was becoming "humanistic," in an earlier, and +unimpeachable Renaissance. Singing there had been in abundance from +the first; though often it dared only be "of the heart." And it burst +forth, when it might, into the beginnings of a true ecclesiastical +music; the Jewish psalter, inherited from the synagogue, turning now, +gradually, from Greek into Latin--broken Latin, into Italian, as the +ritual use of the rich, fresh, expressive vernacular superseded the +earlier authorised language of the Church. Through certain surviving +remnants of Greek in the later Latin liturgies, we may still discern a +highly interesting intermediate phase of ritual development, when the +Greek [126] and the Latin were in combination; the poor, surely!--the +poor and the children of that liberal Roman church--responding already +in their own "vulgar tongue," to an office said in the original, +liturgical Greek. That hymn sung in the early morning, of which Pliny +had heard, was kindling into the service of the Mass. + +The Mass, indeed, would appear to have been said continuously from the +Apostolic age. Its details, as one by one they become visible in later +history, have already the character of what is ancient and venerable. +"We are very old, and ye are young!" they seem to protest, to those who +fail to understand them. Ritual, in fact, like all other elements of +religion, must grow and cannot be made--grow by the same law of +development which prevails everywhere else, in the moral as in the +physical world. As regards this special phase of the religious life, +however, such development seems to have been unusually rapid in the +subterranean age which preceded Constantine; and in the very first days +of the final triumph of the church the Mass emerges to general view +already substantially complete. "Wisdom" was dealing, as with the dust +of creeds and philosophies, so also with the dust of outworn religious +usage, like the very spirit of life itself, organising soul and body +out of the lime and clay of the earth. In a generous eclecticism, +within the bounds of her liberty, and as by some providential power +within her, [127] she gathers and serviceably adopts, as in other +matters so in ritual, one thing here, another there, from various +sources--Gnostic, Jewish, Pagan--to adorn and beautify the greatest act +of worship the world has seen. It was thus the liturgy of the church +came to be--full of consolations for the human soul, and destined, +surely! one day, under the sanction of so many ages of human +experience, to take exclusive possession of the religious consciousness. + + TANTUM ERGO SACRAMENTUM VENEREMUR CERNUI: + ET ANTIQUUM DOCUMENTUM + NOVO CEDAT RITUI. + + + +CHAPTER XXIII: DIVINE SERVICE. + + "Wisdom hath builded herself a house: she hath mingled her wine: + she hath also prepared for herself a table." + +[128] THE more highly favoured ages of imaginative art present +instances of the summing up of an entire world of complex associations +under some single form, like the Zeus of Olympia, or the series of +frescoes which commemorate The Acts of Saint Francis, at Assisi, or +like the play of Hamlet or Faust. It was not in an image, or series of +images, yet still in a sort of dramatic action, and with the unity of a +single appeal to eye and ear, that Marius about this time found all his +new impressions set forth, regarding what he had already recognised, +intellectually, as for him at least the most beautiful thing in the +world. + +To understand the influence upon him of what follows the reader must +remember that it was an experience which came amid a deep sense of +vacuity in life. The fairest products of [129] the earth seemed to be +dropping to pieces, as if in men's very hands, around him. How real +was their sorrow, and his! "His observation of life" had come to be +like the constant telling of a sorrowful rosary, day after day; till, +as if taking infection from the cloudy sorrow of the mind, the eye +also, the very senses, were grown faint and sick. And now it happened +as with the actual morning on which he found himself a spectator of +this new thing. The long winter had been a season of unvarying +sullenness. At last, on this day he awoke with a sharp flash of +lightning in the earliest twilight: in a little while the heavy rain +had filtered the air: the clear light was abroad; and, as though the +spring had set in with a sudden leap in the heart of things, the whole +scene around him lay like some untarnished picture beneath a sky of +delicate blue. Under the spell of his late depression, Marius had +suddenly determined to leave Rome for a while. But desiring first to +advertise Cornelius of his movements, and failing to find him in his +lodgings, he had ventured, still early in the day, to seek him in the +Cecilian villa. Passing through its silent and empty court-yard he +loitered for a moment, to admire. Under the clear but immature light of +winter morning after a storm, all the details of form and colour in the +old marbles were distinctly visible, and with a kind of severity or +sadness--so it struck him--amid their beauty: [130] in them, and in all +other details of the scene--the cypresses, the bunches of pale +daffodils in the grass, the curves of the purple hills of Tusculum, +with the drifts of virgin snow still lying in their hollows. + +The little open door, through which he passed from the court-yard, +admitted him into what was plainly the vast Lararium, or domestic +sanctuary, of the Cecilian family, transformed in many particulars, but +still richly decorated, and retaining much of its ancient furniture in +metal-work and costly stone. The peculiar half-light of dawn seemed to +be lingering beyond its hour upon the solemn marble walls; and here, +though at that moment in absolute silence, a great company of people +was assembled. In that brief period of peace, during which the church +emerged for awhile from her jealously-guarded subterranean life, the +rigour of an earlier rule of exclusion had been relaxed. And so it +came to pass that, on this morning Marius saw for the first time the +wonderful spectacle--wonderful, especially, in its evidential power +over himself, over his own thoughts--of those who believe. + +There were noticeable, among those present, great varieties of rank, of +age, of personal type. The Roman ingenuus, with the white toga and +gold ring, stood side by side with his slave; and the air of the whole +company was, above all, a grave one, an air of recollection. Coming +[131] thus unexpectedly upon this large assembly, so entirely united, +in a silence so profound, for purposes unknown to him, Marius felt for +a moment as if he had stumbled by chance upon some great conspiracy. +Yet that could scarcely be, for the people here collected might have +figured as the earliest handsel, or pattern, of a new world, from the +very face of which discontent had passed away. Corresponding to the +variety of human type there present, was the various expression of +every form of human sorrow assuaged. What desire, what fulfilment of +desire, had wrought so pathetically on the features of these ranks of +aged men and women of humble condition? Those young men, bent down so +discreetly on the details of their sacred service, had faced life and +were glad, by some science, or light of knowledge they had, to which +there had certainly been no parallel in the older world. Was some +credible message from beyond "the flaming rampart of the world"--a +message of hope, regarding the place of men's souls and their interest +in the sum of things--already moulding anew their very bodies, and +looks, and voices, now and here? At least, there was a cleansing and +kindling flame at work in them, which seemed to make everything else +Marius had ever known look comparatively vulgar and mean. There were +the children, above all--troops of children--reminding him of those +pathetic children's graves, like cradles or garden- [132] beds, he had +noticed in his first visit to these places; and they more than +satisfied the odd curiosity he had then conceived about them, wondering +in what quaintly expressive forms they might come forth into the +daylight, if awakened from sleep. Children of the Catacombs, some but +"a span long," with features not so much beautiful as heroic (that +world of new, refining sentiment having set its seal even on +childhood), they retained certainly no stain or trace of anything +subterranean this morning, in the alacrity of their worship--as ready +as if they had been at play--stretching forth their hands, crying, +chanting in a resonant voice, and with boldly upturned faces, Christe +Eleison! + +For the silence--silence, amid those lights of early morning to which +Marius had always been constitutionally impressible, as having in them +a certain reproachful austerity--was broken suddenly by resounding +cries of Kyrie Eleison! Christe Eleison! repeated alternately, again +and again, until the bishop, rising from his chair, made sign that this +prayer should cease. But the voices burst out once more presently, in +richer and more varied melody, though still of an antiphonal character; +the men, the women and children, the deacons, the people, answering one +another, somewhat after the manner of a Greek chorus. But again with +what a novelty of poetic accent; what a genuine expansion of heart; +what profound intimations for the [133] intellect, as the meaning of +the words grew upon him! Cum grandi affectu et compunctione +dicatur--says an ancient eucharistic order; and certainly, the mystic +tone of this praying and singing was one with the expression of +deliverance, of grateful assurance and sincerity, upon the faces of +those assembled. As if some searching correction, a regeneration of +the body by the spirit, had begun, and was already gone a great way, +the countenances of men, women, and children alike had a brightness on +them which he could fancy reflected upon himself--an amenity, a mystic +amiability and unction, which found its way most readily of all to the +hearts of children themselves. The religious poetry of those Hebrew +psalms--Benedixisti Domine terram tuam: Dixit Dominus Domino meo, sede +a dextris meis--was certainly in marvellous accord with the lyrical +instinct of his own character. Those august hymns, he thought, must +thereafter ever remain by him as among the well-tested powers in things +to soothe and fortify the soul. One could never grow tired of them! + +In the old pagan worship there had been little to call the +understanding into play. Here, on the other hand, the utterance, the +eloquence, the music of worship conveyed, as Marius readily understood, +a fact or series of facts, for intellectual reception. That became +evident, more especially, in those lessons, or sacred readings, which, +like the singing, in broken [134] vernacular Latin, occurred at certain +intervals, amid the silence of the assembly. There were readings, again +with bursts of chanted invocation between for fuller light on a +difficult path, in which many a vagrant voice of human philosophy, +haunting men's minds from of old, recurred with clearer accent than had +ever belonged to it before, as if lifted, above its first intention, +into the harmonies of some supreme system of knowledge or doctrine, at +length complete. And last of all came a narrative which, with a +thousand tender memories, every one appeared to know by heart, +displaying, in all the vividness of a picture for the eye, the mournful +figure of him towards whom this whole act of worship still consistently +turned--a figure which seemed to have absorbed, like some rich tincture +in his garment, all that was deep-felt and impassioned in the +experiences of the past. + +It was the anniversary of his birth as a little child they celebrated +to-day. Astiterunt reges terrae: so the Gradual, the "Song of +Degrees," proceeded, the young men on the steps of the altar responding +in deep, clear, antiphon or chorus-- + + Astiterunt reges terrae-- + Adversus sanctum puerum tuum, Jesum: + Nunc, Domine, da servis tuis loqui verbum tuum-- + Et signa fieri, per nomen sancti pueri Jesu. + +And the proper action of the rite itself, like a [135] half-opened book +to be read by the duly initiated mind took up those suggestions, and +carried them forward into the present, as having reference to a power +still efficacious, still after some mystic sense even now in action +among the people there assembled. The entire office, indeed, with its +interchange of lessons, hymns, prayer, silence, was itself like a +single piece of highly composite, dramatic music; a "song of degrees," +rising steadily to a climax. Notwithstanding the absence of any +central image visible to the eye, the entire ceremonial process, like +the place in which it was enacted, was weighty with symbolic +significance, seemed to express a single leading motive. The mystery, +if such in fact it was, centered indeed in the actions of one visible +person, distinguished among the assistants, who stood ranged in +semicircle around him, by the extreme fineness of his white vestments, +and the pointed cap with the golden ornaments upon his head. + +Nor had Marius ever seen the pontifical character, as he conceived +it--sicut unguentum in capite, descendens in oram vestimenti--so fully +realised, as in the expression, the manner and voice, of this novel +pontiff, as he took his seat on the white chair placed for him by the +young men, and received his long staff into his hand, or moved his +hands--hands which seemed endowed in very deed with some mysterious +power--at the Lavabo, or at the various benedictions, or [136] to bless +certain objects on the table before him, chanting in cadence of a grave +sweetness the leading parts of the rite. What profound unction and +mysticity! The solemn character of the singing was at its height when +he opened his lips. Like some new sort of rhapsdos, it was for the +moment as if he alone possessed the words of the office, and they +flowed anew from some permanent source of inspiration within him. The +table or altar at which he presided, below a canopy on delicate spiral +columns, was in fact the tomb of a youthful "witness," of the family of +the Cecilii, who had shed his blood not many years before, and whose +relics were still in this place. It was for his sake the bishop put +his lips so often to the surface before him; the regretful memory of +that death entwining itself, though not without certain notes of +triumph, as a matter of special inward significance, throughout a +service, which was, before all else, from first to last, a +commemoration of the dead. + +A sacrifice also,--a sacrifice, it might seem, like the most primitive, +the most natural and enduringly significant of old pagan sacrifices, of +the simplest fruits of the earth. And in connexion with this +circumstance again, as in the actual stones of the building so in the +rite itself, what Marius observed was not so much new matter as a new +spirit, moulding, informing, with a new intention, many observances not +[137] witnessed for the first time to-day. Men and women came to the +altar successively, in perfect order, and deposited below the +lattice-work of pierced white marble, their baskets of wheat and +grapes, incense, oil for the sanctuary lamps; bread and wine +especially--pure wheaten bread, the pure white wine of the Tusculan +vineyards. There was here a veritable consecration, hopeful and +animating, of the earth's gifts, of old dead and dark matter itself, +now in some way redeemed at last, of all that we can touch or see, in +the midst of a jaded world that had lost the true sense of such things, +and in strong contrast to the wise emperor's renunciant and impassive +attitude towards them. Certain portions of that bread and wine were +taken into the bishop's hands; and thereafter, with an increasing +mysticity and effusion the rite proceeded. Still in a strain of +inspired supplication, the antiphonal singing developed, from this +point, into a kind of dialogue between the chief minister and the whole +assisting company-- + + SURSUM CORDA! + HABEMUS AD DOMINUM. + GRATIAS AGAMUS DOMINO DEO NOSTRO!-- + +It might have been thought the business, the duty or service of young +men more particularly, as they stood there in long ranks, and in severe +and simple vesture of the purest white--a service in which they would +seem to be flying [138] for refuge, as with their precious, their +treacherous and critical youth in their hands, to one--Yes! one like +themselves, who yet claimed their worship, a worship, above all, in the +way of Aurelius, in the way of imitation. Adoramus te Christe, quia per +crucem tuam redemisti mundum!--they cry together. So deep is the +emotion that at moments it seems to Marius as if some there present +apprehend that prayer prevails, that the very object of this pathetic +crying himself draws near. From the first there had been the sense, an +increasing assurance, of one coming:--actually with them now, according +to the oft-repeated affirmation or petition, Dominus vobiscum! Some at +least were quite sure of it; and the confidence of this remnant fired +the hearts, and gave meaning to the bold, ecstatic worship, of all the +rest about them. + +Prompted especially by the suggestions of that mysterious old Jewish +psalmody, so new to him--lesson and hymn--and catching therewith a +portion of the enthusiasm of those beside him, Marius could discern +dimly, behind the solemn recitation which now followed, at once a +narrative and a prayer, the most touching image truly that had ever +come within the scope of his mental or physical gaze. It was the image +of a young man giving up voluntarily, one by one, for the greatest of +ends, the greatest gifts; actually parting with himself, above all, +with the serenity, the divine serenity, of his [139] own soul; yet from +the midst of his desolation crying out upon the greatness of his +success, as if foreseeing this very worship.* As centre of the +supposed facts which for these people were become so constraining a +motive of hopefulness, of activity, that image seemed to display itself +with an overwhelming claim on human gratitude. What Saint Lewis of +France discerned, and found so irresistibly touching, across the +dimness of many centuries, as a painful thing done for love of him by +one he had never seen, was to them almost as a thing of yesterday; and +their hearts were whole with it. It had the force, among their +interests, of an almost recent event in the career of one whom their +fathers' fathers might have known. From memories so sublime, yet so +close at hand, had the narrative descended in which these acts of +worship centered; though again the names of some more recently dead +were mingled in it. And it seemed as if the very dead were aware; to +be stirring beneath the slabs of the sepulchres which lay so near, that +they might associate themselves to this enthusiasm--to this exalted +worship of Jesus. + +One by one, at last, the faithful approach to receive from the chief +minister morsels of the great, white, wheaten cake, he had taken into +his hands--Perducat vos ad vitam aeternam! he prays, half-silently, as +they depart again, after [140] discreet embraces. The Eucharist of +those early days was, even more entirely than at any later or happier +time, an act of thanksgiving; and while the remnants of the feast are +borne away for the reception of the sick, the sustained gladness of the +rite reaches its highest point in the singing of a hymn: a hymn like +the spontaneous product of two opposed militant companies, contending +accordantly together, heightening, accumulating, their witness, +provoking one another's worship, in a kind of sacred rivalry. + +Ite! Missa est!--cried the young deacons: and Marius departed from +that strange scene along with the rest. What was it?--Was it this made +the way of Cornelius so pleasant through the world? As for Marius +himself,--the natural soul of worship in him had at last been satisfied +as never before. He felt, as he left that place, that he must +hereafter experience often a longing memory, a kind of thirst, for all +this, over again. And it seemed moreover to define what he must +require of the powers, whatsoever they might be, that had brought him +into the world at all, to make him not unhappy in it. + +NOTES + +139. *Psalm xxii.22-31. + + + +CHAPTER XXIV: A CONVERSATION NOT IMAGINARY + +[141] IN cheerfulness is the success of our studies, says Pliny--studia +hilaritate proveniunt. It was still the habit of Marius, encouraged by +his experience that sleep is not only a sedative but the best of +stimulants, to seize the morning hours for creation, making profit when +he might of the wholesome serenity which followed a dreamless night. +"The morning for creation," he would say; "the afternoon for the +perfecting labour of the file; the evening for reception--the reception +of matter from without one, of other men's words and thoughts--matter +for our own dreams, or the merely mechanic exercise of the brain, +brooding thereon silently, in its dark chambers." To leave home early +in the day was therefore a rare thing for him. He was induced so to do +on the occasion of a visit to Rome of the famous writer Lucian, whom he +had been bidden to meet. The breakfast over, he walked away with the +learned guest, having offered to be his guide [142] to the lecture-room +of a well-known Greek rhetorician and expositor of the Stoic +philosophy, a teacher then much in fashion among the studious youth of +Rome. On reaching the place, however, they found the doors closed, +with a slip of writing attached, which proclaimed "a holiday"; and the +morning being a fine one, they walked further, along the Appian Way. +Mortality, with which the Queen of Ways--in reality the favourite +cemetery of Rome--was so closely crowded, in every imaginable form of +sepulchre, from the tiniest baby-house, to the massive monument out of +which the Middle Age would adapt a fortress-tower, might seem, on a +morning like this, to be "smiling through tears." The flower-stalls +just beyond the city gates presented to view an array of posies and +garlands, fresh enough for a wedding. At one and another of them +groups of persons, gravely clad, were making their bargains before +starting for some perhaps distant spot on the highway, to keep a dies +rosationis, this being the time of roses, at the grave of a deceased +relation. Here and there, a funeral procession was slowly on its way, +in weird contrast to the gaiety of the hour. + +The two companions, of course, read the epitaphs as they strolled +along. In one, reminding them of the poet's--Si lacrimae prosunt, +visis te ostende videri!--a woman prayed that her lost husband might +visit her dreams. Their characteristic note, indeed, was an imploring +cry, still [143] to be sought after by the living. "While I live," +such was the promise of a lover to his dead mistress, "you will receive +this homage: after my death,--who can tell?"--post mortem nescio. "If +ghosts, my sons, do feel anything after death, my sorrow will be +lessened by your frequent coming to me here!" "This is a privileged +tomb; to my family and descendants has been conceded the right of +visiting this place as often as they please." "This is an eternal +habitation; here lie I; here I shall lie for ever." "Reader! if you +doubt that the soul survives, make your oblation and a prayer for me; +and you shall understand!" + +The elder of the two readers, certainly, was little affected by those +pathetic suggestions. It was long ago that after visiting the banks of +the Padus, where he had sought in vain for the poplars (sisters of +Phaethon erewhile) whose tears became amber, he had once for all +arranged for himself a view of the world exclusive of all reference to +what might lie beyond its "flaming barriers." And at the age of sixty +he had no misgivings. His elegant and self-complacent but far from +unamiable scepticism, long since brought to perfection, never failed +him. It surrounded him, as some are surrounded by a magic ring of fine +aristocratic manners, with "a rampart," through which he himself never +broke, nor permitted any thing or person to break upon him. Gay, +animated, content with his old age [144] as it was, the aged student +still took a lively interest in studious youth.--Could Marius inform +him of any such, now known to him in Rome? What did the young men +learn, just then? and how? + +In answer, Marius became fluent concerning the promise of one young +student, the son, as it presently appeared, of parents of whom Lucian +himself knew something: and soon afterwards the lad was seen coming +along briskly--a lad with gait and figure well enough expressive of the +sane mind in the healthy body, though a little slim and worn of +feature, and with a pair of eyes expressly designed, it might seem, for +fine glancings at the stars. At the sight of Marius he paused +suddenly, and with a modest blush on recognising his companion, who +straightway took with the youth, so prettily enthusiastic, the freedom +of an old friend. + +In a few moments the three were seated together, immediately above the +fragrant borders of a rose-farm, on the marble bench of one of the +exhedrae for the use of foot-passengers at the roadside, from which +they could overlook the grand, earnest prospect of the Campagna, and +enjoy the air. Fancying that the lad's plainly written enthusiasm had +induced in the elder speaker somewhat more fervour than was usual with +him, Marius listened to the conversation which follows.-- + +"Ah! Hermotimus! Hurrying to lecture! [145] --if I may judge by your +pace, and that volume in your hand. You were thinking hard as you came +along, moving your lips and waving your arms. Some fine speech you +were pondering, some knotty question, some viewy doctrine--not to be +idle for a moment, to be making progress in philosophy, even on your +way to the schools. To-day, however, you need go no further. We read +a notice at the schools that there would be no lecture. Stay +therefore, and talk awhile with us. + +--With pleasure, Lucian.--Yes! I was ruminating yesterday's +conference. One must not lose a moment. Life is short and art is +long! And it was of the art of medicine, that was first said--a thing +so much easier than divine philosophy, to which one can hardly attain +in a lifetime, unless one be ever wakeful, ever on the watch. And here +the hazard is no little one:--By the attainment of a true philosophy to +attain happiness; or, having missed both, to perish, as one of the +vulgar herd. + +--The prize is a great one, Hermotimus! and you must needs be near it, +after these months of toil, and with that scholarly pallor of yours. +Unless, indeed, you have already laid hold upon it, and kept us in the +dark. + +--How could that be, Lucian? Happiness, as Hesiod says, abides very +far hence; and the way to it is long and steep and rough. I see myself +still at the beginning of my journey; still [146] but at the mountain's +foot. I am trying with all my might to get forward. What I need is a +hand, stretched out to help me. + +--And is not the master sufficient for that? Could he not, like Zeus +in Homer, let down to you, from that high place, a golden cord, to draw +you up thither, to himself and to that Happiness, to which he ascended +so long ago? + +--The very point, Lucian! Had it depended on him I should long ago +have been caught up. 'Tis I, am wanting. + +--Well! keep your eye fixed on the journey's end, and that happiness +there above, with confidence in his goodwill. + +--Ah! there are many who start cheerfully on the journey and proceed a +certain distance, but lose heart when they light on the obstacles of +the way. Only, those who endure to the end do come to the mountain's +top, and thereafter live in Happiness:--live a wonderful manner of +life, seeing all other people from that great height no bigger than +tiny ants. + +--What little fellows you make of us--less than the pygmies--down in +the dust here. Well! we, 'the vulgar herd,' as we creep along, will +not forget you in our prayers, when you are seated up there above the +clouds, whither you have been so long hastening. But tell me, +Hermotimus!--when do you expect to arrive there? + +--Ah! that I know not. In twenty years, [147] perhaps, I shall be +really on the summit.--A great while! you think. But then, again, the +prize I contend for is a great one. + +--Perhaps! But as to those twenty years--that you will live so long. +Has the master assured you of that? Is he a prophet as well as a +philosopher? For I suppose you would not endure all this, upon a mere +chance--toiling day and night, though it might happen that just ere the +last step, Destiny seized you by the foot and plucked you thence, with +your hope still unfulfilled. + +--Hence, with these ill-omened words, Lucian! Were I to survive but +for a day, I should be happy, having once attained wisdom. + +--How?--Satisfied with a single day, after all those labours? + +--Yes! one blessed moment were enough! + +--But again, as you have never been, how know you that happiness is to +be had up there, at all--the happiness that is to make all this worth +while? + +--I believe what the master tells me. Of a certainty he knows, being +now far above all others. + +--And what was it he told you about it? Is it riches, or glory, or +some indescribable pleasure? + +--Hush! my friend! All those are nothing in comparison of the life +there. + +--What, then, shall those who come to the [148] end of this +discipline--what excellent thing shall they receive, if not these? + +--Wisdom, the absolute goodness and the absolute beauty, with the sure +and certain knowledge of all things--how they are. Riches and glory +and pleasure--whatsoever belongs to the body--they have cast from them: +stripped bare of all that, they mount up, even as Hercules, consumed in +the fire, became a god. He too cast aside all that he had of his +earthly mother, and bearing with him the divine element, pure and +undefiled, winged his way to heaven from the discerning flame. Even so +do they, detached from all that others prize, by the burning fire of a +true philosophy, ascend to the highest degree of happiness. + +--Strange! And do they never come down again from the heights to help +those whom they left below? Must they, when they be once come thither, +there remain for ever, laughing, as you say, at what other men prize? + +--More than that! They whose initiation is entire are subject no +longer to anger, fear, desire, regret. Nay! They scarcely feel at all. + +--Well! as you have leisure to-day, why not tell an old friend in what +way you first started on your philosophic journey? For, if I might, I +should like to join company with you from this very day. + +--If you be really willing, Lucian! you will learn in no long time your +advantage over all [149] other people. They will seem but as children, +so far above them will be your thoughts. + +--Well! Be you my guide! It is but fair. But tell me--Do you allow +learners to contradict, if anything is said which they don't think +right? + +--No, indeed! Still, if you wish, oppose your questions. In that way +you will learn more easily. + +--Let me know, then--Is there one only way which leads to a true +philosophy--your own way--the way of the Stoics: or is it true, as I +have heard, that there are many ways of approaching it? + +--Yes! Many ways! There are the Stoics, and the Peripatetics, and +those who call themselves after Plato: there are the enthusiasts for +Diogenes, and Antisthenes, and the followers of Pythagoras, besides +others. + +--It was true, then. But again, is what they say the same or different? + +--Very different. + +--Yet the truth, I conceive, would be one and the same, from all of +them. Answer me then--In what, or in whom, did you confide when you +first betook yourself to philosophy, and seeing so many doors open to +you, passed them all by and went in to the Stoics, as if there alone +lay the way of truth? What token had you? Forget, please, all you are +to-day--half-way, or more, on the philosophic journey: [150] answer me +as you would have done then, a mere outsider as I am now. + +--Willingly! It was there the great majority went! 'Twas by that I +judged it to be the better way. + +--A majority how much greater than the Epicureans, the Platonists, the +Peripatetics? You, doubtless, counted them respectively, as with the +votes in a scrutiny. + +--No! But this was not my only motive. I heard it said by every one +that the Epicureans were soft and voluptuous, the Peripatetics +avaricious and quarrelsome, and Plato's followers puffed up with pride. +But of the Stoics, not a few pronounced that they were true men, that +they knew everything, that theirs was the royal road, the one road, to +wealth, to wisdom, to all that can be desired. + +--Of course those who said this were not themselves Stoics: you would +not have believed them--still less their opponents. They were the +vulgar, therefore. + +--True! But you must know that I did not trust to others exclusively. +I trusted also to myself--to what I saw. I saw the Stoics going +through the world after a seemly manner, neatly clad, never in excess, +always collected, ever faithful to the mean which all pronounce +'golden.' + +--You are trying an experiment on me. You would fain see how far you +can mislead [151] me as to your real ground. The kind of probation you +describe is applicable, indeed, to works of art, which are rightly +judged by their appearance to the eye. There is something in the +comely form, the graceful drapery, which tells surely of the hand of +Pheidias or Alcamenes. But if philosophy is to be judged by outward +appearances, what would become of the blind man, for instance, unable +to observe the attire and gait of your friends the Stoics? + +--It was not of the blind I was thinking. + +--Yet there must needs be some common criterion in a matter so +important to all. Put the blind, if you will, beyond the privileges of +philosophy; though they perhaps need that inward vision more than all +others. But can those who are not blind, be they as keen-sighted as +you will, collect a single fact of mind from a man's attire, from +anything outward?--Understand me! You attached yourself to these +men--did you not?--because of a certain love you had for the mind in +them, the thoughts they possessed desiring the mind in you to be +improved thereby? + +--Assuredly! + +--How, then, did you find it possible, by the sort of signs you just +now spoke of, to distinguish the true philosopher from the false? +Matters of that kind are not wont so to reveal themselves. They are +but hidden mysteries, hardly to be guessed at through the words and +acts which [152] may in some sort be conformable to them. You, +however, it would seem, can look straight into the heart in men's +bosoms, and acquaint yourself with what really passes there. + +--You are making sport of me, Lucian! In truth, it was with God's help +I made my choice, and I don't repent it. + +--And still you refuse to tell me, to save me from perishing in that +'vulgar herd.' + +--Because nothing I can tell you would satisfy you. + +--You are mistaken, my friend! But since you deliberately conceal the +thing, grudging me, as I suppose, that true philosophy which would make +me equal to you, I will try, if it may be, to find out for myself the +exact criterion in these matters--how to make a perfectly safe choice. +And, do you listen. + +--I will; there may be something worth knowing in what you will say. + +--Well!--only don't laugh if I seem a little fumbling in my efforts. +The fault is yours, in refusing to share your lights with me. Let +Philosophy, then, be like a city--a city whose citizens within it are a +happy people, as your master would tell you, having lately come thence, +as we suppose. All the virtues are theirs, and they are little less +than gods. Those acts of violence which happen among us are not to be +seen in their streets. They live together in one mind, very seemly; +the things which beyond [153] everything else cause men to contend +against each other, having no place upon them. Gold and silver, +pleasure, vainglory, they have long since banished, as being +unprofitable to the commonwealth; and their life is an unbroken calm, +in liberty, equality, an equal happiness. + +--And is it not reasonable that all men should desire to be of a city +such as that, and take no account of the length and difficulty of the +way thither, so only they may one day become its freemen? + +--It might well be the business of life:--leaving all else, forgetting +one's native country here, unmoved by the tears, the restraining hands, +of parents or children, if one had them--only bidding them follow the +same road; and if they would not or could not, shaking them off, +leaving one's very garment in their hands if they took hold on us, to +start off straightway for that happy place! For there is no fear, I +suppose, of being shut out if one came thither naked. I remember, +indeed, long ago an aged man related to me how things passed there, +offering himself to be my leader, and enrol me on my arrival in the +number of the citizens. I was but fifteen--certainly very foolish: and +it may be that I was then actually within the suburbs, or at the very +gates, of the city. Well, this aged man told me, among other things, +that all the citizens were wayfarers from afar. Among them were +barbarians and slaves, poor [154] men--aye! and cripples--all indeed +who truly desired that citizenship. For the only legal conditions of +enrolment were--not wealth, nor bodily beauty, nor noble +ancestry--things not named among them--but intelligence, and the desire +for moral beauty, and earnest labour. The last comer, thus qualified, +was made equal to the rest: master and slave, patrician, plebeian, were +words they had not--in that blissful place. And believe me, if that +blissful, that beautiful place, were set on a hill visible to all the +world, I should long ago have journeyed thither. But, as you say, it +is far off: and one must needs find out for oneself the road to it, and +the best possible guide. And I find a multitude of guides, who press +on me their services, and protest, all alike, that they have themselves +come thence. Only, the roads they propose are many, and towards +adverse quarters. And one of them is steep and stony, and through the +beating sun; and the other is through green meadows, and under grateful +shade, and by many a fountain of water. But howsoever the road may be, +at each one of them stands a credible guide; he puts out his hand and +would have you come his way. All other ways are wrong, all other +guides false. Hence my difficulty!--The number and variety of the +ways! For you know, There is but one road that leads to Corinth. + +--Well! If you go the whole round, you [155] will find no better +guides than those. If you wish to get to Corinth, you will follow the +traces of Zeno and Chrysippus. It is impossible otherwise. + +--Yes! The old, familiar language! Were one of Plato's +fellow-pilgrims here, or a follower of Epicurus--or fifty others--each +would tell me that I should never get to Corinth except in his company. +One must therefore credit all alike, which would be absurd; or, what is +far safer, distrust all alike, until one has discovered the truth. +Suppose now, that, being as I am, ignorant which of all philosophers is +really in possession of truth, I choose your sect, relying on +yourself--my friend, indeed, yet still acquainted only with the way of +the Stoics; and that then some divine power brought Plato, and +Aristotle, and Pythagoras, and the others, back to life again. Well! +They would come round about me, and put me on my trial for my +presumption, and say:--'In whom was it you confided when you preferred +Zeno and Chrysippus to me?--and me?--masters of far more venerable age +than those, who are but of yesterday; and though you have never held +any discussion with us, nor made trial of our doctrine? It is not thus +that the law would have judges do--listen to one party and refuse to +let the other speak for himself. If judges act thus, there may be an +appeal to another tribunal.' What should I answer? Would it [156] be +enough to say:--'I trusted my friend Hermotimus?'--'We know not +Hermotimus, nor he us,' they would tell me; adding, with a smile, 'your +friend thinks he may believe all our adversaries say of us whether in +ignorance or in malice. Yet if he were umpire in the games, and if he +happened to see one of our wrestlers, by way of a preliminary exercise, +knock to pieces an antagonist of mere empty air, he would not thereupon +pronounce him a victor. Well! don't let your friend Hermotimus +suppose, in like manner, that his teachers have really prevailed over +us in those battles of theirs, fought with our mere shadows. That, +again, were to be like children, lightly overthrowing their own +card-castles; or like boy-archers, who cry out when they hit the target +of straw. The Persian and Scythian bowmen, as they speed along, can +pierce a bird on the wing.' + +--Let us leave Plato and the others at rest. It is not for me to +contend against them. Let us rather search out together if the truth +of Philosophy be as I say. Why summon the athletes, and archers from +Persia? + +--Yes! let them go, if you think them in the way. And now do you +speak! You really look as if you had something wonderful to deliver. + +--Well then, Lucian! to me it seems quite possible for one who has +learned the doctrines of the Stoics only, to attain from those a +knowledge [157] of the truth, without proceeding to inquire into all +the various tenets of the others. Look at the question in this way. If +one told you that twice two make four, would it be necessary for you to +go the whole round of the arithmeticians, to see whether any one of +them will say that twice two make five, or seven? Would you not see at +once that the man tells the truth? + +--At once. + +--Why then do you find it impossible that one who has fallen in with +the Stoics only, in their enunciation of what is true, should adhere to +them, and seek after no others; assured that four could never be five, +even if fifty Platos, fifty Aristotles said so? + +--You are beside the point, Hermotimus! You are likening open +questions to principles universally received. Have you ever met any +one who said that twice two make five, or seven? + +--No! only a madman would say that. + +--And have you ever met, on the other hand, a Stoic and an Epicurean +who were agreed upon the beginning and the end, the principle and the +final cause, of things? Never! Then your parallel is false. We are +inquiring to which of the sects philosophic truth belongs, and you +seize on it by anticipation, and assign it to the Stoics, alleging, +what is by no means clear, that it is they for whom twice two make +four. But the Epicureans, or the Platonists, [158] might say that it +is they, in truth, who make two and two equal four, while you make them +five or seven. Is it not so, when you think virtue the only good, and +the Epicureans pleasure; when you hold all things to be material, while +the Platonists admit something immaterial? As I said, you resolve +offhand, in favour of the Stoics, the very point which needs a critical +decision. If it is clear beforehand that the Stoics alone make two and +two equal four, then the others must hold their peace. But so long as +that is the very point of debate, we must listen to all sects alike, or +be well-assured that we shall seem but partial in our judgment. + +--I think, Lucian! that you do not altogether understand my meaning. To +make it clear, then, let us suppose that two men had entered a temple, +of Aesculapius,--say! or Bacchus: and that afterwards one of the sacred +vessels is found to be missing. And the two men must be searched to +see which of them has hidden it under his garment. For it is certainly +in the possession of one or the other of them. Well! if it be found on +the first there will be no need to search the second; if it is not +found on the first, then the other must have it; and again, there will +be no need to search him. + +--Yes! So let it be. + +--And we too, Lucian! if we have found the holy vessel in possession of +the Stoics, shall no longer have need to search other philosophers, +[159] having attained that we were seeking. Why trouble ourselves +further? + +--No need, if something had indeed been found, and you knew it to be +that lost thing: if, at the least, you could recognise the sacred +object when you saw it. But truly, as the matter now stands, not two +persons only have entered the temple, one or the other of whom must +needs have taken the golden cup, but a whole crowd of persons. And +then, it is not clear what the lost object really is--cup, or flagon, +or diadem; for one of the priests avers this, another that; they are +not even in agreement as to its material: some will have it to be of +brass, others of silver, or gold. It thus becomes necessary to search +the garments of all persons who have entered the temple, if the lost +vessel is to be recovered. And if you find a golden cup on the first +of them, it will still be necessary to proceed in searching the +garments of the others; for it is not certain that this cup really +belonged to the temple. Might there not be many such golden +vessels?--No! we must go on to every one of them, placing all that we +find in the midst together, and then make our guess which of all those +things may fairly be supposed to be the property of the god. For, +again, this circumstance adds greatly to our difficulty, that without +exception every one searched is found to have something upon him--cup, +or flagon, or diadem, of brass, of silver, [160] of gold: and still, +all the while, it is not ascertained which of all these is the sacred +thing. And you must still hesitate to pronounce any one of them guilty +of the sacrilege--those objects may be their own lawful property: one +cause of all this obscurity being, as I think, that there was no +inscription on the lost cup, if cup it was. Had the name of the god, +or even that of the donor, been upon it, at least we should have had +less trouble, and having detected the inscription, should have ceased +to trouble any one else by our search. + +--I have nothing to reply to that. + +--Hardly anything plausible. So that if we wish to find who it is has +the sacred vessel, or who will be our best guide to Corinth, we must +needs proceed to every one and examine him with the utmost care, +stripping off his garment and considering him closely. Scarcely, even +so, shall we come at the truth. And if we are to have a credible +adviser regarding this question of philosophy--which of all +philosophies one ought to follow--he alone who is acquainted with the +dicta of every one of them can be such a guide: all others must be +inadequate. I would give no credence to them if they lacked +information as to one only. If somebody introduced a fair person and +told us he was the fairest of all men, we should not believe that, +unless we knew that he had seen all the people in the world. Fair he +might be; but, fairest of all--none could [161] know, unless he had +seen all. And we too desire, not a fair one, but the fairest of all. +Unless we find him, we shall think we have failed. It is no casual +beauty that will content us; what we are seeking after is that supreme +beauty which must of necessity be unique. + +--What then is one to do, if the matter be really thus? Perhaps you +know better than I. All I see is that very few of us would have time +to examine all the various sects of philosophy in turn, even if we +began in early life. I know not how it is; but though you seem to me +to speak reasonably, yet (I must confess it) you have distressed me not +a little by this exact exposition of yours. I was unlucky in coming +out to-day, and in my falling in with you, who have thrown me into +utter perplexity by your proof that the discovery of truth is +impossible, just as I seemed to be on the point of attaining my hope. + +--Blame your parents, my child, not me! Or rather, blame mother Nature +herself, for giving us but seventy or eighty years instead of making us +as long-lived as Tithonus. For my part, I have but led you from +premise to conclusion. + +--Nay! you are a mocker! I know not wherefore, but you have a grudge +against philosophy; and it is your entertainment to make a jest of her +lovers. + +--Ah! Hermotimus! what the Truth may [162] be, you philosophers may be +able to tell better than I. But so much at least I know of her, that +she is one by no means pleasant to those who hear her speak: in the +matter of pleasantness, she is far surpassed by Falsehood: and +Falsehood has the pleasanter countenance. She, nevertheless, being +conscious of no alloy within, discourses with boldness to all men, who +therefore have little love for her. See how angry you are now because +I have stated the truth about certain things of which we are both alike +enamoured--that they are hard to come by. It is as if you had fallen +in love with a statue and hoped to win its favour, thinking it a human +creature; and I, understanding it to be but an image of brass or stone, +had shown you, as a friend, that your love was impossible, and +thereupon you had conceived that I bore you some ill-will. + +--But still, does it not follow from what you said, that we must +renounce philosophy and pass our days in idleness? + +--When did you hear me say that? I did but assert that if we are to +seek after philosophy, whereas there are many ways professing to lead +thereto, we must with much exactness distinguish them. + +--Well, Lucian! that we must go to all the schools in turn, and test +what they say, if we are to choose the right one, is perhaps +reasonable; but surely ridiculous, unless we are to live as [163] many +years as the Phoenix, to be so lengthy in the trial of each; as if it +were not possible to learn the whole by the part! They say that +Pheidias, when he was shown one of the talons of a lion, computed the +stature and age of the animal it belonged to, modelling a complete lion +upon the standard of a single part of it. You too would recognise a +human hand were the rest of the body concealed. Even so with the +schools of philosophy:--the leading doctrines of each might be learned +in an afternoon. That over-exactness of yours, which required so long +a time, is by no means necessary for making the better choice. + +--You are forcible, Hermotimus! with this theory of The Whole by the +Part. Yet, methinks, I heard you but now propound the contrary. But +tell me; would Pheidias when he saw the lion's talon have known that it +was a lion's, if he had never seen the animal? Surely, the cause of +his recognising the part was his knowledge of the whole. There is a +way of choosing one's philosophy even less troublesome than yours. Put +the names of all the philosophers into an urn. Then call a little +child, and let him draw the name of the philosopher you shall follow +all the rest of your days. + +--Nay! be serious with me. Tell me; did you ever buy wine? + +--Surely. + +--And did you first go the whole round of [164] the wine-merchants, +tasting and comparing their wines? + +--By no means. + +--No! You were contented to order the first good wine you found at +your price. By tasting a little you were ascertained of the quality of +the whole cask. How if you had gone to each of the merchants in turn, +and said, 'I wish to buy a cotyl of wine. Let me drink out the whole +cask. Then I shall be able to tell which is best, and where I ought to +buy.' Yet this is what you would do with the philosophies. Why drain +the cask when you might taste, and see? + +--How slippery you are; how you escape from one's fingers! Still, you +have given me an advantage, and are in your own trap. + +--How so? + +--Thus! You take a common object known to every one, and make wine the +figure of a thing which presents the greatest variety in itself, and +about which all men are at variance, because it is an unseen and +difficult thing. I hardly know wherein philosophy and wine are alike +unless it be in this, that the philosophers exchange their ware for +money, like the wine-merchants; some of them with a mixture of water or +worse, or giving short measure. However, let us consider your +parallel. The wine in the cask, you say, is of one kind throughout. +But have the philosophers--has your own [165] master even--but one and +the same thing only to tell you, every day and all days, on a subject +so manifold? Otherwise, how can you know the whole by the tasting of +one part? The whole is not the same--Ah! and it may be that God has +hidden the good wine of philosophy at the bottom of the cask. You must +drain it to the end if you are to find those drops of divine sweetness +you seem so much to thirst for! Yourself, after drinking so deeply, +are still but at the beginning, as you said. But is not philosophy +rather like this? Keep the figure of the merchant and the cask: but +let it be filled, not with wine, but with every sort of grain. You +come to buy. The merchant hands you a little of the wheat which lies +at the top. Could you tell by looking at that, whether the chick-peas +were clean, the lentils tender, the beans full? And then, whereas in +selecting our wine we risk only our money; in selecting our philosophy +we risk ourselves, as you told me--might ourselves sink into the dregs +of 'the vulgar herd.' Moreover, while you may not drain the whole cask +of wine by way of tasting, Wisdom grows no less by the depth of your +drinking. Nay! if you take of her, she is increased thereby. + +And then I have another similitude to propose, as regards this tasting +of philosophy. Don't think I blaspheme her if I say that it may be +with her as with some deadly poison, [166] hemlock or aconite. These +too, though they cause death, yet kill not if one tastes but a minute +portion. You would suppose that the tiniest particle must be +sufficient. + +--Be it as you will, Lucian! One must live a hundred years: one must +sustain all this labour; otherwise philosophy is unattainable. + +--Not so! Though there were nothing strange in that, if it be true, as +you said at first, that Life is short and art is long. But now you +take it hard that we are not to see you this very day, before the sun +goes down, a Chrysippus, a Pythagoras, a Plato. + +--You overtake me, Lucian! and drive me into a corner; in jealousy of +heart, I believe, because I have made some progress in doctrine whereas +you have neglected yourself. + +--Well! Don't attend to me! Treat me as a Corybant, a fanatic: and do +you go forward on this road of yours. Finish the journey in accordance +with the view you had of these matters at the beginning of it. Only, +be assured that my judgment on it will remain unchanged. Reason still +says, that without criticism, without a clear, exact, unbiassed +intelligence to try them, all those theories--all things--will have +been seen but in vain. 'To that end,' she tells us, 'much time is +necessary, many delays of judgment, a cautious gait; repeated +inspection.' And we are not to regard the outward appearance, or the +reputation of wisdom, in any of the [167] speakers; but like the judges +of Areopagus, who try their causes in the darkness of the night, look +only to what they say. + +--Philosophy, then, is impossible, or possible only in another life! + +--Hermotimus! I grieve to tell you that all this even, may be in truth +insufficient. After all, we may deceive ourselves in the belief that +we have found something:--like the fishermen! Again and again they let +down the net. At last they feel something heavy, and with vast labour +draw up, not a load of fish, but only a pot full of sand, or a great +stone. + +--I don't understand what you mean by the net. It is plain that you +have caught me in it. + +--Try to get out! You can swim as well as another. We may go to all +philosophers in turn and make trial of them. Still, I, for my part, +hold it by no mean certain that any one of them really possesses what +we seek. The truth may be a thing that not one of them has yet found. +You have twenty beans in your hand, and you bid ten persons guess how +many: one says five, another fifteen; it is possible that one of them +may tell the true number; but it is not impossible that all may be +wrong. So it is with the philosophers. All alike are in search of +Happiness--what kind of thing it is. One says one thing, one another: +it is pleasure; it is virtue;--what not? And Happiness may indeed be +one of those things. But it is possible [168] also that it may be +still something else, different and distinct from them all. + +--What is this?--There is something, I know not how, very sad and +disheartening in what you say. We seem to have come round in a circle +to the spot whence we started, and to our first incertitude. Ah! +Lucian, what have you done to me? You have proved my priceless pearl +to be but ashes, and all my past labour to have been in vain. + +--Reflect, my friend, that you are not the first person who has thus +failed of the good thing he hoped for. All philosophers, so to speak, +are but fighting about the 'ass's shadow.' To me you seem like one who +should weep, and reproach fortune because he is not able to climb up +into heaven, or go down into the sea by Sicily and come up at Cyprus, +or sail on wings in one day from Greece to India. And the true cause +of his trouble is that he has based his hope on what he has seen in a +dream, or his own fancy has put together; without previous thought +whether what he desires is in itself attainable and within the compass +of human nature. Even so, methinks, has it happened with you. As you +dreamed, so largely, of those wonderful things, came Reason, and woke +you up from sleep, a little roughly: and then you are angry with +Reason, your eyes being still but half open, and find it hard to shake +off sleep for the pleasure of what you saw therein. Only, [169] don't +be angry with me, because, as a friend, I would not suffer you to pass +your life in a dream, pleasant perhaps, but still only a dream--because +I wake you up and demand that you should busy yourself with the proper +business of life, and send you to it possessed of common sense. What +your soul was full of just now is not very different from those Gorgons +and Chimaeras and the like, which the poets and the painters construct +for us, fancy-free:--things which never were, and never will be, though +many believe in them, and all like to see and hear of them, just +because they are so strange and odd. + +And you too, methinks, having heard from some such maker of marvels of +a certain woman of a fairness beyond nature--beyond the Graces, beyond +Venus Urania herself--asked not if he spoke truth, and whether this +woman be really alive in the world, but straightway fell in love with +her; as they say that Medea was enamoured of Jason in a dream. And what +more than anything else seduced you, and others like you, into that +passion, for a vain idol of the fancy, is, that he who told you about +that fair woman, from the very moment when you first believed that what +he said was true, brought forward all the rest in consequent order. +Upon her alone your eyes were fixed; by her he led you along, when once +you had given him a hold upon you--led you along the straight road, as +he said, to the beloved one. All was easy after that. [170] None of +you asked again whether it was the true way; following one after +another, like sheep led by the green bough in the hand of the shepherd. +He moved you hither and thither with his finger, as easily as water +spilt on a table! + +My friend! Be not so lengthy in preparing the banquet, lest you die of +hunger! I saw one who poured water into a mortar, and ground it with +all his might with a pestle of iron, fancying he did a thing useful and +necessary; but it remained water only, none the less." + +Just there the conversation broke off suddenly, and the disputants +parted. The horses were come for Lucian. The boy went on his way, and +Marius onward, to visit a friend whose abode lay further. As he +returned to Rome towards evening the melancholy aspect, natural to a +city of the dead, had triumphed over the superficial gaudiness of the +early day. He could almost have fancied Canidia there, picking her way +among the rickety lamps, to rifle some neglected or ruined tomb; for +these tombs were not all equally well cared for (Post mortem nescio!) +and it had been one of the pieties of Aurelius to frame a severe law to +prevent the defacing of such monuments. To Marius there seemed to be +some new meaning in that terror of isolation, of being left alone in +these places, of which the sepulchral inscriptions were so full. A +blood-red sunset was dying angrily, and its wild glare upon the shadowy +objects around helped to combine [171] the associations of this famous +way, its deeply graven marks of immemorial travel, together with the +earnest questions of the morning as to the true way of that other sort +of travelling, around an image, almost ghastly in the traces of its +great sorrows--bearing along for ever, on bleeding feet, the instrument +of its punishment--which was all Marius could recall distinctly of a +certain Christian legend he had heard. The legend told of an encounter +at this very spot, of two wayfarers on the Appian Way, as also upon +some very dimly discerned mental journey, altogether different from +himself and his late companions--an encounter between Love, literally +fainting by the road, and Love "travelling in the greatness of his +strength," Love itself, suddenly appearing to sustain that other. A +strange contrast to anything actually presented in that morning's +conversation, it seemed nevertheless to echo its very words--"Do they +never come down again," he heard once more the well-modulated voice: +"Do they never come down again from the heights, to help those whom +they left here below?"--"And we too desire, not a fair one, but the +fairest of all. Unless we find him, we shall think we have failed." + + + +CHAPTER XXV: SUNT LACRIMAE RERUM+ + +[172] It was become a habit with Marius--one of his +modernisms--developed by his assistance at the Emperor's "conversations +with himself," to keep a register of the movements of his own private +thoughts and humours; not continuously indeed, yet sometimes for +lengthy intervals, during which it was no idle self-indulgence, but a +necessity of his intellectual life, to "confess himself," with an +intimacy, seemingly rare among the ancients; ancient writers, at all +events, having been jealous, for the most part, of affording us so much +as a glimpse of that interior self, which in many cases would have +actually doubled the interest of their objective informations. + +"If a particular tutelary or genius," writes Marius,--"according to old +belief, walks through life beside each one of us, mine is very +certainly a capricious creature. He fills one with wayward, +unaccountable, yet quite irresistible humours, [173] and seems always +to be in collusion with some outward circumstance, often trivial enough +in itself--the condition of the weather, forsooth!--the people one +meets by chance--the things one happens to overhear them say, veritable +enodioi symboloi,+ or omens by the wayside, as the old Greeks +fancied--to push on the unreasonable prepossessions of the moment into +weighty motives. It was doubtless a quite explicable, physical fatigue +that presented me to myself, on awaking this morning, so lack-lustre +and trite. But I must needs take my petulance, contrasting it with my +accustomed morning hopefulness, as a sign of the ageing of appetite, of +a decay in the very capacity of enjoyment. We need some imaginative +stimulus, some not impossible ideal such as may shape vague hope, and +transform it into effective desire, to carry us year after year, +without disgust, through the routine-work which is so large a part of +life. "Then, how if appetite, be it for real or ideal, should itself +fail one after awhile? Ah, yes! is it of cold always that men die; and +on some of us it creeps very gradually. In truth, I can remember just +such a lack-lustre condition of feeling once or twice before. But I +note, that it was accompanied then by an odd indifference, as the +thought of them occurred to me, in regard to the sufferings of +others--a kind of callousness, so unusual with me, as at once to mark +the humour it accompanied as a palpably morbid one [174] that could not +last. Were those sufferings, great or little, I asked myself then, of +more real consequence to them than mine to me, as I remind myself that +'nothing that will end is really long'--long enough to be thought of +importance? But to-day, my own sense of fatigue, the pity I conceive +for myself, disposed me strongly to a tenderness for others. For a +moment the whole world seemed to present itself as a hospital of sick +persons; many of them sick in mind; all of whom it would be a brutality +not to humour, not to indulge. + +"Why, when I went out to walk off my wayward fancies, did I confront +the very sort of incident (my unfortunate genius had surely beckoned it +from afar to vex me) likely to irritate them further? A party of men +were coming down the street. They were leading a fine race-horse; a +handsome beast, but badly hurt somewhere, in the circus, and useless. +They were taking him to slaughter; and I think the animal knew it: he +cast such looks, as if of mad appeal, to those who passed him, as he +went among the strangers to whom his former owner had committed him, to +die, in his beauty and pride, for just that one mischance or fault; +although the morning air was still so animating, and pleasant to snuff. +I could have fancied a human soul in the creature, swelling against its +luck. And I had come across the incident just when it would figure to +me as the very symbol [175] of our poor humanity, in its capacities for +pain, its wretched accidents, and those imperfect sympathies, which can +never quite identify us with one another; the very power of utterance +and appeal to others seeming to fail us, in proportion as our sorrows +come home to ourselves, are really our own. We are constructed for +suffering! What proofs of it does but one day afford, if we care to +note them, as we go--a whole long chaplet of sorrowful mysteries! Sunt +lacrimae rerum et mentem mortalia tangunt.+ + +"Men's fortunes touch us! The little children of one of those +institutions for the support of orphans, now become fashionable among +us by way of memorial of eminent persons deceased, are going, in long +file, along the street, on their way to a holiday in the country. They +halt, and count themselves with an air of triumph, to show that they +are all there. Their gay chatter has disturbed a little group of +peasants; a young woman and her husband, who have brought the old +mother, now past work and witless, to place her in a house provided for +such afflicted people. They are fairly affectionate, but anxious how +the thing they have to do may go--hope only she may permit them to +leave her there behind quietly. And the poor old soul is excited by +the noise made by the children, and partly aware of what is going to +happen with her. She too begins to count--one, two, three, five--on +her trembling fingers, misshapen by a life of toil. + +[176] 'Yes! yes! and twice five make ten'--they say, to pacify her. It +is her last appeal to be taken home again; her proof that all is not +yet up with her; that she is, at all events, still as capable as those +joyous children. + +"At the baths, a party of labourers are at work upon one of the great +brick furnaces, in a cloud of black dust. A frail young child has +brought food for one of them, and sits apart, waiting till his father +comes--watching the labour, but with a sorrowful distaste for the din +and dirt. He is regarding wistfully his own place in the world, there +before him. His mind, as he watches, is grown up for a moment; and he +foresees, as it were, in that moment, all the long tale of days, of +early awakings, of his own coming life of drudgery at work like this. + +"A man comes along carrying a boy whose rough work has already +begun--the only child--whose presence beside him sweetened the father's +toil a little. The boy has been badly injured by a fall of brick-work, +yet, with an effort, he rides boldly on his father's shoulders. It +will be the way of natural affection to keep him alive as long as +possible, though with that miserably shattered body.--'Ah! with us +still, and feeling our care beside him!'--and yet surely not without a +heartbreaking sigh of relief, alike from him and them, when the end +comes. + +"On the alert for incidents like these, yet of necessity passing them +by on the other side, I find [177] it hard to get rid of a sense that +I, for one, have failed in love. I could yield to the humour till I +seemed to have had my share in those great public cruelties, the +shocking legal crimes which are on record, like that cold-blooded +slaughter, according to law, of the four hundred slaves in the reign of +Nero, because one of their number was thought to have murdered his +master. The reproach of that, together with the kind of facile +apologies those who had no share in the deed may have made for it, as +they went about quietly on their own affairs that day, seems to come +very close to me, as I think upon it. And to how many of those now +actually around me, whose life is a sore one, must I be indifferent, if +I ever become aware of their soreness at all? To some, perhaps, the +necessary conditions of my own life may cause me to be opposed, in a +kind of natural conflict, regarding those interests which actually +determine the happiness of theirs. I would that a stronger love might +arise in my heart! + +"Yet there is plenty of charity in the world. My patron, the Stoic +emperor, has made it even fashionable. To celebrate one of his brief +returns to Rome lately from the war, over and above a largess of gold +pieces to all who would, the public debts were forgiven. He made a nice +show of it: for once, the Romans entertained themselves with a +good-natured spectacle, and the whole town came to see the great +bonfire [178] in the Forum, into which all bonds and evidence of debt +were thrown on delivery, by the emperor himself; many private creditors +following his example. That was done well enough! But still the +feeling returns to me, that no charity of ours can get at a certain +natural unkindness which I find in things themselves. + +"When I first came to Rome, eager to observe its religion, especially +its antiquities of religious usage, I assisted at the most curious, +perhaps, of them all, the most distinctly marked with that immobility +which is a sort of ideal in the Roman religion. The ceremony took +place at a singular spot some miles distant from the city, among the +low hills on the bank of the Tiber, beyond the Aurelian Gate. There, +in a little wood of venerable trees, piously allowed their own way, age +after age--ilex and cypress remaining where they fell at last, one over +the other, and all caught, in that early May-time, under a riotous +tangle of wild clematis--was to be found a magnificent sanctuary, in +which the members of the Arval College assembled themselves on certain +days. The axe never touched those trees--Nay! it was forbidden to +introduce any iron thing whatsoever within the precincts; not only +because the deities of these quiet places hate to be disturbed by the +harsh noise of metal, but also in memory of that better age--the lost +Golden Age--the homely age of the potters, of [179] which the central +act of the festival was a commemoration. + +"The preliminary ceremonies were long and complicated, but of a +character familiar enough. Peculiar to the time and place was the +solemn exposition, after lavation of hands, processions backwards and +forwards, and certain changes of vestments, of the identical earthen +vessels--veritable relics of the old religion of Numa!--the vessels +from which the holy Numa himself had eaten and drunk, set forth above a +kind of altar, amid a cloud of flowers and incense, and many lights, +for the veneration of the credulous or the faithful. + +"They were, in fact, cups or vases of burnt clay, rude in form: and the +religious veneration thus offered to them expressed men's desire to +give honour to a simpler age, before iron had found place in human +life: the persuasion that that age was worth remembering: a hope that +it might come again. + +"That a Numa, and his age of gold, would return, has been the hope or +the dream of some, in every period. Yet if he did come back, or any +equivalent of his presence, he could but weaken, and by no means smite +through, that root of evil, certainly of sorrow, of outraged human +sense, in things, which one must carefully distinguish from all +preventible accidents. Death, and the little perpetual daily dyings, +which have something of its sting, he must [180] necessarily leave +untouched. And, methinks, that were all the rest of man's life framed +entirely to his liking, he would straightway begin to sadden himself, +over the fate--say, of the flowers! For there is, there has come to be +since Numa lived perhaps, a capacity for sorrow in his heart, which +grows with all the growth, alike of the individual and of the race, in +intellectual delicacy and power, and which will find its aliment. + +"Of that sort of golden age, indeed, one discerns even now a trace, +here and there. Often have I maintained that, in this generous +southern country at least, Epicureanism is the special philosophy of +the poor. How little I myself really need, when people leave me alone, +with the intellectual powers at work serenely. The drops of falling +water, a few wild flowers with their priceless fragrance, a few tufts +even of half-dead leaves, changing colour in the quiet of a room that +has but light and shadow in it; these, for a susceptible mind, might +well do duty for all the glory of Augustus. I notice sometimes what I +conceive to be the precise character of the fondness of the roughest +working-people for their young children, a fine appreciation, not only +of their serviceable affection, but of their visible graces: and +indeed, in this country, the children are almost always worth looking +at. I see daily, in fine weather, a child like a delicate nosegay, +running to meet the rudest of brick- [181] makers as he comes from +work. She is not at all afraid to hang upon his rough hand: and +through her, he reaches out to, he makes his own, something from that +strange region, so distant from him yet so real, of the world's +refinement. What is of finer soul, of finer stuff in things, and +demands delicate touching--to him the delicacy of the little child +represents that: it initiates him into that. There, surely, is a touch +of the secular gold, of a perpetual age of gold. But then again, think +for a moment, with what a hard humour at the nature of things, his +struggle for bare life will go on, if the child should happen to die. +I observed to-day, under one of the archways of the baths, two children +at play, a little seriously--a fair girl and her crippled younger +brother. Two toy chairs and a little table, and sprigs of fir set +upright in the sand for a garden! They played at housekeeping. Well! +the girl thinks her life a perfectly good thing in the service of this +crippled brother. But she will have a jealous lover in time: and the +boy, though his face is not altogether unpleasant, is after all a +hopeless cripple. + +"For there is a certain grief in things as they are, in man as he has +come to be, as he certainly is, over and above those griefs of +circumstance which are in a measure removable--some inexplicable +shortcoming, or misadventure, on the part of nature itself--death, and +old age as it [182] must needs be, and that watching for their +approach, which makes every stage of life like a dying over and over +again. Almost all death is painful, and in every thing that comes to +an end a touch of death, and therefore of wretched coldness struck home +to one, of remorse, of loss and parting, of outraged attachments. +Given faultless men and women, given a perfect state of society which +should have no need to practise on men's susceptibilities for its own +selfish ends, adding one turn more to the wheel of the great rack for +its own interest or amusement, there would still be this evil in the +world, of a certain necessary sorrow and desolation, felt, just in +proportion to the moral, or nervous perfection men have attained to. +And what we need in the world, over against that, is a certain +permanent and general power of compassion--humanity's standing force of +self-pity--as an elementary ingredient of our social atmosphere, if we +are to live in it at all. I wonder, sometimes, in what way man has +cajoled himself into the bearing of his burden thus far, seeing how +every step in the capacity of apprehension his labour has won for him, +from age to age, must needs increase his dejection. It is as if the +increase of knowledge were but an increasing revelation of the radical +hopelessness of his position: and I would that there were one even as +I, behind this vain show of things! + +"At all events, the actual conditions of our [183] life being as they +are, and the capacity for suffering so large a principle in +things--since the only principle, perhaps, to which we may always +safely trust is a ready sympathy with the pain one actually sees--it +follows that the practical and effective difference between men will +lie in their power of insight into those conditions, their power of +sympathy. The future will be with those who have most of it; while for +the present, as I persuade myself, those who have much of it, have +something to hold by, even in the dissolution of a world, or in that +dissolution of self, which is, for every one, no less than the +dissolution of the world it represents for him. Nearly all of us, I +suppose, have had our moments, in which any effective sympathy for us +on the part of others has seemed impossible; in which our pain has +seemed a stupid outrage upon us, like some overwhelming physical +violence, from which we could take refuge, at best, only in some mere +general sense of goodwill--somewhere in the world perhaps. And then, +to one's surprise, the discovery of that goodwill, if it were only in a +not unfriendly animal, may seem to have explained, to have actually +justified to us, the fact of our pain. There have been occasions, +certainly, when I have felt that if others cared for me as I cared for +them, it would be, not so much a consolation, as an equivalent, for +what one has lost or suffered: a realised profit on the summing up +[184] of one's accounts: a touching of that absolute ground amid all +the changes of phenomena, such as our philosophers have of late +confessed themselves quite unable to discover. In the mere clinging of +human creatures to each other, nay! in one's own solitary self-pity, +amid the effects even of what might appear irredeemable loss, I seem to +touch the eternal. Something in that pitiful contact, something new +and true, fact or apprehension of fact, is educed, which, on a review +of all the perplexities of life, satisfies our moral sense, and removes +that appearance of unkindness in the soul of things themselves, and +assures us that not everything has been in vain. + +"And I know not how, but in the thought thus suggested, I seem to take +up, and re-knit myself to, a well-remembered hour, when by some +gracious accident--it was on a journey--all things about me fell into a +more perfect harmony than is their wont. Everything seemed to be, for +a moment, after all, almost for the best. Through the train of my +thoughts, one against another, it was as if I became aware of the +dominant power of another person in controversy, wrestling with me. I +seem to be come round to the point at which I left off then. The +antagonist has closed with me again. A protest comes, out of the very +depths of man's radically hopeless condition in the world, with the +energy of one of those suffering yet prevailing [185] deities, of which +old poetry tells. Dared one hope that there is a heart, even as ours, +in that divine 'Assistant' of one's thoughts--a heart even as mine, +behind this vain show of things!" + +NOTES + +172. Virgil, Aeneid Book 1, line 462. "There are the tears of +things..." See also page 175 of this chapter, where the same text is +quoted in full. + +173. +Transliteration: enodioi symboloi. Pater's Definition: "omens by +the wayside." + +175. +Sunt lacrimae rerum et mentem mortalia tangunt. Virgil, Aeneid +Book 1, line 462. Translation: "Here also there be tears for what men +bear, and mortal creatures feel each other's sorrow," from Vergil, +Aeneid, Theodore C. Williams. trans. Boston. Houghton Mifflin Co. 1910. + + + +CHAPTER XXVI: THE MARTYRS + + "Ah! voil les mes qu'il falloit la mienne!" + Rousseau. + +[186] THE charm of its poetry, a poetry of the affections, wonderfully +fresh in the midst of a threadbare world, would have led Marius, if +nothing else had done so, again and again, to Cecilia's house. He +found a range of intellectual pleasures, altogether new to him, in the +sympathy of that pure and elevated soul. Elevation of soul, +generosity, humanity--little by little it came to seem to him as if +these existed nowhere else. The sentiment of maternity, above all, as +it might be understood there,--its claims, with the claims of all +natural feeling everywhere, down to the sheep bleating on the hills, +nay! even to the mother-wolf, in her hungry cave--seemed to have been +vindicated, to have been enforced anew, by the sanction of some divine +pattern thereof. He saw its legitimate place in the world given at +last to the bare capacity for [187] suffering in any creature, however +feeble or apparently useless. In this chivalry, seeming to leave the +world's heroism a mere property of the stage, in this so scrupulous +fidelity to what could not help itself, could scarcely claim not to be +forgotten, what a contrast to the hard contempt of one's own or other's +pain, of death, of glory even, in those discourses of Aurelius! + +But if Marius thought at times that some long-cherished desires were +now about to blossom for him, in the sort of home he had sometimes +pictured to himself, the very charm of which would lie in its contrast +to any random affections: that in this woman, to whom children +instinctively clung, he might find such a sister, at least, as he had +always longed for; there were also circumstances which reminded him +that a certain rule forbidding second marriages, was among these people +still in force; ominous incidents, moreover, warning a susceptible +conscience not to mix together the spirit and the flesh, nor make the +matter of a heavenly banquet serve for earthly meat and drink. + +One day he found Cecilia occupied with the burial of one of the +children of her household. It was from the tiny brow of such a child, +as he now heard, that the new light had first shone forth upon +them--through the light of mere physical life, glowing there again, +when the child was dead, or supposed to be dead. The [188] aged +servant of Christ had arrived in the midst of their noisy grief; and +mounting to the little chamber where it lay, had returned, not long +afterwards, with the child stirring in his arms as he descended the +stair rapidly; bursting open the closely-wound folds of the shroud and +scattering the funeral flowers from them, as the soul kindled once more +through its limbs. + +Old Roman common-sense had taught people to occupy their thoughts as +little as might be with children who died young. Here, to-day, +however, in this curious house, all thoughts were tenderly bent on the +little waxen figure, yet with a kind of exultation and joy, +notwithstanding the loud weeping of the mother. The other children, +its late companions, broke with it, suddenly, into the place where the +deep black bed lay open to receive it. Pushing away the grim fossores, +the grave-diggers, they ranged themselves around it in order, and +chanted that old psalm of theirs--Laudate pueri dominum! Dead children, +children's graves--Marius had been always half aware of an old +superstitious fancy in his mind concerning them; as if in coming near +them he came near the failure of some lately-born hope or purpose of +his own. And now, perusing intently the expression with which Cecilia +assisted, directed, returned afterwards to her house, he felt that he +too had had to-day his funeral of a little child. But it had always +been his policy, through all his pursuit [189] of "experience," to take +flight in time from any too disturbing passion, from any sort of +affection likely to quicken his pulses beyond the point at which the +quiet work of life was practicable. Had he, after all, been taken +unawares, so that it was no longer possible for him to fly? At least, +during the journey he took, by way of testing the existence of any +chain about him, he found a certain disappointment at his heart, +greater than he could have anticipated; and as he passed over the crisp +leaves, nipped off in multitudes by the first sudden cold of winter, he +felt that the mental atmosphere within himself was perceptibly colder. + +Yet it was, finally, a quite successful resignation which he achieved, +on a review, after his manner, during that absence, of loss or gain. +The image of Cecilia, it would seem, was already become for him like +some matter of poetry, or of another man's story, or a picture on the +wall. And on his return to Rome there had been a rumour in that +singular company, of things which spoke certainly not of any merely +tranquil loving: hinted rather that he had come across a world, the +lightest contact with which might make appropriate to himself also the +precept that "They which have wives be as they that have none." + +This was brought home to him, when, in early spring, he ventured once +more to listen to the sweet singing of the Eucharist. It breathed +[190] more than ever the spirit of a wonderful hope--of hopes more +daring than poor, labouring humanity had ever seriously entertained +before, though it was plain that a great calamity was befallen. Amid +stifled sobbing, even as the pathetic words of the psalter relieved the +tension of their hearts, the people around him still wore upon their +faces their habitual gleam of joy, of placid satisfaction. They were +still under the influence of an immense gratitude in thinking, even +amid their present distress, of the hour of a great deliverance. As he +followed again that mystical dialogue, he felt also again, like a +mighty spirit about him, the potency, the half-realised presence, of a +great multitude, as if thronging along those awful passages, to hear +the sentence of its release from prison; a company which represented +nothing less than--orbis terrarum--the whole company of mankind. And +the special note of the day expressed that relief--a sound new to him, +drawn deep from some old Hebrew source, as he conjectured, Alleluia! +repeated over and over again, Alleluia! Alleluia! at every pause and +movement of the long Easter ceremonies. + +And then, in its place, by way of sacred lection, although in shocking +contrast with the peaceful dignity of all around, came the Epistle of +the churches of Lyons and Vienne, to "their sister," the church of +Rome. For the "Peace" of the church had been broken--broken, as [191] +Marius could not but acknowledge, on the responsibility of the emperor +Aurelius himself, following tamely, and as a matter of course, the +traces of his predecessors, gratuitously enlisting, against the good as +well as the evil of that great pagan world, the strange new heroism of +which this singular message was full. The greatness of it certainly +lifted away all merely private regret, inclining one, at last, actually +to draw sword for the oppressed, as if in some new order of knighthood-- + +"The pains which our brethren have endured we have no power fully to +tell, for the enemy came upon us with his whole strength. But the +grace of God fought for us, set free the weak, and made ready those +who, like pillars, were able to bear the weight. These, coming now +into close strife with the foe, bore every kind of pang and shame. At +the time of the fair which is held here with a great crowd, the +governor led forth the Martyrs as a show. Holding what was thought +great but little, and that the pains of to-day are not deserving to be +measured against the glory that shall be made known, these worthy +wrestlers went joyfully on their way; their delight and the sweet +favour of God mingling in their faces, so that their bonds seemed but a +goodly array, or like the golden bracelets of a bride. Filled with the +fragrance of Christ, to some they seemed to have been touched with +earthly perfumes. + +[192] "Vettius Epagathus, though he was very young, because he would +not endure to see unjust judgment given against us, vented his anger, +and sought to be heard for the brethren, for he was a youth of high +place. Whereupon the governor asked him whether he also were a +Christian. He confessed in a clear voice, and was added to the number +of the Martyrs. But he had the Paraclete within him; as, in truth, he +showed by the fulness of his love; glorying in the defence of his +brethren, and to give his life for theirs. + +"Then was fulfilled the saying of the Lord that the day should come, +When he that slayeth you will think that he doeth God service. Most +madly did the mob, the governor and the soldiers, rage against the +handmaiden Blandina, in whom Christ showed that what seems mean among +men is of price with Him. For whilst we all, and her earthly mistress, +who was herself one of the contending Martyrs, were fearful lest +through the weakness of the flesh she should be unable to profess the +faith, Blandina was filled with such power that her tormentors, +following upon each other from morning until night, owned that they +were overcome, and had no more that they could do to her; admiring that +she still breathed after her whole body was torn asunder. + +"But this blessed one, in the very midst of her 'witness,' renewed her +strength; and to [193] repeat, I am Christ's! was to her rest, +refreshment, and relief from pain. As for Alexander, he neither +uttered a groan nor any sound at all, but in his heart talked with God. +Sanctus, the deacon, also, having borne beyond all measure pains +devised by them, hoping that they would get something from him, did not +so much as tell his name; but to all questions answered only, I am +Christ's! For this he confessed instead of his name, his race, and +everything beside. Whence also a strife in torturing him arose between +the governor and those tormentors, so that when they had nothing else +they could do they set red-hot plates of brass to the most tender parts +of his body. But he stood firm in his profession, cooled and fortified +by that stream of living water which flows from Christ. His corpse, a +single wound, having wholly lost the form of man, was the measure of +his pain. But Christ, paining in him, set forth an ensample to the +rest--that there is nothing fearful, nothing painful, where the love of +the Father overcomes. And as all those cruelties were made null +through the patience of the Martyrs, they bethought them of other +things; among which was their imprisonment in a dark and most sorrowful +place, where many were privily strangled. But destitute of man's aid, +they were filled with power from the Lord, both in body and mind, and +strengthened their brethren. Also, much joy was in our virgin mother, +the [194] Church; for, by means of these, such as were fallen away +retraced their steps--were again conceived, were filled again with +lively heat, and hastened to make the profession of their faith. + +"The holy bishop Pothinus, who was now past ninety years old and weak +in body, yet in his heat of soul and longing for martyrdom, roused what +strength he had, and was also cruelly dragged to judgment, and gave +witness. Thereupon he suffered many stripes, all thinking it would be +a wickedness if they fell short in cruelty towards him, for that thus +their own gods would be avenged. Hardly drawing breath, he was thrown +into prison, and after two days there died. + +"After these things their martyrdom was parted into divers manners. +Plaiting as it were one crown of many colours and every sort of +flowers, they offered it to God. Maturus, therefore, Sanctus and +Blandina, were led to the wild beasts. And Maturus and Sanctus passed +through all the pains of the amphitheatre, as if they had suffered +nothing before: or rather, as having in many trials overcome, and now +contending for the prize itself, were at last dismissed. + +"But Blandina was bound and hung upon a stake, and set forth as food +for the assault of the wild beasts. And as she thus seemed to be hung +upon the Cross, by her fiery prayers she imparted much alacrity to +those contending Witnesses. For as they looked upon her with the eye +of [195] flesh, through her, they saw Him that was crucified. But as +none of the beasts would then touch her, she was taken down from the +Cross, and sent back to prison for another day: that, though weak and +mean, yet clothed with the mighty wrestler, Christ Jesus, she might by +many conquests give heart to her brethren. + +"On the last day, therefore, of the shows, she was brought forth again, +together with Ponticus, a lad of about fifteen years old. They were +brought in day by day to behold the pains of the rest. And when they +wavered not, the mob was full of rage; pitying neither the youth of the +lad, nor the sex of the maiden. Hence, they drave them through the +whole round of pain. And Ponticus, taking heart from Blandina, having +borne well the whole of those torments, gave up his life. Last of all, +the blessed Blandina herself, as a mother that had given life to her +children, and sent them like conquerors to the great King, hastened to +them, with joy at the end, as to a marriage-feast; the enemy himself +confessing that no woman had ever borne pain so manifold and great as +hers. + +"Nor even so was their anger appeased; some among them seeking for us +pains, if it might be, yet greater; that the saying might be fulfilled, +He that is unjust, let him be unjust still. And their rage against the +Martyrs took a new form, insomuch that we were in great sorrow for lack +of freedom to entrust their bodies to the earth. + +[196] "Neither did the night-time, nor the offer of money, avail us for +this matter; but they set watch with much carefulness, as though it +were a great gain to hinder their burial. Therefore, after the bodies +had been displayed to view for many days, they were at last burned to +ashes, and cast into the river Rhone, which flows by this place, that +not a vestige of them might be left upon the earth. For they said, Now +shall we see whether they will rise again, and whether their God can +save them out of our hands." + + + +CHAPTER XXVII: THE TRIUMPH OF MARCUS AURELIUS + +[197] NOT many months after the date of that epistle, Marius, then +expecting to leave Rome for a long time, and in fact about to leave it +for ever, stood to witness the triumphal entry of Marcus Aurelius, +almost at the exact spot from which he had watched the emperor's solemn +return to the capital on his own first coming thither. His triumph was +now a "full" one--Justus Triumphus justified, by far more than the due +amount of bloodshed in those Northern wars, at length, it might seem, +happily at an end. Among the captives, amid the laughter of the crowds +at his blowsy upper garment, his trousered legs and conical wolf-skin +cap, walked our own ancestor, representative of subject Germany, under +a figure very familiar in later Roman sculpture; and, though certainly +with none of the grace of the Dying Gaul, yet with plenty of uncouth +pathos in his misshapen features, and the pale, servile, yet angry +eyes. His children, [198] white-skinned and golden-haired "as angels," +trudged beside him. His brothers, of the animal world, the ibex, the +wild-cat, and the reindeer, stalking and trumpeting grandly, found +their due place in the procession; and among the spoil, set forth on a +portable frame that it might be distinctly seen (no mere model, but the +very house he had lived in), a wattled cottage, in all the simplicity +of its snug contrivances against the cold, and well-calculated to give +a moment's delight to his new, sophisticated masters. + +Andrea Mantegna, working at the end of the fifteenth century, for a +society full of antiquarian fervour at the sight of the earthy relics +of the old Roman people, day by day returning to light out of the +clay--childish still, moreover, and with no more suspicion of +pasteboard than the old Romans themselves, in its unabashed love of +open-air pageantries, has invested this, the greatest, and alas! the +most characteristic, of the splendours of imperial Rome, with a reality +livelier than any description. The homely sentiments for which he has +found place in his learned paintings are hardly more lifelike than the +great public incidents of the show, there depicted. And then, with all +that vivid realism, how refined, how dignified, how select in type, is +this reflection of the old Roman world!--now especially, in its +time-mellowed red and gold, for the modern visitor to the old English +palace. + +[199] It was under no such selected types that the great procession +presented itself to Marius; though, in effect, he found something there +prophetic, so to speak, and evocative of ghosts, as susceptible minds +will do, upon a repetition after long interval of some notable +incident, which may yet perhaps have no direct concern for themselves. +In truth, he had been so closely bent of late on certain very personal +interests that the broad current of the world's doings seemed to have +withdrawn into the distance, but now, as he witnessed this procession, +to return once more into evidence for him. The world, certainly, had +been holding on its old way, and was all its old self, as it thus +passed by dramatically, accentuating, in this favourite spectacle, its +mode of viewing things. And even apart from the contrast of a very +different scene, he would have found it, just now, a somewhat vulgar +spectacle. The temples, wide open, with their ropes of roses flapping +in the wind against the rich, reflecting marble, their startling +draperies and heavy cloud of incense, were but the centres of a great +banquet spread through all the gaudily coloured streets of Rome, for +which the carnivorous appetite of those who thronged them in the glare +of the mid-day sun was frankly enough asserted. At best, they were but +calling their gods to share with them the cooked, sacrificial, and +other meats, reeking to the sky. The child, who was concerned for the +sorrows of one of [200] those Northern captives as he passed by, and +explained to his comrade--"There's feeling in that hand, you know!" +benumbed and lifeless as it looked in the chain, seemed, in a moment, +to transform the entire show into its own proper tinsel. Yes! these +Romans were a coarse, a vulgar people; and their vulgarities of soul in +full evidence here. And Aurelius himself seemed to have undergone the +world's coinage, and fallen to the level of his reward, in a mediocrity +no longer golden. + +Yet if, as he passed by, almost filling the quaint old circular chariot +with his magnificent golden-flowered attire, he presented himself to +Marius, chiefly as one who had made the great mistake; to the multitude +he came as a more than magnanimous conqueror. That he had "forgiven" +the innocent wife and children of the dashing and almost successful +rebel Avidius Cassius, now no more, was a recent circumstance still in +memory. As the children went past--not among those who, ere the +emperor ascended the steps of the Capitol, would be detached from the +great progress for execution, happy rather, and radiant, as adopted +members of the imperial family--the crowd actually enjoyed an +exhibition of the moral order, such as might become perhaps the +fashion. And it was in consideration of some possible touch of a +heroism herein that might really have cost him something, that Marius +resolved to seek the emperor once more, [201] with an appeal for +common-sense, for reason and justice. + +He had set out at last to revisit his old home; and knowing that +Aurelius was then in retreat at a favourite villa, which lay almost on +his way thither, determined there to present himself. Although the +great plain was dying steadily, a new race of wild birds establishing +itself there, as he knew enough of their habits to understand, and the +idle contadino, with his never-ending ditty of decay and death, +replacing the lusty Roman labourer, never had that poetic region +between Rome and the sea more deeply impressed him than on this sunless +day of early autumn, under which all that fell within the immense +horizon was presented in one uniform tone of a clear, penitential blue. +Stimulating to the fancy as was that range of low hills to the +northwards, already troubled with the upbreaking of the Apennines, yet +a want of quiet in their outline, the record of wild fracture there, of +sudden upheaval and depression, marked them as but the ruins of nature; +while at every little descent and ascent of the road might be noted +traces of the abandoned work of man. From time to time, the way was +still redolent of the floral relics of summer, daphne and +myrtle-blossom, sheltered in the little hollows and ravines. At last, +amid rocks here and there piercing the soil, as those descents became +steeper, and the main line of the Apennines, [202] now visible, gave a +higher accent to the scene, he espied over the plateau, almost like one +of those broken hills, cutting the horizon towards the sea, the old +brown villa itself, rich in memories of one after another of the family +of the Antonines. As he approached it, such reminiscences crowded upon +him, above all of the life there of the aged Antoninus Pius, in its +wonderful mansuetude and calm. Death had overtaken him here at the +precise moment when the tribune of the watch had received from his lips +the word Aequanimitas! as the watchword of the night. To see their +emperor living there like one of his simplest subjects, his hands red +at vintage-time with the juice of the grapes, hunting, teaching his +children, starting betimes, with all who cared to join him, for long +days of antiquarian research in the country around:--this, and the like +of this, had seemed to mean the peace of mankind. + +Upon that had come--like a stain! it seemed to Marius just then--the +more intimate life of Faustina, the life of Faustina at home. Surely, +that marvellous but malign beauty must still haunt those rooms, like an +unquiet, dead goddess, who might have perhaps, after all, something +reassuring to tell surviving mortals about her ambiguous self. When, +two years since, the news had reached Rome that those eyes, always so +persistently turned to vanity, had suddenly closed for ever, a strong +desire to pray had come [203] over Marius, as he followed in fancy on +its wild way the soul of one he had spoken with now and again, and +whose presence in it for a time the world of art could so ill have +spared. Certainly, the honours freely accorded to embalm her memory +were poetic enough--the rich temple left among those wild villagers at +the spot, now it was hoped sacred for ever, where she had breathed her +last; the golden image, in her old place at the amphitheatre; the altar +at which the newly married might make their sacrifice; above all, the +great foundation for orphan girls, to be called after her name. + +The latter, precisely, was the cause why Marius failed in fact to see +Aurelius again, and make the chivalrous effort at enlightenment he had +proposed to himself. Entering the villa, he learned from an usher, at +the door of the long gallery, famous still for its grand prospect in +the memory of many a visitor, and then leading to the imperial +apartments, that the emperor was already in audience: Marius must wait +his turn--he knew not how long it might be. An odd audience it seemed; +for at that moment, through the closed door, came shouts of laughter, +the laughter of a great crowd of children--the "Faustinian Children" +themselves, as he afterwards learned--happy and at their ease, in the +imperial presence. Uncertain, then, of the time for which so pleasant +a reception might last, so pleasant that he would hardly have wished to +[204] shorten it, Marius finally determined to proceed, as it was +necessary that he should accomplish the first stage of his journey on +this day. The thing was not to be--Vale! anima infelicissima!--He +might at least carry away that sound of the laughing orphan children, +as a not unamiable last impression of kings and their houses. + +The place he was now about to visit, especially as the resting-place of +his dead, had never been forgotten. Only, the first eager period of +his life in Rome had slipped on rapidly; and, almost on a sudden, that +old time had come to seem very long ago. An almost burdensome +solemnity had grown about his memory of the place, so that to revisit +it seemed a thing that needed preparation: it was what he could not +have done hastily. He half feared to lessen, or disturb, its value for +himself. And then, as he travelled leisurely towards it, and so far +with quite tranquil mind, interested also in many another place by the +way, he discovered a shorter road to the end of his journey, and found +himself indeed approaching the spot that was to him like no other. +Dreaming now only of the dead before him, he journeyed on rapidly +through the night; the thought of them increasing on him, in the +darkness. It was as if they had been waiting for him there through all +those years, and felt his footsteps approaching now, and understood his +devotion, quite gratefully, in that lowliness of theirs, in spite of +its tardy [205] fulfilment. As morning came, his late tranquillity of +mind had given way to a grief which surprised him by its freshness. He +was moved more than he could have thought possible by so distant a +sorrow. "To-day!"--they seemed to be saying as the hard dawn +broke,--"To-day, he will come!" At last, amid all his distractions, +they were become the main purpose of what he was then doing. The world +around it, when he actually reached the place later in the day, was in +a mood very different from his:--so work-a-day, it seemed, on that fine +afternoon, and the villages he passed through so silent; the +inhabitants being, for the most part, at their labour in the country. +Then, at length, above the tiled outbuildings, were the walls of the +old villa itself, with the tower for the pigeons; and, not among +cypresses, but half-hidden by aged poplar-trees, their leaves like +golden fruit, the birds floating around it, the conical roof of the +tomb itself. In the presence of an old servant who remembered him, the +great seals were broken, the rusty key turned at last in the lock, the +door was forced out among the weeds grown thickly about it, and Marius +was actually in the place which had been so often in his thoughts. + +He was struck, not however without a touch of remorse thereupon, +chiefly by an odd air of neglect, the neglect of a place allowed to +remain as when it was last used, and left in a hurry, till long years +had covered all alike with thick dust [206] --the faded flowers, the +burnt-out lamps, the tools and hardened mortar of the workmen who had +had something to do there. A heavy fragment of woodwork had fallen and +chipped open one of the oldest of the mortuary urns, many hundreds in +number ranged around the walls. It was not properly an urn, but a +minute coffin of stone, and the fracture had revealed a piteous +spectacle of the mouldering, unburned remains within; the bones of a +child, as he understood, which might have died, in ripe age, three +times over, since it slipped away from among his great-grandfathers, so +far up in the line. Yet the protruding baby hand seemed to stir up in +him feelings vivid enough, bringing him intimately within the scope of +dead people's grievances. He noticed, side by side with the urn of his +mother, that of a boy of about his own age--one of the serving-boys of +the household--who had descended hither, from the lightsome world of +childhood, almost at the same time with her. It seemed as if this boy +of his own age had taken filial place beside her there, in his stead. +That hard feeling, again, which had always lingered in his mind with +the thought of the father he had scarcely known, melted wholly away, as +he read the precise number of his years, and reflected suddenly--He was +of my own present age; no hard old man, but with interests, as he +looked round him on the world for the last time, even as mine to-day! + +[207] And with that came a blinding rush of kindness, as if two +alienated friends had come to understand each other at last. There was +weakness in all this; as there is in all care for dead persons, to +which nevertheless people will always yield in proportion as they +really care for one another. With a vain yearning, as he stood there, +still to be able to do something for them, he reflected that such doing +must be, after all, in the nature of things, mainly for himself. His +own epitaph might be that old one eskhatos tou idiou genous+ --He was +the last of his race! Of those who might come hither after himself +probably no one would ever again come quite as he had done to-day; and +it was under the influence of this thought that he determined to bury +all that, deep below the surface, to be remembered only by him, and in +a way which would claim no sentiment from the indifferent. That took +many days--was like a renewal of lengthy old burial rites--as he +himself watched the work, early and late; coming on the last day very +early, and anticipating, by stealth, the last touches, while the +workmen were absent; one young lad only, finally smoothing down the +earthy bed, greatly surprised at the seriousness with which Marius +flung in his flowers, one by one, to mingle with the dark mould. + +NOTES + +207. +Transliteration: eskhatos tou idiou genous. Translation: "[he +was] the last of his race." + + + +CHAPTER XXVIII: ANIMA NATURALITER CHRISTIANA + +[208] THOSE eight days at his old home, so mournfully occupied, had +been for Marius in some sort a forcible disruption from the world and +the roots of his life in it. He had been carried out of himself as +never before; and when the time was over, it was as if the claim over +him of the earth below had been vindicated, over against the interests +of that living world around. Dead, yet sentient and caressing hands +seemed to reach out of the ground and to be clinging about him. +Looking back sometimes now, from about the midway of life--the age, as +he conceived, at which one begins to redescend one's life--though +antedating it a little, in his sad humour, he would note, almost with +surprise, the unbroken placidity of the contemplation in which it had +been passed. His own temper, his early theoretic scheme of things, +would have pushed him on to movement and adventure. Actually, as +circumstances had determined, all its movement [209] had been inward; +movement of observation only, or even of pure meditation; in part, +perhaps, because throughout it had been something of a meditatio +mortis, ever facing towards the act of final detachment. Death, +however, as he reflected, must be for every one nothing less than the +fifth or last act of a drama, and, as such, was likely to have +something of the stirring character of a dnouement. And, in fact, it +was in form tragic enough that his end not long afterwards came to him. + +In the midst of the extreme weariness and depression which had followed +those last days, Cornelius, then, as it happened, on a journey and +travelling near the place, finding traces of him, had become his guest +at White-nights. It was just then that Marius felt, as he had never +done before, the value to himself, the overpowering charm, of his +friendship. "More than brother!"--he felt--like a son also!" +contrasting the fatigue of soul which made himself in effect an older +man, with the irrepressible youth of his companion. For it was still +the marvellous hopefulness of Cornelius, his seeming prerogative over +the future, that determined, and kept alive, all other sentiment +concerning him. A new hope had sprung up in the world of which he, +Cornelius, was a depositary, which he was to bear onward in it. +Identifying himself with Cornelius in so dear a friendship, through +him, Marius seemed to touch, to ally himself to, [210] actually to +become a possessor of the coming world; even as happy parents reach +out, and take possession of it, in and through the survival of their +children. For in these days their intimacy had grown very close, as +they moved hither and thither, leisurely, among the country-places +thereabout, Cornelius being on his way back to Rome, till they came one +evening to a little town (Marius remembered that he had been there on +his first journey to Rome) which had even then its church and +legend--the legend and holy relics of the martyr Hyacinthus, a young +Roman soldier, whose blood had stained the soil of this place in the +reign of the emperor Trajan. + +The thought of that so recent death, haunted Marius through the night, +as if with audible crying and sighs above the restless wind, which came +and went around their lodging. But towards dawn he slept heavily; and +awaking in broad daylight, and finding Cornelius absent, set forth to +seek him. The plague was still in the place--had indeed just broken +out afresh; with an outbreak also of cruel superstition among its wild +and miserable inhabitants. Surely, the old gods were wroth at the +presence of this new enemy among them! And it was no ordinary morning +into which Marius stepped forth. There was a menace in the dark masses +of hill, and motionless wood, against the gray, although apparently +unclouded sky. Under this sunless [211] heaven the earth itself seemed +to fret and fume with a heat of its own, in spite of the strong +night-wind. And now the wind had fallen. + +Marius felt that he breathed some strange heavy fluid, denser than any +common air. He could have fancied that the world had sunken in the +night, far below its proper level, into some close, thick abysm of its +own atmosphere. The Christian people of the town, hardly less +terrified and overwrought by the haunting sickness about them than +their pagan neighbours, were at prayer before the tomb of the martyr; +and even as Marius pressed among them to a place beside Cornelius, on a +sudden the hills seemed to roll like a sea in motion, around the whole +compass of the horizon. For a moment Marius supposed himself attacked +with some sudden sickness of brain, till the fall of a great mass of +building convinced him that not himself but the earth under his feet +was giddy. A few moments later the little marketplace was alive with +the rush of the distracted inhabitants from their tottering houses; and +as they waited anxiously for the second shock of earthquake, a +long-smouldering suspicion leapt precipitately into well-defined +purpose, and the whole body of people was carried forward towards the +band of worshippers below. An hour later, in the wild tumult which +followed, the earth had been stained afresh with the blood of the +martyrs Felix and Faustinus--Flores [212] apparuerunt in terra +nostra!--and their brethren, together with Cornelius and Marius, thus, +as it had happened, taken among them, were prisoners, reserved for the +action of the law. Marius and his friend, with certain others, +exercising the privilege of their rank, made claim to be tried in Rome, +or at least in the chief town of the district; where, indeed, in the +troublous days that had now begun, a legal process had been already +instituted. Under the care of a military guard the captives were +removed on the same day, one stage of their journey; sleeping, for +security, during the night, side by side with their keepers, in the +rooms of a shepherd's deserted house by the wayside. + +It was surmised that one of the prisoners was not a Christian: the +guards were forward to make the utmost pecuniary profit of this +circumstance, and in the night, Marius, taking advantage of the loose +charge kept over them, and by means partly of a large bribe, had +contrived that Cornelius, as the really innocent person, should be +dismissed in safety on his way, to procure, as Marius explained, the +proper means of defence for himself, when the time of trial came. + +And in the morning Cornelius in fact set forth alone, from their +miserable place of detention. Marius believed that Cornelius was to be +the husband of Cecilia; and that, perhaps strangely, had but added to +the desire to get him away safely.--We wait for the great crisis which +[213] is to try what is in us: we can hardly bear the pressure of our +hearts, as we think of it: the lonely wrestler, or victim, which +imagination foreshadows to us, can hardly be one's self; it seems an +outrage of our destiny that we should be led along so gently and +imperceptibly, to so terrible a leaping-place in the dark, for more +perhaps than life or death. At last, the great act, the critical +moment itself comes, easily, almost unconsciously. Another motion of +the clock, and our fatal line--the "great climacteric point"--has been +passed, which changes ourselves or our lives. In one quarter of an +hour, under a sudden, uncontrollable impulse, hardly weighing what he +did, almost as a matter of course and as lightly as one hires a bed for +one's night's rest on a journey, Marius had taken upon himself all the +heavy risk of the position in which Cornelius had then been--the long +and wearisome delays of judgment, which were possible; the danger and +wretchedness of a long journey in this manner; possibly the danger of +death. He had delivered his brother, after the manner he had sometimes +vaguely anticipated as a kind of distinction in his destiny; though +indeed always with wistful calculation as to what it might cost him: +and in the first moment after the thing was actually done, he felt only +satisfaction at his courage, at the discovery of his possession of +"nerve." + +Yet he was, as we know, no hero, no heroic [214] martyr--had indeed no +right to be; and when he had seen Cornelius depart, on his blithe and +hopeful way, as he believed, to become the husband of Cecilia; +actually, as it had happened, without a word of farewell, supposing +Marius was almost immediately afterwards to follow (Marius indeed +having avoided the moment of leave-taking with its possible call for an +explanation of the circumstances), the reaction came. He could only +guess, of course, at what might really happen. So far, he had but +taken upon himself, in the stead of Cornelius, a certain amount of +personal risk; though he hardly supposed himself to be facing the +danger of death. Still, especially for one such as he, with all the +sensibilities of which his whole manner of life had been but a +promotion, the situation of a person under trial on a criminal charge +was actually full of distress. To him, in truth, a death such as the +recent death of those saintly brothers, seemed no glorious end. In his +case, at least, the Martyrdom, as it was called--the overpowering act +of testimony that Heaven had come down among men--would be but a common +execution: from the drops of his blood there would spring no +miraculous, poetic flowers; no eternal aroma would indicate the place +of his burial; no plenary grace, overflowing for ever upon those who +might stand around it. Had there been one to listen just then, there +would have come, from the very depth of his desolation, [215] an +eloquent utterance at last, on the irony of men's fates, on the +singular accidents of life and death. + +The guards, now safely in possession of whatever money and other +valuables the prisoners had had on them, pressed them forward, over the +rough mountain paths, altogether careless of their sufferings. The +great autumn rains were falling. At night the soldiers lighted a fire; +but it was impossible to keep warm. From time to time they stopped to +roast portions of the meat they carried with them, making their +captives sit round the fire, and pressing it upon them. But weariness +and depression of spirits had deprived Marius of appetite, even if the +food had been more attractive, and for some days he partook of nothing +but bad bread and water. All through the dark mornings they dragged +over boggy plains, up and down hills, wet through sometimes with the +heavy rain. Even in those deplorable circumstances, he could but +notice the wild, dark beauty of those regions--the stormy sunrise, and +placid spaces of evening. One of the keepers, a very young soldier, +won him at times, by his simple kindness, to talk a little, with wonder +at the lad's half-conscious, poetic delight in the adventures of the +journey. At times, the whole company would lie down for rest at the +roadside, hardly sheltered from the storm; and in the deep fatigue of +his spirit, his old longing for inopportune sleep overpowered +him.--Sleep anywhere, and under any conditions, [216] seemed just then +a thing one might well exchange the remnants of one's life for. + +It must have been about the fifth night, as he afterwards conjectured, +that the soldiers, believing him likely to die, had finally left him +unable to proceed further, under the care of some country people, who +to the extent of their power certainly treated him kindly in his +sickness. He awoke to consciousness after a severe attack of fever, +lying alone on a rough bed, in a kind of hut. It seemed a remote, +mysterious place, as he looked around in the silence; but so +fresh--lying, in fact, in a high pasture-land among the mountains--that +he felt he should recover, if he might but just lie there in quiet long +enough. Even during those nights of delirium he had felt the scent of +the new-mown hay pleasantly, with a dim sense for a moment that he was +lying safe in his old home. The sunlight lay clear beyond the open +door; and the sounds of the cattle reached him softly from the green +places around. Recalling confusedly the torturing hurry of his late +journeys, he dreaded, as his consciousness of the whole situation +returned, the coming of the guards. But the place remained in absolute +stillness. He was, in fact, at liberty, but for his own disabled +condition. And it was certainly a genuine clinging to life that he +felt just then, at the very bottom of his mind. So it had been, +obscurely, even through all the wild fancies of his delirium, from the +moment which followed [217] his decision against himself, in favour of +Cornelius. + +The occupants of the place were to be heard presently, coming and going +about him on their business: and it was as if the approach of death +brought out in all their force the merely human sentiments. There is +that in death which certainly makes indifferent persons anxious to +forget the dead: to put them--those aliens--away out of their thoughts +altogether, as soon as may be. Conversely, in the deep isolation of +spirit which was now creeping upon Marius, the faces of these people, +casually visible, took a strange hold on his affections; the link of +general brotherhood, the feeling of human kinship, asserting itself +most strongly when it was about to be severed for ever. At nights he +would find this face or that impressed deeply on his fancy; and, in a +troubled sort of manner, his mind would follow them onwards, on the +ways of their simple, humdrum, everyday life, with a peculiar yearning +to share it with them, envying the calm, earthy cheerfulness of all +their days to be, still under the sun, though so indifferent, of +course, to him!--as if these rude people had been suddenly lifted into +some height of earthly good-fortune, which must needs isolate them from +himself. + +Tristem neminen fecit+--he repeated to himself; his old prayer shaping +itself now almost as his epitaph. Yes! so much the very hardest judge +[218] must concede to him. And the sense of satisfaction which that +thought left with him disposed him to a conscious effort of +recollection, while he lay there, unable now even to raise his head, as +he discovered on attempting to reach a pitcher of water which stood +near. Revelation, vision, the discovery of a vision, the seeing of a +perfect humanity, in a perfect world--through all his alternations of +mind, by some dominant instinct, determined by the original necessities +of his own nature and character, he had always set that above the +having, or even the doing, of anything. For, such vision, if received +with due attitude on his part, was, in reality, the being something, +and as such was surely a pleasant offering or sacrifice to whatever +gods there might be, observant of him. And how goodly had the vision +been!--one long unfolding of beauty and energy in things, upon the +closing of which he might gratefully utter his "Vixi!"+ Even then, +just ere his eyes were to be shut for ever, the things they had seen +seemed a veritable possession in hand; the persons, the places, above +all, the touching image of Jesus, apprehended dimly through the +expressive faces, the crying of the children, in that mysterious drama, +with a sudden sense of peace and satisfaction now, which he could not +explain to himself. Surely, he had prospered in life! And again, as of +old, the sense of gratitude seemed to bring with it the sense also of a +living person at his side. + +[219] For still, in a shadowy world, his deeper wisdom had ever been, +with a sense of economy, with a jealous estimate of gain and loss, to +use life, not as the means to some problematic end, but, as far as +might be, from dying hour to dying hour, an end in itself--a kind of +music, all-sufficing to the duly trained ear, even as it died out on +the air. Yet now, aware still in that suffering body of such vivid +powers of mind and sense, as he anticipated from time to time how his +sickness, practically without aid as he must be in this rude place, was +likely to end, and that the moment of taking final account was drawing +very near, a consciousness of waste would come, with half-angry tears +of self-pity, in his great weakness--a blind, outraged, angry feeling +of wasted power, such as he might have experienced himself standing by +the deathbed of another, in condition like his own. + +And yet it was the fact, again, that the vision of men and things, +actually revealed to him on his way through the world, had developed, +with a wonderful largeness, the faculties to which it addressed itself, +his general capacity of vision; and in that too was a success, in the +view of certain, very definite, well-considered, undeniable +possibilities. Throughout that elaborate and lifelong education of his +receptive powers, he had ever kept in view the purpose of preparing +himself towards possible further revelation some day--towards some +ampler vision, which [220] should take up into itself and explain this +world's delightful shows, as the scattered fragments of a poetry, till +then but half-understood, might be taken up into the text of a lost +epic, recovered at last. At this moment, his unclouded receptivity of +soul, grown so steadily through all those years, from experience to +experience, was at its height; the house ready for the possible guest; +the tablet of the mind white and smooth, for whatsoever divine fingers +might choose to write there. And was not this precisely the condition, +the attitude of mind, to which something higher than he, yet akin to +him, would be likely to reveal itself; to which that influence he had +felt now and again like a friendly hand upon his shoulder, amid the +actual obscurities of the world, would be likely to make a further +explanation? Surely, the aim of a true philosophy must lie, not in +futile efforts towards the complete accommodation of man to the +circumstances in which he chances to find himself, but in the +maintenance of a kind of candid discontent, in the face of the very +highest achievement; the unclouded and receptive soul quitting the +world finally, with the same fresh wonder with which it had entered the +world still unimpaired, and going on its blind way at last with the +consciousness of some profound enigma in things, as but a pledge of +something further to come. Marius seemed to understand how one might +look back upon life here, and its [221] excellent visions, as but the +portion of a race-course left behind him by a runner still swift of +foot: for a moment he experienced a singular curiosity, almost an +ardent desire to enter upon a future, the possibilities of which seemed +so large. + +And just then, again amid the memory of certain touching actual words +and images, came the thought of the great hope, that hope against hope, +which, as he conceived, had arisen--Lux sedentibus in tenebris+--upon +the aged world; the hope Cornelius had seemed to bear away upon him in +his strength, with a buoyancy which had caused Marius to feel, not so +much that by a caprice of destiny, he had been left to die in his +place, as that Cornelius was gone on a mission to deliver him also from +death. There had been a permanent protest established in the world, a +plea, a perpetual after-thought, which humanity henceforth would ever +possess in reserve, against any wholly mechanical and disheartening +theory of itself and its conditions. That was a thought which relieved +for him the iron outline of the horizon about him, touching it as if +with soft light from beyond; filling the shadowy, hollow places to +which he was on his way with the warmth of definite affections; +confirming also certain considerations by which he seemed to link +himself to the generations to come in the world he was leaving. Yes! +through the survival of their children, happy parents are able to [222] +think calmly, and with a very practical affection, of a world in which +they are to have no direct share; planting with a cheerful good-humour, +the acorns they carry about with them, that their grand-children may be +shaded from the sun by the broad oak-trees of the future. That is +nature's way of easing death to us. It was thus too, surprised, +delighted, that Marius, under the power of that new hope among men, +could think of the generations to come after him. Without it, dim in +truth as it was, he could hardly have dared to ponder the world which +limited all he really knew, as it would be when he should have departed +from it. A strange lonesomeness, like physical darkness, seemed to +settle upon the thought of it; as if its business hereafter must be, as +far as he was concerned, carried on in some inhabited, but distant and +alien, star. Contrariwise, with the sense of that hope warm about him, +he seemed to anticipate some kindly care for himself; never to fail +even on earth, a care for his very body-that dear sister and companion +of his soul, outworn, suffering, and in the very article of death, as +it was now. + +For the weariness came back tenfold; and he had finally to abstain from +thoughts like these, as from what caused physical pain. And then, as +before in the wretched, sleepless nights of those forced marches, he +would try to fix his mind, as it were impassively, and like a child +thinking over the toys it loves, one after another, that it [223] may +fall asleep thus, and forget all about them the sooner, on all the +persons he had loved in life--on his love for them, dead or living, +grateful for his love or not, rather than on theirs for him--letting +their images pass away again, or rest with him, as they would. In the +bare sense of having loved he seemed to find, even amid this foundering +of the ship, that on which his soul might "assuredly rest and depend." +One after another, he suffered those faces and voices to come and go, +as in some mechanical exercise, as he might have repeated all the +verses he knew by heart, or like the telling of beads one by one, with +many a sleepy nod between-whiles. + +For there remained also, for the old earthy creature still within him, +that great blessedness of physical slumber. To sleep, to lose one's +self in sleep--that, as he had always recognised, was a good thing. And +it was after a space of deep sleep that he awoke amid the murmuring +voices of the people who had kept and tended him so carefully through +his sickness, now kneeling around his bed: and what he heard confirmed, +in the then perfect clearness of his soul, the inevitable suggestion of +his own bodily feelings. He had often dreamt he was condemned to die, +that the hour, with wild thoughts of escape, was arrived; and waking, +with the sun all around him, in complete liberty of life, had been full +of gratitude for his place there, alive still, in the [224] land of the +living. He read surely, now, in the manner, the doings, of these +people, some of whom were passing out through the doorway, where the +heavy sunlight in very deed lay, that his last morning was come, and +turned to think once more of the beloved. Often had he fancied of old +that not to die on a dark or rainy day might itself have a little +alleviating grace or favour about it. The people around his bed were +praying fervently--Abi! Abi! Anima Christiana!+ In the moments of his +extreme helplessness their mystic bread had been placed, had descended +like a snow-flake from the sky, between his lips. Gentle fingers had +applied to hands and feet, to all those old passage-ways of the senses, +through which the world had come and gone for him, now so dim and +obstructed, a medicinable oil. It was the same people who, in the +gray, austere evening of that day, took up his remains, and buried them +secretly, with their accustomed prayers; but with joy also, holding his +death, according to their generous view in this matter, to have been of +the nature of martyrdom; and martyrdom, as the church had always said, +a kind of sacrament with plenary grace. + +1881-1884. + + + +THE END + + +NOTES + +217. +"He made no one unhappy." + +218. +"I have lived!" + +221. +From the Latin Vulgate Bible, Matthew 4:16: "populus qui sedebat +in tenebris lucem vidit magnam et sedentibus in regione et umbra mortis +lux orta est eis." King James Bible translation: "The people which sat +in darkness saw great light; and to them which sat in the region and +shadow of death light is sprung up." + +224. "Depart! Depart! Christian Soul!" The thought is from the +Catholic prayer for the departing. + + + + + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Marius the Epicurean, Volume Two, by +Walter Horatio Pater + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK MARIUS THE EPICUREAN, VOLUME TWO *** + +***** This file should be named 4058-8.txt or 4058-8.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/4/0/5/4058/ + +Produced by Alfred J. Drake. HTML version by Al Haines. + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/old/4058-8.zip b/old/4058-8.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..b20b24b --- /dev/null +++ b/old/4058-8.zip diff --git a/old/4058.txt b/old/4058.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..61f331d --- /dev/null +++ b/old/4058.txt @@ -0,0 +1,5383 @@ +Project Gutenberg's Marius the Epicurean, Volume Two, by Walter Horatio Pater + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Marius the Epicurean, Volume Two + +Author: Walter Horatio Pater + +Posting Date: June 13, 2009 [EBook #4058] +Release Date: May, 2003 +First Posted: October 25, 2001 + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK MARIUS THE EPICUREAN, VOLUME TWO *** + + + + +Produced by Alfred J. Drake. HTML version by Al Haines. + + + + + + + + + +MARIUS THE EPICUREAN, VOLUME TWO + +WALTER HORATIO PATER + +London: 1910. (The Library Edition.) + + + + +NOTES BY THE E-TEXT EDITOR: + +Notes: The 1910 Library Edition employs footnotes, a style inconvenient +in an electronic edition. I have therefore placed an asterisk +immediately after each of Pater's footnotes and a + sign after my own +notes, and have listed each chapter's notes at that chapter's end. + +Pagination and Paragraphing: To avoid an unwieldy electronic copy, I +have transferred original pagination to brackets. A bracketed numeral +such as [22] indicates that the material immediately following the +number marks the beginning of the relevant page. I have preserved +paragraph structure except for first-line indentation. + +Hyphenation: I have not preserved original hyphenation since an e-text +does not require line-end or page-end hyphenation. + +Greek typeface: For this full-text edition, I have transliterated +Pater's Greek quotations. If there is a need for the original Greek, +it can be viewed at my site, http://www.ajdrake.com/etexts, a +Victorianist archive that contains the complete works of Walter Pater +and many other nineteenth-century texts, mostly in first editions. + + + + + + +MARIUS THE EPICUREAN, VOLUME TWO + +WALTER PATER + + + Cheimerinos oneiros, hote mekistai hai vyktes.+ + + +"A winter's dream, when nights are longest." + Lucian, The Dream, Vol. 3. + + + CONTENTS + + + PART THE THIRD + + 15. Stoicism at Court: 3-13 + 16. Second Thoughts: 14-28 + 17. Beata Urbs: 29-40 + 18. "The Ceremony of the Dart": 41-56 + 19. The Will as Vision: 57-72 + + PART THE FOURTH + + 20. Two Curious Houses--1. Guests: 75-91 + 21. Two Curious Houses--2. The Church in Cecilia's House: 92-108 + 22. "The Minor Peace of the Church": 109-127 + 23. Divine Service: 128-140 + 24. A Conversation Not Imaginary: 141-171 + 25. Sunt Lacrimae Rerum: 172-185 + 26. The Martyrs: 186-196 + 27. The Triumph of Marcus Aurelius: 197-207 + 28. Anima Naturaliter Christiana: 208-224 + + + + +PART THE THIRD + +CHAPTER XV: STOICISM AT COURT + +[3] THE very finest flower of the same company--Aurelius with the +gilded fasces borne before him, a crowd of exquisites, the empress +Faustina herself, and all the elegant blue-stockings of the day, who +maintained, people said, their private "sophists" to whisper philosophy +into their ears winsomely as they performed the duties of the +toilet--was assembled again a few months later, in a different place +and for a very different purpose. The temple of Peace, a "modernising" +foundation of Hadrian, enlarged by a library and lecture-rooms, had +grown into an institution like something between a college and a +literary club; and here Cornelius Fronto was to pronounce a discourse +on the Nature of Morals. There were some, indeed, who had desired the +emperor Aurelius himself to declare his whole mind on this matter. +Rhetoric was become almost a function of the state: philosophy was upon +the throne; and had from time to time, by [4] request, delivered an +official utterance with well-nigh divine authority. And it was as the +delegate of this authority, under the full sanction of the philosophic +emperor--emperor and pontiff, that the aged Fronto purposed to-day to +expound some parts of the Stoic doctrine, with the view of recommending +morals to that refined but perhaps prejudiced company, as being, in +effect, one mode of comeliness in things--as it were music, or a kind +of artistic order, in life. And he did this earnestly, with an outlay +of all his science of mind, and that eloquence of which he was known to +be a master. For Stoicism was no longer a rude and unkempt thing. +Received at court, it had largely decorated itself: it was grown +persuasive and insinuating, and sought not only to convince men's +intelligence but to allure their souls. Associated with the beautiful +old age of the great rhetorician, and his winning voice, it was almost +Epicurean. And the old man was at his best on the occasion; the last +on which he ever appeared in this way. To-day was his own birthday. +Early in the morning the imperial letter of congratulation had reached +him; and all the pleasant animation it had caused was in his face, when +assisted by his daughter Gratia he took his place on the ivory chair, +as president of the Athenaeum of Rome, wearing with a wonderful grace +the philosophic pall,--in reality neither more nor less than the loose +woollen cloak of the common soldier, but fastened [5] on his right +shoulder with a magnificent clasp, the emperor's birthday gift. + +It was an age, as abundant evidence shows, whose delight in rhetoric +was but one result of a general susceptibility--an age not merely +taking pleasure in words, but experiencing a great moral power in them. +Fronto's quaintly fashionable audience would have wept, and also +assisted with their purses, had his present purpose been, as sometimes +happened, the recommendation of an object of charity. As it was, +arranging themselves at their ease among the images and flowers, these +amateurs of exquisite language, with their tablets open for careful +record of felicitous word or phrase, were ready to give themselves +wholly to the intellectual treat prepared for them, applauding, blowing +loud kisses through the air sometimes, at the speaker's triumphant exit +from one of his long, skilfully modulated sentences; while the younger +of them meant to imitate everything about him, down to the inflections +of his voice and the very folds of his mantle. Certainly there was +rhetoric enough:--a wealth of imagery; illustrations from painting, +music, mythology, the experiences of love; a management, by which +subtle, unexpected meaning was brought out of familiar terms, like +flies from morsels of amber, to use Fronto's own figure. But with all +its richness, the higher claim of his style was rightly understood to +lie in gravity and self-command, and an especial care for the [6] +purities of a vocabulary which rejected every expression unsanctioned +by the authority of approved ancient models. + +And it happened with Marius, as it will sometimes happen, that this +general discourse to a general audience had the effect of an utterance +adroitly designed for him. His conscience still vibrating painfully +under the shock of that scene in the amphitheatre, and full of the +ethical charm of Cornelius, he was questioning himself with much +impatience as to the possibility of an adjustment between his own +elaborately thought-out intellectual scheme and the "old morality." In +that intellectual scheme indeed the old morality had so far been +allowed no place, as seeming to demand from him the admission of +certain first principles such as might misdirect or retard him in his +efforts towards a complete, many-sided existence; or distort the +revelations of the experience of life; or curtail his natural liberty +of heart and mind. But now (his imagination being occupied for the +moment with the noble and resolute air, the gallantry, so to call it, +which composed the outward mien and presentment of his strange friend's +inflexible ethics) he felt already some nascent suspicion of his +philosophic programme, in regard, precisely, to the question of good +taste. There was the taint of a graceless "antinomianism" perceptible +in it, a dissidence, a revolt against accustomed modes, the actual +impression of which on other [7] men might rebound upon himself in some +loss of that personal pride to which it was part of his theory of life +to allow so much. And it was exactly a moral situation such as this +that Fronto appeared to be contemplating. He seemed to have before his +mind the case of one--Cyrenaic or Epicurean, as the courtier tends to +be, by habit and instinct, if not on principle--who yet experiences, +actually, a strong tendency to moral assents, and a desire, with as +little logical inconsistency as may be, to find a place for duty and +righteousness in his house of thought. + +And the Stoic professor found the key to this problem in the purely +aesthetic beauty of the old morality, as an element in things, +fascinating to the imagination, to good taste in its most highly +developed form, through association--a system or order, as a matter of +fact, in possession, not only of the larger world, but of the rare +minority of elite intelligences; from which, therefore, least of all +would the sort of Epicurean he had in view endure to become, so to +speak, an outlaw. He supposed his hearer to be, with all sincerity, in +search after some principle of conduct (and it was here that he seemed +to Marius to be speaking straight to him) which might give unity of +motive to an actual rectitude, a cleanness and probity of life, +determined partly by natural affection, partly by enlightened +self-interest or the feeling of honour, due in part even to the mere +fear of penalties; no element of which, [8] however, was distinctively +moral in the agent himself as such, and providing him, therefore, no +common ground with a really moral being like Cornelius, or even like +the philosophic emperor. Performing the same offices; actually +satisfying, even as they, the external claims of others; rendering to +all their dues--one thus circumstanced would be wanting, nevertheless, +in the secret of inward adjustment to the moral agents around him. How +tenderly--more tenderly than many stricter souls--he might yield +himself to kindly instinct! what fineness of charity in passing +judgment on others! what an exquisite conscience of other men's +susceptibilities! He knows for how much the manner, because the heart +itself, counts, in doing a kindness. He goes beyond most people in his +care for all weakly creatures; judging, instinctively, that to be but +sentient is to possess rights. He conceives a hundred duties, though +he may not call them by that name, of the existence of which purely +duteous souls may have no suspicion. He has a kind of pride in doing +more than they, in a way of his own. Sometimes, he may think that +those men of line and rule do not really understand their own business. +How narrow, inflexible, unintelligent! what poor guardians (he may +reason) of the inward spirit of righteousness, are some supposed +careful walkers according to its letter and form. And yet all the +while he admits, as such, no moral world at all: no [9] theoretic +equivalent to so large a proportion of the facts of life. + +But, over and above such practical rectitude, thus determined by +natural affection or self-love or fear, he may notice that there is a +remnant of right conduct, what he does, still more what he abstains +from doing, not so much through his own free election, as from a +deference, an "assent," entire, habitual, unconscious, to custom--to +the actual habit or fashion of others, from whom he could not endure to +break away, any more than he would care to be out of agreement with +them on questions of mere manner, or, say, even, of dress. Yes! there +were the evils, the vices, which he avoided as, essentially, a failure +in good taste. An assent, such as this, to the preferences of others, +might seem to be the weakest of motives, and the rectitude it could +determine the least considerable element in a moral life. Yet here, +according to Cornelius Fronto, was in truth the revealing example, +albeit operating upon comparative trifles, of the general principle +required. There was one great idea associated with which that +determination to conform to precedent was elevated into the clearest, +the fullest, the weightiest principle of moral action; a principle +under which one might subsume men's most strenuous efforts after +righteousness. And he proceeded to expound the idea of Humanity--of a +universal commonwealth of mind, which [10] becomes explicit, and as if +incarnate, in a select communion of just men made perfect. + +Ho kosmos hosanei polis estin+--the world is as it were a commonwealth, +a city: and there are observances, customs, usages, actually current in +it, things our friends and companions will expect of us, as the +condition of our living there with them at all, as really their peers +or fellow-citizens. Those observances were, indeed, the creation of a +visible or invisible aristocracy in it, whose actual manners, whose +preferences from of old, become now a weighty tradition as to the way +in which things should or should not be done, are like a music, to +which the intercourse of life proceeds--such a music as no one who had +once caught its harmonies would willingly jar. In this way, the +becoming, as in Greek--to prepon: or ta ethe+ mores, manners, as both +Greeks and Romans said, would indeed be a comprehensive term for duty. +Righteousness would be, in the words of "Caesar" himself, of the +philosophic Aurelius, but a "following of the reasonable will of the +oldest, the most venerable, of cities, of polities--of the royal, the +law-giving element, therein--forasmuch as we are citizens also in that +supreme city on high, of which all other cities beside are but as +single habitations." But as the old man spoke with animation of this +supreme city, this invisible society, whose conscience was become +explicit in its inner circle of inspired souls, of whose [11] common +spirit, the trusted leaders of human conscience had been but the +mouthpiece, of whose successive personal preferences in the conduct of +life, the "old morality" was the sum,--Marius felt that his own +thoughts were passing beyond the actual intention of the speaker; not +in the direction of any clearer theoretic or abstract definition of +that ideal commonwealth, but rather as if in search of its visible +locality and abiding-place, the walls and towers of which, so to speak, +he might really trace and tell, according to his own old, natural habit +of mind. It would be the fabric, the outward fabric, of a system +reaching, certainly, far beyond the great city around him, even if +conceived in all the machinery of its visible and invisible influences +at their grandest--as Augustus or Trajan might have conceived of +them--however well the visible Rome might pass for a figure of that +new, unseen, Rome on high. At moments, Marius even asked himself with +surprise, whether it might be some vast secret society the speaker had +in view:--that august community, to be an outlaw from which, to be +foreign to the manners of which, was a loss so much greater than to be +excluded, into the ends of the earth, from the sovereign Roman +commonwealth. Humanity, a universal order, the great polity, its +aristocracy of elect spirits, the mastery of their example over their +successors--these were the ideas, stimulating enough in their way, [12] +by association with which the Stoic professor had attempted to elevate, +to unite under a single principle, men's moral efforts, himself lifted +up with so genuine an enthusiasm. But where might Marius search for +all this, as more than an intellectual abstraction? Where were those +elect souls in whom the claim of Humanity became so amiable, winning, +persuasive--whose footsteps through the world were so beautiful in the +actual order he saw--whose faces averted from him, would be more than +he could bear? Where was that comely order, to which as a great fact of +experience he must give its due; to which, as to all other beautiful +"phenomena" in life, he must, for his own peace, adjust himself? + +Rome did well to be serious. The discourse ended somewhat abruptly, as +the noise of a great crowd in motion was heard below the walls; +whereupon, the audience, following the humour of the younger element in +it, poured into the colonnade, from the steps of which the famous +procession, or transvectio, of the military knights was to be seen +passing over the Forum, from their trysting-place at the temple of +Mars, to the temple of the Dioscuri. The ceremony took place this +year, not on the day accustomed--anniversary of the victory of Lake +Regillus, with its pair of celestial assistants--and amid the heat and +roses of a Roman July, but, by [13] anticipation, some months earlier, +the almond-trees along the way being still in leafless flower. Through +that light trellis-work, Marius watched the riders, arrayed in all +their gleaming ornaments, and wearing wreaths of olive around their +helmets, the faces below which, what with battle and the plague, were +almost all youthful. It was a flowery scene enough, but had to-day its +fulness of war-like meaning; the return of the army to the North, where +the enemy was again upon the move, being now imminent. Cornelius had +ridden along in his place, and, on the dismissal of the company, passed +below the steps where Marius stood, with that new song he had heard +once before floating from his lips. + +NOTES + +10. +Transliteration: Ho kosmos hosanei polis estin. Translation: "The +world is like a city." + +10. +Transliteration: to prepon ... ta ethe. Translation: "That which +is seemly ... mores." + + + +CHAPTER XVI: SECOND THOUGHTS + +[14] AND Marius, for his part, was grave enough. The discourse of +Cornelius Fronto, with its wide prospect over the human, the spiritual, +horizon, had set him on a review--on a review of the isolating +narrowness, in particular, of his own theoretic scheme. Long after the +very latest roses were faded, when "the town" had departed to country +villas, or the baths, or the war, he remained behind in Rome; anxious +to try the lastingness of his own Epicurean rose-garden; setting to +work over again, and deliberately passing from point to point of his +old argument with himself, down to its practical conclusions. That age +and our own have much in common--many difficulties and hopes. Let the +reader pardon me if here and there I seem to be passing from Marius to +his modern representatives--from Rome, to Paris or London. + +What really were its claims as a theory of practice, of the sympathies +that determine [15] practice? It had been a theory, avowedly, of loss +and gain (so to call it) of an economy. If, therefore, it missed +something in the commerce of life, which some other theory of practice +was able to include, if it made a needless sacrifice, then it must be, +in a manner, inconsistent with itself, and lack theoretic completeness. +Did it make such a sacrifice? What did it lose, or cause one to lose? + +And we may note, as Marius could hardly have done, that Cyrenaicism is +ever the characteristic philosophy of youth, ardent, but narrow in its +survey--sincere, but apt to become one-sided, or even fanatical. It is +one of those subjective and partial ideals, based on vivid, because +limited, apprehension of the truth of one aspect of experience (in this +case, of the beauty of the world and the brevity of man's life there) +which it may be said to be the special vocation of the young to +express. In the school of Cyrene, in that comparatively fresh Greek +world, we see this philosophy where it is least blase, as we say; in +its most pleasant, its blithest and yet perhaps its wisest form, +youthfully bright in the youth of European thought. But it grows young +again for a while in almost every youthful soul. It is spoken of +sometimes as the appropriate utterance of jaded men; but in them it can +hardly be sincere, or, by the nature of the case, an enthusiasm. "Walk +in the ways of thine heart, and in the sight of thine eyes," is, +indeed, most often, [16] according to the supposition of the book from +which I quote it, the counsel of the young, who feel that the sunshine +is pleasant along their veins, and wintry weather, though in a general +sense foreseen, a long way off. The youthful enthusiasm or fanaticism, +the self-abandonment to one favourite mode of thought or taste, which +occurs, quite naturally, at the outset of every really vigorous +intellectual career, finds its special opportunity in a theory such as +that so carefully put together by Marius, just because it seems to call +on one to make the sacrifice, accompanied by a vivid sensation of power +and will, of what others value--sacrifice of some conviction, or +doctrine, or supposed first principle--for the sake of that clear-eyed +intellectual consistency, which is like spotless bodily cleanliness, or +scrupulous personal honour, and has itself for the mind of the youthful +student, when he first comes to appreciate it, the fascination of an +ideal. + +The Cyrenaic doctrine, then, realised as a motive of strenuousness or +enthusiasm, is not so properly the utterance of the "jaded Epicurean," +as of the strong young man in all the freshness of thought and feeling, +fascinated by the notion of raising his life to the level of a daring +theory, while, in the first genial heat of existence, the beauty of the +physical world strikes potently upon his wide-open, unwearied senses. +He discovers a great new poem every spring, with a hundred delightful +things he too has felt, but [16] which have never been expressed, or at +least never so truly, before. The workshops of the artists, who can +select and set before us what is really most distinguished in visible +life, are open to him. He thinks that the old Platonic, or the new +Baconian philosophy, has been better explained than by the authors +themselves, or with some striking original development, this very +month. In the quiet heat of early summer, on the dusty gold morning, +the music comes, louder at intervals, above the hum of voices from some +neighbouring church, among the flowering trees, valued now, perhaps, +only for the poetically rapt faces among priests or worshippers, or the +mere skill and eloquence, it may be, of its preachers of faith and +righteousness. In his scrupulous idealism, indeed, he too feels +himself to be something of a priest, and that devotion of his days to +the contemplation of what is beautiful, a sort of perpetual religious +service. Afar off, how many fair cities and delicate sea-coasts await +him! At that age, with minds of a certain constitution, no very choice +or exceptional circumstances are needed to provoke an enthusiasm +something like this. Life in modern London even, in the heavy glow of +summer, is stuff sufficient for the fresh imagination of a youth to +build its "palace of art" of; and the very sense and enjoyment of an +experience in which all is new, are but enhanced, like that glow of +summer itself, by the [18] thought of its brevity, giving him something +of a gambler's zest, in the apprehension, by dexterous act or +diligently appreciative thought, of the highly coloured moments which +are to pass away so quickly. At bottom, perhaps, in his elaborately +developed self-consciousness, his sensibilities, his almost fierce +grasp upon the things he values at all, he has, beyond all others, an +inward need of something permanent in its character, to hold by: of +which circumstance, also, he may be partly aware, and that, as with the +brilliant Claudio in Measure for Measure, it is, in truth, but darkness +he is, "encountering, like a bride." But the inevitable falling of the +curtain is probably distant; and in the daylight, at least, it is not +often that he really shudders at the thought of the grave--the weight +above, the narrow world and its company, within. When the thought of +it does occur to him, he may say to himself:--Well! and the rude monk, +for instance, who has renounced all this, on the security of some dim +world beyond it, really acquiesces in that "fifth act," amid all the +consoling ministries around him, as little as I should at this moment; +though I may hope, that, as at the real ending of a play, however well +acted, I may already have had quite enough of it, and find a true +well-being in eternal sleep. + +And precisely in this circumstance, that, consistently with the +function of youth in general, Cyrenaicism will always be more or [19] +less the special philosophy, or "prophecy," of the young, when the +ideal of a rich experience comes to them in the ripeness of the +receptive, if not of the reflective, powers--precisely in this +circumstance, if we rightly consider it, lies the duly prescribed +corrective of that philosophy. For it is by its exclusiveness, and by +negation rather than positively, that such theories fail to satisfy us +permanently; and what they really need for their correction, is the +complementary influence of some greater system, in which they may find +their due place. That Sturm und Drang of the spirit, as it has been +called, that ardent and special apprehension of half-truths, in the +enthusiastic, and as it were "prophetic" advocacy of which, devotion to +truth, in the case of the young--apprehending but one point at a time +in the great circumference--most usually embodies itself, is levelled +down, safely enough, afterwards, as in history so in the individual, by +the weakness and mere weariness, as well as by the maturer wisdom, of +our nature. And though truth indeed, resides, as has been said, "in +the whole"--in harmonisings and adjustments like this--yet those +special apprehensions may still owe their full value, in this sense of +"the whole," to that earlier, one-sided but ardent pre-occupation with +them. + +Cynicism and Cyrenaicism:--they are the earlier Greek forms of Roman +Stoicism and Epicureanism, and in that world of old Greek [20] thought, +we may notice with some surprise that, in a little while, the nobler +form of Cyrenaicism--Cyrenaicism cured of its faults--met the nobler +form of Cynicism half-way. Starting from opposed points, they merged, +each in its most refined form, in a single ideal of temperance or +moderation. Something of the same kind may be noticed regarding some +later phases of Cyrenaic theory. If it starts with considerations +opposed to the religious temper, which the religious temper holds it a +duty to repress, it is like it, nevertheless, and very unlike any lower +development of temper, in its stress and earnestness, its serious +application to the pursuit of a very unworldly type of perfection. The +saint, and the Cyrenaic lover of beauty, it may be thought, would at +least understand each other better than either would understand the +mere man of the world. Carry their respective positions a point +further, shift the terms a little, and they might actually touch. + +Perhaps all theories of practice tend, as they rise to their best, as +understood by their worthiest representatives, to identification with +each other. For the variety of men's possible reflections on their +experience, as of that experience itself, is not really so great as it +seems; and as the highest and most disinterested ethical formulae, +filtering down into men's everyday existence, reach the same poor level +of vulgar egotism, so, we may fairly suppose that all the highest +spirits, from [21] whatever contrasted points they have started, would +yet be found to entertain, in the moral consciousness realised by +themselves, much the same kind of mental company; to hold, far more +than might be thought probable, at first sight, the same personal types +of character, and even the same artistic and literary types, in esteem +or aversion; to convey, all of them alike, the same savour of +unworldliness. And Cyrenaicism or Epicureanism too, new or old, may be +noticed, in proportion to the completeness of its development, to +approach, as to the nobler form of Cynicism, so also to the more nobly +developed phases of the old, or traditional morality. In the gravity +of its conception of life, in its pursuit after nothing less than a +perfection, in its apprehension of the value of time--the passion and +the seriousness which are like a consecration--la passion et le serieux +qui consacrent--it may be conceived, as regards its main drift, to be +not so much opposed to the old morality, as an exaggeration of one +special motive in it. + +Some cramping, narrowing, costly preference of one part of his own +nature, and of the nature of things, to another, Marius seemed to have +detected in himself, meantime,--in himself, as also in those old +masters of the Cyrenaic philosophy. If they did realise the +monochronos hedone+ as it was called--the pleasure of the "Ideal +Now"--if certain moments of their lives were high-pitched, passionately +coloured, intent with sensation, [22] and a kind of knowledge which, in +its vivid clearness, was like sensation--if, now and then, they +apprehended the world in its fulness, and had a vision, almost +"beatific," of ideal personalities in life and art, yet these moments +were a very costly matter: they paid a great price for them, in the +sacrifice of a thousand possible sympathies, of things only to be +enjoyed through sympathy, from which they detached themselves, in +intellectual pride, in loyalty to a mere theory that would take nothing +for granted, and assent to no approximate or hypothetical truths. In +their unfriendly, repellent attitude towards the Greek religion, and +the old Greek morality, surely, they had been but faulty economists. +The Greek religion was then alive: then, still more than in its later +day of dissolution, the higher view of it was possible, even for the +philosopher. Its story made little or no demand for a reasoned or +formal acceptance. A religion, which had grown through and through +man's life, with so much natural strength; had meant so much for so +many generations; which expressed so much of their hopes, in forms so +familiar and so winning; linked by associations so manifold to man as +he had been and was--a religion like this, one would think, might have +had its uses, even for a philosophic sceptic. Yet those beautiful +gods, with the whole round of their poetic worship, the school of +Cyrene definitely renounced. + +[23] The old Greek morality, again, with all its imperfections, was +certainly a comely thing.--Yes! a harmony, a music, in men's ways, one +might well hesitate to jar. The merely aesthetic sense might have had +a legitimate satisfaction in the spectacle of that fair order of choice +manners, in those attractive conventions, enveloping, so gracefully, +the whole of life, insuring some sweetness, some security at least +against offence, in the intercourse of the world. Beyond an obvious +utility, it could claim, indeed but custom--use-and-wont, as we +say--for its sanction. But then, one of the advantages of that liberty +of spirit among the Cyrenaics (in which, through theory, they had +become dead to theory, so that all theory, as such, was really +indifferent to them, and indeed nothing valuable but in its tangible +ministration to life) was precisely this, that it gave them free play +in using as their ministers or servants, things which, to the +uninitiated, must be masters or nothing. Yet, how little the followers +of Aristippus made of that whole comely system of manners or morals, +then actually in possession of life, is shown by the bold practical +consequence, which one of them maintained (with a hard, +self-opinionated adherence to his peculiar theory of values) in the not +very amiable paradox that friendship and patriotism were things one +could do without; while another--Death's-advocate, as he was +called--helped so many to self-destruction, by his [24] pessimistic +eloquence on the evils of life, that his lecture-room was closed. That +this was in the range of their consequences--that this was a possible, +if remote, deduction from the premisses of the discreet Aristippus--was +surely an inconsistency in a thinker who professed above all things an +economy of the moments of life. And yet those old Cyrenaics felt their +way, as if in the dark, we may be sure, like other men in the ordinary +transactions of life, beyond the narrow limits they drew of clear and +absolutely legitimate knowledge, admitting what was not of immediate +sensation, and drawing upon that "fantastic" future which might never +come. A little more of such "walking by faith," a little more of such +not unreasonable "assent," and they might have profited by a hundred +services to their culture, from Greek religion and Greek morality, as +they actually were. The spectacle of their fierce, exclusive, +tenacious hold on their own narrow apprehension, makes one think of a +picture with no relief, no soft shadows nor breadth of space, or of a +drama without proportionate repose. + +Yet it was of perfection that Marius (to return to him again from his +masters, his intellectual heirs) had been really thinking all the time: +a narrow perfection it might be objected, the perfection of but one +part of his nature--his capacities of feeling, of exquisite physical +impressions, of an imaginative sympathy--but still, a true perfection +of those capacities, wrought out [25] to their utmost degree, admirable +enough in its way. He too is an economist: he hopes, by that "insight" +of which the old Cyrenaics made so much, by skilful apprehension of the +conditions of spiritual success as they really are, the special +circumstances of the occasion with which he has to deal, the special +felicities of his own nature, to make the most, in no mean or vulgar +sense, of the few years of life; few, indeed, for the attainment of +anything like general perfection! With the brevity of that sum of +years his mind is exceptionally impressed; and this purpose makes him +no frivolous dilettante, but graver than other men: his scheme is not +that of a trifler, but rather of one who gives a meaning of his own, +yet a very real one, to those old words--Let us work while it is day! +He has a strong apprehension, also, of the beauty of the visible things +around him; their fading, momentary, graces and attractions. His +natural susceptibility in this direction, enlarged by experience, seems +to demand of him an almost exclusive pre-occupation with the aspects of +things; with their aesthetic character, as it is called--their +revelations to the eye and the imagination: not so much because those +aspects of them yield him the largest amount of enjoyment, as because +to be occupied, in this way, with the aesthetic or imaginative side of +things, is to be in real contact with those elements of his own nature, +and of theirs, which, for him at [26] least, are matter of the most +real kind of apprehension. As other men are concentrated upon truths +of number, for instance, or on business, or it may be on the pleasures +of appetite, so he is wholly bent on living in that full stream of +refined sensation. And in the prosecution of this love of beauty, he +claims an entire personal liberty, liberty of heart and mind, liberty, +above all, from what may seem conventional answers to first questions. + +But, without him there is a venerable system of sentiment and idea, +widely extended in time and place, in a kind of impregnable possession +of human life--a system, which, like some other great products of the +conjoint efforts of human mind through many generations, is rich in the +world's experience; so that, in attaching oneself to it, one lets in a +great tide of that experience, and makes, as it were with a single +step, a great experience of one's own, and with great consequent +increase to one's sense of colour, variety, and relief, in the +spectacle of men and things. The mere sense that one belongs to a +system--an imperial system or organisation--has, in itself, the +expanding power of a great experience; as some have felt who have been +admitted from narrower sects into the communion of the catholic church; +or as the old Roman citizen felt. It is, we might fancy, what the +coming into possession of a very widely spoken language might be, with +a great literature, which is also [27] the speech of the people we have +to live among. + +A wonderful order, actually in possession of human life!--grown +inextricably through and through it; penetrating into its laws, its +very language, its mere habits of decorum, in a thousand half-conscious +ways; yet still felt to be, in part, an unfulfilled ideal; and, as +such, awakening hope, and an aim, identical with the one only +consistent aspiration of mankind! In the apprehension of that, just +then, Marius seemed to have joined company once more with his own old +self; to have overtaken on the road the pilgrim who had come to Rome, +with absolute sincerity, on the search for perfection. It defined not +so much a change of practice, as of sympathy--a new departure, an +expansion, of sympathy. It involved, certainly, some curtailment of +his liberty, in concession to the actual manner, the distinctions, the +enactments of that great crowd of admirable spirits, who have elected +so, and not otherwise, in their conduct of life, and are not here to +give one, so to term it, an "indulgence." But then, under the +supposition of their disapproval, no roses would ever seem worth +plucking again. The authority they exercised was like that of classic +taste--an influence so subtle, yet so real, as defining the loyalty of +the scholar; or of some beautiful and venerable ritual, in which every +observance is become spontaneous and almost mechanical, yet is found, +[28] the more carefully one considers it, to have a reasonable +significance and a natural history. + +And Marius saw that he would be but an inconsistent Cyrenaic, mistaken +in his estimate of values, of loss and gain, and untrue to the +well-considered economy of life which he had brought with him to +Rome--that some drops of the great cup would fall to the ground--if he +did not make that concession, if he did but remain just there. + +NOTES + +21. +Transliteration: monochronos hedone. Pater's definition "the +pleasure of the ideal present, of the mystic now." The definition is +fitting; the unusual adjective monochronos means, literally, "single or +unitary time." + + + +CHAPTER XVII: BEATA URBS + + +"Many prophets and kings have desired to see the things which ye see." + +[29] THE enemy on the Danube was, indeed, but the vanguard of the +mighty invading hosts of the fifth century. Illusively repressed just +now, those confused movements along the northern boundary of the Empire +were destined to unite triumphantly at last, in the barbarism, which, +powerless to destroy the Christian church, was yet to suppress for a +time the achieved culture of the pagan world. The kingdom of Christ +was to grow up in a somewhat false alienation from the light and beauty +of the kingdom of nature, of the natural man, with a partly mistaken +tradition concerning it, and an incapacity, as it might almost seem at +times, for eventual reconciliation thereto. Meantime Italy had armed +itself once more, in haste, and the imperial brothers set forth for the +Alps. + +Whatever misgiving the Roman people may [30] have felt as to the +leadership of the younger was unexpectedly set at rest; though with +some temporary regret for the loss of what had been, after all, a +popular figure on the world's stage. Travelling fraternally in the +same litter with Aurelius, Lucius Verus was struck with sudden and +mysterious disease, and died as he hastened back to Rome. His death +awoke a swarm of sinister rumours, to settle on Lucilla, jealous, it +was said, of Fabia her sister, perhaps of Faustina--on Faustina +herself, who had accompanied the imperial progress, and was anxious now +to hide a crime of her own--even on the elder brother, who, beforehand +with the treasonable designs of his colleague, should have helped him +at supper to a favourite morsel, cut with a knife poisoned ingeniously +on one side only. Aurelius, certainly, with sincere distress, his long +irritations, so dutifully concealed or repressed, turning now into a +single feeling of regret for the human creature, carried the remains +back to Rome, and demanded of the Senate a public funeral, with a +decree for the apotheosis, or canonisation, of the dead. + +For three days the body lay in state in the Forum, enclosed in an open +coffin of cedar-wood, on a bed of ivory and gold, in the centre of a +sort of temporary chapel, representing the temple of his patroness +Venus Genetrix. Armed soldiers kept watch around it, while choirs of +select voices relieved one another in the chanting of hymns or +monologues from the great tragedians. + +[31] At the head of the couch were displayed the various personal +decorations which had belonged to Verus in life. Like all the rest of +Rome, Marius went to gaze on the face he had seen last scarcely +disguised under the hood of a travelling-dress, as the wearer hurried, +at night-fall, along one of the streets below the palace, to some +amorous appointment. Unfamiliar as he still was with dead faces, he +was taken by surprise, and touched far beyond what he had reckoned on, +by the piteous change there; even the skill of Galen having been not +wholly successful in the process of embalming. It was as if a brother +of his own were lying low before him, with that meek and helpless +expression it would have been a sacrilege to treat rudely. + +Meantime, in the centre of the Campus Martius, within the grove of +poplars which enclosed the space where the body of Augustus had been +burnt, the great funeral pyre, stuffed with shavings of various +aromatic woods, was built up in many stages, separated from each other +by a light entablature of woodwork, and adorned abundantly with carved +and tapestried images. Upon this pyramidal or flame-shaped structure +lay the corpse, hidden now under a mountain of flowers and incense +brought by the women, who from the first had had their fondness for the +wanton graces of the deceased. The dead body was surmounted by a waxen +effigy of great size, arrayed in the triumphal ornaments. [32] At last +the Centurions to whom that office belonged, drew near, torch in hand, +to ignite the pile at its four corners, while the soldiers, in wild +excitement, flung themselves around it, casting into the flames the +decorations they had received for acts of valour under the dead +emperor's command. + +It had been a really heroic order, spoiled a little, at the last +moment, through the somewhat tawdry artifice, by which an eagle--not a +very noble or youthful specimen of its kind--was caused to take flight +amid the real or affected awe of the spectators, above the perishing +remains; a court chamberlain, according to ancient etiquette, +subsequently making official declaration before the Senate, that the +imperial "genius" had been seen in this way, escaping from the fire. +And Marius was present when the Fathers, duly certified of the fact, by +"acclamation," muttering their judgment all together, in a kind of low, +rhythmical chant, decreed Caelum--the privilege of divine rank to the +departed. + +The actual gathering of the ashes in a white cere-cloth by the widowed +Lucilla, when the last flicker had been extinguished by drops of wine; +and the conveyance of them to the little cell, already populous, in the +central mass of the sepulchre of Hadrian, still in all the splendour of +its statued colonnades, were a matter of private or domestic duty; +after the due accomplishment of which Aurelius was at [33] liberty to +retire for a time into the privacy o his beloved apartments of the +Palatine. And hither, not long afterwards, Marius was summoned a +second time, to receive from the imperial hands the great pile of +Manuscripts it would be his business to revise and arrange. + +One year had passed since his first visit to the palace; and as he +climbed the stairs to-day, the great cypresses rocked against the +sunless sky, like living creatures in pain. He had to traverse a long +subterranean gallery, once a secret entrance to the imperial +apartments, and in our own day, amid the ruin of all around it, as +smooth and fresh as if the carpets were but just removed from its floor +after the return of the emperor from the shows. It was here, on such +an occasion, that the emperor Caligula, at the age of twenty-nine, had +come by his end, the assassins gliding along it as he lingered a few +moments longer to watch the movements of a party of noble youths at +their exercise in the courtyard below. As Marius waited, a second +time, in that little red room in the house of the chief chamberlain, +curious to look once more upon its painted walls--the very place +whither the assassins were said to have turned for refuge after the +murder--he could all but see the figure, which in its surrounding light +and darkness seemed to him the most melancholy in the entire history of +Rome. He called to mind the greatness of that popularity and early +[34] promise--the stupefying height of irresponsible power, from which, +after all, only men's viler side had been clearly visible--the +overthrow of reason--the seemingly irredeemable memory; and still, +above all, the beautiful head in which the noble lines of the race of +Augustus were united to, he knew not what expression of sensibility +and fineness, not theirs, and for the like of which one must pass +onward to the Antonines. Popular hatred had been careful to destroy +its semblance wherever it was to be found; but one bust, in dark +bronze-like basalt of a wonderful perfection of finish, preserved in +the museum of the Capitol, may have seemed to some visitors there +perhaps the finest extant relic of Roman art. Had the very seal of +empire upon those sombre brows, reflected from his mirror, suggested +his insane attempt upon the liberties, the dignity of men?--"O +humanity!" he seems to ask, "what hast thou done to me that I should so +despise thee?"--And might not this be indeed the true meaning of +kingship, if the world would have one man to reign over it? The like +of this: or, some incredible, surely never to be realised, height of +disinterestedness, in a king who should be the servant of all, quite at +the other extreme of the practical dilemma involved in such a position. +Not till some while after his death had the body been decently interred +by the piety of the sisters he had driven into exile. Fraternity [35] +of feeling had been no invariable feature in the incidents of Roman +story. One long Vicus Sceleratus, from its first dim foundation in +fraternal quarrel on the morrow of a common deliverance so +touching--had not almost every step in it some gloomy memory of +unnatural violence? Romans did well to fancy the traitress Tarpeia +still "green in earth," crowned, enthroned, at the roots of the +Capitoline rock. If in truth the religion of Rome was everywhere in +it, like that perfume of the funeral incense still upon the air, so +also was the memory of crime prompted by a hypocritical cruelty, down +to the erring, or not erring, Vesta calmly buried alive there, only +eighty years ago, under Domitian. + +It was with a sense of relief that Marius found himself in the presence +of Aurelius, whose gesture of friendly intelligence, as he entered, +raised a smile at the gloomy train of his own thoughts just then, +although since his first visit to the palace a great change had passed +over it. The clear daylight found its way now into empty rooms. To +raise funds for the war, Aurelius, his luxurious brother being no more, +had determined to sell by auction the accumulated treasures of the +imperial household. The works of art, the dainty furniture, had been +removed, and were now "on view" in the Forum, to be the delight or +dismay, for many weeks to come, of the [36] large public of those who +were curious in these things. In such wise had Aurelius come to the +condition of philosophic detachment he had affected as a boy, hardly +persuaded to wear warm clothing, or to sleep in more luxurious manner +than on the bare floor. But, in his empty house, the man of mind, who +had always made so much of the pleasures of philosophic contemplation, +felt freer in thought than ever. He had been reading, with less +self-reproach than usual, in the Republic of Plato, those passages +which describe the life of the philosopher-kings--like that of hired +servants in their own house--who, possessed of the "gold undefiled" of +intellectual vision, forgo so cheerfully all other riches. It was one +of his happy days: one of those rare days, when, almost with none of +the effort, otherwise so constant with him, his thoughts came rich and +full, and converged in a mental view, as exhilarating to him as the +prospect of some wide expanse of landscape to another man's bodily eye. +He seemed to lie readier than was his wont to the imaginative influence +of the philosophic reason--to its suggestions of a possible open +country, commencing just where all actual experience leaves off, but +which experience, one's own and not another's, may one day occupy. In +fact, he was seeking strength for himself, in his own way, before he +started for that ambiguous earthly warfare [37] which was to occupy the +remainder of his life. "Ever remember this," he writes, "that a happy +life depends, not on many things--en oligistois keitai."+ And to-day, +committing himself with a steady effort of volition to the mere silence +of the great empty apartments, he might be said to have escaped, +according to Plato's promise to those who live closely with philosophy, +from the evils of the world. + +In his "conversations with himself" Marcus Aurelius speaks often of +that City on high, of which all other cities are but single +habitations. From him in fact Cornelius Fronto, in his late discourse, +had borrowed the expression; and he certainly meant by it more than the +whole commonwealth of Rome, in any idealisation of it, however sublime. +Incorporate somehow with the actual city whose goodly stones were lying +beneath his gaze, it was also implicate in that reasonable constitution +of nature, by devout contemplation of which it is possible for man to +associate himself to the consciousness of God. In that New Rome he had +taken up his rest for awhile on this day, deliberately feeding his +thoughts on the better air of it, as another might have gone for mental +renewal to a favourite villa. + +"Men seek retirement in country-houses," he writes, "on the sea-coast, +on the mountains; and you have yourself as much fondness for such +places as another. But there is little proof of culture therein; since +the privilege is yours of [38] retiring into yourself whensoever you +please,--into that little farm of one's own mind, where a silence so +profound may be enjoyed." That it could make these retreats, was a +plain consequence of the kingly prerogative of the mind, its dominion +over circumstance, its inherent liberty.--"It is in thy power to think +as thou wilt: The essence of things is in thy thoughts about them: All +is opinion, conception: No man can be hindered by another: What is +outside thy circle of thought is nothing at all to it; hold to this, +and you are safe: One thing is needful--to live close to the divine +genius within thee, and minister thereto worthily." And the first +point in this true ministry, this culture, was to maintain one's soul +in a condition of indifference and calm. How continually had public +claims, the claims of other persons, with their rough angularities of +character, broken in upon him, the shepherd of the flock. But after +all he had at least this privilege he could not part with, of thinking +as he would; and it was well, now and then, by a conscious effort of +will, to indulge it for a while, under systematic direction. The duty +of thus making discreet, systematic use of the power of imaginative +vision for purposes of spiritual culture, "since the soul takes colour +from its fantasies," is a point he has frequently insisted on. + +The influence of these seasonable meditations--a symbol, or sacrament, +because an intensified [39] condition, of the soul's own ordinary and +natural life--would remain upon it, perhaps for many days. There were +experiences he could not forget, intuitions beyond price, he had come +by in this way, which were almost like the breaking of a physical light +upon his mind; as the great Augustus was said to have seen a mysterious +physical splendour, yonder, upon the summit of the Capitol, where the +altar of the Sibyl now stood. With a prayer, therefore, for inward +quiet, for conformity to the divine reason, he read some select +passages of Plato, which bear upon the harmony of the reason, in all +its forms, with itself--"Could there be Cosmos, that wonderful, +reasonable order, in him, and nothing but disorder in the world +without?" It was from this question he had passed on to the vision of +a reasonable, a divine, order, not in nature, but in the condition of +human affairs--that unseen Celestial City, Uranopolis, Callipolis, Urbs +Beata--in which, a consciousness of the divine will being everywhere +realised, there would be, among other felicitous differences from this +lower visible world, no more quite hopeless death, of men, or children, +or of their affections. He had tried to-day, as never before, to make +the most of this vision of a New Rome, to realise it as distinctly as +he could,--and, as it were, find his way along its streets, ere he went +down into a world so irksomely different, to make his practical effort +towards it, with a soul full of [40] compassion for men as they were. +However distinct the mental image might have been to him, with the +descent of but one flight of steps into the market-place below, it must +have retreated again, as if at touch of some malign magic wand, beyond +the utmost verge of the horizon. But it had been actually, in his +clearest vision of it, a confused place, with but a recognisable entry, +a tower or fountain, here or there, and haunted by strange faces, whose +novel expression he, the great physiognomist, could by no means read. +Plato, indeed, had been able to articulate, to see, at least in +thought, his ideal city. But just because Aurelius had passed beyond +Plato, in the scope of the gracious charities he pre-supposed there, he +had been unable really to track his way about it. Ah! after all, +according to Plato himself, all vision was but reminiscence, and this, +his heart's desire, no place his soul could ever have visited in any +region of the old world's achievements. He had but divined, by a kind +of generosity of spirit, the void place, which another experience than +his must fill. + +Yet Marius noted the wonderful expression of peace, of quiet pleasure, +on the countenance of Aurelius, as he received from him the rolls of +fine clear manuscript, fancying the thoughts of the emperor occupied at +the moment with the famous prospect towards the Alban hills, from those +lofty windows. + +NOTES + +37. +Transliteration: en oligistois keitai. Definition "it lies in +the fewest [things]." + + + +CHAPTER XVIII: "THE CEREMONY OF THE DART" + +[41] THE ideas of Stoicism, so precious to Marcus Aurelius, ideas of +large generalisation, have sometimes induced, in those over whose +intellects they have had real power, a coldness of heart. It was the +distinction of Aurelius that he was able to harmonise them with the +kindness, one might almost say the amenities, of a humourist, as also +with the popular religion and its many gods. Those vasty conceptions +of the later Greek philosophy had in them, in truth, the germ of a sort +of austerely opinionative "natural theology," and how often has that +led to religious dryness--a hard contempt of everything in religion, +which touches the senses, or charms the fancy, or really concerns the +affections. Aurelius had made his own the secret of passing, +naturally, and with no violence to his thought, to and fro, between the +richly coloured and romantic religion of those old gods who had still +been human beings, and a very abstract speculation upon the impassive, +[42] universal soul--that circle whose centre is everywhere, the +circumference nowhere--of which a series of purely logical necessities +had evolved the formula. As in many another instance, those +traditional pieties of the place and the hour had been derived by him +from his mother:--para tes metros to theosebes.+ Purified, as all such +religion of concrete time and place needs to be, by frequent +confronting with the ideal of godhead as revealed to that innate +religious sense in the possession of which Aurelius differed from the +people around him, it was the ground of many a sociability with their +simpler souls, and for himself, certainly, a consolation, whenever the +wings of his own soul flagged in the trying atmosphere of purely +intellectual vision. A host of companions, guides, helpers, about him +from of old time, "the very court and company of heaven," objects for +him of personal reverence and affection--the supposed presence of the +ancient popular gods determined the character of much of his daily +life, and might prove the last stay of human nature at its weakest. +"In every time and place," he had said, "it rests with thyself to use +the event of the hour religiously: at all seasons worship the gods." +And when he said "Worship the gods!" he did it, as strenuously as +everything else. + +Yet here again, how often must he have experienced disillusion, or even +some revolt of [43] feeling, at that contact with coarser natures to +which his religious conclusions exposed him. At the beginning of the +year one hundred and seventy-three public anxiety was as great as ever; +and as before it brought people's superstition into unreserved play. +For seven days the images of the old gods, and some of the graver new +ones, lay solemnly exposed in the open air, arrayed in all their +ornaments, each in his separate resting-place, amid lights and burning +incense, while the crowd, following the imperial example, daily visited +them, with offerings of flowers to this or that particular divinity, +according to the devotion of each. + + But supplementing these older official observances, the very wildest +gods had their share of worship,--strange creatures with strange +secrets startled abroad into open daylight. The delirious sort of +religion of which Marius was a spectator in the streets of Rome, during +the seven days of the Lectisternium, reminded him now and again of an +observation of Apuleius: it was "as if the presence of the gods did not +do men good, but disordered or weakened them." Some jaded women of +fashion, especially, found in certain oriental devotions, at once +relief for their religiously tearful souls and an opportunity for +personal display; preferring this or that "mystery," chiefly because +the attire required in it was suitable to their peculiar manner of +beauty. And one morning Marius [44] encountered an extraordinary +crimson object, borne in a litter through an excited crowd--the famous +courtesan Benedicta, still fresh from the bath of blood, to which she +had submitted herself, sitting below the scaffold where the victims +provided for that purpose were slaughtered by the priests. Even on the +last day of the solemnity, when the emperor himself performed one of +the oldest ceremonies of the Roman religion, this fantastic piety had +asserted itself. There were victims enough certainly, brought from the +choice pastures of the Sabine mountains, and conducted around the city +they were to die for, in almost continuous procession, covered with +flowers and well-nigh worried to death before the time by the crowds of +people superstitiously pressing to touch them. But certain +old-fashioned Romans, in these exceptional circumstances, demanded +something more than this, in the way of a human sacrifice after the +ancient pattern; as when, not so long since, some Greeks or Gauls had +been buried alive in the Forum. At least, human blood should be shed; +and it was through a wild multitude of fanatics, cutting their flesh +with knives and whips and licking up ardently the crimson stream, that +the emperor repaired to the temple of Bellona, and in solemn symbolic +act cast the bloodstained spear, or "dart," carefully preserved there, +towards the enemy's country-- [45] towards that unknown world of German +homes, still warm, as some believed under the faint northern twilight, +with those innocent affections of which Romans had lost the sense. And +this at least was clear, amid all doubts of abstract right or wrong on +either side, that the ruin of those homes was involved in what Aurelius +was then preparing for, with,--Yes! the gods be thanked for that +achievement of an invigorating philosophy!--almost with a light heart. + + For, in truth, that departure, really so difficult to him, for which +Marcus Aurelius had needed to brace himself so strenuously, came to +test the power of a long-studied theory of practice; and it was the +development of this theory--a theoria, literally--a view, an intuition, +of the most important facts, and still more important possibilities, +concerning man in the world, that Marius now discovered, almost as if +by accident, below the dry surface of the manuscripts entrusted to him. +The great purple rolls contained, first of all, statistics, a general +historical account of the writer's own time, and an exact diary; all +alike, though in three different degrees of nearness to the writer's +own personal experience, laborious, formal, self-suppressing. This was +for the instruction of the public; and part of it has, perhaps, found +its way into the Augustan Histories. But it was for the especial +guidance of his son Commodus that he had permitted himself to break +out, here [46] and there, into reflections upon what was passing, into +conversations with the reader. And then, as though he were put off his +guard in this way, there had escaped into the heavy matter-of-fact, of +which the main portion was composed, morsels of his conversation with +himself. It was the romance of a soul (to be traced only in hints, +wayside notes, quotations from older masters), as it were in lifelong, +and often baffled search after some vanished or elusive golden fleece, +or Hesperidean fruit-trees, or some mysterious light of doctrine, ever +retreating before him. A man, he had seemed to Marius from the first, +of two lives, as we say. Of what nature, he had sometimes wondered, on +the day, for instance, when he had interrupted the emperor's musings in +the empty palace, might be that placid inward guest or inhabitant, who +from amid the pre-occupations of the man of practical affairs looked +out, as if surprised, at the things and faces around. Here, then, +under the tame surface of what was meant for a life of business, Marius +discovered, welcoming a brother, the spontaneous self-revelation of a +soul as delicate as his own,--a soul for which conversation with itself +was a necessity of existence. Marius, indeed, had always suspected +that the sense of such necessity was a peculiarity of his. But here, +certainly, was another, in this respect like himself; and again he +seemed to detect the advent of some [47] new or changed spirit into the +world, mystic, inward, hardly to be satisfied with that wholly external +and objective habit of life, which had been sufficient for the old +classic soul. His purely literary curiosity was greatly stimulated by +this example of a book of self-portraiture. It was in fact the position +of the modern essayist,--creature of efforts rather than of +achievements, in the matter of apprehending truth, but at least +conscious of lights by the way, which he must needs record, +acknowledge. What seemed to underlie that position was the desire to +make the most of every experience that might come, outwardly or from +within: to perpetuate, to display, what was so fleeting, in a kind of +instinctive, pathetic protest against the imperial writer's own +theory--that theory of the "perpetual flux" of all things--to Marius +himself, so plausible from of old. + + There was, besides, a special moral or doctrinal significance in the +making of such conversation with one's self at all. The Logos, the +reasonable spark, in man, is common to him with the gods--koinos auto +pros tous theous+--cum diis communis. That might seem but the truism +of a certain school of philosophy; but in Aurelius was clearly an +original and lively apprehension. There could be no inward +conversation with one's self such as this, unless there were indeed +some one else, aware of our actual thoughts and feelings, pleased or +displeased at [48] one's disposition of one's self. Cornelius Fronto +too could enounce that theory of the reasonable community between men +and God, in many different ways. But then, he was a cheerful man, and +Aurelius a singularly sad one; and what to Fronto was but a doctrine, +or a motive of mere rhetoric, was to the other a consolation. He walks +and talks, for a spiritual refreshment lacking which he would faint by +the way, with what to the learned professor is but matter of +philosophic eloquence. + +In performing his public religious functions Marcus Aurelius had ever +seemed like one who took part in some great process, a great thing +really done, with more than the actually visible assistants about him. +Here, in these manuscripts, in a hundred marginal flowers of thought or +language, in happy new phrases of his own like the impromptus of an +actual conversation, in quotations from other older masters of the +inward life, taking new significance from the chances of such +intercourse, was the record of his communion with that eternal reason, +which was also his own proper self, with the divine companion, whose +tabernacle was in the intelligence of men--the journal of his daily +commerce with that. + +Chance: or Providence! Chance: or Wisdom, one with nature and man, +reaching from end to end, through all time and all existence, orderly +disposing all things, according to [49] fixed periods, as he describes +it, in terms very like certain well-known words of the book of +Wisdom:--those are the "fenced opposites" of the speculative dilemma, +the tragic embarras, of which Aurelius cannot too often remind himself +as the summary of man's situation in the world. If there be, however, +a provident soul like this "behind the veil," truly, even to him, even +in the most intimate of those conversations, it has never yet spoken +with any quite irresistible assertion of its presence. Yet one's +choice in that speculative dilemma, as he has found it, is on the whole +a matter of will.--"'Tis in thy power," here too, again, "to think as +thou wilt." For his part he has asserted his will, and has the courage +of his opinion. "To the better of two things, if thou findest that, +turn with thy whole heart: eat and drink ever of the best before thee." +"Wisdom," says that other disciple of the Sapiential philosophy, "hath +mingled Her wine, she hath also prepared Herself a table." Tou aristou +apolaue:+ "Partake ever of Her best!" And what Marius, peeping now +very closely upon the intimacies of that singular mind, found a thing +actually pathetic and affecting, was the manner of the writer's bearing +as in the presence of this supposed guest; so elusive, so jealous of +any palpable manifestation of himself, so taxing to one's faith, never +allowing one to lean frankly upon him and feel wholly at rest. Only, +he [50] would do his part, at least, in maintaining the constant +fitness, the sweetness and quiet, of the guest-chamber. Seeming to vary +with the intellectual fortune of the hour, from the plainest account of +experience, to a sheer fantasy, only "believed because it was +impossible," that one hope was, at all events, sufficient to make men's +common pleasures and their common ambition, above all their commonest +vices, seem very petty indeed, too petty to know of. It bred in him a +kind of magnificence of character, in the old Greek sense of the term; +a temper incompatible with any merely plausible advocacy of his +convictions, or merely superficial thoughts about anything whatever, or +talk about other people, or speculation as to what was passing in their +so visibly little souls, or much talking of any kind, however clever or +graceful. A soul thus disposed had "already entered into the better +life":--was indeed in some sort "a priest, a minister of the gods." +Hence his constant "recollection"; a close watching of his soul, of a +kind almost unique in the ancient world.--Before all things examine +into thyself: strive to be at home with thyself!--Marius, a sympathetic +witness of all this, might almost seem to have had a foresight of +monasticism itself in the prophetic future. With this mystic companion +he had gone a step onward out of the merely objective pagan existence. +Here was already a master in that craft of self-direction, which was +about to [51] play so large a part in the forming of human mind, under +the sanction of the Christian church. + +Yet it was in truth a somewhat melancholy service, a service on which +one must needs move about, solemn, serious, depressed, with the hushed +footsteps of those who move about the house where a dead body is lying. +Such was the impression which occurred to Marius again and again as he +read, with a growing sense of some profound dissidence from his author. +By certain quite traceable links of association he was reminded, in +spite of the moral beauty of the philosophic emperor's ideas, how he +had sat, essentially unconcerned, at the public shows. For, actually, +his contemplations had made him of a sad heart, inducing in him that +melancholy--Tristitia--which even the monastic moralists have held to +be of the nature of deadly sin, akin to the sin of Desidia or +Inactivity. Resignation, a sombre resignation, a sad heart, patient +bearing of the burden of a sad heart:--Yes! this belonged doubtless to +the situation of an honest thinker upon the world. Only, in this case +there seemed to be too much of a complacent acquiescence in the world +as it is. And there could be no true Theodice in that; no real +accommodation of the world as it is, to the divine pattern of the +Logos, the eternal reason, over against it. It amounted to a tolerance +of evil. + + The soul of good, though it moveth upon a way thou canst but little + understand, yet prospereth on the journey: + + [52] If thou sufferest nothing contrary to nature, there can be + nought of evil with thee therein. + + If thou hast done aught in harmony with that reason in which men are + communicant with the gods, there also can be nothing of evil with + thee--nothing to be afraid of: + + Whatever is, is right; as from the hand of one dispensing to every + man according to his desert: + + If reason fulfil its part in things, what more dost thou require? + + Dost thou take it ill that thy stature is but of four cubits? + + That which happeneth to each of us is for the profit of the whole. + + The profit of the whole,--that was sufficient!+ + +--Links, in a train of thought really generous! of which, nevertheless, +the forced and yet facile optimism, refusing to see evil anywhere, +might lack, after all, the secret of genuine cheerfulness. It left in +truth a weight upon the spirits; and with that weight unlifted, there +could be no real justification of the ways of Heaven to man. "Let +thine air be cheerful," he had said; and, with an effort, did himself +at times attain to that serenity of aspect, which surely ought to +accompany, as their outward flower and favour, hopeful assumptions like +those. Still, what in Aurelius was but a passing expression, was with +Cornelius (Marius could but note the contrast) nature, and a veritable +physiognomy. With Cornelius, in fact, it was nothing less than the joy +which Dante apprehended in the blessed spirits of the perfect, the +outward semblance of which, like a reflex of physical light upon human +faces from "the land which is very far off," we may trace from Giotto +onward to its consummation in the work of Raphael--the serenity, the +[53] durable cheerfulness, of those who have been indeed delivered from +death, and of which the utmost degree of that famed "blitheness "of the +Greeks had been but a transitory gleam, as in careless and wholly +superficial youth. And yet, in Cornelius, it was certainly united with +the bold recognition of evil as a fact in the world; real as an aching +in the head or heart, which one instinctively desires to have cured; an +enemy with whom no terms could be made, visible, hatefully visible, in +a thousand forms--the apparent waste of men's gifts in an early, or +even in a late grave; the death, as such, of men, and even of animals; +the disease and pain of the body. + +And there was another point of dissidence between Aurelius and his +reader.--The philosophic emperor was a despiser of the body. Since it +is "the peculiar privilege of reason to move within herself, and to be +proof against corporeal impressions, suffering neither sensation nor +passion to break in upon her," it follows that the true interest of the +spirit must ever be to treat the body--Well! as a corpse attached +thereto, rather than as a living companion--nay, actually to promote +its dissolution. In counterpoise to the inhumanity of this, presenting +itself to the young reader as nothing less than a sin against nature, +the very person of Cornelius was nothing less than a sanction of that +reverent delight Marius had always had in the visible body of man. +Such delight indeed had been but [54] a natural consequence of the +sensuous or materialistic character of the philosophy of his choice. +Now to Cornelius the body of man was unmistakeably, as a later seer +terms it, the one true temple in the world; or rather itself the proper +object of worship, of a sacred service, in which the very finest gold +might have its seemliness and due symbolic use:--Ah! and of what +awe-stricken pity also, in its dejection, in the perishing gray bones +of a poor man's grave! + +Some flaw of vision, thought Marius, must be involved in the +philosopher's contempt for it--some diseased point of thought, or moral +dulness, leading logically to what seemed to him the strangest of all +the emperor's inhumanities, the temper of the suicide; for which there +was just then, indeed, a sort of mania in the world. "'Tis part of the +business of life," he read, "to lose it handsomely." On due occasion, +"one might give life the slip." The moral or mental powers might fail +one; and then it were a fair question, precisely, whether the time for +taking leave was not come:--"Thou canst leave this prison when thou +wilt. Go forth boldly!" Just there, in the bare capacity to entertain +such question at all, there was what Marius, with a soul which must +always leap up in loyal gratitude for mere physical sunshine, touching +him as it touched the flies in the air, could not away with. There, +surely, was a sign of some crookedness in the natural power of +apprehension. It was the [55] attitude, the melancholy intellectual +attitude, of one who might be greatly mistaken in things--who might +make the greatest of mistakes. + +A heart that could forget itself in the misfortune, or even in the +weakness of others:--of this Marius had certainly found the trace, as a +confidant of the emperor's conversations with himself, in spite of +those jarring inhumanities, of that pretension to a stoical +indifference, and the many difficulties of his manner of writing. He +found it again not long afterwards, in still stronger evidence, in this +way. As he read one morning early, there slipped from the rolls of +manuscript a sealed letter with the emperor's superscription, which +might well be of importance, and he felt bound to deliver it at once in +person; Aurelius being then absent from Rome in one of his favourite +retreats, at Praeneste, taking a few days of quiet with his young +children, before his departure for the war. A whole day passed as +Marius crossed the Campagna on horseback, pleased by the random autumn +lights bringing out in the distance the sheep at pasture, the shepherds +in their picturesque dress, the golden elms, tower and villa; and it +was after dark that he mounted the steep street of the little hill-town +to the imperial residence. He was struck by an odd mixture of +stillness and excitement about the place. Lights burned at the +windows. It seemed that numerous visitors were within, for the +courtyard was crowded with litters and horses [56] in waiting. For the +moment, indeed, all larger cares, even the cares of war, of late so +heavy a pressure, had been forgotten in what was passing with the +little Annius Verus; who for his part had forgotten his toys, lying all +day across the knees of his mother, as a mere child's ear-ache grew +rapidly to alarming sickness with great and manifest agony, only +suspended a little, from time to time, when from very weariness he +passed into a few moments of unconsciousness. The country surgeon +called in, had removed the imposthume with the knife. There had been a +great effort to bear this operation, for the terrified child, hardly +persuaded to submit himself, when his pain was at its worst, and even +more for the parents. At length, amid a company of pupils pressing in +with him, as the custom was, to watch the proceedings in the sick-room, +the eminent Galen had arrived, only to pronounce the thing done visibly +useless, the patient falling now into longer intervals of delirium. +And thus, thrust on one side by the crowd of departing visitors, Marius +was forced into the privacy of a grief, the desolate face of which went +deep into his memory, as he saw the emperor carry the child away--quite +conscious at last, but with a touching expression upon it of weakness +and defeat--pressed close to his bosom, as if he yearned just then for +one thing only, to be united, to be absolutely one with it, in its +obscure distress. + +NOTES + +42. +Transliteration: para tes metros to theosebes. Translation: +"rites deriving from [his] mother." + +47. +Transliteration: koinos auto pros tous theous. Translation: +"common to him together with the gods." + +49. +Transliteration: Tou aristou apolaue. Translation: "[Always] take +the best." + +52. +Not indented in the original. + + + +CHAPTER XIX: THE WILL AS VISION + + Paratum cor meum deus! paratum cor meum! + +[57] THE emperor demanded a senatorial decree for the erection of +images in memory of the dead prince; that a golden one should be +carried, together with the other images, in the great procession of the +Circus, and the addition of the child's name to the Hymn of the Salian +Priests: and so, stifling private grief, without further delay set +forth for the war. + +True kingship, as Plato, the old master of Aurelius, had understood it, +was essentially of the nature of a service. If so be, you can discover +a mode of life more desirable than the being a king, for those who +shall be kings; then, the true Ideal of the State will become a +possibility; but not otherwise. And if the life of Beatific Vision be +indeed possible, if philosophy really "concludes in an ecstasy," +affording full fruition to the entire nature of man; then, for certain +elect souls at least, a mode of life will have been [58] discovered +more desirable than to be a king. By love or fear you might induce +such persons to forgo their privilege; to take upon them the +distasteful task of governing other men, or even of leading them to +victory in battle. But, by the very conditions of its tenure, their +dominion would be wholly a ministry to others: they would have taken +upon them-"the form of a servant": they would be reigning for the +well-being of others rather than their own. The true king, the +righteous king, would be Saint Lewis, exiling himself from the better +land and its perfected company--so real a thing to him, definite and +real as the pictured scenes of his psalter--to take part in or to +arbitrate men's quarrels, about the transitory appearances of things. +In a lower degree (lower, in proportion as the highest Platonic dream +is lower than any Christian vision) the true king would be Marcus +Aurelius, drawn from the meditation of books, to be the ruler of the +Roman people in peace, and still more, in war. + +To Aurelius, certainly, the philosophic mood, the visions, however dim, +which this mood brought with it, were sufficiently pleasant to him, +together with the endearments of his home, to make public rule nothing +less than a sacrifice of himself according to Plato's requirement, now +consummated in his setting forth for the campaign on the Danube. That +it was such a sacrifice was to Marius visible fact, as he saw him [59] +ceremoniously lifted into the saddle amid all the pageantry of an +imperial departure, yet with the air less of a sanguine and +self-reliant leader than of one in some way or other already defeated. +Through the fortune of the subsequent years, passing and repassing so +inexplicably from side to side, the rumour of which reached him amid +his own quiet studies, Marius seemed always to see that central figure, +with its habitually dejected hue grown now to an expression of positive +suffering, all the stranger from its contrast with the magnificent +armour worn by the emperor on this occasion, as it had been worn by his +predecessor Hadrian. + + Totus et argento contextus et auro: + +clothed in its gold and silver, dainty as that old divinely constructed +armour of which Homer tells, but without its miraculous +lightsomeness--he looked out baffled, labouring, moribund; a mere +comfortless shadow taking part in some shadowy reproduction of the +labours of Hercules, through those northern, mist-laden confines of the +civilised world. It was as if the familiar soul which had been so +friendly disposed towards him were actually departed to Hades; and when +he read the Conversations afterwards, though his judgment of them +underwent no material change, it was nevertheless with the allowance we +make for the dead. The memory of that suffering image, while it +certainly strengthened his adhesion [60] to what he could accept at all +in the philosophy of Aurelius, added a strange pathos to what must seem +the writer's mistakes. What, after all, had been the meaning of that +incident, observed as so fortunate an omen long since, when the prince, +then a little child much younger than was usual, had stood in ceremony +among the priests of Mars and flung his crown of flowers with the rest +at the sacred image reclining on the Pulvinar? The other crowns lodged +themselves here or there; when, Lo! the crown thrown by Aurelius, the +youngest of them all, alighted upon the very brows of the god, as if +placed there by a careful hand! He was still young, also, when on the +day of his adoption by Antoninus Pius he saw himself in a dream, with +as it were shoulders of ivory, like the images of the gods, and found +them more capable than shoulders of flesh. Yet he was now well-nigh +fifty years of age, setting out with two-thirds of life behind him, +upon a labour which would fill the remainder of it with anxious +cares--a labour for which he had perhaps no capacity, and certainly no +taste. + +That ancient suit of armour was almost the only object Aurelius now +possessed from all those much cherished articles of vertu collected by +the Caesars, making the imperial residence like a magnificent museum. +Not men alone were needed for the war, so that it became necessary, to +the great disgust alike of timid persons and of [61] the lovers of +sport, to arm the gladiators, but money also was lacking. Accordingly, +at the sole motion of Aurelius himself, unwilling that the public +burden should be further increased, especially on the part of the poor, +the whole of the imperial ornaments and furniture, a sumptuous +collection of gems formed by Hadrian, with many works of the most +famous painters and sculptors, even the precious ornaments of the +emperor's chapel or Lararium, and the wardrobe of the empress Faustina, +who seems to have borne the loss without a murmur, were exposed for +public auction. "These treasures," said Aurelius, "like all else that +I possess, belong by right to the Senate and People." Was it not a +characteristic of the true kings in Plato that they had in their houses +nothing they could call their own? Connoisseurs had a keen delight in +the mere reading of the Praetor's list of the property for sale. For +two months the learned in these matters were daily occupied in the +appraising of the embroidered hangings, the choice articles of personal +use selected for preservation by each succeeding age, the great +outlandish pearls from Hadrian's favourite cabinet, the marvellous +plate lying safe behind the pretty iron wicker-work of the shops in the +goldsmiths' quarter. Meantime ordinary persons might have an interest +in the inspection of objects which had been as daily companions to +people so far above and remote from them--things so fine also [62] in +workmanship and material as to seem, with their antique and delicate +air, a worthy survival of the grand bygone eras, like select thoughts +or utterances embodying the very spirit of the vanished past. The town +became more pensive than ever over old fashions. + +The welcome amusement of this last act of preparation for the great war +being now over, all Rome seemed to settle down into a singular quiet, +likely to last long, as though bent only on watching from afar the +languid, somewhat uneventful course of the contest itself. Marius took +advantage of it as an opportunity for still closer study than of old, +only now and then going out to one of his favourite spots on the Sabine +or Alban hills for a quiet even greater than that of Rome in the +country air. On one of these occasions, as if by favour of an +invisible power withdrawing some unknown cause of dejection from around +him, he enjoyed a quite unusual sense of self-possession--the +possession of his own best and happiest self. After some gloomy +thoughts over-night, he awoke under the full tide of the rising sun, +himself full, in his entire refreshment, of that almost religious +appreciation of sleep, the graciousness of its influence on men's +spirits, which had made the old Greeks conceive of it as a god. It was +like one of those old joyful wakings of childhood, now becoming rarer +and rarer with him, and looked back upon with much regret as a measure +of advancing age. In fact, [63] the last bequest of this serene sleep +had been a dream, in which, as once before, he overheard those he loved +best pronouncing his name very pleasantly, as they passed through the +rich light and shadow of a summer morning, along the pavement of a +city--Ah! fairer far than Rome! In a moment, as he arose, a certain +oppression of late setting very heavily upon him was lifted away, as +though by some physical motion in the air. + +That flawless serenity, better than the most pleasurable excitement, +yet so easily ruffled by chance collision even with the things and +persons he had come to value as the greatest treasure in life, was to +be wholly his to-day, he thought, as he rode towards Tibur, under the +early sunshine; the marble of its villas glistening all the way before +him on the hillside. And why could he not hold such serenity of spirit +ever at command? he asked, expert as he was at last become in the art +of setting the house of his thoughts in order. "'Tis in thy power to +think as thou wilt:" he repeated to himself: it was the most +serviceable of all the lessons enforced on him by those imperial +conversations.--"'Tis in thy power to think as thou wilt." And were +the cheerful, sociable, restorative beliefs, of which he had there read +so much, that bold adhesion, for instance, to the hypothesis of an +eternal friend to man, just hidden behind the veil of a mechanical and +material order, but only just behind it, [64] ready perhaps even now to +break through:--were they, after all, really a matter of choice, +dependent on some deliberate act of volition on his part? Were they +doctrines one might take for granted, generously take for granted, and +led on by them, at first as but well-defined objects of hope, come at +last into the region of a corresponding certitude of the intellect? +"It is the truth I seek," he had read, "the truth, by which no one," +gray and depressing though it might seem, "was ever really injured." +And yet, on the other hand, the imperial wayfarer, he had been able to +go along with so far on his intellectual pilgrimage, let fall many +things concerning the practicability of a methodical and self-forced +assent to certain principles or presuppositions "one could not do +without." Were there, as the expression "one could not do without" +seemed to hint, beliefs, without which life itself must be almost +impossible, principles which had their sufficient ground of evidence in +that very fact? Experience certainly taught that, as regarding the +sensible world he could attend or not, almost at will, to this or that +colour, this or that train of sounds, in the whole tumultuous concourse +of colour and sound, so it was also, for the well-trained intelligence, +in regard to that hum of voices which besiege the inward no less than +the outward ear. Might it be not otherwise with those various and +competing hypotheses, the permissible hypotheses, which, [65] in that +open field for hypothesis--one's own actual ignorance of the origin and +tendency of our being--present themselves so importunately, some of +them with so emphatic a reiteration, through all the mental changes of +successive ages? Might the will itself be an organ of knowledge, of +vision? + +On this day truly no mysterious light, no irresistibly leading hand +from afar reached him; only the peculiarly tranquil influence of its +first hour increased steadily upon him, in a manner with which, as he +conceived, the aspects of the place he was then visiting had something +to do. The air there, air supposed to possess the singular property of +restoring the whiteness of ivory, was pure and thin. An even veil of +lawn-like white cloud had now drawn over the sky; and under its broad, +shadowless light every hue and tone of time came out upon the yellow +old temples, the elegant pillared circle of the shrine of the patronal +Sibyl, the houses seemingly of a piece with the ancient fundamental +rock. Some half-conscious motive of poetic grace would appear to have +determined their grouping; in part resisting, partly going along with +the natural wildness and harshness of the place, its floods and +precipices. An air of immense age possessed, above all, the vegetation +around--a world of evergreen trees--the olives especially, older than +how many generations of men's lives! fretted and twisted by the +combining forces of [66] life and death, into every conceivable caprice +of form. In the windless weather all seemed to be listening to the +roar of the immemorial waterfall, plunging down so unassociably among +these human habitations, and with a motion so unchanging from age to +age as to count, even in this time-worn place, as an image of +unalterable rest. Yet the clear sky all but broke to let through the +ray which was silently quickening everything in the late February +afternoon, and the unseen violet refined itself through the air. It +was as if the spirit of life in nature were but withholding any too +precipitate revelation of itself, in its slow, wise, maturing work. + +Through some accident to the trappings of his horse at the inn where he +rested, Marius had an unexpected delay. He sat down in an +olive-garden, and, all around him and within still turning to reverie, +the course of his own life hitherto seemed to withdraw itself into some +other world, disparted from this spectacular point where he was now +placed to survey it, like that distant road below, along which he had +travelled this morning across the Campagna. Through a dreamy land he +could see himself moving, as if in another life, and like another +person, through all his fortunes and misfortunes, passing from point to +point, weeping, delighted, escaping from various dangers. That +prospect brought him, first of all, an impulse of lively gratitude: it +was as if he must look round for some one [67] else to share his joy +with: for some one to whom he might tell the thing, for his own relief. +Companionship, indeed, familiarity with others, gifted in this way or +that, or at least pleasant to him, had been, through one or another +long span of it, the chief delight of the journey. And was it only the +resultant general sense of such familiarity, diffused through his +memory, that in a while suggested the question whether there had not +been--besides Flavian, besides Cornelius even, and amid the solitude he +had which in spite of ardent friendship perhaps loved best of all +things--some other companion, an unfailing companion, ever at his side +throughout; doubling his pleasure in the roses by the way, patient of +his peevishness or depression, sympathetic above all with his grateful +recognition, onward from his earliest days, of the fact that he was +there at all? Must not the whole world around have faded away for him +altogether, had he been left for one moment really alone in it? In his +deepest apparent solitude there had been rich entertainment. It was as +if there were not one only, but two wayfarers, side by side, visible +there across the plain, as he indulged his fancy. A bird came and sang +among the wattled hedge-roses: an animal feeding crept nearer: the +child who kept it was gazing quietly: and the scene and the hours still +conspiring, he passed from that mere fantasy of a self not himself, +beside him in his coming and [68] going, to those divinations of a +living and companionable spirit at work in all things, of which he had +become aware from time to time in his old philosophic readings--in +Plato and others, last but not least, in Aurelius. Through one +reflection upon another, he passed from such instinctive divinations, +to the thoughts which give them logical consistency, formulating at +last, as the necessary exponent of our own and the world's life, that +reasonable Ideal to which the Old Testament gives the name of Creator, +which for the philosophers of Greece is the Eternal Reason, and in the +New Testament the Father of Men--even as one builds up from act and +word and expression of the friend actually visible at one's side, an +ideal of the spirit within him. + +In this peculiar and privileged hour, his bodily frame, as he could +recognise, although just then, in the whole sum of its capacities, so +entirely possessed by him--Nay! actually his very self--was yet +determined by a far-reaching system of material forces external to it, +a thousand combining currents from earth and sky. Its seemingly active +powers of apprehension were, in fact, but susceptibilities to +influence. The perfection of its capacity might be said to depend on +its passive surrender, as of a leaf on the wind, to the motions of the +great stream of physical energy without it. And might not the +intellectual frame also, still [69] more intimately himself as in truth +it was, after the analogy of the bodily life, be a moment only, an +impulse or series of impulses, a single process, in an intellectual or +spiritual system external to it, diffused through all time and +place--that great stream of spiritual energy, of which his own +imperfect thoughts, yesterday or to-day, would be but the remote, and +therefore imperfect pulsations? It was the hypothesis (boldest, though +in reality the most conceivable of all hypotheses) which had dawned on +the contemplations of the two opposed great masters of the old Greek +thought, alike:--the "World of Ideas," existent only because, and in so +far as, they are known, as Plato conceived; the "creative, +incorruptible, informing mind," supposed by Aristotle, so sober-minded, +yet as regards this matter left something of a mystic after all. Might +not this entire material world, the very scene around him, the +immemorial rocks, the firm marble, the olive-gardens, the falling +water, be themselves but reflections in, or a creation of, that one +indefectible mind, wherein he too became conscious, for an hour, a day, +for so many years? Upon what other hypothesis could he so well +understand the persistency of all these things for his own intermittent +consciousness of them, for the intermittent consciousness of so many +generations, fleeting away one after another? It was easier to +conceive of the material fabric of things as [70] but an element in a +world of thought--as a thought in a mind, than of mind as an element, +or accident, or passing condition in a world of matter, because mind +was really nearer to himself: it was an explanation of what was less +known by what was known better. The purely material world, that close, +impassable prison-wall, seemed just then the unreal thing, to be +actually dissolving away all around him: and he felt a quiet hope, a +quiet joy dawning faintly, in the dawning of this doctrine upon him as +a really credible opinion. It was like the break of day over some vast +prospect with the "new city," as it were some celestial New Rome, in +the midst of it. That divine companion figured no longer as but an +occasional wayfarer beside him; but rather as the unfailing +"assistant," without whose inspiration and concurrence he could not +breathe or see, instrumenting his bodily senses, rounding, supporting +his imperfect thoughts. How often had the thought of their brevity +spoiled for him the most natural pleasures of life, confusing even his +present sense of them by the suggestion of disease, of death, of a +coming end, in everything! How had he longed, sometimes, that there +were indeed one to whose boundless power of memory he could commit his +own most fortunate moments, his admiration, his love, Ay! the very +sorrows of which he could not bear quite to lose the sense:--one strong +to retain them even though [71] he forgot, in whose more vigorous +consciousness they might subsist for ever, beyond that mere quickening +of capacity which was all that remained of them in himself! "Oh! that +they might live before Thee"--To-day at least, in the peculiar +clearness of one privileged hour, he seemed to have apprehended that in +which the experiences he valued most might find, one by one, an +abiding-place. And again, the resultant sense of companionship, of a +person beside him, evoked the faculty of conscience--of conscience, as +of old and when he had been at his best, in the form, not of fear, nor +of self-reproach even, but of a certain lively gratitude. + +Himself--his sensations and ideas--never fell again precisely into +focus as on that day, yet he was the richer by its experience. But for +once only to have come under the power of that peculiar mood, to have +felt the train of reflections which belong to it really forcible and +conclusive, to have been led by them to a conclusion, to have +apprehended the Great Ideal, so palpably that it defined personal +gratitude and the sense of a friendly hand laid upon him amid the +shadows of the world, left this one particular hour a marked point in +life never to be forgotten. It gave him a definitely ascertained +measure of his moral or intellectual need, of the demand his soul must +make upon the powers, whatsoever they might be, which [72] had brought +him, as he was, into the world at all. And again, would he be faithful +to himself, to his own habits of mind, his leading suppositions, if he +did but remain just there? Must not all that remained of life be but a +search for the equivalent of that Ideal, among so-called actual +things--a gathering together of every trace or token of it, which his +actual experience might present? + + + +PART THE FOURTH + + +CHAPTER XX: TWO CURIOUS HOUSES + +I. GUESTS + + "Your old men shall dream dreams."+ + +[75] A NATURE like that of Marius, composed, in about equal parts, of +instincts almost physical, and of slowly accumulated intellectual +judgments, was perhaps even less susceptible than other men's +characters of essential change. And yet the experience of that +fortunate hour, seeming to gather into one central act of vision all +the deeper impressions his mind had ever received, did not leave him +quite as he had been. For his mental view, at least, it changed +measurably the world about him, of which he was still indeed a curious +spectator, but which looked further off, was weaker in its hold, and, +in a sense, less real to him than ever. It was as if he viewed it +through a diminishing glass. And the permanency of this change he +could note, some years later, when it [76] happened that he was a guest +at a feast, in which the various exciting elements of Roman life, its +physical and intellectual accomplishments, its frivolity and +far-fetched elegances, its strange, mystic essays after the unseen, +were elaborately combined. The great Apuleius, the literary ideal of +his boyhood, had arrived in Rome,--was now visiting Tusculum, at the +house of their common friend, a certain aristocratic poet who loved +every sort of superiorities; and Marius was favoured with an invitation +to a supper given in his honour. + +It was with a feeling of half-humorous concession to his own early +boyish hero-worship, yet with some sense of superiority in himself, +seeing his old curiosity grown now almost to indifference when on the +point of satisfaction at last, and upon a juster estimate of its +object, that he mounted to the little town on the hillside, the +foot-ways of which were so many flights of easy-going steps gathered +round a single great house under shadow of the "haunted" ruins of +Cicero's villa on the wooded heights. He found a touch of weirdness in +the circumstance that in so romantic a place he had been bidden to meet +the writer who was come to seem almost like one of the personages in +his own fiction. As he turned now and then to gaze at the evening +scene through the tall narrow openings of the street, up which the +cattle were going home slowly from the [77] pastures below, the Alban +mountains, stretched between the great walls of the ancient houses, +seemed close at hand--a screen of vaporous dun purple against the +setting sun--with those waves of surpassing softness in the boundary +lines which indicate volcanic formation. The coolness of the little +brown market-place, for profit of which even the working-people, in +long file through the olive-gardens, were leaving the plain for the +night, was grateful, after the heats of Rome. Those wild country +figures, clad in every kind of fantastic patchwork, stained by wind and +weather fortunately enough for the eye, under that significant light +inclined him to poetry. And it was a very delicate poetry of its kind +that seemed to enfold him, as passing into the poet's house he paused +for a moment to glance back towards the heights above; whereupon, the +numerous cascades of the precipitous garden of the villa, framed in the +doorway of the hall, fell into a harmless picture, in its place among +the pictures within, and scarcely more real than they--a +landscape-piece, in which the power of water (plunging into what unseen +depths!) done to the life, was pleasant, and without its natural +terrors. + +At the further end of this bland apartment, fragrant with the rare +woods of the old inlaid panelling, the falling of aromatic oil from the +ready-lighted lamps, the iris-root clinging to the dresses of the +guests, as with odours from the [78] altars of the gods, the +supper-table was spread, in all the daintiness characteristic of the +agreeable petit-maitre, who entertained. He was already most carefully +dressed, but, like Martial's Stella, perhaps consciously, meant to +change his attire once and again during the banquet; in the last +instance, for an ancient vesture (object of much rivalry among the +young men of fashion, at that great sale of the imperial wardrobes) a +toga, of altogether lost hue and texture. He wore it with a grace +which became the leader of a thrilling movement then on foot for the +restoration of that disused garment, in which, laying aside the +customary evening dress, all the visitors were requested to appear, +setting off the delicate sinuosities and well-disposed "golden ways" of +its folds, with harmoniously tinted flowers. The opulent sunset, +blending pleasantly with artificial light, fell across the quiet +ancestral effigies of old consular dignitaries, along the wide floor +strewn with sawdust of sandal-wood, and lost itself in the heap of cool +coronals, lying ready for the foreheads of the guests on a sideboard of +old citron. The crystal vessels darkened with old wine, the hues of +the early autumn fruit--mulberries, pomegranates, and grapes that had +long been hanging under careful protection upon the vines, were almost +as much a feast for the eye, as the dusky fires of the rare +twelve-petalled roses. A favourite animal, white as snow, brought by +one of the visitors, purred its way [79] gracefully among the +wine-cups, coaxed onward from place to place by those at table, as they +reclined easily on their cushions of German eider-down, spread over the +long-legged, carved couches. + +A highly refined modification of the acroama--a musical performance +during supper for the diversion of the guests--was presently heard +hovering round the place, soothingly, and so unobtrusively that the +company could not guess, and did not like to ask, whether or not it had +been designed by their entertainer. They inclined on the whole to +think it some wonderful peasant-music peculiar to that wild +neighbourhood, turning, as it did now and then, to a solitary +reed-note, like a bird's, while it wandered into the distance. It +wandered quite away at last, as darkness with a bolder lamplight came +on, and made way for another sort of entertainment. An odd, rapid, +phantasmal glitter, advancing from the garden by torchlight, defined +itself, as it came nearer, into a dance of young men in armour. Arrived +at length in a portico, open to the supper-chamber, they contrived that +their mechanical march-movement should fall out into a kind of highly +expressive dramatic action; and with the utmost possible emphasis of +dumb motion, their long swords weaving a silvery network in the air, +they danced the Death of Paris. The young Commodus, already an adept +in these matters, who had condescended to [80] welcome the eminent +Apuleius at the banquet, had mysteriously dropped from his place to +take his share in the performance; and at its conclusion reappeared, +still wearing the dainty accoutrements of Paris, including a +breastplate, composed entirely of overlapping tigers' claws, skilfully +gilt. The youthful prince had lately assumed the dress of manhood, on +the return of the emperor for a brief visit from the North; putting up +his hair, in imitation of Nero, in a golden box dedicated to Capitoline +Jupiter. His likeness to Aurelius, his father, was become, in +consequence, more striking than ever; and he had one source of genuine +interest in the great literary guest of the occasion, in that the +latter was the fortunate possessor of a monopoly for the exhibition of +wild beasts and gladiatorial shows in the province of Carthage, where +he resided. + +Still, after all complaisance to the perhaps somewhat crude tastes of +the emperor's son, it was felt that with a guest like Apuleius whom +they had come prepared to entertain as veritable connoisseurs, the +conversation should be learned and superior, and the host at last +deftly led his company round to literature, by the way of bindings. +Elegant rolls of manuscript from his fine library of ancient Greek +books passed from hand to hand about the table. It was a sign for the +visitors themselves to draw their own choicest literary curiosities +from their bags, as their contribution to the banquet; and one of them, +a [81] famous reader, choosing his lucky moment, delivered in tenor +voice the piece which follows, with a preliminary query as to whether +it could indeed be the composition of Lucian of Samosata,+ understood +to be the great mocker of that day:-- + +"What sound was that, Socrates?" asked Chaerephon. "It came from the +beach under the cliff yonder, and seemed a long way off.--And how +melodious it was! Was it a bird, I wonder. I thought all sea-birds +were songless." + +"Aye! a sea-bird," answered Socrates, "a bird called the Halcyon, and +has a note full of plaining and tears. There is an old story people +tell of it. It was a mortal woman once, daughter of Aeolus, god of the +winds. Ceyx, the son of the morning-star, wedded her in her early +maidenhood. The son was not less fair than the father; and when it +came to pass that he died, the crying of the girl as she lamented his +sweet usage, was, Just that! And some while after, as Heaven willed, +she was changed into a bird. Floating now on bird's wings over the sea +she seeks her lost Ceyx there; since she was not able to find him after +long wandering over the land." + +"That then is the Halcyon--the kingfisher," said Chaerephon. "I never +heard a bird like it before. It has truly a plaintive note. What kind +of a bird is it, Socrates?" + +"Not a large bird, though she has received [82] large honour from the +gods on account of her singular conjugal affection. For whensoever she +makes her nest, a law of nature brings round what is called Halcyon's +weather,--days distinguishable among all others for their serenity, +though they come sometimes amid the storms of winter--days like to-day! +See how transparent is the sky above us, and how motionless the +sea!--like a smooth mirror." + +True! A Halcyon day, indeed! and yesterday was the same. But tell me, +Socrates, what is one to think of those stories which have been told +from the beginning, of birds changed into mortals and mortals into +birds? To me nothing seems more incredible." + +"Dear Chaerephon," said Socrates, "methinks we are but half-blind +judges of the impossible and the possible. We try the question by the +standard of our human faculty, which avails neither for true knowledge, +nor for faith, nor vision. Therefore many things seem to us impossible +which are really easy, many things unattainable which are within our +reach; partly through inexperience, partly through the childishness of +our minds. For in truth, every man, even the oldest of us, is like a +little child, so brief and babyish are the years of our life in +comparison of eternity. Then, how can we, who comprehend not the +faculties of gods and of the heavenly host, tell whether aught of that +kind be possible or no?--What a tempest you saw [83] three days ago! +One trembles but to think of the lightning, the thunderclaps, the +violence of the wind! You might have thought the whole world was going +to ruin. And then, after a little, came this wonderful serenity of +weather, which has continued till to-day. Which do you think the +greater and more difficult thing to do: to exchange the disorder of +that irresistible whirlwind to a clarity like this, and becalm the +whole world again, or to refashion the form of a woman into that of a +bird? We can teach even little children to do something of that +sort,--to take wax or clay, and mould out of the same material many +kinds of form, one after another, without difficulty. And it may be +that to the Deity, whose power is too vast for comparison with ours, +all processes of that kind are manageable and easy. How much wider is +the whole circle of heaven than thyself?--Wider than thou canst express. + +"Among ourselves also, how vast the difference we may observe in men's +degrees of power! To you and me, and many another like us, many things +are impossible which are quite easy to others. For those who are +unmusical, to play on the flute; to read or write, for those who have +not yet learned; is no easier than to make birds of women, or women of +birds. From the dumb and lifeless egg Nature moulds her swarms of +winged creatures, aided, as some will have it, by a divine and secret +[84] art in the wide air around us. She takes from the honeycomb a +little memberless live thing; she brings it wings and feet, brightens +and beautifies it with quaint variety of colour:--and Lo! the bee in +her wisdom, making honey worthy of the gods. + +"It follows, that we mortals, being altogether of little account, able +wholly to discern no great matter, sometimes not even a little one, for +the most part at a loss regarding what happens even with ourselves, may +hardly speak with security as to what may be the powers of the immortal +gods concerning Kingfisher, or Nightingale. Yet the glory of thy +mythus, as my fathers bequeathed it to me, O tearful songstress! that +will I too hand on to my children, and tell it often to my wives, +Xanthippe and Myrto:--the story of thy pious love to Ceyx, and of thy +melodious hymns; and, above all, of the honour thou hast with the gods!" + +The reader's well-turned periods seemed to stimulate, almost +uncontrollably, the eloquent stirrings of the eminent man of letters +then present. The impulse to speak masterfully was visible, before the +recital was well over, in the moving lines about his mouth, by no means +designed, as detractors were wont to say, simply to display the beauty +of his teeth. One of the company, expert in his humours, made ready to +transcribe what he would say, the sort of [85] things of which a +collection was then forming, the "Florida" or Flowers, so to call them, +he was apt to let fall by the way--no impromptu ventures at random; but +rather elaborate, carved ivories of speech, drawn, at length, out of +the rich treasure-house of a memory stored with such, and as with a +fine savour of old musk about them. Certainly in this case, as Marius +thought, it was worth while to hear a charming writer speak. +Discussing, quite in our modern way, the peculiarities of those +suburban views, especially the sea-views, of which he was a professed +lover, he was also every inch a priest of Aesculapius, patronal god of +Carthage. There was a piquancy in his rococo, very African, and as it +were perfumed personality, though he was now well-nigh sixty years old, +a mixture there of that sort of Platonic spiritualism which can speak +of the soul of man as but a sojourner m the prison of the body--a +blending of that with such a relish for merely bodily graces as availed +to set the fashion in matters of dress, deportment, accent, and the +like, nay! with something also which reminded Marius of the vein of +coarseness he had found in the "Golden Book." All this made the total +impression he conveyed a very uncommon one. Marius did not wonder, as +he watched him speaking, that people freely attributed to him many of +the marvellous adventures he had recounted in that famous romance, [86] +over and above the wildest version of his own actual story--his +extraordinary marriage, his religious initiations, his acts of mad +generosity, his trial as a sorcerer. + +But a sign came from the imperial prince that it was time for the +company to separate. He was entertaining his immediate neighbours at +the table with a trick from the streets; tossing his olives in rapid +succession into the air, and catching them, as they fell, between his +lips. His dexterity in this performance made the mirth around him +noisy, disturbing the sleep of the furry visitor: the learned party +broke up; and Marius withdrew, glad to escape into the open air. The +courtesans in their large wigs of false blond hair, were lurking for +the guests, with groups of curious idlers. A great conflagration was +visible in the distance. Was it in Rome; or in one of the villages of +the country? Pausing for a few minutes on the terrace to watch it, +Marius was for the first time able to converse intimately with +Apuleius; and in this moment of confidence the "illuminist," himself +with locks so carefully arranged, and seemingly so full of +affectations, almost like one of those light women there, dropped a +veil as it were, and appeared, though still permitting the play of a +certain element of theatrical interest in his bizarre tenets, to be +ready to explain and defend his position reasonably. For a moment his +fantastic foppishness and his pretensions to ideal [87] vision seemed +to fall into some intelligible congruity with each other. In truth, it +was the Platonic Idealism, as he conceived it, which for him literally +animated, and gave him so lively an interest in, this world of the +purely outward aspects of men and things.--Did material things, such +things as they had had around them all that evening, really need +apology for being there, to interest one, at all? Were not all visible +objects--the whole material world indeed, according to the consistent +testimony of philosophy in many forms--"full of souls"? embarrassed +perhaps, partly imprisoned, but still eloquent souls? Certainly, the +contemplative philosophy of Plato, with its figurative imagery and +apologue, its manifold aesthetic colouring, its measured eloquence, its +music for the outward ear, had been, like Plato's old master himself, a +two-sided or two-coloured thing. Apuleius was a Platonist: only, for +him, the Ideas of Plato were no creatures of logical abstraction, but +in very truth informing souls, in every type and variety of sensible +things. Those noises in the house all supper-time, sounding through +the tables and along the walls:--were they only startings in the old +rafters, at the impact of the music and laughter; or rather +importunities of the secondary selves, the true unseen selves, of the +persons, nay! of the very things around, essaying to break through +their frivolous, merely transitory surfaces, to remind one of abiding +essentials beyond them, [88] which might have their say, their judgment +to give, by and by, when the shifting of the meats and drinks at life's +table would be over? And was not this the true significance of the +Platonic doctrine?--a hierarchy of divine beings, associating +themselves with particular things and places, for the purpose of +mediating between God and man--man, who does but need due attention on +his part to become aware of his celestial company, filling the air +about him, thick as motes in the sunbeam, for the glance of sympathetic +intelligence he casts through it. + +"Two kinds there are, of animated beings," he exclaimed: "Gods, +entirely differing from men in the infinite distance of their abode, +since one part of them only is seen by our blunted vision--those +mysterious stars!--in the eternity of their existence, in the +perfection of their nature, infected by no contact with ourselves: and +men, dwelling on the earth, with frivolous and anxious minds, with +infirm and mortal members, with variable fortunes; labouring in vain; +taken altogether and in their whole species perhaps, eternal; but, +severally, quitting the scene in irresistible succession. + +"What then? Has nature connected itself together by no bond, allowed +itself to be thus crippled, and split into the divine and human +elements? And you will say to me: If so it be, that man is thus +entirely exiled from the immortal gods, that all communication is +denied [89] him, that not one of them occasionally visits us, as a +shepherd his sheep--to whom shall I address my prayers? Whom, shall I +invoke as the helper of the unfortunate, the protector of the good? + +"Well! there are certain divine powers of a middle nature, through whom +our aspirations are conveyed to the gods, and theirs to us. Passing +between the inhabitants of earth and heaven, they carry from one to the +other prayers and bounties, supplication and assistance, being a kind +of interpreters. This interval of the air is full of them! Through +them, all revelations, miracles, magic processes, are effected. For, +specially appointed members of this order have their special provinces, +with a ministry according to the disposition of each. They go to and +fro without fixed habitation: or dwell in men's houses"-- + +Just then a companion's hand laid in the darkness on the shoulder of +the speaker carried him away, and the discourse broke off suddenly. Its +singular intimations, however, were sufficient to throw back on this +strange evening, in all its detail--the dance, the readings, the +distant fire--a kind of allegoric expression: gave it the character of +one of those famous Platonic figures or apologues which had then been +in fact under discussion. When Marius recalled its circumstances he +seemed to hear once more that voice of genuine conviction, pleading, +from amidst a [90] scene at best of elegant frivolity, for so boldly +mystical a view of man and his position in the world. For a moment, +but only for a moment, as he listened, the trees had seemed, as of old, +to be growing "close against the sky." Yes! the reception of theory, of +hypothesis, of beliefs, did depend a great deal on temperament. They +were, so to speak, mere equivalents of temperament. A celestial +ladder, a ladder from heaven to earth: that was the assumption which +the experience of Apuleius had suggested to him: it was what, in +different forms, certain persons in every age had instinctively +supposed: they would be glad to find their supposition accredited by +the authority of a grave philosophy. Marius, however, yearning not less +than they, in that hard world of Rome, and below its unpeopled sky, for +the trace of some celestial wing across it, must still object that they +assumed the thing with too much facility, too much of self-complacency. +And his second thought was, that to indulge but for an hour fantasies, +fantastic visions of that sort, only left the actual world more lonely +than ever. For him certainly, and for his solace, the little godship +for whom the rude countryman, an unconscious Platonist, trimmed his +twinkling lamp, would never slip from the bark of these immemorial +olive-trees.--No! not even in the wildest moonlight. For himself, it +was clear, he must still hold by what his eyes really saw. Only, he +had to concede also, that [91] the very boldness of such theory bore +witness, at least, to a variety of human disposition and a consequent +variety of mental view, which might--who can tell?--be correspondent +to, be defined by and define, varieties of facts, of truths, just +"behind the veil," regarding the world all alike had actually before +them as their original premiss or starting-point; a world, wider, +perhaps, in its possibilities than all possible fancies concerning it. + +NOTES + +75. Joel 2.28. + +81. +Halcyone. + + + +CHAPTER XXI: TWO CURIOUS HOUSES + +II. THE CHURCH IN CECILIA'S HOUSE + + "Your old men shall dream dreams, and your young men shall see + visions." + +[92] CORNELIUS had certain friends in or near Rome, whose household, to +Marius, as he pondered now and again what might be the determining +influences of that peculiar character, presented itself as possibly its +main secret--the hidden source from which the beauty and strength of a +nature, so persistently fresh in the midst of a somewhat jaded world, +might be derived. But Marius had never yet seen these friends; and it +was almost by accident that the veil of reserve was at last lifted, +and, with strange contrast to his visit to the poet's villa at +Tusculum, he entered another curious house. + +"The house in which she lives," says that mystical German writer quoted +once before, "is for the orderly soul, which does not live on [93] +blindly before her, but is ever, out of her passing experiences, +building and adorning the parts of a many-roomed abode for herself, +only an expansion of the body; as the body, according to the philosophy +of Swedenborg,+ is but a process, an expansion, of the soul. For such +an orderly soul, as life proceeds, all sorts of delicate affinities +establish themselves, between herself and the doors and passage-ways, +the lights and shadows, of her outward dwelling-place, until she may +seem incorporate with it--until at last, in the entire expressiveness +of what is outward, there is for her, to speak properly, between +outward and inward, no longer any distinction at all; and the light +which creeps at a particular hour on a particular picture or space upon +the wall, the scent of flowers in the air at a particular window, +become to her, not so much apprehended objects, as themselves powers of +apprehension and door-ways to things beyond--the germ or rudiment of +certain new faculties, by which she, dimly yet surely, apprehends a +matter lying beyond her actually attained capacities of spirit and +sense." + +So it must needs be in a world which is itself, we may think, together +with that bodily "tent" or "tabernacle," only one of many vestures for +the clothing of the pilgrim soul, to be left by her, surely, as if on +the wayside, worn-out one by one, as it was from her, indeed, they +borrowed what momentary value or significance they had. + +[94] The two friends were returning to Rome from a visit to a +country-house, where again a mixed company of guests had been +assembled; Marius, for his part, a little weary of gossip, and those +sparks of ill-tempered rivalry, which would seem sometimes to be the +only sort of fire the intercourse of people in general society can +strike out of them. A mere reaction upon this, as they started in the +clear morning, made their companionship, at least for one of them, +hardly less tranquillising than the solitude he so much valued. +Something in the south-west wind, combining with their own intention, +favoured increasingly, as the hours wore on, a serenity like that +Marius had felt once before in journeying over the great plain towards +Tibur--a serenity that was to-day brotherly amity also, and seemed to +draw into its own charmed circle whatever was then present to eye or +ear, while they talked or were silent together, and all petty +irritations, and the like, shrank out of existence, or kept certainly +beyond its limits. The natural fatigue of the long journey overcame +them quite suddenly at last, when they were still about two miles +distant from Rome. The seemingly endless line of tombs and cypresses +had been visible for hours against the sky towards the west; and it was +just where a cross-road from the Latin Way fell into the Appian, that +Cornelius halted at a doorway in a long, low wall--the outer wall of +some villa courtyard, it might be supposed-- [95] as if at liberty to +enter, and rest there awhile. He held the door open for his companion +to enter also, if he would; with an expression, as he lifted the latch, +which seemed to ask Marius, apparently shrinking from a possible +intrusion: "Would you like to see it?" Was he willing to look upon +that, the seeing of which might define--yes! define the critical +turning-point in his days? + +The little doorway in this long, low wall admitted them, in fact, into +the court or garden of a villa, disposed in one of those abrupt natural +hollows, which give its character to the country in this place; the +house itself, with all its dependent buildings, the spaciousness of +which surprised Marius as he entered, being thus wholly concealed from +passengers along the road. All around, in those well-ordered +precincts, were the quiet signs of wealth, and of a noble taste--a +taste, indeed, chiefly evidenced in the selection and juxtaposition of +the material it had to deal with, consisting almost exclusively of the +remains of older art, here arranged and harmonised, with effects, both +as regards colour and form, so delicate as to seem really derivative +from some finer intelligence in these matters than lay within the +resources of the ancient world. It was the old way of true +Renaissance--being indeed the way of nature with her roses, the divine +way with the body of man, perhaps with his soul--conceiving the new +organism by no sudden and [96] abrupt creation, but rather by the +action of a new principle upon elements, all of which had in truth +already lived and died many times. The fragments of older +architecture, the mosaics, the spiral columns, the precious +corner-stones of immemorial building, had put on, by such +juxtaposition, a new and singular expressiveness, an air of grave +thought, of an intellectual purpose, in itself, aesthetically, very +seductive. Lastly, herb and tree had taken possession, spreading their +seed-bells and light branches, just astir in the trembling air, above +the ancient garden-wall, against the wide realms of sunset. And from +the first they could hear singing, the singing of children mainly, it +would seem, and of a new kind; so novel indeed in its effect, as to +bring suddenly to the recollection of Marius, Flavian's early essays +towards a new world of poetic sound. It was the expression not +altogether of mirth, yet of some wonderful sort of happiness--the +blithe self-expansion of a joyful soul in people upon whom some +all-subduing experience had wrought heroically, and who still +remembered, on this bland afternoon, the hour of a great deliverance. + +His old native susceptibility to the spirit, the special sympathies, of +places,--above all, to any hieratic or religious significance they +might have,--was at its liveliest, as Marius, still encompassed by that +peculiar singing, and still amid the evidences of a grave discretion +all around him, passed into the house. That intelligent seriousness +[97] about life, the absence of which had ever seemed to remove those +who lacked it into some strange species wholly alien from himself, +accumulating all the lessons of his experience since those first days +at White-nights, was as it were translated here, as if in designed +congruity with his favourite precepts of the power of physical vision, +into an actual picture. If the true value of souls is in proportion to +what they can admire, Marius was just then an acceptable soul. As he +passed through the various chambers, great and small, one dominant +thought increased upon him, the thought of chaste women and their +children--of all the various affections of family life under its most +natural conditions, yet developed, as if in devout imitation of some +sublime new type of it, into large controlling passions. There reigned +throughout, an order and purity, an orderly disposition, as if by way +of making ready for some gracious spousals. The place itself was like +a bride adorned for her husband; and its singular cheerfulness, the +abundant light everywhere, the sense of peaceful industry, of which he +received a deep impression though without precisely reckoning wherein +it resided, as he moved on rapidly, were in forcible contrast just at +first to the place to which he was next conducted by Cornelius still +with a sort of eager, hurried, half-troubled reluctance, and as if he +forbore the explanation which might well be looked for by his companion. + +[98] An old flower-garden in the rear of the house, set here and there +with a venerable olive-tree--a picture in pensive shade and fiery +blossom, as transparent, under that afternoon light, as the old +miniature-painters' work on the walls of the chambers within--was +bounded towards the west by a low, grass-grown hill. A narrow opening +cut in its steep side, like a solid blackness there, admitted Marius +and his gleaming leader into a hollow cavern or crypt, neither more nor +less in fact than the family burial-place of the Cecilii, to whom this +residence belonged, brought thus, after an arrangement then becoming +not unusual, into immediate connexion with the abode of the living, in +bold assertion of that instinct of family life, which the sanction of +the Holy Family was, hereafter, more and more to reinforce. Here, in +truth, was the centre of the peculiar religious expressiveness, of the +sanctity, of the entire scene. That "any person may, at his own +election, constitute the place which belongs to him a religious place, +by the carrying of his dead into it":--had been a maxim of old Roman +law, which it was reserved for the early Christian societies, like that +established here by the piety of a wealthy Roman matron, to realise in +all its consequences. Yet this was certainly unlike any cemetery +Marius had ever before seen; most obviously in this, that these people +had returned to the older fashion of disposing of [99] their dead by +burial instead of burning. Originally a family sepulchre, it was +growing to a vast necropolis, a whole township of the deceased, by +means of some free expansion of the family interest beyond its amplest +natural limits. That air of venerable beauty which characterised the +house and its precincts above, was maintained also here. It was +certainly with a great outlay of labour that these long, apparently +endless, yet elaborately designed galleries, were increasing so +rapidly, with their layers of beds or berths, one above another, cut, +on either side the path-way, in the porous tufa, through which all the +moisture filters downwards, leaving the parts above dry and wholesome. +All alike were carefully closed, and with all the delicate costliness +at command; some with simple tiles of baked clay, many with slabs of +marble, enriched by fair inscriptions: marble taken, in some cases, +from older pagan tombs--the inscription sometimes a palimpsest, the new +epitaph being woven into the faded letters of an earlier one. + +As in an ordinary Roman cemetery, an abundance of utensils for the +worship or commemoration of the departed was disposed around--incense, +lights, flowers, their flame or their freshness being relieved to the +utmost by contrast with the coal-like blackness of the soil itself, a +volcanic sandstone, cinder of burnt-out fires. Would they ever kindle +again?--possess, transform, the place?--Turning to an [100] ashen +pallor where, at regular intervals, an air-hole or luminare let in a +hard beam of clear but sunless light, with the heavy sleepers, row upon +row within, leaving a passage so narrow that only one visitor at a time +could move along, cheek to cheek with them, the high walls seemed to +shut one in into the great company of the dead. Only the long straight +pathway lay before him; opening, however, here and there, into a small +chamber, around a broad, table-like coffin or "altar-tomb," adorned +even more profusely than the rest as if for some anniversary +observance. Clearly, these people, concurring in this with the special +sympathies of Marius himself, had adopted the practice of burial from +some peculiar feeling of hope they entertained concerning the body; a +feeling which, in no irreverent curiosity, he would fain have +penetrated. The complete and irreparable disappearance of the dead in +the funeral fire, so crushing to the spirits, as he for one had found +it, had long since induced in him a preference for that other mode of +settlement to the last sleep, as having something about it more +home-like and hopeful, at least in outward seeming. But whence the +strange confidence that these "handfuls of white dust" would hereafter +recompose themselves once more into exulting human creatures? By what +heavenly alchemy, what reviving dew from above, such as was certainly +never again to reach the dead violets?-- [101] Januarius, Agapetus, +Felicitas; Martyrs! refresh, I pray you, the soul of Cecil, of +Cornelius! said an inscription, one of many, scratched, like a passing +sigh, when it was still fresh in the mortar that had closed up the +prison-door. All critical estimate of this bold hope, as sincere +apparently as it was audacious in its claim, being set aside, here at +least, carried further than ever before, was that pious, systematic +commemoration of the dead, which, in its chivalrous refusal to forget +or finally desert the helpless, had ever counted with Marius as the +central exponent or symbol of all natural duty. + + The stern soul of the excellent Jonathan Edwards, applying the +faulty theology of John Calvin, afforded him, we know, the vision of +infants not a span long, on the floor of hell. Every visitor to the +Catacombs must have observed, in a very different theological +connexion, the numerous children's graves there--beds of infants, but a +span long indeed, lowly "prisoners of hope," on these sacred floors. +It was with great curiosity, certainly, that Marius considered them, +decked in some instances with the favourite toys of their tiny +occupants--toy-soldiers, little chariot-wheels, the entire +paraphernalia of a baby-house; and when he saw afterwards the living +children, who sang and were busy above--sang their psalm Laudate Pueri +Dominum!--their very faces caught for him a sort of quaint unreality +from the memory [102] of those others, the children of the Catacombs, +but a little way below them. + +Here and there, mingling with the record of merely natural decease, and +sometimes even at these children's graves, were the signs of violent +death or "martyrdom,"--proofs that some "had loved not their lives unto +the death"--in the little red phial of blood, the palm-branch, the red +flowers for their heavenly "birthday." About one sepulchre in +particular, distinguished in this way, and devoutly arrayed for what, +by a bold paradox, was thus treated as, natalitia--a birthday, the +peculiar arrangements of the whole place visibly centered. And it was +with a singular novelty of feeling, like the dawning of a fresh order +of experiences upon him, that, standing beside those mournful relics, +snatched in haste from the common place of execution not many years +before, Marius became, as by some gleam of foresight, aware of the +whole force of evidence for a certain strange, new hope, defining in +its turn some new and weighty motive of action, which lay in deaths so +tragic for the "Christian superstition." Something of them he had +heard indeed already. They had seemed to him but one savagery the +more, savagery self-provoked, in a cruel and stupid world. + +And yet these poignant memorials seemed also to draw him onwards +to-day, as if towards an image of some still more pathetic suffering, +[103] in the remote background. Yes! the interest, the expression, of +the entire neighbourhood was instinct with it, as with the savour of +some priceless incense. Penetrating the whole atmosphere, touching +everything around with its peculiar sentiment, it seemed to make all +this visible mortality, death's very self--Ah! lovelier than any fable +of old mythology had ever thought to render it, in the utmost limits of +fantasy; and this, in simple candour of feeling about a supposed fact. +Peace! Pax tecum!--the word, the thought--was put forth everywhere, +with images of hope, snatched sometimes from that jaded pagan world +which had really afforded men so little of it from first to last; the +various consoling images it had thrown off, of succour, of +regeneration, of escape from the grave--Hercules wrestling with Death +for possession of Alcestis, Orpheus taming the wild beasts, the +Shepherd with his sheep, the Shepherd carrying the sick lamb upon his +shoulders. Yet these imageries after all, it must be confessed, formed +but a slight contribution to the dominant effect of tranquil hope +there--a kind of heroic cheerfulness and grateful expansion of heart, +as with the sense, again, of some real deliverance, which seemed to +deepen the longer one lingered through these strange and awful +passages. A figure, partly pagan in character, yet most frequently +repeated of all these visible parables--the figure of one just [104] +escaped from the sea, still clinging as for life to the shore in +surprised joy, together with the inscription beneath it, seemed best to +express the prevailing sentiment of the place. And it was just as he +had puzzled out this inscription-- + + I went down to the bottom of the mountains. + The earth with her bars was about me for ever: + Yet hast Thou brought up my life from corruption! + +--that with no feeling of suddenness or change Marius found himself +emerging again, like a later mystic traveller through similar dark +places "quieted by hope," into the daylight. + +They were still within the precincts of the house, still in possession +of that wonderful singing, although almost in the open country, with a +great view of the Campagna before them, and the hills beyond. The +orchard or meadow, through which their path lay, was already gray with +twilight, though the western sky, where the greater stars were visible, +was still afloat in crimson splendour. The colour of all earthly +things seemed repressed by the contrast, yet with a sense of great +richness lingering in their shadows. At that moment the voice of the +singers, a "voice of joy and health," concentrated itself with solemn +antistrophic movement, into an evening, or "candle" hymn. + + "Hail! Heavenly Light, from his pure glory poured, + Who is the Almighty Father, heavenly, blest:-- + Worthiest art Thou, at all times to be sung + With undefiled tongue."-- + +[105] It was like the evening itself made audible, its hopes and fears, +with the stars shining in the midst of it. Half above, half below the +level white mist, dividing the light from the darkness, came now the +mistress of this place, the wealthy Roman matron, left early a widow a +few years before, by Cecilius "Confessor and Saint." With a certain +antique severity in the gathering of the long mantle, and with coif or +veil folded decorously below the chin, "gray within gray," to the mind +of Marius her temperate beauty brought reminiscences of the serious and +virile character of the best female statuary of Greece. Quite foreign, +however, to any Greek statuary was the expression of pathetic care, +with which she carried a little child at rest in her arms. Another, a +year or two older, walked beside, the fingers of one hand within her +girdle. She paused for a moment with a greeting for Cornelius. + +That visionary scene was the close, the fitting close, of the +afternoon's strange experiences. A few minutes later, passing forward +on his way along the public road, he could have fancied it a dream. +The house of Cecilia grouped itself beside that other curious house he +had lately visited at Tusculum. And what a contrast was presented by +the former, in its suggestions of hopeful industry, of immaculate +cleanness, of responsive affection!--all alike determined by that +transporting discovery of some fact, or series [106] of facts, in which +the old puzzle of life had found its solution. In truth, one of his +most characteristic and constant traits had ever been a certain longing +for escape--for some sudden, relieving interchange, across the very +spaces of life, it might be, along which he had lingered most +pleasantly--for a lifting, from time to time, of the actual horizon. +It was like the necessity under which the painter finds himself, to set +a window or open doorway in the background of his picture; or like a +sick man's longing for northern coolness, and the whispering +willow-trees, amid the breathless evergreen forests of the south. To +some such effect had this visit occurred to him, and through so slight +an accident. Rome and Roman life, just then, were come to seem like +some stifling forest of bronze-work, transformed, as if by malign +enchantment, out of the generations of living trees, yet with roots in +a deep, down-trodden soil of poignant human susceptibilities. In the +midst of its suffocation, that old longing for escape had been +satisfied by this vision of the church in Cecilia's house, as never +before. It was still, indeed, according to the unchangeable law of his +temperament, to the eye, to the visual faculty of mind, that those +experiences appealed--the peaceful light and shade, the boys whose very +faces seemed to sing, the virginal beauty of the mother and her +children. But, in his case, what was thus visible constituted a moral +[107] or spiritual influence, of a somewhat exigent and controlling +character, added anew to life, a new element therein, with which, +consistently with his own chosen maxim, he must make terms. + +The thirst for every kind of experience, encouraged by a philosophy +which taught that nothing was intrinsically great or small, good or +evil, had ever been at strife in him with a hieratic refinement, in +which the boy-priest survived, prompting always the selection of what +was perfect of its kind, with subsequent loyal adherence of his soul +thereto. This had carried him along in a continuous communion with +ideals, certainly realised in part, either in the conditions of his own +being, or in the actual company about him, above all, in Cornelius. +Surely, in this strange new society he had touched upon for the first +time to-day--in this strange family, like "a garden enclosed"--was the +fulfilment of all the preferences, the judgments, of that +half-understood friend, which of late years had been his protection so +often amid the perplexities of life. Here, it might be, was, if not +the cure, yet the solace or anodyne of his great sorrows--of that +constitutional sorrowfulness, not peculiar to himself perhaps, but +which had made his life certainly like one long "disease of the +spirit." Merciful intention made itself known remedially here, in the +mere contact of the air, like a soft touch upon aching [108] flesh. On +the other hand, he was aware that new responsibilities also might be +awakened--new and untried responsibilities--a demand for something from +him in return. Might this new vision, like the malignant beauty of +pagan Medusa, be exclusive of any admiring gaze upon anything but +itself? At least he suspected that, after the beholding of it, he +could never again be altogether as he had been before. + +NOTES + +93. +Emanuel Swedenborg, Swedish mystic writer, 1688-1772. Return. + + + +CHAPTER XXII: "THE MINOR PEACE OF THE CHURCH" + +[109] FAITHFUL to the spirit of his early Epicurean philosophy and the +impulse to surrender himself, in perfectly liberal inquiry about it, to +anything that, as a matter of fact, attracted or impressed him +strongly, Marius informed himself with much pains concerning the church +in Cecilia's house; inclining at first to explain the peculiarities of +that place by the establishment there of the schola or common hall of +one of those burial-guilds, which then covered so much of the +unofficial, and, as it might be called, subterranean enterprise of +Roman society. + +And what he found, thus looking, literally, for the dead among the +living, was the vision of a natural, a scrupulously natural, love, +transforming, by some new gift of insight into the truth of human +relationships, and under the urgency of some new motive by him so far +unfathomable, all the conditions of life. He saw, in all its primitive +freshness and amid the lively facts of its actual coming into the +world, as a reality of [110] experience, that regenerate type of +humanity, which, centuries later, Giotto and his successors, down to +the best and purest days of the young Raphael, working under conditions +very friendly to the imagination, were to conceive as an artistic +ideal. He felt there, felt amid the stirring of some wonderful new +hope within himself, the genius, the unique power of Christianity; in +exercise then, as it has been exercised ever since, in spite of many +hindrances, and under the most inopportune circumstances. +Chastity,--as he seemed to understand--the chastity of men and women, +amid all the conditions, and with the results, proper to such chastity, +is the most beautiful thing in the world and the truest conservation of +that creative energy by which men and women were first brought into it. +The nature of the family, for which the better genius of old Rome +itself had sincerely cared, of the family and its appropriate +affections--all that love of one's kindred by which obviously one does +triumph in some degree over death--had never been so felt before. +Here, surely! in its genial warmth, its jealous exclusion of all that +was opposed to it, to its own immaculate naturalness, in the hedge set +around the sacred thing on every side, this development of the family +did but carry forward, and give effect to, the purposes, the kindness, +of nature itself, friendly to man. As if by way of a due recognition +of some immeasurable divine condescension manifest in a [111] certain +historic fact, its influence was felt more especially at those points +which demanded some sacrifice of one's self, for the weak, for the +aged, for little children, and even for the dead. And then, for its +constant outward token, its significant manner or index, it issued in a +certain debonair grace, and a certain mystic attractiveness, a +courtesy, which made Marius doubt whether that famed Greek +"blitheness," or gaiety, or grace, in the handling of life, had been, +after all, an unrivalled success. Contrasting with the incurable +insipidity even of what was most exquisite in the higher Roman life, of +what was still truest to the primitive soul of goodness amid its evil, +the new creation he now looked on--as it were a picture beyond the +craft of any master of old pagan beauty--had indeed all the appropriate +freshness of a "bride adorned for her husband." Things new and old +seemed to be coming as if out of some goodly treasure-house, the brain +full of science, the heart rich with various sentiment, possessing +withal this surprising healthfulness, this reality of heart. + +"You would hardly believe," writes Pliny,--to his own wife!--"what a +longing for you possesses me. Habit--that we have not been used to be +apart--adds herein to the primary force of affection. It is this keeps +me awake at night fancying I see you beside me. That is why my feet +take me unconsciously to your sitting-room at those hours when I was +wont to [112] visit you there. That is why I turn from the door of the +empty chamber, sad and ill-at-ease, like an excluded lover."-- + +There, is a real idyll from that family life, the protection of which +had been the motive of so large a part of the religion of the Romans, +still surviving among them; as it survived also in Aurelius, his +disposition and aims, and, spite of slanderous tongues, in the attained +sweetness of his interior life. What Marius had been permitted to see +was a realisation of such life higher still: and with--Yes! with a more +effective sanction and motive than it had ever possessed before, in +that fact, or series of facts, to be ascertained by those who would. + +The central glory of the reign of the Antonines was that society had +attained in it, though very imperfectly, and for the most part by +cumbrous effort of law, many of those ends to which Christianity went +straight, with the sufficiency, the success, of a direct and +appropriate instinct. Pagan Rome, too, had its touching +charity-sermons on occasions of great public distress; its +charity-children in long file, in memory of the elder empress Faustina; +its prototype, under patronage of Aesculapius, of the modern hospital +for the sick on the island of Saint Bartholomew. But what pagan +charity was doing tardily, and as if with the painful calculation of +old age, the church was doing, almost without thinking about it, with +all the liberal [113] enterprise of youth, because it was her very +being thus to do. "You fail to realise your own good intentions," she +seems to say, to pagan virtue, pagan kindness. She identified herself +with those intentions and advanced them with an unparalleled freedom +and largeness. The gentle Seneca would have reverent burial provided +even for the dead body of a criminal. Yet when a certain woman +collected for interment the insulted remains of Nero, the pagan world +surmised that she must be a Christian: only a Christian would have been +likely to conceive so chivalrous a devotion towards mere wretchedness. +"We refuse to be witnesses even of a homicide commanded by the law," +boasts the dainty conscience of a Christian apologist, "we take no part +in your cruel sports nor in the spectacles of the amphitheatre, and we +hold that to witness a murder is the same thing as to commit one." And +there was another duty almost forgotten, the sense of which Rousseau +brought back to the degenerate society of a later age. In an +impassioned discourse the sophist Favorinus counsels mothers to suckle +their own infants; and there are Roman epitaphs erected to mothers, +which gratefully record this proof of natural affection as a thing then +unusual. In this matter too, what a sanction, what a provocative to +natural duty, lay in that image discovered to Augustus by the Tiburtine +Sibyl, amid the aurora of a new age, the image of the Divine Mother and +the [114] Child, just then rising upon the world like the dawn! + +Christian belief, again, had presented itself as a great inspirer of +chastity. Chastity, in turn, realised in the whole scope of its +conditions, fortified that rehabilitation of peaceful labour, after the +mind, the pattern, of the workman of Galilee, which was another of the +natural instincts of the catholic church, as being indeed the +long-desired initiator of a religion of cheerfulness, as a true lover +of the industry--so to term it--the labour, the creation, of God. + +And this severe yet genial assertion of the ideal of woman, of the +family, of industry, of man's work in life, so close to the truth of +nature, was also, in that charmed hour of the minor "Peace of the +church," realised as an influence tending to beauty, to the adornment +of life and the world. The sword in the world, the right eye plucked +out, the right hand cut off, the spirit of reproach which those images +express, and of which monasticism is the fulfilment, reflect one side +only of the nature of the divine missionary of the New Testament. +Opposed to, yet blent with, this ascetic or militant character, is the +function of the Good Shepherd, serene, blithe and debonair, beyond the +gentlest shepherd of Greek mythology; of a king under whom the beatific +vision is realised of a reign of peace--peace of heart--among men. +Such aspect of the divine character of Christ, rightly understood, +[115] is indeed the final consummation of that bold and brilliant +hopefulness in man's nature, which had sustained him so far through his +immense labours, his immense sorrows, and of which pagan gaiety in the +handling of life, is but a minor achievement. Sometimes one, sometimes +the other, of those two contrasted aspects of its Founder, have, in +different ages and under the urgency of different human needs, been at +work also in the Christian Church. Certainly, in that brief "Peace of +the church" under the Antonines, the spirit of a pastoral security and +happiness seems to have been largely expanded. There, in the early +church of Rome, was to be seen, and on sufficiently reasonable grounds, +that satisfaction and serenity on a dispassionate survey of the facts +of life, which all hearts had desired, though for the most part in +vain, contrasting itself for Marius, in particular, very forcibly, with +the imperial philosopher's so heavy burden of unrelieved melancholy. +It was Christianity in its humanity, or even its humanism, in its +generous hopes for man, its common sense and alacrity of cheerful +service, its sympathy with all creatures, its appreciation of beauty +and daylight. + +"The angel of righteousness," says the Shepherd of Hermas, the most +characteristic religious book of that age, its Pilgrim's Progress--"the +angel of righteousness is modest and delicate and meek and quiet. Take +from thyself grief, for (as Hamlet will one day discover) 'tis the +sister [116] of doubt and ill-temper. Grief is more evil than any +other spirit of evil, and is most dreadful to the servants of God, and +beyond all spirits destroyeth man. For, as when good news is come to +one in grief, straightway he forgetteth his former grief, and no longer +attendeth to anything except the good news which he hath heard, so do +ye, also! having received a renewal of your soul through the beholding +of these good things. Put on therefore gladness that hath always +favour before God, and is acceptable unto Him, and delight thyself in +it; for every man that is glad doeth the things that are good, and +thinketh good thoughts, despising grief."--Such were the commonplaces +of this new people, among whom so much of what Marius had valued most +in the old world seemed to be under renewal and further promotion. +Some transforming spirit was at work to harmonise contrasts, to deepen +expression--a spirit which, in its dealing with the elements of ancient +life, was guided by a wonderful tact of selection, exclusion, +juxtaposition, begetting thereby a unique effect of freshness, a grave +yet wholesome beauty, because the world of sense, the whole outward +world was understood to set forth the veritable unction and royalty of +a certain priesthood and kingship of the soul within, among the +prerogatives of which was a delightful sense of freedom. + +The reader may think perhaps, that Marius, who, Epicurean as he was, +had his visionary [117] aptitudes, by an inversion of one of Plato's +peculiarities with which he was of course familiar, must have +descended, by foresight, upon a later age than his own, and anticipated +Christian poetry and art as they came to be under the influence of +Saint Francis of Assisi. But if he dreamed on one of those nights of +the beautiful house of Cecilia, its lights and flowers, of Cecilia +herself moving among the lilies, with an enhanced grace as happens +sometimes in healthy dreams, it was indeed hardly an anticipation. He +had lighted, by one of the peculiar intellectual good-fortunes of his +life, upon a period when, even more than in the days of austere ascesis +which had preceded and were to follow it, the church was true for a +moment, truer perhaps than she would ever be again, to that element of +profound serenity in the soul of her Founder, which reflected the +eternal goodwill of God to man, "in whom," according to the oldest +version of the angelic message, "He is well-pleased." + +For what Christianity did many centuries afterwards in the way of +informing an art, a poetry, of graver and higher beauty, we may think, +than that of Greek art and poetry at their best, was in truth +conformable to the original tendency of its genius. The genuine +capacity of the catholic church in this direction, discoverable from +the first in the New Testament, was also really at work, in that +earlier "Peace," under [118] the Antonines--the minor "Peace of the +church," as we might call it, in distinction from the final "Peace of +the church," commonly so called, under Constantine. Saint Francis, +with his following in the sphere of poetry and of the arts--the voice +of Dante, the hand of Giotto--giving visible feature and colour, and a +palpable place among men, to the regenerate race, did but re-establish +a continuity, only suspended in part by those troublous intervening +centuries--the "dark ages," properly thus named--with the gracious +spirit of the primitive church, as manifested in that first early +springtide of her success. The greater "Peace" of Constantine, on the +other hand, in many ways, does but establish the exclusiveness, the +puritanism, the ascetic gloom which, in the period between Aurelius and +the first Christian emperor, characterised a church under +misunderstanding or oppression, driven back, in a world of tasteless +controversy, inwards upon herself. + +Already, in the reign of Antoninus Pius, the time was gone by when men +became Christians under some sudden and overpowering impression, and +with all the disturbing results of such a crisis. At this period the +larger number, perhaps, had been born Christians, had been ever with +peaceful hearts in their "Father's house." That earlier belief in the +speedy coming of judgment and of the end of the world, with the +consequences it so naturally involved in the temper [119] of men's +minds, was dying out. Every day the contrast between the church and +the world was becoming less pronounced. And now also, as the church +rested awhile from opposition, that rapid self-development outward from +within, proper to times of peace, was in progress. Antoninus Pius, it +might seem, more truly even than Marcus Aurelius himself, was of that +group of pagan saints for whom Dante, like Augustine, has provided in +his scheme of the house with many mansions. A sincere old Roman piety +had urged his fortunately constituted nature to no mistakes, no +offences against humanity. And of his entire freedom from guile one +reward had been this singular happiness, that under his rule there was +no shedding of Christian blood. To him belonged that half-humorous +placidity of soul, of a kind illustrated later very effectively by +Montaigne, which, starting with an instinct of mere fairness towards +human nature and the world, seems at last actually to qualify its +possessor to be almost the friend of the people of Christ. Amiable, in +its own nature, and full of a reasonable gaiety, Christianity has often +had its advantage of characters such as that. The geniality of +Antoninus Pius, like the geniality of the earth itself, had permitted +the church, as being in truth no alien from that old mother earth, to +expand and thrive for a season as by natural process. And that charmed +period under the Antonines, extending to the later years of the [120] +reign of Aurelius (beautiful, brief, chapter of ecclesiastical +history!), contains, as one of its motives of interest, the earliest +development of Christian ritual under the presidence of the church of +Rome. + +Again as in one of those mystical, quaint visions of the Shepherd of +Hermas, "the aged woman was become by degrees more and more youthful. +And in the third vision she was quite young, and radiant with beauty: +only her hair was that of an aged woman. And at the last she was +joyous, and seated upon a throne--seated upon a throne, because her +position is a strong one." The subterranean worship of the church +belonged properly to those years of her early history in which it was +illegal for her to worship at all. But, hiding herself for awhile as +conflict grew violent, she resumed, when there was felt to be no more +than ordinary risk, her natural freedom. And the kind of outward +prosperity she was enjoying in those moments of her first "Peace," her +modes of worship now blossoming freely above-ground, was re-inforced by +the decision at this point of a crisis in her internal history. + +In the history of the church, as throughout the moral history of +mankind, there are two distinct ideals, either of which it is possible +to maintain--two conceptions, under one or the other of which we may +represent to ourselves men's efforts towards a better +life--corresponding to those two contrasted aspects, noted above, as +[121] discernible in the picture afforded by the New Testament itself +of the character of Christ. The ideal of asceticism represents moral +effort as essentially a sacrifice, the sacrifice of one part of human +nature to another, that it may live the more completely in what +survives of it; while the ideal of culture represents it as a +harmonious development of all the parts of human nature, in just +proportion to each other. It was to the latter order of ideas that the +church, and especially the church of Rome in the age of the Antonines, +freely lent herself. In that earlier "Peace" she had set up for +herself the ideal of spiritual development, under the guidance of an +instinct by which, in those serene moments, she was absolutely true to +the peaceful soul of her Founder. "Goodwill to men," she said, "in +whom God Himself is well-pleased!" For a little while, at least, there +was no forced opposition between the soul and the body, the world and +the spirit, and the grace of graciousness itself was pre-eminently with +the people of Christ. Tact, good sense, ever the note of a true +orthodoxy, the merciful compromises of the church, indicative of her +imperial vocation in regard to all the varieties of human kind, with a +universality of which the old Roman pastorship she was superseding is +but a prototype, was already become conspicuous, in spite of a +discredited, irritating, vindictive society, all around her. + +Against that divine urbanity and moderation [122] the old error of +Montanus we read of dimly, was a fanatical revolt--sour, falsely +anti-mundane, ever with an air of ascetic affectation, and a bigoted +distaste in particular for all the peculiar graces of womanhood. By it +the desire to please was understood to come of the author of evil. In +this interval of quietness, it was perhaps inevitable, by the law of +reaction, that some such extravagances of the religious temper should +arise. But again the church of Rome, now becoming every day more and +more completely the capital of the Christian world, checked the nascent +Montanism, or puritanism of the moment, vindicating for all Christian +people a cheerful liberty of heart, against many a narrow group of +sectaries, all alike, in their different ways, accusers of the genial +creation of God. With her full, fresh faith in the Evangele--in a +veritable regeneration of the earth and the body, in the dignity of +man's entire personal being--for a season, at least, at that critical +period in the development of Christianity, she was for reason, for +common sense, for fairness to human nature, and generally for what may +be called the naturalness of Christianity.--As also for its comely +order: she would be "brought to her king in raiment of needlework." It +was by the bishops of Rome, diligently transforming themselves, in the +true catholic sense, into universal pastors, that the path of what we +must call humanism was thus defined. + +[123] And then, in this hour of expansion, as if now at last the +catholic church might venture to show her outward lineaments as they +really were, worship--"the beauty of holiness," nay! the elegance of +sanctity--was developed, with a bold and confident gladness, the like +of which has hardly been the ideal of worship in any later age. The +tables in fact were turned: the prize of a cheerful temper on a candid +survey of life was no longer with the pagan world. The aesthetic charm +of the catholic church, her evocative power over all that is eloquent +and expressive in the better mind of man, her outward comeliness, her +dignifying convictions about human nature:--all this, as abundantly +realised centuries later by Dante and Giotto, by the great medieval +church-builders, by the great ritualists like Saint Gregory, and the +masters of sacred music in the middle age--we may see already, in dim +anticipation, in those charmed moments towards the end of the second +century. Dissipated or turned aside, partly through the fatal mistake +of Marcus Aurelius himself, for a brief space of time we may discern +that influence clearly predominant there. What might seem harsh as +dogma was already justifying itself as worship; according to the sound +rule: Lex orandi, lex credendi--Our Creeds are but the brief abstract +of our prayer and song. + +The wonderful liturgical spirit of the church, her wholly unparalleled +genius for worship, [124] being thus awake, she was rapidly +re-organising both pagan and Jewish elements of ritual, for the +expanding therein of her own new heart of devotion. Like the +institutions of monasticism, like the Gothic style of architecture, the +ritual system of the church, as we see it in historic retrospect, ranks +as one of the great, conjoint, and (so to term them) necessary, +products of human mind. Destined for ages to come, to direct with so +deep a fascination men's religious instincts, it was then already +recognisable as a new and precious fact in the sum of things. What has +been on the whole the method of the church, as "a power of sweetness +and patience," in dealing with matters like pagan art, pagan literature +was even then manifest; and has the character of the moderation, the +divine moderation of Christ himself. It was only among the ignorant, +indeed, only in the "villages," that Christianity, even in conscious +triumph over paganism, was really betrayed into iconoclasm. In the +final "Peace" of the Church under Constantine, while there was plenty +of destructive fanaticism in the country, the revolution was +accomplished in the larger towns, in a manner more orderly and +discreet--in the Roman manner. The faithful were bent less on the +destruction of the old pagan temples than on their conversion to a new +and higher use; and, with much beautiful furniture ready to hand, they +became Christian sanctuaries. + +[125] Already, in accordance with such maturer wisdom, the church of +the "Minor Peace" had adopted many of the graces of pagan feeling and +pagan custom; as being indeed a living creature, taking up, +transforming, accommodating still more closely to the human heart what +of right belonged to it. In this way an obscure synagogue was expanded +into the catholic church. Gathering, from a richer and more varied +field of sound than had remained for him, those old Roman harmonies, +some notes of which Gregory the Great, centuries later, and after +generations of interrupted development, formed into the Gregorian +music, she was already, as we have heard, the house of song--of a +wonderful new music and poesy. As if in anticipation of the sixteenth +century, the church was becoming "humanistic," in an earlier, and +unimpeachable Renaissance. Singing there had been in abundance from +the first; though often it dared only be "of the heart." And it burst +forth, when it might, into the beginnings of a true ecclesiastical +music; the Jewish psalter, inherited from the synagogue, turning now, +gradually, from Greek into Latin--broken Latin, into Italian, as the +ritual use of the rich, fresh, expressive vernacular superseded the +earlier authorised language of the Church. Through certain surviving +remnants of Greek in the later Latin liturgies, we may still discern a +highly interesting intermediate phase of ritual development, when the +Greek [126] and the Latin were in combination; the poor, surely!--the +poor and the children of that liberal Roman church--responding already +in their own "vulgar tongue," to an office said in the original, +liturgical Greek. That hymn sung in the early morning, of which Pliny +had heard, was kindling into the service of the Mass. + +The Mass, indeed, would appear to have been said continuously from the +Apostolic age. Its details, as one by one they become visible in later +history, have already the character of what is ancient and venerable. +"We are very old, and ye are young!" they seem to protest, to those who +fail to understand them. Ritual, in fact, like all other elements of +religion, must grow and cannot be made--grow by the same law of +development which prevails everywhere else, in the moral as in the +physical world. As regards this special phase of the religious life, +however, such development seems to have been unusually rapid in the +subterranean age which preceded Constantine; and in the very first days +of the final triumph of the church the Mass emerges to general view +already substantially complete. "Wisdom" was dealing, as with the dust +of creeds and philosophies, so also with the dust of outworn religious +usage, like the very spirit of life itself, organising soul and body +out of the lime and clay of the earth. In a generous eclecticism, +within the bounds of her liberty, and as by some providential power +within her, [127] she gathers and serviceably adopts, as in other +matters so in ritual, one thing here, another there, from various +sources--Gnostic, Jewish, Pagan--to adorn and beautify the greatest act +of worship the world has seen. It was thus the liturgy of the church +came to be--full of consolations for the human soul, and destined, +surely! one day, under the sanction of so many ages of human +experience, to take exclusive possession of the religious consciousness. + + TANTUM ERGO SACRAMENTUM VENEREMUR CERNUI: + ET ANTIQUUM DOCUMENTUM + NOVO CEDAT RITUI. + + + +CHAPTER XXIII: DIVINE SERVICE. + + "Wisdom hath builded herself a house: she hath mingled her wine: + she hath also prepared for herself a table." + +[128] THE more highly favoured ages of imaginative art present +instances of the summing up of an entire world of complex associations +under some single form, like the Zeus of Olympia, or the series of +frescoes which commemorate The Acts of Saint Francis, at Assisi, or +like the play of Hamlet or Faust. It was not in an image, or series of +images, yet still in a sort of dramatic action, and with the unity of a +single appeal to eye and ear, that Marius about this time found all his +new impressions set forth, regarding what he had already recognised, +intellectually, as for him at least the most beautiful thing in the +world. + +To understand the influence upon him of what follows the reader must +remember that it was an experience which came amid a deep sense of +vacuity in life. The fairest products of [129] the earth seemed to be +dropping to pieces, as if in men's very hands, around him. How real +was their sorrow, and his! "His observation of life" had come to be +like the constant telling of a sorrowful rosary, day after day; till, +as if taking infection from the cloudy sorrow of the mind, the eye +also, the very senses, were grown faint and sick. And now it happened +as with the actual morning on which he found himself a spectator of +this new thing. The long winter had been a season of unvarying +sullenness. At last, on this day he awoke with a sharp flash of +lightning in the earliest twilight: in a little while the heavy rain +had filtered the air: the clear light was abroad; and, as though the +spring had set in with a sudden leap in the heart of things, the whole +scene around him lay like some untarnished picture beneath a sky of +delicate blue. Under the spell of his late depression, Marius had +suddenly determined to leave Rome for a while. But desiring first to +advertise Cornelius of his movements, and failing to find him in his +lodgings, he had ventured, still early in the day, to seek him in the +Cecilian villa. Passing through its silent and empty court-yard he +loitered for a moment, to admire. Under the clear but immature light of +winter morning after a storm, all the details of form and colour in the +old marbles were distinctly visible, and with a kind of severity or +sadness--so it struck him--amid their beauty: [130] in them, and in all +other details of the scene--the cypresses, the bunches of pale +daffodils in the grass, the curves of the purple hills of Tusculum, +with the drifts of virgin snow still lying in their hollows. + +The little open door, through which he passed from the court-yard, +admitted him into what was plainly the vast Lararium, or domestic +sanctuary, of the Cecilian family, transformed in many particulars, but +still richly decorated, and retaining much of its ancient furniture in +metal-work and costly stone. The peculiar half-light of dawn seemed to +be lingering beyond its hour upon the solemn marble walls; and here, +though at that moment in absolute silence, a great company of people +was assembled. In that brief period of peace, during which the church +emerged for awhile from her jealously-guarded subterranean life, the +rigour of an earlier rule of exclusion had been relaxed. And so it +came to pass that, on this morning Marius saw for the first time the +wonderful spectacle--wonderful, especially, in its evidential power +over himself, over his own thoughts--of those who believe. + +There were noticeable, among those present, great varieties of rank, of +age, of personal type. The Roman ingenuus, with the white toga and +gold ring, stood side by side with his slave; and the air of the whole +company was, above all, a grave one, an air of recollection. Coming +[131] thus unexpectedly upon this large assembly, so entirely united, +in a silence so profound, for purposes unknown to him, Marius felt for +a moment as if he had stumbled by chance upon some great conspiracy. +Yet that could scarcely be, for the people here collected might have +figured as the earliest handsel, or pattern, of a new world, from the +very face of which discontent had passed away. Corresponding to the +variety of human type there present, was the various expression of +every form of human sorrow assuaged. What desire, what fulfilment of +desire, had wrought so pathetically on the features of these ranks of +aged men and women of humble condition? Those young men, bent down so +discreetly on the details of their sacred service, had faced life and +were glad, by some science, or light of knowledge they had, to which +there had certainly been no parallel in the older world. Was some +credible message from beyond "the flaming rampart of the world"--a +message of hope, regarding the place of men's souls and their interest +in the sum of things--already moulding anew their very bodies, and +looks, and voices, now and here? At least, there was a cleansing and +kindling flame at work in them, which seemed to make everything else +Marius had ever known look comparatively vulgar and mean. There were +the children, above all--troops of children--reminding him of those +pathetic children's graves, like cradles or garden- [132] beds, he had +noticed in his first visit to these places; and they more than +satisfied the odd curiosity he had then conceived about them, wondering +in what quaintly expressive forms they might come forth into the +daylight, if awakened from sleep. Children of the Catacombs, some but +"a span long," with features not so much beautiful as heroic (that +world of new, refining sentiment having set its seal even on +childhood), they retained certainly no stain or trace of anything +subterranean this morning, in the alacrity of their worship--as ready +as if they had been at play--stretching forth their hands, crying, +chanting in a resonant voice, and with boldly upturned faces, Christe +Eleison! + +For the silence--silence, amid those lights of early morning to which +Marius had always been constitutionally impressible, as having in them +a certain reproachful austerity--was broken suddenly by resounding +cries of Kyrie Eleison! Christe Eleison! repeated alternately, again +and again, until the bishop, rising from his chair, made sign that this +prayer should cease. But the voices burst out once more presently, in +richer and more varied melody, though still of an antiphonal character; +the men, the women and children, the deacons, the people, answering one +another, somewhat after the manner of a Greek chorus. But again with +what a novelty of poetic accent; what a genuine expansion of heart; +what profound intimations for the [133] intellect, as the meaning of +the words grew upon him! Cum grandi affectu et compunctione +dicatur--says an ancient eucharistic order; and certainly, the mystic +tone of this praying and singing was one with the expression of +deliverance, of grateful assurance and sincerity, upon the faces of +those assembled. As if some searching correction, a regeneration of +the body by the spirit, had begun, and was already gone a great way, +the countenances of men, women, and children alike had a brightness on +them which he could fancy reflected upon himself--an amenity, a mystic +amiability and unction, which found its way most readily of all to the +hearts of children themselves. The religious poetry of those Hebrew +psalms--Benedixisti Domine terram tuam: Dixit Dominus Domino meo, sede +a dextris meis--was certainly in marvellous accord with the lyrical +instinct of his own character. Those august hymns, he thought, must +thereafter ever remain by him as among the well-tested powers in things +to soothe and fortify the soul. One could never grow tired of them! + +In the old pagan worship there had been little to call the +understanding into play. Here, on the other hand, the utterance, the +eloquence, the music of worship conveyed, as Marius readily understood, +a fact or series of facts, for intellectual reception. That became +evident, more especially, in those lessons, or sacred readings, which, +like the singing, in broken [134] vernacular Latin, occurred at certain +intervals, amid the silence of the assembly. There were readings, again +with bursts of chanted invocation between for fuller light on a +difficult path, in which many a vagrant voice of human philosophy, +haunting men's minds from of old, recurred with clearer accent than had +ever belonged to it before, as if lifted, above its first intention, +into the harmonies of some supreme system of knowledge or doctrine, at +length complete. And last of all came a narrative which, with a +thousand tender memories, every one appeared to know by heart, +displaying, in all the vividness of a picture for the eye, the mournful +figure of him towards whom this whole act of worship still consistently +turned--a figure which seemed to have absorbed, like some rich tincture +in his garment, all that was deep-felt and impassioned in the +experiences of the past. + +It was the anniversary of his birth as a little child they celebrated +to-day. Astiterunt reges terrae: so the Gradual, the "Song of +Degrees," proceeded, the young men on the steps of the altar responding +in deep, clear, antiphon or chorus-- + + Astiterunt reges terrae-- + Adversus sanctum puerum tuum, Jesum: + Nunc, Domine, da servis tuis loqui verbum tuum-- + Et signa fieri, per nomen sancti pueri Jesu. + +And the proper action of the rite itself, like a [135] half-opened book +to be read by the duly initiated mind took up those suggestions, and +carried them forward into the present, as having reference to a power +still efficacious, still after some mystic sense even now in action +among the people there assembled. The entire office, indeed, with its +interchange of lessons, hymns, prayer, silence, was itself like a +single piece of highly composite, dramatic music; a "song of degrees," +rising steadily to a climax. Notwithstanding the absence of any +central image visible to the eye, the entire ceremonial process, like +the place in which it was enacted, was weighty with symbolic +significance, seemed to express a single leading motive. The mystery, +if such in fact it was, centered indeed in the actions of one visible +person, distinguished among the assistants, who stood ranged in +semicircle around him, by the extreme fineness of his white vestments, +and the pointed cap with the golden ornaments upon his head. + +Nor had Marius ever seen the pontifical character, as he conceived +it--sicut unguentum in capite, descendens in oram vestimenti--so fully +realised, as in the expression, the manner and voice, of this novel +pontiff, as he took his seat on the white chair placed for him by the +young men, and received his long staff into his hand, or moved his +hands--hands which seemed endowed in very deed with some mysterious +power--at the Lavabo, or at the various benedictions, or [136] to bless +certain objects on the table before him, chanting in cadence of a grave +sweetness the leading parts of the rite. What profound unction and +mysticity! The solemn character of the singing was at its height when +he opened his lips. Like some new sort of rhapsodos, it was for the +moment as if he alone possessed the words of the office, and they +flowed anew from some permanent source of inspiration within him. The +table or altar at which he presided, below a canopy on delicate spiral +columns, was in fact the tomb of a youthful "witness," of the family of +the Cecilii, who had shed his blood not many years before, and whose +relics were still in this place. It was for his sake the bishop put +his lips so often to the surface before him; the regretful memory of +that death entwining itself, though not without certain notes of +triumph, as a matter of special inward significance, throughout a +service, which was, before all else, from first to last, a +commemoration of the dead. + +A sacrifice also,--a sacrifice, it might seem, like the most primitive, +the most natural and enduringly significant of old pagan sacrifices, of +the simplest fruits of the earth. And in connexion with this +circumstance again, as in the actual stones of the building so in the +rite itself, what Marius observed was not so much new matter as a new +spirit, moulding, informing, with a new intention, many observances not +[137] witnessed for the first time to-day. Men and women came to the +altar successively, in perfect order, and deposited below the +lattice-work of pierced white marble, their baskets of wheat and +grapes, incense, oil for the sanctuary lamps; bread and wine +especially--pure wheaten bread, the pure white wine of the Tusculan +vineyards. There was here a veritable consecration, hopeful and +animating, of the earth's gifts, of old dead and dark matter itself, +now in some way redeemed at last, of all that we can touch or see, in +the midst of a jaded world that had lost the true sense of such things, +and in strong contrast to the wise emperor's renunciant and impassive +attitude towards them. Certain portions of that bread and wine were +taken into the bishop's hands; and thereafter, with an increasing +mysticity and effusion the rite proceeded. Still in a strain of +inspired supplication, the antiphonal singing developed, from this +point, into a kind of dialogue between the chief minister and the whole +assisting company-- + + SURSUM CORDA! + HABEMUS AD DOMINUM. + GRATIAS AGAMUS DOMINO DEO NOSTRO!-- + +It might have been thought the business, the duty or service of young +men more particularly, as they stood there in long ranks, and in severe +and simple vesture of the purest white--a service in which they would +seem to be flying [138] for refuge, as with their precious, their +treacherous and critical youth in their hands, to one--Yes! one like +themselves, who yet claimed their worship, a worship, above all, in the +way of Aurelius, in the way of imitation. Adoramus te Christe, quia per +crucem tuam redemisti mundum!--they cry together. So deep is the +emotion that at moments it seems to Marius as if some there present +apprehend that prayer prevails, that the very object of this pathetic +crying himself draws near. From the first there had been the sense, an +increasing assurance, of one coming:--actually with them now, according +to the oft-repeated affirmation or petition, Dominus vobiscum! Some at +least were quite sure of it; and the confidence of this remnant fired +the hearts, and gave meaning to the bold, ecstatic worship, of all the +rest about them. + +Prompted especially by the suggestions of that mysterious old Jewish +psalmody, so new to him--lesson and hymn--and catching therewith a +portion of the enthusiasm of those beside him, Marius could discern +dimly, behind the solemn recitation which now followed, at once a +narrative and a prayer, the most touching image truly that had ever +come within the scope of his mental or physical gaze. It was the image +of a young man giving up voluntarily, one by one, for the greatest of +ends, the greatest gifts; actually parting with himself, above all, +with the serenity, the divine serenity, of his [139] own soul; yet from +the midst of his desolation crying out upon the greatness of his +success, as if foreseeing this very worship.* As centre of the +supposed facts which for these people were become so constraining a +motive of hopefulness, of activity, that image seemed to display itself +with an overwhelming claim on human gratitude. What Saint Lewis of +France discerned, and found so irresistibly touching, across the +dimness of many centuries, as a painful thing done for love of him by +one he had never seen, was to them almost as a thing of yesterday; and +their hearts were whole with it. It had the force, among their +interests, of an almost recent event in the career of one whom their +fathers' fathers might have known. From memories so sublime, yet so +close at hand, had the narrative descended in which these acts of +worship centered; though again the names of some more recently dead +were mingled in it. And it seemed as if the very dead were aware; to +be stirring beneath the slabs of the sepulchres which lay so near, that +they might associate themselves to this enthusiasm--to this exalted +worship of Jesus. + +One by one, at last, the faithful approach to receive from the chief +minister morsels of the great, white, wheaten cake, he had taken into +his hands--Perducat vos ad vitam aeternam! he prays, half-silently, as +they depart again, after [140] discreet embraces. The Eucharist of +those early days was, even more entirely than at any later or happier +time, an act of thanksgiving; and while the remnants of the feast are +borne away for the reception of the sick, the sustained gladness of the +rite reaches its highest point in the singing of a hymn: a hymn like +the spontaneous product of two opposed militant companies, contending +accordantly together, heightening, accumulating, their witness, +provoking one another's worship, in a kind of sacred rivalry. + +Ite! Missa est!--cried the young deacons: and Marius departed from +that strange scene along with the rest. What was it?--Was it this made +the way of Cornelius so pleasant through the world? As for Marius +himself,--the natural soul of worship in him had at last been satisfied +as never before. He felt, as he left that place, that he must +hereafter experience often a longing memory, a kind of thirst, for all +this, over again. And it seemed moreover to define what he must +require of the powers, whatsoever they might be, that had brought him +into the world at all, to make him not unhappy in it. + +NOTES + +139. *Psalm xxii.22-31. + + + +CHAPTER XXIV: A CONVERSATION NOT IMAGINARY + +[141] IN cheerfulness is the success of our studies, says Pliny--studia +hilaritate proveniunt. It was still the habit of Marius, encouraged by +his experience that sleep is not only a sedative but the best of +stimulants, to seize the morning hours for creation, making profit when +he might of the wholesome serenity which followed a dreamless night. +"The morning for creation," he would say; "the afternoon for the +perfecting labour of the file; the evening for reception--the reception +of matter from without one, of other men's words and thoughts--matter +for our own dreams, or the merely mechanic exercise of the brain, +brooding thereon silently, in its dark chambers." To leave home early +in the day was therefore a rare thing for him. He was induced so to do +on the occasion of a visit to Rome of the famous writer Lucian, whom he +had been bidden to meet. The breakfast over, he walked away with the +learned guest, having offered to be his guide [142] to the lecture-room +of a well-known Greek rhetorician and expositor of the Stoic +philosophy, a teacher then much in fashion among the studious youth of +Rome. On reaching the place, however, they found the doors closed, +with a slip of writing attached, which proclaimed "a holiday"; and the +morning being a fine one, they walked further, along the Appian Way. +Mortality, with which the Queen of Ways--in reality the favourite +cemetery of Rome--was so closely crowded, in every imaginable form of +sepulchre, from the tiniest baby-house, to the massive monument out of +which the Middle Age would adapt a fortress-tower, might seem, on a +morning like this, to be "smiling through tears." The flower-stalls +just beyond the city gates presented to view an array of posies and +garlands, fresh enough for a wedding. At one and another of them +groups of persons, gravely clad, were making their bargains before +starting for some perhaps distant spot on the highway, to keep a dies +rosationis, this being the time of roses, at the grave of a deceased +relation. Here and there, a funeral procession was slowly on its way, +in weird contrast to the gaiety of the hour. + +The two companions, of course, read the epitaphs as they strolled +along. In one, reminding them of the poet's--Si lacrimae prosunt, +visis te ostende videri!--a woman prayed that her lost husband might +visit her dreams. Their characteristic note, indeed, was an imploring +cry, still [143] to be sought after by the living. "While I live," +such was the promise of a lover to his dead mistress, "you will receive +this homage: after my death,--who can tell?"--post mortem nescio. "If +ghosts, my sons, do feel anything after death, my sorrow will be +lessened by your frequent coming to me here!" "This is a privileged +tomb; to my family and descendants has been conceded the right of +visiting this place as often as they please." "This is an eternal +habitation; here lie I; here I shall lie for ever." "Reader! if you +doubt that the soul survives, make your oblation and a prayer for me; +and you shall understand!" + +The elder of the two readers, certainly, was little affected by those +pathetic suggestions. It was long ago that after visiting the banks of +the Padus, where he had sought in vain for the poplars (sisters of +Phaethon erewhile) whose tears became amber, he had once for all +arranged for himself a view of the world exclusive of all reference to +what might lie beyond its "flaming barriers." And at the age of sixty +he had no misgivings. His elegant and self-complacent but far from +unamiable scepticism, long since brought to perfection, never failed +him. It surrounded him, as some are surrounded by a magic ring of fine +aristocratic manners, with "a rampart," through which he himself never +broke, nor permitted any thing or person to break upon him. Gay, +animated, content with his old age [144] as it was, the aged student +still took a lively interest in studious youth.--Could Marius inform +him of any such, now known to him in Rome? What did the young men +learn, just then? and how? + +In answer, Marius became fluent concerning the promise of one young +student, the son, as it presently appeared, of parents of whom Lucian +himself knew something: and soon afterwards the lad was seen coming +along briskly--a lad with gait and figure well enough expressive of the +sane mind in the healthy body, though a little slim and worn of +feature, and with a pair of eyes expressly designed, it might seem, for +fine glancings at the stars. At the sight of Marius he paused +suddenly, and with a modest blush on recognising his companion, who +straightway took with the youth, so prettily enthusiastic, the freedom +of an old friend. + +In a few moments the three were seated together, immediately above the +fragrant borders of a rose-farm, on the marble bench of one of the +exhedrae for the use of foot-passengers at the roadside, from which +they could overlook the grand, earnest prospect of the Campagna, and +enjoy the air. Fancying that the lad's plainly written enthusiasm had +induced in the elder speaker somewhat more fervour than was usual with +him, Marius listened to the conversation which follows.-- + +"Ah! Hermotimus! Hurrying to lecture! [145] --if I may judge by your +pace, and that volume in your hand. You were thinking hard as you came +along, moving your lips and waving your arms. Some fine speech you +were pondering, some knotty question, some viewy doctrine--not to be +idle for a moment, to be making progress in philosophy, even on your +way to the schools. To-day, however, you need go no further. We read +a notice at the schools that there would be no lecture. Stay +therefore, and talk awhile with us. + +--With pleasure, Lucian.--Yes! I was ruminating yesterday's +conference. One must not lose a moment. Life is short and art is +long! And it was of the art of medicine, that was first said--a thing +so much easier than divine philosophy, to which one can hardly attain +in a lifetime, unless one be ever wakeful, ever on the watch. And here +the hazard is no little one:--By the attainment of a true philosophy to +attain happiness; or, having missed both, to perish, as one of the +vulgar herd. + +--The prize is a great one, Hermotimus! and you must needs be near it, +after these months of toil, and with that scholarly pallor of yours. +Unless, indeed, you have already laid hold upon it, and kept us in the +dark. + +--How could that be, Lucian? Happiness, as Hesiod says, abides very +far hence; and the way to it is long and steep and rough. I see myself +still at the beginning of my journey; still [146] but at the mountain's +foot. I am trying with all my might to get forward. What I need is a +hand, stretched out to help me. + +--And is not the master sufficient for that? Could he not, like Zeus +in Homer, let down to you, from that high place, a golden cord, to draw +you up thither, to himself and to that Happiness, to which he ascended +so long ago? + +--The very point, Lucian! Had it depended on him I should long ago +have been caught up. 'Tis I, am wanting. + +--Well! keep your eye fixed on the journey's end, and that happiness +there above, with confidence in his goodwill. + +--Ah! there are many who start cheerfully on the journey and proceed a +certain distance, but lose heart when they light on the obstacles of +the way. Only, those who endure to the end do come to the mountain's +top, and thereafter live in Happiness:--live a wonderful manner of +life, seeing all other people from that great height no bigger than +tiny ants. + +--What little fellows you make of us--less than the pygmies--down in +the dust here. Well! we, 'the vulgar herd,' as we creep along, will +not forget you in our prayers, when you are seated up there above the +clouds, whither you have been so long hastening. But tell me, +Hermotimus!--when do you expect to arrive there? + +--Ah! that I know not. In twenty years, [147] perhaps, I shall be +really on the summit.--A great while! you think. But then, again, the +prize I contend for is a great one. + +--Perhaps! But as to those twenty years--that you will live so long. +Has the master assured you of that? Is he a prophet as well as a +philosopher? For I suppose you would not endure all this, upon a mere +chance--toiling day and night, though it might happen that just ere the +last step, Destiny seized you by the foot and plucked you thence, with +your hope still unfulfilled. + +--Hence, with these ill-omened words, Lucian! Were I to survive but +for a day, I should be happy, having once attained wisdom. + +--How?--Satisfied with a single day, after all those labours? + +--Yes! one blessed moment were enough! + +--But again, as you have never been, how know you that happiness is to +be had up there, at all--the happiness that is to make all this worth +while? + +--I believe what the master tells me. Of a certainty he knows, being +now far above all others. + +--And what was it he told you about it? Is it riches, or glory, or +some indescribable pleasure? + +--Hush! my friend! All those are nothing in comparison of the life +there. + +--What, then, shall those who come to the [148] end of this +discipline--what excellent thing shall they receive, if not these? + +--Wisdom, the absolute goodness and the absolute beauty, with the sure +and certain knowledge of all things--how they are. Riches and glory +and pleasure--whatsoever belongs to the body--they have cast from them: +stripped bare of all that, they mount up, even as Hercules, consumed in +the fire, became a god. He too cast aside all that he had of his +earthly mother, and bearing with him the divine element, pure and +undefiled, winged his way to heaven from the discerning flame. Even so +do they, detached from all that others prize, by the burning fire of a +true philosophy, ascend to the highest degree of happiness. + +--Strange! And do they never come down again from the heights to help +those whom they left below? Must they, when they be once come thither, +there remain for ever, laughing, as you say, at what other men prize? + +--More than that! They whose initiation is entire are subject no +longer to anger, fear, desire, regret. Nay! They scarcely feel at all. + +--Well! as you have leisure to-day, why not tell an old friend in what +way you first started on your philosophic journey? For, if I might, I +should like to join company with you from this very day. + +--If you be really willing, Lucian! you will learn in no long time your +advantage over all [149] other people. They will seem but as children, +so far above them will be your thoughts. + +--Well! Be you my guide! It is but fair. But tell me--Do you allow +learners to contradict, if anything is said which they don't think +right? + +--No, indeed! Still, if you wish, oppose your questions. In that way +you will learn more easily. + +--Let me know, then--Is there one only way which leads to a true +philosophy--your own way--the way of the Stoics: or is it true, as I +have heard, that there are many ways of approaching it? + +--Yes! Many ways! There are the Stoics, and the Peripatetics, and +those who call themselves after Plato: there are the enthusiasts for +Diogenes, and Antisthenes, and the followers of Pythagoras, besides +others. + +--It was true, then. But again, is what they say the same or different? + +--Very different. + +--Yet the truth, I conceive, would be one and the same, from all of +them. Answer me then--In what, or in whom, did you confide when you +first betook yourself to philosophy, and seeing so many doors open to +you, passed them all by and went in to the Stoics, as if there alone +lay the way of truth? What token had you? Forget, please, all you are +to-day--half-way, or more, on the philosophic journey: [150] answer me +as you would have done then, a mere outsider as I am now. + +--Willingly! It was there the great majority went! 'Twas by that I +judged it to be the better way. + +--A majority how much greater than the Epicureans, the Platonists, the +Peripatetics? You, doubtless, counted them respectively, as with the +votes in a scrutiny. + +--No! But this was not my only motive. I heard it said by every one +that the Epicureans were soft and voluptuous, the Peripatetics +avaricious and quarrelsome, and Plato's followers puffed up with pride. +But of the Stoics, not a few pronounced that they were true men, that +they knew everything, that theirs was the royal road, the one road, to +wealth, to wisdom, to all that can be desired. + +--Of course those who said this were not themselves Stoics: you would +not have believed them--still less their opponents. They were the +vulgar, therefore. + +--True! But you must know that I did not trust to others exclusively. +I trusted also to myself--to what I saw. I saw the Stoics going +through the world after a seemly manner, neatly clad, never in excess, +always collected, ever faithful to the mean which all pronounce +'golden.' + +--You are trying an experiment on me. You would fain see how far you +can mislead [151] me as to your real ground. The kind of probation you +describe is applicable, indeed, to works of art, which are rightly +judged by their appearance to the eye. There is something in the +comely form, the graceful drapery, which tells surely of the hand of +Pheidias or Alcamenes. But if philosophy is to be judged by outward +appearances, what would become of the blind man, for instance, unable +to observe the attire and gait of your friends the Stoics? + +--It was not of the blind I was thinking. + +--Yet there must needs be some common criterion in a matter so +important to all. Put the blind, if you will, beyond the privileges of +philosophy; though they perhaps need that inward vision more than all +others. But can those who are not blind, be they as keen-sighted as +you will, collect a single fact of mind from a man's attire, from +anything outward?--Understand me! You attached yourself to these +men--did you not?--because of a certain love you had for the mind in +them, the thoughts they possessed desiring the mind in you to be +improved thereby? + +--Assuredly! + +--How, then, did you find it possible, by the sort of signs you just +now spoke of, to distinguish the true philosopher from the false? +Matters of that kind are not wont so to reveal themselves. They are +but hidden mysteries, hardly to be guessed at through the words and +acts which [152] may in some sort be conformable to them. You, +however, it would seem, can look straight into the heart in men's +bosoms, and acquaint yourself with what really passes there. + +--You are making sport of me, Lucian! In truth, it was with God's help +I made my choice, and I don't repent it. + +--And still you refuse to tell me, to save me from perishing in that +'vulgar herd.' + +--Because nothing I can tell you would satisfy you. + +--You are mistaken, my friend! But since you deliberately conceal the +thing, grudging me, as I suppose, that true philosophy which would make +me equal to you, I will try, if it may be, to find out for myself the +exact criterion in these matters--how to make a perfectly safe choice. +And, do you listen. + +--I will; there may be something worth knowing in what you will say. + +--Well!--only don't laugh if I seem a little fumbling in my efforts. +The fault is yours, in refusing to share your lights with me. Let +Philosophy, then, be like a city--a city whose citizens within it are a +happy people, as your master would tell you, having lately come thence, +as we suppose. All the virtues are theirs, and they are little less +than gods. Those acts of violence which happen among us are not to be +seen in their streets. They live together in one mind, very seemly; +the things which beyond [153] everything else cause men to contend +against each other, having no place upon them. Gold and silver, +pleasure, vainglory, they have long since banished, as being +unprofitable to the commonwealth; and their life is an unbroken calm, +in liberty, equality, an equal happiness. + +--And is it not reasonable that all men should desire to be of a city +such as that, and take no account of the length and difficulty of the +way thither, so only they may one day become its freemen? + +--It might well be the business of life:--leaving all else, forgetting +one's native country here, unmoved by the tears, the restraining hands, +of parents or children, if one had them--only bidding them follow the +same road; and if they would not or could not, shaking them off, +leaving one's very garment in their hands if they took hold on us, to +start off straightway for that happy place! For there is no fear, I +suppose, of being shut out if one came thither naked. I remember, +indeed, long ago an aged man related to me how things passed there, +offering himself to be my leader, and enrol me on my arrival in the +number of the citizens. I was but fifteen--certainly very foolish: and +it may be that I was then actually within the suburbs, or at the very +gates, of the city. Well, this aged man told me, among other things, +that all the citizens were wayfarers from afar. Among them were +barbarians and slaves, poor [154] men--aye! and cripples--all indeed +who truly desired that citizenship. For the only legal conditions of +enrolment were--not wealth, nor bodily beauty, nor noble +ancestry--things not named among them--but intelligence, and the desire +for moral beauty, and earnest labour. The last comer, thus qualified, +was made equal to the rest: master and slave, patrician, plebeian, were +words they had not--in that blissful place. And believe me, if that +blissful, that beautiful place, were set on a hill visible to all the +world, I should long ago have journeyed thither. But, as you say, it +is far off: and one must needs find out for oneself the road to it, and +the best possible guide. And I find a multitude of guides, who press +on me their services, and protest, all alike, that they have themselves +come thence. Only, the roads they propose are many, and towards +adverse quarters. And one of them is steep and stony, and through the +beating sun; and the other is through green meadows, and under grateful +shade, and by many a fountain of water. But howsoever the road may be, +at each one of them stands a credible guide; he puts out his hand and +would have you come his way. All other ways are wrong, all other +guides false. Hence my difficulty!--The number and variety of the +ways! For you know, There is but one road that leads to Corinth. + +--Well! If you go the whole round, you [155] will find no better +guides than those. If you wish to get to Corinth, you will follow the +traces of Zeno and Chrysippus. It is impossible otherwise. + +--Yes! The old, familiar language! Were one of Plato's +fellow-pilgrims here, or a follower of Epicurus--or fifty others--each +would tell me that I should never get to Corinth except in his company. +One must therefore credit all alike, which would be absurd; or, what is +far safer, distrust all alike, until one has discovered the truth. +Suppose now, that, being as I am, ignorant which of all philosophers is +really in possession of truth, I choose your sect, relying on +yourself--my friend, indeed, yet still acquainted only with the way of +the Stoics; and that then some divine power brought Plato, and +Aristotle, and Pythagoras, and the others, back to life again. Well! +They would come round about me, and put me on my trial for my +presumption, and say:--'In whom was it you confided when you preferred +Zeno and Chrysippus to me?--and me?--masters of far more venerable age +than those, who are but of yesterday; and though you have never held +any discussion with us, nor made trial of our doctrine? It is not thus +that the law would have judges do--listen to one party and refuse to +let the other speak for himself. If judges act thus, there may be an +appeal to another tribunal.' What should I answer? Would it [156] be +enough to say:--'I trusted my friend Hermotimus?'--'We know not +Hermotimus, nor he us,' they would tell me; adding, with a smile, 'your +friend thinks he may believe all our adversaries say of us whether in +ignorance or in malice. Yet if he were umpire in the games, and if he +happened to see one of our wrestlers, by way of a preliminary exercise, +knock to pieces an antagonist of mere empty air, he would not thereupon +pronounce him a victor. Well! don't let your friend Hermotimus +suppose, in like manner, that his teachers have really prevailed over +us in those battles of theirs, fought with our mere shadows. That, +again, were to be like children, lightly overthrowing their own +card-castles; or like boy-archers, who cry out when they hit the target +of straw. The Persian and Scythian bowmen, as they speed along, can +pierce a bird on the wing.' + +--Let us leave Plato and the others at rest. It is not for me to +contend against them. Let us rather search out together if the truth +of Philosophy be as I say. Why summon the athletes, and archers from +Persia? + +--Yes! let them go, if you think them in the way. And now do you +speak! You really look as if you had something wonderful to deliver. + +--Well then, Lucian! to me it seems quite possible for one who has +learned the doctrines of the Stoics only, to attain from those a +knowledge [157] of the truth, without proceeding to inquire into all +the various tenets of the others. Look at the question in this way. If +one told you that twice two make four, would it be necessary for you to +go the whole round of the arithmeticians, to see whether any one of +them will say that twice two make five, or seven? Would you not see at +once that the man tells the truth? + +--At once. + +--Why then do you find it impossible that one who has fallen in with +the Stoics only, in their enunciation of what is true, should adhere to +them, and seek after no others; assured that four could never be five, +even if fifty Platos, fifty Aristotles said so? + +--You are beside the point, Hermotimus! You are likening open +questions to principles universally received. Have you ever met any +one who said that twice two make five, or seven? + +--No! only a madman would say that. + +--And have you ever met, on the other hand, a Stoic and an Epicurean +who were agreed upon the beginning and the end, the principle and the +final cause, of things? Never! Then your parallel is false. We are +inquiring to which of the sects philosophic truth belongs, and you +seize on it by anticipation, and assign it to the Stoics, alleging, +what is by no means clear, that it is they for whom twice two make +four. But the Epicureans, or the Platonists, [158] might say that it +is they, in truth, who make two and two equal four, while you make them +five or seven. Is it not so, when you think virtue the only good, and +the Epicureans pleasure; when you hold all things to be material, while +the Platonists admit something immaterial? As I said, you resolve +offhand, in favour of the Stoics, the very point which needs a critical +decision. If it is clear beforehand that the Stoics alone make two and +two equal four, then the others must hold their peace. But so long as +that is the very point of debate, we must listen to all sects alike, or +be well-assured that we shall seem but partial in our judgment. + +--I think, Lucian! that you do not altogether understand my meaning. To +make it clear, then, let us suppose that two men had entered a temple, +of Aesculapius,--say! or Bacchus: and that afterwards one of the sacred +vessels is found to be missing. And the two men must be searched to +see which of them has hidden it under his garment. For it is certainly +in the possession of one or the other of them. Well! if it be found on +the first there will be no need to search the second; if it is not +found on the first, then the other must have it; and again, there will +be no need to search him. + +--Yes! So let it be. + +--And we too, Lucian! if we have found the holy vessel in possession of +the Stoics, shall no longer have need to search other philosophers, +[159] having attained that we were seeking. Why trouble ourselves +further? + +--No need, if something had indeed been found, and you knew it to be +that lost thing: if, at the least, you could recognise the sacred +object when you saw it. But truly, as the matter now stands, not two +persons only have entered the temple, one or the other of whom must +needs have taken the golden cup, but a whole crowd of persons. And +then, it is not clear what the lost object really is--cup, or flagon, +or diadem; for one of the priests avers this, another that; they are +not even in agreement as to its material: some will have it to be of +brass, others of silver, or gold. It thus becomes necessary to search +the garments of all persons who have entered the temple, if the lost +vessel is to be recovered. And if you find a golden cup on the first +of them, it will still be necessary to proceed in searching the +garments of the others; for it is not certain that this cup really +belonged to the temple. Might there not be many such golden +vessels?--No! we must go on to every one of them, placing all that we +find in the midst together, and then make our guess which of all those +things may fairly be supposed to be the property of the god. For, +again, this circumstance adds greatly to our difficulty, that without +exception every one searched is found to have something upon him--cup, +or flagon, or diadem, of brass, of silver, [160] of gold: and still, +all the while, it is not ascertained which of all these is the sacred +thing. And you must still hesitate to pronounce any one of them guilty +of the sacrilege--those objects may be their own lawful property: one +cause of all this obscurity being, as I think, that there was no +inscription on the lost cup, if cup it was. Had the name of the god, +or even that of the donor, been upon it, at least we should have had +less trouble, and having detected the inscription, should have ceased +to trouble any one else by our search. + +--I have nothing to reply to that. + +--Hardly anything plausible. So that if we wish to find who it is has +the sacred vessel, or who will be our best guide to Corinth, we must +needs proceed to every one and examine him with the utmost care, +stripping off his garment and considering him closely. Scarcely, even +so, shall we come at the truth. And if we are to have a credible +adviser regarding this question of philosophy--which of all +philosophies one ought to follow--he alone who is acquainted with the +dicta of every one of them can be such a guide: all others must be +inadequate. I would give no credence to them if they lacked +information as to one only. If somebody introduced a fair person and +told us he was the fairest of all men, we should not believe that, +unless we knew that he had seen all the people in the world. Fair he +might be; but, fairest of all--none could [161] know, unless he had +seen all. And we too desire, not a fair one, but the fairest of all. +Unless we find him, we shall think we have failed. It is no casual +beauty that will content us; what we are seeking after is that supreme +beauty which must of necessity be unique. + +--What then is one to do, if the matter be really thus? Perhaps you +know better than I. All I see is that very few of us would have time +to examine all the various sects of philosophy in turn, even if we +began in early life. I know not how it is; but though you seem to me +to speak reasonably, yet (I must confess it) you have distressed me not +a little by this exact exposition of yours. I was unlucky in coming +out to-day, and in my falling in with you, who have thrown me into +utter perplexity by your proof that the discovery of truth is +impossible, just as I seemed to be on the point of attaining my hope. + +--Blame your parents, my child, not me! Or rather, blame mother Nature +herself, for giving us but seventy or eighty years instead of making us +as long-lived as Tithonus. For my part, I have but led you from +premise to conclusion. + +--Nay! you are a mocker! I know not wherefore, but you have a grudge +against philosophy; and it is your entertainment to make a jest of her +lovers. + +--Ah! Hermotimus! what the Truth may [162] be, you philosophers may be +able to tell better than I. But so much at least I know of her, that +she is one by no means pleasant to those who hear her speak: in the +matter of pleasantness, she is far surpassed by Falsehood: and +Falsehood has the pleasanter countenance. She, nevertheless, being +conscious of no alloy within, discourses with boldness to all men, who +therefore have little love for her. See how angry you are now because +I have stated the truth about certain things of which we are both alike +enamoured--that they are hard to come by. It is as if you had fallen +in love with a statue and hoped to win its favour, thinking it a human +creature; and I, understanding it to be but an image of brass or stone, +had shown you, as a friend, that your love was impossible, and +thereupon you had conceived that I bore you some ill-will. + +--But still, does it not follow from what you said, that we must +renounce philosophy and pass our days in idleness? + +--When did you hear me say that? I did but assert that if we are to +seek after philosophy, whereas there are many ways professing to lead +thereto, we must with much exactness distinguish them. + +--Well, Lucian! that we must go to all the schools in turn, and test +what they say, if we are to choose the right one, is perhaps +reasonable; but surely ridiculous, unless we are to live as [163] many +years as the Phoenix, to be so lengthy in the trial of each; as if it +were not possible to learn the whole by the part! They say that +Pheidias, when he was shown one of the talons of a lion, computed the +stature and age of the animal it belonged to, modelling a complete lion +upon the standard of a single part of it. You too would recognise a +human hand were the rest of the body concealed. Even so with the +schools of philosophy:--the leading doctrines of each might be learned +in an afternoon. That over-exactness of yours, which required so long +a time, is by no means necessary for making the better choice. + +--You are forcible, Hermotimus! with this theory of The Whole by the +Part. Yet, methinks, I heard you but now propound the contrary. But +tell me; would Pheidias when he saw the lion's talon have known that it +was a lion's, if he had never seen the animal? Surely, the cause of +his recognising the part was his knowledge of the whole. There is a +way of choosing one's philosophy even less troublesome than yours. Put +the names of all the philosophers into an urn. Then call a little +child, and let him draw the name of the philosopher you shall follow +all the rest of your days. + +--Nay! be serious with me. Tell me; did you ever buy wine? + +--Surely. + +--And did you first go the whole round of [164] the wine-merchants, +tasting and comparing their wines? + +--By no means. + +--No! You were contented to order the first good wine you found at +your price. By tasting a little you were ascertained of the quality of +the whole cask. How if you had gone to each of the merchants in turn, +and said, 'I wish to buy a cotyle of wine. Let me drink out the whole +cask. Then I shall be able to tell which is best, and where I ought to +buy.' Yet this is what you would do with the philosophies. Why drain +the cask when you might taste, and see? + +--How slippery you are; how you escape from one's fingers! Still, you +have given me an advantage, and are in your own trap. + +--How so? + +--Thus! You take a common object known to every one, and make wine the +figure of a thing which presents the greatest variety in itself, and +about which all men are at variance, because it is an unseen and +difficult thing. I hardly know wherein philosophy and wine are alike +unless it be in this, that the philosophers exchange their ware for +money, like the wine-merchants; some of them with a mixture of water or +worse, or giving short measure. However, let us consider your +parallel. The wine in the cask, you say, is of one kind throughout. +But have the philosophers--has your own [165] master even--but one and +the same thing only to tell you, every day and all days, on a subject +so manifold? Otherwise, how can you know the whole by the tasting of +one part? The whole is not the same--Ah! and it may be that God has +hidden the good wine of philosophy at the bottom of the cask. You must +drain it to the end if you are to find those drops of divine sweetness +you seem so much to thirst for! Yourself, after drinking so deeply, +are still but at the beginning, as you said. But is not philosophy +rather like this? Keep the figure of the merchant and the cask: but +let it be filled, not with wine, but with every sort of grain. You +come to buy. The merchant hands you a little of the wheat which lies +at the top. Could you tell by looking at that, whether the chick-peas +were clean, the lentils tender, the beans full? And then, whereas in +selecting our wine we risk only our money; in selecting our philosophy +we risk ourselves, as you told me--might ourselves sink into the dregs +of 'the vulgar herd.' Moreover, while you may not drain the whole cask +of wine by way of tasting, Wisdom grows no less by the depth of your +drinking. Nay! if you take of her, she is increased thereby. + +And then I have another similitude to propose, as regards this tasting +of philosophy. Don't think I blaspheme her if I say that it may be +with her as with some deadly poison, [166] hemlock or aconite. These +too, though they cause death, yet kill not if one tastes but a minute +portion. You would suppose that the tiniest particle must be +sufficient. + +--Be it as you will, Lucian! One must live a hundred years: one must +sustain all this labour; otherwise philosophy is unattainable. + +--Not so! Though there were nothing strange in that, if it be true, as +you said at first, that Life is short and art is long. But now you +take it hard that we are not to see you this very day, before the sun +goes down, a Chrysippus, a Pythagoras, a Plato. + +--You overtake me, Lucian! and drive me into a corner; in jealousy of +heart, I believe, because I have made some progress in doctrine whereas +you have neglected yourself. + +--Well! Don't attend to me! Treat me as a Corybant, a fanatic: and do +you go forward on this road of yours. Finish the journey in accordance +with the view you had of these matters at the beginning of it. Only, +be assured that my judgment on it will remain unchanged. Reason still +says, that without criticism, without a clear, exact, unbiassed +intelligence to try them, all those theories--all things--will have +been seen but in vain. 'To that end,' she tells us, 'much time is +necessary, many delays of judgment, a cautious gait; repeated +inspection.' And we are not to regard the outward appearance, or the +reputation of wisdom, in any of the [167] speakers; but like the judges +of Areopagus, who try their causes in the darkness of the night, look +only to what they say. + +--Philosophy, then, is impossible, or possible only in another life! + +--Hermotimus! I grieve to tell you that all this even, may be in truth +insufficient. After all, we may deceive ourselves in the belief that +we have found something:--like the fishermen! Again and again they let +down the net. At last they feel something heavy, and with vast labour +draw up, not a load of fish, but only a pot full of sand, or a great +stone. + +--I don't understand what you mean by the net. It is plain that you +have caught me in it. + +--Try to get out! You can swim as well as another. We may go to all +philosophers in turn and make trial of them. Still, I, for my part, +hold it by no mean certain that any one of them really possesses what +we seek. The truth may be a thing that not one of them has yet found. +You have twenty beans in your hand, and you bid ten persons guess how +many: one says five, another fifteen; it is possible that one of them +may tell the true number; but it is not impossible that all may be +wrong. So it is with the philosophers. All alike are in search of +Happiness--what kind of thing it is. One says one thing, one another: +it is pleasure; it is virtue;--what not? And Happiness may indeed be +one of those things. But it is possible [168] also that it may be +still something else, different and distinct from them all. + +--What is this?--There is something, I know not how, very sad and +disheartening in what you say. We seem to have come round in a circle +to the spot whence we started, and to our first incertitude. Ah! +Lucian, what have you done to me? You have proved my priceless pearl +to be but ashes, and all my past labour to have been in vain. + +--Reflect, my friend, that you are not the first person who has thus +failed of the good thing he hoped for. All philosophers, so to speak, +are but fighting about the 'ass's shadow.' To me you seem like one who +should weep, and reproach fortune because he is not able to climb up +into heaven, or go down into the sea by Sicily and come up at Cyprus, +or sail on wings in one day from Greece to India. And the true cause +of his trouble is that he has based his hope on what he has seen in a +dream, or his own fancy has put together; without previous thought +whether what he desires is in itself attainable and within the compass +of human nature. Even so, methinks, has it happened with you. As you +dreamed, so largely, of those wonderful things, came Reason, and woke +you up from sleep, a little roughly: and then you are angry with +Reason, your eyes being still but half open, and find it hard to shake +off sleep for the pleasure of what you saw therein. Only, [169] don't +be angry with me, because, as a friend, I would not suffer you to pass +your life in a dream, pleasant perhaps, but still only a dream--because +I wake you up and demand that you should busy yourself with the proper +business of life, and send you to it possessed of common sense. What +your soul was full of just now is not very different from those Gorgons +and Chimaeras and the like, which the poets and the painters construct +for us, fancy-free:--things which never were, and never will be, though +many believe in them, and all like to see and hear of them, just +because they are so strange and odd. + +And you too, methinks, having heard from some such maker of marvels of +a certain woman of a fairness beyond nature--beyond the Graces, beyond +Venus Urania herself--asked not if he spoke truth, and whether this +woman be really alive in the world, but straightway fell in love with +her; as they say that Medea was enamoured of Jason in a dream. And what +more than anything else seduced you, and others like you, into that +passion, for a vain idol of the fancy, is, that he who told you about +that fair woman, from the very moment when you first believed that what +he said was true, brought forward all the rest in consequent order. +Upon her alone your eyes were fixed; by her he led you along, when once +you had given him a hold upon you--led you along the straight road, as +he said, to the beloved one. All was easy after that. [170] None of +you asked again whether it was the true way; following one after +another, like sheep led by the green bough in the hand of the shepherd. +He moved you hither and thither with his finger, as easily as water +spilt on a table! + +My friend! Be not so lengthy in preparing the banquet, lest you die of +hunger! I saw one who poured water into a mortar, and ground it with +all his might with a pestle of iron, fancying he did a thing useful and +necessary; but it remained water only, none the less." + +Just there the conversation broke off suddenly, and the disputants +parted. The horses were come for Lucian. The boy went on his way, and +Marius onward, to visit a friend whose abode lay further. As he +returned to Rome towards evening the melancholy aspect, natural to a +city of the dead, had triumphed over the superficial gaudiness of the +early day. He could almost have fancied Canidia there, picking her way +among the rickety lamps, to rifle some neglected or ruined tomb; for +these tombs were not all equally well cared for (Post mortem nescio!) +and it had been one of the pieties of Aurelius to frame a severe law to +prevent the defacing of such monuments. To Marius there seemed to be +some new meaning in that terror of isolation, of being left alone in +these places, of which the sepulchral inscriptions were so full. A +blood-red sunset was dying angrily, and its wild glare upon the shadowy +objects around helped to combine [171] the associations of this famous +way, its deeply graven marks of immemorial travel, together with the +earnest questions of the morning as to the true way of that other sort +of travelling, around an image, almost ghastly in the traces of its +great sorrows--bearing along for ever, on bleeding feet, the instrument +of its punishment--which was all Marius could recall distinctly of a +certain Christian legend he had heard. The legend told of an encounter +at this very spot, of two wayfarers on the Appian Way, as also upon +some very dimly discerned mental journey, altogether different from +himself and his late companions--an encounter between Love, literally +fainting by the road, and Love "travelling in the greatness of his +strength," Love itself, suddenly appearing to sustain that other. A +strange contrast to anything actually presented in that morning's +conversation, it seemed nevertheless to echo its very words--"Do they +never come down again," he heard once more the well-modulated voice: +"Do they never come down again from the heights, to help those whom +they left here below?"--"And we too desire, not a fair one, but the +fairest of all. Unless we find him, we shall think we have failed." + + + +CHAPTER XXV: SUNT LACRIMAE RERUM+ + +[172] It was become a habit with Marius--one of his +modernisms--developed by his assistance at the Emperor's "conversations +with himself," to keep a register of the movements of his own private +thoughts and humours; not continuously indeed, yet sometimes for +lengthy intervals, during which it was no idle self-indulgence, but a +necessity of his intellectual life, to "confess himself," with an +intimacy, seemingly rare among the ancients; ancient writers, at all +events, having been jealous, for the most part, of affording us so much +as a glimpse of that interior self, which in many cases would have +actually doubled the interest of their objective informations. + +"If a particular tutelary or genius," writes Marius,--"according to old +belief, walks through life beside each one of us, mine is very +certainly a capricious creature. He fills one with wayward, +unaccountable, yet quite irresistible humours, [173] and seems always +to be in collusion with some outward circumstance, often trivial enough +in itself--the condition of the weather, forsooth!--the people one +meets by chance--the things one happens to overhear them say, veritable +enodioi symboloi,+ or omens by the wayside, as the old Greeks +fancied--to push on the unreasonable prepossessions of the moment into +weighty motives. It was doubtless a quite explicable, physical fatigue +that presented me to myself, on awaking this morning, so lack-lustre +and trite. But I must needs take my petulance, contrasting it with my +accustomed morning hopefulness, as a sign of the ageing of appetite, of +a decay in the very capacity of enjoyment. We need some imaginative +stimulus, some not impossible ideal such as may shape vague hope, and +transform it into effective desire, to carry us year after year, +without disgust, through the routine-work which is so large a part of +life. "Then, how if appetite, be it for real or ideal, should itself +fail one after awhile? Ah, yes! is it of cold always that men die; and +on some of us it creeps very gradually. In truth, I can remember just +such a lack-lustre condition of feeling once or twice before. But I +note, that it was accompanied then by an odd indifference, as the +thought of them occurred to me, in regard to the sufferings of +others--a kind of callousness, so unusual with me, as at once to mark +the humour it accompanied as a palpably morbid one [174] that could not +last. Were those sufferings, great or little, I asked myself then, of +more real consequence to them than mine to me, as I remind myself that +'nothing that will end is really long'--long enough to be thought of +importance? But to-day, my own sense of fatigue, the pity I conceive +for myself, disposed me strongly to a tenderness for others. For a +moment the whole world seemed to present itself as a hospital of sick +persons; many of them sick in mind; all of whom it would be a brutality +not to humour, not to indulge. + +"Why, when I went out to walk off my wayward fancies, did I confront +the very sort of incident (my unfortunate genius had surely beckoned it +from afar to vex me) likely to irritate them further? A party of men +were coming down the street. They were leading a fine race-horse; a +handsome beast, but badly hurt somewhere, in the circus, and useless. +They were taking him to slaughter; and I think the animal knew it: he +cast such looks, as if of mad appeal, to those who passed him, as he +went among the strangers to whom his former owner had committed him, to +die, in his beauty and pride, for just that one mischance or fault; +although the morning air was still so animating, and pleasant to snuff. +I could have fancied a human soul in the creature, swelling against its +luck. And I had come across the incident just when it would figure to +me as the very symbol [175] of our poor humanity, in its capacities for +pain, its wretched accidents, and those imperfect sympathies, which can +never quite identify us with one another; the very power of utterance +and appeal to others seeming to fail us, in proportion as our sorrows +come home to ourselves, are really our own. We are constructed for +suffering! What proofs of it does but one day afford, if we care to +note them, as we go--a whole long chaplet of sorrowful mysteries! Sunt +lacrimae rerum et mentem mortalia tangunt.+ + +"Men's fortunes touch us! The little children of one of those +institutions for the support of orphans, now become fashionable among +us by way of memorial of eminent persons deceased, are going, in long +file, along the street, on their way to a holiday in the country. They +halt, and count themselves with an air of triumph, to show that they +are all there. Their gay chatter has disturbed a little group of +peasants; a young woman and her husband, who have brought the old +mother, now past work and witless, to place her in a house provided for +such afflicted people. They are fairly affectionate, but anxious how +the thing they have to do may go--hope only she may permit them to +leave her there behind quietly. And the poor old soul is excited by +the noise made by the children, and partly aware of what is going to +happen with her. She too begins to count--one, two, three, five--on +her trembling fingers, misshapen by a life of toil. + +[176] 'Yes! yes! and twice five make ten'--they say, to pacify her. It +is her last appeal to be taken home again; her proof that all is not +yet up with her; that she is, at all events, still as capable as those +joyous children. + +"At the baths, a party of labourers are at work upon one of the great +brick furnaces, in a cloud of black dust. A frail young child has +brought food for one of them, and sits apart, waiting till his father +comes--watching the labour, but with a sorrowful distaste for the din +and dirt. He is regarding wistfully his own place in the world, there +before him. His mind, as he watches, is grown up for a moment; and he +foresees, as it were, in that moment, all the long tale of days, of +early awakings, of his own coming life of drudgery at work like this. + +"A man comes along carrying a boy whose rough work has already +begun--the only child--whose presence beside him sweetened the father's +toil a little. The boy has been badly injured by a fall of brick-work, +yet, with an effort, he rides boldly on his father's shoulders. It +will be the way of natural affection to keep him alive as long as +possible, though with that miserably shattered body.--'Ah! with us +still, and feeling our care beside him!'--and yet surely not without a +heartbreaking sigh of relief, alike from him and them, when the end +comes. + +"On the alert for incidents like these, yet of necessity passing them +by on the other side, I find [177] it hard to get rid of a sense that +I, for one, have failed in love. I could yield to the humour till I +seemed to have had my share in those great public cruelties, the +shocking legal crimes which are on record, like that cold-blooded +slaughter, according to law, of the four hundred slaves in the reign of +Nero, because one of their number was thought to have murdered his +master. The reproach of that, together with the kind of facile +apologies those who had no share in the deed may have made for it, as +they went about quietly on their own affairs that day, seems to come +very close to me, as I think upon it. And to how many of those now +actually around me, whose life is a sore one, must I be indifferent, if +I ever become aware of their soreness at all? To some, perhaps, the +necessary conditions of my own life may cause me to be opposed, in a +kind of natural conflict, regarding those interests which actually +determine the happiness of theirs. I would that a stronger love might +arise in my heart! + +"Yet there is plenty of charity in the world. My patron, the Stoic +emperor, has made it even fashionable. To celebrate one of his brief +returns to Rome lately from the war, over and above a largess of gold +pieces to all who would, the public debts were forgiven. He made a nice +show of it: for once, the Romans entertained themselves with a +good-natured spectacle, and the whole town came to see the great +bonfire [178] in the Forum, into which all bonds and evidence of debt +were thrown on delivery, by the emperor himself; many private creditors +following his example. That was done well enough! But still the +feeling returns to me, that no charity of ours can get at a certain +natural unkindness which I find in things themselves. + +"When I first came to Rome, eager to observe its religion, especially +its antiquities of religious usage, I assisted at the most curious, +perhaps, of them all, the most distinctly marked with that immobility +which is a sort of ideal in the Roman religion. The ceremony took +place at a singular spot some miles distant from the city, among the +low hills on the bank of the Tiber, beyond the Aurelian Gate. There, +in a little wood of venerable trees, piously allowed their own way, age +after age--ilex and cypress remaining where they fell at last, one over +the other, and all caught, in that early May-time, under a riotous +tangle of wild clematis--was to be found a magnificent sanctuary, in +which the members of the Arval College assembled themselves on certain +days. The axe never touched those trees--Nay! it was forbidden to +introduce any iron thing whatsoever within the precincts; not only +because the deities of these quiet places hate to be disturbed by the +harsh noise of metal, but also in memory of that better age--the lost +Golden Age--the homely age of the potters, of [179] which the central +act of the festival was a commemoration. + +"The preliminary ceremonies were long and complicated, but of a +character familiar enough. Peculiar to the time and place was the +solemn exposition, after lavation of hands, processions backwards and +forwards, and certain changes of vestments, of the identical earthen +vessels--veritable relics of the old religion of Numa!--the vessels +from which the holy Numa himself had eaten and drunk, set forth above a +kind of altar, amid a cloud of flowers and incense, and many lights, +for the veneration of the credulous or the faithful. + +"They were, in fact, cups or vases of burnt clay, rude in form: and the +religious veneration thus offered to them expressed men's desire to +give honour to a simpler age, before iron had found place in human +life: the persuasion that that age was worth remembering: a hope that +it might come again. + +"That a Numa, and his age of gold, would return, has been the hope or +the dream of some, in every period. Yet if he did come back, or any +equivalent of his presence, he could but weaken, and by no means smite +through, that root of evil, certainly of sorrow, of outraged human +sense, in things, which one must carefully distinguish from all +preventible accidents. Death, and the little perpetual daily dyings, +which have something of its sting, he must [180] necessarily leave +untouched. And, methinks, that were all the rest of man's life framed +entirely to his liking, he would straightway begin to sadden himself, +over the fate--say, of the flowers! For there is, there has come to be +since Numa lived perhaps, a capacity for sorrow in his heart, which +grows with all the growth, alike of the individual and of the race, in +intellectual delicacy and power, and which will find its aliment. + +"Of that sort of golden age, indeed, one discerns even now a trace, +here and there. Often have I maintained that, in this generous +southern country at least, Epicureanism is the special philosophy of +the poor. How little I myself really need, when people leave me alone, +with the intellectual powers at work serenely. The drops of falling +water, a few wild flowers with their priceless fragrance, a few tufts +even of half-dead leaves, changing colour in the quiet of a room that +has but light and shadow in it; these, for a susceptible mind, might +well do duty for all the glory of Augustus. I notice sometimes what I +conceive to be the precise character of the fondness of the roughest +working-people for their young children, a fine appreciation, not only +of their serviceable affection, but of their visible graces: and +indeed, in this country, the children are almost always worth looking +at. I see daily, in fine weather, a child like a delicate nosegay, +running to meet the rudest of brick- [181] makers as he comes from +work. She is not at all afraid to hang upon his rough hand: and +through her, he reaches out to, he makes his own, something from that +strange region, so distant from him yet so real, of the world's +refinement. What is of finer soul, of finer stuff in things, and +demands delicate touching--to him the delicacy of the little child +represents that: it initiates him into that. There, surely, is a touch +of the secular gold, of a perpetual age of gold. But then again, think +for a moment, with what a hard humour at the nature of things, his +struggle for bare life will go on, if the child should happen to die. +I observed to-day, under one of the archways of the baths, two children +at play, a little seriously--a fair girl and her crippled younger +brother. Two toy chairs and a little table, and sprigs of fir set +upright in the sand for a garden! They played at housekeeping. Well! +the girl thinks her life a perfectly good thing in the service of this +crippled brother. But she will have a jealous lover in time: and the +boy, though his face is not altogether unpleasant, is after all a +hopeless cripple. + +"For there is a certain grief in things as they are, in man as he has +come to be, as he certainly is, over and above those griefs of +circumstance which are in a measure removable--some inexplicable +shortcoming, or misadventure, on the part of nature itself--death, and +old age as it [182] must needs be, and that watching for their +approach, which makes every stage of life like a dying over and over +again. Almost all death is painful, and in every thing that comes to +an end a touch of death, and therefore of wretched coldness struck home +to one, of remorse, of loss and parting, of outraged attachments. +Given faultless men and women, given a perfect state of society which +should have no need to practise on men's susceptibilities for its own +selfish ends, adding one turn more to the wheel of the great rack for +its own interest or amusement, there would still be this evil in the +world, of a certain necessary sorrow and desolation, felt, just in +proportion to the moral, or nervous perfection men have attained to. +And what we need in the world, over against that, is a certain +permanent and general power of compassion--humanity's standing force of +self-pity--as an elementary ingredient of our social atmosphere, if we +are to live in it at all. I wonder, sometimes, in what way man has +cajoled himself into the bearing of his burden thus far, seeing how +every step in the capacity of apprehension his labour has won for him, +from age to age, must needs increase his dejection. It is as if the +increase of knowledge were but an increasing revelation of the radical +hopelessness of his position: and I would that there were one even as +I, behind this vain show of things! + +"At all events, the actual conditions of our [183] life being as they +are, and the capacity for suffering so large a principle in +things--since the only principle, perhaps, to which we may always +safely trust is a ready sympathy with the pain one actually sees--it +follows that the practical and effective difference between men will +lie in their power of insight into those conditions, their power of +sympathy. The future will be with those who have most of it; while for +the present, as I persuade myself, those who have much of it, have +something to hold by, even in the dissolution of a world, or in that +dissolution of self, which is, for every one, no less than the +dissolution of the world it represents for him. Nearly all of us, I +suppose, have had our moments, in which any effective sympathy for us +on the part of others has seemed impossible; in which our pain has +seemed a stupid outrage upon us, like some overwhelming physical +violence, from which we could take refuge, at best, only in some mere +general sense of goodwill--somewhere in the world perhaps. And then, +to one's surprise, the discovery of that goodwill, if it were only in a +not unfriendly animal, may seem to have explained, to have actually +justified to us, the fact of our pain. There have been occasions, +certainly, when I have felt that if others cared for me as I cared for +them, it would be, not so much a consolation, as an equivalent, for +what one has lost or suffered: a realised profit on the summing up +[184] of one's accounts: a touching of that absolute ground amid all +the changes of phenomena, such as our philosophers have of late +confessed themselves quite unable to discover. In the mere clinging of +human creatures to each other, nay! in one's own solitary self-pity, +amid the effects even of what might appear irredeemable loss, I seem to +touch the eternal. Something in that pitiful contact, something new +and true, fact or apprehension of fact, is educed, which, on a review +of all the perplexities of life, satisfies our moral sense, and removes +that appearance of unkindness in the soul of things themselves, and +assures us that not everything has been in vain. + +"And I know not how, but in the thought thus suggested, I seem to take +up, and re-knit myself to, a well-remembered hour, when by some +gracious accident--it was on a journey--all things about me fell into a +more perfect harmony than is their wont. Everything seemed to be, for +a moment, after all, almost for the best. Through the train of my +thoughts, one against another, it was as if I became aware of the +dominant power of another person in controversy, wrestling with me. I +seem to be come round to the point at which I left off then. The +antagonist has closed with me again. A protest comes, out of the very +depths of man's radically hopeless condition in the world, with the +energy of one of those suffering yet prevailing [185] deities, of which +old poetry tells. Dared one hope that there is a heart, even as ours, +in that divine 'Assistant' of one's thoughts--a heart even as mine, +behind this vain show of things!" + +NOTES + +172. Virgil, Aeneid Book 1, line 462. "There are the tears of +things..." See also page 175 of this chapter, where the same text is +quoted in full. + +173. +Transliteration: enodioi symboloi. Pater's Definition: "omens by +the wayside." + +175. +Sunt lacrimae rerum et mentem mortalia tangunt. Virgil, Aeneid +Book 1, line 462. Translation: "Here also there be tears for what men +bear, and mortal creatures feel each other's sorrow," from Vergil, +Aeneid, Theodore C. Williams. trans. Boston. Houghton Mifflin Co. 1910. + + + +CHAPTER XXVI: THE MARTYRS + + "Ah! voila les ames qu'il falloit a la mienne!" + Rousseau. + +[186] THE charm of its poetry, a poetry of the affections, wonderfully +fresh in the midst of a threadbare world, would have led Marius, if +nothing else had done so, again and again, to Cecilia's house. He +found a range of intellectual pleasures, altogether new to him, in the +sympathy of that pure and elevated soul. Elevation of soul, +generosity, humanity--little by little it came to seem to him as if +these existed nowhere else. The sentiment of maternity, above all, as +it might be understood there,--its claims, with the claims of all +natural feeling everywhere, down to the sheep bleating on the hills, +nay! even to the mother-wolf, in her hungry cave--seemed to have been +vindicated, to have been enforced anew, by the sanction of some divine +pattern thereof. He saw its legitimate place in the world given at +last to the bare capacity for [187] suffering in any creature, however +feeble or apparently useless. In this chivalry, seeming to leave the +world's heroism a mere property of the stage, in this so scrupulous +fidelity to what could not help itself, could scarcely claim not to be +forgotten, what a contrast to the hard contempt of one's own or other's +pain, of death, of glory even, in those discourses of Aurelius! + +But if Marius thought at times that some long-cherished desires were +now about to blossom for him, in the sort of home he had sometimes +pictured to himself, the very charm of which would lie in its contrast +to any random affections: that in this woman, to whom children +instinctively clung, he might find such a sister, at least, as he had +always longed for; there were also circumstances which reminded him +that a certain rule forbidding second marriages, was among these people +still in force; ominous incidents, moreover, warning a susceptible +conscience not to mix together the spirit and the flesh, nor make the +matter of a heavenly banquet serve for earthly meat and drink. + +One day he found Cecilia occupied with the burial of one of the +children of her household. It was from the tiny brow of such a child, +as he now heard, that the new light had first shone forth upon +them--through the light of mere physical life, glowing there again, +when the child was dead, or supposed to be dead. The [188] aged +servant of Christ had arrived in the midst of their noisy grief; and +mounting to the little chamber where it lay, had returned, not long +afterwards, with the child stirring in his arms as he descended the +stair rapidly; bursting open the closely-wound folds of the shroud and +scattering the funeral flowers from them, as the soul kindled once more +through its limbs. + +Old Roman common-sense had taught people to occupy their thoughts as +little as might be with children who died young. Here, to-day, +however, in this curious house, all thoughts were tenderly bent on the +little waxen figure, yet with a kind of exultation and joy, +notwithstanding the loud weeping of the mother. The other children, +its late companions, broke with it, suddenly, into the place where the +deep black bed lay open to receive it. Pushing away the grim fossores, +the grave-diggers, they ranged themselves around it in order, and +chanted that old psalm of theirs--Laudate pueri dominum! Dead children, +children's graves--Marius had been always half aware of an old +superstitious fancy in his mind concerning them; as if in coming near +them he came near the failure of some lately-born hope or purpose of +his own. And now, perusing intently the expression with which Cecilia +assisted, directed, returned afterwards to her house, he felt that he +too had had to-day his funeral of a little child. But it had always +been his policy, through all his pursuit [189] of "experience," to take +flight in time from any too disturbing passion, from any sort of +affection likely to quicken his pulses beyond the point at which the +quiet work of life was practicable. Had he, after all, been taken +unawares, so that it was no longer possible for him to fly? At least, +during the journey he took, by way of testing the existence of any +chain about him, he found a certain disappointment at his heart, +greater than he could have anticipated; and as he passed over the crisp +leaves, nipped off in multitudes by the first sudden cold of winter, he +felt that the mental atmosphere within himself was perceptibly colder. + +Yet it was, finally, a quite successful resignation which he achieved, +on a review, after his manner, during that absence, of loss or gain. +The image of Cecilia, it would seem, was already become for him like +some matter of poetry, or of another man's story, or a picture on the +wall. And on his return to Rome there had been a rumour in that +singular company, of things which spoke certainly not of any merely +tranquil loving: hinted rather that he had come across a world, the +lightest contact with which might make appropriate to himself also the +precept that "They which have wives be as they that have none." + +This was brought home to him, when, in early spring, he ventured once +more to listen to the sweet singing of the Eucharist. It breathed +[190] more than ever the spirit of a wonderful hope--of hopes more +daring than poor, labouring humanity had ever seriously entertained +before, though it was plain that a great calamity was befallen. Amid +stifled sobbing, even as the pathetic words of the psalter relieved the +tension of their hearts, the people around him still wore upon their +faces their habitual gleam of joy, of placid satisfaction. They were +still under the influence of an immense gratitude in thinking, even +amid their present distress, of the hour of a great deliverance. As he +followed again that mystical dialogue, he felt also again, like a +mighty spirit about him, the potency, the half-realised presence, of a +great multitude, as if thronging along those awful passages, to hear +the sentence of its release from prison; a company which represented +nothing less than--orbis terrarum--the whole company of mankind. And +the special note of the day expressed that relief--a sound new to him, +drawn deep from some old Hebrew source, as he conjectured, Alleluia! +repeated over and over again, Alleluia! Alleluia! at every pause and +movement of the long Easter ceremonies. + +And then, in its place, by way of sacred lection, although in shocking +contrast with the peaceful dignity of all around, came the Epistle of +the churches of Lyons and Vienne, to "their sister," the church of +Rome. For the "Peace" of the church had been broken--broken, as [191] +Marius could not but acknowledge, on the responsibility of the emperor +Aurelius himself, following tamely, and as a matter of course, the +traces of his predecessors, gratuitously enlisting, against the good as +well as the evil of that great pagan world, the strange new heroism of +which this singular message was full. The greatness of it certainly +lifted away all merely private regret, inclining one, at last, actually +to draw sword for the oppressed, as if in some new order of knighthood-- + +"The pains which our brethren have endured we have no power fully to +tell, for the enemy came upon us with his whole strength. But the +grace of God fought for us, set free the weak, and made ready those +who, like pillars, were able to bear the weight. These, coming now +into close strife with the foe, bore every kind of pang and shame. At +the time of the fair which is held here with a great crowd, the +governor led forth the Martyrs as a show. Holding what was thought +great but little, and that the pains of to-day are not deserving to be +measured against the glory that shall be made known, these worthy +wrestlers went joyfully on their way; their delight and the sweet +favour of God mingling in their faces, so that their bonds seemed but a +goodly array, or like the golden bracelets of a bride. Filled with the +fragrance of Christ, to some they seemed to have been touched with +earthly perfumes. + +[192] "Vettius Epagathus, though he was very young, because he would +not endure to see unjust judgment given against us, vented his anger, +and sought to be heard for the brethren, for he was a youth of high +place. Whereupon the governor asked him whether he also were a +Christian. He confessed in a clear voice, and was added to the number +of the Martyrs. But he had the Paraclete within him; as, in truth, he +showed by the fulness of his love; glorying in the defence of his +brethren, and to give his life for theirs. + +"Then was fulfilled the saying of the Lord that the day should come, +When he that slayeth you will think that he doeth God service. Most +madly did the mob, the governor and the soldiers, rage against the +handmaiden Blandina, in whom Christ showed that what seems mean among +men is of price with Him. For whilst we all, and her earthly mistress, +who was herself one of the contending Martyrs, were fearful lest +through the weakness of the flesh she should be unable to profess the +faith, Blandina was filled with such power that her tormentors, +following upon each other from morning until night, owned that they +were overcome, and had no more that they could do to her; admiring that +she still breathed after her whole body was torn asunder. + +"But this blessed one, in the very midst of her 'witness,' renewed her +strength; and to [193] repeat, I am Christ's! was to her rest, +refreshment, and relief from pain. As for Alexander, he neither +uttered a groan nor any sound at all, but in his heart talked with God. +Sanctus, the deacon, also, having borne beyond all measure pains +devised by them, hoping that they would get something from him, did not +so much as tell his name; but to all questions answered only, I am +Christ's! For this he confessed instead of his name, his race, and +everything beside. Whence also a strife in torturing him arose between +the governor and those tormentors, so that when they had nothing else +they could do they set red-hot plates of brass to the most tender parts +of his body. But he stood firm in his profession, cooled and fortified +by that stream of living water which flows from Christ. His corpse, a +single wound, having wholly lost the form of man, was the measure of +his pain. But Christ, paining in him, set forth an ensample to the +rest--that there is nothing fearful, nothing painful, where the love of +the Father overcomes. And as all those cruelties were made null +through the patience of the Martyrs, they bethought them of other +things; among which was their imprisonment in a dark and most sorrowful +place, where many were privily strangled. But destitute of man's aid, +they were filled with power from the Lord, both in body and mind, and +strengthened their brethren. Also, much joy was in our virgin mother, +the [194] Church; for, by means of these, such as were fallen away +retraced their steps--were again conceived, were filled again with +lively heat, and hastened to make the profession of their faith. + +"The holy bishop Pothinus, who was now past ninety years old and weak +in body, yet in his heat of soul and longing for martyrdom, roused what +strength he had, and was also cruelly dragged to judgment, and gave +witness. Thereupon he suffered many stripes, all thinking it would be +a wickedness if they fell short in cruelty towards him, for that thus +their own gods would be avenged. Hardly drawing breath, he was thrown +into prison, and after two days there died. + +"After these things their martyrdom was parted into divers manners. +Plaiting as it were one crown of many colours and every sort of +flowers, they offered it to God. Maturus, therefore, Sanctus and +Blandina, were led to the wild beasts. And Maturus and Sanctus passed +through all the pains of the amphitheatre, as if they had suffered +nothing before: or rather, as having in many trials overcome, and now +contending for the prize itself, were at last dismissed. + +"But Blandina was bound and hung upon a stake, and set forth as food +for the assault of the wild beasts. And as she thus seemed to be hung +upon the Cross, by her fiery prayers she imparted much alacrity to +those contending Witnesses. For as they looked upon her with the eye +of [195] flesh, through her, they saw Him that was crucified. But as +none of the beasts would then touch her, she was taken down from the +Cross, and sent back to prison for another day: that, though weak and +mean, yet clothed with the mighty wrestler, Christ Jesus, she might by +many conquests give heart to her brethren. + +"On the last day, therefore, of the shows, she was brought forth again, +together with Ponticus, a lad of about fifteen years old. They were +brought in day by day to behold the pains of the rest. And when they +wavered not, the mob was full of rage; pitying neither the youth of the +lad, nor the sex of the maiden. Hence, they drave them through the +whole round of pain. And Ponticus, taking heart from Blandina, having +borne well the whole of those torments, gave up his life. Last of all, +the blessed Blandina herself, as a mother that had given life to her +children, and sent them like conquerors to the great King, hastened to +them, with joy at the end, as to a marriage-feast; the enemy himself +confessing that no woman had ever borne pain so manifold and great as +hers. + +"Nor even so was their anger appeased; some among them seeking for us +pains, if it might be, yet greater; that the saying might be fulfilled, +He that is unjust, let him be unjust still. And their rage against the +Martyrs took a new form, insomuch that we were in great sorrow for lack +of freedom to entrust their bodies to the earth. + +[196] "Neither did the night-time, nor the offer of money, avail us for +this matter; but they set watch with much carefulness, as though it +were a great gain to hinder their burial. Therefore, after the bodies +had been displayed to view for many days, they were at last burned to +ashes, and cast into the river Rhone, which flows by this place, that +not a vestige of them might be left upon the earth. For they said, Now +shall we see whether they will rise again, and whether their God can +save them out of our hands." + + + +CHAPTER XXVII: THE TRIUMPH OF MARCUS AURELIUS + +[197] NOT many months after the date of that epistle, Marius, then +expecting to leave Rome for a long time, and in fact about to leave it +for ever, stood to witness the triumphal entry of Marcus Aurelius, +almost at the exact spot from which he had watched the emperor's solemn +return to the capital on his own first coming thither. His triumph was +now a "full" one--Justus Triumphus justified, by far more than the due +amount of bloodshed in those Northern wars, at length, it might seem, +happily at an end. Among the captives, amid the laughter of the crowds +at his blowsy upper garment, his trousered legs and conical wolf-skin +cap, walked our own ancestor, representative of subject Germany, under +a figure very familiar in later Roman sculpture; and, though certainly +with none of the grace of the Dying Gaul, yet with plenty of uncouth +pathos in his misshapen features, and the pale, servile, yet angry +eyes. His children, [198] white-skinned and golden-haired "as angels," +trudged beside him. His brothers, of the animal world, the ibex, the +wild-cat, and the reindeer, stalking and trumpeting grandly, found +their due place in the procession; and among the spoil, set forth on a +portable frame that it might be distinctly seen (no mere model, but the +very house he had lived in), a wattled cottage, in all the simplicity +of its snug contrivances against the cold, and well-calculated to give +a moment's delight to his new, sophisticated masters. + +Andrea Mantegna, working at the end of the fifteenth century, for a +society full of antiquarian fervour at the sight of the earthy relics +of the old Roman people, day by day returning to light out of the +clay--childish still, moreover, and with no more suspicion of +pasteboard than the old Romans themselves, in its unabashed love of +open-air pageantries, has invested this, the greatest, and alas! the +most characteristic, of the splendours of imperial Rome, with a reality +livelier than any description. The homely sentiments for which he has +found place in his learned paintings are hardly more lifelike than the +great public incidents of the show, there depicted. And then, with all +that vivid realism, how refined, how dignified, how select in type, is +this reflection of the old Roman world!--now especially, in its +time-mellowed red and gold, for the modern visitor to the old English +palace. + +[199] It was under no such selected types that the great procession +presented itself to Marius; though, in effect, he found something there +prophetic, so to speak, and evocative of ghosts, as susceptible minds +will do, upon a repetition after long interval of some notable +incident, which may yet perhaps have no direct concern for themselves. +In truth, he had been so closely bent of late on certain very personal +interests that the broad current of the world's doings seemed to have +withdrawn into the distance, but now, as he witnessed this procession, +to return once more into evidence for him. The world, certainly, had +been holding on its old way, and was all its old self, as it thus +passed by dramatically, accentuating, in this favourite spectacle, its +mode of viewing things. And even apart from the contrast of a very +different scene, he would have found it, just now, a somewhat vulgar +spectacle. The temples, wide open, with their ropes of roses flapping +in the wind against the rich, reflecting marble, their startling +draperies and heavy cloud of incense, were but the centres of a great +banquet spread through all the gaudily coloured streets of Rome, for +which the carnivorous appetite of those who thronged them in the glare +of the mid-day sun was frankly enough asserted. At best, they were but +calling their gods to share with them the cooked, sacrificial, and +other meats, reeking to the sky. The child, who was concerned for the +sorrows of one of [200] those Northern captives as he passed by, and +explained to his comrade--"There's feeling in that hand, you know!" +benumbed and lifeless as it looked in the chain, seemed, in a moment, +to transform the entire show into its own proper tinsel. Yes! these +Romans were a coarse, a vulgar people; and their vulgarities of soul in +full evidence here. And Aurelius himself seemed to have undergone the +world's coinage, and fallen to the level of his reward, in a mediocrity +no longer golden. + +Yet if, as he passed by, almost filling the quaint old circular chariot +with his magnificent golden-flowered attire, he presented himself to +Marius, chiefly as one who had made the great mistake; to the multitude +he came as a more than magnanimous conqueror. That he had "forgiven" +the innocent wife and children of the dashing and almost successful +rebel Avidius Cassius, now no more, was a recent circumstance still in +memory. As the children went past--not among those who, ere the +emperor ascended the steps of the Capitol, would be detached from the +great progress for execution, happy rather, and radiant, as adopted +members of the imperial family--the crowd actually enjoyed an +exhibition of the moral order, such as might become perhaps the +fashion. And it was in consideration of some possible touch of a +heroism herein that might really have cost him something, that Marius +resolved to seek the emperor once more, [201] with an appeal for +common-sense, for reason and justice. + +He had set out at last to revisit his old home; and knowing that +Aurelius was then in retreat at a favourite villa, which lay almost on +his way thither, determined there to present himself. Although the +great plain was dying steadily, a new race of wild birds establishing +itself there, as he knew enough of their habits to understand, and the +idle contadino, with his never-ending ditty of decay and death, +replacing the lusty Roman labourer, never had that poetic region +between Rome and the sea more deeply impressed him than on this sunless +day of early autumn, under which all that fell within the immense +horizon was presented in one uniform tone of a clear, penitential blue. +Stimulating to the fancy as was that range of low hills to the +northwards, already troubled with the upbreaking of the Apennines, yet +a want of quiet in their outline, the record of wild fracture there, of +sudden upheaval and depression, marked them as but the ruins of nature; +while at every little descent and ascent of the road might be noted +traces of the abandoned work of man. From time to time, the way was +still redolent of the floral relics of summer, daphne and +myrtle-blossom, sheltered in the little hollows and ravines. At last, +amid rocks here and there piercing the soil, as those descents became +steeper, and the main line of the Apennines, [202] now visible, gave a +higher accent to the scene, he espied over the plateau, almost like one +of those broken hills, cutting the horizon towards the sea, the old +brown villa itself, rich in memories of one after another of the family +of the Antonines. As he approached it, such reminiscences crowded upon +him, above all of the life there of the aged Antoninus Pius, in its +wonderful mansuetude and calm. Death had overtaken him here at the +precise moment when the tribune of the watch had received from his lips +the word Aequanimitas! as the watchword of the night. To see their +emperor living there like one of his simplest subjects, his hands red +at vintage-time with the juice of the grapes, hunting, teaching his +children, starting betimes, with all who cared to join him, for long +days of antiquarian research in the country around:--this, and the like +of this, had seemed to mean the peace of mankind. + +Upon that had come--like a stain! it seemed to Marius just then--the +more intimate life of Faustina, the life of Faustina at home. Surely, +that marvellous but malign beauty must still haunt those rooms, like an +unquiet, dead goddess, who might have perhaps, after all, something +reassuring to tell surviving mortals about her ambiguous self. When, +two years since, the news had reached Rome that those eyes, always so +persistently turned to vanity, had suddenly closed for ever, a strong +desire to pray had come [203] over Marius, as he followed in fancy on +its wild way the soul of one he had spoken with now and again, and +whose presence in it for a time the world of art could so ill have +spared. Certainly, the honours freely accorded to embalm her memory +were poetic enough--the rich temple left among those wild villagers at +the spot, now it was hoped sacred for ever, where she had breathed her +last; the golden image, in her old place at the amphitheatre; the altar +at which the newly married might make their sacrifice; above all, the +great foundation for orphan girls, to be called after her name. + +The latter, precisely, was the cause why Marius failed in fact to see +Aurelius again, and make the chivalrous effort at enlightenment he had +proposed to himself. Entering the villa, he learned from an usher, at +the door of the long gallery, famous still for its grand prospect in +the memory of many a visitor, and then leading to the imperial +apartments, that the emperor was already in audience: Marius must wait +his turn--he knew not how long it might be. An odd audience it seemed; +for at that moment, through the closed door, came shouts of laughter, +the laughter of a great crowd of children--the "Faustinian Children" +themselves, as he afterwards learned--happy and at their ease, in the +imperial presence. Uncertain, then, of the time for which so pleasant +a reception might last, so pleasant that he would hardly have wished to +[204] shorten it, Marius finally determined to proceed, as it was +necessary that he should accomplish the first stage of his journey on +this day. The thing was not to be--Vale! anima infelicissima!--He +might at least carry away that sound of the laughing orphan children, +as a not unamiable last impression of kings and their houses. + +The place he was now about to visit, especially as the resting-place of +his dead, had never been forgotten. Only, the first eager period of +his life in Rome had slipped on rapidly; and, almost on a sudden, that +old time had come to seem very long ago. An almost burdensome +solemnity had grown about his memory of the place, so that to revisit +it seemed a thing that needed preparation: it was what he could not +have done hastily. He half feared to lessen, or disturb, its value for +himself. And then, as he travelled leisurely towards it, and so far +with quite tranquil mind, interested also in many another place by the +way, he discovered a shorter road to the end of his journey, and found +himself indeed approaching the spot that was to him like no other. +Dreaming now only of the dead before him, he journeyed on rapidly +through the night; the thought of them increasing on him, in the +darkness. It was as if they had been waiting for him there through all +those years, and felt his footsteps approaching now, and understood his +devotion, quite gratefully, in that lowliness of theirs, in spite of +its tardy [205] fulfilment. As morning came, his late tranquillity of +mind had given way to a grief which surprised him by its freshness. He +was moved more than he could have thought possible by so distant a +sorrow. "To-day!"--they seemed to be saying as the hard dawn +broke,--"To-day, he will come!" At last, amid all his distractions, +they were become the main purpose of what he was then doing. The world +around it, when he actually reached the place later in the day, was in +a mood very different from his:--so work-a-day, it seemed, on that fine +afternoon, and the villages he passed through so silent; the +inhabitants being, for the most part, at their labour in the country. +Then, at length, above the tiled outbuildings, were the walls of the +old villa itself, with the tower for the pigeons; and, not among +cypresses, but half-hidden by aged poplar-trees, their leaves like +golden fruit, the birds floating around it, the conical roof of the +tomb itself. In the presence of an old servant who remembered him, the +great seals were broken, the rusty key turned at last in the lock, the +door was forced out among the weeds grown thickly about it, and Marius +was actually in the place which had been so often in his thoughts. + +He was struck, not however without a touch of remorse thereupon, +chiefly by an odd air of neglect, the neglect of a place allowed to +remain as when it was last used, and left in a hurry, till long years +had covered all alike with thick dust [206] --the faded flowers, the +burnt-out lamps, the tools and hardened mortar of the workmen who had +had something to do there. A heavy fragment of woodwork had fallen and +chipped open one of the oldest of the mortuary urns, many hundreds in +number ranged around the walls. It was not properly an urn, but a +minute coffin of stone, and the fracture had revealed a piteous +spectacle of the mouldering, unburned remains within; the bones of a +child, as he understood, which might have died, in ripe age, three +times over, since it slipped away from among his great-grandfathers, so +far up in the line. Yet the protruding baby hand seemed to stir up in +him feelings vivid enough, bringing him intimately within the scope of +dead people's grievances. He noticed, side by side with the urn of his +mother, that of a boy of about his own age--one of the serving-boys of +the household--who had descended hither, from the lightsome world of +childhood, almost at the same time with her. It seemed as if this boy +of his own age had taken filial place beside her there, in his stead. +That hard feeling, again, which had always lingered in his mind with +the thought of the father he had scarcely known, melted wholly away, as +he read the precise number of his years, and reflected suddenly--He was +of my own present age; no hard old man, but with interests, as he +looked round him on the world for the last time, even as mine to-day! + +[207] And with that came a blinding rush of kindness, as if two +alienated friends had come to understand each other at last. There was +weakness in all this; as there is in all care for dead persons, to +which nevertheless people will always yield in proportion as they +really care for one another. With a vain yearning, as he stood there, +still to be able to do something for them, he reflected that such doing +must be, after all, in the nature of things, mainly for himself. His +own epitaph might be that old one eskhatos tou idiou genous+ --He was +the last of his race! Of those who might come hither after himself +probably no one would ever again come quite as he had done to-day; and +it was under the influence of this thought that he determined to bury +all that, deep below the surface, to be remembered only by him, and in +a way which would claim no sentiment from the indifferent. That took +many days--was like a renewal of lengthy old burial rites--as he +himself watched the work, early and late; coming on the last day very +early, and anticipating, by stealth, the last touches, while the +workmen were absent; one young lad only, finally smoothing down the +earthy bed, greatly surprised at the seriousness with which Marius +flung in his flowers, one by one, to mingle with the dark mould. + +NOTES + +207. +Transliteration: eskhatos tou idiou genous. Translation: "[he +was] the last of his race." + + + +CHAPTER XXVIII: ANIMA NATURALITER CHRISTIANA + +[208] THOSE eight days at his old home, so mournfully occupied, had +been for Marius in some sort a forcible disruption from the world and +the roots of his life in it. He had been carried out of himself as +never before; and when the time was over, it was as if the claim over +him of the earth below had been vindicated, over against the interests +of that living world around. Dead, yet sentient and caressing hands +seemed to reach out of the ground and to be clinging about him. +Looking back sometimes now, from about the midway of life--the age, as +he conceived, at which one begins to redescend one's life--though +antedating it a little, in his sad humour, he would note, almost with +surprise, the unbroken placidity of the contemplation in which it had +been passed. His own temper, his early theoretic scheme of things, +would have pushed him on to movement and adventure. Actually, as +circumstances had determined, all its movement [209] had been inward; +movement of observation only, or even of pure meditation; in part, +perhaps, because throughout it had been something of a meditatio +mortis, ever facing towards the act of final detachment. Death, +however, as he reflected, must be for every one nothing less than the +fifth or last act of a drama, and, as such, was likely to have +something of the stirring character of a denouement. And, in fact, it +was in form tragic enough that his end not long afterwards came to him. + +In the midst of the extreme weariness and depression which had followed +those last days, Cornelius, then, as it happened, on a journey and +travelling near the place, finding traces of him, had become his guest +at White-nights. It was just then that Marius felt, as he had never +done before, the value to himself, the overpowering charm, of his +friendship. "More than brother!"--he felt--like a son also!" +contrasting the fatigue of soul which made himself in effect an older +man, with the irrepressible youth of his companion. For it was still +the marvellous hopefulness of Cornelius, his seeming prerogative over +the future, that determined, and kept alive, all other sentiment +concerning him. A new hope had sprung up in the world of which he, +Cornelius, was a depositary, which he was to bear onward in it. +Identifying himself with Cornelius in so dear a friendship, through +him, Marius seemed to touch, to ally himself to, [210] actually to +become a possessor of the coming world; even as happy parents reach +out, and take possession of it, in and through the survival of their +children. For in these days their intimacy had grown very close, as +they moved hither and thither, leisurely, among the country-places +thereabout, Cornelius being on his way back to Rome, till they came one +evening to a little town (Marius remembered that he had been there on +his first journey to Rome) which had even then its church and +legend--the legend and holy relics of the martyr Hyacinthus, a young +Roman soldier, whose blood had stained the soil of this place in the +reign of the emperor Trajan. + +The thought of that so recent death, haunted Marius through the night, +as if with audible crying and sighs above the restless wind, which came +and went around their lodging. But towards dawn he slept heavily; and +awaking in broad daylight, and finding Cornelius absent, set forth to +seek him. The plague was still in the place--had indeed just broken +out afresh; with an outbreak also of cruel superstition among its wild +and miserable inhabitants. Surely, the old gods were wroth at the +presence of this new enemy among them! And it was no ordinary morning +into which Marius stepped forth. There was a menace in the dark masses +of hill, and motionless wood, against the gray, although apparently +unclouded sky. Under this sunless [211] heaven the earth itself seemed +to fret and fume with a heat of its own, in spite of the strong +night-wind. And now the wind had fallen. + +Marius felt that he breathed some strange heavy fluid, denser than any +common air. He could have fancied that the world had sunken in the +night, far below its proper level, into some close, thick abysm of its +own atmosphere. The Christian people of the town, hardly less +terrified and overwrought by the haunting sickness about them than +their pagan neighbours, were at prayer before the tomb of the martyr; +and even as Marius pressed among them to a place beside Cornelius, on a +sudden the hills seemed to roll like a sea in motion, around the whole +compass of the horizon. For a moment Marius supposed himself attacked +with some sudden sickness of brain, till the fall of a great mass of +building convinced him that not himself but the earth under his feet +was giddy. A few moments later the little marketplace was alive with +the rush of the distracted inhabitants from their tottering houses; and +as they waited anxiously for the second shock of earthquake, a +long-smouldering suspicion leapt precipitately into well-defined +purpose, and the whole body of people was carried forward towards the +band of worshippers below. An hour later, in the wild tumult which +followed, the earth had been stained afresh with the blood of the +martyrs Felix and Faustinus--Flores [212] apparuerunt in terra +nostra!--and their brethren, together with Cornelius and Marius, thus, +as it had happened, taken among them, were prisoners, reserved for the +action of the law. Marius and his friend, with certain others, +exercising the privilege of their rank, made claim to be tried in Rome, +or at least in the chief town of the district; where, indeed, in the +troublous days that had now begun, a legal process had been already +instituted. Under the care of a military guard the captives were +removed on the same day, one stage of their journey; sleeping, for +security, during the night, side by side with their keepers, in the +rooms of a shepherd's deserted house by the wayside. + +It was surmised that one of the prisoners was not a Christian: the +guards were forward to make the utmost pecuniary profit of this +circumstance, and in the night, Marius, taking advantage of the loose +charge kept over them, and by means partly of a large bribe, had +contrived that Cornelius, as the really innocent person, should be +dismissed in safety on his way, to procure, as Marius explained, the +proper means of defence for himself, when the time of trial came. + +And in the morning Cornelius in fact set forth alone, from their +miserable place of detention. Marius believed that Cornelius was to be +the husband of Cecilia; and that, perhaps strangely, had but added to +the desire to get him away safely.--We wait for the great crisis which +[213] is to try what is in us: we can hardly bear the pressure of our +hearts, as we think of it: the lonely wrestler, or victim, which +imagination foreshadows to us, can hardly be one's self; it seems an +outrage of our destiny that we should be led along so gently and +imperceptibly, to so terrible a leaping-place in the dark, for more +perhaps than life or death. At last, the great act, the critical +moment itself comes, easily, almost unconsciously. Another motion of +the clock, and our fatal line--the "great climacteric point"--has been +passed, which changes ourselves or our lives. In one quarter of an +hour, under a sudden, uncontrollable impulse, hardly weighing what he +did, almost as a matter of course and as lightly as one hires a bed for +one's night's rest on a journey, Marius had taken upon himself all the +heavy risk of the position in which Cornelius had then been--the long +and wearisome delays of judgment, which were possible; the danger and +wretchedness of a long journey in this manner; possibly the danger of +death. He had delivered his brother, after the manner he had sometimes +vaguely anticipated as a kind of distinction in his destiny; though +indeed always with wistful calculation as to what it might cost him: +and in the first moment after the thing was actually done, he felt only +satisfaction at his courage, at the discovery of his possession of +"nerve." + +Yet he was, as we know, no hero, no heroic [214] martyr--had indeed no +right to be; and when he had seen Cornelius depart, on his blithe and +hopeful way, as he believed, to become the husband of Cecilia; +actually, as it had happened, without a word of farewell, supposing +Marius was almost immediately afterwards to follow (Marius indeed +having avoided the moment of leave-taking with its possible call for an +explanation of the circumstances), the reaction came. He could only +guess, of course, at what might really happen. So far, he had but +taken upon himself, in the stead of Cornelius, a certain amount of +personal risk; though he hardly supposed himself to be facing the +danger of death. Still, especially for one such as he, with all the +sensibilities of which his whole manner of life had been but a +promotion, the situation of a person under trial on a criminal charge +was actually full of distress. To him, in truth, a death such as the +recent death of those saintly brothers, seemed no glorious end. In his +case, at least, the Martyrdom, as it was called--the overpowering act +of testimony that Heaven had come down among men--would be but a common +execution: from the drops of his blood there would spring no +miraculous, poetic flowers; no eternal aroma would indicate the place +of his burial; no plenary grace, overflowing for ever upon those who +might stand around it. Had there been one to listen just then, there +would have come, from the very depth of his desolation, [215] an +eloquent utterance at last, on the irony of men's fates, on the +singular accidents of life and death. + +The guards, now safely in possession of whatever money and other +valuables the prisoners had had on them, pressed them forward, over the +rough mountain paths, altogether careless of their sufferings. The +great autumn rains were falling. At night the soldiers lighted a fire; +but it was impossible to keep warm. From time to time they stopped to +roast portions of the meat they carried with them, making their +captives sit round the fire, and pressing it upon them. But weariness +and depression of spirits had deprived Marius of appetite, even if the +food had been more attractive, and for some days he partook of nothing +but bad bread and water. All through the dark mornings they dragged +over boggy plains, up and down hills, wet through sometimes with the +heavy rain. Even in those deplorable circumstances, he could but +notice the wild, dark beauty of those regions--the stormy sunrise, and +placid spaces of evening. One of the keepers, a very young soldier, +won him at times, by his simple kindness, to talk a little, with wonder +at the lad's half-conscious, poetic delight in the adventures of the +journey. At times, the whole company would lie down for rest at the +roadside, hardly sheltered from the storm; and in the deep fatigue of +his spirit, his old longing for inopportune sleep overpowered +him.--Sleep anywhere, and under any conditions, [216] seemed just then +a thing one might well exchange the remnants of one's life for. + +It must have been about the fifth night, as he afterwards conjectured, +that the soldiers, believing him likely to die, had finally left him +unable to proceed further, under the care of some country people, who +to the extent of their power certainly treated him kindly in his +sickness. He awoke to consciousness after a severe attack of fever, +lying alone on a rough bed, in a kind of hut. It seemed a remote, +mysterious place, as he looked around in the silence; but so +fresh--lying, in fact, in a high pasture-land among the mountains--that +he felt he should recover, if he might but just lie there in quiet long +enough. Even during those nights of delirium he had felt the scent of +the new-mown hay pleasantly, with a dim sense for a moment that he was +lying safe in his old home. The sunlight lay clear beyond the open +door; and the sounds of the cattle reached him softly from the green +places around. Recalling confusedly the torturing hurry of his late +journeys, he dreaded, as his consciousness of the whole situation +returned, the coming of the guards. But the place remained in absolute +stillness. He was, in fact, at liberty, but for his own disabled +condition. And it was certainly a genuine clinging to life that he +felt just then, at the very bottom of his mind. So it had been, +obscurely, even through all the wild fancies of his delirium, from the +moment which followed [217] his decision against himself, in favour of +Cornelius. + +The occupants of the place were to be heard presently, coming and going +about him on their business: and it was as if the approach of death +brought out in all their force the merely human sentiments. There is +that in death which certainly makes indifferent persons anxious to +forget the dead: to put them--those aliens--away out of their thoughts +altogether, as soon as may be. Conversely, in the deep isolation of +spirit which was now creeping upon Marius, the faces of these people, +casually visible, took a strange hold on his affections; the link of +general brotherhood, the feeling of human kinship, asserting itself +most strongly when it was about to be severed for ever. At nights he +would find this face or that impressed deeply on his fancy; and, in a +troubled sort of manner, his mind would follow them onwards, on the +ways of their simple, humdrum, everyday life, with a peculiar yearning +to share it with them, envying the calm, earthy cheerfulness of all +their days to be, still under the sun, though so indifferent, of +course, to him!--as if these rude people had been suddenly lifted into +some height of earthly good-fortune, which must needs isolate them from +himself. + +Tristem neminen fecit+--he repeated to himself; his old prayer shaping +itself now almost as his epitaph. Yes! so much the very hardest judge +[218] must concede to him. And the sense of satisfaction which that +thought left with him disposed him to a conscious effort of +recollection, while he lay there, unable now even to raise his head, as +he discovered on attempting to reach a pitcher of water which stood +near. Revelation, vision, the discovery of a vision, the seeing of a +perfect humanity, in a perfect world--through all his alternations of +mind, by some dominant instinct, determined by the original necessities +of his own nature and character, he had always set that above the +having, or even the doing, of anything. For, such vision, if received +with due attitude on his part, was, in reality, the being something, +and as such was surely a pleasant offering or sacrifice to whatever +gods there might be, observant of him. And how goodly had the vision +been!--one long unfolding of beauty and energy in things, upon the +closing of which he might gratefully utter his "Vixi!"+ Even then, +just ere his eyes were to be shut for ever, the things they had seen +seemed a veritable possession in hand; the persons, the places, above +all, the touching image of Jesus, apprehended dimly through the +expressive faces, the crying of the children, in that mysterious drama, +with a sudden sense of peace and satisfaction now, which he could not +explain to himself. Surely, he had prospered in life! And again, as of +old, the sense of gratitude seemed to bring with it the sense also of a +living person at his side. + +[219] For still, in a shadowy world, his deeper wisdom had ever been, +with a sense of economy, with a jealous estimate of gain and loss, to +use life, not as the means to some problematic end, but, as far as +might be, from dying hour to dying hour, an end in itself--a kind of +music, all-sufficing to the duly trained ear, even as it died out on +the air. Yet now, aware still in that suffering body of such vivid +powers of mind and sense, as he anticipated from time to time how his +sickness, practically without aid as he must be in this rude place, was +likely to end, and that the moment of taking final account was drawing +very near, a consciousness of waste would come, with half-angry tears +of self-pity, in his great weakness--a blind, outraged, angry feeling +of wasted power, such as he might have experienced himself standing by +the deathbed of another, in condition like his own. + +And yet it was the fact, again, that the vision of men and things, +actually revealed to him on his way through the world, had developed, +with a wonderful largeness, the faculties to which it addressed itself, +his general capacity of vision; and in that too was a success, in the +view of certain, very definite, well-considered, undeniable +possibilities. Throughout that elaborate and lifelong education of his +receptive powers, he had ever kept in view the purpose of preparing +himself towards possible further revelation some day--towards some +ampler vision, which [220] should take up into itself and explain this +world's delightful shows, as the scattered fragments of a poetry, till +then but half-understood, might be taken up into the text of a lost +epic, recovered at last. At this moment, his unclouded receptivity of +soul, grown so steadily through all those years, from experience to +experience, was at its height; the house ready for the possible guest; +the tablet of the mind white and smooth, for whatsoever divine fingers +might choose to write there. And was not this precisely the condition, +the attitude of mind, to which something higher than he, yet akin to +him, would be likely to reveal itself; to which that influence he had +felt now and again like a friendly hand upon his shoulder, amid the +actual obscurities of the world, would be likely to make a further +explanation? Surely, the aim of a true philosophy must lie, not in +futile efforts towards the complete accommodation of man to the +circumstances in which he chances to find himself, but in the +maintenance of a kind of candid discontent, in the face of the very +highest achievement; the unclouded and receptive soul quitting the +world finally, with the same fresh wonder with which it had entered the +world still unimpaired, and going on its blind way at last with the +consciousness of some profound enigma in things, as but a pledge of +something further to come. Marius seemed to understand how one might +look back upon life here, and its [221] excellent visions, as but the +portion of a race-course left behind him by a runner still swift of +foot: for a moment he experienced a singular curiosity, almost an +ardent desire to enter upon a future, the possibilities of which seemed +so large. + +And just then, again amid the memory of certain touching actual words +and images, came the thought of the great hope, that hope against hope, +which, as he conceived, had arisen--Lux sedentibus in tenebris+--upon +the aged world; the hope Cornelius had seemed to bear away upon him in +his strength, with a buoyancy which had caused Marius to feel, not so +much that by a caprice of destiny, he had been left to die in his +place, as that Cornelius was gone on a mission to deliver him also from +death. There had been a permanent protest established in the world, a +plea, a perpetual after-thought, which humanity henceforth would ever +possess in reserve, against any wholly mechanical and disheartening +theory of itself and its conditions. That was a thought which relieved +for him the iron outline of the horizon about him, touching it as if +with soft light from beyond; filling the shadowy, hollow places to +which he was on his way with the warmth of definite affections; +confirming also certain considerations by which he seemed to link +himself to the generations to come in the world he was leaving. Yes! +through the survival of their children, happy parents are able to [222] +think calmly, and with a very practical affection, of a world in which +they are to have no direct share; planting with a cheerful good-humour, +the acorns they carry about with them, that their grand-children may be +shaded from the sun by the broad oak-trees of the future. That is +nature's way of easing death to us. It was thus too, surprised, +delighted, that Marius, under the power of that new hope among men, +could think of the generations to come after him. Without it, dim in +truth as it was, he could hardly have dared to ponder the world which +limited all he really knew, as it would be when he should have departed +from it. A strange lonesomeness, like physical darkness, seemed to +settle upon the thought of it; as if its business hereafter must be, as +far as he was concerned, carried on in some inhabited, but distant and +alien, star. Contrariwise, with the sense of that hope warm about him, +he seemed to anticipate some kindly care for himself; never to fail +even on earth, a care for his very body-that dear sister and companion +of his soul, outworn, suffering, and in the very article of death, as +it was now. + +For the weariness came back tenfold; and he had finally to abstain from +thoughts like these, as from what caused physical pain. And then, as +before in the wretched, sleepless nights of those forced marches, he +would try to fix his mind, as it were impassively, and like a child +thinking over the toys it loves, one after another, that it [223] may +fall asleep thus, and forget all about them the sooner, on all the +persons he had loved in life--on his love for them, dead or living, +grateful for his love or not, rather than on theirs for him--letting +their images pass away again, or rest with him, as they would. In the +bare sense of having loved he seemed to find, even amid this foundering +of the ship, that on which his soul might "assuredly rest and depend." +One after another, he suffered those faces and voices to come and go, +as in some mechanical exercise, as he might have repeated all the +verses he knew by heart, or like the telling of beads one by one, with +many a sleepy nod between-whiles. + +For there remained also, for the old earthy creature still within him, +that great blessedness of physical slumber. To sleep, to lose one's +self in sleep--that, as he had always recognised, was a good thing. And +it was after a space of deep sleep that he awoke amid the murmuring +voices of the people who had kept and tended him so carefully through +his sickness, now kneeling around his bed: and what he heard confirmed, +in the then perfect clearness of his soul, the inevitable suggestion of +his own bodily feelings. He had often dreamt he was condemned to die, +that the hour, with wild thoughts of escape, was arrived; and waking, +with the sun all around him, in complete liberty of life, had been full +of gratitude for his place there, alive still, in the [224] land of the +living. He read surely, now, in the manner, the doings, of these +people, some of whom were passing out through the doorway, where the +heavy sunlight in very deed lay, that his last morning was come, and +turned to think once more of the beloved. Often had he fancied of old +that not to die on a dark or rainy day might itself have a little +alleviating grace or favour about it. The people around his bed were +praying fervently--Abi! Abi! Anima Christiana!+ In the moments of his +extreme helplessness their mystic bread had been placed, had descended +like a snow-flake from the sky, between his lips. Gentle fingers had +applied to hands and feet, to all those old passage-ways of the senses, +through which the world had come and gone for him, now so dim and +obstructed, a medicinable oil. It was the same people who, in the +gray, austere evening of that day, took up his remains, and buried them +secretly, with their accustomed prayers; but with joy also, holding his +death, according to their generous view in this matter, to have been of +the nature of martyrdom; and martyrdom, as the church had always said, +a kind of sacrament with plenary grace. + +1881-1884. + + + +THE END + + +NOTES + +217. +"He made no one unhappy." + +218. +"I have lived!" + +221. +From the Latin Vulgate Bible, Matthew 4:16: "populus qui sedebat +in tenebris lucem vidit magnam et sedentibus in regione et umbra mortis +lux orta est eis." King James Bible translation: "The people which sat +in darkness saw great light; and to them which sat in the region and +shadow of death light is sprung up." + +224. "Depart! Depart! Christian Soul!" The thought is from the +Catholic prayer for the departing. + + + + + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Marius the Epicurean, Volume Two, by +Walter Horatio Pater + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK MARIUS THE EPICUREAN, VOLUME TWO *** + +***** This file should be named 4058.txt or 4058.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/4/0/5/4058/ + +Produced by Alfred J. Drake. HTML version by Al Haines. + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/old/4058.zip b/old/4058.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..3657a7d --- /dev/null +++ b/old/4058.zip diff --git a/old/7mrs210.txt b/old/7mrs210.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e078f01 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/7mrs210.txt @@ -0,0 +1,5477 @@ +The Project Gutenberg Etext of Marius the Epicurean, Vol. II, by Walter Pater +#8 in our series by Walter Pater + +Copyright laws are changing all over the world, be sure to check +the laws for your country before redistributing these files!!! + +Please take a look at the important information in this header. +We encourage you to keep this file on your own disk, keeping an +electronic path open for the next readers. + +Please do not remove this. + +This should be the first thing seen when anyone opens the book. +Do not change or edit it without written permission. The words +are carefully chosen to provide users with the information they +need about what they can legally do with the texts. + + +**Welcome To The World of Free Plain Vanilla Electronic Texts** + +**Etexts Readable By Both Humans and By Computers, Since 1971** + +*****These Etexts Are Prepared By Thousands of Volunteers!***** + +Information on contacting Project Gutenberg to get Etexts, and +further information is included below, including for donations. + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a 501(c)(3) +organization with EIN [Employee Identification Number] 64-6221541 + + + +Title: Marius the Epicurean, Volume Two + +Author: Walter Horatio Pater + +Release Date: May, 2003 [Etext #4058] +[Yes, we are about one year ahead of schedule] +[The actual date this file first posted = 10/25/01] + +Edition: 10 + +Language: English + +The Project Gutenberg Etext of Marius the Epicurean, Vol. II, by Walter Pater +************This file should be named 7mrs210.txt or 7mrs210.zip************ + +Corrected EDITIONS of our etexts get a new NUMBER, 7mrs211.txt +VERSIONS based on separate sources get new LETTER, 7mrs210a.txt + +Scanned and proofed by Alfred J. Drake (www.ajdrake.com) + +Project Gutenberg Etexts are usually created from multiple editions, +all of which are in the Public Domain in the United States, unless a +copyright notice is included. Therefore, we usually do NOT keep any +of these books in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +We are now trying to release all our books one year in advance +of the official release dates, leaving time for better editing. +Please be encouraged to send us error messages even years after +the official publication date. + +Please note neither this listing nor its contents are final til +midnight of the last day of the month of any such announcement. +The official release date of all Project Gutenberg Etexts is at +Midnight, Central Time, of the last day of the stated month. A +preliminary version may often be posted for suggestion, comment +and editing by those who wish to do so. + +Most people start at our sites at: +http://gutenberg.net +http://promo.net/pg + + +Those of you who want to download any Etext before announcement +can surf to them as follows, and just download by date; this is +also a good way to get them instantly upon announcement, as the +indexes our cataloguers produce obviously take a while after an +announcement goes out in the Project Gutenberg Newsletter. + +http://www.ibiblio.org/gutenberg/etext03 +or +ftp://ftp.ibiblio.org/pub/docs/books/gutenberg/etext03 + +Or /etext02, 01, 00, 99, 98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90 + +Just search by the first five letters of the filename you want, +as it appears in our Newsletters. + + +Information about Project Gutenberg (one page) + +We produce about two million dollars for each hour we work. The +time it takes us, a rather conservative estimate, is fifty hours +to get any etext selected, entered, proofread, edited, copyright +searched and analyzed, the copyright letters written, etc. This +projected audience is one hundred million readers. If our value +per text is nominally estimated at one dollar then we produce $2 +million dollars per hour this year as we release fifty new Etext +files per month, or 500 more Etexts in 2000 for a total of 3000+ +If they reach just 1-2% of the world's population then the total +should reach over 300 billion Etexts given away by year's end. + +The Goal of Project Gutenberg is to Give Away One Trillion Etext +Files by December 31, 2001. [10,000 x 100,000,000 = 1 Trillion] +This is ten thousand titles each to one hundred million readers, +which is only about 4% of the present number of computer users. + +At our revised rates of production, we will reach only one-third +of that goal by the end of 2001, or about 4,000 Etexts unless we +manage to get some real funding. + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been created +to secure a future for Project Gutenberg into the next millennium. + +We need your donations more than ever! + +As of July 12, 2001 contributions are only being solicited from people in: +Arkansas, Colorado, Connecticut, Delaware, Florida, Georgia, Hawaii, Idaho, +Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Louisiana, Maine, Massachusetts, Minnesota, +Missouri, Montana, Nebraska, New Mexico, Nevada, New Jersey, New York, North +Carolina, Ohio, Oklahoma, Oregon, Rhode Island, South Carolina*, South Dakota, +Tennessee, Texas, Utah, Vermont, Virginia, Washington, West Virginia, +Wisconsin, and Wyoming. + +*In Progress + +We have filed in about 45 states now, but these are the only ones +that have responded. + +As the requirements for other states are met, +additions to this list will be made and fund raising +will begin in the additional states. Please feel +free to ask to check the status of your state. + +In answer to various questions we have received on this: + +We are constantly working on finishing the paperwork +to legally request donations in all 50 states. If +your state is not listed and you would like to know +if we have added it since the list you have, just ask. + +While we cannot solicit donations from people in +states where we are not yet registered, we know +of no prohibition against accepting donations +from donors in these states who approach us with +an offer to donate. + + +International donations are accepted, +but we don't know ANYTHING about how +to make them tax-deductible, or +even if they CAN be made deductible, +and don't have the staff to handle it +even if there are ways. + +All donations should be made to: + +Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +PMB 113 +1739 University Ave. +Oxford, MS 38655-4109 + + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a 501(c)(3) +organization with EIN [Employee Identification Number] 64-6221541, +and has been approved as a 501(c)(3) organization by the US Internal +Revenue Service (IRS). Donations are tax-deductible to the maximum +extent permitted by law. As the requirements for other states are met, +additions to this list will be made and fund raising will begin in the +additional states. + +We need your donations more than ever! + +You can get up to date donation information at: + +http://www.gutenberg.net/donation.html + + +*** + +If you can't reach Project Gutenberg, +you can always email directly to: + +Michael S. Hart <hart@pobox.com> + +hart@pobox.com forwards to hart@prairienet.org and archive.org +if your mail bounces from archive.org, I will still see it, if +it bounces from prairienet.org, better resend later on. . . . + +Prof. Hart will answer or forward your message. + +We would prefer to send you information by email. + + +*** + + +Example command-line FTP session: + +ftp ftp.ibiblio.org +login: anonymous +password: your@login +cd pub/docs/books/gutenberg +cd etext90 through etext99 or etext00 through etext02, etc. +dir [to see files] +get or mget [to get files. . .set bin for zip files] +GET GUTINDEX.?? [to get a year's listing of books, e.g., GUTINDEX.99] +GET GUTINDEX.ALL [to get a listing of ALL books] + + +**The Legal Small Print** + + +(Three Pages) + +***START**THE SMALL PRINT!**FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN ETEXTS**START*** +Why is this "Small Print!" statement here? You know: lawyers. +They tell us you might sue us if there is something wrong with +your copy of this etext, even if you got it for free from +someone other than us, and even if what's wrong is not our +fault. So, among other things, this "Small Print!" statement +disclaims most of our liability to you. It also tells you how +you may distribute copies of this etext if you want to. + +*BEFORE!* YOU USE OR READ THIS ETEXT +By using or reading any part of this PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm +etext, you indicate that you understand, agree to and accept +this "Small Print!" statement. If you do not, you can receive +a refund of the money (if any) you paid for this etext by +sending a request within 30 days of receiving it to the person +you got it from. If you received this etext on a physical +medium (such as a disk), you must return it with your request. + +ABOUT PROJECT GUTENBERG-TM ETEXTS +This PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm etext, like most PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm etexts, +is a "public domain" work distributed by Professor Michael S. Hart +through the Project Gutenberg Association (the "Project"). +Among other things, this means that no one owns a United States copyright +on or for this work, so the Project (and you!) can copy and +distribute it in the United States without permission and +without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, set forth +below, apply if you wish to copy and distribute this etext +under the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark. + +Please do not use the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark to market +any commercial products without permission. + +To create these etexts, the Project expends considerable +efforts to identify, transcribe and proofread public domain +works. Despite these efforts, the Project's etexts and any +medium they may be on may contain "Defects". Among other +things, Defects may take the form of incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other +intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged +disk or other etext medium, a computer virus, or computer +codes that damage or cannot be read by your equipment. + +LIMITED WARRANTY; DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES +But for the "Right of Replacement or Refund" described below, +[1] Michael Hart and the Foundation (and any other party you may +receive this etext from as a PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm etext) disclaims +all liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including +legal fees, and [2] YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE OR +UNDER STRICT LIABILITY, OR FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY OR CONTRACT, +INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE +OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + +If you discover a Defect in this etext within 90 days of +receiving it, you can receive a refund of the money (if any) +you paid for it by sending an explanatory note within that +time to the person you received it from. If you received it +on a physical medium, you must return it with your note, and +such person may choose to alternatively give you a replacement +copy. If you received it electronically, such person may +choose to alternatively give you a second opportunity to +receive it electronically. + +THIS ETEXT IS OTHERWISE PROVIDED TO YOU "AS-IS". NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARE MADE TO YOU AS +TO THE ETEXT OR ANY MEDIUM IT MAY BE ON, INCLUDING BUT NOT +LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A +PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + +Some states do not allow disclaimers of implied warranties or +the exclusion or limitation of consequential damages, so the +above disclaimers and exclusions may not apply to you, and you +may have other legal rights. + +INDEMNITY +You will indemnify and hold Michael Hart, the Foundation, +and its trustees and agents, and any volunteers associated +with the production and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm +texts harmless, from all liability, cost and expense, including +legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of the +following that you do or cause: [1] distribution of this etext, +[2] alteration, modification, or addition to the etext, +or [3] any Defect. + +DISTRIBUTION UNDER "PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm" +You may distribute copies of this etext electronically, or by +disk, book or any other medium if you either delete this +"Small Print!" and all other references to Project Gutenberg, +or: + +[1] Only give exact copies of it. Among other things, this + requires that you do not remove, alter or modify the + etext or this "small print!" statement. You may however, + if you wish, distribute this etext in machine readable + binary, compressed, mark-up, or proprietary form, + including any form resulting from conversion by word + processing or hypertext software, but only so long as + *EITHER*: + + [*] The etext, when displayed, is clearly readable, and + does *not* contain characters other than those + intended by the author of the work, although tilde + (~), asterisk (*) and underline (_) characters may + be used to convey punctuation intended by the + author, and additional characters may be used to + indicate hypertext links; OR + + [*] The etext may be readily converted by the reader at + no expense into plain ASCII, EBCDIC or equivalent + form by the program that displays the etext (as is + the case, for instance, with most word processors); + OR + + [*] You provide, or agree to also provide on request at + no additional cost, fee or expense, a copy of the + etext in its original plain ASCII form (or in EBCDIC + or other equivalent proprietary form). + +[2] Honor the etext refund and replacement provisions of this + "Small Print!" statement. + +[3] Pay a trademark license fee to the Foundation of 20% of the + gross profits you derive calculated using the method you + already use to calculate your applicable taxes. If you + don't derive profits, no royalty is due. Royalties are + payable to "Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation" + the 60 days following each date you prepare (or were + legally required to prepare) your annual (or equivalent + periodic) tax return. Please contact us beforehand to + let us know your plans and to work out the details. + +WHAT IF YOU *WANT* TO SEND MONEY EVEN IF YOU DON'T HAVE TO? +Project Gutenberg is dedicated to increasing the number of +public domain and licensed works that can be freely distributed +in machine readable form. + +The Project gratefully accepts contributions of money, time, +public domain materials, or royalty free copyright licenses. +Money should be paid to the: +"Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +If you are interested in contributing scanning equipment or +software or other items, please contact Michael Hart at: +hart@pobox.com + +[Portions of this header are copyright (C) 2001 by Michael S. Hart +and may be reprinted only when these Etexts are free of all fees.] +[Project Gutenberg is a TradeMark and may not be used in any sales +of Project Gutenberg Etexts or other materials be they hardware or +software or any other related product without express permission.] + +*END THE SMALL PRINT! FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN ETEXTS*Ver.10/04/01*END* + + + + + +Scanned and proofed by Alfred J. Drake (www.ajdrake.com) + + + + + +MARIUS THE EPICUREAN, VOLUME TWO +WALTER HORATIO PATER + +London: 1910. (The Library Edition.) + + +NOTES BY THE E-TEXT EDITOR: + +Notes: The 1910 Library Edition employs footnotes, a +style inconvenient in an electronic edition. I have therefore +placed an asterisk immediately after each of Pater's footnotes +and a + sign after my own notes, and have listed each chapter's +notes at that chapter's end. + +Pagination and Paragraphing: To avoid an unwieldy electronic copy, +I have transferred original pagination to brackets. A bracketed +numeral such as [22] indicates that the material immediately +following the number marks the beginning of the relevant page. I +have preserved paragraph structure except for first-line indentation. + +Hyphenation: I have not preserved original hyphenation since an +e-text does not require line-end or page-end hyphenation. + +Greek typeface: For this full-text edition, I have transliterated +Pater's Greek quotations. If there is a need for the original Greek, it +can be viewed at my site, http://www.ajdrake.com/etexts, a Victorianist +archive that contains the complete works of Walter Pater and many other +nineteenth-century texts, mostly in first editions. + + + + + + +MARIUS THE EPICUREAN, VOLUME TWO +WALTER PATER + + + Cheimerinos oneiros, hote mekistai hai vyktes.+ + + +"A winter's dream, when nights are longest." + Lucian, The Dream, Vol. 3. + + + CONTENTS + + + PART THE THIRD + + 15. Stoicism at Court: 3-13 + 16. Second Thoughts: 14-28 + 17. Beata Urbs: 29-40 + 18. "The Ceremony of the Dart": 41-56 + 19. The Will as Vision: 57-72 + + PART THE FOURTH + + 20. Two Curious Houses--1. Guests: 75-91 + 21. Two Curious Houses--2. The Church in Cecilia's House: 92-108 + 22. "The Minor Peace of the Church": 109-127 + 23. Divine Service: 128-140 + 24. A Conversation Not Imaginary: 141-171 + 25. Sunt Lacrimae Rerum: 172-185 + 26. The Martyrs: 186-196 + 27. The Triumph of Marcus Aurelius: 197-207 + 28. Anima Naturaliter Christiana: 208-224 + + + +PART THE THIRD + +CHAPTER XV: STOICISM AT COURT + +[3] THE very finest flower of the same company--Aurelius with the +gilded fasces borne before him, a crowd of exquisites, the empress +Faustina herself, and all the elegant blue-stockings of the day, who +maintained, people said, their private "sophists" to whisper +philosophy into their ears winsomely as they performed the duties of +the toilet--was assembled again a few months later, in a different +place and for a very different purpose. The temple of Peace, a +"modernising" foundation of Hadrian, enlarged by a library and +lecture-rooms, had grown into an institution like something between a +college and a literary club; and here Cornelius Fronto was to +pronounce a discourse on the Nature of Morals. There were some, +indeed, who had desired the emperor Aurelius himself to declare his +whole mind on this matter. Rhetoric was become almost a function of +the state: philosophy was upon the throne; and had from time to time, +by [4] request, delivered an official utterance with well-nigh divine +authority. And it was as the delegate of this authority, under the +full sanction of the philosophic emperor--emperor and pontiff, that +the aged Fronto purposed to-day to expound some parts of the Stoic +doctrine, with the view of recommending morals to that refined but +perhaps prejudiced company, as being, in effect, one mode of +comeliness in things--as it were music, or a kind of artistic order, +in life. And he did this earnestly, with an outlay of all his +science of mind, and that eloquence of which he was known to be a +master. For Stoicism was no longer a rude and unkempt thing. +Received at court, it had largely decorated itself: it was grown +persuasive and insinuating, and sought not only to convince men's +intelligence but to allure their souls. Associated with the +beautiful old age of the great rhetorician, and his winning voice, it +was almost Epicurean. And the old man was at his best on the +occasion; the last on which he ever appeared in this way. To-day was +his own birthday. Early in the morning the imperial letter of +congratulation had reached him; and all the pleasant animation it had +caused was in his face, when assisted by his daughter Gratia he took +his place on the ivory chair, as president of the Athenaeum of Rome, +wearing with a wonderful grace the philosophic pall,--in reality +neither more nor less than the loose woollen cloak of the common +soldier, but fastened [5] on his right shoulder with a magnificent +clasp, the emperor's birthday gift. + +It was an age, as abundant evidence shows, whose delight in rhetoric +was but one result of a general susceptibility--an age not merely +taking pleasure in words, but experiencing a great moral power in +them. Fronto's quaintly fashionable audience would have wept, and +also assisted with their purses, had his present purpose been, as +sometimes happened, the recommendation of an object of charity. As +it was, arranging themselves at their ease among the images and +flowers, these amateurs of exquisite language, with their tablets +open for careful record of felicitous word or phrase, were ready to +give themselves wholly to the intellectual treat prepared for them, +applauding, blowing loud kisses through the air sometimes, at the +speaker's triumphant exit from one of his long, skilfully modulated +sentences; while the younger of them meant to imitate everything +about him, down to the inflections of his voice and the very folds of +his mantle. Certainly there was rhetoric enough:--a wealth of +imagery; illustrations from painting, music, mythology, the +experiences of love; a management, by which subtle, unexpected +meaning was brought out of familiar terms, like flies from morsels of +amber, to use Fronto's own figure. But with all its richness, the +higher claim of his style was rightly understood to lie in gravity +and self-command, and an especial care for the [6] purities of a +vocabulary which rejected every expression unsanctioned by the +authority of approved ancient models. + +And it happened with Marius, as it will sometimes happen, that this +general discourse to a general audience had the effect of an +utterance adroitly designed for him. His conscience still vibrating +painfully under the shock of that scene in the amphitheatre, and full +of the ethical charm of Cornelius, he was questioning himself with +much impatience as to the possibility of an adjustment between his +own elaborately thought-out intellectual scheme and the "old +morality." In that intellectual scheme indeed the old morality had +so far been allowed no place, as seeming to demand from him the +admission of certain first principles such as might misdirect or +retard him in his efforts towards a complete, many-sided existence; +or distort the revelations of the experience of life; or curtail his +natural liberty of heart and mind. But now (his imagination being +occupied for the moment with the noble and resolute air, the +gallantry, so to call it, which composed the outward mien and +presentment of his strange friend's inflexible ethics) he felt +already some nascent suspicion of his philosophic programme, in +regard, precisely, to the question of good taste. There was the +taint of a graceless "antinomianism" perceptible in it, a dissidence, +a revolt against accustomed modes, the actual impression of which on +other [7] men might rebound upon himself in some loss of that +personal pride to which it was part of his theory of life to allow so +much. And it was exactly a moral situation such as this that Fronto +appeared to be contemplating. He seemed to have before his mind the +case of one--Cyrenaic or Epicurean, as the courtier tends to be, by +habit and instinct, if not on principle--who yet experiences, +actually, a strong tendency to moral assents, and a desire, with as +little logical inconsistency as may be, to find a place for duty and +righteousness in his house of thought. + +And the Stoic professor found the key to this problem in the purely +aesthetic beauty of the old morality, as an element in things, +fascinating to the imagination, to good taste in its most highly +developed form, through association--a system or order, as a matter +of fact, in possession, not only of the larger world, but of the rare +minority of elite intelligences; from which, therefore, least of all +would the sort of Epicurean he had in view endure to become, so to +speak, an outlaw. He supposed his hearer to be, with all sincerity, +in search after some principle of conduct (and it was here that he +seemed to Marius to be speaking straight to him) which might give +unity of motive to an actual rectitude, a cleanness and probity of +life, determined partly by natural affection, partly by enlightened +self-interest or the feeling of honour, due in part even to the mere +fear of penalties; no element of which, [8] however, was +distinctively moral in the agent himself as such, and providing him, +therefore, no common ground with a really moral being like Cornelius, +or even like the philosophic emperor. Performing the same offices; +actually satisfying, even as they, the external claims of others; +rendering to all their dues--one thus circumstanced would be wanting, +nevertheless, in the secret of inward adjustment to the moral agents +around him. How tenderly--more tenderly than many stricter souls--he +might yield himself to kindly instinct! what fineness of charity in +passing judgment on others! what an exquisite conscience of other +men's susceptibilities! He knows for how much the manner, because +the heart itself, counts, in doing a kindness. He goes beyond most +people in his care for all weakly creatures; judging, instinctively, +that to be but sentient is to possess rights. He conceives a hundred +duties, though he may not call them by that name, of the existence of +which purely duteous souls may have no suspicion. He has a kind of +pride in doing more than they, in a way of his own. Sometimes, he +may think that those men of line and rule do not really understand +their own business. How narrow, inflexible, unintelligent! what poor +guardians (he may reason) of the inward spirit of righteousness, are +some supposed careful walkers according to its letter and form. And +yet all the while he admits, as such, no moral world at all: no [9] +theoretic equivalent to so large a proportion of the facts of life. + +But, over and above such practical rectitude, thus determined by +natural affection or self-love or fear, he may notice that there is a +remnant of right conduct, what he does, still more what he abstains +from doing, not so much through his own free election, as from a +deference, an "assent," entire, habitual, unconscious, to custom--to +the actual habit or fashion of others, from whom he could not endure +to break away, any more than he would care to be out of agreement +with them on questions of mere manner, or, say, even, of dress. Yes! +there were the evils, the vices, which he avoided as, essentially, a +failure in good taste. An assent, such as this, to the preferences +of others, might seem to be the weakest of motives, and the rectitude +it could determine the least considerable element in a moral life. +Yet here, according to Cornelius Fronto, was in truth the revealing +example, albeit operating upon comparative trifles, of the general +principle required. There was one great idea associated with which +that determination to conform to precedent was elevated into the +clearest, the fullest, the weightiest principle of moral action; a +principle under which one might subsume men's most strenuous efforts +after righteousness. And he proceeded to expound the idea of +Humanity--of a universal commonwealth of mind, which [10] becomes +explicit, and as if incarnate, in a select communion of just men made +perfect. + +Ho kosmos hosanei polis estin+--the world is as it were a commonwealth, +a city: and there are observances, customs, usages, actually current +in it, things our friends and companions will expect of us, as the +condition of our living there with them at all, as really their peers +or fellow-citizens. Those observances were, indeed, the creation of +a visible or invisible aristocracy in it, whose actual manners, whose +preferences from of old, become now a weighty tradition as to the way +in which things should or should not be done, are like a music, to +which the intercourse of life proceeds--such a music as no one who +had once caught its harmonies would willingly jar. In this way, the +becoming, as in Greek--to prepon: or ta ethe+ mores, manners, as both +Greeks and Romans said, would indeed be a comprehensive term for +duty. Righteousness would be, in the words of "Caesar" himself, of +the philosophic Aurelius, but a "following of the reasonable will of +the oldest, the most venerable, of cities, of polities--of the royal, +the law-giving element, therein--forasmuch as we are citizens also in +that supreme city on high, of which all other cities beside are but +as single habitations." But as the old man spoke with animation of +this supreme city, this invisible society, whose conscience was +become explicit in its inner circle of inspired souls, of whose [11] +common spirit, the trusted leaders of human conscience had been but +the mouthpiece, of whose successive personal preferences in the +conduct of life, the "old morality" was the sum,--Marius felt that +his own thoughts were passing beyond the actual intention of the +speaker; not in the direction of any clearer theoretic or abstract +definition of that ideal commonwealth, but rather as if in search of +its visible locality and abiding-place, the walls and towers of +which, so to speak, he might really trace and tell, according to his +own old, natural habit of mind. It would be the fabric, the outward +fabric, of a system reaching, certainly, far beyond the great city +around him, even if conceived in all the machinery of its visible and +invisible influences at their grandest--as Augustus or Trajan might +have conceived of them--however well the visible Rome might pass for +a figure of that new, unseen, Rome on high. At moments, Marius even +asked himself with surprise, whether it might be some vast secret +society the speaker had in view:--that august community, to be an +outlaw from which, to be foreign to the manners of which, was a loss +so much greater than to be excluded, into the ends of the earth, from +the sovereign Roman commonwealth. Humanity, a universal order, the +great polity, its aristocracy of elect spirits, the mastery of their +example over their successors--these were the ideas, stimulating +enough in their way, [12] by association with which the Stoic +professor had attempted to elevate, to unite under a single +principle, men's moral efforts, himself lifted up with so genuine an +enthusiasm. But where might Marius search for all this, as more than +an intellectual abstraction? Where were those elect souls in whom +the claim of Humanity became so amiable, winning, persuasive--whose +footsteps through the world were so beautiful in the actual order he +saw--whose faces averted from him, would be more than he could bear? +Where was that comely order, to which as a great fact of experience +he must give its due; to which, as to all other beautiful "phenomena" +in life, he must, for his own peace, adjust himself? + +Rome did well to be serious. The discourse ended somewhat abruptly, +as the noise of a great crowd in motion was heard below the walls; +whereupon, the audience, following the humour of the younger element +in it, poured into the colonnade, from the steps of which the famous +procession, or transvectio, of the military knights was to be seen +passing over the Forum, from their trysting-place at the temple of +Mars, to the temple of the Dioscuri. The ceremony took place this +year, not on the day accustomed--anniversary of the victory of Lake +Regillus, with its pair of celestial assistants--and amid the heat +and roses of a Roman July, but, by [13] anticipation, some months +earlier, the almond-trees along the way being still in leafless +flower. Through that light trellis-work, Marius watched the riders, +arrayed in all their gleaming ornaments, and wearing wreaths of olive +around their helmets, the faces below which, what with battle and the +plague, were almost all youthful. It was a flowery scene enough, but +had to-day its fulness of war-like meaning; the return of the army to +the North, where the enemy was again upon the move, being now +imminent. Cornelius had ridden along in his place, and, on the +dismissal of the company, passed below the steps where Marius stood, +with that new song he had heard once before floating from his lips. + +NOTES + +10. +Transliteration: Ho kosmos hosanei polis estin. Translation: +"The world is like a city." + +10. +Transliteration: to prepon . . . ta ethe. Translation: "That +which is seemly . . . mores." + + + +CHAPTER XVI: SECOND THOUGHTS + +[14] AND Marius, for his part, was grave enough. The discourse of +Cornelius Fronto, with its wide prospect over the human, the +spiritual, horizon, had set him on a review--on a review of the +isolating narrowness, in particular, of his own theoretic scheme. +Long after the very latest roses were faded, when "the town" had +departed to country villas, or the baths, or the war, he remained +behind in Rome; anxious to try the lastingness of his own Epicurean +rose-garden; setting to work over again, and deliberately passing +from point to point of his old argument with himself, down to its +practical conclusions. That age and our own have much in common-- +many difficulties and hopes. Let the reader pardon me if here and +there I seem to be passing from Marius to his modern representatives +--from Rome, to Paris or London. + +What really were its claims as a theory of practice, of the +sympathies that determine [15] practice? It had been a theory, +avowedly, of loss and gain (so to call it) of an economy. If, +therefore, it missed something in the commerce of life, which some +other theory of practice was able to include, if it made a needless +sacrifice, then it must be, in a manner, inconsistent with itself, +and lack theoretic completeness. Did it make such a sacrifice? What +did it lose, or cause one to lose? + +And we may note, as Marius could hardly have done, that Cyrenaicism +is ever the characteristic philosophy of youth, ardent, but narrow in +its survey--sincere, but apt to become one-sided, or even fanatical. +It is one of those subjective and partial ideals, based on vivid, +because limited, apprehension of the truth of one aspect of +experience (in this case, of the beauty of the world and the brevity +of man's life there) which it may be said to be the special vocation +of the young to express. In the school of Cyrene, in that +comparatively fresh Greek world, we see this philosophy where it is +least blase, as we say; in its most pleasant, its blithest and yet +perhaps its wisest form, youthfully bright in the youth of European +thought. But it grows young again for a while in almost every +youthful soul. It is spoken of sometimes as the appropriate +utterance of jaded men; but in them it can hardly be sincere, or, by +the nature of the case, an enthusiasm. "Walk in the ways of thine +heart, and in the sight of thine eyes," is, indeed, most often, [16] +according to the supposition of the book from which I quote it, the +counsel of the young, who feel that the sunshine is pleasant along +their veins, and wintry weather, though in a general sense foreseen, +a long way off. The youthful enthusiasm or fanaticism, the self- +abandonment to one favourite mode of thought or taste, which occurs, +quite naturally, at the outset of every really vigorous intellectual +career, finds its special opportunity in a theory such as that so +carefully put together by Marius, just because it seems to call on +one to make the sacrifice, accompanied by a vivid sensation of power +and will, of what others value--sacrifice of some conviction, or +doctrine, or supposed first principle--for the sake of that clear- +eyed intellectual consistency, which is like spotless bodily +cleanliness, or scrupulous personal honour, and has itself for the +mind of the youthful student, when he first comes to appreciate it, +the fascination of an ideal. + +The Cyrenaic doctrine, then, realised as a motive of strenuousness or +enthusiasm, is not so properly the utterance of the "jaded +Epicurean," as of the strong young man in all the freshness of +thought and feeling, fascinated by the notion of raising his life to +the level of a daring theory, while, in the first genial heat of +existence, the beauty of the physical world strikes potently upon his +wide-open, unwearied senses. He discovers a great new poem every +spring, with a hundred delightful things he too has felt, but [16] +which have never been expressed, or at least never so truly, before. +The workshops of the artists, who can select and set before us what +is really most distinguished in visible life, are open to him. He +thinks that the old Platonic, or the new Baconian philosophy, has +been better explained than by the authors themselves, or with some +striking original development, this very month. In the quiet heat of +early summer, on the dusty gold morning, the music comes, louder at +intervals, above the hum of voices from some neighbouring church, +among the flowering trees, valued now, perhaps, only for the +poetically rapt faces among priests or worshippers, or the mere skill +and eloquence, it may be, of its preachers of faith and +righteousness. In his scrupulous idealism, indeed, he too feels +himself to be something of a priest, and that devotion of his days to +the contemplation of what is beautiful, a sort of perpetual religious +service. Afar off, how many fair cities and delicate sea-coasts +await him! At that age, with minds of a certain constitution, no +very choice or exceptional circumstances are needed to provoke an +enthusiasm something like this. Life in modern London even, in the +heavy glow of summer, is stuff sufficient for the fresh imagination +of a youth to build its "palace of art" of; and the very sense and +enjoyment of an experience in which all is new, are but enhanced, +like that glow of summer itself, by the [18] thought of its brevity, +giving him something of a gambler's zest, in the apprehension, by +dexterous act or diligently appreciative thought, of the highly +coloured moments which are to pass away so quickly. At bottom, +perhaps, in his elaborately developed self-consciousness, his +sensibilities, his almost fierce grasp upon the things he values at +all, he has, beyond all others, an inward need of something permanent +in its character, to hold by: of which circumstance, also, he may be +partly aware, and that, as with the brilliant Claudio in Measure for +Measure, it is, in truth, but darkness he is, "encountering, like a +bride." But the inevitable falling of the curtain is probably +distant; and in the daylight, at least, it is not often that he +really shudders at the thought of the grave--the weight above, the +narrow world and its company, within. When the thought of it does +occur to him, he may say to himself:--Well! and the rude monk, for +instance, who has renounced all this, on the security of some dim +world beyond it, really acquiesces in that "fifth act," amid all the +consoling ministries around him, as little as I should at this +moment; though I may hope, that, as at the real ending of a play, +however well acted, I may already have had quite enough of it, and +find a true well-being in eternal sleep. + +And precisely in this circumstance, that, consistently with the +function of youth in general, Cyrenaicism will always be more or [19] +less the special philosophy, or "prophecy," of the young, when the +ideal of a rich experience comes to them in the ripeness of the +receptive, if not of the reflective, powers--precisely in this +circumstance, if we rightly consider it, lies the duly prescribed +corrective of that philosophy. For it is by its exclusiveness, and +by negation rather than positively, that such theories fail to +satisfy us permanently; and what they really need for their +correction, is the complementary influence of some greater system, in +which they may find their due place. That Sturm und Drang of the +spirit, as it has been called, that ardent and special apprehension +of half-truths, in the enthusiastic, and as it were "prophetic" +advocacy of which, devotion to truth, in the case of the young-- +apprehending but one point at a time in the great circumference--most +usually embodies itself, is levelled down, safely enough, afterwards, +as in history so in the individual, by the weakness and mere +weariness, as well as by the maturer wisdom, of our nature. And +though truth indeed, resides, as has been said, "in the whole"--in +harmonisings and adjustments like this--yet those special +apprehensions may still owe their full value, in this sense of "the +whole," to that earlier, one-sided but ardent pre-occupation with +them. + +Cynicism and Cyrenaicism:--they are the earlier Greek forms of Roman +Stoicism and Epicureanism, and in that world of old Greek [20] +thought, we may notice with some surprise that, in a little while, +the nobler form of Cyrenaicism--Cyrenaicism cured of its faults--met +the nobler form of Cynicism half-way. Starting from opposed points, +they merged, each in its most refined form, in a single ideal of +temperance or moderation. Something of the same kind may be noticed +regarding some later phases of Cyrenaic theory. If it starts with +considerations opposed to the religious temper, which the religious +temper holds it a duty to repress, it is like it, nevertheless, and +very unlike any lower development of temper, in its stress and +earnestness, its serious application to the pursuit of a very +unworldly type of perfection. The saint, and the Cyrenaic lover of +beauty, it may be thought, would at least understand each other +better than either would understand the mere man of the world. Carry +their respective positions a point further, shift the terms a little, +and they might actually touch. + +Perhaps all theories of practice tend, as they rise to their best, as +understood by their worthiest representatives, to identification with +each other. For the variety of men's possible reflections on their +experience, as of that experience itself, is not really so great as +it seems; and as the highest and most disinterested ethical formulae, +filtering down into men's everyday existence, reach the same poor +level of vulgar egotism, so, we may fairly suppose that all the +highest spirits, from [21] whatever contrasted points they have +started, would yet be found to entertain, in the moral consciousness +realised by themselves, much the same kind of mental company; to +hold, far more than might be thought probable, at first sight, the +same personal types of character, and even the same artistic and +literary types, in esteem or aversion; to convey, all of them alike, +the same savour of unworldliness. And Cyrenaicism or Epicureanism +too, new or old, may be noticed, in proportion to the completeness of +its development, to approach, as to the nobler form of Cynicism, so +also to the more nobly developed phases of the old, or traditional +morality. In the gravity of its conception of life, in its pursuit +after nothing less than a perfection, in its apprehension of the +value of time--the passion and the seriousness which are like a +consecration--la passion et le serieux qui consacrent--it may be +conceived, as regards its main drift, to be not so much opposed to +the old morality, as an exaggeration of one special motive in it. + +Some cramping, narrowing, costly preference of one part of his own +nature, and of the nature of things, to another, Marius seemed to +have detected in himself, meantime,--in himself, as also in those old +masters of the Cyrenaic philosophy. If they did realise the +monochronos hedone+ as it was called--the pleasure of the "Ideal Now"-- +if certain moments of their lives were high-pitched, passionately +coloured, intent with sensation, [22] and a kind of knowledge which, +in its vivid clearness, was like sensation--if, now and then, they +apprehended the world in its fulness, and had a vision, almost +"beatific," of ideal personalities in life and art, yet these moments +were a very costly matter: they paid a great price for them, in the +sacrifice of a thousand possible sympathies, of things only to be +enjoyed through sympathy, from which they detached themselves, in +intellectual pride, in loyalty to a mere theory that would take +nothing for granted, and assent to no approximate or hypothetical +truths. In their unfriendly, repellent attitude towards the Greek +religion, and the old Greek morality, surely, they had been but +faulty economists. The Greek religion was then alive: then, still +more than in its later day of dissolution, the higher view of it was +possible, even for the philosopher. Its story made little or no +demand for a reasoned or formal acceptance. A religion, which had +grown through and through man's life, with so much natural strength; +had meant so much for so many generations; which expressed so much of +their hopes, in forms so familiar and so winning; linked by +associations so manifold to man as he had been and was--a religion +like this, one would think, might have had its uses, even for a +philosophic sceptic. Yet those beautiful gods, with the whole round +of their poetic worship, the school of Cyrene definitely renounced. + +[23] The old Greek morality, again, with all its imperfections, was +certainly a comely thing.--Yes! a harmony, a music, in men's ways, +one might well hesitate to jar. The merely aesthetic sense might +have had a legitimate satisfaction in the spectacle of that fair +order of choice manners, in those attractive conventions, enveloping, +so gracefully, the whole of life, insuring some sweetness, some +security at least against offence, in the intercourse of the world. +Beyond an obvious utility, it could claim, indeed but custom--use- +and-wont, as we say--for its sanction. But then, one of the +advantages of that liberty of spirit among the Cyrenaics (in which, +through theory, they had become dead to theory, so that all theory, +as such, was really indifferent to them, and indeed nothing valuable +but in its tangible ministration to life) was precisely this, that it +gave them free play in using as their ministers or servants, things +which, to the uninitiated, must be masters or nothing. Yet, how +little the followers of Aristippus made of that whole comely system +of manners or morals, then actually in possession of life, is shown +by the bold practical consequence, which one of them maintained (with +a hard, self-opinionated adherence to his peculiar theory of values) +in the not very amiable paradox that friendship and patriotism were +things one could do without; while another--Death's-advocate, as he +was called--helped so many to self-destruction, by his [24] +pessimistic eloquence on the evils of life, that his lecture-room was +closed. That this was in the range of their consequences--that this +was a possible, if remote, deduction from the premisses of the +discreet Aristippus--was surely an inconsistency in a thinker who +professed above all things an economy of the moments of life. And +yet those old Cyrenaics felt their way, as if in the dark, we may be +sure, like other men in the ordinary transactions of life, beyond the +narrow limits they drew of clear and absolutely legitimate knowledge, +admitting what was not of immediate sensation, and drawing upon that +"fantastic" future which might never come. A little more of such +"walking by faith," a little more of such not unreasonable "assent," +and they might have profited by a hundred services to their culture, +from Greek religion and Greek morality, as they actually were. The +spectacle of their fierce, exclusive, tenacious hold on their own +narrow apprehension, makes one think of a picture with no relief, no +soft shadows nor breadth of space, or of a drama without +proportionate repose. + +Yet it was of perfection that Marius (to return to him again from his +masters, his intellectual heirs) had been really thinking all the +time: a narrow perfection it might be objected, the perfection of but +one part of his nature--his capacities of feeling, of exquisite +physical impressions, of an imaginative sympathy--but still, a true +perfection of those capacities, wrought out [25] to their utmost +degree, admirable enough in its way. He too is an economist: he +hopes, by that "insight" of which the old Cyrenaics made so much, by +skilful apprehension of the conditions of spiritual success as they +really are, the special circumstances of the occasion with which he +has to deal, the special felicities of his own nature, to make the +most, in no mean or vulgar sense, of the few years of life; few, +indeed, for the attainment of anything like general perfection! With +the brevity of that sum of years his mind is exceptionally impressed; +and this purpose makes him no frivolous dilettante, but graver than +other men: his scheme is not that of a trifler, but rather of one who +gives a meaning of his own, yet a very real one, to those old words-- +Let us work while it is day! He has a strong apprehension, also, of +the beauty of the visible things around him; their fading, momentary, +graces and attractions. His natural susceptibility in this +direction, enlarged by experience, seems to demand of him an almost +exclusive pre-occupation with the aspects of things; with their +aesthetic character, as it is called--their revelations to the eye +and the imagination: not so much because those aspects of them yield +him the largest amount of enjoyment, as because to be occupied, in +this way, with the aesthetic or imaginative side of things, is to be +in real contact with those elements of his own nature, and of theirs, +which, for him at [26] least, are matter of the most real kind of +appre-hension. As other men are concentrated upon truths of number, +for instance, or on business, or it may be on the pleasures of +appetite, so he is wholly bent on living in that full stream of +refined sensation. And in the prosecution of this love of beauty, he +claims an entire personal liberty, liberty of heart and mind, +liberty, above all, from what may seem conventional answers to first +questions. + +But, without him there is a venerable system of sentiment and idea, +widely extended in time and place, in a kind of impregnable +possession of human life--a system, which, like some other great +products of the conjoint efforts of human mind through many +generations, is rich in the world's experience; so that, in attaching +oneself to it, one lets in a great tide of that experience, and +makes, as it were with a single step, a great experience of one's +own, and with great consequent increase to one's sense of colour, +variety, and relief, in the spectacle of men and things. The mere +sense that one belongs to a system--an imperial system or +organisation--has, in itself, the expanding power of a great +experience; as some have felt who have been admitted from narrower +sects into the communion of the catholic church; or as the old Roman +citizen felt. It is, we might fancy, what the coming into possession +of a very widely spoken language might be, with a great literature, +which is also [27] the speech of the people we have to live among. + +A wonderful order, actually in possession of human life!--grown +inextricably through and through it; penetrating into its laws, its +very language, its mere habits of decorum, in a thousand half- +conscious ways; yet still felt to be, in part, an unfulfilled ideal; +and, as such, awakening hope, and an aim, identical with the one only +consistent aspiration of mankind! In the apprehension of that, just +then, Marius seemed to have joined company once more with his own old +self; to have overtaken on the road the pilgrim who had come to Rome, +with absolute sincerity, on the search for perfection. It defined +not so much a change of practice, as of sympathy--a new departure, an +expansion, of sympathy. It involved, certainly, some curtailment of +his liberty, in concession to the actual manner, the distinctions, +the enactments of that great crowd of admirable spirits, who have +elected so, and not otherwise, in their conduct of life, and are not +here to give one, so to term it, an "indulgence." But then, under +the supposition of their disapproval, no roses would ever seem worth +plucking again. The authority they exercised was like that of +classic taste--an influence so subtle, yet so real, as defining the +loyalty of the scholar; or of some beautiful and venerable ritual, in +which every observance is become spontaneous and almost mechanical, +yet is found, [28] the more carefully one considers it, to have a +reasonable significance and a natural history. + +And Marius saw that he would be but an inconsistent Cyrenaic, +mistaken in his estimate of values, of loss and gain, and untrue to +the well-considered economy of life which he had brought with him to +Rome--that some drops of the great cup would fall to the ground--if +he did not make that concession, if he did but remain just there. + +NOTES + +21. +Transliteration: monochronos hedone. Pater's definition "the +pleasure of the ideal present, of the mystic now." The definition is +fitting; the unusual adjective monochronos means, literally, "single +or unitary time." + + + +CHAPTER XVII: BEATA URBS + + +"Many prophets and kings have desired to see the things which ye +see." + +[29] THE enemy on the Danube was, indeed, but the vanguard of the +mighty invading hosts of the fifth century. Illusively repressed +just now, those confused movements along the northern boundary of the +Empire were destined to unite triumphantly at last, in the barbarism, +which, powerless to destroy the Christian church, was yet to suppress +for a time the achieved culture of the pagan world. The kingdom of +Christ was to grow up in a somewhat false alienation from the light +and beauty of the kingdom of nature, of the natural man, with a +partly mistaken tradition concerning it, and an incapacity, as it +might almost seem at times, for eventual reconciliation thereto. +Meantime Italy had armed itself once more, in haste, and the imperial +brothers set forth for the Alps. + +Whatever misgiving the Roman people may [30] have felt as to the +leadership of the younger was unexpectedly set at rest; though with +some temporary regret for the loss of what had been, after all, a +popular figure on the world's stage. Travelling fraternally in the +same litter with Aurelius, Lucius Verus was struck with sudden and +mysterious disease, and died as he hastened back to Rome. His death +awoke a swarm of sinister rumours, to settle on Lucilla, jealous, it +was said, of Fabia her sister, perhaps of Faustina--on Faustina +herself, who had accompanied the imperial progress, and was anxious +now to hide a crime of her own--even on the elder brother, who, +beforehand with the treasonable designs of his colleague, should have +helped him at supper to a favourite morsel, cut with a knife poisoned +ingeniously on one side only. Aurelius, certainly, with sincere +distress, his long irritations, so dutifully concealed or repressed, +turning now into a single feeling of regret for the human creature, +carried the remains back to Rome, and demanded of the Senate a public +funeral, with a decree for the apotheosis, or canonisation, of the +dead. + +For three days the body lay in state in the Forum, enclosed in an +open coffin of cedar-wood, on a bed of ivory and gold, in the centre +of a sort of temporary chapel, representing the temple of his +patroness Venus Genetrix. Armed soldiers kept watch around it, while +choirs of select voices relieved one another in the chanting of hymns +or monologues from the great tragedians. + +[31] At the head of the couch were displayed the various personal +decorations which had belonged to Verus in life. Like all the rest +of Rome, Marius went to gaze on the face he had seen last scarcely +disguised under the hood of a travelling-dress, as the wearer +hurried, at night-fall, along one of the streets below the palace, to +some amorous appointment. Unfamiliar as he still was with dead +faces, he was taken by surprise, and touched far beyond what he had +reckoned on, by the piteous change there; even the skill of Galen +having been not wholly successful in the process of embalming. It +was as if a brother of his own were lying low before him, with that +meek and helpless expression it would have been a sacrilege to treat +rudely. + +Meantime, in the centre of the Campus Martius, within the grove of +poplars which enclosed the space where the body of Augustus had been +burnt, the great funeral pyre, stuffed with shavings of various +aromatic woods, was built up in many stages, separated from each +other by a light entablature of woodwork, and adorned abundantly with +carved and tapestried images. Upon this pyramidal or flame-shaped +structure lay the corpse, hidden now under a mountain of flowers and +incense brought by the women, who from the first had had their +fondness for the wanton graces of the deceased. The dead body was +surmounted by a waxen effigy of great size, arrayed in the triumphal +ornaments. [32] At last the Centurions to whom that office belonged, +drew near, torch in hand, to ignite the pile at its four corners, +while the soldiers, in wild excitement, flung themselves around it, +casting into the flames the decorations they had received for acts of +valour under the dead emperor's command. + +It had been a really heroic order, spoiled a little, at the last +moment, through the somewhat tawdry artifice, by which an eagle--not +a very noble or youthful specimen of its kind--was caused to take +flight amid the real or affected awe of the spectators, above the +perishing remains; a court chamberlain, according to ancient +etiquette, subsequently making official declaration before the +Senate, that the imperial "genius" had been seen in this way, +escaping from the fire. And Marius was present when the Fathers, +duly certified of the fact, by "acclamation," muttering their +judgment all together, in a kind of low, rhythmical chant, decreed +Caelum--the privilege of divine rank to the departed. + +The actual gathering of the ashes in a white cere-cloth by the +widowed Lucilla, when the last flicker had been extinguished by drops +of wine; and the conveyance of them to the little cell, already +populous, in the central mass of the sepulchre of Hadrian, still in +all the splendour of its statued colonnades, were a matter of private +or domestic duty; after the due accomplishment of which Aurelius was +at [33] liberty to retire for a time into the privacy o his beloved +apartments of the Palatine. And hither, not long afterwards, Marius +was summoned a second time, to receive from the imperial hands the +great pile of Manuscripts it would be his business to revise and +arrange. + +One year had passed since his first visit to the palace; and as he +climbed the stairs to-day, the great cypresses rocked against the +sunless sky, like living creatures in pain. He had to traverse a +long subterranean gallery, once a secret entrance to the imperial +apartments, and in our own day, amid the ruin of all around it, as +smooth and fresh as if the carpets were but just removed from its +floor after the return of the emperor from the shows. It was here, +on such an occasion, that the emperor Caligula, at the age of twenty- +nine, had come by his end, the assassins gliding along it as he +lingered a few moments longer to watch the movements of a party of +noble youths at their exercise in the courtyard below. As Marius +waited, a second time, in that little red room in the house of the +chief chamberlain, curious to look once more upon its painted walls-- +the very place whither the assassins were said to have turned for +refuge after the murder--he could all but see the figure, which in +its surrounding light and darkness seemed to him the most melancholy +in the entire history of Rome. He called to mind the greatness of +that popularity and early [34] promise--the stupefying height of +irresponsible power, from which, after all, only men's viler side had +been clearly visible--the overthrow of reason--the seemingly +irredeemable memory; and still, above all, the beautiful head in +which the noble lines of the race of Augustus were united to, he knew +not what expression of sensibility and fineness, not theirs, and for +the like of which one must pass onward to the Antonines. Popular +hatred had been careful to destroy its semblance wherever it was to +be found; but one bust, in dark bronze-like basalt of a wonderful +perfection of finish, preserved in the museum of the Capitol, may +have seemed to some visitors there perhaps the finest extant relic of +Roman art. Had the very seal of empire upon those sombre brows, +reflected from his mirror, suggested his insane attempt upon the +liberties, the dignity of men?--"O humanity!" he seems to ask, "what +hast thou done to me that I should so despise thee?"--And might not +this be indeed the true meaning of kingship, if the world would have +one man to reign over it? The like of this: or, some incredible, +surely never to be realised, height of disinterestedness, in a king +who should be the servant of all, quite at the other extreme of the +practical dilemma involved in such a position. Not till some while +after his death had the body been decently interred by the piety of +the sisters he had driven into exile. Fraternity [35] of feeling had +been no invariable feature in the incidents of Roman story. One long +Vicus Sceleratus, from its first dim foundation in fraternal quarrel +on the morrow of a common deliverance so touching--had not almost +every step in it some gloomy memory of unnatural violence? Romans +did well to fancy the traitress Tarpeia still "green in earth," +crowned, enthroned, at the roots of the Capitoline rock. If in truth +the religion of Rome was everywhere in it, like that perfume of the +funeral incense still upon the air, so also was the memory of crime +prompted by a hypocritical cruelty, down to the erring, or not +erring, Vesta calmly buried alive there, only eighty years ago, under +Domitian. + +It was with a sense of relief that Marius found himself in the +presence of Aurelius, whose gesture of friendly intelligence, as he +entered, raised a smile at the gloomy train of his own thoughts just +then, although since his first visit to the palace a great change had +passed over it. The clear daylight found its way now into empty +rooms. To raise funds for the war, Aurelius, his luxurious brother +being no more, had determined to sell by auction the accumulated +treasures of the imperial household. The works of art, the dainty +furniture, had been removed, and were now "on view" in the Forum, to +be the delight or dismay, for many weeks to come, of the [36] large +public of those who were curious in these things. In such wise had +Aurelius come to the condition of philosophic detachment he had +affected as a boy, hardly persuaded to wear warm clothing, or to +sleep in more luxurious manner than on the bare floor. But, in his +empty house, the man of mind, who had always made so much of the +pleasures of philosophic contemplation, felt freer in thought than +ever. He had been reading, with less self-reproach than usual, in +the Republic of Plato, those passages which describe the life of the +philosopher-kings--like that of hired servants in their own house-- +who, possessed of the "gold undefiled" of intellectual vision, forgo +so cheerfully all other riches. It was one of his happy days: one of +those rare days, when, almost with none of the effort, otherwise so +constant with him, his thoughts came rich and full, and converged in +a mental view, as exhilarating to him as the prospect of some wide +expanse of landscape to another man's bodily eye. He seemed to lie +readier than was his wont to the imaginative influence of the +philosophic reason--to its suggestions of a possible open country, +commencing just where all actual experience leaves off, but which +experience, one's own and not another's, may one day occupy. In +fact, he was seeking strength for himself, in his own way, before he +started for that ambiguous earthly warfare [37] which was to occupy +the remainder of his life. "Ever remember this," he writes, "that a +happy life depends, not on many things--en oligistois keitai."+ And +to-day, committing himself with a steady effort of volition to the +mere silence of the great empty apartments, he might be said to have +escaped, according to Plato's promise to those who live closely with +philosophy, from the evils of the world. + +In his "conversations with himself" Marcus Aurelius speaks often of +that City on high, of which all other cities are but single +habitations. From him in fact Cornelius Fronto, in his late +discourse, had borrowed the expression; and he certainly meant by it +more than the whole commonwealth of Rome, in any idealisation of it, +however sublime. Incorporate somehow with the actual city whose +goodly stones were lying beneath his gaze, it was also implicate in +that reasonable constitution of nature, by devout contemplation of +which it is possible for man to associate himself to the +consciousness of God. In that New Rome he had taken up his rest for +awhile on this day, deliberately feeding his thoughts on the better +air of it, as another might have gone for mental renewal to a +favourite villa. + +"Men seek retirement in country-houses," he writes, "on the sea- +coast, on the mountains; and you have yourself as much fondness for +such places as another. But there is little proof of culture +therein; since the privilege is yours of [38] retiring into yourself +whensoever you please,-- into that little farm of one's own mind, +where a silence so profound may be enjoyed." That it could make +these retreats, was a plain consequence of the kingly prerogative of +the mind, its dominion over circumstance, its inherent liberty.--"It +is in thy power to think as thou wilt: The essence of things is in +thy thoughts about them: All is opinion, conception: No man can be +hindered by another: What is outside thy circle of thought is nothing +at all to it; hold to this, and you are safe: One thing is needful-- +to live close to the divine genius within thee, and minister thereto +worthily." And the first point in this true ministry, this culture, +was to maintain one's soul in a condition of indifference and calm. +How continually had public claims, the claims of other persons, with +their rough angularities of character, broken in upon him, the +shepherd of the flock. But after all he had at least this privilege +he could not part with, of thinking as he would; and it was well, now +and then, by a conscious effort of will, to indulge it for a while, +under systematic direction. The duty of thus making discreet, +systematic use of the power of imaginative vision for purposes of +spiritual culture, "since the soul takes colour from its fantasies," +is a point he has frequently insisted on. + +The influence of these seasonable meditations--a symbol, or +sacrament, because an intensified [39] condition, of the soul's own +ordinary and natural life--would remain upon it, perhaps for many +days. There were experiences he could not forget, intuitions beyond +price, he had come by in this way, which were almost like the +breaking of a physical light upon his mind; as the great Augustus was +said to have seen a mysterious physical splendour, yonder, upon the +summit of the Capitol, where the altar of the Sibyl now stood. With +a prayer, therefore, for inward quiet, for conformity to the divine +reason, he read some select passages of Plato, which bear upon the +harmony of the reason, in all its forms, with itself--"Could there be +Cosmos, that wonderful, reasonable order, in him, and nothing but +disorder in the world without?" It was from this question he had +passed on to the vision of a reasonable, a divine, order, not in +nature, but in the condition of human affairs--that unseen Celestial +City, Uranopolis, Callipolis, Urbs Beata--in which, a consciousness +of the divine will being everywhere realised, there would be, among +other felicitous differences from this lower visible world, no more +quite hopeless death, of men, or children, or of their affections. +He had tried to-day, as never before, to make the most of this vision +of a New Rome, to realise it as distinctly as he could,--and, as it +were, find his way along its streets, ere he went down into a world +so irksomely different, to make his practical effort towards it, with +a soul full of [40] compassion for men as they were. However +distinct the mental image might have been to him, with the descent of +but one flight of steps into the market-place below, it must have +retreated again, as if at touch of some malign magic wand, beyond the +utmost verge of the horizon. But it had been actually, in his +clearest vision of it, a confused place, with but a recognisable +entry, a tower or fountain, here or there, and haunted by strange +faces, whose novel expression he, the great physiognomist, could by +no means read. Plato, indeed, had been able to articulate, to see, +at least in thought, his ideal city. But just because Aurelius had +passed beyond Plato, in the scope of the gracious charities he pre- +supposed there, he had been unable really to track his way about it. +Ah! after all, according to Plato himself, all vision was but +reminiscence, and this, his heart's desire, no place his soul could +ever have visited in any region of the old world's achievements. He +had but divined, by a kind of generosity of spirit, the void place, +which another experience than his must fill. + +Yet Marius noted the wonderful expression of peace, of quiet +pleasure, on the countenance of Aurelius, as he received from him the +rolls of fine clear manuscript, fancying the thoughts of the emperor +occupied at the moment with the famous prospect towards the Alban +hills, from those lofty windows. + +NOTES + +37. +Transliteration: en oligistois keitai. Definition "it lies in +the fewest [things]." + + + +CHAPTER XVIII: "THE CEREMONY OF THE DART" + +[41] THE ideas of Stoicism, so precious to Marcus Aurelius, ideas of +large generalisation, have sometimes induced, in those over whose +intellects they have had real power, a coldness of heart. It was the +distinction of Aurelius that he was able to harmonise them with the +kindness, one might almost say the amenities, of a humourist, as also +with the popular religion and its many gods. Those vasty conceptions +of the later Greek philosophy had in them, in truth, the germ of a +sort of austerely opinionative "natural theology," and how often has +that led to religious dryness--a hard contempt of everything in +religion, which touches the senses, or charms the fancy, or really +concerns the affections. Aurelius had made his own the secret of +passing, naturally, and with no violence to his thought, to and fro, +between the richly coloured and romantic religion of those old gods +who had still been human beings, and a very abstract speculation upon +the impassive, [42] universal soul--that circle whose centre is +everywhere, the circumference nowhere--of which a series of purely +logical necessities had evolved the formula. As in many another +instance, those traditional pieties of the place and the hour had +been derived by him from his mother:--para tes metros to theosebes.+ +Purified, as all such religion of concrete time and place needs to +be, by frequent confronting with the ideal of godhead as revealed to +that innate religious sense in the possession of which Aurelius +differed from the people around him, it was the ground of many a +sociability with their simpler souls, and for himself, certainly, a +consolation, whenever the wings of his own soul flagged in the trying +atmosphere of purely intellectual vision. A host of companions, +guides, helpers, about him from of old time, "the very court and +company of heaven," objects for him of personal reverence and +affection--the supposed presence of the ancient popular gods +determined the character of much of his daily life, and might prove +the last stay of human nature at its weakest. "In every time and +place," he had said, "it rests with thyself to use the event of the +hour religiously: at all seasons worship the gods." And when he said +"Worship the gods!" he did it, as strenuously as everything else. + +Yet here again, how often must he have experienced disillusion, or +even some revolt of [43] feeling, at that contact with coarser +natures to which his religious conclusions exposed him. At the +beginning of the year one hundred and seventy-three public anxiety +was as great as ever; and as before it brought people's superstition +into unreserved play. For seven days the images of the old gods, and +some of the graver new ones, lay solemnly exposed in the open air, +arrayed in all their ornaments, each in his separate resting-place, +amid lights and burning incense, while the crowd, following the +imperial example, daily visited them, with offerings of flowers to +this or that particular divinity, according to the devotion of each. + + But supplementing these older official observances, the very wildest +gods had their share of worship,--strange creatures with strange +secrets startled abroad into open daylight. The delirious sort of +religion of which Marius was a spectator in the streets of Rome, +during the seven days of the Lectisternium, reminded him now and +again of an observation of Apuleius: it was "as if the presence of +the gods did not do men good, but disordered or weakened them." Some +jaded women of fashion, especially, found in certain oriental +devotions, at once relief for their religiously tearful souls and an +opportunity for personal display; preferring this or that "mystery," +chiefly because the attire required in it was suitable to their +peculiar manner of beauty. And one morning Marius [44] encountered +an extraordinary crimson object, borne in a litter through an excited +crowd--the famous courtesan Benedicta, still fresh from the bath of +blood, to which she had submitted herself, sitting below the scaffold +where the victims provided for that purpose were slaughtered by the +priests. Even on the last day of the solemnity, when the emperor +himself performed one of the oldest ceremonies of the Roman religion, +this fantastic piety had asserted itself. There were victims enough +certainly, brought from the choice pastures of the Sabine mountains, +and conducted around the city they were to die for, in almost +continuous procession, covered with flowers and well-nigh worried to +death before the time by the crowds of people superstitiously +pressing to touch them. But certain old-fashioned Romans, in these +exceptional circumstances, demanded something more than this, in the +way of a human sacrifice after the ancient pattern; as when, not so +long since, some Greeks or Gauls had been buried alive in the Forum. +At least, human blood should be shed; and it was through a wild +multitude of fanatics, cutting their flesh with knives and whips and +licking up ardently the crimson stream, that the emperor repaired to +the temple of Bellona, and in solemn symbolic act cast the +bloodstained spear, or "dart," carefully preserved there, towards the +enemy's country-- [45] towards that unknown world of German homes, +still warm, as some believed under the faint northern twilight, with +those innocent affections of which Romans had lost the sense. And +this at least was clear, amid all doubts of abstract right or wrong +on either side, that the ruin of those homes was involved in what +Aurelius was then preparing for, with,--Yes! the gods be thanked for +that achievement of an invigorating philosophy!--almost with a light +heart. + + For, in truth, that departure, really so difficult to him, for which +Marcus Aurelius had needed to brace himself so strenuously, came to +test the power of a long-studied theory of practice; and it was the +development of this theory--a theoria, literally--a view, an +intuition, of the most important facts, and still more important +possibilities, concerning man in the world, that Marius now +discovered, almost as if by accident, below the dry surface of the +manuscripts entrusted to him. The great purple rolls contained, +first of all, statistics, a general historical account of the +writer's own time, and an exact diary; all alike, though in three +different degrees of nearness to the writer's own personal +experience, laborious, formal, self-suppressing. This was for the +instruction of the public; and part of it has, perhaps, found its way +into the Augustan Histories. But it was for the especial guidance of +his son Commodus that he had permitted himself to break out, here +[46] and there, into reflections upon what was passing, into +conversations with the reader. And then, as though he were put off +his guard in this way, there had escaped into the heavy matter-of- +fact, of which the main portion was composed, morsels of his +conversation with himself. It was the romance of a soul (to be +traced only in hints, wayside notes, quotations from older masters), +as it were in lifelong, and often baffled search after some vanished +or elusive golden fleece, or Hesperidean fruit-trees, or some +mysterious light of doctrine, ever retreating before him. A man, he +had seemed to Marius from the first, of two lives, as we say. Of +what nature, he had sometimes wondered, on the day, for instance, +when he had interrupted the emperor's musings in the empty palace, +might be that placid inward guest or inhabitant, who from amid the +pre-occupations of the man of practical affairs looked out, as if +surprised, at the things and faces around. Here, then, under the +tame surface of what was meant for a life of business, Marius +discovered, welcoming a brother, the spontaneous self-revelation of a +soul as delicate as his own,--a soul for which conversation with +itself was a necessity of existence. Marius, indeed, had always +suspected that the sense of such necessity was a peculiarity of his. +But here, certainly, was another, in this respect like himself; and +again he seemed to detect the advent of some [47] new or changed +spirit into the world, mystic, inward, hardly to be satisfied with +that wholly external and objective habit of life, which had been +sufficient for the old classic soul. His purely literary curiosity +was greatly stimulated by this example of a book of self-portraiture. +It was in fact the position of the modern essayist,--creature of +efforts rather than of achievements, in the matter of apprehending +truth, but at least conscious of lights by the way, which he must +needs record, acknowledge. What seemed to underlie that position was +the desire to make the most of every experience that might come, +outwardly or from within: to perpetuate, to display, what was so +fleeting, in a kind of instinctive, pathetic protest against the +imperial writer's own theory--that theory of the "perpetual flux" of +all things--to Marius himself, so plausible from of old. + + There was, besides, a special moral or doctrinal significance in the +making of such conversation with one's self at all. The Logos, the +reasonable spark, in man, is common to him with the gods--koinos auto +pros tous theous+--cum diis communis. That might seem but the truism +of a certain school of philosophy; but in Aurelius was clearly an +original and lively apprehension. There could be no inward +conversation with one's self such as this, unless there were indeed +some one else, aware of our actual thoughts and feelings, pleased or +displeased at [48] one's disposition of one's self. Cornelius Fronto +too could enounce that theory of the reasonable community between men +and God, in many different ways. But then, he was a cheerful man, +and Aurelius a singularly sad one; and what to Fronto was but a +doctrine, or a motive of mere rhetoric, was to the other a +consolation. He walks and talks, for a spiritual refreshment lacking +which he would faint by the way, with what to the learned professor +is but matter of philosophic eloquence. + +In performing his public religious functions Marcus Aurelius had ever +seemed like one who took part in some great process, a great thing +really done, with more than the actually visible assistants about +him. Here, in these manuscripts, in a hundred marginal flowers of +thought or language, in happy new phrases of his own like the +impromptus of an actual conversation, in quotations from other older +masters of the inward life, taking new significance from the chances +of such intercourse, was the record of his communion with that +eternal reason, which was also his own proper self, with the divine +companion, whose tabernacle was in the intelligence of men--the +journal of his daily commerce with that. + +Chance: or Providence! Chance: or Wisdom, one with nature and man, +reaching from end to end, through all time and all existence, orderly +disposing all things, according to [49] fixed periods, as he +describes it, in terms very like certain well-known words of the book +of Wisdom:--those are the "fenced opposites" of the speculative +dilemma, the tragic embarras, of which Aurelius cannot too often +remind himself as the summary of man's situation in the world. If +there be, however, a provident soul like this "behind the veil," +truly, even to him, even in the most intimate of those conversations, +it has never yet spoken with any quite irresistible assertion of its +presence. Yet one's choice in that speculative dilemma, as he has +found it, is on the whole a matter of will.--"'Tis in thy power," +here too, again, "to think as thou wilt." For his part he has +asserted his will, and has the courage of his opinion. "To the +better of two things, if thou findest that, turn with thy whole +heart: eat and drink ever of the best before thee." "Wisdom," says +that other disciple of the Sapiential philosophy, "hath mingled Her +wine, she hath also prepared Herself a table." Tou aristou apolaue:+ +"Partake ever of Her best!" And what Marius, peeping now very +closely upon the intimacies of that singular mind, found a thing +actually pathetic and affecting, was the manner of the writer's +bearing as in the presence of this supposed guest; so elusive, so +jealous of any palpable manifestation of himself, so taxing to one's +faith, never allowing one to lean frankly upon him and feel wholly at +rest. Only, he [50] would do his part, at least, in maintaining the +constant fitness, the sweetness and quiet, of the guest-chamber. +Seeming to vary with the intellectual fortune of the hour, from the +plainest account of experience, to a sheer fantasy, only "believed +because it was impossible," that one hope was, at all events, +sufficient to make men's common pleasures and their common ambition, +above all their commonest vices, seem very petty indeed, too petty to +know of. It bred in him a kind of magnificence of character, in the +old Greek sense of the term; a temper incompatible with any merely +plausible advocacy of his convictions, or merely superficial thoughts +about anything whatever, or talk about other people, or speculation +as to what was passing in their so visibly little souls, or much +talking of any kind, however clever or graceful. A soul thus +disposed had "already entered into the better life":--was indeed in +some sort "a priest, a minister of the gods." Hence his constant +"recollection"; a close watching of his soul, of a kind almost unique +in the ancient world.--Before all things examine into thyself: strive +to be at home with thyself!--Marius, a sympathetic witness of all +this, might almost seem to have had a foresight of monasticism itself +in the prophetic future. With this mystic companion he had gone a +step onward out of the merely objective pagan existence. Here was +already a master in that craft of self-direction, which was about to +[51] play so large a part in the forming of human mind, under the +sanction of the Christian church. + +Yet it was in truth a somewhat melancholy service, a service on which +one must needs move about, solemn, serious, depressed, with the +hushed footsteps of those who move about the house where a dead body +is lying. Such was the impression which occurred to Marius again and +again as he read, with a growing sense of some profound dissidence +from his author. By certain quite traceable links of association he +was reminded, in spite of the moral beauty of the philosophic +emperor's ideas, how he had sat, essentially unconcerned, at the +public shows. For, actually, his contemplations had made him of a +sad heart, inducing in him that melancholy--Tristitia--which even the +monastic moralists have held to be of the nature of deadly sin, akin +to the sin of Desidia or Inactivity. Resignation, a sombre +resignation, a sad heart, patient bearing of the burden of a sad +heart:--Yes! this belonged doubtless to the situation of an honest +thinker upon the world. Only, in this case there seemed to be too +much of a complacent acquiescence in the world as it is. And there +could be no true Theodice in that; no real accommodation of the world +as it is, to the divine pattern of the Logos, the eternal reason, +over against it. It amounted to a tolerance of evil. + + The soul of good, though it moveth upon a way thou canst but little + understand, yet prospereth on the journey: + + [52] If thou sufferest nothing contrary to nature, there can be + nought of evil with thee therein. + + If thou hast done aught in harmony with that reason in which men are + communicant with the gods, there also can be nothing of evil with + thee--nothing to be afraid of: + + Whatever is, is right; as from the hand of one dispensing to every + man according to his desert: + + If reason fulfil its part in things, what more dost thou require? + + Dost thou take it ill that thy stature is but of four cubits? + + That which happeneth to each of us is for the profit of the whole. + + The profit of the whole,--that was sufficient!+ + +--Links, in a train of thought really generous! of which, +nevertheless, the forced and yet facile optimism, refusing to see +evil anywhere, might lack, after all, the secret of genuine +cheerfulness. It left in truth a weight upon the spirits; and with +that weight unlifted, there could be no real justification of the +ways of Heaven to man. "Let thine air be cheerful," he had said; +and, with an effort, did himself at times attain to that serenity of +aspect, which surely ought to accompany, as their outward flower and +favour, hopeful assumptions like those. Still, what in Aurelius was +but a passing expression, was with Cornelius (Marius could but note +the contrast) nature, and a veritable physiognomy. With Cornelius, +in fact, it was nothing less than the joy which Dante apprehended in +the blessed spirits of the perfect, the outward semblance of which, +like a reflex of physical light upon human faces from "the land which +is very far off," we may trace from Giotto onward to its consummation +in the work of Raphael--the serenity, the [53] durable cheerfulness, +of those who have been indeed delivered from death, and of which the +utmost degree of that famed "blitheness "of the Greeks had been but a +transitory gleam, as in careless and wholly superficial youth. And +yet, in Cornelius, it was certainly united with the bold recognition +of evil as a fact in the world; real as an aching in the head or +heart, which one instinctively desires to have cured; an enemy with +whom no terms could be made, visible, hatefully visible, in a +thousand forms--the apparent waste of men's gifts in an early, or +even in a late grave; the death, as such, of men, and even of +animals; the disease and pain of the body. + +And there was another point of dissidence between Aurelius and his +reader.--The philosophic emperor was a despiser of the body. Since +it is "the peculiar privilege of reason to move within herself, and +to be proof against corporeal impressions, suffering neither +sensation nor passion to break in upon her," it follows that the true +interest of the spirit must ever be to treat the body--Well! as a +corpse attached thereto, rather than as a living companion--nay, +actually to promote its dissolution. In counterpoise to the +inhumanity of this, presenting itself to the young reader as nothing +less than a sin against nature, the very person of Cornelius was +nothing less than a sanction of that reverent delight Marius had +always had in the visible body of man. Such delight indeed had been +but [54] a natural consequence of the sensuous or materialistic +character of the philosophy of his choice. Now to Cornelius the body +of man was unmistakeably, as a later seer terms it, the one true +temple in the world; or rather itself the proper object of worship, +of a sacred service, in which the very finest gold might have its +seemliness and due symbolic use:--Ah! and of what awe-stricken pity +also, in its dejection, in the perishing gray bones of a poor man's +grave! + +Some flaw of vision, thought Marius, must be involved in the +philosopher's contempt for it--some diseased point of thought, or +moral dulness, leading logically to what seemed to him the strangest +of all the emperor's inhumanities, the temper of the suicide; for +which there was just then, indeed, a sort of mania in the world. +"'Tis part of the business of life," he read, "to lose it +handsomely." On due occasion, "one might give life the slip." The +moral or mental powers might fail one; and then it were a fair +question, precisely, whether the time for taking leave was not come:- +-"Thou canst leave this prison when thou wilt. Go forth boldly!" +Just there, in the bare capacity to entertain such question at all, +there was what Marius, with a soul which must always leap up in loyal +gratitude for mere physical sunshine, touching him as it touched the +flies in the air, could not away with. There, surely, was a sign of +some crookedness in the natural power of apprehension. It was the +[55] attitude, the melancholy intellectual attitude, of one who might +be greatly mistaken in things--who might make the greatest of +mistakes. + +A heart that could forget itself in the misfortune, or even in the +weakness of others:--of this Marius had certainly found the trace, as +a confidant of the emperor's conversations with himself, in spite of +those jarring inhumanities, of that pretension to a stoical +indifference, and the many difficulties of his manner of writing. He +found it again not long afterwards, in still stronger evidence, in +this way. As he read one morning early, there slipped from the rolls +of manuscript a sealed letter with the emperor's superscription, +which might well be of importance, and he felt bound to deliver it at +once in person; Aurelius being then absent from Rome in one of his +favourite retreats, at Praeneste, taking a few days of quiet with his +young children, before his departure for the war. A whole day passed +as Marius crossed the Campagna on horseback, pleased by the random +autumn lights bringing out in the distance the sheep at pasture, the +shepherds in their picturesque dress, the golden elms, tower and +villa; and it was after dark that he mounted the steep street of the +little hill-town to the imperial residence. He was struck by an odd +mixture of stillness and excitement about the place. Lights burned +at the windows. It seemed that numerous visitors were within, for +the courtyard was crowded with litters and horses [56] in waiting. +For the moment, indeed, all larger cares, even the cares of war, of +late so heavy a pressure, had been forgotten in what was passing with +the little Annius Verus; who for his part had forgotten his toys, +lying all day across the knees of his mother, as a mere child's ear- +ache grew rapidly to alarming sickness with great and manifest agony, +only suspended a little, from time to time, when from very weariness +he passed into a few moments of unconsciousness. The country surgeon +called in, had removed the imposthume with the knife. There had been +a great effort to bear this operation, for the terrified child, +hardly persuaded to submit himself, when his pain was at its worst, +and even more for the parents. At length, amid a company of pupils +pressing in with him, as the custom was, to watch the proceedings in +the sick-room, the eminent Galen had arrived, only to pronounce the +thing done visibly useless, the patient falling now into longer +intervals of delirium. And thus, thrust on one side by the crowd of +departing visitors, Marius was forced into the privacy of a grief, +the desolate face of which went deep into his memory, as he saw the +emperor carry the child away--quite conscious at last, but with a +touching expression upon it of weakness and defeat--pressed close to +his bosom, as if he yearned just then for one thing only, to be +united, to be absolutely one with it, in its obscure distress. + +NOTES + +42. +Transliteration: para tes metros to theosebes. Translation: +"rites deriving from [his] mother." + +47. +Transliteration: koinos auto pros tous theous. Translation: +"common to him together with the gods." + +49. +Transliteration: Tou aristou apolaue. Translation: "[Always] +take the best." + +52. +Not indented in the original. + + + +CHAPTER XIX: THE WILL AS VISION + + Paratum cor meum deus! paratum cor meum! + +[57] THE emperor demanded a senatorial decree for the erection of +images in memory of the dead prince; that a golden one should be +carried, together with the other images, in the great procession of +the Circus, and the addition of the child's name to the Hymn of the +Salian Priests: and so, stifling private grief, without further delay +set forth for the war. + +True kingship, as Plato, the old master of Aurelius, had understood +it, was essentially of the nature of a service. If so be, you can +discover a mode of life more desirable than the being a king, for +those who shall be kings; then, the true Ideal of the State will +become a possibility; but not otherwise. And if the life of Beatific +Vision be indeed possible, if philosophy really "concludes in an +ecstasy," affording full fruition to the entire nature of man; then, +for certain elect souls at least, a mode of life will have been [58] +discovered more desirable than to be a king. By love or fear you +might induce such persons to forgo their privilege; to take upon them +the distasteful task of governing other men, or even of leading them +to victory in battle. But, by the very conditions of its tenure, +their dominion would be wholly a ministry to others: they would have +taken upon them-"the form of a servant": they would be reigning for +the well-being of others rather than their own. The true king, the +righteous king, would be Saint Lewis, exiling himself from the better +land and its perfected company--so real a thing to him, definite and +real as the pictured scenes of his psalter--to take part in or to +arbitrate men's quarrels, about the transitory appearances of things. +In a lower degree (lower, in proportion as the highest Platonic dream +is lower than any Christian vision) the true king would be Marcus +Aurelius, drawn from the meditation of books, to be the ruler of the +Roman people in peace, and still more, in war. + +To Aurelius, certainly, the philosophic mood, the visions, however +dim, which this mood brought with it, were sufficiently pleasant to +him, together with the endearments of his home, to make public rule +nothing less than a sacrifice of himself according to Plato's +requirement, now consummated in his setting forth for the campaign on +the Danube. That it was such a sacrifice was to Marius visible fact, +as he saw him [59] ceremoniously lifted into the saddle amid all the +pageantry of an imperial departure, yet with the air less of a +sanguine and self-reliant leader than of one in some way or other +already defeated. Through the fortune of the subsequent years, +passing and repassing so inexplicably from side to side, the rumour +of which reached him amid his own quiet studies, Marius seemed always +to see that central figure, with its habitually dejected hue grown +now to an expression of positive suffering, all the stranger from its +contrast with the magnificent armour worn by the emperor on this +occasion, as it had been worn by his predecessor Hadrian. + + Totus et argento contextus et auro: + +clothed in its gold and silver, dainty as that old divinely +constructed armour of which Homer tells, but without its miraculous +lightsomeness--he looked out baffled, labouring, moribund; a mere +comfortless shadow taking part in some shadowy reproduction of the +labours of Hercules, through those northern, mist-laden confines of +the civilised world. It was as if the familiar soul which had been +so friendly disposed towards him were actually departed to Hades; and +when he read the Conversations afterwards, though his judgment of +them underwent no material change, it was nevertheless with the +allowance we make for the dead. The memory of that suffering image, +while it certainly strengthened his adhesion [60] to what he could +accept at all in the philosophy of Aurelius, added a strange pathos +to what must seem the writer's mistakes. What, after all, had been +the meaning of that incident, observed as so fortunate an omen long +since, when the prince, then a little child much younger than was +usual, had stood in ceremony among the priests of Mars and flung his +crown of flowers with the rest at the sacred image reclining on the +Pulvinar? The other crowns lodged themselves here or there; when, +Lo! the crown thrown by Aurelius, the youngest of them all, alighted +upon the very brows of the god, as if placed there by a careful hand! +He was still young, also, when on the day of his adoption by +Antoninus Pius he saw himself in a dream, with as it were shoulders +of ivory, like the images of the gods, and found them more capable +than shoulders of flesh. Yet he was now well-nigh fifty years of +age, setting out with two-thirds of life behind him, upon a labour +which would fill the remainder of it with anxious cares--a labour for +which he had perhaps no capacity, and certainly no taste. + +That ancient suit of armour was almost the only object Aurelius now +possessed from all those much cherished articles of vertu collected +by the Caesars, making the imperial residence like a magnificent +museum. Not men alone were needed for the war, so that it became +necessary, to the great disgust alike of timid persons and of [61] +the lovers of sport, to arm the gladiators, but money also was +lacking. Accordingly, at the sole motion of Aurelius himself, +unwilling that the public burden should be further increased, +especially on the part of the poor, the whole of the imperial +ornaments and furniture, a sumptuous collection of gems formed by +Hadrian, with many works of the most famous painters and sculptors, +even the precious ornaments of the emperor's chapel or Lararium, and +the wardrobe of the empress Faustina, who seems to have borne the +loss without a murmur, were exposed for public auction. "These +treasures," said Aurelius, "like all else that I possess, belong by +right to the Senate and People." Was it not a characteristic of the +true kings in Plato that they had in their houses nothing they could +call their own? Connoisseurs had a keen delight in the mere reading +of the Praetor's list of the property for sale. For two months the +learned in these matters were daily occupied in the appraising of the +embroidered hangings, the choice articles of personal use selected +for preservation by each succeeding age, the great outlandish pearls +from Hadrian's favourite cabinet, the marvellous plate lying safe +behind the pretty iron wicker-work of the shops in the goldsmiths' +quarter. Meantime ordinary persons might have an interest in the +inspection of objects which had been as daily companions to people so +far above and remote from them--things so fine also [62] in +workmanship and material as to seem, with their antique and delicate +air, a worthy survival of the grand bygone eras, like select thoughts +or utterances embodying the very spirit of the vanished past. The +town became more pensive than ever over old fashions. + +The welcome amusement of this last act of preparation for the great +war being now over, all Rome seemed to settle down into a singular +quiet, likely to last long, as though bent only on watching from afar +the languid, somewhat uneventful course of the contest itself. +Marius took advantage of it as an opportunity for still closer study +than of old, only now and then going out to one of his favourite +spots on the Sabine or Alban hills for a quiet even greater than that +of Rome in the country air. On one of these occasions, as if by +favour of an invisible power withdrawing some unknown cause of +dejection from around him, he enjoyed a quite unusual sense of self- +possession--the possession of his own best and happiest self. After +some gloomy thoughts over-night, he awoke under the full tide of the +rising sun, himself full, in his entire refreshment, of that almost +religious appreciation of sleep, the graciousness of its influence on +men's spirits, which had made the old Greeks conceive of it as a god. +It was like one of those old joyful wakings of childhood, now +becoming rarer and rarer with him, and looked back upon with much +regret as a measure of advancing age. In fact, [63] the last bequest +of this serene sleep had been a dream, in which, as once before, he +overheard those he loved best pronouncing his name very pleasantly, +as they passed through the rich light and shadow of a summer morning, +along the pavement of a city--Ah! fairer far than Rome! In a moment, +as he arose, a certain oppression of late setting very heavily upon +him was lifted away, as though by some physical motion in the air. + +That flawless serenity, better than the most pleasurable excitement, +yet so easily ruffled by chance collision even with the things and +persons he had come to value as the greatest treasure in life, was to +be wholly his to-day, he thought, as he rode towards Tibur, under the +early sunshine; the marble of its villas glistening all the way +before him on the hillside. And why could he not hold such serenity +of spirit ever at command? he asked, expert as he was at last become +in the art of setting the house of his thoughts in order. "'Tis in +thy power to think as thou wilt:" he repeated to himself: it was the +most serviceable of all the lessons enforced on him by those imperial +conversations.--"'Tis in thy power to think as thou wilt." And were +the cheerful, sociable, restorative beliefs, of which he had there +read so much, that bold adhesion, for instance, to the hypothesis of +an eternal friend to man, just hidden behind the veil of a mechanical +and material order, but only just behind it, [64] ready perhaps even +now to break through:--were they, after all, really a matter of +choice, dependent on some deliberate act of volition on his part? +Were they doctrines one might take for granted, generously take for +granted, and led on by them, at first as but well-defined objects of +hope, come at last into the region of a corresponding certitude of +the intellect? "It is the truth I seek," he had read, "the truth, by +which no one," gray and depressing though it might seem, "was ever +really injured." And yet, on the other hand, the imperial wayfarer, +he had been able to go along with so far on his intellectual +pilgrimage, let fall many things concerning the practicability of a +methodical and self-forced assent to certain principles or +presuppositions "one could not do without." Were there, as the +expression "one could not do without" seemed to hint, beliefs, +without which life itself must be almost impossible, principles which +had their sufficient ground of evidence in that very fact? +Experience certainly taught that, as regarding the sensible world he +could attend or not, almost at will, to this or that colour, this or +that train of sounds, in the whole tumultuous concourse of colour and +sound, so it was also, for the well-trained intelligence, in regard +to that hum of voices which besiege the inward no less than the +outward ear. Might it be not otherwise with those various and +competing hypotheses, the permissible hypotheses, which, [65] in that +open field for hypothesis--one's own actual ignorance of the origin +and tendency of our being--present themselves so importunately, some +of them with so emphatic a reiteration, through all the mental +changes of successive ages? Might the will itself be an organ of +knowledge, of vision? + +On this day truly no mysterious light, no irresistibly leading hand +from afar reached him; only the peculiarly tranquil influence of its +first hour increased steadily upon him, in a manner with which, as he +conceived, the aspects of the place he was then visiting had +something to do. The air there, air supposed to possess the singular +property of restoring the whiteness of ivory, was pure and thin. An +even veil of lawn-like white cloud had now drawn over the sky; and +under its broad, shadowless light every hue and tone of time came out +upon the yellow old temples, the elegant pillared circle of the +shrine of the patronal Sibyl, the houses seemingly of a piece with +the ancient fundamental rock. Some half-conscious motive of poetic +grace would appear to have determined their grouping; in part +resisting, partly going along with the natural wildness and harshness +of the place, its floods and precipices. An air of immense age +possessed, above all, the vegetation around--a world of evergreen +trees--the olives especially, older than how many generations of +men's lives! fretted and twisted by the combining forces of [66] life +and death, into every conceivable caprice of form. In the windless +weather all seemed to be listening to the roar of the immemorial +waterfall, plunging down so unassociably among these human +habitations, and with a motion so unchanging from age to age as to +count, even in this time-worn place, as an image of unalterable rest. +Yet the clear sky all but broke to let through the ray which was +silently quickening everything in the late February afternoon, and +the unseen violet refined itself through the air. It was as if the +spirit of life in nature were but withholding any too precipitate +revelation of itself, in its slow, wise, maturing work. + +Through some accident to the trappings of his horse at the inn where +he rested, Marius had an unexpected delay. He sat down in an olive- +garden, and, all around him and within still turning to reverie, the +course of his own life hitherto seemed to withdraw itself into some +other world, disparted from this spectacular point where he was now +placed to survey it, like that distant road below, along which he had +travelled this morning across the Campagna. Through a dreamy land he +could see himself moving, as if in another life, and like another +person, through all his fortunes and misfortunes, passing from point +to point, weeping, delighted, escaping from various dangers. That +prospect brought him, first of all, an impulse of lively gratitude: +it was as if he must look round for some one [67] else to share his +joy with: for some one to whom he might tell the thing, for his own +relief. Companionship, indeed, familiarity with others, gifted in +this way or that, or at least pleasant to him, had been, through one +or another long span of it, the chief delight of the journey. And +was it only the resultant general sense of such familiarity, diffused +through his memory, that in a while suggested the question whether +there had not been--besides Flavian, besides Cornelius even, and amid +the solitude he had which in spite of ardent friendship perhaps loved +best of all things--some other companion, an unfailing companion, +ever at his side throughout; doubling his pleasure in the roses by +the way, patient of his peevishness or depression, sympathetic above +all with his grateful recognition, onward from his earliest days, of +the fact that he was there at all? Must not the whole world around +have faded away for him altogether, had he been left for one moment +really alone in it? In his deepest apparent solitude there had been +rich entertainment. It was as if there were not one only, but two +wayfarers, side by side, visible there across the plain, as he +indulged his fancy. A bird came and sang among the wattled hedge- +roses: an animal feeding crept nearer: the child who kept it was +gazing quietly: and the scene and the hours still conspiring, he +passed from that mere fantasy of a self not himself, beside him in +his coming and [68] going, to those divinations of a living and +companionable spirit at work in all things, of which he had become +aware from time to time in his old philosophic readings--in Plato and +others, last but not least, in Aurelius. Through one reflection upon +another, he passed from such instinctive divinations, to the thoughts +which give them logical consistency, formulating at last, as the +necessary exponent of our own and the world's life, that reasonable +Ideal to which the Old Testament gives the name of Creator, which for +the philosophers of Greece is the Eternal Reason, and in the New +Testament the Father of Men--even as one builds up from act and word +and expression of the friend actually visible at one's side, an ideal +of the spirit within him. + +In this peculiar and privileged hour, his bodily frame, as he could +recognise, although just then, in the whole sum of its capacities, so +entirely possessed by him--Nay! actually his very self--was yet +determined by a far-reaching system of material forces external to +it, a thousand combining currents from earth and sky. Its seemingly +active powers of apprehension were, in fact, but susceptibilities to +influence. The perfection of its capacity might be said to depend on +its passive surrender, as of a leaf on the wind, to the motions of +the great stream of physical energy without it. And might not the +intellectual frame also, still [69] more intimately himself as in +truth it was, after the analogy of the bodily life, be a moment only, +an impulse or series of impulses, a single process, in an +intellectual or spiritual system external to it, diffused through all +time and place--that great stream of spiritual energy, of which his +own imperfect thoughts, yesterday or to-day, would be but the remote, +and therefore imperfect pulsations? It was the hypothesis (boldest, +though in reality the most conceivable of all hypotheses) which had +dawned on the contemplations of the two opposed great masters of the +old Greek thought, alike:--the "World of Ideas," existent only +because, and in so far as, they are known, as Plato conceived; the +"creative, incorruptible, informing mind," supposed by Aristotle, so +sober-minded, yet as regards this matter left something of a mystic +after all. Might not this entire material world, the very scene +around him, the immemorial rocks, the firm marble, the olive-gardens, +the falling water, be themselves but reflections in, or a creation +of, that one indefectible mind, wherein he too became conscious, for +an hour, a day, for so many years? Upon what other hypothesis could +he so well understand the persistency of all these things for his own +intermittent consciousness of them, for the intermittent +consciousness of so many generations, fleeting away one after +another? It was easier to conceive of the material fabric of things +as [70] but an element in a world of thought--as a thought in a mind, +than of mind as an element, or accident, or passing condition in a +world of matter, because mind was really nearer to himself: it was an +explanation of what was less known by what was known better. The +purely material world, that close, impassable prison-wall, seemed +just then the unreal thing, to be actually dissolving away all around +him: and he felt a quiet hope, a quiet joy dawning faintly, in the +dawning of this doctrine upon him as a really credible opinion. It +was like the break of day over some vast prospect with the "new +city," as it were some celestial New Rome, in the midst of it. That +divine companion figured no longer as but an occasional wayfarer +beside him; but rather as the unfailing "assistant," without whose +inspiration and concurrence he could not breathe or see, +instrumenting his bodily senses, rounding, supporting his imperfect +thoughts. How often had the thought of their brevity spoiled for him +the most natural pleasures of life, confusing even his present sense +of them by the suggestion of disease, of death, of a coming end, in +everything! How had he longed, sometimes, that there were indeed one +to whose boundless power of memory he could commit his own most +fortunate moments, his admiration, his love, Ay! the very sorrows of +which he could not bear quite to lose the sense:--one strong to +retain them even though [71] he forgot, in whose more vigorous +consciousness they might subsist for ever, beyond that mere +quickening of capacity which was all that remained of them in +himself! "Oh! that they might live before Thee"--To-day at least, in +the peculiar clearness of one privileged hour, he seemed to have +apprehended that in which the experiences he valued most might find, +one by one, an abiding-place. And again, the resultant sense of +companionship, of a person beside him, evoked the faculty of +conscience--of conscience, as of old and when he had been at his +best, in the form, not of fear, nor of self-reproach even, but of a +certain lively gratitude. + +Himself--his sensations and ideas--never fell again precisely into +focus as on that day, yet he was the richer by its experience. But +for once only to have come under the power of that peculiar mood, to +have felt the train of reflections which belong to it really forcible +and conclusive, to have been led by them to a conclusion, to have +apprehended the Great Ideal, so palpably that it defined personal +gratitude and the sense of a friendly hand laid upon him amid the +shadows of the world, left this one particular hour a marked point in +life never to be forgotten. It gave him a definitely ascertained +measure of his moral or intellectual need, of the demand his soul +must make upon the powers, whatsoever they might be, which [72] had +brought him, as he was, into the world at all. And again, would he +be faithful to himself, to his own habits of mind, his leading +suppositions, if he did but remain just there? Must not all that +remained of life be but a search for the equivalent of that Ideal, +among so-called actual things--a gathering together of every trace or +token of it, which his actual experience might present? + + + +PART THE FOURTH + + +CHAPTER XX: TWO CURIOUS HOUSES + +I. GUESTS + + "Your old men shall dream dreams."+ + +[75] A NATURE like that of Marius, composed, in about equal parts, of +instincts almost physical, and of slowly accumulated intellectual +judgments, was perhaps even less susceptible than other men's +characters of essential change. And yet the experience of that +fortunate hour, seeming to gather into one central act of vision all +the deeper impressions his mind had ever received, did not leave him +quite as he had been. For his mental view, at least, it changed +measurably the world about him, of which he was still indeed a +curious spectator, but which looked further off, was weaker in its +hold, and, in a sense, less real to him than ever. It was as if he +viewed it through a diminishing glass. And the permanency of this +change he could note, some years later, when it [76] happened that he +was a guest at a feast, in which the various exciting elements of +Roman life, its physical and intellectual accomplishments, its +frivolity and far-fetched elegances, its strange, mystic essays after +the unseen, were elaborately combined. The great Apuleius, the +literary ideal of his boyhood, had arrived in Rome,--was now visiting +Tusculum, at the house of their common friend, a certain aristocratic +poet who loved every sort of superiorities; and Marius was favoured +with an invitation to a supper given in his honour. + +It was with a feeling of half-humorous concession to his own early +boyish hero-worship, yet with some sense of superiority in himself, +seeing his old curiosity grown now almost to indifference when on the +point of satisfaction at last, and upon a juster estimate of its +object, that he mounted to the little town on the hillside, the foot- +ways of which were so many flights of easy-going steps gathered round +a single great house under shadow of the "haunted" ruins of Cicero's +villa on the wooded heights. He found a touch of weirdness in the +circumstance that in so romantic a place he had been bidden to meet +the writer who was come to seem almost like one of the personages in +his own fiction. As he turned now and then to gaze at the evening +scene through the tall narrow openings of the street, up which the +cattle were going home slowly from the [77] pastures below, the Alban +mountains, stretched between the great walls of the ancient houses, +seemed close at hand--a screen of vaporous dun purple against the +setting sun--with those waves of surpassing softness in the boundary +lines which indicate volcanic formation. The coolness of the little +brown market-place, for profit of which even the working-people, in +long file through the olive-gardens, were leaving the plain for the +night, was grateful, after the heats of Rome. Those wild country +figures, clad in every kind of fantastic patchwork, stained by wind +and weather fortunately enough for the eye, under that significant +light inclined him to poetry. And it was a very delicate poetry of +its kind that seemed to enfold him, as passing into the poet's house +he paused for a moment to glance back towards the heights above; +whereupon, the numerous cascades of the precipitous garden of the +villa, framed in the doorway of the hall, fell into a harmless +picture, in its place among the pictures within, and scarcely more +real than they--a landscape-piece, in which the power of water +(plunging into what unseen depths!) done to the life, was pleasant, +and without its natural terrors. + +At the further end of this bland apartment, fragrant with the rare +woods of the old inlaid panelling, the falling of aromatic oil from +the ready-lighted lamps, the iris-root clinging to the dresses of the +guests, as with odours from the [78] altars of the gods, the supper- +table was spread, in all the daintiness characteristic of the +agreeable petit-maitre, who entertained. He was already most +carefully dressed, but, like Martial's Stella, perhaps consciously, +meant to change his attire once and again during the banquet; in the +last instance, for an ancient vesture (object of much rivalry among +the young men of fashion, at that great sale of the imperial +wardrobes) a toga, of altogether lost hue and texture. He wore it +with a grace which became the leader of a thrilling movement then on +foot for the restoration of that disused garment, in which, laying +aside the customary evening dress, all the visitors were requested to +appear, setting off the delicate sinuosities and well-disposed +"golden ways" of its folds, with harmoniously tinted flowers. The +opulent sunset, blending pleasantly with artificial light, fell +across the quiet ancestral effigies of old consular dignitaries, +along the wide floor strewn with sawdust of sandal-wood, and lost +itself in the heap of cool coronals, lying ready for the foreheads of +the guests on a sideboard of old citron. The crystal vessels +darkened with old wine, the hues of the early autumn fruit-- +mulberries, pomegranates, and grapes that had long been hanging under +careful protection upon the vines, were almost as much a feast for +the eye, as the dusky fires of the rare twelve-petalled roses. A +favourite animal, white as snow, brought by one of the visitors, +purred its way [79] gracefully among the wine-cups, coaxed onward +from place to place by those at table, as they reclined easily on +their cushions of German eider-down, spread over the long-legged, +carved couches. + +A highly refined modification of the acroama--a musical performance +during supper for the diversion of the guests--was presently heard +hovering round the place, soothingly, and so unobtrusively that the +company could not guess, and did not like to ask, whether or not it +had been designed by their entertainer. They inclined on the whole +to think it some wonderful peasant-music peculiar to that wild +neighbourhood, turning, as it did now and then, to a solitary reed- +note, like a bird's, while it wandered into the distance. It +wandered quite away at last, as darkness with a bolder lamplight came +on, and made way for another sort of entertainment. An odd, rapid, +phantasmal glitter, advancing from the garden by torchlight, defined +itself, as it came nearer, into a dance of young men in armour. +Arrived at length in a portico, open to the supper-chamber, they +contrived that their mechanical march-movement should fall out into a +kind of highly expressive dramatic action; and with the utmost +possible emphasis of dumb motion, their long swords weaving a silvery +network in the air, they danced the Death of Paris. The young +Commodus, already an adept in these matters, who had condescended to +[80] welcome the eminent Apuleius at the banquet, had mysteriously +dropped from his place to take his share in the performance; and at +its conclusion reappeared, still wearing the dainty accoutrements of +Paris, including a breastplate, composed entirely of overlapping +tigers' claws, skilfully gilt. The youthful prince had lately +assumed the dress of manhood, on the return of the emperor for a +brief visit from the North; putting up his hair, in imitation of +Nero, in a golden box dedicated to Capitoline Jupiter. His likeness +to Aurelius, his father, was become, in consequence, more striking +than ever; and he had one source of genuine interest in the great +literary guest of the occasion, in that the latter was the fortunate +possessor of a monopoly for the exhibition of wild beasts and +gladiatorial shows in the province of Carthage, where he resided. + +Still, after all complaisance to the perhaps somewhat crude tastes of +the emperor's son, it was felt that with a guest like Apuleius whom +they had come prepared to entertain as veritable connoisseurs, the +conversation should be learned and superior, and the host at last +deftly led his company round to literature, by the way of bindings. +Elegant rolls of manuscript from his fine library of ancient Greek +books passed from hand to hand about the table. It was a sign for +the visitors themselves to draw their own choicest literary +curiosities from their bags, as their contribution to the banquet; +and one of them, a [81] famous reader, choosing his lucky moment, +delivered in tenor voice the piece which follows, with a preliminary +query as to whether it could indeed be the composition of Lucian of +Samosata,+ understood to be the great mocker of that day:-- + +"What sound was that, Socrates?" asked Chaerephon. "It came from the +beach under the cliff yonder, and seemed a long way off.--And how +melodious it was! Was it a bird, I wonder. I thought all sea-birds +were songless." + +"Aye! a sea-bird," answered Socrates, "a bird called the Halcyon, and +has a note full of plaining and tears. There is an old story people +tell of it. It was a mortal woman once, daughter of Aeolus, god of +the winds. Ceyx, the son of the morning-star, wedded her in her +early maidenhood. The son was not less fair than the father; and +when it came to pass that he died, the crying of the girl as she +lamented his sweet usage, was, Just that! And some while after, as +Heaven willed, she was changed into a bird. Floating now on bird's +wings over the sea she seeks her lost Ceyx there; since she was not +able to find him after long wandering over the land." + +"That then is the Halcyon--the kingfisher," said Chaerephon. "I +never heard a bird like it before. It has truly a plaintive note. +What kind of a bird is it, Socrates?" + +"Not a large bird, though she has received [82] large honour from the +gods on account of her singular conjugal affection. For whensoever +she makes her nest, a law of nature brings round what is called +Halcyon's weather,--days distinguishable among all others for their +serenity, though they come sometimes amid the storms of winter--days +like to-day! See how transparent is the sky above us, and how +motionless the sea!--like a smooth mirror." + +True! A Halcyon day, indeed! and yesterday was the same. But tell +me, Socrates, what is one to think of those stories which have been +told from the beginning, of birds changed into mortals and mortals +into birds? To me nothing seems more incredible." + +"Dear Chaerephon," said Socrates, "methinks we are but half-blind +judges of the impossible and the possible. We try the question by +the standard of our human faculty, which avails neither for true +knowledge, nor for faith, nor vision. Therefore many things seem to +us impossible which are really easy, many things unattainable which +are within our reach; partly through inexperience, partly through the +childishness of our minds. For in truth, every man, even the oldest +of us, is like a little child, so brief and babyish are the years of +our life in comparison of eternity. Then, how can we, who comprehend +not the faculties of gods and of the heavenly host, tell whether +aught of that kind be possible or no?--What a tempest you saw [83] +three days ago! One trembles but to think of the lightning, the +thunderclaps, the violence of the wind! You might have thought the +whole world was going to ruin. And then, after a little, came this +wonderful serenity of weather, which has continued till to-day. +Which do you think the greater and more difficult thing to do: to +exchange the disorder of that irresistible whirlwind to a clarity +like this, and becalm the whole world again, or to refashion the form +of a woman into that of a bird? We can teach even little children to +do something of that sort,--to take wax or clay, and mould out of the +same material many kinds of form, one after another, without +difficulty. And it may be that to the Deity, whose power is too vast +for comparison with ours, all processes of that kind are manageable +and easy. How much wider is the whole circle of heaven than +thyself?--Wider than thou canst express. + +"Among ourselves also, how vast the difference we may observe in +men's degrees of power! To you and me, and many another like us, +many things are impossible which are quite easy to others. For those +who are unmusical, to play on the flute; to read or write, for those +who have not yet learned; is no easier than to make birds of women, +or women of birds. From the dumb and lifeless egg Nature moulds her +swarms of winged creatures, aided, as some will have it, by a divine +and secret [84] art in the wide air around us. She takes from the +honeycomb a little memberless live thing; she brings it wings and +feet, brightens and beautifies it with quaint variety of colour:--and +Lo! the bee in her wisdom, making honey worthy of the gods. + +"It follows, that we mortals, being altogether of little account, +able wholly to discern no great matter, sometimes not even a little +one, for the most part at a loss regarding what happens even with +ourselves, may hardly speak with security as to what may be the +powers of the immortal gods concerning Kingfisher, or Nightingale. +Yet the glory of thy mythus, as my fathers bequeathed it to me, O +tearful songstress! that will I too hand on to my children, and tell +it often to my wives, Xanthippe and Myrto:--the story of thy pious +love to Ceyx, and of thy melodious hymns; and, above all, of the +honour thou hast with the gods!" + +The reader's well-turned periods seemed to stimulate, almost +uncontrollably, the eloquent stirrings of the eminent man of letters +then present. The impulse to speak masterfully was visible, before +the recital was well over, in the moving lines about his mouth, by no +means designed, as detractors were wont to say, simply to display the +beauty of his teeth. One of the company, expert in his humours, made +ready to transcribe what he would say, the sort of [85] things of +which a collection was then forming, the "Florida" or Flowers, so to +call them, he was apt to let fall by the way--no impromptu ventures +at random; but rather elaborate, carved ivories of speech, drawn, at +length, out of the rich treasure-house of a memory stored with such, +and as with a fine savour of old musk about them. Certainly in this +case, as Marius thought, it was worth while to hear a charming writer +speak. Discussing, quite in our modern way, the peculiarities of +those suburban views, especially the sea-views, of which he was a +professed lover, he was also every inch a priest of Aesculapius, +patronal god of Carthage. There was a piquancy in his rococo, very +African, and as it were perfumed personality, though he was now well- +nigh sixty years old, a mixture there of that sort of Platonic +spiritualism which can speak of the soul of man as but a sojourner m +the prison of the body--a blending of that with such a relish for +merely bodily graces as availed to set the fashion in matters of +dress, deportment, accent, and the like, nay! with something also +which reminded Marius of the vein of coarseness he had found in the +"Golden Book." All this made the total impression he conveyed a very +uncommon one. Marius did not wonder, as he watched him speaking, +that people freely attributed to him many of the marvellous +adventures he had recounted in that famous romance, [86] over and +above the wildest version of his own actual story--his extraordinary +marriage, his religious initiations, his acts of mad generosity, his +trial as a sorcerer. + +But a sign came from the imperial prince that it was time for the +company to separate. He was entertaining his immediate neighbours at +the table with a trick from the streets; tossing his olives in rapid +succession into the air, and catching them, as they fell, between his +lips. His dexterity in this performance made the mirth around him +noisy, disturbing the sleep of the furry visitor: the learned party +broke up; and Marius withdrew, glad to escape into the open air. The +courtesans in their large wigs of false blond hair, were lurking for +the guests, with groups of curious idlers. A great conflagration was +visible in the distance. Was it in Rome; or in one of the villages +of the country? Pausing for a few minutes on the terrace to watch +it, Marius was for the first time able to converse intimately with +Apuleius; and in this moment of confidence the "illuminist," himself +with locks so carefully arranged, and seemingly so full of +affectations, almost like one of those light women there, dropped a +veil as it were, and appeared, though still permitting the play of a +certain element of theatrical interest in his bizarre tenets, to be +ready to explain and defend his position reasonably. For a moment +his fantastic foppishness and his pretensions to ideal [87] vision +seemed to fall into some intelligible congruity with each other. In +truth, it was the Platonic Idealism, as he conceived it, which for +him literally animated, and gave him so lively an interest in, this +world of the purely outward aspects of men and things.--Did material +things, such things as they had had around them all that evening, +really need apology for being there, to interest one, at all? Were +not all visible objects--the whole material world indeed, according +to the consistent testimony of philosophy in many forms--"full of +souls"? embarrassed perhaps, partly imprisoned, but still eloquent +souls? Certainly, the contemplative philosophy of Plato, with its +figurative imagery and apologue, its manifold aesthetic colouring, +its measured eloquence, its music for the outward ear, had been, like +Plato's old master himself, a two-sided or two-coloured thing. +Apuleius was a Platonist: only, for him, the Ideas of Plato were no +creatures of logical abstraction, but in very truth informing souls, +in every type and variety of sensible things. Those noises in the +house all supper-time, sounding through the tables and along the +walls:--were they only startings in the old rafters, at the impact of +the music and laughter; or rather importunities of the secondary +selves, the true unseen selves, of the persons, nay! of the very +things around, essaying to break through their frivolous, merely +transitory surfaces, to remind one of abiding essentials beyond them, +[88] which might have their say, their judgment to give, by and by, +when the shifting of the meats and drinks at life's table would be +over? And was not this the true significance of the Platonic +doctrine?--a hierarchy of divine beings, associating themselves with +particular things and places, for the purpose of mediating between +God and man--man, who does but need due attention on his part to +become aware of his celestial company, filling the air about him, +thick as motes in the sunbeam, for the glance of sympathetic +intelligence he casts through it. + +"Two kinds there are, of animated beings," he exclaimed: "Gods, +entirely differing from men in the infinite distance of their abode, +since one part of them only is seen by our blunted vision--those +mysterious stars!--in the eternity of their existence, in the +perfection of their nature, infected by no contact with ourselves: +and men, dwelling on the earth, with frivolous and anxious minds, +with infirm and mortal members, with variable fortunes; labouring in +vain; taken altogether and in their whole species perhaps, eternal; +but, severally, quitting the scene in irresistible succession. + +"What then? Has nature connected itself together by no bond, allowed +itself to be thus crippled, and split into the divine and human +elements? And you will say to me: If so it be, that man is thus +entirely exiled from the immortal gods, that all communication is +denied [89] him, that not one of them occasionally visits us, as a +shepherd his sheep--to whom shall I address my prayers? Whom, shall +I invoke as the helper of the unfortunate, the protector of the good? + +"Well! there are certain divine powers of a middle nature, through +whom our aspirations are conveyed to the gods, and theirs to us. +Passing between the inhabitants of earth and heaven, they carry from +one to the other prayers and bounties, supplication and assistance, +being a kind of interpreters. This interval of the air is full of +them! Through them, all revelations, miracles, magic processes, are +effected. For, specially appointed members of this order have their +special provinces, with a ministry according to the disposition of +each. They go to and fro without fixed habitation: or dwell in men's +houses"-- + +Just then a companion's hand laid in the darkness on the shoulder of +the speaker carried him away, and the discourse broke off suddenly. +Its singular intimations, however, were sufficient to throw back on +this strange evening, in all its detail--the dance, the readings, the +distant fire--a kind of allegoric expression: gave it the character +of one of those famous Platonic figures or apologues which had then +been in fact under discussion. When Marius recalled its +circumstances he seemed to hear once more that voice of genuine +conviction, pleading, from amidst a [90] scene at best of elegant +frivolity, for so boldly mystical a view of man and his position in +the world. For a moment, but only for a moment, as he listened, the +trees had seemed, as of old, to be growing "close against the sky." +Yes! the reception of theory, of hypothesis, of beliefs, did depend a +great deal on temperament. They were, so to speak, mere equivalents +of temperament. A celestial ladder, a ladder from heaven to earth: +that was the assumption which the experience of Apuleius had +suggested to him: it was what, in different forms, certain persons in +every age had instinctively supposed: they would be glad to find +their supposition accredited by the authority of a grave philosophy. +Marius, however, yearning not less than they, in that hard world of +Rome, and below its unpeopled sky, for the trace of some celestial +wing across it, must still object that they assumed the thing with +too much facility, too much of self-complacency. And his second +thought was, that to indulge but for an hour fantasies, fantastic +visions of that sort, only left the actual world more lonely than +ever. For him certainly, and for his solace, the little godship for +whom the rude countryman, an unconscious Platonist, trimmed his +twinkling lamp, would never slip from the bark of these immemorial +olive-trees.--No! not even in the wildest moonlight. For himself, it +was clear, he must still hold by what his eyes really saw. Only, he +had to concede also, that [91] the very boldness of such theory bore +witness, at least, to a variety of human disposition and a consequent +variety of mental view, which might--who can tell?--be correspondent +to, be defined by and define, varieties of facts, of truths, just +"behind the veil," regarding the world all alike had actually before +them as their original premiss or starting-point; a world, wider, +perhaps, in its possibilities than all possible fancies concerning +it. + +NOTES + +75. Joel 2.28. + +81. +Halcyone. + + + +CHAPTER XXI: TWO CURIOUS HOUSES + +II. THE CHURCH IN CECILIA'S HOUSE + + "Your old men shall dream dreams, and your young men shall see + visions." + +[92] CORNELIUS had certain friends in or near Rome, whose household, +to Marius, as he pondered now and again what might be the determining +influences of that peculiar character, presented itself as possibly +its main secret--the hidden source from which the beauty and strength +of a nature, so persistently fresh in the midst of a somewhat jaded +world, might be derived. But Marius had never yet seen these +friends; and it was almost by accident that the veil of reserve was +at last lifted, and, with strange contrast to his visit to the poet's +villa at Tusculum, he entered another curious house. + +"The house in which she lives," says that mystical German writer +quoted once before, "is for the orderly soul, which does not live on +[93] blindly before her, but is ever, out of her passing experiences, +building and adorning the parts of a many-roomed abode for herself, +only an expansion of the body; as the body, according to the +philosophy of Swedenborg,+ is but a process, an expansion, of the +soul. For such an orderly soul, as life proceeds, all sorts of +delicate affinities establish themselves, between herself and the +doors and passage-ways, the lights and shadows, of her outward +dwelling-place, until she may seem incorporate with it--until at +last, in the entire expressiveness of what is outward, there is for +her, to speak properly, between outward and inward, no longer any +distinction at all; and the light which creeps at a particular hour +on a particular picture or space upon the wall, the scent of flowers +in the air at a particular window, become to her, not so much +apprehended objects, as themselves powers of apprehension and door- +ways to things beyond--the germ or rudiment of certain new faculties, +by which she, dimly yet surely, apprehends a matter lying beyond her +actually attained capacities of spirit and sense." + +So it must needs be in a world which is itself, we may think, +together with that bodily "tent" or "tabernacle," only one of many +vestures for the clothing of the pilgrim soul, to be left by her, +surely, as if on the wayside, worn-out one by one, as it was from +her, indeed, they borrowed what momentary value or significance they +had. + +[94] The two friends were returning to Rome from a visit to a +country-house, where again a mixed company of guests had been +assembled; Marius, for his part, a little weary of gossip, and those +sparks of ill-tempered rivalry, which would seem sometimes to be the +only sort of fire the intercourse of people in general society can +strike out of them. A mere reaction upon this, as they started in +the clear morning, made their companionship, at least for one of +them, hardly less tranquillising than the solitude he so much valued. +Something in the south-west wind, combining with their own intention, +favoured increasingly, as the hours wore on, a serenity like that +Marius had felt once before in journeying over the great plain +towards Tibur--a serenity that was to-day brotherly amity also, and +seemed to draw into its own charmed circle whatever was then present +to eye or ear, while they talked or were silent together, and all +petty irritations, and the like, shrank out of existence, or kept +certainly beyond its limits. The natural fatigue of the long journey +overcame them quite suddenly at last, when they were still about two +miles distant from Rome. The seemingly endless line of tombs and +cypresses had been visible for hours against the sky towards the +west; and it was just where a cross-road from the Latin Way fell into +the Appian, that Cornelius halted at a doorway in a long, low wall-- +the outer wall of some villa courtyard, it might be supposed-- [95] +as if at liberty to enter, and rest there awhile. He held the door +open for his companion to enter also, if he would; with an +expression, as he lifted the latch, which seemed to ask Marius, +apparently shrinking from a possible intrusion: "Would you like to +see it?" Was he willing to look upon that, the seeing of which might +define--yes! define the critical turning-point in his days? + +The little doorway in this long, low wall admitted them, in fact, +into the court or garden of a villa, disposed in one of those abrupt +natural hollows, which give its character to the country in this +place; the house itself, with all its dependent buildings, the +spaciousness of which surprised Marius as he entered, being thus +wholly concealed from passengers along the road. All around, in +those well-ordered precincts, were the quiet signs of wealth, and of +a noble taste--a taste, indeed, chiefly evidenced in the selection +and juxtaposition of the material it had to deal with, consisting +almost exclusively of the remains of older art, here arranged and +harmonised, with effects, both as regards colour and form, so +delicate as to seem really derivative from some finer intelligence in +these matters than lay within the resources of the ancient world. It +was the old way of true Renaissance--being indeed the way of nature +with her roses, the divine way with the body of man, perhaps with his +soul--conceiving the new organism by no sudden and [96] abrupt +creation, but rather by the action of a new principle upon elements, +all of which had in truth already lived and died many times. The +fragments of older architecture, the mosaics, the spiral columns, the +precious corner-stones of immemorial building, had put on, by such +juxtaposition, a new and singular expressiveness, an air of grave +thought, of an intellectual purpose, in itself, aesthetically, very +seductive. Lastly, herb and tree had taken possession, spreading +their seed-bells and light branches, just astir in the trembling air, +above the ancient garden-wall, against the wide realms of sunset. +And from the first they could hear singing, the singing of children +mainly, it would seem, and of a new kind; so novel indeed in its +effect, as to bring suddenly to the recollection of Marius, Flavian's +early essays towards a new world of poetic sound. It was the +expression not altogether of mirth, yet of some wonderful sort of +happiness--the blithe self-expansion of a joyful soul in people upon +whom some all-subduing experience had wrought heroically, and who +still remembered, on this bland afternoon, the hour of a great +deliverance. + +His old native susceptibility to the spirit, the special sympathies, +of places,--above all, to any hieratic or religious significance they +might have,--was at its liveliest, as Marius, still encompassed by +that peculiar singing, and still amid the evidences of a grave +discretion all around him, passed into the house. That intelligent +seriousness [97] about life, the absence of which had ever seemed to +remove those who lacked it into some strange species wholly alien +from himself, accumulating all the lessons of his experience since +those first days at White-nights, was as it were translated here, as +if in designed congruity with his favourite precepts of the power of +physical vision, into an actual picture. If the true value of souls +is in proportion to what they can admire, Marius was just then an +acceptable soul. As he passed through the various chambers, great +and small, one dominant thought increased upon him, the thought of +chaste women and their children--of all the various affections of +family life under its most natural conditions, yet developed, as if +in devout imitation of some sublime new type of it, into large +controlling passions. There reigned throughout, an order and purity, +an orderly disposition, as if by way of making ready for some +gracious spousals. The place itself was like a bride adorned for her +husband; and its singular cheerfulness, the abundant light +everywhere, the sense of peaceful industry, of which he received a +deep impression though without precisely reckoning wherein it +resided, as he moved on rapidly, were in forcible contrast just at +first to the place to which he was next conducted by Cornelius still +with a sort of eager, hurried, half-troubled reluctance, and as if he +forbore the explanation which might well be looked for by his +companion. + +[98] An old flower-garden in the rear of the house, set here and +there with a venerable olive-tree--a picture in pensive shade and +fiery blossom, as transparent, under that afternoon light, as the old +miniature-painters' work on the walls of the chambers within--was +bounded towards the west by a low, grass-grown hill. A narrow +opening cut in its steep side, like a solid blackness there, admitted +Marius and his gleaming leader into a hollow cavern or crypt, neither +more nor less in fact than the family burial-place of the Cecilii, to +whom this residence belonged, brought thus, after an arrangement then +becoming not unusual, into immediate connexion with the abode of the +living, in bold assertion of that instinct of family life, which the +sanction of the Holy Family was, hereafter, more and more to +reinforce. Here, in truth, was the centre of the peculiar religious +expressiveness, of the sanctity, of the entire scene. That "any +person may, at his own election, constitute the place which belongs +to him a religious place, by the carrying of his dead into it":--had +been a maxim of old Roman law, which it was reserved for the early +Christian societies, like that established here by the piety of a +wealthy Roman matron, to realise in all its consequences. Yet this +was certainly unlike any cemetery Marius had ever before seen; most +obviously in this, that these people had returned to the older +fashion of disposing of [99] their dead by burial instead of burning. +Originally a family sepulchre, it was growing to a vast necropolis, a +whole township of the deceased, by means of some free expansion of +the family interest beyond its amplest natural limits. That air of +venerable beauty which characterised the house and its precincts +above, was maintained also here. It was certainly with a great +outlay of labour that these long, apparently endless, yet elaborately +designed galleries, were increasing so rapidly, with their layers of +beds or berths, one above another, cut, on either side the path-way, +in the porous tufa, through which all the moisture filters downwards, +leaving the parts above dry and wholesome. All alike were carefully +closed, and with all the delicate costliness at command; some with +simple tiles of baked clay, many with slabs of marble, enriched by +fair inscriptions: marble taken, in some cases, from older pagan +tombs--the inscription sometimes a palimpsest, the new epitaph being +woven into the faded letters of an earlier one. + +As in an ordinary Roman cemetery, an abundance of utensils for the +worship or commemoration of the departed was disposed around-- +incense, lights, flowers, their flame or their freshness being +relieved to the utmost by contrast with the coal-like blackness of +the soil itself, a volcanic sandstone, cinder of burnt-out fires. +Would they ever kindle again?--possess, transform, the place?-- +Turning to an [100] ashen pallor where, at regular intervals, an air- +hole or luminare let in a hard beam of clear but sunless light, with +the heavy sleepers, row upon row within, leaving a passage so narrow +that only one visitor at a time could move along, cheek to cheek with +them, the high walls seemed to shut one in into the great company of +the dead. Only the long straight pathway lay before him; opening, +however, here and there, into a small chamber, around a broad, table- +like coffin or "altar-tomb," adorned even more profusely than the +rest as if for some anniversary observance. Clearly, these people, +concurring in this with the special sympathies of Marius himself, had +adopted the practice of burial from some peculiar feeling of hope +they entertained concerning the body; a feeling which, in no +irreverent curiosity, he would fain have penetrated. The complete +and irreparable disappearance of the dead in the funeral fire, so +crushing to the spirits, as he for one had found it, had long since +induced in him a preference for that other mode of settlement to the +last sleep, as having something about it more home-like and hopeful, +at least in outward seeming. But whence the strange confidence that +these "handfuls of white dust" would hereafter recompose themselves +once more into exulting human creatures? By what heavenly alchemy, +what reviving dew from above, such as was certainly never again to +reach the dead violets?-- [101] Januarius, Agapetus, Felicitas; +Martyrs! refresh, I pray you, the soul of Cecil, of Cornelius! said +an inscription, one of many, scratched, like a passing sigh, when it +was still fresh in the mortar that had closed up the prison-door. +All critical estimate of this bold hope, as sincere apparently as it +was audacious in its claim, being set aside, here at least, carried +further than ever before, was that pious, systematic commemoration of +the dead, which, in its chivalrous refusal to forget or finally +desert the helpless, had ever counted with Marius as the central +exponent or symbol of all natural duty. + + The stern soul of the excellent Jonathan Edwards, applying the +faulty theology of John Calvin, afforded him, we know, the vision of +infants not a span long, on the floor of hell. Every visitor to the +Catacombs must have observed, in a very different theological +connexion, the numerous children's graves there--beds of infants, but +a span long indeed, lowly "prisoners of hope," on these sacred +floors. It was with great curiosity, certainly, that Marius +considered them, decked in some instances with the favourite toys of +their tiny occupants--toy-soldiers, little chariot-wheels, the entire +paraphernalia of a baby-house; and when he saw afterwards the living +children, who sang and were busy above--sang their psalm Laudate +Pueri Dominum!--their very faces caught for him a sort of quaint +unreality from the memory [102] of those others, the children of the +Catacombs, but a little way below them. + +Here and there, mingling with the record of merely natural decease, +and sometimes even at these children's graves, were the signs of +violent death or "martyrdom,"--proofs that some "had loved not their +lives unto the death"--in the little red phial of blood, the palm- +branch, the red flowers for their heavenly "birthday." About one +sepulchre in particular, distinguished in this way, and devoutly +arrayed for what, by a bold paradox, was thus treated as, natalitia-- +a birthday, the peculiar arrangements of the whole place visibly +centered. And it was with a singular novelty of feeling, like the +dawning of a fresh order of experiences upon him, that, standing +beside those mournful relics, snatched in haste from the common place +of execution not many years before, Marius became, as by some gleam +of foresight, aware of the whole force of evidence for a certain +strange, new hope, defining in its turn some new and weighty motive +of action, which lay in deaths so tragic for the "Christian +superstition." Something of them he had heard indeed already. They +had seemed to him but one savagery the more, savagery self-provoked, +in a cruel and stupid world. + +And yet these poignant memorials seemed also to draw him onwards to- +day, as if towards an image of some still more pathetic suffering, +[103] in the remote background. Yes! the interest, the expression, +of the entire neighbourhood was instinct with it, as with the savour +of some priceless incense. Penetrating the whole atmosphere, +touching everything around with its peculiar sentiment, it seemed to +make all this visible mortality, death's very self--Ah! lovelier than +any fable of old mythology had ever thought to render it, in the +utmost limits of fantasy; and this, in simple candour of feeling +about a supposed fact. Peace! Pax tecum!--the word, the thought--was +put forth everywhere, with images of hope, snatched sometimes from +that jaded pagan world which had really afforded men so little of it +from first to last; the various consoling images it had thrown off, +of succour, of regeneration, of escape from the grave--Hercules +wrestling with Death for possession of Alcestis, Orpheus taming the +wild beasts, the Shepherd with his sheep, the Shepherd carrying the +sick lamb upon his shoulders. Yet these imageries after all, it must +be confessed, formed but a slight contribution to the dominant effect +of tranquil hope there--a kind of heroic cheerfulness and grateful +expansion of heart, as with the sense, again, of some real +deliverance, which seemed to deepen the longer one lingered through +these strange and awful passages. A figure, partly pagan in +character, yet most frequently repeated of all these visible +parables--the figure of one just [104] escaped from the sea, still +clinging as for life to the shore in surprised joy, together with the +inscription beneath it, seemed best to express the prevailing +sentiment of the place. And it was just as he had puzzled out this +inscription-- + + I went down to the bottom of the mountains. + The earth with her bars was about me for ever: + Yet hast Thou brought up my life from corruption! + +--that with no feeling of suddenness or change Marius found himself +emerging again, like a later mystic traveller through similar dark +places "quieted by hope," into the daylight. + +They were still within the precincts of the house, still in +possession of that wonderful singing, although almost in the open +country, with a great view of the Campagna before them, and the hills +beyond. The orchard or meadow, through which their path lay, was +already gray with twilight, though the western sky, where the greater +stars were visible, was still afloat in crimson splendour. The +colour of all earthly things seemed repressed by the contrast, yet +with a sense of great richness lingering in their shadows. At that +moment the voice of the singers, a "voice of joy and health," +concentrated itself with solemn antistrophic movement, into an +evening, or "candle" hymn. + + "Hail! Heavenly Light, from his pure glory poured, + Who is the Almighty Father, heavenly, blest:-- + Worthiest art Thou, at all times to be sung + With undefiled tongue."-- + +[105] It was like the evening itself made audible, its hopes and +fears, with the stars shining in the midst of it. Half above, half +below the level white mist, dividing the light from the darkness, +came now the mistress of this place, the wealthy Roman matron, left +early a widow a few years before, by Cecilius "Confessor and Saint." +With a certain antique severity in the gathering of the long mantle, +and with coif or veil folded decorously below the chin, "gray within +gray," to the mind of Marius her temperate beauty brought +reminiscences of the serious and virile character of the best female +statuary of Greece. Quite foreign, however, to any Greek statuary +was the expression of pathetic care, with which she carried a little +child at rest in her arms. Another, a year or two older, walked +beside, the fingers of one hand within her girdle. She paused for a +moment with a greeting for Cornelius. + +That visionary scene was the close, the fitting close, of the +afternoon's strange experiences. A few minutes later, passing +forward on his way along the public road, he could have fancied it a +dream. The house of Cecilia grouped itself beside that other curious +house he had lately visited at Tusculum. And what a contrast was +presented by the former, in its suggestions of hopeful industry, of +immaculate cleanness, of responsive affection!--all alike determined +by that transporting discovery of some fact, or series [106] of +facts, in which the old puzzle of life had found its solution. In +truth, one of his most characteristic and constant traits had ever +been a certain longing for escape--for some sudden, relieving +interchange, across the very spaces of life, it might be, along which +he had lingered most pleasantly--for a lifting, from time to time, of +the actual horizon. It was like the necessity under which the +painter finds himself, to set a window or open doorway in the +background of his picture; or like a sick man's longing for northern +coolness, and the whispering willow-trees, amid the breathless +evergreen forests of the south. To some such effect had this visit +occurred to him, and through so slight an accident. Rome and Roman +life, just then, were come to seem like some stifling forest of +bronze-work, transformed, as if by malign enchantment, out of the +generations of living trees, yet with roots in a deep, down-trodden +soil of poignant human susceptibilities. In the midst of its +suffocation, that old longing for escape had been satisfied by this +vision of the church in Cecilia's house, as never before. It was +still, indeed, according to the unchangeable law of his temperament, +to the eye, to the visual faculty of mind, that those experiences +appealed--the peaceful light and shade, the boys whose very faces +seemed to sing, the virginal beauty of the mother and her children. +But, in his case, what was thus visible constituted a moral [107] or +spiritual influence, of a somewhat exigent and controlling character, +added anew to life, a new element therein, with which, consistently +with his own chosen maxim, he must make terms. + +The thirst for every kind of experience, encouraged by a philosophy +which taught that nothing was intrinsically great or small, good or +evil, had ever been at strife in him with a hieratic refinement, in +which the boy-priest survived, prompting always the selection of what +was perfect of its kind, with subsequent loyal adherence of his soul +thereto. This had carried him along in a continuous communion with +ideals, certainly realised in part, either in the conditions of his +own being, or in the actual company about him, above all, in +Cornelius. Surely, in this strange new society he had touched upon +for the first time to-day--in this strange family, like "a garden +enclosed"--was the fulfilment of all the preferences, the judgments, +of that half-understood friend, which of late years had been his +protection so often amid the perplexities of life. Here, it might +be, was, if not the cure, yet the solace or anodyne of his great +sorrows--of that constitutional sorrowfulness, not peculiar to +himself perhaps, but which had made his life certainly like one long +"disease of the spirit." Merciful intention made itself known +remedially here, in the mere contact of the air, like a soft touch +upon aching [108] flesh. On the other hand, he was aware that new +responsibilities also might be awakened--new and untried +responsibilities--a demand for something from him in return. Might +this new vision, like the malignant beauty of pagan Medusa, be +exclusive of any admiring gaze upon anything but itself? At least he +suspected that, after the beholding of it, he could never again be +altogether as he had been before. + +NOTES + +93. +Emanuel Swedenborg, Swedish mystic writer, 1688-1772. Return. + + + +CHAPTER XXII: "THE MINOR PEACE OF THE CHURCH" + +[109] FAITHFUL to the spirit of his early Epicurean philosophy and +the impulse to surrender himself, in perfectly liberal inquiry about +it, to anything that, as a matter of fact, attracted or impressed him +strongly, Marius informed himself with much pains concerning the +church in Cecilia's house; inclining at first to explain the +peculiarities of that place by the establishment there of the schola +or common hall of one of those burial-guilds, which then covered so +much of the unofficial, and, as it might be called, subterranean +enterprise of Roman society. + +And what he found, thus looking, literally, for the dead among the +living, was the vision of a natural, a scrupulously natural, love, +transforming, by some new gift of insight into the truth of human +relationships, and under the urgency of some new motive by him so far +unfathomable, all the conditions of life. He saw, in all its +primitive freshness and amid the lively facts of its actual coming +into the world, as a reality of [110] experience, that regenerate +type of humanity, which, centuries later, Giotto and his successors, +down to the best and purest days of the young Raphael, working under +conditions very friendly to the imagination, were to conceive as an +artistic ideal. He felt there, felt amid the stirring of some +wonderful new hope within himself, the genius, the unique power of +Christianity; in exercise then, as it has been exercised ever since, +in spite of many hindrances, and under the most inopportune +circumstances. Chastity,--as he seemed to understand--the chastity +of men and women, amid all the conditions, and with the results, +proper to such chastity, is the most beautiful thing in the world and +the truest conservation of that creative energy by which men and +women were first brought into it. The nature of the family, for +which the better genius of old Rome itself had sincerely cared, of +the family and its appropriate affections--all that love of one's +kindred by which obviously one does triumph in some degree over +death--had never been so felt before. Here, surely! in its genial +warmth, its jealous exclusion of all that was opposed to it, to its +own immaculate naturalness, in the hedge set around the sacred thing +on every side, this development of the family did but carry forward, +and give effect to, the purposes, the kindness, of nature itself, +friendly to man. As if by way of a due recognition of some +immeasurable divine condescension manifest in a [111] certain +historic fact, its influence was felt more especially at those points +which demanded some sacrifice of one's self, for the weak, for the +aged, for little children, and even for the dead. And then, for its +constant outward token, its significant manner or index, it issued in +a certain debonair grace, and a certain mystic attractiveness, a +courtesy, which made Marius doubt whether that famed Greek +"blitheness," or gaiety, or grace, in the handling of life, had been, +after all, an unrivalled success. Contrasting with the incurable +insipidity even of what was most exquisite in the higher Roman life, +of what was still truest to the primitive soul of goodness amid its +evil, the new creation he now looked on--as it were a picture beyond +the craft of any master of old pagan beauty--had indeed all the +appropriate freshness of a "bride adorned for her husband." Things +new and old seemed to be coming as if out of some goodly treasure- +house, the brain full of science, the heart rich with various +sentiment, possessing withal this surprising healthfulness, this +reality of heart. + +"You would hardly believe," writes Pliny,--to his own wife!--"what a +longing for you possesses me. Habit--that we have not been used to +be apart--adds herein to the primary force of affection. It is this +keeps me awake at night fancying I see you beside me. That is why my +feet take me unconsciously to your sitting-room at those hours when I +was wont to [112] visit you there. That is why I turn from the door +of the empty chamber, sad and ill-at-ease, like an excluded lover."-- + +There, is a real idyll from that family life, the protection of which +had been the motive of so large a part of the religion of the Romans, +still surviving among them; as it survived also in Aurelius, his +disposition and aims, and, spite of slanderous tongues, in the +attained sweetness of his interior life. What Marius had been +permitted to see was a realisation of such life higher still: and +with--Yes! with a more effective sanction and motive than it had ever +possessed before, in that fact, or series of facts, to be ascertained +by those who would. + +The central glory of the reign of the Antonines was that society had +attained in it, though very imperfectly, and for the most part by +cumbrous effort of law, many of those ends to which Christianity went +straight, with the sufficiency, the success, of a direct and +appropriate instinct. Pagan Rome, too, had its touching charity- +sermons on occasions of great public distress; its charity-children +in long file, in memory of the elder empress Faustina; its prototype, +under patronage of Aesculapius, of the modern hospital for the sick +on the island of Saint Bartholomew. But what pagan charity was doing +tardily, and as if with the painful calculation of old age, the +church was doing, almost without thinking about it, with all the +liberal [113] enterprise of youth, because it was her very being thus +to do. "You fail to realise your own good intentions," she seems to +say, to pagan virtue, pagan kindness. She identified herself with +those intentions and advanced them with an unparalleled freedom and +largeness. The gentle Seneca would have reverent burial provided +even for the dead body of a criminal. Yet when a certain woman +collected for interment the insulted remains of Nero, the pagan world +surmised that she must be a Christian: only a Christian would have +been likely to conceive so chivalrous a devotion towards mere +wretchedness. "We refuse to be witnesses even of a homicide +commanded by the law," boasts the dainty conscience of a Christian +apologist, "we take no part in your cruel sports nor in the +spectacles of the amphitheatre, and we hold that to witness a murder +is the same thing as to commit one." And there was another duty +almost forgotten, the sense of which Rousseau brought back to the +degenerate society of a later age. In an impassioned discourse the +sophist Favorinus counsels mothers to suckle their own infants; and +there are Roman epitaphs erected to mothers, which gratefully record +this proof of natural affection as a thing then unusual. In this +matter too, what a sanction, what a provocative to natural duty, lay +in that image discovered to Augustus by the Tiburtine Sibyl, amid the +aurora of a new age, the image of the Divine Mother and the [114] +Child, just then rising upon the world like the dawn! + +Christian belief, again, had presented itself as a great inspirer of +chastity. Chastity, in turn, realised in the whole scope of its +conditions, fortified that rehabilitation of peaceful labour, after +the mind, the pattern, of the workman of Galilee, which was another +of the natural instincts of the catholic church, as being indeed the +long-desired initiator of a religion of cheerfulness, as a true lover +of the industry--so to term it--the labour, the creation, of God. + +And this severe yet genial assertion of the ideal of woman, of the +family, of industry, of man's work in life, so close to the truth of +nature, was also, in that charmed hour of the minor "Peace of the +church," realised as an influence tending to beauty, to the adornment +of life and the world. The sword in the world, the right eye plucked +out, the right hand cut off, the spirit of reproach which those +images express, and of which monasticism is the fulfilment, reflect +one side only of the nature of the divine missionary of the New +Testament. Opposed to, yet blent with, this ascetic or militant +character, is the function of the Good Shepherd, serene, blithe and +debonair, beyond the gentlest shepherd of Greek mythology; of a king +under whom the beatific vision is realised of a reign of peace--peace +of heart--among men. Such aspect of the divine character of Christ, +rightly understood, [115] is indeed the final consummation of that +bold and brilliant hopefulness in man's nature, which had sustained +him so far through his immense labours, his immense sorrows, and of +which pagan gaiety in the handling of life, is but a minor +achievement. Sometimes one, sometimes the other, of those two +contrasted aspects of its Founder, have, in different ages and under +the urgency of different human needs, been at work also in the +Christian Church. Certainly, in that brief "Peace of the church" +under the Antonines, the spirit of a pastoral security and happiness +seems to have been largely expanded. There, in the early church of +Rome, was to be seen, and on sufficiently reasonable grounds, that +satisfaction and serenity on a dispassionate survey of the facts of +life, which all hearts had desired, though for the most part in vain, +contrasting itself for Marius, in particular, very forcibly, with the +imperial philosopher's so heavy burden of unrelieved melancholy. It +was Christianity in its humanity, or even its humanism, in its +generous hopes for man, its common sense and alacrity of cheerful +service, its sympathy with all creatures, its appreciation of beauty +and daylight. + +"The angel of righteousness," says the Shepherd of Hermas, the most +characteristic religious book of that age, its Pilgrim's Progress-- +"the angel of righteousness is modest and delicate and meek and +quiet. Take from thyself grief, for (as Hamlet will one day +discover) 'tis the sister [116] of doubt and ill-temper. Grief is +more evil than any other spirit of evil, and is most dreadful to the +servants of God, and beyond all spirits destroyeth man. For, as when +good news is come to one in grief, straightway he forgetteth his +former grief, and no longer attendeth to anything except the good +news which he hath heard, so do ye, also! having received a renewal +of your soul through the beholding of these good things. Put on +therefore gladness that hath always favour before God, and is +acceptable unto Him, and delight thyself in it; for every man that is +glad doeth the things that are good, and thinketh good thoughts, +despising grief."--Such were the commonplaces of this new people, +among whom so much of what Marius had valued most in the old world +seemed to be under renewal and further promotion. Some transforming +spirit was at work to harmonise contrasts, to deepen expression--a +spirit which, in its dealing with the elements of ancient life, was +guided by a wonderful tact of selection, exclusion, juxtaposition, +begetting thereby a unique effect of freshness, a grave yet wholesome +beauty, because the world of sense, the whole outward world was +understood to set forth the veritable unction and royalty of a +certain priesthood and kingship of the soul within, among the +prerogatives of which was a delightful sense of freedom. + +The reader may think perhaps, that Marius, who, Epicurean as he was, +had his visionary [117] aptitudes, by an inversion of one of Plato's +peculiarities with which he was of course familiar, must have +descended, by foresight, upon a later age than his own, and +anticipated Christian poetry and art as they came to be under the +influence of Saint Francis of Assisi. But if he dreamed on one of +those nights of the beautiful house of Cecilia, its lights and +flowers, of Cecilia herself moving among the lilies, with an enhanced +grace as happens sometimes in healthy dreams, it was indeed hardly an +anticipation. He had lighted, by one of the peculiar intellectual +good-fortunes of his life, upon a period when, even more than in the +days of austere ascesis which had preceded and were to follow it, the +church was true for a moment, truer perhaps than she would ever be +again, to that element of profound serenity in the soul of her +Founder, which reflected the eternal goodwill of God to man, "in +whom," according to the oldest version of the angelic message, "He is +well-pleased." + +For what Christianity did many centuries afterwards in the way of +informing an art, a poetry, of graver and higher beauty, we may +think, than that of Greek art and poetry at their best, was in truth +conformable to the original tendency of its genius. The genuine +capacity of the catholic church in this direction, discoverable from +the first in the New Testament, was also really at work, in that +earlier "Peace," under [118] the Antonines--the minor "Peace of the +church," as we might call it, in distinction from the final "Peace of +the church," commonly so called, under Constantine. Saint Francis, +with his following in the sphere of poetry and of the arts--the voice +of Dante, the hand of Giotto--giving visible feature and colour, and +a palpable place among men, to the regenerate race, did but re- +establish a continuity, only suspended in part by those troublous +intervening centuries--the "dark ages," properly thus named--with the +gracious spirit of the primitive church, as manifested in that first +early springtide of her success. The greater "Peace" of Constantine, +on the other hand, in many ways, does but establish the +exclusiveness, the puritanism, the ascetic gloom which, in the period +between Aurelius and the first Christian emperor, characterised a +church under misunderstanding or oppression, driven back, in a world +of tasteless controversy, inwards upon herself. + +Already, in the reign of Antoninus Pius, the time was gone by when +men became Christians under some sudden and overpowering impression, +and with all the disturbing results of such a crisis. At this period +the larger number, perhaps, had been born Christians, had been ever +with peaceful hearts in their "Father's house." That earlier belief +in the speedy coming of judgment and of the end of the world, with +the consequences it so naturally involved in the temper [119] of +men's minds, was dying out. Every day the contrast between the +church and the world was becoming less pronounced. And now also, as +the church rested awhile from opposition, that rapid self-development +outward from within, proper to times of peace, was in progress. +Antoninus Pius, it might seem, more truly even than Marcus Aurelius +himself, was of that group of pagan saints for whom Dante, like +Augustine, has provided in his scheme of the house with many +mansions. A sincere old Roman piety had urged his fortunately +constituted nature to no mistakes, no offences against humanity. And +of his entire freedom from guile one reward had been this singular +happiness, that under his rule there was no shedding of Christian +blood. To him belonged that half-humorous placidity of soul, of a +kind illustrated later very effectively by Montaigne, which, starting +with an instinct of mere fairness towards human nature and the world, +seems at last actually to qualify its possessor to be almost the +friend of the people of Christ. Amiable, in its own nature, and full +of a reasonable gaiety, Christianity has often had its advantage of +characters such as that. The geniality of Antoninus Pius, like the +geniality of the earth itself, had permitted the church, as being in +truth no alien from that old mother earth, to expand and thrive for a +season as by natural process. And that charmed period under the +Antonines, extending to the later years of the [120] reign of +Aurelius (beautiful, brief, chapter of ecclesiastical history!), +contains, as one of its motives of interest, the earliest development +of Christian ritual under the presidence of the church of Rome. + +Again as in one of those mystical, quaint visions of the Shepherd of +Hermas, "the aged woman was become by degrees more and more youthful. +And in the third vision she was quite young, and radiant with beauty: +only her hair was that of an aged woman. And at the last she was +joyous, and seated upon a throne--seated upon a throne, because her +position is a strong one." The subterranean worship of the church +belonged properly to those years of her early history in which it was +illegal for her to worship at all. But, hiding herself for awhile as +conflict grew violent, she resumed, when there was felt to be no more +than ordinary risk, her natural freedom. And the kind of outward +prosperity she was enjoying in those moments of her first "Peace," +her modes of worship now blossoming freely above-ground, was re- +inforced by the decision at this point of a crisis in her internal +history. + +In the history of the church, as throughout the moral history of +mankind, there are two distinct ideals, either of which it is +possible to maintain--two conceptions, under one or the other of +which we may represent to ourselves men's efforts towards a better +life--corresponding to those two contrasted aspects, noted above, as +[121] discernible in the picture afforded by the New Testament itself +of the character of Christ. The ideal of asceticism represents moral +effort as essentially a sacrifice, the sacrifice of one part of human +nature to another, that it may live the more completely in what +survives of it; while the ideal of culture represents it as a +harmonious development of all the parts of human nature, in just +proportion to each other. It was to the latter order of ideas that +the church, and especially the church of Rome in the age of the +Antonines, freely lent herself. In that earlier "Peace" she had set +up for herself the ideal of spiritual development, under the guidance +of an instinct by which, in those serene moments, she was absolutely +true to the peaceful soul of her Founder. "Goodwill to men," she +said, "in whom God Himself is well-pleased!" For a little while, at +least, there was no forced opposition between the soul and the body, +the world and the spirit, and the grace of graciousness itself was +pre-eminently with the people of Christ. Tact, good sense, ever the +note of a true orthodoxy, the merciful compromises of the church, +indicative of her imperial vocation in regard to all the varieties of +human kind, with a universality of which the old Roman pastorship she +was superseding is but a prototype, was already become conspicuous, +in spite of a discredited, irritating, vindictive society, all around +her. + +Against that divine urbanity and moderation [122] the old error of +Montanus we read of dimly, was a fanatical revolt--sour, falsely +anti-mundane, ever with an air of ascetic affectation, and a bigoted +distaste in particular for all the peculiar graces of womanhood. By +it the desire to please was understood to come of the author of evil. +In this interval of quietness, it was perhaps inevitable, by the law +of reaction, that some such extravagances of the religious temper +should arise. But again the church of Rome, now becoming every day +more and more completely the capital of the Christian world, checked +the nascent Montanism, or puritanism of the moment, vindicating for +all Christian people a cheerful liberty of heart, against many a +narrow group of sectaries, all alike, in their different ways, +accusers of the genial creation of God. With her full, fresh faith +in the Evangele--in a veritable regeneration of the earth and the +body, in the dignity of man's entire personal being--for a season, at +least, at that critical period in the development of Christianity, +she was for reason, for common sense, for fairness to human nature, +and generally for what may be called the naturalness of +Christianity.--As also for its comely order: she would be "brought to +her king in raiment of needlework." It was by the bishops of Rome, +diligently transforming themselves, in the true catholic sense, into +universal pastors, that the path of what we must call humanism was +thus defined. + +[123] And then, in this hour of expansion, as if now at last the +catholic church might venture to show her outward lineaments as they +really were, worship--"the beauty of holiness," nay! the elegance of +sanctity--was developed, with a bold and confident gladness, the like +of which has hardly been the ideal of worship in any later age. The +tables in fact were turned: the prize of a cheerful temper on a +candid survey of life was no longer with the pagan world. The +aesthetic charm of the catholic church, her evocative power over all +that is eloquent and expressive in the better mind of man, her +outward comeliness, her dignifying convictions about human nature:-- +all this, as abundantly realised centuries later by Dante and Giotto, +by the great medieval church-builders, by the great ritualists like +Saint Gregory, and the masters of sacred music in the middle age--we +may see already, in dim anticipation, in those charmed moments +towards the end of the second century. Dissipated or turned aside, +partly through the fatal mistake of Marcus Aurelius himself, for a +brief space of time we may discern that influence clearly predominant +there. What might seem harsh as dogma was already justifying itself +as worship; according to the sound rule: Lex orandi, lex credendi-- +Our Creeds are but the brief abstract of our prayer and song. + +The wonderful liturgical spirit of the church, her wholly +unparalleled genius for worship, [124] being thus awake, she was +rapidly re-organising both pagan and Jewish elements of ritual, for +the expanding therein of her own new heart of devotion. Like the +institutions of monasticism, like the Gothic style of architecture, +the ritual system of the church, as we see it in historic retrospect, +ranks as one of the great, conjoint, and (so to term them) necessary, +products of human mind. Destined for ages to come, to direct with so +deep a fascination men's religious instincts, it was then already +recognisable as a new and precious fact in the sum of things. What +has been on the whole the method of the church, as "a power of +sweetness and patience," in dealing with matters like pagan art, +pagan literature was even then manifest; and has the character of the +moderation, the divine moderation of Christ himself. It was only +among the ignorant, indeed, only in the "villages," that +Christianity, even in conscious triumph over paganism, was really +betrayed into iconoclasm. In the final "Peace" of the Church under +Constantine, while there was plenty of destructive fanaticism in the +country, the revolution was accomplished in the larger towns, in a +manner more orderly and discreet--in the Roman manner. The faithful +were bent less on the destruction of the old pagan temples than on +their conversion to a new and higher use; and, with much beautiful +furniture ready to hand, they became Christian sanctuaries. + +[125] Already, in accordance with such maturer wisdom, the church of +the "Minor Peace" had adopted many of the graces of pagan feeling and +pagan custom; as being indeed a living creature, taking up, +transforming, accommodating still more closely to the human heart +what of right belonged to it. In this way an obscure synagogue was +expanded into the catholic church. Gathering, from a richer and more +varied field of sound than had remained for him, those old Roman +harmonies, some notes of which Gregory the Great, centuries later, +and after generations of interrupted development, formed into the +Gregorian music, she was already, as we have heard, the house of +song--of a wonderful new music and poesy. As if in anticipation of +the sixteenth century, the church was becoming "humanistic," in an +earlier, and unimpeachable Renaissance. Singing there had been in +abundance from the first; though often it dared only be "of the +heart." And it burst forth, when it might, into the beginnings of a +true ecclesiastical music; the Jewish psalter, inherited from the +synagogue, turning now, gradually, from Greek into Latin--broken +Latin, into Italian, as the ritual use of the rich, fresh, expressive +vernacular superseded the earlier authorised language of the Church. +Through certain surviving remnants of Greek in the later Latin +liturgies, we may still discern a highly interesting intermediate +phase of ritual development, when the Greek [126] and the Latin were +in combination; the poor, surely!--the poor and the children of that +liberal Roman church--responding already in their own "vulgar +tongue," to an office said in the original, liturgical Greek. That +hymn sung in the early morning, of which Pliny had heard, was +kindling into the service of the Mass. + +The Mass, indeed, would appear to have been said continuously from +the Apostolic age. Its details, as one by one they become visible in +later history, have already the character of what is ancient and +venerable. "We are very old, and ye are young!" they seem to +protest, to those who fail to understand them. Ritual, in fact, like +all other elements of religion, must grow and cannot be made--grow by +the same law of development which prevails everywhere else, in the +moral as in the physical world. As regards this special phase of the +religious life, however, such development seems to have been +unusually rapid in the subterranean age which preceded Constantine; +and in the very first days of the final triumph of the church the +Mass emerges to general view already substantially complete. +"Wisdom" was dealing, as with the dust of creeds and philosophies, so +also with the dust of outworn religious usage, like the very spirit +of life itself, organising soul and body out of the lime and clay of +the earth. In a generous eclecticism, within the bounds of her +liberty, and as by some providential power within her, [127] she +gathers and serviceably adopts, as in other matters so in ritual, one +thing here, another there, from various sources--Gnostic, Jewish, +Pagan--to adorn and beautify the greatest act of worship the world +has seen. It was thus the liturgy of the church came to be--full of +consolations for the human soul, and destined, surely! one day, under +the sanction of so many ages of human experience, to take exclusive +possession of the religious consciousness. + + TANTUM ERGO SACRAMENTUM VENEREMUR CERNUI: + ET ANTIQUUM DOCUMENTUM + NOVO CEDAT RITUI. + + + +CHAPTER XXIII: DIVINE SERVICE. + + "Wisdom hath builded herself a house: she hath mingled her wine: + she hath also prepared for herself a table." + +[128] THE more highly favoured ages of imaginative art present +instances of the summing up of an entire world of complex +associations under some single form, like the Zeus of Olympia, or the +series of frescoes which commemorate The Acts of Saint Francis, at +Assisi, or like the play of Hamlet or Faust. It was not in an image, +or series of images, yet still in a sort of dramatic action, and with +the unity of a single appeal to eye and ear, that Marius about this +time found all his new impressions set forth, regarding what he had +already recognised, intellectually, as for him at least the most +beautiful thing in the world. + +To understand the influence upon him of what follows the reader must +remember that it was an experience which came amid a deep sense of +vacuity in life. The fairest products of [129] the earth seemed to +be dropping to pieces, as if in men's very hands, around him. How +real was their sorrow, and his! "His observation of life" had come +to be like the constant telling of a sorrowful rosary, day after day; +till, as if taking infection from the cloudy sorrow of the mind, the +eye also, the very senses, were grown faint and sick. And now it +happened as with the actual morning on which he found himself a +spectator of this new thing. The long winter had been a season of +unvarying sullenness. At last, on this day he awoke with a sharp +flash of lightning in the earliest twilight: in a little while the +heavy rain had filtered the air: the clear light was abroad; and, as +though the spring had set in with a sudden leap in the heart of +things, the whole scene around him lay like some untarnished picture +beneath a sky of delicate blue. Under the spell of his late +depression, Marius had suddenly determined to leave Rome for a while. +But desiring first to advertise Cornelius of his movements, and +failing to find him in his lodgings, he had ventured, still early in +the day, to seek him in the Cecilian villa. Passing through its +silent and empty court-yard he loitered for a moment, to admire. +Under the clear but immature light of winter morning after a storm, +all the details of form and colour in the old marbles were distinctly +visible, and with a kind of severity or sadness--so it struck him-- +amid their beauty: [130] in them, and in all other details of the +scene--the cypresses, the bunches of pale daffodils in the grass, the +curves of the purple hills of Tusculum, with the drifts of virgin +snow still lying in their hollows. + +The little open door, through which he passed from the court-yard, +admitted him into what was plainly the vast Lararium, or domestic +sanctuary, of the Cecilian family, transformed in many particulars, +but still richly decorated, and retaining much of its ancient +furniture in metal-work and costly stone. The peculiar half-light of +dawn seemed to be lingering beyond its hour upon the solemn marble +walls; and here, though at that moment in absolute silence, a great +company of people was assembled. In that brief period of peace, +during which the church emerged for awhile from her jealously-guarded +subterranean life, the rigour of an earlier rule of exclusion had +been relaxed. And so it came to pass that, on this morning Marius +saw for the first time the wonderful spectacle--wonderful, +especially, in its evidential power over himself, over his own +thoughts--of those who believe. + +There were noticeable, among those present, great varieties of rank, +of age, of personal type. The Roman ingenuus, with the white toga +and gold ring, stood side by side with his slave; and the air of the +whole company was, above all, a grave one, an air of recollection. +Coming [131] thus unexpectedly upon this large assembly, so entirely +united, in a silence so profound, for purposes unknown to him, Marius +felt for a moment as if he had stumbled by chance upon some great +conspiracy. Yet that could scarcely be, for the people here +collected might have figured as the earliest handsel, or pattern, of +a new world, from the very face of which discontent had passed away. +Corresponding to the variety of human type there present, was the +various expression of every form of human sorrow assuaged. What +desire, what fulfilment of desire, had wrought so pathetically on the +features of these ranks of aged men and women of humble condition? +Those young men, bent down so discreetly on the details of their +sacred service, had faced life and were glad, by some science, or +light of knowledge they had, to which there had certainly been no +parallel in the older world. Was some credible message from beyond +"the flaming rampart of the world"--a message of hope, regarding the +place of men's souls and their interest in the sum of things--already +moulding anew their very bodies, and looks, and voices, now and here? +At least, there was a cleansing and kindling flame at work in them, +which seemed to make everything else Marius had ever known look +comparatively vulgar and mean. There were the children, above all-- +troops of children--reminding him of those pathetic children's +graves, like cradles or garden- [132] beds, he had noticed in his +first visit to these places; and they more than satisfied the odd +curiosity he had then conceived about them, wondering in what +quaintly expressive forms they might come forth into the daylight, if +awakened from sleep. Children of the Catacombs, some but "a span +long," with features not so much beautiful as heroic (that world of +new, refining sentiment having set its seal even on childhood), they +retained certainly no stain or trace of anything subterranean this +morning, in the alacrity of their worship--as ready as if they had +been at play--stretching forth their hands, crying, chanting in a +resonant voice, and with boldly upturned faces, Christe Eleison! + +For the silence--silence, amid those lights of early morning to which +Marius had always been constitutionally impressible, as having in +them a certain reproachful austerity--was broken suddenly by +resounding cries of Kyrie Eleison! Christe Eleison! repeated +alternately, again and again, until the bishop, rising from his +chair, made sign that this prayer should cease. But the voices burst +out once more presently, in richer and more varied melody, though +still of an antiphonal character; the men, the women and children, +the deacons, the people, answering one another, somewhat after the +manner of a Greek chorus. But again with what a novelty of poetic +accent; what a genuine expansion of heart; what profound intimations +for the [133] intellect, as the meaning of the words grew upon him! +Cum grandi affectu et compunctione dicatur--says an ancient +eucharistic order; and certainly, the mystic tone of this praying and +singing was one with the expression of deliverance, of grateful +assurance and sincerity, upon the faces of those assembled. As if +some searching correction, a regeneration of the body by the spirit, +had begun, and was already gone a great way, the countenances of men, +women, and children alike had a brightness on them which he could +fancy reflected upon himself--an amenity, a mystic amiability and +unction, which found its way most readily of all to the hearts of +children themselves. The religious poetry of those Hebrew psalms-- +Benedixisti Domine terram tuam: Dixit Dominus Domino meo, sede a +dextris meis--was certainly in marvellous accord with the lyrical +instinct of his own character. Those august hymns, he thought, must +thereafter ever remain by him as among the well-tested powers in +things to soothe and fortify the soul. One could never grow tired of +them! + +In the old pagan worship there had been little to call the +understanding into play. Here, on the other hand, the utterance, the +eloquence, the music of worship conveyed, as Marius readily +understood, a fact or series of facts, for intellectual reception. +That became evident, more especially, in those lessons, or sacred +readings, which, like the singing, in broken [134] vernacular Latin, +occurred at certain intervals, amid the silence of the assembly. +There were readings, again with bursts of chanted invocation between +for fuller light on a difficult path, in which many a vagrant voice +of human philosophy, haunting men's minds from of old, recurred with +clearer accent than had ever belonged to it before, as if lifted, +above its first intention, into the harmonies of some supreme system +of knowledge or doctrine, at length complete. And last of all came a +narrative which, with a thousand tender memories, every one appeared +to know by heart, displaying, in all the vividness of a picture for +the eye, the mournful figure of him towards whom this whole act of +worship still consistently turned--a figure which seemed to have +absorbed, like some rich tincture in his garment, all that was deep- +felt and impassioned in the experiences of the past. + +It was the anniversary of his birth as a little child they celebrated +to-day. Astiterunt reges terrae: so the Gradual, the "Song of +Degrees," proceeded, the young men on the steps of the altar +responding in deep, clear, antiphon or chorus-- + + Astiterunt reges terrae-- + Adversus sanctum puerum tuum, Jesum: + Nunc, Domine, da servis tuis loqui verbum tuum-- + Et signa fieri, per nomen sancti pueri Jesu. + +And the proper action of the rite itself, like a [135] half-opened +book to be read by the duly initiated mind took up those suggestions, +and carried them forward into the present, as having reference to a +power still efficacious, still after some mystic sense even now in +action among the people there assembled. The entire office, indeed, +with its interchange of lessons, hymns, prayer, silence, was itself +like a single piece of highly composite, dramatic music; a "song of +degrees," rising steadily to a climax. Notwithstanding the absence +of any central image visible to the eye, the entire ceremonial +process, like the place in which it was enacted, was weighty with +symbolic significance, seemed to express a single leading motive. +The mystery, if such in fact it was, centered indeed in the actions +of one visible person, distinguished among the assistants, who stood +ranged in semicircle around him, by the extreme fineness of his white +vestments, and the pointed cap with the golden ornaments upon his +head. + +Nor had Marius ever seen the pontifical character, as he conceived +it--sicut unguentum in capite, descendens in oram vestimenti--so +fully realised, as in the expression, the manner and voice, of this +novel pontiff, as he took his seat on the white chair placed for him +by the young men, and received his long staff into his hand, or moved +his hands--hands which seemed endowed in very deed with some +mysterious power--at the Lavabo, or at the various benedictions, or +[136] to bless certain objects on the table before him, chanting in +cadence of a grave sweetness the leading parts of the rite. What +profound unction and mysticity! The solemn character of the singing +was at its height when he opened his lips. Like some new sort of +rhapsodos, it was for the moment as if he alone possessed the words +of the office, and they flowed anew from some permanent source of +inspiration within him. The table or altar at which he presided, +below a canopy on delicate spiral columns, was in fact the tomb of a +youthful "witness," of the family of the Cecilii, who had shed his +blood not many years before, and whose relics were still in this +place. It was for his sake the bishop put his lips so often to the +surface before him; the regretful memory of that death entwining +itself, though not without certain notes of triumph, as a matter of +special inward significance, throughout a service, which was, before +all else, from first to last, a commemoration of the dead. + +A sacrifice also,--a sacrifice, it might seem, like the most +primitive, the most natural and enduringly significant of old pagan +sacrifices, of the simplest fruits of the earth. And in connexion +with this circumstance again, as in the actual stones of the building +so in the rite itself, what Marius observed was not so much new +matter as a new spirit, moulding, informing, with a new intention, +many observances not [137] witnessed for the first time to-day. Men +and women came to the altar successively, in perfect order, and +deposited below the lattice-work of pierced white marble, their +baskets of wheat and grapes, incense, oil for the sanctuary lamps; +bread and wine especially--pure wheaten bread, the pure white wine of +the Tusculan vineyards. There was here a veritable consecration, +hopeful and animating, of the earth's gifts, of old dead and dark +matter itself, now in some way redeemed at last, of all that we can +touch or see, in the midst of a jaded world that had lost the true +sense of such things, and in strong contrast to the wise emperor's +renunciant and impassive attitude towards them. Certain portions of +that bread and wine were taken into the bishop's hands; and +thereafter, with an increasing mysticity and effusion the rite +proceeded. Still in a strain of inspired supplication, the +antiphonal singing developed, from this point, into a kind of +dialogue between the chief minister and the whole assisting company-- + + SURSUM CORDA! + HABEMUS AD DOMINUM. + GRATIAS AGAMUS DOMINO DEO NOSTRO!-- + +It might have been thought the business, the duty or service of young +men more particularly, as they stood there in long ranks, and in +severe and simple vesture of the purest white--a service in which +they would seem to be flying [138] for refuge, as with their +precious, their treacherous and critical youth in their hands, to +one--Yes! one like themselves, who yet claimed their worship, a +worship, above all, in the way of Aurelius, in the way of imitation. +Adoramus te Christe, quia per crucem tuam redemisti mundum!--they cry +together. So deep is the emotion that at moments it seems to Marius +as if some there present apprehend that prayer prevails, that the +very object of this pathetic crying himself draws near. From the +first there had been the sense, an increasing assurance, of one +coming:--actually with them now, according to the oft-repeated +affirmation or petition, Dominus vobiscum! Some at least were quite +sure of it; and the confidence of this remnant fired the hearts, and +gave meaning to the bold, ecstatic worship, of all the rest about +them. + +Prompted especially by the suggestions of that mysterious old Jewish +psalmody, so new to him--lesson and hymn--and catching therewith a +portion of the enthusiasm of those beside him, Marius could discern +dimly, behind the solemn recitation which now followed, at once a +narrative and a prayer, the most touching image truly that had ever +come within the scope of his mental or physical gaze. It was the +image of a young man giving up voluntarily, one by one, for the +greatest of ends, the greatest gifts; actually parting with himself, +above all, with the serenity, the divine serenity, of his [139] own +soul; yet from the midst of his desolation crying out upon the +greatness of his success, as if foreseeing this very worship.* As +centre of the supposed facts which for these people were become so +constraining a motive of hopefulness, of activity, that image seemed +to display itself with an overwhelming claim on human gratitude. +What Saint Lewis of France discerned, and found so irresistibly +touching, across the dimness of many centuries, as a painful thing +done for love of him by one he had never seen, was to them almost as +a thing of yesterday; and their hearts were whole with it. It had +the force, among their interests, of an almost recent event in the +career of one whom their fathers' fathers might have known. From +memories so sublime, yet so close at hand, had the narrative +descended in which these acts of worship centered; though again the +names of some more recently dead were mingled in it. And it seemed +as if the very dead were aware; to be stirring beneath the slabs of +the sepulchres which lay so near, that they might associate +themselves to this enthusiasm--to this exalted worship of Jesus. + +One by one, at last, the faithful approach to receive from the chief +minister morsels of the great, white, wheaten cake, he had taken into +his hands--Perducat vos ad vitam aeternam! he prays, half-silently, +as they depart again, after [140] discreet embraces. The Eucharist +of those early days was, even more entirely than at any later or +happier time, an act of thanksgiving; and while the remnants of the +feast are borne away for the reception of the sick, the sustained +gladness of the rite reaches its highest point in the singing of a +hymn: a hymn like the spontaneous product of two opposed militant +companies, contending accordantly together, heightening, +accumulating, their witness, provoking one another's worship, in a +kind of sacred rivalry. + +Ite! Missa est!--cried the young deacons: and Marius departed from +that strange scene along with the rest. What was it?--Was it this +made the way of Cornelius so pleasant through the world? As for +Marius himself,--the natural soul of worship in him had at last been +satisfied as never before. He felt, as he left that place, that he +must hereafter experience often a longing memory, a kind of thirst, +for all this, over again. And it seemed moreover to define what he +must require of the powers, whatsoever they might be, that had +brought him into the world at all, to make him not unhappy in it. + +NOTES + +139. *Psalm xxii.22-31. + + + +CHAPTER XXIV: A CONVERSATION NOT IMAGINARY + +[141] IN cheerfulness is the success of our studies, says Pliny-- +studia hilaritate proveniunt. It was still the habit of Marius, +encouraged by his experience that sleep is not only a sedative but +the best of stimulants, to seize the morning hours for creation, +making profit when he might of the wholesome serenity which followed +a dreamless night. "The morning for creation," he would say; "the +afternoon for the perfecting labour of the file; the evening for +reception--the reception of matter from without one, of other men's +words and thoughts--matter for our own dreams, or the merely mechanic +exercise of the brain, brooding thereon silently, in its dark +chambers." To leave home early in the day was therefore a rare thing +for him. He was induced so to do on the occasion of a visit to Rome +of the famous writer Lucian, whom he had been bidden to meet. The +breakfast over, he walked away with the learned guest, having offered +to be his guide [142] to the lecture-room of a well-known Greek +rhetorician and expositor of the Stoic philosophy, a teacher then +much in fashion among the studious youth of Rome. On reaching the +place, however, they found the doors closed, with a slip of writing +attached, which proclaimed "a holiday"; and the morning being a fine +one, they walked further, along the Appian Way. Mortality, with +which the Queen of Ways--in reality the favourite cemetery of Rome-- +was so closely crowded, in every imaginable form of sepulchre, from +the tiniest baby-house, to the massive monument out of which the +Middle Age would adapt a fortress-tower, might seem, on a morning +like this, to be "smiling through tears." The flower-stalls just +beyond the city gates presented to view an array of posies and +garlands, fresh enough for a wedding. At one and another of them +groups of persons, gravely clad, were making their bargains before +starting for some perhaps distant spot on the highway, to keep a dies +rosationis, this being the time of roses, at the grave of a deceased +relation. Here and there, a funeral procession was slowly on its +way, in weird contrast to the gaiety of the hour. + +The two companions, of course, read the epitaphs as they strolled +along. In one, reminding them of the poet's--Si lacrimae prosunt, +visis te ostende videri!--a woman prayed that her lost husband might +visit her dreams. Their characteristic note, indeed, was an +imploring cry, still [143] to be sought after by the living. "While +I live," such was the promise of a lover to his dead mistress, "you +will receive this homage: after my death,--who can tell?"--post +mortem nescio. "If ghosts, my sons, do feel anything after death, my +sorrow will be lessened by your frequent coming to me here!" "This +is a privileged tomb; to my family and descendants has been conceded +the right of visiting this place as often as they please." "This is +an eternal habitation; here lie I; here I shall lie for ever." +"Reader! if you doubt that the soul survives, make your oblation and +a prayer for me; and you shall understand!" + +The elder of the two readers, certainly, was little affected by those +pathetic suggestions. It was long ago that after visiting the banks +of the Padus, where he had sought in vain for the poplars (sisters of +Phaethon erewhile) whose tears became amber, he had once for all +arranged for himself a view of the world exclusive of all reference +to what might lie beyond its "flaming barriers." And at the age of +sixty he had no misgivings. His elegant and self-complacent but far +from unamiable scepticism, long since brought to perfection, never +failed him. It surrounded him, as some are surrounded by a magic +ring of fine aristocratic manners, with "a rampart," through which he +himself never broke, nor permitted any thing or person to break upon +him. Gay, animated, content with his old age [144] as it was, the +aged student still took a lively interest in studious youth.--Could +Marius inform him of any such, now known to him in Rome? What did +the young men learn, just then? and how? + +In answer, Marius became fluent concerning the promise of one young +student, the son, as it presently appeared, of parents of whom Lucian +himself knew something: and soon afterwards the lad was seen coming +along briskly--a lad with gait and figure well enough expressive of +the sane mind in the healthy body, though a little slim and worn of +feature, and with a pair of eyes expressly designed, it might seem, +for fine glancings at the stars. At the sight of Marius he paused +suddenly, and with a modest blush on recognising his companion, who +straightway took with the youth, so prettily enthusiastic, the +freedom of an old friend. + +In a few moments the three were seated together, immediately above +the fragrant borders of a rose-farm, on the marble bench of one of +the exhedrae for the use of foot-passengers at the roadside, from +which they could overlook the grand, earnest prospect of the +Campagna, and enjoy the air. Fancying that the lad's plainly written +enthusiasm had induced in the elder speaker somewhat more fervour +than was usual with him, Marius listened to the conversation which +follows.-- + +"Ah! Hermotimus! Hurrying to lecture! [145] --if I may judge by +your pace, and that volume in your hand. You were thinking hard as +you came along, moving your lips and waving your arms. Some fine +speech you were pondering, some knotty question, some viewy doctrine- +-not to be idle for a moment, to be making progress in philosophy, +even on your way to the schools. To-day, however, you need go no +further. We read a notice at the schools that there would be no +lecture. Stay therefore, and talk awhile with us. + +--With pleasure, Lucian.--Yes! I was ruminating yesterday's +conference. One must not lose a moment. Life is short and art is +long! And it was of the art of medicine, that was first said--a +thing so much easier than divine philosophy, to which one can hardly +attain in a lifetime, unless one be ever wakeful, ever on the watch. +And here the hazard is no little one:--By the attainment of a true +philosophy to attain happiness; or, having missed both, to perish, as +one of the vulgar herd. + +--The prize is a great one, Hermotimus! and you must needs be near +it, after these months of toil, and with that scholarly pallor of +yours. Unless, indeed, you have already laid hold upon it, and kept +us in the dark. + +--How could that be, Lucian? Happiness, as Hesiod says, abides very +far hence; and the way to it is long and steep and rough. I see +myself still at the beginning of my journey; still [146] but at the +mountain's foot. I am trying with all my might to get forward. What +I need is a hand, stretched out to help me. + +--And is not the master sufficient for that? Could he not, like Zeus +in Homer, let down to you, from that high place, a golden cord, to +draw you up thither, to himself and to that Happiness, to which he +ascended so long ago? + +--The very point, Lucian! Had it depended on him I should long ago +have been caught up. 'Tis I, am wanting. + +--Well! keep your eye fixed on the journey's end, and that happiness +there above, with confidence in his goodwill. + +--Ah! there are many who start cheerfully on the journey and proceed +a certain distance, but lose heart when they light on the obstacles +of the way. Only, those who endure to the end do come to the +mountain's top, and thereafter live in Happiness:--live a wonderful +manner of life, seeing all other people from that great height no +bigger than tiny ants. + +--What little fellows you make of us--less than the pygmies--down in +the dust here. Well! we, 'the vulgar herd,' as we creep along, will +not forget you in our prayers, when you are seated up there above the +clouds, whither you have been so long hastening. But tell me, +Hermotimus!--when do you expect to arrive there? + +--Ah! that I know not. In twenty years, [147] perhaps, I shall be +really on the summit.--A great while! you think. But then, again, +the prize I contend for is a great one. + +--Perhaps! But as to those twenty years--that you will live so long. +Has the master assured you of that? Is he a prophet as well as a +philosopher? For I suppose you would not endure all this, upon a +mere chance--toiling day and night, though it might happen that just +ere the last step, Destiny seized you by the foot and plucked you +thence, with your hope still unfulfilled. + +--Hence, with these ill-omened words, Lucian! Were I to survive but +for a day, I should be happy, having once attained wisdom. + +--How?--Satisfied with a single day, after all those labours? + +--Yes! one blessed moment were enough! + +--But again, as you have never been, how know you that happiness is +to be had up there, at all--the happiness that is to make all this +worth while? + +--I believe what the master tells me. Of a certainty he knows, being +now far above all others. + +--And what was it he told you about it? Is it riches, or glory, or +some indescribable pleasure? + +--Hush! my friend! All those are nothing in comparison of the life +there. + +--What, then, shall those who come to the [148] end of this +discipline--what excellent thing shall they receive, if not these? + +--Wisdom, the absolute goodness and the absolute beauty, with the +sure and certain knowledge of all things--how they are. Riches and +glory and pleasure--whatsoever belongs to the body--they have cast +from them: stripped bare of all that, they mount up, even as +Hercules, consumed in the fire, became a god. He too cast aside all +that he had of his earthly mother, and bearing with him the divine +element, pure and undefiled, winged his way to heaven from the +discerning flame. Even so do they, detached from all that others +prize, by the burning fire of a true philosophy, ascend to the +highest degree of happiness. + +--Strange! And do they never come down again from the heights to +help those whom they left below? Must they, when they be once come +thither, there remain for ever, laughing, as you say, at what other +men prize? + +--More than that! They whose initiation is entire are subject no +longer to anger, fear, desire, regret. Nay! They scarcely feel at +all. + +--Well! as you have leisure to-day, why not tell an old friend in +what way you first started on your philosophic journey? For, if I +might, I should like to join company with you from this very day. + +--If you be really willing, Lucian! you will learn in no long time +your advantage over all [149] other people. They will seem but as +children, so far above them will be your thoughts. + +--Well! Be you my guide! It is but fair. But tell me--Do you allow +learners to contradict, if anything is said which they don't think +right? + +--No, indeed! Still, if you wish, oppose your questions. In that +way you will learn more easily. + +--Let me know, then--Is there one only way which leads to a true +philosophy--your own way--the way of the Stoics: or is it true, as I +have heard, that there are many ways of approaching it? + +--Yes! Many ways! There are the Stoics, and the Peripatetics, and +those who call themselves after Plato: there are the enthusiasts for +Diogenes, and Antisthenes, and the followers of Pythagoras, besides +others. + +--It was true, then. But again, is what they say the same or +different? + +--Very different. + +--Yet the truth, I conceive, would be one and the same, from all of +them. Answer me then--In what, or in whom, did you confide when you +first betook yourself to philosophy, and seeing so many doors open to +you, passed them all by and went in to the Stoics, as if there alone +lay the way of truth? What token had you? Forget, please, all you +are to-day--half-way, or more, on the philosophic journey: [150] +answer me as you would have done then, a mere outsider as I am now. + +--Willingly! It was there the great majority went! 'Twas by that I +judged it to be the better way. + +--A majority how much greater than the Epicureans, the Platonists, +the Peripatetics? You, doubtless, counted them respectively, as with +the votes in a scrutiny. + +--No! But this was not my only motive. I heard it said by every one +that the Epicureans were soft and voluptuous, the Peripatetics +avaricious and quarrelsome, and Plato's followers puffed up with +pride. But of the Stoics, not a few pronounced that they were true +men, that they knew everything, that theirs was the royal road, the +one road, to wealth, to wisdom, to all that can be desired. + +--Of course those who said this were not themselves Stoics: you would +not have believed them--still less their opponents. They were the +vulgar, therefore. + +--True! But you must know that I did not trust to others +exclusively. I trusted also to myself--to what I saw. I saw the +Stoics going through the world after a seemly manner, neatly clad, +never in excess, always collected, ever faithful to the mean which +all pronounce 'golden.' + +--You are trying an experiment on me. You would fain see how far you +can mislead [151] me as to your real ground. The kind of probation +you describe is applicable, indeed, to works of art, which are +rightly judged by their appearance to the eye. There is something in +the comely form, the graceful drapery, which tells surely of the hand +of Pheidias or Alcamenes. But if philosophy is to be judged by +outward appearances, what would become of the blind man, for +instance, unable to observe the attire and gait of your friends the +Stoics? + +--It was not of the blind I was thinking. + +--Yet there must needs be some common criterion in a matter so +important to all. Put the blind, if you will, beyond the privileges +of philosophy; though they perhaps need that inward vision more than +all others. But can those who are not blind, be they as keen-sighted +as you will, collect a single fact of mind from a man's attire, from +anything outward?--Understand me! You attached yourself to these +men--did you not?--because of a certain love you had for the mind in +them, the thoughts they possessed desiring the mind in you to be +improved thereby? + +--Assuredly! + +--How, then, did you find it possible, by the sort of signs you just +now spoke of, to distinguish the true philosopher from the false? +Matters of that kind are not wont so to reveal themselves. They are +but hidden mysteries, hardly to be guessed at through the words and +acts which [152] may in some sort be conformable to them. You, +however, it would seem, can look straight into the heart in men's +bosoms, and acquaint yourself with what really passes there. + +--You are making sport of me, Lucian! In truth, it was with God's +help I made my choice, and I don't repent it. + +--And still you refuse to tell me, to save me from perishing in that +'vulgar herd.' + +--Because nothing I can tell you would satisfy you. + +--You are mistaken, my friend! But since you deliberately conceal +the thing, grudging me, as I suppose, that true philosophy which +would make me equal to you, I will try, if it may be, to find out for +myself the exact criterion in these matters--how to make a perfectly +safe choice. And, do you listen. + +--I will; there may be something worth knowing in what you will say. + +--Well!--only don't laugh if I seem a little fumbling in my efforts. +The fault is yours, in refusing to share your lights with me. Let +Philosophy, then, be like a city--a city whose citizens within it are +a happy people, as your master would tell you, having lately come +thence, as we suppose. All the virtues are theirs, and they are +little less than gods. Those acts of violence which happen among us +are not to be seen in their streets. They live together in one mind, +very seemly; the things which beyond [153] everything else cause men +to contend against each other, having no place upon them. Gold and +silver, pleasure, vainglory, they have long since banished, as being +unprofitable to the commonwealth; and their life is an unbroken calm, +in liberty, equality, an equal happiness. + +--And is it not reasonable that all men should desire to be of a city +such as that, and take no account of the length and difficulty of the +way thither, so only they may one day become its freemen? + +--It might well be the business of life:--leaving all else, +forgetting one's native country here, unmoved by the tears, the +restraining hands, of parents or children, if one had them--only +bidding them follow the same road; and if they would not or could +not, shaking them off, leaving one's very garment in their hands if +they took hold on us, to start off straightway for that happy place! +For there is no fear, I suppose, of being shut out if one came +thither naked. I remember, indeed, long ago an aged man related to +me how things passed there, offering himself to be my leader, and +enrol me on my arrival in the number of the citizens. I was but +fifteen--certainly very foolish: and it may be that I was then +actually within the suburbs, or at the very gates, of the city. +Well, this aged man told me, among other things, that all the +citizens were wayfarers from afar. Among them were barbarians and +slaves, poor [154] men--aye! and cripples--all indeed who truly +desired that citizenship. For the only legal conditions of enrolment +were--not wealth, nor bodily beauty, nor noble ancestry--things not +named among them--but intelligence, and the desire for moral beauty, +and earnest labour. The last comer, thus qualified, was made equal +to the rest: master and slave, patrician, plebeian, were words they +had not--in that blissful place. And believe me, if that blissful, +that beautiful place, were set on a hill visible to all the world, I +should long ago have journeyed thither. But, as you say, it is far +off: and one must needs find out for oneself the road to it, and the +best possible guide. And I find a multitude of guides, who press on +me their services, and protest, all alike, that they have themselves +come thence. Only, the roads they propose are many, and towards +adverse quarters. And one of them is steep and stony, and through +the beating sun; and the other is through green meadows, and under +grateful shade, and by many a fountain of water. But howsoever the +road may be, at each one of them stands a credible guide; he puts out +his hand and would have you come his way. All other ways are wrong, +all other guides false. Hence my difficulty!--The number and variety +of the ways! For you know, There is but one road that leads to +Corinth. + +--Well! If you go the whole round, you [155] will find no better +guides than those. If you wish to get to Corinth, you will follow +the traces of Zeno and Chrysippus. It is impossible otherwise. + +--Yes! The old, familiar language! Were one of Plato's fellow- +pilgrims here, or a follower of Epicurus--or fifty others--each would +tell me that I should never get to Corinth except in his company. +One must therefore credit all alike, which would be absurd; or, what +is far safer, distrust all alike, until one has discovered the truth. +Suppose now, that, being as I am, ignorant which of all philosophers +is really in possession of truth, I choose your sect, relying on +yourself--my friend, indeed, yet still acquainted only with the way +of the Stoics; and that then some divine power brought Plato, and +Aristotle, and Pythagoras, and the others, back to life again. Well! +They would come round about me, and put me on my trial for my +presumption, and say:--'In whom was it you confided when you +preferred Zeno and Chrysippus to me?--and me?--masters of far more +venerable age than those, who are but of yesterday; and though you +have never held any discussion with us, nor made trial of our +doctrine? It is not thus that the law would have judges do--listen +to one party and refuse to let the other speak for himself. If +judges act thus, there may be an appeal to another tribunal.' What +should I answer? Would it [156] be enough to say:--'I trusted my +friend Hermotimus?'--'We know not Hermotimus, nor he us,' they would +tell me; adding, with a smile, 'your friend thinks he may believe all +our adversaries say of us whether in ignorance or in malice. Yet if +he were umpire in the games, and if he happened to see one of our +wrestlers, by way of a preliminary exercise, knock to pieces an +antagonist of mere empty air, he would not thereupon pronounce him a +victor. Well! don't let your friend Hermotimus suppose, in like +manner, that his teachers have really prevailed over us in those +battles of theirs, fought with our mere shadows. That, again, were +to be like children, lightly overthrowing their own card-castles; or +like boy-archers, who cry out when they hit the target of straw. The +Persian and Scythian bowmen, as they speed along, can pierce a bird +on the wing.' + +--Let us leave Plato and the others at rest. It is not for me to +contend against them. Let us rather search out together if the truth +of Philosophy be as I say. Why summon the athletes, and archers from +Persia? + +--Yes! let them go, if you think them in the way. And now do you +speak! You really look as if you had something wonderful to deliver. + +--Well then, Lucian! to me it seems quite possible for one who has +learned the doctrines of the Stoics only, to attain from those a +knowledge [157] of the truth, without proceeding to inquire into all +the various tenets of the others. Look at the question in this way. +If one told you that twice two make four, would it be necessary for +you to go the whole round of the arithmeticians, to see whether any +one of them will say that twice two make five, or seven? Would you +not see at once that the man tells the truth? + +--At once. + +--Why then do you find it impossible that one who has fallen in with +the Stoics only, in their enunciation of what is true, should adhere +to them, and seek after no others; assured that four could never be +five, even if fifty Platos, fifty Aristotles said so? + +--You are beside the point, Hermotimus! You are likening open +questions to principles universally received. Have you ever met any +one who said that twice two make five, or seven? + +--No! only a madman would say that. + +--And have you ever met, on the other hand, a Stoic and an Epicurean +who were agreed upon the beginning and the end, the principle and the +final cause, of things? Never! Then your parallel is false. We are +inquiring to which of the sects philosophic truth belongs, and you +seize on it by anticipation, and assign it to the Stoics, alleging, +what is by no means clear, that it is they for whom twice two make +four. But the Epicureans, or the Platonists, [158] might say that it +is they, in truth, who make two and two equal four, while you make +them five or seven. Is it not so, when you think virtue the only +good, and the Epicureans pleasure; when you hold all things to be +material, while the Platonists admit something immaterial? As I +said, you resolve offhand, in favour of the Stoics, the very point +which needs a critical decision. If it is clear beforehand that the +Stoics alone make two and two equal four, then the others must hold +their peace. But so long as that is the very point of debate, we +must listen to all sects alike, or be well-assured that we shall seem +but partial in our judgment. + +--I think, Lucian! that you do not altogether understand my meaning. +To make it clear, then, let us suppose that two men had entered a +temple, of Aesculapius,--say! or Bacchus: and that afterwards one of +the sacred vessels is found to be missing. And the two men must be +searched to see which of them has hidden it under his garment. For +it is certainly in the possession of one or the other of them. Well! +if it be found on the first there will be no need to search the +second; if it is not found on the first, then the other must have it; +and again, there will be no need to search him. + +--Yes! So let it be. + +--And we too, Lucian! if we have found the holy vessel in possession +of the Stoics, shall no longer have need to search other +philosophers, [159] having attained that we were seeking. Why +trouble ourselves further? + +--No need, if something had indeed been found, and you knew it to be +that lost thing: if, at the least, you could recognise the sacred +object when you saw it. But truly, as the matter now stands, not two +persons only have entered the temple, one or the other of whom must +needs have taken the golden cup, but a whole crowd of persons. And +then, it is not clear what the lost object really is--cup, or flagon, +or diadem; for one of the priests avers this, another that; they are +not even in agreement as to its material: some will have it to be of +brass, others of silver, or gold. It thus becomes necessary to +search the garments of all persons who have entered the temple, if +the lost vessel is to be recovered. And if you find a golden cup on +the first of them, it will still be necessary to proceed in searching +the garments of the others; for it is not certain that this cup +really belonged to the temple. Might there not be many such golden +vessels?--No! we must go on to every one of them, placing all that we +find in the midst together, and then make our guess which of all +those things may fairly be supposed to be the property of the god. +For, again, this circumstance adds greatly to our difficulty, that +without exception every one searched is found to have something upon +him--cup, or flagon, or diadem, of brass, of silver, [160] of gold: +and still, all the while, it is not ascertained which of all these is +the sacred thing. And you must still hesitate to pronounce any one +of them guilty of the sacrilege--those objects may be their own +lawful property: one cause of all this obscurity being, as I think, +that there was no inscription on the lost cup, if cup it was. Had +the name of the god, or even that of the donor, been upon it, at +least we should have had less trouble, and having detected the +inscription, should have ceased to trouble any one else by our +search. + +--I have nothing to reply to that. + +--Hardly anything plausible. So that if we wish to find who it is +has the sacred vessel, or who will be our best guide to Corinth, we +must needs proceed to every one and examine him with the utmost care, +stripping off his garment and considering him closely. Scarcely, +even so, shall we come at the truth. And if we are to have a +credible adviser regarding this question of philosophy--which of all +philosophies one ought to follow--he alone who is acquainted with the +dicta of every one of them can be such a guide: all others must be +inadequate. I would give no credence to them if they lacked +information as to one only. If somebody introduced a fair person and +told us he was the fairest of all men, we should not believe that, +unless we knew that he had seen all the people in the world. Fair he +might be; but, fairest of all--none could [161] know, unless he had +seen all. And we too desire, not a fair one, but the fairest of all. +Unless we find him, we shall think we have failed. It is no casual +beauty that will content us; what we are seeking after is that +supreme beauty which must of necessity be unique. + +--What then is one to do, if the matter be really thus? Perhaps you +know better than I. All I see is that very few of us would have time +to examine all the various sects of philosophy in turn, even if we +began in early life. I know not how it is; but though you seem to me +to speak reasonably, yet (I must confess it) you have distressed me +not a little by this exact exposition of yours. I was unlucky in +coming out to-day, and in my falling in with you, who have thrown me +into utter perplexity by your proof that the discovery of truth is +impossible, just as I seemed to be on the point of attaining my hope. + +--Blame your parents, my child, not me! Or rather, blame mother +Nature herself, for giving us but seventy or eighty years instead of +making us as long-lived as Tithonus. For my part, I have but led you +from premise to conclusion. + +--Nay! you are a mocker! I know not wherefore, but you have a grudge +against philosophy; and it is your entertainment to make a jest of +her lovers. + +--Ah! Hermotimus! what the Truth may [162] be, you philosophers may +be able to tell better than I. But so much at least I know of her, +that she is one by no means pleasant to those who hear her speak: in +the matter of pleasantness, she is far surpassed by Falsehood: and +Falsehood has the pleasanter countenance. She, nevertheless, being +conscious of no alloy within, discourses with boldness to all men, +who therefore have little love for her. See how angry you are now +because I have stated the truth about certain things of which we are +both alike enamoured--that they are hard to come by. It is as if you +had fallen in love with a statue and hoped to win its favour, +thinking it a human creature; and I, understanding it to be but an +image of brass or stone, had shown you, as a friend, that your love +was impossible, and thereupon you had conceived that I bore you some +ill-will. + +--But still, does it not follow from what you said, that we must +renounce philosophy and pass our days in idleness? + +--When did you hear me say that? I did but assert that if we are to +seek after philosophy, whereas there are many ways professing to lead +thereto, we must with much exactness distinguish them. + +--Well, Lucian! that we must go to all the schools in turn, and test +what they say, if we are to choose the right one, is perhaps +reasonable; but surely ridiculous, unless we are to live as [163] +many years as the Phoenix, to be so lengthy in the trial of each; as +if it were not possible to learn the whole by the part! They say +that Pheidias, when he was shown one of the talons of a lion, +computed the stature and age of the animal it belonged to, modelling +a complete lion upon the standard of a single part of it. You too +would recognise a human hand were the rest of the body concealed. +Even so with the schools of philosophy:--the leading doctrines of +each might be learned in an afternoon. That over-exactness of yours, +which required so long a time, is by no means necessary for making +the better choice. + +--You are forcible, Hermotimus! with this theory of The Whole by the +Part. Yet, methinks, I heard you but now propound the contrary. But +tell me; would Pheidias when he saw the lion's talon have known that +it was a lion's, if he had never seen the animal? Surely, the cause +of his recognising the part was his knowledge of the whole. There is +a way of choosing one's philosophy even less troublesome than yours. +Put the names of all the philosophers into an urn. Then call a +little child, and let him draw the name of the philosopher you shall +follow all the rest of your days. + +--Nay! be serious with me. Tell me; did you ever buy wine? + +--Surely. + +--And did you first go the whole round of [164] the wine-merchants, +tasting and comparing their wines? + +--By no means. + +--No! You were contented to order the first good wine you found at +your price. By tasting a little you were ascertained of the quality +of the whole cask. How if you had gone to each of the merchants in +turn, and said, 'I wish to buy a cotyle of wine. Let me drink out +the whole cask. Then I shall be able to tell which is best, and +where I ought to buy.' Yet this is what you would do with the +philosophies. Why drain the cask when you might taste, and see? + +--How slippery you are; how you escape from one's fingers! Still, +you have given me an advantage, and are in your own trap. + +--How so? + +--Thus! You take a common object known to every one, and make wine +the figure of a thing which presents the greatest variety in itself, +and about which all men are at variance, because it is an unseen and +difficult thing. I hardly know wherein philosophy and wine are alike +unless it be in this, that the philosophers exchange their ware for +money, like the wine-merchants; some of them with a mixture of water +or worse, or giving short measure. However, let us consider your +parallel. The wine in the cask, you say, is of one kind throughout. +But have the philosophers--has your own [165] master even--but one +and the same thing only to tell you, every day and all days, on a +subject so manifold? Otherwise, how can you know the whole by the +tasting of one part? The whole is not the same--Ah! and it may be +that God has hidden the good wine of philosophy at the bottom of the +cask. You must drain it to the end if you are to find those drops of +divine sweetness you seem so much to thirst for! Yourself, after +drinking so deeply, are still but at the beginning, as you said. But +is not philosophy rather like this? Keep the figure of the merchant +and the cask: but let it be filled, not with wine, but with every +sort of grain. You come to buy. The merchant hands you a little of +the wheat which lies at the top. Could you tell by looking at that, +whether the chick-peas were clean, the lentils tender, the beans +full? And then, whereas in selecting our wine we risk only our +money; in selecting our philosophy we risk ourselves, as you told me- +-might ourselves sink into the dregs of 'the vulgar herd.' Moreover, +while you may not drain the whole cask of wine by way of tasting, +Wisdom grows no less by the depth of your drinking. Nay! if you take +of her, she is increased thereby. + +And then I have another similitude to propose, as regards this +tasting of philosophy. Don't think I blaspheme her if I say that it +may be with her as with some deadly poison, [166] hemlock or aconite. +These too, though they cause death, yet kill not if one tastes but a +minute portion. You would suppose that the tiniest particle must be +sufficient. + +--Be it as you will, Lucian! One must live a hundred years: one must +sustain all this labour; otherwise philosophy is unattainable. + +--Not so! Though there were nothing strange in that, if it be true, +as you said at first, that Life is short and art is long. But now +you take it hard that we are not to see you this very day, before the +sun goes down, a Chrysippus, a Pythagoras, a Plato. + +--You overtake me, Lucian! and drive me into a corner; in jealousy of +heart, I believe, because I have made some progress in doctrine +whereas you have neglected yourself. + +--Well! Don't attend to me! Treat me as a Corybant, a fanatic: and +do you go forward on this road of yours. Finish the journey in +accordance with the view you had of these matters at the beginning of +it. Only, be assured that my judgment on it will remain unchanged. +Reason still says, that without criticism, without a clear, exact, +unbiassed intelligence to try them, all those theories--all things-- +will have been seen but in vain. 'To that end,' she tells us, 'much +time is necessary, many delays of judgment, a cautious gait; repeated +inspection.' And we are not to regard the outward appearance, or the +reputation of wisdom, in any of the [167] speakers; but like the +judges of Areopagus, who try their causes in the darkness of the +night, look only to what they say. + +--Philosophy, then, is impossible, or possible only in another life! + +--Hermotimus! I grieve to tell you that all this even, may be in +truth insufficient. After all, we may deceive ourselves in the +belief that we have found something:--like the fishermen! Again and +again they let down the net. At last they feel something heavy, and +with vast labour draw up, not a load of fish, but only a pot full of +sand, or a great stone. + +--I don't understand what you mean by the net. It is plain that you +have caught me in it. + +--Try to get out! You can swim as well as another. We may go to all +philosophers in turn and make trial of them. Still, I, for my part, +hold it by no mean certain that any one of them really possesses what +we seek. The truth may be a thing that not one of them has yet +found. You have twenty beans in your hand, and you bid ten persons +guess how many: one says five, another fifteen; it is possible that +one of them may tell the true number; but it is not impossible that +all may be wrong. So it is with the philosophers. All alike are in +search of Happiness--what kind of thing it is. One says one thing, +one another: it is pleasure; it is virtue;--what not? And Happiness +may indeed be one of those things. But it is possible [168] also +that it may be still something else, different and distinct from them +all. + +--What is this?--There is something, I know not how, very sad and +disheartening in what you say. We seem to have come round in a +circle to the spot whence we started, and to our first incertitude. +Ah! Lucian, what have you done to me? You have proved my priceless +pearl to be but ashes, and all my past labour to have been in vain. + +--Reflect, my friend, that you are not the first person who has thus +failed of the good thing he hoped for. All philosophers, so to +speak, are but fighting about the 'ass's shadow.' To me you seem +like one who should weep, and reproach fortune because he is not able +to climb up into heaven, or go down into the sea by Sicily and come +up at Cyprus, or sail on wings in one day from Greece to India. And +the true cause of his trouble is that he has based his hope on what +he has seen in a dream, or his own fancy has put together; without +previous thought whether what he desires is in itself attainable and +within the compass of human nature. Even so, methinks, has it +happened with you. As you dreamed, so largely, of those wonderful +things, came Reason, and woke you up from sleep, a little roughly: +and then you are angry with Reason, your eyes being still but half +open, and find it hard to shake off sleep for the pleasure of what +you saw therein. Only, [169] don't be angry with me, because, as a +friend, I would not suffer you to pass your life in a dream, pleasant +perhaps, but still only a dream--because I wake you up and demand +that you should busy yourself with the proper business of life, and +send you to it possessed of common sense. What your soul was full of +just now is not very different from those Gorgons and Chimaeras and +the like, which the poets and the painters construct for us, fancy- +free:--things which never were, and never will be, though many +believe in them, and all like to see and hear of them, just because +they are so strange and odd. + +And you too, methinks, having heard from some such maker of marvels +of a certain woman of a fairness beyond nature--beyond the Graces, +beyond Venus Urania herself--asked not if he spoke truth, and whether +this woman be really alive in the world, but straightway fell in love +with her; as they say that Medea was enamoured of Jason in a dream. +And what more than anything else seduced you, and others like you, +into that passion, for a vain idol of the fancy, is, that he who told +you about that fair woman, from the very moment when you first +believed that what he said was true, brought forward all the rest in +consequent order. Upon her alone your eyes were fixed; by her he led +you along, when once you had given him a hold upon you--led you along +the straight road, as he said, to the beloved one. All was easy +after that. [170] None of you asked again whether it was the true +way; following one after another, like sheep led by the green bough +in the hand of the shepherd. He moved you hither and thither with +his finger, as easily as water spilt on a table! + +My friend! Be not so lengthy in preparing the banquet, lest you die +of hunger! I saw one who poured water into a mortar, and ground it +with all his might with a pestle of iron, fancying he did a thing +useful and necessary; but it remained water only, none the less." + +Just there the conversation broke off suddenly, and the disputants +parted. The horses were come for Lucian. The boy went on his way, +and Marius onward, to visit a friend whose abode lay further. As he +returned to Rome towards evening the melancholy aspect, natural to a +city of the dead, had triumphed over the superficial gaudiness of the +early day. He could almost have fancied Canidia there, picking her +way among the rickety lamps, to rifle some neglected or ruined tomb; +for these tombs were not all equally well cared for (Post mortem +nescio!) and it had been one of the pieties of Aurelius to frame a +severe law to prevent the defacing of such monuments. To Marius +there seemed to be some new meaning in that terror of isolation, of +being left alone in these places, of which the sepulchral +inscriptions were so full. A blood-red sunset was dying angrily, and +its wild glare upon the shadowy objects around helped to combine +[171] the associations of this famous way, its deeply graven marks of +immemorial travel, together with the earnest questions of the morning +as to the true way of that other sort of travelling, around an image, +almost ghastly in the traces of its great sorrows--bearing along for +ever, on bleeding feet, the instrument of its punishment--which was +all Marius could recall distinctly of a certain Christian legend he +had heard. The legend told of an encounter at this very spot, of two +wayfarers on the Appian Way, as also upon some very dimly discerned +mental journey, altogether different from himself and his late +companions--an encounter between Love, literally fainting by the +road, and Love "travelling in the greatness of his strength," Love +itself, suddenly appearing to sustain that other. A strange contrast +to anything actually presented in that morning's conversation, it +seemed nevertheless to echo its very words--"Do they never come down +again," he heard once more the well-modulated voice: "Do they never +come down again from the heights, to help those whom they left here +below?"--"And we too desire, not a fair one, but the fairest of all. +Unless we find him, we shall think we have failed." + + + +CHAPTER XXV: SUNT LACRIMAE RERUM+ + +[172] It was become a habit with Marius--one of his modernisms-- +developed by his assistance at the Emperor's "conversations with +himself," to keep a register of the movements of his own private +thoughts and humours; not continuously indeed, yet sometimes for +lengthy intervals, during which it was no idle self-indulgence, but +a necessity of his intellectual life, to "confess himself," with an +intimacy, seemingly rare among the ancients; ancient writers, at all +events, having been jealous, for the most part, of affording us so +much as a glimpse of that interior self, which in many cases would +have actually doubled the interest of their objective informations. + +"If a particular tutelary or genius," writes Marius,--"according to +old belief, walks through life beside each one of us, mine is very +certainly a capricious creature. He fills one with wayward, +unaccountable, yet quite irresistible humours, [173] and seems always +to be in collusion with some outward circumstance, often trivial +enough in itself--the condition of the weather, forsooth!--the people +one meets by chance--the things one happens to overhear them say, +veritable enodioi symboloi,+ or omens by the wayside, as the old +Greeks fancied--to push on the unreasonable prepossessions of the +moment into weighty motives. It was doubtless a quite explicable, +physical fatigue that presented me to myself, on awaking this morning, +so lack-lustre and trite. But I must needs take my petulance, +contrasting it with my accustomed morning hopefulness, as a sign of +the ageing of appetite, of a decay in the very capacity of enjoyment. +We need some imaginative stimulus, some not impossible ideal such as +may shape vague hope, and transform it into effective desire, to carry +us year after year, without disgust, through the routine-work which is +so large a part of life. "Then, how if appetite, be it for real or +ideal, should itself fail one after awhile? Ah, yes! is it of cold +always that men die; and on some of us it creeps very gradually. In +truth, I can remember just such a lack-lustre condition of feeling +once or twice before. But I note, that it was accompanied then by an +odd indifference, as the thought of them occurred to me, in regard to +the sufferings of others--a kind of callousness, so unusual with me, +as at once to mark the humour it accompanied as a palpably morbid one +[174] that could not last. Were those sufferings, great or little, I +asked myself then, of more real consequence to them than mine to me, +as I remind myself that 'nothing that will end is really long'--long +enough to be thought of importance? But to-day, my own sense of +fatigue, the pity I conceive for myself, disposed me strongly to a +tenderness for others. For a moment the whole world seemed to present +itself as a hospital of sick persons; many of them sick in mind; all +of whom it would be a brutality not to humour, not to indulge. + +"Why, when I went out to walk off my wayward fancies, did I confront +the very sort of incident (my unfortunate genius had surely beckoned +it from afar to vex me) likely to irritate them further? A party of +men were coming down the street. They were leading a fine race-horse; +a handsome beast, but badly hurt somewhere, in the circus, and useless. +They were taking him to slaughter; and I think the animal knew it: he +cast such looks, as if of mad appeal, to those who passed him, as he +went among the strangers to whom his former owner had committed him, +to die, in his beauty and pride, for just that one mischance or fault; +although the morning air was still so animating, and pleasant to snuff. +I could have fancied a human soul in the creature, swelling against +its luck. And I had come across the incident just when it would figure +to me as the very symbol [175] of our poor humanity, in its capacities +for pain, its wretched accidents, and those imperfect sympathies, which +can never quite identify us with one another; the very power of +utterance and appeal to others seeming to fail us, in proportion as +our sorrows come home to ourselves, are really our own. We are +constructed for suffering! What proofs of it does but one day afford, +if we care to note them, as we go--a whole long chaplet of sorrowful +mysteries! Sunt lacrimae rerum et mentem mortalia tangunt.+ + +"Men's fortunes touch us! The little children of one of those +institutions for the support of orphans, now become fashionable among +us by way of memorial of eminent persons deceased, are going, in long +file, along the street, on their way to a holiday in the country. +They halt, and count themselves with an air of triumph, to show that +they are all there. Their gay chatter has disturbed a little group of +peasants; a young woman and her husband, who have brought the old +mother, now past work and witless, to place her in a house provided +for such afflicted people. They are fairly affectionate, but anxious +how the thing they have to do may go--hope only she may permit them +to leave her there behind quietly. And the poor old soul is excited +by the noise made by the children, and partly aware of what is going +to happen with her. She too begins to count--one, two, three, five-- +on her trembling fingers, misshapen by a life of toil. + +[176] 'Yes! yes! and twice five make ten'--they say, to pacify her. +It is her last appeal to be taken home again; her proof that all is +not yet up with her; that she is, at all events, still as capable as +those joyous children. + +"At the baths, a party of labourers are at work upon one of the great +brick furnaces, in a cloud of black dust. A frail young child has +brought food for one of them, and sits apart, waiting till his father +comes--watching the labour, but with a sorrowful distaste for the din +and dirt. He is regarding wistfully his own place in the world, there +before him. His mind, as he watches, is grown up for a moment; and he +foresees, as it were, in that moment, all the long tale of days, of +early awakings, of his own coming life of drudgery at work like this. + +"A man comes along carrying a boy whose rough work has already begun-- +the only child--whose presence beside him sweetened the father's toil +a little. The boy has been badly injured by a fall of brick-work, +yet, with an effort, he rides boldly on his father's shoulders. It +will be the way of natural affection to keep him alive as long as +possible, though with that miserably shattered body.--'Ah! with us +still, and feeling our care beside him!'--and yet surely not without +a heartbreaking sigh of relief, alike from him and them, when the +end comes. + +"On the alert for incidents like these, yet of necessity passing them +by on the other side, I find [177] it hard to get rid of a sense that +I, for one, have failed in love. I could yield to the humour till I +seemed to have had my share in those great public cruelties, the +shocking legal crimes which are on record, like that cold-blooded +slaughter, according to law, of the four hundred slaves in the reign +of Nero, because one of their number was thought to have murdered his +master. The reproach of that, together with the kind of facile +apologies those who had no share in the deed may have made for it, as +they went about quietly on their own affairs that day, seems to come +very close to me, as I think upon it. And to how many of those now +actually around me, whose life is a sore one, must I be indifferent, +if I ever become aware of their soreness at all? To some, perhaps, +the necessary conditions of my own life may cause me to be opposed, +in a kind of natural conflict, regarding those interests which +actually determine the happiness of theirs. I would that a stronger +love might arise in my heart! + +"Yet there is plenty of charity in the world. My patron, the Stoic +emperor, has made it even fashionable. To celebrate one of his +brief returns to Rome lately from the war, over and above a largess +of gold pieces to all who would, the public debts were forgiven. +He made a nice show of it: for once, the Romans entertained themselves +with a good-natured spectacle, and the whole town came to see the +great bonfire [178] in the Forum, into which all bonds and evidence +of debt were thrown on delivery, by the emperor himself; many private +creditors following his example. That was done well enough! But +still the feeling returns to me, that no charity of ours can get at +a certain natural unkindness which I find in things themselves. + +"When I first came to Rome, eager to observe its religion, especially +its antiquities of religious usage, I assisted at the most curious, +perhaps, of them all, the most distinctly marked with that immobility +which is a sort of ideal in the Roman religion. The ceremony took +place at a singular spot some miles distant from the city, among the +low hills on the bank of the Tiber, beyond the Aurelian Gate. There, +in a little wood of venerable trees, piously allowed their own way, +age after age--ilex and cypress remaining where they fell at last, +one over the other, and all caught, in that early May-time, under a +riotous tangle of wild clematis--was to be found a magnificent +sanctuary, in which the members of the Arval College assembled +themselves on certain days. The axe never touched those trees--Nay! +it was forbidden to introduce any iron thing whatsoever within the +precincts; not only because the deities of these quiet places hate to +be disturbed by the harsh noise of metal, but also in memory of that +better age--the lost Golden Age--the homely age of the potters, of +[179] which the central act of the festival was a commemoration. + +"The preliminary ceremonies were long and complicated, but of a +character familiar enough. Peculiar to the time and place was the +solemn exposition, after lavation of hands, processions backwards +and forwards, and certain changes of vestments, of the identical +earthen vessels--veritable relics of the old religion of Numa!--the +vessels from which the holy Numa himself had eaten and drunk, set +forth above a kind of altar, amid a cloud of flowers and incense, +and many lights, for the veneration of the credulous or the faithful. + +"They were, in fact, cups or vases of burnt clay, rude in form: and +the religious veneration thus offered to them expressed men's desire +to give honour to a simpler age, before iron had found place in human +life: the persuasion that that age was worth remembering: a hope that +it might come again. + +"That a Numa, and his age of gold, would return, has been the hope or +the dream of some, in every period. Yet if he did come back, or any +equivalent of his presence, he could but weaken, and by no means smite +through, that root of evil, certainly of sorrow, of outraged human +sense, in things, which one must carefully distinguish from all +preventible accidents. Death, and the little perpetual daily dyings, +which have something of its sting, he must [180] necessarily leave +untouched. And, methinks, that were all the rest of man's life framed +entirely to his liking, he would straightway begin to sadden himself, +over the fate--say, of the flowers! For there is, there has come to +be since Numa lived perhaps, a capacity for sorrow in his heart, +which grows with all the growth, alike of the individual and of the +race, in intellectual delicacy and power, and which will find its +aliment. + +"Of that sort of golden age, indeed, one discerns even now a trace, +here and there. Often have I maintained that, in this generous +southern country at least, Epicureanism is the special philosophy of +the poor. How little I myself really need, when people leave me alone, +with the intellectual powers at work serenely. The drops of falling +water, a few wild flowers with their priceless fragrance, a few tufts +even of half-dead leaves, changing colour in the quiet of a room that +has but light and shadow in it; these, for a susceptible mind, might +well do duty for all the glory of Augustus. I notice sometimes what +I conceive to be the precise character of the fondness of the roughest +working-people for their young children, a fine appreciation, not +only of their serviceable affection, but of their visible graces: and +indeed, in this country, the children are almost always worth looking +at. I see daily, in fine weather, a child like a delicate nosegay, +running to meet the rudest of brick- [181] makers as he comes from +work. She is not at all afraid to hang upon his rough hand: and +through her, he reaches out to, he makes his own, something from that +strange region, so distant from him yet so real, of the world's +refinement. What is of finer soul, of finer stuff in things, and +demands delicate touching--to him the delicacy of the little child +represents that: it initiates him into that. There, surely, is a +touch of the secular gold, of a perpetual age of gold. But then +again, think for a moment, with what a hard humour at the nature of +things, his struggle for bare life will go on, if the child should +happen to die. I observed to-day, under one of the archways of the +baths, two children at play, a little seriously--a fair girl and her +crippled younger brother. Two toy chairs and a little table, and +sprigs of fir set upright in the sand for a garden! They played at +housekeeping. Well! the girl thinks her life a perfectly good thing +in the service of this crippled brother. But she will have a jealous +lover in time: and the boy, though his face is not altogether +unpleasant, is after all a hopeless cripple. + +"For there is a certain grief in things as they are, in man as he +has come to be, as he certainly is, over and above those griefs +of circumstance which are in a measure removable--some inexplicable +shortcoming, or misadventure, on the part of nature itself--death, +and old age as it [182] must needs be, and that watching for their +approach, which makes every stage of life like a dying over and over +again. Almost all death is painful, and in every thing that comes +to an end a touch of death, and therefore of wretched coldness +struck home to one, of remorse, of loss and parting, of outraged +attachments. Given faultless men and women, given a perfect state of +society which should have no need to practise on men's susceptibilities +for its own selfish ends, adding one turn more to the wheel of the +great rack for its own interest or amusement, there would still be +this evil in the world, of a certain necessary sorrow and desolation, +felt, just in proportion to the moral, or nervous perfection men have +attained to. And what we need in the world, over against that, is a +certain permanent and general power of compassion--humanity's standing +force of self-pity--as an elementary ingredient of our social atmosphere, +if we are to live in it at all. I wonder, sometimes, in what way man +has cajoled himself into the bearing of his burden thus far, seeing +how every step in the capacity of apprehension his labour has won for +him, from age to age, must needs increase his dejection. It is as if +the increase of knowledge were but an increasing revelation of the +radical hopelessness of his position: and I would that there were one +even as I, behind this vain show of things! + +"At all events, the actual conditions of our [183] life being as they +are, and the capacity for suffering so large a principle in things-- +since the only principle, perhaps, to which we may always safely trust +is a ready sympathy with the pain one actually sees--it follows that +the practical and effective difference between men will lie in their +power of insight into those conditions, their power of sympathy. The +future will be with those who have most of it; while for the present, +as I persuade myself, those who have much of it, have something to +hold by, even in the dissolution of a world, or in that dissolution +of self, which is, for every one, no less than the dissolution of the +world it represents for him. Nearly all of us, I suppose, have had +our moments, in which any effective sympathy for us on the part of +others has seemed impossible; in which our pain has seemed a stupid +outrage upon us, like some overwhelming physical violence, from which +we could take refuge, at best, only in some mere general sense of +goodwill--somewhere in the world perhaps. And then, to one's surprise, +the discovery of that goodwill, if it were only in a not unfriendly +animal, may seem to have explained, to have actually justified to us, +the fact of our pain. There have been occasions, certainly, when I +have felt that if others cared for me as I cared for them, it would +be, not so much a consolation, as an equivalent, for what one has +lost or suffered: a realised profit on the summing up [184] of one's +accounts: a touching of that absolute ground amid all the changes of +phenomena, such as our philosophers have of late confessed themselves +quite unable to discover. In the mere clinging of human creatures to +each other, nay! in one's own solitary self-pity, amid the effects +even of what might appear irredeemable loss, I seem to touch the +eternal. Something in that pitiful contact, something new and true, +fact or apprehension of fact, is educed, which, on a review of all the +perplexities of life, satisfies our moral sense, and removes that +appearance of unkindness in the soul of things themselves, and assures +us that not everything has been in vain. + +"And I know not how, but in the thought thus suggested, I seem to take +up, and re-knit myself to, a well-remembered hour, when by some +gracious accident--it was on a journey--all things about me fell into +a more perfect harmony than is their wont. Everything seemed to be, +for a moment, after all, almost for the best. Through the train of my +thoughts, one against another, it was as if I became aware of the +dominant power of another person in controversy, wrestling with me. +I seem to be come round to the point at which I left off then. The +antagonist has closed with me again. A protest comes, out of the very +depths of man's radically hopeless condition in the world, with the +energy of one of those suffering yet prevailing [185] deities, of which +old poetry tells. Dared one hope that there is a heart, even as ours, +in that divine 'Assistant' of one's thoughts--a heart even as mine, +behind this vain show of things!" + +NOTES + +172. Virgil, Aeneid Book 1, line 462. "There are the tears of +things. . ." See also page 175 of this chapter, where the same +text is quoted in full. + +173. +Transliteration: enodioi symboloi. Pater's Definition: +"omens by the wayside." + +175. +Sunt lacrimae rerum et mentem mortalia tangunt. Virgil, Aeneid +Book 1, line 462. Translation: "Here also there be tears for what men +bear, and mortal creatures feel each other's sorrow," from Vergil, +Aeneid, Theodore C. Williams. trans. Boston. Houghton Mifflin Co. 1910. + + + +CHAPTER XXVI: THE MARTYRS + + "Ah! voila les ames qu'il falloit a la mienne!" + Rousseau. + +[186] THE charm of its poetry, a poetry of the affections, +wonderfully fresh in the midst of a threadbare world, would have led +Marius, if nothing else had done so, again and again, to Cecilia's +house. He found a range of intellectual pleasures, altogether new to +him, in the sympathy of that pure and elevated soul. Elevation of +soul, generosity, humanity--little by little it came to seem to him +as if these existed nowhere else. The sentiment of maternity, above +all, as it might be understood there,--its claims, with the claims of +all natural feeling everywhere, down to the sheep bleating on the +hills, nay! even to the mother-wolf, in her hungry cave--seemed to +have been vindicated, to have been enforced anew, by the sanction of +some divine pattern thereof. He saw its legitimate place in the +world given at last to the bare capacity for [187] suffering in any +creature, however feeble or apparently useless. In this chivalry, +seeming to leave the world's heroism a mere property of the stage, in +this so scrupulous fidelity to what could not help itself, could +scarcely claim not to be forgotten, what a contrast to the hard +contempt of one's own or other's pain, of death, of glory even, in +those discourses of Aurelius! + +But if Marius thought at times that some long-cherished desires were +now about to blossom for him, in the sort of home he had sometimes +pictured to himself, the very charm of which would lie in its +contrast to any random affections: that in this woman, to whom +children instinctively clung, he might find such a sister, at least, +as he had always longed for; there were also circumstances which +reminded him that a certain rule forbidding second marriages, was +among these people still in force; ominous incidents, moreover, +warning a susceptible conscience not to mix together the spirit and +the flesh, nor make the matter of a heavenly banquet serve for +earthly meat and drink. + +One day he found Cecilia occupied with the burial of one of the +children of her household. It was from the tiny brow of such a +child, as he now heard, that the new light had first shone forth upon +them--through the light of mere physical life, glowing there again, +when the child was dead, or supposed to be dead. The [188] aged +servant of Christ had arrived in the midst of their noisy grief; and +mounting to the little chamber where it lay, had returned, not long +afterwards, with the child stirring in his arms as he descended the +stair rapidly; bursting open the closely-wound folds of the shroud +and scattering the funeral flowers from them, as the soul kindled +once more through its limbs. + +Old Roman common-sense had taught people to occupy their thoughts as +little as might be with children who died young. Here, to-day, +however, in this curious house, all thoughts were tenderly bent on +the little waxen figure, yet with a kind of exultation and joy, +notwithstanding the loud weeping of the mother. The other children, +its late companions, broke with it, suddenly, into the place where +the deep black bed lay open to receive it. Pushing away the grim +fossores, the grave-diggers, they ranged themselves around it in +order, and chanted that old psalm of theirs--Laudate pueri dominum! +Dead children, children's graves--Marius had been always half aware +of an old superstitious fancy in his mind concerning them; as if in +coming near them he came near the failure of some lately-born hope or +purpose of his own. And now, perusing intently the expression with +which Cecilia assisted, directed, returned afterwards to her house, +he felt that he too had had to-day his funeral of a little child. +But it had always been his policy, through all his pursuit [189] of +"experience," to take flight in time from any too disturbing passion, +from any sort of affection likely to quicken his pulses beyond the +point at which the quiet work of life was practicable. Had he, after +all, been taken unawares, so that it was no longer possible for him +to fly? At least, during the journey he took, by way of testing the +existence of any chain about him, he found a certain disappointment +at his heart, greater than he could have anticipated; and as he +passed over the crisp leaves, nipped off in multitudes by the first +sudden cold of winter, he felt that the mental atmosphere within +himself was perceptibly colder. + +Yet it was, finally, a quite successful resignation which he +achieved, on a review, after his manner, during that absence, of loss +or gain. The image of Cecilia, it would seem, was already become for +him like some matter of poetry, or of another man's story, or a +picture on the wall. And on his return to Rome there had been a +rumour in that singular company, of things which spoke certainly not +of any merely tranquil loving: hinted rather that he had come across +a world, the lightest contact with which might make appropriate to +himself also the precept that "They which have wives be as they that +have none." + +This was brought home to him, when, in early spring, he ventured once +more to listen to the sweet singing of the Eucharist. It breathed +[190] more than ever the spirit of a wonderful hope--of hopes more +daring than poor, labouring humanity had ever seriously entertained +before, though it was plain that a great calamity was befallen. Amid +stifled sobbing, even as the pathetic words of the psalter relieved +the tension of their hearts, the people around him still wore upon +their faces their habitual gleam of joy, of placid satisfaction. +They were still under the influence of an immense gratitude in +thinking, even amid their present distress, of the hour of a great +deliverance. As he followed again that mystical dialogue, he felt +also again, like a mighty spirit about him, the potency, the half- +realised presence, of a great multitude, as if thronging along those +awful passages, to hear the sentence of its release from prison; a +company which represented nothing less than--orbis terrarum--the +whole company of mankind. And the special note of the day expressed +that relief--a sound new to him, drawn deep from some old Hebrew +source, as he conjectured, Alleluia! repeated over and over again, +Alleluia! Alleluia! at every pause and movement of the long Easter +ceremonies. + +And then, in its place, by way of sacred lection, although in +shocking contrast with the peaceful dignity of all around, came the +Epistle of the churches of Lyons and Vienne, to "their sister," the +church of Rome. For the "Peace" of the church had been broken-- +broken, as [191] Marius could not but acknowledge, on the +responsibility of the emperor Aurelius himself, following tamely, and +as a matter of course, the traces of his predecessors, gratuitously +enlisting, against the good as well as the evil of that great pagan +world, the strange new heroism of which this singular message was +full. The greatness of it certainly lifted away all merely private +regret, inclining one, at last, actually to draw sword for the +oppressed, as if in some new order of knighthood-- + +"The pains which our brethren have endured we have no power fully to +tell, for the enemy came upon us with his whole strength. But the +grace of God fought for us, set free the weak, and made ready those +who, like pillars, were able to bear the weight. These, coming now +into close strife with the foe, bore every kind of pang and shame. +At the time of the fair which is held here with a great crowd, the +governor led forth the Martyrs as a show. Holding what was thought +great but little, and that the pains of to-day are not deserving to +be measured against the glory that shall be made known, these worthy +wrestlers went joyfully on their way; their delight and the sweet +favour of God mingling in their faces, so that their bonds seemed but +a goodly array, or like the golden bracelets of a bride. Filled with +the fragrance of Christ, to some they seemed to have been touched +with earthly perfumes. + +[192] "Vettius Epagathus, though he was very young, because he would +not endure to see unjust judgment given against us, vented his anger, +and sought to be heard for the brethren, for he was a youth of high +place. Whereupon the governor asked him whether he also were a +Christian. He confessed in a clear voice, and was added to the +number of the Martyrs. But he had the Paraclete within him; as, in +truth, he showed by the fulness of his love; glorying in the defence +of his brethren, and to give his life for theirs. + +"Then was fulfilled the saying of the Lord that the day should come, +When he that slayeth you will think that he doeth God service. Most +madly did the mob, the governor and the soldiers, rage against the +handmaiden Blandina, in whom Christ showed that what seems mean among +men is of price with Him. For whilst we all, and her earthly +mistress, who was herself one of the contending Martyrs, were fearful +lest through the weakness of the flesh she should be unable to +profess the faith, Blandina was filled with such power that her +tormentors, following upon each other from morning until night, owned +that they were overcome, and had no more that they could do to her; +admiring that she still breathed after her whole body was torn +asunder. + +"But this blessed one, in the very midst of her 'witness,' renewed +her strength; and to [193] repeat, I am Christ's! was to her rest, +refreshment, and relief from pain. As for Alexander, he neither +uttered a groan nor any sound at all, but in his heart talked with +God. Sanctus, the deacon, also, having borne beyond all measure +pains devised by them, hoping that they would get something from him, +did not so much as tell his name; but to all questions answered only, +I am Christ's! For this he confessed instead of his name, his race, +and everything beside. Whence also a strife in torturing him arose +between the governor and those tormentors, so that when they had +nothing else they could do they set red-hot plates of brass to the +most tender parts of his body. But he stood firm in his profession, +cooled and fortified by that stream of living water which flows from +Christ. His corpse, a single wound, having wholly lost the form of +man, was the measure of his pain. But Christ, paining in him, set +forth an ensample to the rest--that there is nothing fearful, nothing +painful, where the love of the Father overcomes. And as all those +cruelties were made null through the patience of the Martyrs, they +bethought them of other things; among which was their imprisonment in +a dark and most sorrowful place, where many were privily strangled. +But destitute of man's aid, they were filled with power from the +Lord, both in body and mind, and strengthened their brethren. Also, +much joy was in our virgin mother, the [194] Church; for, by means of +these, such as were fallen away retraced their steps--were again +conceived, were filled again with lively heat, and hastened to make +the profession of their faith. + +"The holy bishop Pothinus, who was now past ninety years old and weak +in body, yet in his heat of soul and longing for martyrdom, roused +what strength he had, and was also cruelly dragged to judgment, and +gave witness. Thereupon he suffered many stripes, all thinking it +would be a wickedness if they fell short in cruelty towards him, for +that thus their own gods would be avenged. Hardly drawing breath, he +was thrown into prison, and after two days there died. + +"After these things their martyrdom was parted into divers manners. +Plaiting as it were one crown of many colours and every sort of +flowers, they offered it to God. Maturus, therefore, Sanctus and +Blandina, were led to the wild beasts. And Maturus and Sanctus +passed through all the pains of the amphitheatre, as if they had +suffered nothing before: or rather, as having in many trials +overcome, and now contending for the prize itself, were at last +dismissed. + +"But Blandina was bound and hung upon a stake, and set forth as food +for the assault of the wild beasts. And as she thus seemed to be +hung upon the Cross, by her fiery prayers she imparted much alacrity +to those contending Witnesses. For as they looked upon her with the +eye of [195] flesh, through her, they saw Him that was crucified. +But as none of the beasts would then touch her, she was taken down +from the Cross, and sent back to prison for another day: that, though +weak and mean, yet clothed with the mighty wrestler, Christ Jesus, +she might by many conquests give heart to her brethren. + +"On the last day, therefore, of the shows, she was brought forth +again, together with Ponticus, a lad of about fifteen years old. +They were brought in day by day to behold the pains of the rest. And +when they wavered not, the mob was full of rage; pitying neither the +youth of the lad, nor the sex of the maiden. Hence, they drave them +through the whole round of pain. And Ponticus, taking heart from +Blandina, having borne well the whole of those torments, gave up his +life. Last of all, the blessed Blandina herself, as a mother that +had given life to her children, and sent them like conquerors to the +great King, hastened to them, with joy at the end, as to a marriage- +feast; the enemy himself confessing that no woman had ever borne pain +so manifold and great as hers. + +"Nor even so was their anger appeased; some among them seeking for us +pains, if it might be, yet greater; that the saying might be +fulfilled, He that is unjust, let him be unjust still. And their +rage against the Martyrs took a new form, insomuch that we were in +great sorrow for lack of freedom to entrust their bodies to the +earth. + +[196] "Neither did the night-time, nor the offer of money, avail us +for this matter; but they set watch with much carefulness, as though +it were a great gain to hinder their burial. Therefore, after the +bodies had been displayed to view for many days, they were at last +burned to ashes, and cast into the river Rhone, which flows by this +place, that not a vestige of them might be left upon the earth. For +they said, Now shall we see whether they will rise again, and whether +their God can save them out of our hands." + + + +CHAPTER XXVII: THE TRIUMPH OF MARCUS AURELIUS + +[197] NOT many months after the date of that epistle, Marius, then +expecting to leave Rome for a long time, and in fact about to leave +it for ever, stood to witness the triumphal entry of Marcus Aurelius, +almost at the exact spot from which he had watched the emperor's +solemn return to the capital on his own first coming thither. His +triumph was now a "full" one--Justus Triumphus justified, by far more +than the due amount of bloodshed in those Northern wars, at length, +it might seem, happily at an end. Among the captives, amid the +laughter of the crowds at his blowsy upper garment, his trousered +legs and conical wolf-skin cap, walked our own ancestor, +representative of subject Germany, under a figure very familiar in +later Roman sculpture; and, though certainly with none of the grace +of the Dying Gaul, yet with plenty of uncouth pathos in his misshapen +features, and the pale, servile, yet angry eyes. His children, [198] +white-skinned and golden-haired "as angels," trudged beside him. His +brothers, of the animal world, the ibex, the wild-cat, and the +reindeer, stalking and trumpeting grandly, found their due place in +the procession; and among the spoil, set forth on a portable frame +that it might be distinctly seen (no mere model, but the very house +he had lived in), a wattled cottage, in all the simplicity of its +snug contrivances against the cold, and well-calculated to give a +moment's delight to his new, sophisticated masters. + +Andrea Mantegna, working at the end of the fifteenth century, for a +society full of antiquarian fervour at the sight of the earthy relics +of the old Roman people, day by day returning to light out of the +clay--childish still, moreover, and with no more suspicion of +pasteboard than the old Romans themselves, in its unabashed love of +open-air pageantries, has invested this, the greatest, and alas! the +most characteristic, of the splendours of imperial Rome, with a +reality livelier than any description. The homely sentiments for +which he has found place in his learned paintings are hardly more +lifelike than the great public incidents of the show, there depicted. +And then, with all that vivid realism, how refined, how dignified, +how select in type, is this reflection of the old Roman world!--now +especially, in its time-mellowed red and gold, for the modern visitor +to the old English palace. + +[199] It was under no such selected types that the great procession +presented itself to Marius; though, in effect, he found something +there prophetic, so to speak, and evocative of ghosts, as susceptible +minds will do, upon a repetition after long interval of some notable +incident, which may yet perhaps have no direct concern for +themselves. In truth, he had been so closely bent of late on certain +very personal interests that the broad current of the world's doings +seemed to have withdrawn into the distance, but now, as he witnessed +this procession, to return once more into evidence for him. The +world, certainly, had been holding on its old way, and was all its +old self, as it thus passed by dramatically, accentuating, in this +favourite spectacle, its mode of viewing things. And even apart from +the contrast of a very different scene, he would have found it, just +now, a somewhat vulgar spectacle. The temples, wide open, with their +ropes of roses flapping in the wind against the rich, reflecting +marble, their startling draperies and heavy cloud of incense, were +but the centres of a great banquet spread through all the gaudily +coloured streets of Rome, for which the carnivorous appetite of those +who thronged them in the glare of the mid-day sun was frankly enough +asserted. At best, they were but calling their gods to share with +them the cooked, sacrificial, and other meats, reeking to the sky. +The child, who was concerned for the sorrows of one of [200] those +Northern captives as he passed by, and explained to his comrade-- +"There's feeling in that hand, you know!" benumbed and lifeless as it +looked in the chain, seemed, in a moment, to transform the entire +show into its own proper tinsel. Yes! these Romans were a coarse, a +vulgar people; and their vulgarities of soul in full evidence here. +And Aurelius himself seemed to have undergone the world's coinage, +and fallen to the level of his reward, in a mediocrity no longer +golden. + +Yet if, as he passed by, almost filling the quaint old circular +chariot with his magnificent golden-flowered attire, he presented +himself to Marius, chiefly as one who had made the great mistake; to +the multitude he came as a more than magnanimous conqueror. That he +had "forgiven" the innocent wife and children of the dashing and +almost successful rebel Avidius Cassius, now no more, was a recent +circumstance still in memory. As the children went past--not among +those who, ere the emperor ascended the steps of the Capitol, would +be detached from the great progress for execution, happy rather, and +radiant, as adopted members of the imperial family--the crowd +actually enjoyed an exhibition of the moral order, such as might +become perhaps the fashion. And it was in consideration of some +possible touch of a heroism herein that might really have cost him +something, that Marius resolved to seek the emperor once more, [201] +with an appeal for common-sense, for reason and justice. + +He had set out at last to revisit his old home; and knowing that +Aurelius was then in retreat at a favourite villa, which lay almost +on his way thither, determined there to present himself. Although +the great plain was dying steadily, a new race of wild birds +establishing itself there, as he knew enough of their habits to +understand, and the idle contadino, with his never-ending ditty of +decay and death, replacing the lusty Roman labourer, never had that +poetic region between Rome and the sea more deeply impressed him than +on this sunless day of early autumn, under which all that fell within +the immense horizon was presented in one uniform tone of a clear, +penitential blue. Stimulating to the fancy as was that range of low +hills to the northwards, already troubled with the upbreaking of the +Apennines, yet a want of quiet in their outline, the record of wild +fracture there, of sudden upheaval and depression, marked them as but +the ruins of nature; while at every little descent and ascent of the +road might be noted traces of the abandoned work of man. From time +to time, the way was still redolent of the floral relics of summer, +daphne and myrtle-blossom, sheltered in the little hollows and +ravines. At last, amid rocks here and there piercing the soil, as +those descents became steeper, and the main line of the Apennines, +[202] now visible, gave a higher accent to the scene, he espied over +the plateau, almost like one of those broken hills, cutting the +horizon towards the sea, the old brown villa itself, rich in memories +of one after another of the family of the Antonines. As he +approached it, such reminiscences crowded upon him, above all of the +life there of the aged Antoninus Pius, in its wonderful mansuetude +and calm. Death had overtaken him here at the precise moment when +the tribune of the watch had received from his lips the word +Aequanimitas! as the watchword of the night. To see their emperor +living there like one of his simplest subjects, his hands red at +vintage-time with the juice of the grapes, hunting, teaching his +children, starting betimes, with all who cared to join him, for long +days of antiquarian research in the country around:--this, and the +like of this, had seemed to mean the peace of mankind. + +Upon that had come--like a stain! it seemed to Marius just then--the +more intimate life of Faustina, the life of Faustina at home. +Surely, that marvellous but malign beauty must still haunt those +rooms, like an unquiet, dead goddess, who might have perhaps, after +all, something reassuring to tell surviving mortals about her +ambiguous self. When, two years since, the news had reached Rome +that those eyes, always so persistently turned to vanity, had +suddenly closed for ever, a strong desire to pray had come [203] over +Marius, as he followed in fancy on its wild way the soul of one he +had spoken with now and again, and whose presence in it for a time +the world of art could so ill have spared. Certainly, the honours +freely accorded to embalm her memory were poetic enough--the rich +temple left among those wild villagers at the spot, now it was hoped +sacred for ever, where she had breathed her last; the golden image, +in her old place at the amphitheatre; the altar at which the newly +married might make their sacrifice; above all, the great foundation +for orphan girls, to be called after her name. + +The latter, precisely, was the cause why Marius failed in fact to see +Aurelius again, and make the chivalrous effort at enlightenment he +had proposed to himself. Entering the villa, he learned from an +usher, at the door of the long gallery, famous still for its grand +prospect in the memory of many a visitor, and then leading to the +imperial apartments, that the emperor was already in audience: Marius +must wait his turn--he knew not how long it might be. An odd +audience it seemed; for at that moment, through the closed door, came +shouts of laughter, the laughter of a great crowd of children--the +"Faustinian Children" themselves, as he afterwards learned--happy and +at their ease, in the imperial presence. Uncertain, then, of the +time for which so pleasant a reception might last, so pleasant that +he would hardly have wished to [204] shorten it, Marius finally +determined to proceed, as it was necessary that he should accomplish +the first stage of his journey on this day. The thing was not to be- +-Vale! anima infelicissima!--He might at least carry away that sound +of the laughing orphan children, as a not unamiable last impression +of kings and their houses. + +The place he was now about to visit, especially as the resting-place +of his dead, had never been forgotten. Only, the first eager period +of his life in Rome had slipped on rapidly; and, almost on a sudden, +that old time had come to seem very long ago. An almost burdensome +solemnity had grown about his memory of the place, so that to revisit +it seemed a thing that needed preparation: it was what he could not +have done hastily. He half feared to lessen, or disturb, its value +for himself. And then, as he travelled leisurely towards it, and so +far with quite tranquil mind, interested also in many another place +by the way, he discovered a shorter road to the end of his journey, +and found himself indeed approaching the spot that was to him like no +other. Dreaming now only of the dead before him, he journeyed on +rapidly through the night; the thought of them increasing on him, in +the darkness. It was as if they had been waiting for him there +through all those years, and felt his footsteps approaching now, and +understood his devotion, quite gratefully, in that lowliness of +theirs, in spite of its tardy [205] fulfilment. As morning came, his +late tranquillity of mind had given way to a grief which surprised +him by its freshness. He was moved more than he could have thought +possible by so distant a sorrow. "To-day!"--they seemed to be saying +as the hard dawn broke,--"To-day, he will come!" At last, amid all +his distractions, they were become the main purpose of what he was +then doing. The world around it, when he actually reached the place +later in the day, was in a mood very different from his:--so work-a- +day, it seemed, on that fine afternoon, and the villages he passed +through so silent; the inhabitants being, for the most part, at their +labour in the country. Then, at length, above the tiled +outbuildings, were the walls of the old villa itself, with the tower +for the pigeons; and, not among cypresses, but half-hidden by aged +poplar-trees, their leaves like golden fruit, the birds floating +around it, the conical roof of the tomb itself. In the presence of +an old servant who remembered him, the great seals were broken, the +rusty key turned at last in the lock, the door was forced out among +the weeds grown thickly about it, and Marius was actually in the +place which had been so often in his thoughts. + +He was struck, not however without a touch of remorse thereupon, +chiefly by an odd air of neglect, the neglect of a place allowed to +remain as when it was last used, and left in a hurry, till long years +had covered all alike with thick dust [206] --the faded flowers, the +burnt-out lamps, the tools and hardened mortar of the workmen who had +had something to do there. A heavy fragment of woodwork had fallen +and chipped open one of the oldest of the mortuary urns, many +hundreds in number ranged around the walls. It was not properly an +urn, but a minute coffin of stone, and the fracture had revealed a +piteous spectacle of the mouldering, unburned remains within; the +bones of a child, as he understood, which might have died, in ripe +age, three times over, since it slipped away from among his great- +grandfathers, so far up in the line. Yet the protruding baby hand +seemed to stir up in him feelings vivid enough, bringing him +intimately within the scope of dead people's grievances. He noticed, +side by side with the urn of his mother, that of a boy of about his +own age--one of the serving-boys of the household--who had descended +hither, from the lightsome world of childhood, almost at the same +time with her. It seemed as if this boy of his own age had taken +filial place beside her there, in his stead. That hard feeling, +again, which had always lingered in his mind with the thought of the +father he had scarcely known, melted wholly away, as he read the +precise number of his years, and reflected suddenly--He was of my own +present age; no hard old man, but with interests, as he looked round +him on the world for the last time, even as mine to-day! + +[207] And with that came a blinding rush of kindness, as if two +alienated friends had come to understand each other at last. There +was weakness in all this; as there is in all care for dead persons, +to which nevertheless people will always yield in proportion as they +really care for one another. With a vain yearning, as he stood +there, still to be able to do something for them, he reflected that +such doing must be, after all, in the nature of things, mainly for +himself. His own epitaph might be that old one eskhatos tou idiou +genous+ --He was the last of his race! Of those who might come hither +after himself probably no one would ever again come quite as he had +done to-day; and it was under the influence of this thought that he +determined to bury all that, deep below the surface, to be remembered +only by him, and in a way which would claim no sentiment from the +indifferent. That took many days--was like a renewal of lengthy old +burial rites--as he himself watched the work, early and late; coming +on the last day very early, and anticipating, by stealth, the last +touches, while the workmen were absent; one young lad only, finally +smoothing down the earthy bed, greatly surprised at the seriousness +with which Marius flung in his flowers, one by one, to mingle with +the dark mould. + +NOTES + +207. +Transliteration: eskhatos tou idiou genous. Translation: "[he +was] the last of his race." + + + +CHAPTER XXVIII: ANIMA NATURALITER CHRISTIANA + +[208] THOSE eight days at his old home, so mournfully occupied, had +been for Marius in some sort a forcible disruption from the world and +the roots of his life in it. He had been carried out of himself as +never before; and when the time was over, it was as if the claim over +him of the earth below had been vindicated, over against the +interests of that living world around. Dead, yet sentient and +caressing hands seemed to reach out of the ground and to be clinging +about him. Looking back sometimes now, from about the midway of +life--the age, as he conceived, at which one begins to redescend +one's life--though antedating it a little, in his sad humour, he +would note, almost with surprise, the unbroken placidity of the +contemplation in which it had been passed. His own temper, his early +theoretic scheme of things, would have pushed him on to movement and +adventure. Actually, as circumstances had determined, all its +movement [209] had been inward; movement of observation only, or +even of pure meditation; in part, perhaps, because throughout it had +been something of a meditatio mortis, ever facing towards the act of +final detachment. Death, however, as he reflected, must be for every +one nothing less than the fifth or last act of a drama, and, as such, +was likely to have something of the stirring character of a +denouement. And, in fact, it was in form tragic enough that his end +not long afterwards came to him. + +In the midst of the extreme weariness and depression which had +followed those last days, Cornelius, then, as it happened, on a +journey and travelling near the place, finding traces of him, had +become his guest at White-nights. It was just then that Marius felt, +as he had never done before, the value to himself, the overpowering +charm, of his friendship. "More than brother!"--he felt--like a son +also!" contrasting the fatigue of soul which made himself in effect +an older man, with the irrepressible youth of his companion. For it +was still the marvellous hopefulness of Cornelius, his seeming +prerogative over the future, that determined, and kept alive, all +other sentiment concerning him. A new hope had sprung up in the +world of which he, Cornelius, was a depositary, which he was to bear +onward in it. Identifying himself with Cornelius in so dear a +friendship, through him, Marius seemed to touch, to ally himself to, +[210] actually to become a possessor of the coming world; even as +happy parents reach out, and take possession of it, in and through +the survival of their children. For in these days their intimacy had +grown very close, as they moved hither and thither, leisurely, among +the country-places thereabout, Cornelius being on his way back to +Rome, till they came one evening to a little town (Marius remembered +that he had been there on his first journey to Rome) which had even +then its church and legend--the legend and holy relics of the martyr +Hyacinthus, a young Roman soldier, whose blood had stained the soil +of this place in the reign of the emperor Trajan. + +The thought of that so recent death, haunted Marius through the +night, as if with audible crying and sighs above the restless wind, +which came and went around their lodging. But towards dawn he slept +heavily; and awaking in broad daylight, and finding Cornelius absent, +set forth to seek him. The plague was still in the place--had indeed +just broken out afresh; with an outbreak also of cruel superstition +among its wild and miserable inhabitants. Surely, the old gods were +wroth at the presence of this new enemy among them! And it was no +ordinary morning into which Marius stepped forth. There was a menace +in the dark masses of hill, and motionless wood, against the gray, +although apparently unclouded sky. Under this sunless [211] heaven +the earth itself seemed to fret and fume with a heat of its own, in +spite of the strong night-wind. And now the wind had fallen. + +Marius felt that he breathed some strange heavy fluid, denser than +any common air. He could have fancied that the world had sunken in +the night, far below its proper level, into some close, thick abysm +of its own atmosphere. The Christian people of the town, hardly less +terrified and overwrought by the haunting sickness about them than +their pagan neighbours, were at prayer before the tomb of the martyr; +and even as Marius pressed among them to a place beside Cornelius, on +a sudden the hills seemed to roll like a sea in motion, around the +whole compass of the horizon. For a moment Marius supposed himself +attacked with some sudden sickness of brain, till the fall of a great +mass of building convinced him that not himself but the earth under +his feet was giddy. A few moments later the little marketplace was +alive with the rush of the distracted inhabitants from their +tottering houses; and as they waited anxiously for the second shock +of earthquake, a long-smouldering suspicion leapt precipitately into +well-defined purpose, and the whole body of people was carried +forward towards the band of worshippers below. An hour later, in the +wild tumult which followed, the earth had been stained afresh with +the blood of the martyrs Felix and Faustinus--Flores [212] +apparuerunt in terra nostra!--and their brethren, together with +Cornelius and Marius, thus, as it had happened, taken among them, +were prisoners, reserved for the action of the law. Marius and his +friend, with certain others, exercising the privilege of their rank, +made claim to be tried in Rome, or at least in the chief town of the +district; where, indeed, in the troublous days that had now begun, a +legal process had been already instituted. Under the care of a +military guard the captives were removed on the same day, one stage +of their journey; sleeping, for security, during the night, side by +side with their keepers, in the rooms of a shepherd's deserted house +by the wayside. + +It was surmised that one of the prisoners was not a Christian: the +guards were forward to make the utmost pecuniary profit of this +circumstance, and in the night, Marius, taking advantage of the loose +charge kept over them, and by means partly of a large bribe, had +contrived that Cornelius, as the really innocent person, should be +dismissed in safety on his way, to procure, as Marius explained, the +proper means of defence for himself, when the time of trial came. + +And in the morning Cornelius in fact set forth alone, from their +miserable place of detention. Marius believed that Cornelius was to +be the husband of Cecilia; and that, perhaps strangely, had but added +to the desire to get him away safely.--We wait for the great crisis +which [213] is to try what is in us: we can hardly bear the pressure +of our hearts, as we think of it: the lonely wrestler, or victim, +which imagination foreshadows to us, can hardly be one's self; it +seems an outrage of our destiny that we should be led along so gently +and imperceptibly, to so terrible a leaping-place in the dark, for +more perhaps than life or death. At last, the great act, the +critical moment itself comes, easily, almost unconsciously. Another +motion of the clock, and our fatal line--the "great climacteric +point"--has been passed, which changes ourselves or our lives. In +one quarter of an hour, under a sudden, uncontrollable impulse, +hardly weighing what he did, almost as a matter of course and as +lightly as one hires a bed for one's night's rest on a journey, +Marius had taken upon himself all the heavy risk of the position in +which Cornelius had then been--the long and wearisome delays of +judgment, which were possible; the danger and wretchedness of a long +journey in this manner; possibly the danger of death. He had +delivered his brother, after the manner he had sometimes vaguely +anticipated as a kind of distinction in his destiny; though indeed +always with wistful calculation as to what it might cost him: and in +the first moment after the thing was actually done, he felt only +satisfaction at his courage, at the discovery of his possession of +"nerve." + +Yet he was, as we know, no hero, no heroic [214] martyr--had indeed +no right to be; and when he had seen Cornelius depart, on his blithe +and hopeful way, as he believed, to become the husband of Cecilia; +actually, as it had happened, without a word of farewell, supposing +Marius was almost immediately afterwards to follow (Marius indeed +having avoided the moment of leave-taking with its possible call for +an explanation of the circumstances), the reaction came. He could +only guess, of course, at what might really happen. So far, he had +but taken upon himself, in the stead of Cornelius, a certain amount +of personal risk; though he hardly supposed himself to be facing the +danger of death. Still, especially for one such as he, with all the +sensibilities of which his whole manner of life had been but a +promotion, the situation of a person under trial on a criminal charge +was actually full of distress. To him, in truth, a death such as the +recent death of those saintly brothers, seemed no glorious end. In +his case, at least, the Martyrdom, as it was called--the overpowering +act of testimony that Heaven had come down among men--would be but a +common execution: from the drops of his blood there would spring no +miraculous, poetic flowers; no eternal aroma would indicate the place +of his burial; no plenary grace, overflowing for ever upon those who +might stand around it. Had there been one to listen just then, there +would have come, from the very depth of his desolation, [215] an +eloquent utterance at last, on the irony of men's fates, on the +singular accidents of life and death. + +The guards, now safely in possession of whatever money and other +valuables the prisoners had had on them, pressed them forward, over +the rough mountain paths, altogether careless of their sufferings. +The great autumn rains were falling. At night the soldiers lighted a +fire; but it was impossible to keep warm. From time to time they +stopped to roast portions of the meat they carried with them, making +their captives sit round the fire, and pressing it upon them. But +weariness and depression of spirits had deprived Marius of appetite, +even if the food had been more attractive, and for some days he +partook of nothing but bad bread and water. All through the dark +mornings they dragged over boggy plains, up and down hills, wet +through sometimes with the heavy rain. Even in those deplorable +circumstances, he could but notice the wild, dark beauty of those +regions--the stormy sunrise, and placid spaces of evening. One of +the keepers, a very young soldier, won him at times, by his simple +kindness, to talk a little, with wonder at the lad's half-conscious, +poetic delight in the adventures of the journey. At times, the whole +company would lie down for rest at the roadside, hardly sheltered +from the storm; and in the deep fatigue of his spirit, his old +longing for inopportune sleep overpowered him.--Sleep anywhere, and +under any conditions, [216] seemed just then a thing one might well +exchange the remnants of one's life for. + +It must have been about the fifth night, as he afterwards +conjectured, that the soldiers, believing him likely to die, had +finally left him unable to proceed further, under the care of some +country people, who to the extent of their power certainly treated +him kindly in his sickness. He awoke to consciousness after a severe +attack of fever, lying alone on a rough bed, in a kind of hut. It +seemed a remote, mysterious place, as he looked around in the +silence; but so fresh--lying, in fact, in a high pasture-land among +the mountains--that he felt he should recover, if he might but just +lie there in quiet long enough. Even during those nights of delirium +he had felt the scent of the new-mown hay pleasantly, with a dim +sense for a moment that he was lying safe in his old home. The +sunlight lay clear beyond the open door; and the sounds of the cattle +reached him softly from the green places around. Recalling +confusedly the torturing hurry of his late journeys, he dreaded, as +his consciousness of the whole situation returned, the coming of the +guards. But the place remained in absolute stillness. He was, in +fact, at liberty, but for his own disabled condition. And it was +certainly a genuine clinging to life that he felt just then, at the +very bottom of his mind. So it had been, obscurely, even through all +the wild fancies of his delirium, from the moment which followed +[217] his decision against himself, in favour of Cornelius. + +The occupants of the place were to be heard presently, coming and +going about him on their business: and it was as if the approach of +death brought out in all their force the merely human sentiments. +There is that in death which certainly makes indifferent persons +anxious to forget the dead: to put them--those aliens--away out of +their thoughts altogether, as soon as may be. Conversely, in the +deep isolation of spirit which was now creeping upon Marius, the +faces of these people, casually visible, took a strange hold on his +affections; the link of general brotherhood, the feeling of human +kinship, asserting itself most strongly when it was about to be +severed for ever. At nights he would find this face or that +impressed deeply on his fancy; and, in a troubled sort of manner, his +mind would follow them onwards, on the ways of their simple, humdrum, +everyday life, with a peculiar yearning to share it with them, +envying the calm, earthy cheerfulness of all their days to be, still +under the sun, though so indifferent, of course, to him!--as if these +rude people had been suddenly lifted into some height of earthly +good-fortune, which must needs isolate them from himself. + +Tristem neminen fecit+--he repeated to himself; his old prayer +shaping itself now almost as his epitaph. Yes! so much the very +hardest judge [218] must concede to him. And the sense of +satisfaction which that thought left with him disposed him to a +conscious effort of recollection, while he lay there, unable now even +to raise his head, as he discovered on attempting to reach a pitcher +of water which stood near. Revelation, vision, the discovery of a +vision, the seeing of a perfect humanity, in a perfect world--through +all his alternations of mind, by some dominant instinct, determined +by the original necessities of his own nature and character, he had +always set that above the having, or even the doing, of anything. +For, such vision, if received with due attitude on his part, was, in +reality, the being something, and as such was surely a pleasant +offering or sacrifice to whatever gods there might be, observant of +him. And how goodly had the vision been!--one long unfolding of +beauty and energy in things, upon the closing of which he might +gratefully utter his "Vixi!"+ Even then, just ere his eyes were to +be shut for ever, the things they had seen seemed a veritable +possession in hand; the persons, the places, above all, the touching +image of Jesus, apprehended dimly through the expressive faces, the +crying of the children, in that mysterious drama, with a sudden sense +of peace and satisfaction now, which he could not explain to himself. +Surely, he had prospered in life! And again, as of old, the sense of +gratitude seemed to bring with it the sense also of a living person +at his side. + +[219] For still, in a shadowy world, his deeper wisdom had ever been, +with a sense of economy, with a jealous estimate of gain and loss, to +use life, not as the means to some problematic end, but, as far as +might be, from dying hour to dying hour, an end in itself--a kind of +music, all-sufficing to the duly trained ear, even as it died out on +the air. Yet now, aware still in that suffering body of such vivid +powers of mind and sense, as he anticipated from time to time how his +sickness, practically without aid as he must be in this rude place, +was likely to end, and that the moment of taking final account was +drawing very near, a consciousness of waste would come, with half- +angry tears of self-pity, in his great weakness--a blind, outraged, +angry feeling of wasted power, such as he might have experienced +himself standing by the deathbed of another, in condition like his +own. + +And yet it was the fact, again, that the vision of men and things, +actually revealed to him on his way through the world, had developed, +with a wonderful largeness, the faculties to which it addressed +itself, his general capacity of vision; and in that too was a +success, in the view of certain, very definite, well-considered, +undeniable possibilities. Throughout that elaborate and lifelong +education of his receptive powers, he had ever kept in view the +purpose of preparing himself towards possible further revelation some +day--towards some ampler vision, which [220] should take up into +itself and explain this world's delightful shows, as the scattered +fragments of a poetry, till then but half-understood, might be taken +up into the text of a lost epic, recovered at last. At this moment, +his unclouded receptivity of soul, grown so steadily through all +those years, from experience to experience, was at its height; the +house ready for the possible guest; the tablet of the mind white and +smooth, for whatsoever divine fingers might choose to write there. +And was not this precisely the condition, the attitude of mind, to +which something higher than he, yet akin to him, would be likely to +reveal itself; to which that influence he had felt now and again like +a friendly hand upon his shoulder, amid the actual obscurities of the +world, would be likely to make a further explanation? Surely, the +aim of a true philosophy must lie, not in futile efforts towards the +complete accommodation of man to the circumstances in which he +chances to find himself, but in the maintenance of a kind of candid +discontent, in the face of the very highest achievement; the +unclouded and receptive soul quitting the world finally, with the +same fresh wonder with which it had entered the world still +unimpaired, and going on its blind way at last with the consciousness +of some profound enigma in things, as but a pledge of something +further to come. Marius seemed to understand how one might look back +upon life here, and its [221] excellent visions, as but the portion +of a race-course left behind him by a runner still swift of foot: for +a moment he experienced a singular curiosity, almost an ardent desire +to enter upon a future, the possibilities of which seemed so large. + +And just then, again amid the memory of certain touching actual words +and images, came the thought of the great hope, that hope against +hope, which, as he conceived, had arisen--Lux sedentibus in +tenebris+--upon the aged world; the hope Cornelius had seemed to bear +away upon him in his strength, with a buoyancy which had caused +Marius to feel, not so much that by a caprice of destiny, he had been +left to die in his place, as that Cornelius was gone on a mission to +deliver him also from death. There had been a permanent protest +established in the world, a plea, a perpetual after-thought, which +humanity henceforth would ever possess in reserve, against any wholly +mechanical and disheartening theory of itself and its conditions. +That was a thought which relieved for him the iron outline of the +horizon about him, touching it as if with soft light from beyond; +filling the shadowy, hollow places to which he was on his way with +the warmth of definite affections; confirming also certain +considerations by which he seemed to link himself to the generations +to come in the world he was leaving. Yes! through the survival of +their children, happy parents are able to [222] think calmly, and +with a very practical affection, of a world in which they are to have +no direct share; planting with a cheerful good-humour, the acorns +they carry about with them, that their grand-children may be shaded +from the sun by the broad oak-trees of the future. That is nature's +way of easing death to us. It was thus too, surprised, delighted, +that Marius, under the power of that new hope among men, could think +of the generations to come after him. Without it, dim in truth as it +was, he could hardly have dared to ponder the world which limited all +he really knew, as it would be when he should have departed from it. +A strange lonesomeness, like physical darkness, seemed to settle upon +the thought of it; as if its business hereafter must be, as far as he +was concerned, carried on in some inhabited, but distant and alien, +star. Contrariwise, with the sense of that hope warm about him, he +seemed to anticipate some kindly care for himself; never to fail even +on earth, a care for his very body-that dear sister and companion of +his soul, outworn, suffering, and in the very article of death, as it +was now. + +For the weariness came back tenfold; and he had finally to abstain +from thoughts like these, as from what caused physical pain. And +then, as before in the wretched, sleepless nights of those forced +marches, he would try to fix his mind, as it were impassively, and +like a child thinking over the toys it loves, one after another, that +it [223] may fall asleep thus, and forget all about them the sooner, +on all the persons he had loved in life--on his love for them, dead +or living, grateful for his love or not, rather than on theirs for +him--letting their images pass away again, or rest with him, as they +would. In the bare sense of having loved he seemed to find, even amid +this foundering of the ship, that on which his soul might "assuredly +rest and depend." One after another, he suffered those faces and +voices to come and go, as in some mechanical exercise, as he might +have repeated all the verses he knew by heart, or like the telling of +beads one by one, with many a sleepy nod between-whiles. + +For there remained also, for the old earthy creature still within +him, that great blessedness of physical slumber. To sleep, to lose +one's self in sleep--that, as he had always recognised, was a good +thing. And it was after a space of deep sleep that he awoke amid the +murmuring voices of the people who had kept and tended him so +carefully through his sickness, now kneeling around his bed: and what +he heard confirmed, in the then perfect clearness of his soul, the +inevitable suggestion of his own bodily feelings. He had often dreamt +he was condemned to die, that the hour, with wild thoughts of escape, +was arrived; and waking, with the sun all around him, in complete +liberty of life, had been full of gratitude for his place there, +alive still, in the [224] land of the living. He read surely, now, +in the manner, the doings, of these people, some of whom were passing +out through the doorway, where the heavy sunlight in very deed lay, +that his last morning was come, and turned to think once more of the +beloved. Often had he fancied of old that not to die on a dark or +rainy day might itself have a little alleviating grace or favour +about it. The people around his bed were praying fervently--Abi! +Abi! Anima Christiana!+ In the moments of his extreme helplessness +their mystic bread had been placed, had descended like a snow-flake +from the sky, between his lips. Gentle fingers had applied to hands +and feet, to all those old passage-ways of the senses, through which +the world had come and gone for him, now so dim and obstructed, a +medicinable oil. It was the same people who, in the gray, austere +evening of that day, took up his remains, and buried them secretly, +with their accustomed prayers; but with joy also, holding his death, +according to their generous view in this matter, to have been of the +nature of martyrdom; and martyrdom, as the church had always said, a +kind of sacrament with plenary grace. + +1881-1884. + +THE END + +NOTES + +217. +"He made no one unhappy." + +218. +"I have lived!" + +221. +From the Latin Vulgate Bible, Matthew 4:16: "populus qui +sedebat in tenebris lucem vidit magnam et sedentibus in regione et +umbra mortis lux orta est eis." King James Bible translation: "The +people which sat in darkness saw great light; and to them which sat in +the region and shadow of death light is sprung up." + +224. "Depart! Depart! Christian Soul!" The thought is from the +Catholic prayer for the departing. + + +End of Project Gutenberg Etext of Marius the Epicurean Vol. II by Walter Pater + diff --git a/old/7mrs210.zip b/old/7mrs210.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a19e972 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/7mrs210.zip diff --git a/old/8mrs210.txt b/old/8mrs210.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..dd14687 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/8mrs210.txt @@ -0,0 +1,5477 @@ +The Project Gutenberg Etext of Marius the Epicurean, Vol. II, by Walter Pater +#8 in our series by Walter Pater + +Copyright laws are changing all over the world, be sure to check +the laws for your country before redistributing these files!!! + +Please take a look at the important information in this header. +We encourage you to keep this file on your own disk, keeping an +electronic path open for the next readers. + +Please do not remove this. + +This should be the first thing seen when anyone opens the book. +Do not change or edit it without written permission. The words +are carefully chosen to provide users with the information they +need about what they can legally do with the texts. + + +**Welcome To The World of Free Plain Vanilla Electronic Texts** + +**Etexts Readable By Both Humans and By Computers, Since 1971** + +*****These Etexts Are Prepared By Thousands of Volunteers!***** + +Information on contacting Project Gutenberg to get Etexts, and +further information is included below, including for donations. + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a 501(c)(3) +organization with EIN [Employee Identification Number] 64-6221541 + + + +Title: Marius the Epicurean, Volume Two + +Author: Walter Horatio Pater + +Release Date: May, 2003 [Etext #4058] +[Yes, we are about one year ahead of schedule] +[The actual date this file first posted = 10/25/01] + +Edition: 10 + +Language: English + +The Project Gutenberg Etext of Marius the Epicurean, Vol. II, by Walter Pater +************This file should be named 8mrs210.txt or 8mrs210.zip************ + +Corrected EDITIONS of our etexts get a new NUMBER, 8mrs211.txt +VERSIONS based on separate sources get new LETTER, 8mrs210a.txt + +Scanned and proofed by Alfred J. Drake (www.ajdrake.com) + +Project Gutenberg Etexts are usually created from multiple editions, +all of which are in the Public Domain in the United States, unless a +copyright notice is included. Therefore, we usually do NOT keep any +of these books in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +We are now trying to release all our books one year in advance +of the official release dates, leaving time for better editing. +Please be encouraged to send us error messages even years after +the official publication date. + +Please note neither this listing nor its contents are final til +midnight of the last day of the month of any such announcement. +The official release date of all Project Gutenberg Etexts is at +Midnight, Central Time, of the last day of the stated month. A +preliminary version may often be posted for suggestion, comment +and editing by those who wish to do so. + +Most people start at our sites at: +http://gutenberg.net +http://promo.net/pg + + +Those of you who want to download any Etext before announcement +can surf to them as follows, and just download by date; this is +also a good way to get them instantly upon announcement, as the +indexes our cataloguers produce obviously take a while after an +announcement goes out in the Project Gutenberg Newsletter. + +http://www.ibiblio.org/gutenberg/etext03 +or +ftp://ftp.ibiblio.org/pub/docs/books/gutenberg/etext03 + +Or /etext02, 01, 00, 99, 98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90 + +Just search by the first five letters of the filename you want, +as it appears in our Newsletters. + + +Information about Project Gutenberg (one page) + +We produce about two million dollars for each hour we work. The +time it takes us, a rather conservative estimate, is fifty hours +to get any etext selected, entered, proofread, edited, copyright +searched and analyzed, the copyright letters written, etc. This +projected audience is one hundred million readers. If our value +per text is nominally estimated at one dollar then we produce $2 +million dollars per hour this year as we release fifty new Etext +files per month, or 500 more Etexts in 2000 for a total of 3000+ +If they reach just 1-2% of the world's population then the total +should reach over 300 billion Etexts given away by year's end. + +The Goal of Project Gutenberg is to Give Away One Trillion Etext +Files by December 31, 2001. [10,000 x 100,000,000 = 1 Trillion] +This is ten thousand titles each to one hundred million readers, +which is only about 4% of the present number of computer users. + +At our revised rates of production, we will reach only one-third +of that goal by the end of 2001, or about 4,000 Etexts unless we +manage to get some real funding. + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been created +to secure a future for Project Gutenberg into the next millennium. + +We need your donations more than ever! + +As of July 12, 2001 contributions are only being solicited from people in: +Arkansas, Colorado, Connecticut, Delaware, Florida, Georgia, Hawaii, Idaho, +Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Louisiana, Maine, Massachusetts, Minnesota, +Missouri, Montana, Nebraska, New Mexico, Nevada, New Jersey, New York, North +Carolina, Ohio, Oklahoma, Oregon, Rhode Island, South Carolina*, South Dakota, +Tennessee, Texas, Utah, Vermont, Virginia, Washington, West Virginia, +Wisconsin, and Wyoming. + +*In Progress + +We have filed in about 45 states now, but these are the only ones +that have responded. + +As the requirements for other states are met, +additions to this list will be made and fund raising +will begin in the additional states. Please feel +free to ask to check the status of your state. + +In answer to various questions we have received on this: + +We are constantly working on finishing the paperwork +to legally request donations in all 50 states. If +your state is not listed and you would like to know +if we have added it since the list you have, just ask. + +While we cannot solicit donations from people in +states where we are not yet registered, we know +of no prohibition against accepting donations +from donors in these states who approach us with +an offer to donate. + + +International donations are accepted, +but we don't know ANYTHING about how +to make them tax-deductible, or +even if they CAN be made deductible, +and don't have the staff to handle it +even if there are ways. + +All donations should be made to: + +Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +PMB 113 +1739 University Ave. +Oxford, MS 38655-4109 + + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a 501(c)(3) +organization with EIN [Employee Identification Number] 64-6221541, +and has been approved as a 501(c)(3) organization by the US Internal +Revenue Service (IRS). Donations are tax-deductible to the maximum +extent permitted by law. As the requirements for other states are met, +additions to this list will be made and fund raising will begin in the +additional states. + +We need your donations more than ever! + +You can get up to date donation information at: + +http://www.gutenberg.net/donation.html + + +*** + +If you can't reach Project Gutenberg, +you can always email directly to: + +Michael S. Hart <hart@pobox.com> + +hart@pobox.com forwards to hart@prairienet.org and archive.org +if your mail bounces from archive.org, I will still see it, if +it bounces from prairienet.org, better resend later on. . . . + +Prof. Hart will answer or forward your message. + +We would prefer to send you information by email. + + +*** + + +Example command-line FTP session: + +ftp ftp.ibiblio.org +login: anonymous +password: your@login +cd pub/docs/books/gutenberg +cd etext90 through etext99 or etext00 through etext02, etc. +dir [to see files] +get or mget [to get files. . .set bin for zip files] +GET GUTINDEX.?? [to get a year's listing of books, e.g., GUTINDEX.99] +GET GUTINDEX.ALL [to get a listing of ALL books] + + +**The Legal Small Print** + + +(Three Pages) + +***START**THE SMALL PRINT!**FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN ETEXTS**START*** +Why is this "Small Print!" statement here? You know: lawyers. +They tell us you might sue us if there is something wrong with +your copy of this etext, even if you got it for free from +someone other than us, and even if what's wrong is not our +fault. So, among other things, this "Small Print!" statement +disclaims most of our liability to you. It also tells you how +you may distribute copies of this etext if you want to. + +*BEFORE!* YOU USE OR READ THIS ETEXT +By using or reading any part of this PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm +etext, you indicate that you understand, agree to and accept +this "Small Print!" statement. If you do not, you can receive +a refund of the money (if any) you paid for this etext by +sending a request within 30 days of receiving it to the person +you got it from. If you received this etext on a physical +medium (such as a disk), you must return it with your request. + +ABOUT PROJECT GUTENBERG-TM ETEXTS +This PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm etext, like most PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm etexts, +is a "public domain" work distributed by Professor Michael S. Hart +through the Project Gutenberg Association (the "Project"). +Among other things, this means that no one owns a United States copyright +on or for this work, so the Project (and you!) can copy and +distribute it in the United States without permission and +without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, set forth +below, apply if you wish to copy and distribute this etext +under the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark. + +Please do not use the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark to market +any commercial products without permission. + +To create these etexts, the Project expends considerable +efforts to identify, transcribe and proofread public domain +works. Despite these efforts, the Project's etexts and any +medium they may be on may contain "Defects". Among other +things, Defects may take the form of incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other +intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged +disk or other etext medium, a computer virus, or computer +codes that damage or cannot be read by your equipment. + +LIMITED WARRANTY; DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES +But for the "Right of Replacement or Refund" described below, +[1] Michael Hart and the Foundation (and any other party you may +receive this etext from as a PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm etext) disclaims +all liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including +legal fees, and [2] YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE OR +UNDER STRICT LIABILITY, OR FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY OR CONTRACT, +INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE +OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + +If you discover a Defect in this etext within 90 days of +receiving it, you can receive a refund of the money (if any) +you paid for it by sending an explanatory note within that +time to the person you received it from. If you received it +on a physical medium, you must return it with your note, and +such person may choose to alternatively give you a replacement +copy. If you received it electronically, such person may +choose to alternatively give you a second opportunity to +receive it electronically. + +THIS ETEXT IS OTHERWISE PROVIDED TO YOU "AS-IS". NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARE MADE TO YOU AS +TO THE ETEXT OR ANY MEDIUM IT MAY BE ON, INCLUDING BUT NOT +LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A +PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + +Some states do not allow disclaimers of implied warranties or +the exclusion or limitation of consequential damages, so the +above disclaimers and exclusions may not apply to you, and you +may have other legal rights. + +INDEMNITY +You will indemnify and hold Michael Hart, the Foundation, +and its trustees and agents, and any volunteers associated +with the production and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm +texts harmless, from all liability, cost and expense, including +legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of the +following that you do or cause: [1] distribution of this etext, +[2] alteration, modification, or addition to the etext, +or [3] any Defect. + +DISTRIBUTION UNDER "PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm" +You may distribute copies of this etext electronically, or by +disk, book or any other medium if you either delete this +"Small Print!" and all other references to Project Gutenberg, +or: + +[1] Only give exact copies of it. Among other things, this + requires that you do not remove, alter or modify the + etext or this "small print!" statement. You may however, + if you wish, distribute this etext in machine readable + binary, compressed, mark-up, or proprietary form, + including any form resulting from conversion by word + processing or hypertext software, but only so long as + *EITHER*: + + [*] The etext, when displayed, is clearly readable, and + does *not* contain characters other than those + intended by the author of the work, although tilde + (~), asterisk (*) and underline (_) characters may + be used to convey punctuation intended by the + author, and additional characters may be used to + indicate hypertext links; OR + + [*] The etext may be readily converted by the reader at + no expense into plain ASCII, EBCDIC or equivalent + form by the program that displays the etext (as is + the case, for instance, with most word processors); + OR + + [*] You provide, or agree to also provide on request at + no additional cost, fee or expense, a copy of the + etext in its original plain ASCII form (or in EBCDIC + or other equivalent proprietary form). + +[2] Honor the etext refund and replacement provisions of this + "Small Print!" statement. + +[3] Pay a trademark license fee to the Foundation of 20% of the + gross profits you derive calculated using the method you + already use to calculate your applicable taxes. If you + don't derive profits, no royalty is due. Royalties are + payable to "Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation" + the 60 days following each date you prepare (or were + legally required to prepare) your annual (or equivalent + periodic) tax return. Please contact us beforehand to + let us know your plans and to work out the details. + +WHAT IF YOU *WANT* TO SEND MONEY EVEN IF YOU DON'T HAVE TO? +Project Gutenberg is dedicated to increasing the number of +public domain and licensed works that can be freely distributed +in machine readable form. + +The Project gratefully accepts contributions of money, time, +public domain materials, or royalty free copyright licenses. +Money should be paid to the: +"Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +If you are interested in contributing scanning equipment or +software or other items, please contact Michael Hart at: +hart@pobox.com + +[Portions of this header are copyright (C) 2001 by Michael S. Hart +and may be reprinted only when these Etexts are free of all fees.] +[Project Gutenberg is a TradeMark and may not be used in any sales +of Project Gutenberg Etexts or other materials be they hardware or +software or any other related product without express permission.] + +*END THE SMALL PRINT! FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN ETEXTS*Ver.10/04/01*END* + + + + + +Scanned and proofed by Alfred J. Drake (www.ajdrake.com) + + + + + +MARIUS THE EPICUREAN, VOLUME TWO +WALTER HORATIO PATER + +London: 1910. (The Library Edition.) + + +NOTES BY THE E-TEXT EDITOR: + +Notes: The 1910 Library Edition employs footnotes, a +style inconvenient in an electronic edition. I have therefore +placed an asterisk immediately after each of Pater's footnotes +and a + sign after my own notes, and have listed each chapter's +notes at that chapter's end. + +Pagination and Paragraphing: To avoid an unwieldy electronic copy, +I have transferred original pagination to brackets. A bracketed +numeral such as [22] indicates that the material immediately +following the number marks the beginning of the relevant page. I +have preserved paragraph structure except for first-line indentation. + +Hyphenation: I have not preserved original hyphenation since an +e-text does not require line-end or page-end hyphenation. + +Greek typeface: For this full-text edition, I have transliterated +Pater's Greek quotations. If there is a need for the original Greek, it +can be viewed at my site, http://www.ajdrake.com/etexts, a Victorianist +archive that contains the complete works of Walter Pater and many other +nineteenth-century texts, mostly in first editions. + + + + + + +MARIUS THE EPICUREAN, VOLUME TWO +WALTER PATER + + + Cheimerinos oneiros, hote mkistai hai vyktes.+ + + +"A winter's dream, when nights are longest." + Lucian, The Dream, Vol. 3. + + + CONTENTS + + + PART THE THIRD + + 15. Stoicism at Court: 3-13 + 16. Second Thoughts: 14-28 + 17. Beata Urbs: 29-40 + 18. "The Ceremony of the Dart": 41-56 + 19. The Will as Vision: 57-72 + + PART THE FOURTH + + 20. Two Curious Houses--1. Guests: 75-91 + 21. Two Curious Houses--2. The Church in Cecilia's House: 92-108 + 22. "The Minor Peace of the Church": 109-127 + 23. Divine Service: 128-140 + 24. A Conversation Not Imaginary: 141-171 + 25. Sunt Lacrimae Rerum: 172-185 + 26. The Martyrs: 186-196 + 27. The Triumph of Marcus Aurelius: 197-207 + 28. Anima Naturaliter Christiana: 208-224 + + + +PART THE THIRD + +CHAPTER XV: STOICISM AT COURT + +[3] THE very finest flower of the same company--Aurelius with the +gilded fasces borne before him, a crowd of exquisites, the empress +Faustina herself, and all the elegant blue-stockings of the day, who +maintained, people said, their private "sophists" to whisper +philosophy into their ears winsomely as they performed the duties of +the toilet--was assembled again a few months later, in a different +place and for a very different purpose. The temple of Peace, a +"modernising" foundation of Hadrian, enlarged by a library and +lecture-rooms, had grown into an institution like something between a +college and a literary club; and here Cornelius Fronto was to +pronounce a discourse on the Nature of Morals. There were some, +indeed, who had desired the emperor Aurelius himself to declare his +whole mind on this matter. Rhetoric was become almost a function of +the state: philosophy was upon the throne; and had from time to time, +by [4] request, delivered an official utterance with well-nigh divine +authority. And it was as the delegate of this authority, under the +full sanction of the philosophic emperor--emperor and pontiff, that +the aged Fronto purposed to-day to expound some parts of the Stoic +doctrine, with the view of recommending morals to that refined but +perhaps prejudiced company, as being, in effect, one mode of +comeliness in things--as it were music, or a kind of artistic order, +in life. And he did this earnestly, with an outlay of all his +science of mind, and that eloquence of which he was known to be a +master. For Stoicism was no longer a rude and unkempt thing. +Received at court, it had largely decorated itself: it was grown +persuasive and insinuating, and sought not only to convince men's +intelligence but to allure their souls. Associated with the +beautiful old age of the great rhetorician, and his winning voice, it +was almost Epicurean. And the old man was at his best on the +occasion; the last on which he ever appeared in this way. To-day was +his own birthday. Early in the morning the imperial letter of +congratulation had reached him; and all the pleasant animation it had +caused was in his face, when assisted by his daughter Gratia he took +his place on the ivory chair, as president of the Athenaeum of Rome, +wearing with a wonderful grace the philosophic pall,--in reality +neither more nor less than the loose woollen cloak of the common +soldier, but fastened [5] on his right shoulder with a magnificent +clasp, the emperor's birthday gift. + +It was an age, as abundant evidence shows, whose delight in rhetoric +was but one result of a general susceptibility--an age not merely +taking pleasure in words, but experiencing a great moral power in +them. Fronto's quaintly fashionable audience would have wept, and +also assisted with their purses, had his present purpose been, as +sometimes happened, the recommendation of an object of charity. As +it was, arranging themselves at their ease among the images and +flowers, these amateurs of exquisite language, with their tablets +open for careful record of felicitous word or phrase, were ready to +give themselves wholly to the intellectual treat prepared for them, +applauding, blowing loud kisses through the air sometimes, at the +speaker's triumphant exit from one of his long, skilfully modulated +sentences; while the younger of them meant to imitate everything +about him, down to the inflections of his voice and the very folds of +his mantle. Certainly there was rhetoric enough:--a wealth of +imagery; illustrations from painting, music, mythology, the +experiences of love; a management, by which subtle, unexpected +meaning was brought out of familiar terms, like flies from morsels of +amber, to use Fronto's own figure. But with all its richness, the +higher claim of his style was rightly understood to lie in gravity +and self-command, and an especial care for the [6] purities of a +vocabulary which rejected every expression unsanctioned by the +authority of approved ancient models. + +And it happened with Marius, as it will sometimes happen, that this +general discourse to a general audience had the effect of an +utterance adroitly designed for him. His conscience still vibrating +painfully under the shock of that scene in the amphitheatre, and full +of the ethical charm of Cornelius, he was questioning himself with +much impatience as to the possibility of an adjustment between his +own elaborately thought-out intellectual scheme and the "old +morality." In that intellectual scheme indeed the old morality had +so far been allowed no place, as seeming to demand from him the +admission of certain first principles such as might misdirect or +retard him in his efforts towards a complete, many-sided existence; +or distort the revelations of the experience of life; or curtail his +natural liberty of heart and mind. But now (his imagination being +occupied for the moment with the noble and resolute air, the +gallantry, so to call it, which composed the outward mien and +presentment of his strange friend's inflexible ethics) he felt +already some nascent suspicion of his philosophic programme, in +regard, precisely, to the question of good taste. There was the +taint of a graceless "antinomianism" perceptible in it, a dissidence, +a revolt against accustomed modes, the actual impression of which on +other [7] men might rebound upon himself in some loss of that +personal pride to which it was part of his theory of life to allow so +much. And it was exactly a moral situation such as this that Fronto +appeared to be contemplating. He seemed to have before his mind the +case of one--Cyrenaic or Epicurean, as the courtier tends to be, by +habit and instinct, if not on principle--who yet experiences, +actually, a strong tendency to moral assents, and a desire, with as +little logical inconsistency as may be, to find a place for duty and +righteousness in his house of thought. + +And the Stoic professor found the key to this problem in the purely +aesthetic beauty of the old morality, as an element in things, +fascinating to the imagination, to good taste in its most highly +developed form, through association--a system or order, as a matter +of fact, in possession, not only of the larger world, but of the rare +minority of lite intelligences; from which, therefore, least of all +would the sort of Epicurean he had in view endure to become, so to +speak, an outlaw. He supposed his hearer to be, with all sincerity, +in search after some principle of conduct (and it was here that he +seemed to Marius to be speaking straight to him) which might give +unity of motive to an actual rectitude, a cleanness and probity of +life, determined partly by natural affection, partly by enlightened +self-interest or the feeling of honour, due in part even to the mere +fear of penalties; no element of which, [8] however, was +distinctively moral in the agent himself as such, and providing him, +therefore, no common ground with a really moral being like Cornelius, +or even like the philosophic emperor. Performing the same offices; +actually satisfying, even as they, the external claims of others; +rendering to all their dues--one thus circumstanced would be wanting, +nevertheless, in the secret of inward adjustment to the moral agents +around him. How tenderly--more tenderly than many stricter souls--he +might yield himself to kindly instinct! what fineness of charity in +passing judgment on others! what an exquisite conscience of other +men's susceptibilities! He knows for how much the manner, because +the heart itself, counts, in doing a kindness. He goes beyond most +people in his care for all weakly creatures; judging, instinctively, +that to be but sentient is to possess rights. He conceives a hundred +duties, though he may not call them by that name, of the existence of +which purely duteous souls may have no suspicion. He has a kind of +pride in doing more than they, in a way of his own. Sometimes, he +may think that those men of line and rule do not really understand +their own business. How narrow, inflexible, unintelligent! what poor +guardians (he may reason) of the inward spirit of righteousness, are +some supposed careful walkers according to its letter and form. And +yet all the while he admits, as such, no moral world at all: no [9] +theoretic equivalent to so large a proportion of the facts of life. + +But, over and above such practical rectitude, thus determined by +natural affection or self-love or fear, he may notice that there is a +remnant of right conduct, what he does, still more what he abstains +from doing, not so much through his own free election, as from a +deference, an "assent," entire, habitual, unconscious, to custom--to +the actual habit or fashion of others, from whom he could not endure +to break away, any more than he would care to be out of agreement +with them on questions of mere manner, or, say, even, of dress. Yes! +there were the evils, the vices, which he avoided as, essentially, a +failure in good taste. An assent, such as this, to the preferences +of others, might seem to be the weakest of motives, and the rectitude +it could determine the least considerable element in a moral life. +Yet here, according to Cornelius Fronto, was in truth the revealing +example, albeit operating upon comparative trifles, of the general +principle required. There was one great idea associated with which +that determination to conform to precedent was elevated into the +clearest, the fullest, the weightiest principle of moral action; a +principle under which one might subsume men's most strenuous efforts +after righteousness. And he proceeded to expound the idea of +Humanity--of a universal commonwealth of mind, which [10] becomes +explicit, and as if incarnate, in a select communion of just men made +perfect. + +Ho kosmos hsanei polis estin+--the world is as it were a commonwealth, +a city: and there are observances, customs, usages, actually current +in it, things our friends and companions will expect of us, as the +condition of our living there with them at all, as really their peers +or fellow-citizens. Those observances were, indeed, the creation of +a visible or invisible aristocracy in it, whose actual manners, whose +preferences from of old, become now a weighty tradition as to the way +in which things should or should not be done, are like a music, to +which the intercourse of life proceeds--such a music as no one who +had once caught its harmonies would willingly jar. In this way, the +becoming, as in Greek--to prepon: or ta th+ mores, manners, as both +Greeks and Romans said, would indeed be a comprehensive term for +duty. Righteousness would be, in the words of "Caesar" himself, of +the philosophic Aurelius, but a "following of the reasonable will of +the oldest, the most venerable, of cities, of polities--of the royal, +the law-giving element, therein--forasmuch as we are citizens also in +that supreme city on high, of which all other cities beside are but +as single habitations." But as the old man spoke with animation of +this supreme city, this invisible society, whose conscience was +become explicit in its inner circle of inspired souls, of whose [11] +common spirit, the trusted leaders of human conscience had been but +the mouthpiece, of whose successive personal preferences in the +conduct of life, the "old morality" was the sum,--Marius felt that +his own thoughts were passing beyond the actual intention of the +speaker; not in the direction of any clearer theoretic or abstract +definition of that ideal commonwealth, but rather as if in search of +its visible locality and abiding-place, the walls and towers of +which, so to speak, he might really trace and tell, according to his +own old, natural habit of mind. It would be the fabric, the outward +fabric, of a system reaching, certainly, far beyond the great city +around him, even if conceived in all the machinery of its visible and +invisible influences at their grandest--as Augustus or Trajan might +have conceived of them--however well the visible Rome might pass for +a figure of that new, unseen, Rome on high. At moments, Marius even +asked himself with surprise, whether it might be some vast secret +society the speaker had in view:--that august community, to be an +outlaw from which, to be foreign to the manners of which, was a loss +so much greater than to be excluded, into the ends of the earth, from +the sovereign Roman commonwealth. Humanity, a universal order, the +great polity, its aristocracy of elect spirits, the mastery of their +example over their successors--these were the ideas, stimulating +enough in their way, [12] by association with which the Stoic +professor had attempted to elevate, to unite under a single +principle, men's moral efforts, himself lifted up with so genuine an +enthusiasm. But where might Marius search for all this, as more than +an intellectual abstraction? Where were those elect souls in whom +the claim of Humanity became so amiable, winning, persuasive--whose +footsteps through the world were so beautiful in the actual order he +saw--whose faces averted from him, would be more than he could bear? +Where was that comely order, to which as a great fact of experience +he must give its due; to which, as to all other beautiful "phenomena" +in life, he must, for his own peace, adjust himself? + +Rome did well to be serious. The discourse ended somewhat abruptly, +as the noise of a great crowd in motion was heard below the walls; +whereupon, the audience, following the humour of the younger element +in it, poured into the colonnade, from the steps of which the famous +procession, or transvectio, of the military knights was to be seen +passing over the Forum, from their trysting-place at the temple of +Mars, to the temple of the Dioscuri. The ceremony took place this +year, not on the day accustomed--anniversary of the victory of Lake +Regillus, with its pair of celestial assistants--and amid the heat +and roses of a Roman July, but, by [13] anticipation, some months +earlier, the almond-trees along the way being still in leafless +flower. Through that light trellis-work, Marius watched the riders, +arrayed in all their gleaming ornaments, and wearing wreaths of olive +around their helmets, the faces below which, what with battle and the +plague, were almost all youthful. It was a flowery scene enough, but +had to-day its fulness of war-like meaning; the return of the army to +the North, where the enemy was again upon the move, being now +imminent. Cornelius had ridden along in his place, and, on the +dismissal of the company, passed below the steps where Marius stood, +with that new song he had heard once before floating from his lips. + +NOTES + +10. +Transliteration: Ho kosmos hsanei polis estin. Translation: +"The world is like a city." + +10. +Transliteration: to prepon . . . ta th. Translation: "That +which is seemly . . . mores." + + + +CHAPTER XVI: SECOND THOUGHTS + +[14] AND Marius, for his part, was grave enough. The discourse of +Cornelius Fronto, with its wide prospect over the human, the +spiritual, horizon, had set him on a review--on a review of the +isolating narrowness, in particular, of his own theoretic scheme. +Long after the very latest roses were faded, when "the town" had +departed to country villas, or the baths, or the war, he remained +behind in Rome; anxious to try the lastingness of his own Epicurean +rose-garden; setting to work over again, and deliberately passing +from point to point of his old argument with himself, down to its +practical conclusions. That age and our own have much in common-- +many difficulties and hopes. Let the reader pardon me if here and +there I seem to be passing from Marius to his modern representatives +--from Rome, to Paris or London. + +What really were its claims as a theory of practice, of the +sympathies that determine [15] practice? It had been a theory, +avowedly, of loss and gain (so to call it) of an economy. If, +therefore, it missed something in the commerce of life, which some +other theory of practice was able to include, if it made a needless +sacrifice, then it must be, in a manner, inconsistent with itself, +and lack theoretic completeness. Did it make such a sacrifice? What +did it lose, or cause one to lose? + +And we may note, as Marius could hardly have done, that Cyrenaicism +is ever the characteristic philosophy of youth, ardent, but narrow in +its survey--sincere, but apt to become one-sided, or even fanatical. +It is one of those subjective and partial ideals, based on vivid, +because limited, apprehension of the truth of one aspect of +experience (in this case, of the beauty of the world and the brevity +of man's life there) which it may be said to be the special vocation +of the young to express. In the school of Cyrene, in that +comparatively fresh Greek world, we see this philosophy where it is +least blas, as we say; in its most pleasant, its blithest and yet +perhaps its wisest form, youthfully bright in the youth of European +thought. But it grows young again for a while in almost every +youthful soul. It is spoken of sometimes as the appropriate +utterance of jaded men; but in them it can hardly be sincere, or, by +the nature of the case, an enthusiasm. "Walk in the ways of thine +heart, and in the sight of thine eyes," is, indeed, most often, [16] +according to the supposition of the book from which I quote it, the +counsel of the young, who feel that the sunshine is pleasant along +their veins, and wintry weather, though in a general sense foreseen, +a long way off. The youthful enthusiasm or fanaticism, the self- +abandonment to one favourite mode of thought or taste, which occurs, +quite naturally, at the outset of every really vigorous intellectual +career, finds its special opportunity in a theory such as that so +carefully put together by Marius, just because it seems to call on +one to make the sacrifice, accompanied by a vivid sensation of power +and will, of what others value--sacrifice of some conviction, or +doctrine, or supposed first principle--for the sake of that clear- +eyed intellectual consistency, which is like spotless bodily +cleanliness, or scrupulous personal honour, and has itself for the +mind of the youthful student, when he first comes to appreciate it, +the fascination of an ideal. + +The Cyrenaic doctrine, then, realised as a motive of strenuousness or +enthusiasm, is not so properly the utterance of the "jaded +Epicurean," as of the strong young man in all the freshness of +thought and feeling, fascinated by the notion of raising his life to +the level of a daring theory, while, in the first genial heat of +existence, the beauty of the physical world strikes potently upon his +wide-open, unwearied senses. He discovers a great new poem every +spring, with a hundred delightful things he too has felt, but [16] +which have never been expressed, or at least never so truly, before. +The workshops of the artists, who can select and set before us what +is really most distinguished in visible life, are open to him. He +thinks that the old Platonic, or the new Baconian philosophy, has +been better explained than by the authors themselves, or with some +striking original development, this very month. In the quiet heat of +early summer, on the dusty gold morning, the music comes, louder at +intervals, above the hum of voices from some neighbouring church, +among the flowering trees, valued now, perhaps, only for the +poetically rapt faces among priests or worshippers, or the mere skill +and eloquence, it may be, of its preachers of faith and +righteousness. In his scrupulous idealism, indeed, he too feels +himself to be something of a priest, and that devotion of his days to +the contemplation of what is beautiful, a sort of perpetual religious +service. Afar off, how many fair cities and delicate sea-coasts +await him! At that age, with minds of a certain constitution, no +very choice or exceptional circumstances are needed to provoke an +enthusiasm something like this. Life in modern London even, in the +heavy glow of summer, is stuff sufficient for the fresh imagination +of a youth to build its "palace of art" of; and the very sense and +enjoyment of an experience in which all is new, are but enhanced, +like that glow of summer itself, by the [18] thought of its brevity, +giving him something of a gambler's zest, in the apprehension, by +dexterous act or diligently appreciative thought, of the highly +coloured moments which are to pass away so quickly. At bottom, +perhaps, in his elaborately developed self-consciousness, his +sensibilities, his almost fierce grasp upon the things he values at +all, he has, beyond all others, an inward need of something permanent +in its character, to hold by: of which circumstance, also, he may be +partly aware, and that, as with the brilliant Claudio in Measure for +Measure, it is, in truth, but darkness he is, "encountering, like a +bride." But the inevitable falling of the curtain is probably +distant; and in the daylight, at least, it is not often that he +really shudders at the thought of the grave--the weight above, the +narrow world and its company, within. When the thought of it does +occur to him, he may say to himself:--Well! and the rude monk, for +instance, who has renounced all this, on the security of some dim +world beyond it, really acquiesces in that "fifth act," amid all the +consoling ministries around him, as little as I should at this +moment; though I may hope, that, as at the real ending of a play, +however well acted, I may already have had quite enough of it, and +find a true well-being in eternal sleep. + +And precisely in this circumstance, that, consistently with the +function of youth in general, Cyrenaicism will always be more or [19] +less the special philosophy, or "prophecy," of the young, when the +ideal of a rich experience comes to them in the ripeness of the +receptive, if not of the reflective, powers--precisely in this +circumstance, if we rightly consider it, lies the duly prescribed +corrective of that philosophy. For it is by its exclusiveness, and +by negation rather than positively, that such theories fail to +satisfy us permanently; and what they really need for their +correction, is the complementary influence of some greater system, in +which they may find their due place. That Sturm und Drang of the +spirit, as it has been called, that ardent and special apprehension +of half-truths, in the enthusiastic, and as it were "prophetic" +advocacy of which, devotion to truth, in the case of the young-- +apprehending but one point at a time in the great circumference--most +usually embodies itself, is levelled down, safely enough, afterwards, +as in history so in the individual, by the weakness and mere +weariness, as well as by the maturer wisdom, of our nature. And +though truth indeed, resides, as has been said, "in the whole"--in +harmonisings and adjustments like this--yet those special +apprehensions may still owe their full value, in this sense of "the +whole," to that earlier, one-sided but ardent pre-occupation with +them. + +Cynicism and Cyrenaicism:--they are the earlier Greek forms of Roman +Stoicism and Epicureanism, and in that world of old Greek [20] +thought, we may notice with some surprise that, in a little while, +the nobler form of Cyrenaicism--Cyrenaicism cured of its faults--met +the nobler form of Cynicism half-way. Starting from opposed points, +they merged, each in its most refined form, in a single ideal of +temperance or moderation. Something of the same kind may be noticed +regarding some later phases of Cyrenaic theory. If it starts with +considerations opposed to the religious temper, which the religious +temper holds it a duty to repress, it is like it, nevertheless, and +very unlike any lower development of temper, in its stress and +earnestness, its serious application to the pursuit of a very +unworldly type of perfection. The saint, and the Cyrenaic lover of +beauty, it may be thought, would at least understand each other +better than either would understand the mere man of the world. Carry +their respective positions a point further, shift the terms a little, +and they might actually touch. + +Perhaps all theories of practice tend, as they rise to their best, as +understood by their worthiest representatives, to identification with +each other. For the variety of men's possible reflections on their +experience, as of that experience itself, is not really so great as +it seems; and as the highest and most disinterested ethical formulae, +filtering down into men's everyday existence, reach the same poor +level of vulgar egotism, so, we may fairly suppose that all the +highest spirits, from [21] whatever contrasted points they have +started, would yet be found to entertain, in the moral consciousness +realised by themselves, much the same kind of mental company; to +hold, far more than might be thought probable, at first sight, the +same personal types of character, and even the same artistic and +literary types, in esteem or aversion; to convey, all of them alike, +the same savour of unworldliness. And Cyrenaicism or Epicureanism +too, new or old, may be noticed, in proportion to the completeness of +its development, to approach, as to the nobler form of Cynicism, so +also to the more nobly developed phases of the old, or traditional +morality. In the gravity of its conception of life, in its pursuit +after nothing less than a perfection, in its apprehension of the +value of time--the passion and the seriousness which are like a +consecration--la passion et le srieux qui consacrent--it may be +conceived, as regards its main drift, to be not so much opposed to +the old morality, as an exaggeration of one special motive in it. + +Some cramping, narrowing, costly preference of one part of his own +nature, and of the nature of things, to another, Marius seemed to +have detected in himself, meantime,--in himself, as also in those old +masters of the Cyrenaic philosophy. If they did realise the +monochronos hdon+ as it was called--the pleasure of the "Ideal Now"-- +if certain moments of their lives were high-pitched, passionately +coloured, intent with sensation, [22] and a kind of knowledge which, +in its vivid clearness, was like sensation--if, now and then, they +apprehended the world in its fulness, and had a vision, almost +"beatific," of ideal personalities in life and art, yet these moments +were a very costly matter: they paid a great price for them, in the +sacrifice of a thousand possible sympathies, of things only to be +enjoyed through sympathy, from which they detached themselves, in +intellectual pride, in loyalty to a mere theory that would take +nothing for granted, and assent to no approximate or hypothetical +truths. In their unfriendly, repellent attitude towards the Greek +religion, and the old Greek morality, surely, they had been but +faulty economists. The Greek religion was then alive: then, still +more than in its later day of dissolution, the higher view of it was +possible, even for the philosopher. Its story made little or no +demand for a reasoned or formal acceptance. A religion, which had +grown through and through man's life, with so much natural strength; +had meant so much for so many generations; which expressed so much of +their hopes, in forms so familiar and so winning; linked by +associations so manifold to man as he had been and was--a religion +like this, one would think, might have had its uses, even for a +philosophic sceptic. Yet those beautiful gods, with the whole round +of their poetic worship, the school of Cyrene definitely renounced. + +[23] The old Greek morality, again, with all its imperfections, was +certainly a comely thing.--Yes! a harmony, a music, in men's ways, +one might well hesitate to jar. The merely aesthetic sense might +have had a legitimate satisfaction in the spectacle of that fair +order of choice manners, in those attractive conventions, enveloping, +so gracefully, the whole of life, insuring some sweetness, some +security at least against offence, in the intercourse of the world. +Beyond an obvious utility, it could claim, indeed but custom--use- +and-wont, as we say--for its sanction. But then, one of the +advantages of that liberty of spirit among the Cyrenaics (in which, +through theory, they had become dead to theory, so that all theory, +as such, was really indifferent to them, and indeed nothing valuable +but in its tangible ministration to life) was precisely this, that it +gave them free play in using as their ministers or servants, things +which, to the uninitiated, must be masters or nothing. Yet, how +little the followers of Aristippus made of that whole comely system +of manners or morals, then actually in possession of life, is shown +by the bold practical consequence, which one of them maintained (with +a hard, self-opinionated adherence to his peculiar theory of values) +in the not very amiable paradox that friendship and patriotism were +things one could do without; while another--Death's-advocate, as he +was called--helped so many to self-destruction, by his [24] +pessimistic eloquence on the evils of life, that his lecture-room was +closed. That this was in the range of their consequences--that this +was a possible, if remote, deduction from the premisses of the +discreet Aristippus--was surely an inconsistency in a thinker who +professed above all things an economy of the moments of life. And +yet those old Cyrenaics felt their way, as if in the dark, we may be +sure, like other men in the ordinary transactions of life, beyond the +narrow limits they drew of clear and absolutely legitimate knowledge, +admitting what was not of immediate sensation, and drawing upon that +"fantastic" future which might never come. A little more of such +"walking by faith," a little more of such not unreasonable "assent," +and they might have profited by a hundred services to their culture, +from Greek religion and Greek morality, as they actually were. The +spectacle of their fierce, exclusive, tenacious hold on their own +narrow apprehension, makes one think of a picture with no relief, no +soft shadows nor breadth of space, or of a drama without +proportionate repose. + +Yet it was of perfection that Marius (to return to him again from his +masters, his intellectual heirs) had been really thinking all the +time: a narrow perfection it might be objected, the perfection of but +one part of his nature--his capacities of feeling, of exquisite +physical impressions, of an imaginative sympathy--but still, a true +perfection of those capacities, wrought out [25] to their utmost +degree, admirable enough in its way. He too is an economist: he +hopes, by that "insight" of which the old Cyrenaics made so much, by +skilful apprehension of the conditions of spiritual success as they +really are, the special circumstances of the occasion with which he +has to deal, the special felicities of his own nature, to make the +most, in no mean or vulgar sense, of the few years of life; few, +indeed, for the attainment of anything like general perfection! With +the brevity of that sum of years his mind is exceptionally impressed; +and this purpose makes him no frivolous dilettante, but graver than +other men: his scheme is not that of a trifler, but rather of one who +gives a meaning of his own, yet a very real one, to those old words-- +Let us work while it is day! He has a strong apprehension, also, of +the beauty of the visible things around him; their fading, momentary, +graces and attractions. His natural susceptibility in this +direction, enlarged by experience, seems to demand of him an almost +exclusive pre-occupation with the aspects of things; with their +aesthetic character, as it is called--their revelations to the eye +and the imagination: not so much because those aspects of them yield +him the largest amount of enjoyment, as because to be occupied, in +this way, with the aesthetic or imaginative side of things, is to be +in real contact with those elements of his own nature, and of theirs, +which, for him at [26] least, are matter of the most real kind of +appre-hension. As other men are concentrated upon truths of number, +for instance, or on business, or it may be on the pleasures of +appetite, so he is wholly bent on living in that full stream of +refined sensation. And in the prosecution of this love of beauty, he +claims an entire personal liberty, liberty of heart and mind, +liberty, above all, from what may seem conventional answers to first +questions. + +But, without him there is a venerable system of sentiment and idea, +widely extended in time and place, in a kind of impregnable +possession of human life--a system, which, like some other great +products of the conjoint efforts of human mind through many +generations, is rich in the world's experience; so that, in attaching +oneself to it, one lets in a great tide of that experience, and +makes, as it were with a single step, a great experience of one's +own, and with great consequent increase to one's sense of colour, +variety, and relief, in the spectacle of men and things. The mere +sense that one belongs to a system--an imperial system or +organisation--has, in itself, the expanding power of a great +experience; as some have felt who have been admitted from narrower +sects into the communion of the catholic church; or as the old Roman +citizen felt. It is, we might fancy, what the coming into possession +of a very widely spoken language might be, with a great literature, +which is also [27] the speech of the people we have to live among. + +A wonderful order, actually in possession of human life!--grown +inextricably through and through it; penetrating into its laws, its +very language, its mere habits of decorum, in a thousand half- +conscious ways; yet still felt to be, in part, an unfulfilled ideal; +and, as such, awakening hope, and an aim, identical with the one only +consistent aspiration of mankind! In the apprehension of that, just +then, Marius seemed to have joined company once more with his own old +self; to have overtaken on the road the pilgrim who had come to Rome, +with absolute sincerity, on the search for perfection. It defined +not so much a change of practice, as of sympathy--a new departure, an +expansion, of sympathy. It involved, certainly, some curtailment of +his liberty, in concession to the actual manner, the distinctions, +the enactments of that great crowd of admirable spirits, who have +elected so, and not otherwise, in their conduct of life, and are not +here to give one, so to term it, an "indulgence." But then, under +the supposition of their disapproval, no roses would ever seem worth +plucking again. The authority they exercised was like that of +classic taste--an influence so subtle, yet so real, as defining the +loyalty of the scholar; or of some beautiful and venerable ritual, in +which every observance is become spontaneous and almost mechanical, +yet is found, [28] the more carefully one considers it, to have a +reasonable significance and a natural history. + +And Marius saw that he would be but an inconsistent Cyrenaic, +mistaken in his estimate of values, of loss and gain, and untrue to +the well-considered economy of life which he had brought with him to +Rome--that some drops of the great cup would fall to the ground--if +he did not make that concession, if he did but remain just there. + +NOTES + +21. +Transliteration: monochronos hdon. Pater's definition "the +pleasure of the ideal present, of the mystic now." The definition is +fitting; the unusual adjective monochronos means, literally, "single +or unitary time." + + + +CHAPTER XVII: BEATA URBS + + +"Many prophets and kings have desired to see the things which ye +see." + +[29] THE enemy on the Danube was, indeed, but the vanguard of the +mighty invading hosts of the fifth century. Illusively repressed +just now, those confused movements along the northern boundary of the +Empire were destined to unite triumphantly at last, in the barbarism, +which, powerless to destroy the Christian church, was yet to suppress +for a time the achieved culture of the pagan world. The kingdom of +Christ was to grow up in a somewhat false alienation from the light +and beauty of the kingdom of nature, of the natural man, with a +partly mistaken tradition concerning it, and an incapacity, as it +might almost seem at times, for eventual reconciliation thereto. +Meantime Italy had armed itself once more, in haste, and the imperial +brothers set forth for the Alps. + +Whatever misgiving the Roman people may [30] have felt as to the +leadership of the younger was unexpectedly set at rest; though with +some temporary regret for the loss of what had been, after all, a +popular figure on the world's stage. Travelling fraternally in the +same litter with Aurelius, Lucius Verus was struck with sudden and +mysterious disease, and died as he hastened back to Rome. His death +awoke a swarm of sinister rumours, to settle on Lucilla, jealous, it +was said, of Fabia her sister, perhaps of Faustina--on Faustina +herself, who had accompanied the imperial progress, and was anxious +now to hide a crime of her own--even on the elder brother, who, +beforehand with the treasonable designs of his colleague, should have +helped him at supper to a favourite morsel, cut with a knife poisoned +ingeniously on one side only. Aurelius, certainly, with sincere +distress, his long irritations, so dutifully concealed or repressed, +turning now into a single feeling of regret for the human creature, +carried the remains back to Rome, and demanded of the Senate a public +funeral, with a decree for the apothesis, or canonisation, of the +dead. + +For three days the body lay in state in the Forum, enclosed in an +open coffin of cedar-wood, on a bed of ivory and gold, in the centre +of a sort of temporary chapel, representing the temple of his +patroness Venus Genetrix. Armed soldiers kept watch around it, while +choirs of select voices relieved one another in the chanting of hymns +or monologues from the great tragedians. + +[31] At the head of the couch were displayed the various personal +decorations which had belonged to Verus in life. Like all the rest +of Rome, Marius went to gaze on the face he had seen last scarcely +disguised under the hood of a travelling-dress, as the wearer +hurried, at night-fall, along one of the streets below the palace, to +some amorous appointment. Unfamiliar as he still was with dead +faces, he was taken by surprise, and touched far beyond what he had +reckoned on, by the piteous change there; even the skill of Galen +having been not wholly successful in the process of embalming. It +was as if a brother of his own were lying low before him, with that +meek and helpless expression it would have been a sacrilege to treat +rudely. + +Meantime, in the centre of the Campus Martius, within the grove of +poplars which enclosed the space where the body of Augustus had been +burnt, the great funeral pyre, stuffed with shavings of various +aromatic woods, was built up in many stages, separated from each +other by a light entablature of woodwork, and adorned abundantly with +carved and tapestried images. Upon this pyramidal or flame-shaped +structure lay the corpse, hidden now under a mountain of flowers and +incense brought by the women, who from the first had had their +fondness for the wanton graces of the deceased. The dead body was +surmounted by a waxen effigy of great size, arrayed in the triumphal +ornaments. [32] At last the Centurions to whom that office belonged, +drew near, torch in hand, to ignite the pile at its four corners, +while the soldiers, in wild excitement, flung themselves around it, +casting into the flames the decorations they had received for acts of +valour under the dead emperor's command. + +It had been a really heroic order, spoiled a little, at the last +moment, through the somewhat tawdry artifice, by which an eagle--not +a very noble or youthful specimen of its kind--was caused to take +flight amid the real or affected awe of the spectators, above the +perishing remains; a court chamberlain, according to ancient +etiquette, subsequently making official declaration before the +Senate, that the imperial "genius" had been seen in this way, +escaping from the fire. And Marius was present when the Fathers, +duly certified of the fact, by "acclamation," muttering their +judgment all together, in a kind of low, rhythmical chant, decreed +Caelum--the privilege of divine rank to the departed. + +The actual gathering of the ashes in a white cere-cloth by the +widowed Lucilla, when the last flicker had been extinguished by drops +of wine; and the conveyance of them to the little cell, already +populous, in the central mass of the sepulchre of Hadrian, still in +all the splendour of its statued colonnades, were a matter of private +or domestic duty; after the due accomplishment of which Aurelius was +at [33] liberty to retire for a time into the privacy o his beloved +apartments of the Palatine. And hither, not long afterwards, Marius +was summoned a second time, to receive from the imperial hands the +great pile of Manuscripts it would be his business to revise and +arrange. + +One year had passed since his first visit to the palace; and as he +climbed the stairs to-day, the great cypresses rocked against the +sunless sky, like living creatures in pain. He had to traverse a +long subterranean gallery, once a secret entrance to the imperial +apartments, and in our own day, amid the ruin of all around it, as +smooth and fresh as if the carpets were but just removed from its +floor after the return of the emperor from the shows. It was here, +on such an occasion, that the emperor Caligula, at the age of twenty- +nine, had come by his end, the assassins gliding along it as he +lingered a few moments longer to watch the movements of a party of +noble youths at their exercise in the courtyard below. As Marius +waited, a second time, in that little red room in the house of the +chief chamberlain, curious to look once more upon its painted walls-- +the very place whither the assassins were said to have turned for +refuge after the murder--he could all but see the figure, which in +its surrounding light and darkness seemed to him the most melancholy +in the entire history of Rome. He called to mind the greatness of +that popularity and early [34] promise--the stupefying height of +irresponsible power, from which, after all, only men's viler side had +been clearly visible--the overthrow of reason--the seemingly +irredeemable memory; and still, above all, the beautiful head in +which the noble lines of the race of Augustus were united to, he knew +not what expression of sensibility and fineness, not theirs, and for +the like of which one must pass onward to the Antonines. Popular +hatred had been careful to destroy its semblance wherever it was to +be found; but one bust, in dark bronze-like basalt of a wonderful +perfection of finish, preserved in the museum of the Capitol, may +have seemed to some visitors there perhaps the finest extant relic of +Roman art. Had the very seal of empire upon those sombre brows, +reflected from his mirror, suggested his insane attempt upon the +liberties, the dignity of men?--"O humanity!" he seems to ask, "what +hast thou done to me that I should so despise thee?"--And might not +this be indeed the true meaning of kingship, if the world would have +one man to reign over it? The like of this: or, some incredible, +surely never to be realised, height of disinterestedness, in a king +who should be the servant of all, quite at the other extreme of the +practical dilemma involved in such a position. Not till some while +after his death had the body been decently interred by the piety of +the sisters he had driven into exile. Fraternity [35] of feeling had +been no invariable feature in the incidents of Roman story. One long +Vicus Sceleratus, from its first dim foundation in fraternal quarrel +on the morrow of a common deliverance so touching--had not almost +every step in it some gloomy memory of unnatural violence? Romans +did well to fancy the traitress Tarpeia still "green in earth," +crowned, enthroned, at the roots of the Capitoline rock. If in truth +the religion of Rome was everywhere in it, like that perfume of the +funeral incense still upon the air, so also was the memory of crime +prompted by a hypocritical cruelty, down to the erring, or not +erring, Vesta calmly buried alive there, only eighty years ago, under +Domitian. + +It was with a sense of relief that Marius found himself in the +presence of Aurelius, whose gesture of friendly intelligence, as he +entered, raised a smile at the gloomy train of his own thoughts just +then, although since his first visit to the palace a great change had +passed over it. The clear daylight found its way now into empty +rooms. To raise funds for the war, Aurelius, his luxurious brother +being no more, had determined to sell by auction the accumulated +treasures of the imperial household. The works of art, the dainty +furniture, had been removed, and were now "on view" in the Forum, to +be the delight or dismay, for many weeks to come, of the [36] large +public of those who were curious in these things. In such wise had +Aurelius come to the condition of philosophic detachment he had +affected as a boy, hardly persuaded to wear warm clothing, or to +sleep in more luxurious manner than on the bare floor. But, in his +empty house, the man of mind, who had always made so much of the +pleasures of philosophic contemplation, felt freer in thought than +ever. He had been reading, with less self-reproach than usual, in +the Republic of Plato, those passages which describe the life of the +philosopher-kings--like that of hired servants in their own house-- +who, possessed of the "gold undefiled" of intellectual vision, forgo +so cheerfully all other riches. It was one of his happy days: one of +those rare days, when, almost with none of the effort, otherwise so +constant with him, his thoughts came rich and full, and converged in +a mental view, as exhilarating to him as the prospect of some wide +expanse of landscape to another man's bodily eye. He seemed to lie +readier than was his wont to the imaginative influence of the +philosophic reason--to its suggestions of a possible open country, +commencing just where all actual experience leaves off, but which +experience, one's own and not another's, may one day occupy. In +fact, he was seeking strength for himself, in his own way, before he +started for that ambiguous earthly warfare [37] which was to occupy +the remainder of his life. "Ever remember this," he writes, "that a +happy life depends, not on many things--en oligistois keitai."+ And +to-day, committing himself with a steady effort of volition to the +mere silence of the great empty apartments, he might be said to have +escaped, according to Plato's promise to those who live closely with +philosophy, from the evils of the world. + +In his "conversations with himself" Marcus Aurelius speaks often of +that City on high, of which all other cities are but single +habitations. From him in fact Cornelius Fronto, in his late +discourse, had borrowed the expression; and he certainly meant by it +more than the whole commonwealth of Rome, in any idealisation of it, +however sublime. Incorporate somehow with the actual city whose +goodly stones were lying beneath his gaze, it was also implicate in +that reasonable constitution of nature, by devout contemplation of +which it is possible for man to associate himself to the +consciousness of God. In that New Rome he had taken up his rest for +awhile on this day, deliberately feeding his thoughts on the better +air of it, as another might have gone for mental renewal to a +favourite villa. + +"Men seek retirement in country-houses," he writes, "on the sea- +coast, on the mountains; and you have yourself as much fondness for +such places as another. But there is little proof of culture +therein; since the privilege is yours of [38] retiring into yourself +whensoever you please,-- into that little farm of one's own mind, +where a silence so profound may be enjoyed." That it could make +these retreats, was a plain consequence of the kingly prerogative of +the mind, its dominion over circumstance, its inherent liberty.--"It +is in thy power to think as thou wilt: The essence of things is in +thy thoughts about them: All is opinion, conception: No man can be +hindered by another: What is outside thy circle of thought is nothing +at all to it; hold to this, and you are safe: One thing is needful-- +to live close to the divine genius within thee, and minister thereto +worthily." And the first point in this true ministry, this culture, +was to maintain one's soul in a condition of indifference and calm. +How continually had public claims, the claims of other persons, with +their rough angularities of character, broken in upon him, the +shepherd of the flock. But after all he had at least this privilege +he could not part with, of thinking as he would; and it was well, now +and then, by a conscious effort of will, to indulge it for a while, +under systematic direction. The duty of thus making discreet, +systematic use of the power of imaginative vision for purposes of +spiritual culture, "since the soul takes colour from its fantasies," +is a point he has frequently insisted on. + +The influence of these seasonable meditations--a symbol, or +sacrament, because an intensified [39] condition, of the soul's own +ordinary and natural life--would remain upon it, perhaps for many +days. There were experiences he could not forget, intuitions beyond +price, he had come by in this way, which were almost like the +breaking of a physical light upon his mind; as the great Augustus was +said to have seen a mysterious physical splendour, yonder, upon the +summit of the Capitol, where the altar of the Sibyl now stood. With +a prayer, therefore, for inward quiet, for conformity to the divine +reason, he read some select passages of Plato, which bear upon the +harmony of the reason, in all its forms, with itself--"Could there be +Cosmos, that wonderful, reasonable order, in him, and nothing but +disorder in the world without?" It was from this question he had +passed on to the vision of a reasonable, a divine, order, not in +nature, but in the condition of human affairs--that unseen Celestial +City, Uranopolis, Callipolis, Urbs Beata--in which, a consciousness +of the divine will being everywhere realised, there would be, among +other felicitous differences from this lower visible world, no more +quite hopeless death, of men, or children, or of their affections. +He had tried to-day, as never before, to make the most of this vision +of a New Rome, to realise it as distinctly as he could,--and, as it +were, find his way along its streets, ere he went down into a world +so irksomely different, to make his practical effort towards it, with +a soul full of [40] compassion for men as they were. However +distinct the mental image might have been to him, with the descent of +but one flight of steps into the market-place below, it must have +retreated again, as if at touch of some malign magic wand, beyond the +utmost verge of the horizon. But it had been actually, in his +clearest vision of it, a confused place, with but a recognisable +entry, a tower or fountain, here or there, and haunted by strange +faces, whose novel expression he, the great physiognomist, could by +no means read. Plato, indeed, had been able to articulate, to see, +at least in thought, his ideal city. But just because Aurelius had +passed beyond Plato, in the scope of the gracious charities he pre- +supposed there, he had been unable really to track his way about it. +Ah! after all, according to Plato himself, all vision was but +reminiscence, and this, his heart's desire, no place his soul could +ever have visited in any region of the old world's achievements. He +had but divined, by a kind of generosity of spirit, the void place, +which another experience than his must fill. + +Yet Marius noted the wonderful expression of peace, of quiet +pleasure, on the countenance of Aurelius, as he received from him the +rolls of fine clear manuscript, fancying the thoughts of the emperor +occupied at the moment with the famous prospect towards the Alban +hills, from those lofty windows. + +NOTES + +37. +Transliteration: en oligistois keitai. Definition "it lies in +the fewest [things]." + + + +CHAPTER XVIII: "THE CEREMONY OF THE DART" + +[41] THE ideas of Stoicism, so precious to Marcus Aurelius, ideas of +large generalisation, have sometimes induced, in those over whose +intellects they have had real power, a coldness of heart. It was the +distinction of Aurelius that he was able to harmonise them with the +kindness, one might almost say the amenities, of a humourist, as also +with the popular religion and its many gods. Those vasty conceptions +of the later Greek philosophy had in them, in truth, the germ of a +sort of austerely opinionative "natural theology," and how often has +that led to religious dryness--a hard contempt of everything in +religion, which touches the senses, or charms the fancy, or really +concerns the affections. Aurelius had made his own the secret of +passing, naturally, and with no violence to his thought, to and fro, +between the richly coloured and romantic religion of those old gods +who had still been human beings, and a very abstract speculation upon +the impassive, [42] universal soul--that circle whose centre is +everywhere, the circumference nowhere--of which a series of purely +logical necessities had evolved the formula. As in many another +instance, those traditional pieties of the place and the hour had +been derived by him from his mother:--para ts mtros to theosebes.+ +Purified, as all such religion of concrete time and place needs to +be, by frequent confronting with the ideal of godhead as revealed to +that innate religious sense in the possession of which Aurelius +differed from the people around him, it was the ground of many a +sociability with their simpler souls, and for himself, certainly, a +consolation, whenever the wings of his own soul flagged in the trying +atmosphere of purely intellectual vision. A host of companions, +guides, helpers, about him from of old time, "the very court and +company of heaven," objects for him of personal reverence and +affection--the supposed presence of the ancient popular gods +determined the character of much of his daily life, and might prove +the last stay of human nature at its weakest. "In every time and +place," he had said, "it rests with thyself to use the event of the +hour religiously: at all seasons worship the gods." And when he said +"Worship the gods!" he did it, as strenuously as everything else. + +Yet here again, how often must he have experienced disillusion, or +even some revolt of [43] feeling, at that contact with coarser +natures to which his religious conclusions exposed him. At the +beginning of the year one hundred and seventy-three public anxiety +was as great as ever; and as before it brought people's superstition +into unreserved play. For seven days the images of the old gods, and +some of the graver new ones, lay solemnly exposed in the open air, +arrayed in all their ornaments, each in his separate resting-place, +amid lights and burning incense, while the crowd, following the +imperial example, daily visited them, with offerings of flowers to +this or that particular divinity, according to the devotion of each. + + But supplementing these older official observances, the very wildest +gods had their share of worship,--strange creatures with strange +secrets startled abroad into open daylight. The delirious sort of +religion of which Marius was a spectator in the streets of Rome, +during the seven days of the Lectisternium, reminded him now and +again of an observation of Apuleius: it was "as if the presence of +the gods did not do men good, but disordered or weakened them." Some +jaded women of fashion, especially, found in certain oriental +devotions, at once relief for their religiously tearful souls and an +opportunity for personal display; preferring this or that "mystery," +chiefly because the attire required in it was suitable to their +peculiar manner of beauty. And one morning Marius [44] encountered +an extraordinary crimson object, borne in a litter through an excited +crowd--the famous courtesan Benedicta, still fresh from the bath of +blood, to which she had submitted herself, sitting below the scaffold +where the victims provided for that purpose were slaughtered by the +priests. Even on the last day of the solemnity, when the emperor +himself performed one of the oldest ceremonies of the Roman religion, +this fantastic piety had asserted itself. There were victims enough +certainly, brought from the choice pastures of the Sabine mountains, +and conducted around the city they were to die for, in almost +continuous procession, covered with flowers and well-nigh worried to +death before the time by the crowds of people superstitiously +pressing to touch them. But certain old-fashioned Romans, in these +exceptional circumstances, demanded something more than this, in the +way of a human sacrifice after the ancient pattern; as when, not so +long since, some Greeks or Gauls had been buried alive in the Forum. +At least, human blood should be shed; and it was through a wild +multitude of fanatics, cutting their flesh with knives and whips and +licking up ardently the crimson stream, that the emperor repaired to +the temple of Bellona, and in solemn symbolic act cast the +bloodstained spear, or "dart," carefully preserved there, towards the +enemy's country-- [45] towards that unknown world of German homes, +still warm, as some believed under the faint northern twilight, with +those innocent affections of which Romans had lost the sense. And +this at least was clear, amid all doubts of abstract right or wrong +on either side, that the ruin of those homes was involved in what +Aurelius was then preparing for, with,--Yes! the gods be thanked for +that achievement of an invigorating philosophy!--almost with a light +heart. + + For, in truth, that departure, really so difficult to him, for which +Marcus Aurelius had needed to brace himself so strenuously, came to +test the power of a long-studied theory of practice; and it was the +development of this theory--a theria, literally--a view, an +intuition, of the most important facts, and still more important +possibilities, concerning man in the world, that Marius now +discovered, almost as if by accident, below the dry surface of the +manuscripts entrusted to him. The great purple rolls contained, +first of all, statistics, a general historical account of the +writer's own time, and an exact diary; all alike, though in three +different degrees of nearness to the writer's own personal +experience, laborious, formal, self-suppressing. This was for the +instruction of the public; and part of it has, perhaps, found its way +into the Augustan Histories. But it was for the especial guidance of +his son Commodus that he had permitted himself to break out, here +[46] and there, into reflections upon what was passing, into +conversations with the reader. And then, as though he were put off +his guard in this way, there had escaped into the heavy matter-of- +fact, of which the main portion was composed, morsels of his +conversation with himself. It was the romance of a soul (to be +traced only in hints, wayside notes, quotations from older masters), +as it were in lifelong, and often baffled search after some vanished +or elusive golden fleece, or Hesperidean fruit-trees, or some +mysterious light of doctrine, ever retreating before him. A man, he +had seemed to Marius from the first, of two lives, as we say. Of +what nature, he had sometimes wondered, on the day, for instance, +when he had interrupted the emperor's musings in the empty palace, +might be that placid inward guest or inhabitant, who from amid the +pre-occupations of the man of practical affairs looked out, as if +surprised, at the things and faces around. Here, then, under the +tame surface of what was meant for a life of business, Marius +discovered, welcoming a brother, the spontaneous self-revelation of a +soul as delicate as his own,--a soul for which conversation with +itself was a necessity of existence. Marius, indeed, had always +suspected that the sense of such necessity was a peculiarity of his. +But here, certainly, was another, in this respect like himself; and +again he seemed to detect the advent of some [47] new or changed +spirit into the world, mystic, inward, hardly to be satisfied with +that wholly external and objective habit of life, which had been +sufficient for the old classic soul. His purely literary curiosity +was greatly stimulated by this example of a book of self-portraiture. +It was in fact the position of the modern essayist,--creature of +efforts rather than of achievements, in the matter of apprehending +truth, but at least conscious of lights by the way, which he must +needs record, acknowledge. What seemed to underlie that position was +the desire to make the most of every experience that might come, +outwardly or from within: to perpetuate, to display, what was so +fleeting, in a kind of instinctive, pathetic protest against the +imperial writer's own theory--that theory of the "perpetual flux" of +all things--to Marius himself, so plausible from of old. + + There was, besides, a special moral or doctrinal significance in the +making of such conversation with one's self at all. The Logos, the +reasonable spark, in man, is common to him with the gods--koinos aut +pros tous theous+--cum diis communis. That might seem but the truism +of a certain school of philosophy; but in Aurelius was clearly an +original and lively apprehension. There could be no inward +conversation with one's self such as this, unless there were indeed +some one else, aware of our actual thoughts and feelings, pleased or +displeased at [48] one's disposition of one's self. Cornelius Fronto +too could enounce that theory of the reasonable community between men +and God, in many different ways. But then, he was a cheerful man, +and Aurelius a singularly sad one; and what to Fronto was but a +doctrine, or a motive of mere rhetoric, was to the other a +consolation. He walks and talks, for a spiritual refreshment lacking +which he would faint by the way, with what to the learned professor +is but matter of philosophic eloquence. + +In performing his public religious functions Marcus Aurelius had ever +seemed like one who took part in some great process, a great thing +really done, with more than the actually visible assistants about +him. Here, in these manuscripts, in a hundred marginal flowers of +thought or language, in happy new phrases of his own like the +impromptus of an actual conversation, in quotations from other older +masters of the inward life, taking new significance from the chances +of such intercourse, was the record of his communion with that +eternal reason, which was also his own proper self, with the divine +companion, whose tabernacle was in the intelligence of men--the +journal of his daily commerce with that. + +Chance: or Providence! Chance: or Wisdom, one with nature and man, +reaching from end to end, through all time and all existence, orderly +disposing all things, according to [49] fixed periods, as he +describes it, in terms very like certain well-known words of the book +of Wisdom:--those are the "fenced opposites" of the speculative +dilemma, the tragic embarras, of which Aurelius cannot too often +remind himself as the summary of man's situation in the world. If +there be, however, a provident soul like this "behind the veil," +truly, even to him, even in the most intimate of those conversations, +it has never yet spoken with any quite irresistible assertion of its +presence. Yet one's choice in that speculative dilemma, as he has +found it, is on the whole a matter of will.--"'Tis in thy power," +here too, again, "to think as thou wilt." For his part he has +asserted his will, and has the courage of his opinion. "To the +better of two things, if thou findest that, turn with thy whole +heart: eat and drink ever of the best before thee." "Wisdom," says +that other disciple of the Sapiential philosophy, "hath mingled Her +wine, she hath also prepared Herself a table." Tou aristou apolaue:+ +"Partake ever of Her best!" And what Marius, peeping now very +closely upon the intimacies of that singular mind, found a thing +actually pathetic and affecting, was the manner of the writer's +bearing as in the presence of this supposed guest; so elusive, so +jealous of any palpable manifestation of himself, so taxing to one's +faith, never allowing one to lean frankly upon him and feel wholly at +rest. Only, he [50] would do his part, at least, in maintaining the +constant fitness, the sweetness and quiet, of the guest-chamber. +Seeming to vary with the intellectual fortune of the hour, from the +plainest account of experience, to a sheer fantasy, only "believed +because it was impossible," that one hope was, at all events, +sufficient to make men's common pleasures and their common ambition, +above all their commonest vices, seem very petty indeed, too petty to +know of. It bred in him a kind of magnificence of character, in the +old Greek sense of the term; a temper incompatible with any merely +plausible advocacy of his convictions, or merely superficial thoughts +about anything whatever, or talk about other people, or speculation +as to what was passing in their so visibly little souls, or much +talking of any kind, however clever or graceful. A soul thus +disposed had "already entered into the better life":--was indeed in +some sort "a priest, a minister of the gods." Hence his constant +"recollection"; a close watching of his soul, of a kind almost unique +in the ancient world.--Before all things examine into thyself: strive +to be at home with thyself!--Marius, a sympathetic witness of all +this, might almost seem to have had a foresight of monasticism itself +in the prophetic future. With this mystic companion he had gone a +step onward out of the merely objective pagan existence. Here was +already a master in that craft of self-direction, which was about to +[51] play so large a part in the forming of human mind, under the +sanction of the Christian church. + +Yet it was in truth a somewhat melancholy service, a service on which +one must needs move about, solemn, serious, depressed, with the +hushed footsteps of those who move about the house where a dead body +is lying. Such was the impression which occurred to Marius again and +again as he read, with a growing sense of some profound dissidence +from his author. By certain quite traceable links of association he +was reminded, in spite of the moral beauty of the philosophic +emperor's ideas, how he had sat, essentially unconcerned, at the +public shows. For, actually, his contemplations had made him of a +sad heart, inducing in him that melancholy--Tristitia--which even the +monastic moralists have held to be of the nature of deadly sin, akin +to the sin of Desidia or Inactivity. Resignation, a sombre +resignation, a sad heart, patient bearing of the burden of a sad +heart:--Yes! this belonged doubtless to the situation of an honest +thinker upon the world. Only, in this case there seemed to be too +much of a complacent acquiescence in the world as it is. And there +could be no true Thodic in that; no real accommodation of the world +as it is, to the divine pattern of the Logos, the eternal reason, +over against it. It amounted to a tolerance of evil. + + The soul of good, though it moveth upon a way thou canst but little + understand, yet prospereth on the journey: + + [52] If thou sufferest nothing contrary to nature, there can be + nought of evil with thee therein. + + If thou hast done aught in harmony with that reason in which men are + communicant with the gods, there also can be nothing of evil with + thee--nothing to be afraid of: + + Whatever is, is right; as from the hand of one dispensing to every + man according to his desert: + + If reason fulfil its part in things, what more dost thou require? + + Dost thou take it ill that thy stature is but of four cubits? + + That which happeneth to each of us is for the profit of the whole. + + The profit of the whole,--that was sufficient!+ + +--Links, in a train of thought really generous! of which, +nevertheless, the forced and yet facile optimism, refusing to see +evil anywhere, might lack, after all, the secret of genuine +cheerfulness. It left in truth a weight upon the spirits; and with +that weight unlifted, there could be no real justification of the +ways of Heaven to man. "Let thine air be cheerful," he had said; +and, with an effort, did himself at times attain to that serenity of +aspect, which surely ought to accompany, as their outward flower and +favour, hopeful assumptions like those. Still, what in Aurelius was +but a passing expression, was with Cornelius (Marius could but note +the contrast) nature, and a veritable physiognomy. With Cornelius, +in fact, it was nothing less than the joy which Dante apprehended in +the blessed spirits of the perfect, the outward semblance of which, +like a reflex of physical light upon human faces from "the land which +is very far off," we may trace from Giotto onward to its consummation +in the work of Raphael--the serenity, the [53] durable cheerfulness, +of those who have been indeed delivered from death, and of which the +utmost degree of that famed "blitheness "of the Greeks had been but a +transitory gleam, as in careless and wholly superficial youth. And +yet, in Cornelius, it was certainly united with the bold recognition +of evil as a fact in the world; real as an aching in the head or +heart, which one instinctively desires to have cured; an enemy with +whom no terms could be made, visible, hatefully visible, in a +thousand forms--the apparent waste of men's gifts in an early, or +even in a late grave; the death, as such, of men, and even of +animals; the disease and pain of the body. + +And there was another point of dissidence between Aurelius and his +reader.--The philosophic emperor was a despiser of the body. Since +it is "the peculiar privilege of reason to move within herself, and +to be proof against corporeal impressions, suffering neither +sensation nor passion to break in upon her," it follows that the true +interest of the spirit must ever be to treat the body--Well! as a +corpse attached thereto, rather than as a living companion--nay, +actually to promote its dissolution. In counterpoise to the +inhumanity of this, presenting itself to the young reader as nothing +less than a sin against nature, the very person of Cornelius was +nothing less than a sanction of that reverent delight Marius had +always had in the visible body of man. Such delight indeed had been +but [54] a natural consequence of the sensuous or materialistic +character of the philosophy of his choice. Now to Cornelius the body +of man was unmistakeably, as a later seer terms it, the one true +temple in the world; or rather itself the proper object of worship, +of a sacred service, in which the very finest gold might have its +seemliness and due symbolic use:--Ah! and of what awe-stricken pity +also, in its dejection, in the perishing gray bones of a poor man's +grave! + +Some flaw of vision, thought Marius, must be involved in the +philosopher's contempt for it--some diseased point of thought, or +moral dulness, leading logically to what seemed to him the strangest +of all the emperor's inhumanities, the temper of the suicide; for +which there was just then, indeed, a sort of mania in the world. +"'Tis part of the business of life," he read, "to lose it +handsomely." On due occasion, "one might give life the slip." The +moral or mental powers might fail one; and then it were a fair +question, precisely, whether the time for taking leave was not come:- +-"Thou canst leave this prison when thou wilt. Go forth boldly!" +Just there, in the bare capacity to entertain such question at all, +there was what Marius, with a soul which must always leap up in loyal +gratitude for mere physical sunshine, touching him as it touched the +flies in the air, could not away with. There, surely, was a sign of +some crookedness in the natural power of apprehension. It was the +[55] attitude, the melancholy intellectual attitude, of one who might +be greatly mistaken in things--who might make the greatest of +mistakes. + +A heart that could forget itself in the misfortune, or even in the +weakness of others:--of this Marius had certainly found the trace, as +a confidant of the emperor's conversations with himself, in spite of +those jarring inhumanities, of that pretension to a stoical +indifference, and the many difficulties of his manner of writing. He +found it again not long afterwards, in still stronger evidence, in +this way. As he read one morning early, there slipped from the rolls +of manuscript a sealed letter with the emperor's superscription, +which might well be of importance, and he felt bound to deliver it at +once in person; Aurelius being then absent from Rome in one of his +favourite retreats, at Praeneste, taking a few days of quiet with his +young children, before his departure for the war. A whole day passed +as Marius crossed the Campagna on horseback, pleased by the random +autumn lights bringing out in the distance the sheep at pasture, the +shepherds in their picturesque dress, the golden elms, tower and +villa; and it was after dark that he mounted the steep street of the +little hill-town to the imperial residence. He was struck by an odd +mixture of stillness and excitement about the place. Lights burned +at the windows. It seemed that numerous visitors were within, for +the courtyard was crowded with litters and horses [56] in waiting. +For the moment, indeed, all larger cares, even the cares of war, of +late so heavy a pressure, had been forgotten in what was passing with +the little Annius Verus; who for his part had forgotten his toys, +lying all day across the knees of his mother, as a mere child's ear- +ache grew rapidly to alarming sickness with great and manifest agony, +only suspended a little, from time to time, when from very weariness +he passed into a few moments of unconsciousness. The country surgeon +called in, had removed the imposthume with the knife. There had been +a great effort to bear this operation, for the terrified child, +hardly persuaded to submit himself, when his pain was at its worst, +and even more for the parents. At length, amid a company of pupils +pressing in with him, as the custom was, to watch the proceedings in +the sick-room, the eminent Galen had arrived, only to pronounce the +thing done visibly useless, the patient falling now into longer +intervals of delirium. And thus, thrust on one side by the crowd of +departing visitors, Marius was forced into the privacy of a grief, +the desolate face of which went deep into his memory, as he saw the +emperor carry the child away--quite conscious at last, but with a +touching expression upon it of weakness and defeat--pressed close to +his bosom, as if he yearned just then for one thing only, to be +united, to be absolutely one with it, in its obscure distress. + +NOTES + +42. +Transliteration: para ts mtros to theosebes. Translation: +"rites deriving from [his] mother." + +47. +Transliteration: koinos aut pros tous theous. Translation: +"common to him together with the gods." + +49. +Transliteration: Tou aristou apolaue. Translation: "[Always] +take the best." + +52. +Not indented in the original. + + + +CHAPTER XIX: THE WILL AS VISION + + Paratum cor meum deus! paratum cor meum! + +[57] THE emperor demanded a senatorial decree for the erection of +images in memory of the dead prince; that a golden one should be +carried, together with the other images, in the great procession of +the Circus, and the addition of the child's name to the Hymn of the +Salian Priests: and so, stifling private grief, without further delay +set forth for the war. + +True kingship, as Plato, the old master of Aurelius, had understood +it, was essentially of the nature of a service. If so be, you can +discover a mode of life more desirable than the being a king, for +those who shall be kings; then, the true Ideal of the State will +become a possibility; but not otherwise. And if the life of Beatific +Vision be indeed possible, if philosophy really "concludes in an +ecstasy," affording full fruition to the entire nature of man; then, +for certain elect souls at least, a mode of life will have been [58] +discovered more desirable than to be a king. By love or fear you +might induce such persons to forgo their privilege; to take upon them +the distasteful task of governing other men, or even of leading them +to victory in battle. But, by the very conditions of its tenure, +their dominion would be wholly a ministry to others: they would have +taken upon them-"the form of a servant": they would be reigning for +the well-being of others rather than their own. The true king, the +righteous king, would be Saint Lewis, exiling himself from the better +land and its perfected company--so real a thing to him, definite and +real as the pictured scenes of his psalter--to take part in or to +arbitrate men's quarrels, about the transitory appearances of things. +In a lower degree (lower, in proportion as the highest Platonic dream +is lower than any Christian vision) the true king would be Marcus +Aurelius, drawn from the meditation of books, to be the ruler of the +Roman people in peace, and still more, in war. + +To Aurelius, certainly, the philosophic mood, the visions, however +dim, which this mood brought with it, were sufficiently pleasant to +him, together with the endearments of his home, to make public rule +nothing less than a sacrifice of himself according to Plato's +requirement, now consummated in his setting forth for the campaign on +the Danube. That it was such a sacrifice was to Marius visible fact, +as he saw him [59] ceremoniously lifted into the saddle amid all the +pageantry of an imperial departure, yet with the air less of a +sanguine and self-reliant leader than of one in some way or other +already defeated. Through the fortune of the subsequent years, +passing and repassing so inexplicably from side to side, the rumour +of which reached him amid his own quiet studies, Marius seemed always +to see that central figure, with its habitually dejected hue grown +now to an expression of positive suffering, all the stranger from its +contrast with the magnificent armour worn by the emperor on this +occasion, as it had been worn by his predecessor Hadrian. + + Totus et argento contextus et auro: + +clothed in its gold and silver, dainty as that old divinely +constructed armour of which Homer tells, but without its miraculous +lightsomeness--he looked out baffled, labouring, moribund; a mere +comfortless shadow taking part in some shadowy reproduction of the +labours of Hercules, through those northern, mist-laden confines of +the civilised world. It was as if the familiar soul which had been +so friendly disposed towards him were actually departed to Hades; and +when he read the Conversations afterwards, though his judgment of +them underwent no material change, it was nevertheless with the +allowance we make for the dead. The memory of that suffering image, +while it certainly strengthened his adhesion [60] to what he could +accept at all in the philosophy of Aurelius, added a strange pathos +to what must seem the writer's mistakes. What, after all, had been +the meaning of that incident, observed as so fortunate an omen long +since, when the prince, then a little child much younger than was +usual, had stood in ceremony among the priests of Mars and flung his +crown of flowers with the rest at the sacred image reclining on the +Pulvinar? The other crowns lodged themselves here or there; when, +Lo! the crown thrown by Aurelius, the youngest of them all, alighted +upon the very brows of the god, as if placed there by a careful hand! +He was still young, also, when on the day of his adoption by +Antoninus Pius he saw himself in a dream, with as it were shoulders +of ivory, like the images of the gods, and found them more capable +than shoulders of flesh. Yet he was now well-nigh fifty years of +age, setting out with two-thirds of life behind him, upon a labour +which would fill the remainder of it with anxious cares--a labour for +which he had perhaps no capacity, and certainly no taste. + +That ancient suit of armour was almost the only object Aurelius now +possessed from all those much cherished articles of vertu collected +by the Caesars, making the imperial residence like a magnificent +museum. Not men alone were needed for the war, so that it became +necessary, to the great disgust alike of timid persons and of [61] +the lovers of sport, to arm the gladiators, but money also was +lacking. Accordingly, at the sole motion of Aurelius himself, +unwilling that the public burden should be further increased, +especially on the part of the poor, the whole of the imperial +ornaments and furniture, a sumptuous collection of gems formed by +Hadrian, with many works of the most famous painters and sculptors, +even the precious ornaments of the emperor's chapel or Lararium, and +the wardrobe of the empress Faustina, who seems to have borne the +loss without a murmur, were exposed for public auction. "These +treasures," said Aurelius, "like all else that I possess, belong by +right to the Senate and People." Was it not a characteristic of the +true kings in Plato that they had in their houses nothing they could +call their own? Connoisseurs had a keen delight in the mere reading +of the Praetor's list of the property for sale. For two months the +learned in these matters were daily occupied in the appraising of the +embroidered hangings, the choice articles of personal use selected +for preservation by each succeeding age, the great outlandish pearls +from Hadrian's favourite cabinet, the marvellous plate lying safe +behind the pretty iron wicker-work of the shops in the goldsmiths' +quarter. Meantime ordinary persons might have an interest in the +inspection of objects which had been as daily companions to people so +far above and remote from them--things so fine also [62] in +workmanship and material as to seem, with their antique and delicate +air, a worthy survival of the grand bygone eras, like select thoughts +or utterances embodying the very spirit of the vanished past. The +town became more pensive than ever over old fashions. + +The welcome amusement of this last act of preparation for the great +war being now over, all Rome seemed to settle down into a singular +quiet, likely to last long, as though bent only on watching from afar +the languid, somewhat uneventful course of the contest itself. +Marius took advantage of it as an opportunity for still closer study +than of old, only now and then going out to one of his favourite +spots on the Sabine or Alban hills for a quiet even greater than that +of Rome in the country air. On one of these occasions, as if by +favour of an invisible power withdrawing some unknown cause of +dejection from around him, he enjoyed a quite unusual sense of self- +possession--the possession of his own best and happiest self. After +some gloomy thoughts over-night, he awoke under the full tide of the +rising sun, himself full, in his entire refreshment, of that almost +religious appreciation of sleep, the graciousness of its influence on +men's spirits, which had made the old Greeks conceive of it as a god. +It was like one of those old joyful wakings of childhood, now +becoming rarer and rarer with him, and looked back upon with much +regret as a measure of advancing age. In fact, [63] the last bequest +of this serene sleep had been a dream, in which, as once before, he +overheard those he loved best pronouncing his name very pleasantly, +as they passed through the rich light and shadow of a summer morning, +along the pavement of a city--Ah! fairer far than Rome! In a moment, +as he arose, a certain oppression of late setting very heavily upon +him was lifted away, as though by some physical motion in the air. + +That flawless serenity, better than the most pleasurable excitement, +yet so easily ruffled by chance collision even with the things and +persons he had come to value as the greatest treasure in life, was to +be wholly his to-day, he thought, as he rode towards Tibur, under the +early sunshine; the marble of its villas glistening all the way +before him on the hillside. And why could he not hold such serenity +of spirit ever at command? he asked, expert as he was at last become +in the art of setting the house of his thoughts in order. "'Tis in +thy power to think as thou wilt:" he repeated to himself: it was the +most serviceable of all the lessons enforced on him by those imperial +conversations.--"'Tis in thy power to think as thou wilt." And were +the cheerful, sociable, restorative beliefs, of which he had there +read so much, that bold adhesion, for instance, to the hypothesis of +an eternal friend to man, just hidden behind the veil of a mechanical +and material order, but only just behind it, [64] ready perhaps even +now to break through:--were they, after all, really a matter of +choice, dependent on some deliberate act of volition on his part? +Were they doctrines one might take for granted, generously take for +granted, and led on by them, at first as but well-defined objects of +hope, come at last into the region of a corresponding certitude of +the intellect? "It is the truth I seek," he had read, "the truth, by +which no one," gray and depressing though it might seem, "was ever +really injured." And yet, on the other hand, the imperial wayfarer, +he had been able to go along with so far on his intellectual +pilgrimage, let fall many things concerning the practicability of a +methodical and self-forced assent to certain principles or +presuppositions "one could not do without." Were there, as the +expression "one could not do without" seemed to hint, beliefs, +without which life itself must be almost impossible, principles which +had their sufficient ground of evidence in that very fact? +Experience certainly taught that, as regarding the sensible world he +could attend or not, almost at will, to this or that colour, this or +that train of sounds, in the whole tumultuous concourse of colour and +sound, so it was also, for the well-trained intelligence, in regard +to that hum of voices which besiege the inward no less than the +outward ear. Might it be not otherwise with those various and +competing hypotheses, the permissible hypotheses, which, [65] in that +open field for hypothesis--one's own actual ignorance of the origin +and tendency of our being--present themselves so importunately, some +of them with so emphatic a reiteration, through all the mental +changes of successive ages? Might the will itself be an organ of +knowledge, of vision? + +On this day truly no mysterious light, no irresistibly leading hand +from afar reached him; only the peculiarly tranquil influence of its +first hour increased steadily upon him, in a manner with which, as he +conceived, the aspects of the place he was then visiting had +something to do. The air there, air supposed to possess the singular +property of restoring the whiteness of ivory, was pure and thin. An +even veil of lawn-like white cloud had now drawn over the sky; and +under its broad, shadowless light every hue and tone of time came out +upon the yellow old temples, the elegant pillared circle of the +shrine of the patronal Sibyl, the houses seemingly of a piece with +the ancient fundamental rock. Some half-conscious motive of poetic +grace would appear to have determined their grouping; in part +resisting, partly going along with the natural wildness and harshness +of the place, its floods and precipices. An air of immense age +possessed, above all, the vegetation around--a world of evergreen +trees--the olives especially, older than how many generations of +men's lives! fretted and twisted by the combining forces of [66] life +and death, into every conceivable caprice of form. In the windless +weather all seemed to be listening to the roar of the immemorial +waterfall, plunging down so unassociably among these human +habitations, and with a motion so unchanging from age to age as to +count, even in this time-worn place, as an image of unalterable rest. +Yet the clear sky all but broke to let through the ray which was +silently quickening everything in the late February afternoon, and +the unseen violet refined itself through the air. It was as if the +spirit of life in nature were but withholding any too precipitate +revelation of itself, in its slow, wise, maturing work. + +Through some accident to the trappings of his horse at the inn where +he rested, Marius had an unexpected delay. He sat down in an olive- +garden, and, all around him and within still turning to reverie, the +course of his own life hitherto seemed to withdraw itself into some +other world, disparted from this spectacular point where he was now +placed to survey it, like that distant road below, along which he had +travelled this morning across the Campagna. Through a dreamy land he +could see himself moving, as if in another life, and like another +person, through all his fortunes and misfortunes, passing from point +to point, weeping, delighted, escaping from various dangers. That +prospect brought him, first of all, an impulse of lively gratitude: +it was as if he must look round for some one [67] else to share his +joy with: for some one to whom he might tell the thing, for his own +relief. Companionship, indeed, familiarity with others, gifted in +this way or that, or at least pleasant to him, had been, through one +or another long span of it, the chief delight of the journey. And +was it only the resultant general sense of such familiarity, diffused +through his memory, that in a while suggested the question whether +there had not been--besides Flavian, besides Cornelius even, and amid +the solitude he had which in spite of ardent friendship perhaps loved +best of all things--some other companion, an unfailing companion, +ever at his side throughout; doubling his pleasure in the roses by +the way, patient of his peevishness or depression, sympathetic above +all with his grateful recognition, onward from his earliest days, of +the fact that he was there at all? Must not the whole world around +have faded away for him altogether, had he been left for one moment +really alone in it? In his deepest apparent solitude there had been +rich entertainment. It was as if there were not one only, but two +wayfarers, side by side, visible there across the plain, as he +indulged his fancy. A bird came and sang among the wattled hedge- +roses: an animal feeding crept nearer: the child who kept it was +gazing quietly: and the scene and the hours still conspiring, he +passed from that mere fantasy of a self not himself, beside him in +his coming and [68] going, to those divinations of a living and +companionable spirit at work in all things, of which he had become +aware from time to time in his old philosophic readings--in Plato and +others, last but not least, in Aurelius. Through one reflection upon +another, he passed from such instinctive divinations, to the thoughts +which give them logical consistency, formulating at last, as the +necessary exponent of our own and the world's life, that reasonable +Ideal to which the Old Testament gives the name of Creator, which for +the philosophers of Greece is the Eternal Reason, and in the New +Testament the Father of Men--even as one builds up from act and word +and expression of the friend actually visible at one's side, an ideal +of the spirit within him. + +In this peculiar and privileged hour, his bodily frame, as he could +recognise, although just then, in the whole sum of its capacities, so +entirely possessed by him--Nay! actually his very self--was yet +determined by a far-reaching system of material forces external to +it, a thousand combining currents from earth and sky. Its seemingly +active powers of apprehension were, in fact, but susceptibilities to +influence. The perfection of its capacity might be said to depend on +its passive surrender, as of a leaf on the wind, to the motions of +the great stream of physical energy without it. And might not the +intellectual frame also, still [69] more intimately himself as in +truth it was, after the analogy of the bodily life, be a moment only, +an impulse or series of impulses, a single process, in an +intellectual or spiritual system external to it, diffused through all +time and place--that great stream of spiritual energy, of which his +own imperfect thoughts, yesterday or to-day, would be but the remote, +and therefore imperfect pulsations? It was the hypothesis (boldest, +though in reality the most conceivable of all hypotheses) which had +dawned on the contemplations of the two opposed great masters of the +old Greek thought, alike:--the "World of Ideas," existent only +because, and in so far as, they are known, as Plato conceived; the +"creative, incorruptible, informing mind," supposed by Aristotle, so +sober-minded, yet as regards this matter left something of a mystic +after all. Might not this entire material world, the very scene +around him, the immemorial rocks, the firm marble, the olive-gardens, +the falling water, be themselves but reflections in, or a creation +of, that one indefectible mind, wherein he too became conscious, for +an hour, a day, for so many years? Upon what other hypothesis could +he so well understand the persistency of all these things for his own +intermittent consciousness of them, for the intermittent +consciousness of so many generations, fleeting away one after +another? It was easier to conceive of the material fabric of things +as [70] but an element in a world of thought--as a thought in a mind, +than of mind as an element, or accident, or passing condition in a +world of matter, because mind was really nearer to himself: it was an +explanation of what was less known by what was known better. The +purely material world, that close, impassable prison-wall, seemed +just then the unreal thing, to be actually dissolving away all around +him: and he felt a quiet hope, a quiet joy dawning faintly, in the +dawning of this doctrine upon him as a really credible opinion. It +was like the break of day over some vast prospect with the "new +city," as it were some celestial New Rome, in the midst of it. That +divine companion figured no longer as but an occasional wayfarer +beside him; but rather as the unfailing "assistant," without whose +inspiration and concurrence he could not breathe or see, +instrumenting his bodily senses, rounding, supporting his imperfect +thoughts. How often had the thought of their brevity spoiled for him +the most natural pleasures of life, confusing even his present sense +of them by the suggestion of disease, of death, of a coming end, in +everything! How had he longed, sometimes, that there were indeed one +to whose boundless power of memory he could commit his own most +fortunate moments, his admiration, his love, Ay! the very sorrows of +which he could not bear quite to lose the sense:--one strong to +retain them even though [71] he forgot, in whose more vigorous +consciousness they might subsist for ever, beyond that mere +quickening of capacity which was all that remained of them in +himself! "Oh! that they might live before Thee"--To-day at least, in +the peculiar clearness of one privileged hour, he seemed to have +apprehended that in which the experiences he valued most might find, +one by one, an abiding-place. And again, the resultant sense of +companionship, of a person beside him, evoked the faculty of +conscience--of conscience, as of old and when he had been at his +best, in the form, not of fear, nor of self-reproach even, but of a +certain lively gratitude. + +Himself--his sensations and ideas--never fell again precisely into +focus as on that day, yet he was the richer by its experience. But +for once only to have come under the power of that peculiar mood, to +have felt the train of reflections which belong to it really forcible +and conclusive, to have been led by them to a conclusion, to have +apprehended the Great Ideal, so palpably that it defined personal +gratitude and the sense of a friendly hand laid upon him amid the +shadows of the world, left this one particular hour a marked point in +life never to be forgotten. It gave him a definitely ascertained +measure of his moral or intellectual need, of the demand his soul +must make upon the powers, whatsoever they might be, which [72] had +brought him, as he was, into the world at all. And again, would he +be faithful to himself, to his own habits of mind, his leading +suppositions, if he did but remain just there? Must not all that +remained of life be but a search for the equivalent of that Ideal, +among so-called actual things--a gathering together of every trace or +token of it, which his actual experience might present? + + + +PART THE FOURTH + + +CHAPTER XX: TWO CURIOUS HOUSES + +I. GUESTS + + "Your old men shall dream dreams."+ + +[75] A NATURE like that of Marius, composed, in about equal parts, of +instincts almost physical, and of slowly accumulated intellectual +judgments, was perhaps even less susceptible than other men's +characters of essential change. And yet the experience of that +fortunate hour, seeming to gather into one central act of vision all +the deeper impressions his mind had ever received, did not leave him +quite as he had been. For his mental view, at least, it changed +measurably the world about him, of which he was still indeed a +curious spectator, but which looked further off, was weaker in its +hold, and, in a sense, less real to him than ever. It was as if he +viewed it through a diminishing glass. And the permanency of this +change he could note, some years later, when it [76] happened that he +was a guest at a feast, in which the various exciting elements of +Roman life, its physical and intellectual accomplishments, its +frivolity and far-fetched elegances, its strange, mystic essays after +the unseen, were elaborately combined. The great Apuleius, the +literary ideal of his boyhood, had arrived in Rome,--was now visiting +Tusculum, at the house of their common friend, a certain aristocratic +poet who loved every sort of superiorities; and Marius was favoured +with an invitation to a supper given in his honour. + +It was with a feeling of half-humorous concession to his own early +boyish hero-worship, yet with some sense of superiority in himself, +seeing his old curiosity grown now almost to indifference when on the +point of satisfaction at last, and upon a juster estimate of its +object, that he mounted to the little town on the hillside, the foot- +ways of which were so many flights of easy-going steps gathered round +a single great house under shadow of the "haunted" ruins of Cicero's +villa on the wooded heights. He found a touch of weirdness in the +circumstance that in so romantic a place he had been bidden to meet +the writer who was come to seem almost like one of the personages in +his own fiction. As he turned now and then to gaze at the evening +scene through the tall narrow openings of the street, up which the +cattle were going home slowly from the [77] pastures below, the Alban +mountains, stretched between the great walls of the ancient houses, +seemed close at hand--a screen of vaporous dun purple against the +setting sun--with those waves of surpassing softness in the boundary +lines which indicate volcanic formation. The coolness of the little +brown market-place, for profit of which even the working-people, in +long file through the olive-gardens, were leaving the plain for the +night, was grateful, after the heats of Rome. Those wild country +figures, clad in every kind of fantastic patchwork, stained by wind +and weather fortunately enough for the eye, under that significant +light inclined him to poetry. And it was a very delicate poetry of +its kind that seemed to enfold him, as passing into the poet's house +he paused for a moment to glance back towards the heights above; +whereupon, the numerous cascades of the precipitous garden of the +villa, framed in the doorway of the hall, fell into a harmless +picture, in its place among the pictures within, and scarcely more +real than they--a landscape-piece, in which the power of water +(plunging into what unseen depths!) done to the life, was pleasant, +and without its natural terrors. + +At the further end of this bland apartment, fragrant with the rare +woods of the old inlaid panelling, the falling of aromatic oil from +the ready-lighted lamps, the iris-root clinging to the dresses of the +guests, as with odours from the [78] altars of the gods, the supper- +table was spread, in all the daintiness characteristic of the +agreeable petit-matre, who entertained. He was already most +carefully dressed, but, like Martial's Stella, perhaps consciously, +meant to change his attire once and again during the banquet; in the +last instance, for an ancient vesture (object of much rivalry among +the young men of fashion, at that great sale of the imperial +wardrobes) a toga, of altogether lost hue and texture. He wore it +with a grace which became the leader of a thrilling movement then on +foot for the restoration of that disused garment, in which, laying +aside the customary evening dress, all the visitors were requested to +appear, setting off the delicate sinuosities and well-disposed +"golden ways" of its folds, with harmoniously tinted flowers. The +opulent sunset, blending pleasantly with artificial light, fell +across the quiet ancestral effigies of old consular dignitaries, +along the wide floor strewn with sawdust of sandal-wood, and lost +itself in the heap of cool coronals, lying ready for the foreheads of +the guests on a sideboard of old citron. The crystal vessels +darkened with old wine, the hues of the early autumn fruit-- +mulberries, pomegranates, and grapes that had long been hanging under +careful protection upon the vines, were almost as much a feast for +the eye, as the dusky fires of the rare twelve-petalled roses. A +favourite animal, white as snow, brought by one of the visitors, +purred its way [79] gracefully among the wine-cups, coaxed onward +from place to place by those at table, as they reclined easily on +their cushions of German eider-down, spread over the long-legged, +carved couches. + +A highly refined modification of the acroama--a musical performance +during supper for the diversion of the guests--was presently heard +hovering round the place, soothingly, and so unobtrusively that the +company could not guess, and did not like to ask, whether or not it +had been designed by their entertainer. They inclined on the whole +to think it some wonderful peasant-music peculiar to that wild +neighbourhood, turning, as it did now and then, to a solitary reed- +note, like a bird's, while it wandered into the distance. It +wandered quite away at last, as darkness with a bolder lamplight came +on, and made way for another sort of entertainment. An odd, rapid, +phantasmal glitter, advancing from the garden by torchlight, defined +itself, as it came nearer, into a dance of young men in armour. +Arrived at length in a portico, open to the supper-chamber, they +contrived that their mechanical march-movement should fall out into a +kind of highly expressive dramatic action; and with the utmost +possible emphasis of dumb motion, their long swords weaving a silvery +network in the air, they danced the Death of Paris. The young +Commodus, already an adept in these matters, who had condescended to +[80] welcome the eminent Apuleius at the banquet, had mysteriously +dropped from his place to take his share in the performance; and at +its conclusion reappeared, still wearing the dainty accoutrements of +Paris, including a breastplate, composed entirely of overlapping +tigers' claws, skilfully gilt. The youthful prince had lately +assumed the dress of manhood, on the return of the emperor for a +brief visit from the North; putting up his hair, in imitation of +Nero, in a golden box dedicated to Capitoline Jupiter. His likeness +to Aurelius, his father, was become, in consequence, more striking +than ever; and he had one source of genuine interest in the great +literary guest of the occasion, in that the latter was the fortunate +possessor of a monopoly for the exhibition of wild beasts and +gladiatorial shows in the province of Carthage, where he resided. + +Still, after all complaisance to the perhaps somewhat crude tastes of +the emperor's son, it was felt that with a guest like Apuleius whom +they had come prepared to entertain as veritable connoisseurs, the +conversation should be learned and superior, and the host at last +deftly led his company round to literature, by the way of bindings. +Elegant rolls of manuscript from his fine library of ancient Greek +books passed from hand to hand about the table. It was a sign for +the visitors themselves to draw their own choicest literary +curiosities from their bags, as their contribution to the banquet; +and one of them, a [81] famous reader, choosing his lucky moment, +delivered in tenor voice the piece which follows, with a preliminary +query as to whether it could indeed be the composition of Lucian of +Samosata,+ understood to be the great mocker of that day:-- + +"What sound was that, Socrates?" asked Chaerephon. "It came from the +beach under the cliff yonder, and seemed a long way off.--And how +melodious it was! Was it a bird, I wonder. I thought all sea-birds +were songless." + +"Aye! a sea-bird," answered Socrates, "a bird called the Halcyon, and +has a note full of plaining and tears. There is an old story people +tell of it. It was a mortal woman once, daughter of Aeolus, god of +the winds. Ceyx, the son of the morning-star, wedded her in her +early maidenhood. The son was not less fair than the father; and +when it came to pass that he died, the crying of the girl as she +lamented his sweet usage, was, Just that! And some while after, as +Heaven willed, she was changed into a bird. Floating now on bird's +wings over the sea she seeks her lost Ceyx there; since she was not +able to find him after long wandering over the land." + +"That then is the Halcyon--the kingfisher," said Chaerephon. "I +never heard a bird like it before. It has truly a plaintive note. +What kind of a bird is it, Socrates?" + +"Not a large bird, though she has received [82] large honour from the +gods on account of her singular conjugal affection. For whensoever +she makes her nest, a law of nature brings round what is called +Halcyon's weather,--days distinguishable among all others for their +serenity, though they come sometimes amid the storms of winter--days +like to-day! See how transparent is the sky above us, and how +motionless the sea!--like a smooth mirror." + +True! A Halcyon day, indeed! and yesterday was the same. But tell +me, Socrates, what is one to think of those stories which have been +told from the beginning, of birds changed into mortals and mortals +into birds? To me nothing seems more incredible." + +"Dear Chaerephon," said Socrates, "methinks we are but half-blind +judges of the impossible and the possible. We try the question by +the standard of our human faculty, which avails neither for true +knowledge, nor for faith, nor vision. Therefore many things seem to +us impossible which are really easy, many things unattainable which +are within our reach; partly through inexperience, partly through the +childishness of our minds. For in truth, every man, even the oldest +of us, is like a little child, so brief and babyish are the years of +our life in comparison of eternity. Then, how can we, who comprehend +not the faculties of gods and of the heavenly host, tell whether +aught of that kind be possible or no?--What a tempest you saw [83] +three days ago! One trembles but to think of the lightning, the +thunderclaps, the violence of the wind! You might have thought the +whole world was going to ruin. And then, after a little, came this +wonderful serenity of weather, which has continued till to-day. +Which do you think the greater and more difficult thing to do: to +exchange the disorder of that irresistible whirlwind to a clarity +like this, and becalm the whole world again, or to refashion the form +of a woman into that of a bird? We can teach even little children to +do something of that sort,--to take wax or clay, and mould out of the +same material many kinds of form, one after another, without +difficulty. And it may be that to the Deity, whose power is too vast +for comparison with ours, all processes of that kind are manageable +and easy. How much wider is the whole circle of heaven than +thyself?--Wider than thou canst express. + +"Among ourselves also, how vast the difference we may observe in +men's degrees of power! To you and me, and many another like us, +many things are impossible which are quite easy to others. For those +who are unmusical, to play on the flute; to read or write, for those +who have not yet learned; is no easier than to make birds of women, +or women of birds. From the dumb and lifeless egg Nature moulds her +swarms of winged creatures, aided, as some will have it, by a divine +and secret [84] art in the wide air around us. She takes from the +honeycomb a little memberless live thing; she brings it wings and +feet, brightens and beautifies it with quaint variety of colour:--and +Lo! the bee in her wisdom, making honey worthy of the gods. + +"It follows, that we mortals, being altogether of little account, +able wholly to discern no great matter, sometimes not even a little +one, for the most part at a loss regarding what happens even with +ourselves, may hardly speak with security as to what may be the +powers of the immortal gods concerning Kingfisher, or Nightingale. +Yet the glory of thy mythus, as my fathers bequeathed it to me, O +tearful songstress! that will I too hand on to my children, and tell +it often to my wives, Xanthippe and Myrto:--the story of thy pious +love to Ceyx, and of thy melodious hymns; and, above all, of the +honour thou hast with the gods!" + +The reader's well-turned periods seemed to stimulate, almost +uncontrollably, the eloquent stirrings of the eminent man of letters +then present. The impulse to speak masterfully was visible, before +the recital was well over, in the moving lines about his mouth, by no +means designed, as detractors were wont to say, simply to display the +beauty of his teeth. One of the company, expert in his humours, made +ready to transcribe what he would say, the sort of [85] things of +which a collection was then forming, the "Florida" or Flowers, so to +call them, he was apt to let fall by the way--no impromptu ventures +at random; but rather elaborate, carved ivories of speech, drawn, at +length, out of the rich treasure-house of a memory stored with such, +and as with a fine savour of old musk about them. Certainly in this +case, as Marius thought, it was worth while to hear a charming writer +speak. Discussing, quite in our modern way, the peculiarities of +those suburban views, especially the sea-views, of which he was a +professed lover, he was also every inch a priest of Aesculapius, +patronal god of Carthage. There was a piquancy in his rococo, very +African, and as it were perfumed personality, though he was now well- +nigh sixty years old, a mixture there of that sort of Platonic +spiritualism which can speak of the soul of man as but a sojourner m +the prison of the body--a blending of that with such a relish for +merely bodily graces as availed to set the fashion in matters of +dress, deportment, accent, and the like, nay! with something also +which reminded Marius of the vein of coarseness he had found in the +"Golden Book." All this made the total impression he conveyed a very +uncommon one. Marius did not wonder, as he watched him speaking, +that people freely attributed to him many of the marvellous +adventures he had recounted in that famous romance, [86] over and +above the wildest version of his own actual story--his extraordinary +marriage, his religious initiations, his acts of mad generosity, his +trial as a sorcerer. + +But a sign came from the imperial prince that it was time for the +company to separate. He was entertaining his immediate neighbours at +the table with a trick from the streets; tossing his olives in rapid +succession into the air, and catching them, as they fell, between his +lips. His dexterity in this performance made the mirth around him +noisy, disturbing the sleep of the furry visitor: the learned party +broke up; and Marius withdrew, glad to escape into the open air. The +courtesans in their large wigs of false blond hair, were lurking for +the guests, with groups of curious idlers. A great conflagration was +visible in the distance. Was it in Rome; or in one of the villages +of the country? Pausing for a few minutes on the terrace to watch +it, Marius was for the first time able to converse intimately with +Apuleius; and in this moment of confidence the "illuminist," himself +with locks so carefully arranged, and seemingly so full of +affectations, almost like one of those light women there, dropped a +veil as it were, and appeared, though still permitting the play of a +certain element of theatrical interest in his bizarre tenets, to be +ready to explain and defend his position reasonably. For a moment +his fantastic foppishness and his pretensions to ideal [87] vision +seemed to fall into some intelligible congruity with each other. In +truth, it was the Platonic Idealism, as he conceived it, which for +him literally animated, and gave him so lively an interest in, this +world of the purely outward aspects of men and things.--Did material +things, such things as they had had around them all that evening, +really need apology for being there, to interest one, at all? Were +not all visible objects--the whole material world indeed, according +to the consistent testimony of philosophy in many forms--"full of +souls"? embarrassed perhaps, partly imprisoned, but still eloquent +souls? Certainly, the contemplative philosophy of Plato, with its +figurative imagery and apologue, its manifold aesthetic colouring, +its measured eloquence, its music for the outward ear, had been, like +Plato's old master himself, a two-sided or two-coloured thing. +Apuleius was a Platonist: only, for him, the Ideas of Plato were no +creatures of logical abstraction, but in very truth informing souls, +in every type and variety of sensible things. Those noises in the +house all supper-time, sounding through the tables and along the +walls:--were they only startings in the old rafters, at the impact of +the music and laughter; or rather importunities of the secondary +selves, the true unseen selves, of the persons, nay! of the very +things around, essaying to break through their frivolous, merely +transitory surfaces, to remind one of abiding essentials beyond them, +[88] which might have their say, their judgment to give, by and by, +when the shifting of the meats and drinks at life's table would be +over? And was not this the true significance of the Platonic +doctrine?--a hierarchy of divine beings, associating themselves with +particular things and places, for the purpose of mediating between +God and man--man, who does but need due attention on his part to +become aware of his celestial company, filling the air about him, +thick as motes in the sunbeam, for the glance of sympathetic +intelligence he casts through it. + +"Two kinds there are, of animated beings," he exclaimed: "Gods, +entirely differing from men in the infinite distance of their abode, +since one part of them only is seen by our blunted vision--those +mysterious stars!--in the eternity of their existence, in the +perfection of their nature, infected by no contact with ourselves: +and men, dwelling on the earth, with frivolous and anxious minds, +with infirm and mortal members, with variable fortunes; labouring in +vain; taken altogether and in their whole species perhaps, eternal; +but, severally, quitting the scene in irresistible succession. + +"What then? Has nature connected itself together by no bond, allowed +itself to be thus crippled, and split into the divine and human +elements? And you will say to me: If so it be, that man is thus +entirely exiled from the immortal gods, that all communication is +denied [89] him, that not one of them occasionally visits us, as a +shepherd his sheep--to whom shall I address my prayers? Whom, shall +I invoke as the helper of the unfortunate, the protector of the good? + +"Well! there are certain divine powers of a middle nature, through +whom our aspirations are conveyed to the gods, and theirs to us. +Passing between the inhabitants of earth and heaven, they carry from +one to the other prayers and bounties, supplication and assistance, +being a kind of interpreters. This interval of the air is full of +them! Through them, all revelations, miracles, magic processes, are +effected. For, specially appointed members of this order have their +special provinces, with a ministry according to the disposition of +each. They go to and fro without fixed habitation: or dwell in men's +houses"-- + +Just then a companion's hand laid in the darkness on the shoulder of +the speaker carried him away, and the discourse broke off suddenly. +Its singular intimations, however, were sufficient to throw back on +this strange evening, in all its detail--the dance, the readings, the +distant fire--a kind of allegoric expression: gave it the character +of one of those famous Platonic figures or apologues which had then +been in fact under discussion. When Marius recalled its +circumstances he seemed to hear once more that voice of genuine +conviction, pleading, from amidst a [90] scene at best of elegant +frivolity, for so boldly mystical a view of man and his position in +the world. For a moment, but only for a moment, as he listened, the +trees had seemed, as of old, to be growing "close against the sky." +Yes! the reception of theory, of hypothesis, of beliefs, did depend a +great deal on temperament. They were, so to speak, mere equivalents +of temperament. A celestial ladder, a ladder from heaven to earth: +that was the assumption which the experience of Apuleius had +suggested to him: it was what, in different forms, certain persons in +every age had instinctively supposed: they would be glad to find +their supposition accredited by the authority of a grave philosophy. +Marius, however, yearning not less than they, in that hard world of +Rome, and below its unpeopled sky, for the trace of some celestial +wing across it, must still object that they assumed the thing with +too much facility, too much of self-complacency. And his second +thought was, that to indulge but for an hour fantasies, fantastic +visions of that sort, only left the actual world more lonely than +ever. For him certainly, and for his solace, the little godship for +whom the rude countryman, an unconscious Platonist, trimmed his +twinkling lamp, would never slip from the bark of these immemorial +olive-trees.--No! not even in the wildest moonlight. For himself, it +was clear, he must still hold by what his eyes really saw. Only, he +had to concede also, that [91] the very boldness of such theory bore +witness, at least, to a variety of human disposition and a consequent +variety of mental view, which might--who can tell?--be correspondent +to, be defined by and define, varieties of facts, of truths, just +"behind the veil," regarding the world all alike had actually before +them as their original premiss or starting-point; a world, wider, +perhaps, in its possibilities than all possible fancies concerning +it. + +NOTES + +75. Joel 2.28. + +81. +Halcyone. + + + +CHAPTER XXI: TWO CURIOUS HOUSES + +II. THE CHURCH IN CECILIA'S HOUSE + + "Your old men shall dream dreams, and your young men shall see + visions." + +[92] CORNELIUS had certain friends in or near Rome, whose household, +to Marius, as he pondered now and again what might be the determining +influences of that peculiar character, presented itself as possibly +its main secret--the hidden source from which the beauty and strength +of a nature, so persistently fresh in the midst of a somewhat jaded +world, might be derived. But Marius had never yet seen these +friends; and it was almost by accident that the veil of reserve was +at last lifted, and, with strange contrast to his visit to the poet's +villa at Tusculum, he entered another curious house. + +"The house in which she lives," says that mystical German writer +quoted once before, "is for the orderly soul, which does not live on +[93] blindly before her, but is ever, out of her passing experiences, +building and adorning the parts of a many-roomed abode for herself, +only an expansion of the body; as the body, according to the +philosophy of Swedenborg,+ is but a process, an expansion, of the +soul. For such an orderly soul, as life proceeds, all sorts of +delicate affinities establish themselves, between herself and the +doors and passage-ways, the lights and shadows, of her outward +dwelling-place, until she may seem incorporate with it--until at +last, in the entire expressiveness of what is outward, there is for +her, to speak properly, between outward and inward, no longer any +distinction at all; and the light which creeps at a particular hour +on a particular picture or space upon the wall, the scent of flowers +in the air at a particular window, become to her, not so much +apprehended objects, as themselves powers of apprehension and door- +ways to things beyond--the germ or rudiment of certain new faculties, +by which she, dimly yet surely, apprehends a matter lying beyond her +actually attained capacities of spirit and sense." + +So it must needs be in a world which is itself, we may think, +together with that bodily "tent" or "tabernacle," only one of many +vestures for the clothing of the pilgrim soul, to be left by her, +surely, as if on the wayside, worn-out one by one, as it was from +her, indeed, they borrowed what momentary value or significance they +had. + +[94] The two friends were returning to Rome from a visit to a +country-house, where again a mixed company of guests had been +assembled; Marius, for his part, a little weary of gossip, and those +sparks of ill-tempered rivalry, which would seem sometimes to be the +only sort of fire the intercourse of people in general society can +strike out of them. A mere reaction upon this, as they started in +the clear morning, made their companionship, at least for one of +them, hardly less tranquillising than the solitude he so much valued. +Something in the south-west wind, combining with their own intention, +favoured increasingly, as the hours wore on, a serenity like that +Marius had felt once before in journeying over the great plain +towards Tibur--a serenity that was to-day brotherly amity also, and +seemed to draw into its own charmed circle whatever was then present +to eye or ear, while they talked or were silent together, and all +petty irritations, and the like, shrank out of existence, or kept +certainly beyond its limits. The natural fatigue of the long journey +overcame them quite suddenly at last, when they were still about two +miles distant from Rome. The seemingly endless line of tombs and +cypresses had been visible for hours against the sky towards the +west; and it was just where a cross-road from the Latin Way fell into +the Appian, that Cornelius halted at a doorway in a long, low wall-- +the outer wall of some villa courtyard, it might be supposed-- [95] +as if at liberty to enter, and rest there awhile. He held the door +open for his companion to enter also, if he would; with an +expression, as he lifted the latch, which seemed to ask Marius, +apparently shrinking from a possible intrusion: "Would you like to +see it?" Was he willing to look upon that, the seeing of which might +define--yes! define the critical turning-point in his days? + +The little doorway in this long, low wall admitted them, in fact, +into the court or garden of a villa, disposed in one of those abrupt +natural hollows, which give its character to the country in this +place; the house itself, with all its dependent buildings, the +spaciousness of which surprised Marius as he entered, being thus +wholly concealed from passengers along the road. All around, in +those well-ordered precincts, were the quiet signs of wealth, and of +a noble taste--a taste, indeed, chiefly evidenced in the selection +and juxtaposition of the material it had to deal with, consisting +almost exclusively of the remains of older art, here arranged and +harmonised, with effects, both as regards colour and form, so +delicate as to seem really derivative from some finer intelligence in +these matters than lay within the resources of the ancient world. It +was the old way of true Renaissance--being indeed the way of nature +with her roses, the divine way with the body of man, perhaps with his +soul--conceiving the new organism by no sudden and [96] abrupt +creation, but rather by the action of a new principle upon elements, +all of which had in truth already lived and died many times. The +fragments of older architecture, the mosaics, the spiral columns, the +precious corner-stones of immemorial building, had put on, by such +juxtaposition, a new and singular expressiveness, an air of grave +thought, of an intellectual purpose, in itself, aesthetically, very +seductive. Lastly, herb and tree had taken possession, spreading +their seed-bells and light branches, just astir in the trembling air, +above the ancient garden-wall, against the wide realms of sunset. +And from the first they could hear singing, the singing of children +mainly, it would seem, and of a new kind; so novel indeed in its +effect, as to bring suddenly to the recollection of Marius, Flavian's +early essays towards a new world of poetic sound. It was the +expression not altogether of mirth, yet of some wonderful sort of +happiness--the blithe self-expansion of a joyful soul in people upon +whom some all-subduing experience had wrought heroically, and who +still remembered, on this bland afternoon, the hour of a great +deliverance. + +His old native susceptibility to the spirit, the special sympathies, +of places,--above all, to any hieratic or religious significance they +might have,--was at its liveliest, as Marius, still encompassed by +that peculiar singing, and still amid the evidences of a grave +discretion all around him, passed into the house. That intelligent +seriousness [97] about life, the absence of which had ever seemed to +remove those who lacked it into some strange species wholly alien +from himself, accumulating all the lessons of his experience since +those first days at White-nights, was as it were translated here, as +if in designed congruity with his favourite precepts of the power of +physical vision, into an actual picture. If the true value of souls +is in proportion to what they can admire, Marius was just then an +acceptable soul. As he passed through the various chambers, great +and small, one dominant thought increased upon him, the thought of +chaste women and their children--of all the various affections of +family life under its most natural conditions, yet developed, as if +in devout imitation of some sublime new type of it, into large +controlling passions. There reigned throughout, an order and purity, +an orderly disposition, as if by way of making ready for some +gracious spousals. The place itself was like a bride adorned for her +husband; and its singular cheerfulness, the abundant light +everywhere, the sense of peaceful industry, of which he received a +deep impression though without precisely reckoning wherein it +resided, as he moved on rapidly, were in forcible contrast just at +first to the place to which he was next conducted by Cornelius still +with a sort of eager, hurried, half-troubled reluctance, and as if he +forbore the explanation which might well be looked for by his +companion. + +[98] An old flower-garden in the rear of the house, set here and +there with a venerable olive-tree--a picture in pensive shade and +fiery blossom, as transparent, under that afternoon light, as the old +miniature-painters' work on the walls of the chambers within--was +bounded towards the west by a low, grass-grown hill. A narrow +opening cut in its steep side, like a solid blackness there, admitted +Marius and his gleaming leader into a hollow cavern or crypt, neither +more nor less in fact than the family burial-place of the Cecilii, to +whom this residence belonged, brought thus, after an arrangement then +becoming not unusual, into immediate connexion with the abode of the +living, in bold assertion of that instinct of family life, which the +sanction of the Holy Family was, hereafter, more and more to +reinforce. Here, in truth, was the centre of the peculiar religious +expressiveness, of the sanctity, of the entire scene. That "any +person may, at his own election, constitute the place which belongs +to him a religious place, by the carrying of his dead into it":--had +been a maxim of old Roman law, which it was reserved for the early +Christian societies, like that established here by the piety of a +wealthy Roman matron, to realise in all its consequences. Yet this +was certainly unlike any cemetery Marius had ever before seen; most +obviously in this, that these people had returned to the older +fashion of disposing of [99] their dead by burial instead of burning. +Originally a family sepulchre, it was growing to a vast necropolis, a +whole township of the deceased, by means of some free expansion of +the family interest beyond its amplest natural limits. That air of +venerable beauty which characterised the house and its precincts +above, was maintained also here. It was certainly with a great +outlay of labour that these long, apparently endless, yet elaborately +designed galleries, were increasing so rapidly, with their layers of +beds or berths, one above another, cut, on either side the path-way, +in the porous tufa, through which all the moisture filters downwards, +leaving the parts above dry and wholesome. All alike were carefully +closed, and with all the delicate costliness at command; some with +simple tiles of baked clay, many with slabs of marble, enriched by +fair inscriptions: marble taken, in some cases, from older pagan +tombs--the inscription sometimes a palimpsest, the new epitaph being +woven into the faded letters of an earlier one. + +As in an ordinary Roman cemetery, an abundance of utensils for the +worship or commemoration of the departed was disposed around-- +incense, lights, flowers, their flame or their freshness being +relieved to the utmost by contrast with the coal-like blackness of +the soil itself, a volcanic sandstone, cinder of burnt-out fires. +Would they ever kindle again?--possess, transform, the place?-- +Turning to an [100] ashen pallor where, at regular intervals, an air- +hole or luminare let in a hard beam of clear but sunless light, with +the heavy sleepers, row upon row within, leaving a passage so narrow +that only one visitor at a time could move along, cheek to cheek with +them, the high walls seemed to shut one in into the great company of +the dead. Only the long straight pathway lay before him; opening, +however, here and there, into a small chamber, around a broad, table- +like coffin or "altar-tomb," adorned even more profusely than the +rest as if for some anniversary observance. Clearly, these people, +concurring in this with the special sympathies of Marius himself, had +adopted the practice of burial from some peculiar feeling of hope +they entertained concerning the body; a feeling which, in no +irreverent curiosity, he would fain have penetrated. The complete +and irreparable disappearance of the dead in the funeral fire, so +crushing to the spirits, as he for one had found it, had long since +induced in him a preference for that other mode of settlement to the +last sleep, as having something about it more home-like and hopeful, +at least in outward seeming. But whence the strange confidence that +these "handfuls of white dust" would hereafter recompose themselves +once more into exulting human creatures? By what heavenly alchemy, +what reviving dew from above, such as was certainly never again to +reach the dead violets?-- [101] Januarius, Agapetus, Felicitas; +Martyrs! refresh, I pray you, the soul of Cecil, of Cornelius! said +an inscription, one of many, scratched, like a passing sigh, when it +was still fresh in the mortar that had closed up the prison-door. +All critical estimate of this bold hope, as sincere apparently as it +was audacious in its claim, being set aside, here at least, carried +further than ever before, was that pious, systematic commemoration of +the dead, which, in its chivalrous refusal to forget or finally +desert the helpless, had ever counted with Marius as the central +exponent or symbol of all natural duty. + + The stern soul of the excellent Jonathan Edwards, applying the +faulty theology of John Calvin, afforded him, we know, the vision of +infants not a span long, on the floor of hell. Every visitor to the +Catacombs must have observed, in a very different theological +connexion, the numerous children's graves there--beds of infants, but +a span long indeed, lowly "prisoners of hope," on these sacred +floors. It was with great curiosity, certainly, that Marius +considered them, decked in some instances with the favourite toys of +their tiny occupants--toy-soldiers, little chariot-wheels, the entire +paraphernalia of a baby-house; and when he saw afterwards the living +children, who sang and were busy above--sang their psalm Laudate +Pueri Dominum!--their very faces caught for him a sort of quaint +unreality from the memory [102] of those others, the children of the +Catacombs, but a little way below them. + +Here and there, mingling with the record of merely natural decease, +and sometimes even at these children's graves, were the signs of +violent death or "martyrdom,"--proofs that some "had loved not their +lives unto the death"--in the little red phial of blood, the palm- +branch, the red flowers for their heavenly "birthday." About one +sepulchre in particular, distinguished in this way, and devoutly +arrayed for what, by a bold paradox, was thus treated as, natalitia-- +a birthday, the peculiar arrangements of the whole place visibly +centered. And it was with a singular novelty of feeling, like the +dawning of a fresh order of experiences upon him, that, standing +beside those mournful relics, snatched in haste from the common place +of execution not many years before, Marius became, as by some gleam +of foresight, aware of the whole force of evidence for a certain +strange, new hope, defining in its turn some new and weighty motive +of action, which lay in deaths so tragic for the "Christian +superstition." Something of them he had heard indeed already. They +had seemed to him but one savagery the more, savagery self-provoked, +in a cruel and stupid world. + +And yet these poignant memorials seemed also to draw him onwards to- +day, as if towards an image of some still more pathetic suffering, +[103] in the remote background. Yes! the interest, the expression, +of the entire neighbourhood was instinct with it, as with the savour +of some priceless incense. Penetrating the whole atmosphere, +touching everything around with its peculiar sentiment, it seemed to +make all this visible mortality, death's very self--Ah! lovelier than +any fable of old mythology had ever thought to render it, in the +utmost limits of fantasy; and this, in simple candour of feeling +about a supposed fact. Peace! Pax tecum!--the word, the thought--was +put forth everywhere, with images of hope, snatched sometimes from +that jaded pagan world which had really afforded men so little of it +from first to last; the various consoling images it had thrown off, +of succour, of regeneration, of escape from the grave--Hercules +wrestling with Death for possession of Alcestis, Orpheus taming the +wild beasts, the Shepherd with his sheep, the Shepherd carrying the +sick lamb upon his shoulders. Yet these imageries after all, it must +be confessed, formed but a slight contribution to the dominant effect +of tranquil hope there--a kind of heroic cheerfulness and grateful +expansion of heart, as with the sense, again, of some real +deliverance, which seemed to deepen the longer one lingered through +these strange and awful passages. A figure, partly pagan in +character, yet most frequently repeated of all these visible +parables--the figure of one just [104] escaped from the sea, still +clinging as for life to the shore in surprised joy, together with the +inscription beneath it, seemed best to express the prevailing +sentiment of the place. And it was just as he had puzzled out this +inscription-- + + I went down to the bottom of the mountains. + The earth with her bars was about me for ever: + Yet hast Thou brought up my life from corruption! + +--that with no feeling of suddenness or change Marius found himself +emerging again, like a later mystic traveller through similar dark +places "quieted by hope," into the daylight. + +They were still within the precincts of the house, still in +possession of that wonderful singing, although almost in the open +country, with a great view of the Campagna before them, and the hills +beyond. The orchard or meadow, through which their path lay, was +already gray with twilight, though the western sky, where the greater +stars were visible, was still afloat in crimson splendour. The +colour of all earthly things seemed repressed by the contrast, yet +with a sense of great richness lingering in their shadows. At that +moment the voice of the singers, a "voice of joy and health," +concentrated itself with solemn antistrophic movement, into an +evening, or "candle" hymn. + + "Hail! Heavenly Light, from his pure glory poured, + Who is the Almighty Father, heavenly, blest:-- + Worthiest art Thou, at all times to be sung + With undefiled tongue."-- + +[105] It was like the evening itself made audible, its hopes and +fears, with the stars shining in the midst of it. Half above, half +below the level white mist, dividing the light from the darkness, +came now the mistress of this place, the wealthy Roman matron, left +early a widow a few years before, by Cecilius "Confessor and Saint." +With a certain antique severity in the gathering of the long mantle, +and with coif or veil folded decorously below the chin, "gray within +gray," to the mind of Marius her temperate beauty brought +reminiscences of the serious and virile character of the best female +statuary of Greece. Quite foreign, however, to any Greek statuary +was the expression of pathetic care, with which she carried a little +child at rest in her arms. Another, a year or two older, walked +beside, the fingers of one hand within her girdle. She paused for a +moment with a greeting for Cornelius. + +That visionary scene was the close, the fitting close, of the +afternoon's strange experiences. A few minutes later, passing +forward on his way along the public road, he could have fancied it a +dream. The house of Cecilia grouped itself beside that other curious +house he had lately visited at Tusculum. And what a contrast was +presented by the former, in its suggestions of hopeful industry, of +immaculate cleanness, of responsive affection!--all alike determined +by that transporting discovery of some fact, or series [106] of +facts, in which the old puzzle of life had found its solution. In +truth, one of his most characteristic and constant traits had ever +been a certain longing for escape--for some sudden, relieving +interchange, across the very spaces of life, it might be, along which +he had lingered most pleasantly--for a lifting, from time to time, of +the actual horizon. It was like the necessity under which the +painter finds himself, to set a window or open doorway in the +background of his picture; or like a sick man's longing for northern +coolness, and the whispering willow-trees, amid the breathless +evergreen forests of the south. To some such effect had this visit +occurred to him, and through so slight an accident. Rome and Roman +life, just then, were come to seem like some stifling forest of +bronze-work, transformed, as if by malign enchantment, out of the +generations of living trees, yet with roots in a deep, down-trodden +soil of poignant human susceptibilities. In the midst of its +suffocation, that old longing for escape had been satisfied by this +vision of the church in Cecilia's house, as never before. It was +still, indeed, according to the unchangeable law of his temperament, +to the eye, to the visual faculty of mind, that those experiences +appealed--the peaceful light and shade, the boys whose very faces +seemed to sing, the virginal beauty of the mother and her children. +But, in his case, what was thus visible constituted a moral [107] or +spiritual influence, of a somewhat exigent and controlling character, +added anew to life, a new element therein, with which, consistently +with his own chosen maxim, he must make terms. + +The thirst for every kind of experience, encouraged by a philosophy +which taught that nothing was intrinsically great or small, good or +evil, had ever been at strife in him with a hieratic refinement, in +which the boy-priest survived, prompting always the selection of what +was perfect of its kind, with subsequent loyal adherence of his soul +thereto. This had carried him along in a continuous communion with +ideals, certainly realised in part, either in the conditions of his +own being, or in the actual company about him, above all, in +Cornelius. Surely, in this strange new society he had touched upon +for the first time to-day--in this strange family, like "a garden +enclosed"--was the fulfilment of all the preferences, the judgments, +of that half-understood friend, which of late years had been his +protection so often amid the perplexities of life. Here, it might +be, was, if not the cure, yet the solace or anodyne of his great +sorrows--of that constitutional sorrowfulness, not peculiar to +himself perhaps, but which had made his life certainly like one long +"disease of the spirit." Merciful intention made itself known +remedially here, in the mere contact of the air, like a soft touch +upon aching [108] flesh. On the other hand, he was aware that new +responsibilities also might be awakened--new and untried +responsibilities--a demand for something from him in return. Might +this new vision, like the malignant beauty of pagan Medusa, be +exclusive of any admiring gaze upon anything but itself? At least he +suspected that, after the beholding of it, he could never again be +altogether as he had been before. + +NOTES + +93. +Emanuel Swedenborg, Swedish mystic writer, 1688-1772. Return. + + + +CHAPTER XXII: "THE MINOR PEACE OF THE CHURCH" + +[109] FAITHFUL to the spirit of his early Epicurean philosophy and +the impulse to surrender himself, in perfectly liberal inquiry about +it, to anything that, as a matter of fact, attracted or impressed him +strongly, Marius informed himself with much pains concerning the +church in Cecilia's house; inclining at first to explain the +peculiarities of that place by the establishment there of the schola +or common hall of one of those burial-guilds, which then covered so +much of the unofficial, and, as it might be called, subterranean +enterprise of Roman society. + +And what he found, thus looking, literally, for the dead among the +living, was the vision of a natural, a scrupulously natural, love, +transforming, by some new gift of insight into the truth of human +relationships, and under the urgency of some new motive by him so far +unfathomable, all the conditions of life. He saw, in all its +primitive freshness and amid the lively facts of its actual coming +into the world, as a reality of [110] experience, that regenerate +type of humanity, which, centuries later, Giotto and his successors, +down to the best and purest days of the young Raphael, working under +conditions very friendly to the imagination, were to conceive as an +artistic ideal. He felt there, felt amid the stirring of some +wonderful new hope within himself, the genius, the unique power of +Christianity; in exercise then, as it has been exercised ever since, +in spite of many hindrances, and under the most inopportune +circumstances. Chastity,--as he seemed to understand--the chastity +of men and women, amid all the conditions, and with the results, +proper to such chastity, is the most beautiful thing in the world and +the truest conservation of that creative energy by which men and +women were first brought into it. The nature of the family, for +which the better genius of old Rome itself had sincerely cared, of +the family and its appropriate affections--all that love of one's +kindred by which obviously one does triumph in some degree over +death--had never been so felt before. Here, surely! in its genial +warmth, its jealous exclusion of all that was opposed to it, to its +own immaculate naturalness, in the hedge set around the sacred thing +on every side, this development of the family did but carry forward, +and give effect to, the purposes, the kindness, of nature itself, +friendly to man. As if by way of a due recognition of some +immeasurable divine condescension manifest in a [111] certain +historic fact, its influence was felt more especially at those points +which demanded some sacrifice of one's self, for the weak, for the +aged, for little children, and even for the dead. And then, for its +constant outward token, its significant manner or index, it issued in +a certain debonair grace, and a certain mystic attractiveness, a +courtesy, which made Marius doubt whether that famed Greek +"blitheness," or gaiety, or grace, in the handling of life, had been, +after all, an unrivalled success. Contrasting with the incurable +insipidity even of what was most exquisite in the higher Roman life, +of what was still truest to the primitive soul of goodness amid its +evil, the new creation he now looked on--as it were a picture beyond +the craft of any master of old pagan beauty--had indeed all the +appropriate freshness of a "bride adorned for her husband." Things +new and old seemed to be coming as if out of some goodly treasure- +house, the brain full of science, the heart rich with various +sentiment, possessing withal this surprising healthfulness, this +reality of heart. + +"You would hardly believe," writes Pliny,--to his own wife!--"what a +longing for you possesses me. Habit--that we have not been used to +be apart--adds herein to the primary force of affection. It is this +keeps me awake at night fancying I see you beside me. That is why my +feet take me unconsciously to your sitting-room at those hours when I +was wont to [112] visit you there. That is why I turn from the door +of the empty chamber, sad and ill-at-ease, like an excluded lover."-- + +There, is a real idyll from that family life, the protection of which +had been the motive of so large a part of the religion of the Romans, +still surviving among them; as it survived also in Aurelius, his +disposition and aims, and, spite of slanderous tongues, in the +attained sweetness of his interior life. What Marius had been +permitted to see was a realisation of such life higher still: and +with--Yes! with a more effective sanction and motive than it had ever +possessed before, in that fact, or series of facts, to be ascertained +by those who would. + +The central glory of the reign of the Antonines was that society had +attained in it, though very imperfectly, and for the most part by +cumbrous effort of law, many of those ends to which Christianity went +straight, with the sufficiency, the success, of a direct and +appropriate instinct. Pagan Rome, too, had its touching charity- +sermons on occasions of great public distress; its charity-children +in long file, in memory of the elder empress Faustina; its prototype, +under patronage of Aesculapius, of the modern hospital for the sick +on the island of Saint Bartholomew. But what pagan charity was doing +tardily, and as if with the painful calculation of old age, the +church was doing, almost without thinking about it, with all the +liberal [113] enterprise of youth, because it was her very being thus +to do. "You fail to realise your own good intentions," she seems to +say, to pagan virtue, pagan kindness. She identified herself with +those intentions and advanced them with an unparalleled freedom and +largeness. The gentle Seneca would have reverent burial provided +even for the dead body of a criminal. Yet when a certain woman +collected for interment the insulted remains of Nero, the pagan world +surmised that she must be a Christian: only a Christian would have +been likely to conceive so chivalrous a devotion towards mere +wretchedness. "We refuse to be witnesses even of a homicide +commanded by the law," boasts the dainty conscience of a Christian +apologist, "we take no part in your cruel sports nor in the +spectacles of the amphitheatre, and we hold that to witness a murder +is the same thing as to commit one." And there was another duty +almost forgotten, the sense of which Rousseau brought back to the +degenerate society of a later age. In an impassioned discourse the +sophist Favorinus counsels mothers to suckle their own infants; and +there are Roman epitaphs erected to mothers, which gratefully record +this proof of natural affection as a thing then unusual. In this +matter too, what a sanction, what a provocative to natural duty, lay +in that image discovered to Augustus by the Tiburtine Sibyl, amid the +aurora of a new age, the image of the Divine Mother and the [114] +Child, just then rising upon the world like the dawn! + +Christian belief, again, had presented itself as a great inspirer of +chastity. Chastity, in turn, realised in the whole scope of its +conditions, fortified that rehabilitation of peaceful labour, after +the mind, the pattern, of the workman of Galilee, which was another +of the natural instincts of the catholic church, as being indeed the +long-desired initiator of a religion of cheerfulness, as a true lover +of the industry--so to term it--the labour, the creation, of God. + +And this severe yet genial assertion of the ideal of woman, of the +family, of industry, of man's work in life, so close to the truth of +nature, was also, in that charmed hour of the minor "Peace of the +church," realised as an influence tending to beauty, to the adornment +of life and the world. The sword in the world, the right eye plucked +out, the right hand cut off, the spirit of reproach which those +images express, and of which monasticism is the fulfilment, reflect +one side only of the nature of the divine missionary of the New +Testament. Opposed to, yet blent with, this ascetic or militant +character, is the function of the Good Shepherd, serene, blithe and +debonair, beyond the gentlest shepherd of Greek mythology; of a king +under whom the beatific vision is realised of a reign of peace--peace +of heart--among men. Such aspect of the divine character of Christ, +rightly understood, [115] is indeed the final consummation of that +bold and brilliant hopefulness in man's nature, which had sustained +him so far through his immense labours, his immense sorrows, and of +which pagan gaiety in the handling of life, is but a minor +achievement. Sometimes one, sometimes the other, of those two +contrasted aspects of its Founder, have, in different ages and under +the urgency of different human needs, been at work also in the +Christian Church. Certainly, in that brief "Peace of the church" +under the Antonines, the spirit of a pastoral security and happiness +seems to have been largely expanded. There, in the early church of +Rome, was to be seen, and on sufficiently reasonable grounds, that +satisfaction and serenity on a dispassionate survey of the facts of +life, which all hearts had desired, though for the most part in vain, +contrasting itself for Marius, in particular, very forcibly, with the +imperial philosopher's so heavy burden of unrelieved melancholy. It +was Christianity in its humanity, or even its humanism, in its +generous hopes for man, its common sense and alacrity of cheerful +service, its sympathy with all creatures, its appreciation of beauty +and daylight. + +"The angel of righteousness," says the Shepherd of Hermas, the most +characteristic religious book of that age, its Pilgrim's Progress-- +"the angel of righteousness is modest and delicate and meek and +quiet. Take from thyself grief, for (as Hamlet will one day +discover) 'tis the sister [116] of doubt and ill-temper. Grief is +more evil than any other spirit of evil, and is most dreadful to the +servants of God, and beyond all spirits destroyeth man. For, as when +good news is come to one in grief, straightway he forgetteth his +former grief, and no longer attendeth to anything except the good +news which he hath heard, so do ye, also! having received a renewal +of your soul through the beholding of these good things. Put on +therefore gladness that hath always favour before God, and is +acceptable unto Him, and delight thyself in it; for every man that is +glad doeth the things that are good, and thinketh good thoughts, +despising grief."--Such were the commonplaces of this new people, +among whom so much of what Marius had valued most in the old world +seemed to be under renewal and further promotion. Some transforming +spirit was at work to harmonise contrasts, to deepen expression--a +spirit which, in its dealing with the elements of ancient life, was +guided by a wonderful tact of selection, exclusion, juxtaposition, +begetting thereby a unique effect of freshness, a grave yet wholesome +beauty, because the world of sense, the whole outward world was +understood to set forth the veritable unction and royalty of a +certain priesthood and kingship of the soul within, among the +prerogatives of which was a delightful sense of freedom. + +The reader may think perhaps, that Marius, who, Epicurean as he was, +had his visionary [117] aptitudes, by an inversion of one of Plato's +peculiarities with which he was of course familiar, must have +descended, by foresight, upon a later age than his own, and +anticipated Christian poetry and art as they came to be under the +influence of Saint Francis of Assisi. But if he dreamed on one of +those nights of the beautiful house of Cecilia, its lights and +flowers, of Cecilia herself moving among the lilies, with an enhanced +grace as happens sometimes in healthy dreams, it was indeed hardly an +anticipation. He had lighted, by one of the peculiar intellectual +good-fortunes of his life, upon a period when, even more than in the +days of austere ascsis which had preceded and were to follow it, the +church was true for a moment, truer perhaps than she would ever be +again, to that element of profound serenity in the soul of her +Founder, which reflected the eternal goodwill of God to man, "in +whom," according to the oldest version of the angelic message, "He is +well-pleased." + +For what Christianity did many centuries afterwards in the way of +informing an art, a poetry, of graver and higher beauty, we may +think, than that of Greek art and poetry at their best, was in truth +conformable to the original tendency of its genius. The genuine +capacity of the catholic church in this direction, discoverable from +the first in the New Testament, was also really at work, in that +earlier "Peace," under [118] the Antonines--the minor "Peace of the +church," as we might call it, in distinction from the final "Peace of +the church," commonly so called, under Constantine. Saint Francis, +with his following in the sphere of poetry and of the arts--the voice +of Dante, the hand of Giotto--giving visible feature and colour, and +a palpable place among men, to the regenerate race, did but re- +establish a continuity, only suspended in part by those troublous +intervening centuries--the "dark ages," properly thus named--with the +gracious spirit of the primitive church, as manifested in that first +early springtide of her success. The greater "Peace" of Constantine, +on the other hand, in many ways, does but establish the +exclusiveness, the puritanism, the ascetic gloom which, in the period +between Aurelius and the first Christian emperor, characterised a +church under misunderstanding or oppression, driven back, in a world +of tasteless controversy, inwards upon herself. + +Already, in the reign of Antoninus Pius, the time was gone by when +men became Christians under some sudden and overpowering impression, +and with all the disturbing results of such a crisis. At this period +the larger number, perhaps, had been born Christians, had been ever +with peaceful hearts in their "Father's house." That earlier belief +in the speedy coming of judgment and of the end of the world, with +the consequences it so naturally involved in the temper [119] of +men's minds, was dying out. Every day the contrast between the +church and the world was becoming less pronounced. And now also, as +the church rested awhile from opposition, that rapid self-development +outward from within, proper to times of peace, was in progress. +Antoninus Pius, it might seem, more truly even than Marcus Aurelius +himself, was of that group of pagan saints for whom Dante, like +Augustine, has provided in his scheme of the house with many +mansions. A sincere old Roman piety had urged his fortunately +constituted nature to no mistakes, no offences against humanity. And +of his entire freedom from guile one reward had been this singular +happiness, that under his rule there was no shedding of Christian +blood. To him belonged that half-humorous placidity of soul, of a +kind illustrated later very effectively by Montaigne, which, starting +with an instinct of mere fairness towards human nature and the world, +seems at last actually to qualify its possessor to be almost the +friend of the people of Christ. Amiable, in its own nature, and full +of a reasonable gaiety, Christianity has often had its advantage of +characters such as that. The geniality of Antoninus Pius, like the +geniality of the earth itself, had permitted the church, as being in +truth no alien from that old mother earth, to expand and thrive for a +season as by natural process. And that charmed period under the +Antonines, extending to the later years of the [120] reign of +Aurelius (beautiful, brief, chapter of ecclesiastical history!), +contains, as one of its motives of interest, the earliest development +of Christian ritual under the presidence of the church of Rome. + +Again as in one of those mystical, quaint visions of the Shepherd of +Hermas, "the aged woman was become by degrees more and more youthful. +And in the third vision she was quite young, and radiant with beauty: +only her hair was that of an aged woman. And at the last she was +joyous, and seated upon a throne--seated upon a throne, because her +position is a strong one." The subterranean worship of the church +belonged properly to those years of her early history in which it was +illegal for her to worship at all. But, hiding herself for awhile as +conflict grew violent, she resumed, when there was felt to be no more +than ordinary risk, her natural freedom. And the kind of outward +prosperity she was enjoying in those moments of her first "Peace," +her modes of worship now blossoming freely above-ground, was re- +inforced by the decision at this point of a crisis in her internal +history. + +In the history of the church, as throughout the moral history of +mankind, there are two distinct ideals, either of which it is +possible to maintain--two conceptions, under one or the other of +which we may represent to ourselves men's efforts towards a better +life--corresponding to those two contrasted aspects, noted above, as +[121] discernible in the picture afforded by the New Testament itself +of the character of Christ. The ideal of asceticism represents moral +effort as essentially a sacrifice, the sacrifice of one part of human +nature to another, that it may live the more completely in what +survives of it; while the ideal of culture represents it as a +harmonious development of all the parts of human nature, in just +proportion to each other. It was to the latter order of ideas that +the church, and especially the church of Rome in the age of the +Antonines, freely lent herself. In that earlier "Peace" she had set +up for herself the ideal of spiritual development, under the guidance +of an instinct by which, in those serene moments, she was absolutely +true to the peaceful soul of her Founder. "Goodwill to men," she +said, "in whom God Himself is well-pleased!" For a little while, at +least, there was no forced opposition between the soul and the body, +the world and the spirit, and the grace of graciousness itself was +pre-eminently with the people of Christ. Tact, good sense, ever the +note of a true orthodoxy, the merciful compromises of the church, +indicative of her imperial vocation in regard to all the varieties of +human kind, with a universality of which the old Roman pastorship she +was superseding is but a prototype, was already become conspicuous, +in spite of a discredited, irritating, vindictive society, all around +her. + +Against that divine urbanity and moderation [122] the old error of +Montanus we read of dimly, was a fanatical revolt--sour, falsely +anti-mundane, ever with an air of ascetic affectation, and a bigoted +distaste in particular for all the peculiar graces of womanhood. By +it the desire to please was understood to come of the author of evil. +In this interval of quietness, it was perhaps inevitable, by the law +of reaction, that some such extravagances of the religious temper +should arise. But again the church of Rome, now becoming every day +more and more completely the capital of the Christian world, checked +the nascent Montanism, or puritanism of the moment, vindicating for +all Christian people a cheerful liberty of heart, against many a +narrow group of sectaries, all alike, in their different ways, +accusers of the genial creation of God. With her full, fresh faith +in the Evangele--in a veritable regeneration of the earth and the +body, in the dignity of man's entire personal being--for a season, at +least, at that critical period in the development of Christianity, +she was for reason, for common sense, for fairness to human nature, +and generally for what may be called the naturalness of +Christianity.--As also for its comely order: she would be "brought to +her king in raiment of needlework." It was by the bishops of Rome, +diligently transforming themselves, in the true catholic sense, into +universal pastors, that the path of what we must call humanism was +thus defined. + +[123] And then, in this hour of expansion, as if now at last the +catholic church might venture to show her outward lineaments as they +really were, worship--"the beauty of holiness," nay! the elegance of +sanctity--was developed, with a bold and confident gladness, the like +of which has hardly been the ideal of worship in any later age. The +tables in fact were turned: the prize of a cheerful temper on a +candid survey of life was no longer with the pagan world. The +aesthetic charm of the catholic church, her evocative power over all +that is eloquent and expressive in the better mind of man, her +outward comeliness, her dignifying convictions about human nature:-- +all this, as abundantly realised centuries later by Dante and Giotto, +by the great medieval church-builders, by the great ritualists like +Saint Gregory, and the masters of sacred music in the middle age--we +may see already, in dim anticipation, in those charmed moments +towards the end of the second century. Dissipated or turned aside, +partly through the fatal mistake of Marcus Aurelius himself, for a +brief space of time we may discern that influence clearly predominant +there. What might seem harsh as dogma was already justifying itself +as worship; according to the sound rule: Lex orandi, lex credendi-- +Our Creeds are but the brief abstract of our prayer and song. + +The wonderful liturgical spirit of the church, her wholly +unparalleled genius for worship, [124] being thus awake, she was +rapidly re-organising both pagan and Jewish elements of ritual, for +the expanding therein of her own new heart of devotion. Like the +institutions of monasticism, like the Gothic style of architecture, +the ritual system of the church, as we see it in historic retrospect, +ranks as one of the great, conjoint, and (so to term them) necessary, +products of human mind. Destined for ages to come, to direct with so +deep a fascination men's religious instincts, it was then already +recognisable as a new and precious fact in the sum of things. What +has been on the whole the method of the church, as "a power of +sweetness and patience," in dealing with matters like pagan art, +pagan literature was even then manifest; and has the character of the +moderation, the divine moderation of Christ himself. It was only +among the ignorant, indeed, only in the "villages," that +Christianity, even in conscious triumph over paganism, was really +betrayed into iconoclasm. In the final "Peace" of the Church under +Constantine, while there was plenty of destructive fanaticism in the +country, the revolution was accomplished in the larger towns, in a +manner more orderly and discreet--in the Roman manner. The faithful +were bent less on the destruction of the old pagan temples than on +their conversion to a new and higher use; and, with much beautiful +furniture ready to hand, they became Christian sanctuaries. + +[125] Already, in accordance with such maturer wisdom, the church of +the "Minor Peace" had adopted many of the graces of pagan feeling and +pagan custom; as being indeed a living creature, taking up, +transforming, accommodating still more closely to the human heart +what of right belonged to it. In this way an obscure synagogue was +expanded into the catholic church. Gathering, from a richer and more +varied field of sound than had remained for him, those old Roman +harmonies, some notes of which Gregory the Great, centuries later, +and after generations of interrupted development, formed into the +Gregorian music, she was already, as we have heard, the house of +song--of a wonderful new music and poesy. As if in anticipation of +the sixteenth century, the church was becoming "humanistic," in an +earlier, and unimpeachable Renaissance. Singing there had been in +abundance from the first; though often it dared only be "of the +heart." And it burst forth, when it might, into the beginnings of a +true ecclesiastical music; the Jewish psalter, inherited from the +synagogue, turning now, gradually, from Greek into Latin--broken +Latin, into Italian, as the ritual use of the rich, fresh, expressive +vernacular superseded the earlier authorised language of the Church. +Through certain surviving remnants of Greek in the later Latin +liturgies, we may still discern a highly interesting intermediate +phase of ritual development, when the Greek [126] and the Latin were +in combination; the poor, surely!--the poor and the children of that +liberal Roman church--responding already in their own "vulgar +tongue," to an office said in the original, liturgical Greek. That +hymn sung in the early morning, of which Pliny had heard, was +kindling into the service of the Mass. + +The Mass, indeed, would appear to have been said continuously from +the Apostolic age. Its details, as one by one they become visible in +later history, have already the character of what is ancient and +venerable. "We are very old, and ye are young!" they seem to +protest, to those who fail to understand them. Ritual, in fact, like +all other elements of religion, must grow and cannot be made--grow by +the same law of development which prevails everywhere else, in the +moral as in the physical world. As regards this special phase of the +religious life, however, such development seems to have been +unusually rapid in the subterranean age which preceded Constantine; +and in the very first days of the final triumph of the church the +Mass emerges to general view already substantially complete. +"Wisdom" was dealing, as with the dust of creeds and philosophies, so +also with the dust of outworn religious usage, like the very spirit +of life itself, organising soul and body out of the lime and clay of +the earth. In a generous eclecticism, within the bounds of her +liberty, and as by some providential power within her, [127] she +gathers and serviceably adopts, as in other matters so in ritual, one +thing here, another there, from various sources--Gnostic, Jewish, +Pagan--to adorn and beautify the greatest act of worship the world +has seen. It was thus the liturgy of the church came to be--full of +consolations for the human soul, and destined, surely! one day, under +the sanction of so many ages of human experience, to take exclusive +possession of the religious consciousness. + + TANTUM ERGO SACRAMENTUM VENEREMUR CERNUI: + ET ANTIQUUM DOCUMENTUM + NOVO CEDAT RITUI. + + + +CHAPTER XXIII: DIVINE SERVICE. + + "Wisdom hath builded herself a house: she hath mingled her wine: + she hath also prepared for herself a table." + +[128] THE more highly favoured ages of imaginative art present +instances of the summing up of an entire world of complex +associations under some single form, like the Zeus of Olympia, or the +series of frescoes which commemorate The Acts of Saint Francis, at +Assisi, or like the play of Hamlet or Faust. It was not in an image, +or series of images, yet still in a sort of dramatic action, and with +the unity of a single appeal to eye and ear, that Marius about this +time found all his new impressions set forth, regarding what he had +already recognised, intellectually, as for him at least the most +beautiful thing in the world. + +To understand the influence upon him of what follows the reader must +remember that it was an experience which came amid a deep sense of +vacuity in life. The fairest products of [129] the earth seemed to +be dropping to pieces, as if in men's very hands, around him. How +real was their sorrow, and his! "His observation of life" had come +to be like the constant telling of a sorrowful rosary, day after day; +till, as if taking infection from the cloudy sorrow of the mind, the +eye also, the very senses, were grown faint and sick. And now it +happened as with the actual morning on which he found himself a +spectator of this new thing. The long winter had been a season of +unvarying sullenness. At last, on this day he awoke with a sharp +flash of lightning in the earliest twilight: in a little while the +heavy rain had filtered the air: the clear light was abroad; and, as +though the spring had set in with a sudden leap in the heart of +things, the whole scene around him lay like some untarnished picture +beneath a sky of delicate blue. Under the spell of his late +depression, Marius had suddenly determined to leave Rome for a while. +But desiring first to advertise Cornelius of his movements, and +failing to find him in his lodgings, he had ventured, still early in +the day, to seek him in the Cecilian villa. Passing through its +silent and empty court-yard he loitered for a moment, to admire. +Under the clear but immature light of winter morning after a storm, +all the details of form and colour in the old marbles were distinctly +visible, and with a kind of severity or sadness--so it struck him-- +amid their beauty: [130] in them, and in all other details of the +scene--the cypresses, the bunches of pale daffodils in the grass, the +curves of the purple hills of Tusculum, with the drifts of virgin +snow still lying in their hollows. + +The little open door, through which he passed from the court-yard, +admitted him into what was plainly the vast Lararium, or domestic +sanctuary, of the Cecilian family, transformed in many particulars, +but still richly decorated, and retaining much of its ancient +furniture in metal-work and costly stone. The peculiar half-light of +dawn seemed to be lingering beyond its hour upon the solemn marble +walls; and here, though at that moment in absolute silence, a great +company of people was assembled. In that brief period of peace, +during which the church emerged for awhile from her jealously-guarded +subterranean life, the rigour of an earlier rule of exclusion had +been relaxed. And so it came to pass that, on this morning Marius +saw for the first time the wonderful spectacle--wonderful, +especially, in its evidential power over himself, over his own +thoughts--of those who believe. + +There were noticeable, among those present, great varieties of rank, +of age, of personal type. The Roman ingenuus, with the white toga +and gold ring, stood side by side with his slave; and the air of the +whole company was, above all, a grave one, an air of recollection. +Coming [131] thus unexpectedly upon this large assembly, so entirely +united, in a silence so profound, for purposes unknown to him, Marius +felt for a moment as if he had stumbled by chance upon some great +conspiracy. Yet that could scarcely be, for the people here +collected might have figured as the earliest handsel, or pattern, of +a new world, from the very face of which discontent had passed away. +Corresponding to the variety of human type there present, was the +various expression of every form of human sorrow assuaged. What +desire, what fulfilment of desire, had wrought so pathetically on the +features of these ranks of aged men and women of humble condition? +Those young men, bent down so discreetly on the details of their +sacred service, had faced life and were glad, by some science, or +light of knowledge they had, to which there had certainly been no +parallel in the older world. Was some credible message from beyond +"the flaming rampart of the world"--a message of hope, regarding the +place of men's souls and their interest in the sum of things--already +moulding anew their very bodies, and looks, and voices, now and here? +At least, there was a cleansing and kindling flame at work in them, +which seemed to make everything else Marius had ever known look +comparatively vulgar and mean. There were the children, above all-- +troops of children--reminding him of those pathetic children's +graves, like cradles or garden- [132] beds, he had noticed in his +first visit to these places; and they more than satisfied the odd +curiosity he had then conceived about them, wondering in what +quaintly expressive forms they might come forth into the daylight, if +awakened from sleep. Children of the Catacombs, some but "a span +long," with features not so much beautiful as heroic (that world of +new, refining sentiment having set its seal even on childhood), they +retained certainly no stain or trace of anything subterranean this +morning, in the alacrity of their worship--as ready as if they had +been at play--stretching forth their hands, crying, chanting in a +resonant voice, and with boldly upturned faces, Christe Eleison! + +For the silence--silence, amid those lights of early morning to which +Marius had always been constitutionally impressible, as having in +them a certain reproachful austerity--was broken suddenly by +resounding cries of Kyrie Eleison! Christe Eleison! repeated +alternately, again and again, until the bishop, rising from his +chair, made sign that this prayer should cease. But the voices burst +out once more presently, in richer and more varied melody, though +still of an antiphonal character; the men, the women and children, +the deacons, the people, answering one another, somewhat after the +manner of a Greek chorus. But again with what a novelty of poetic +accent; what a genuine expansion of heart; what profound intimations +for the [133] intellect, as the meaning of the words grew upon him! +Cum grandi affectu et compunctione dicatur--says an ancient +eucharistic order; and certainly, the mystic tone of this praying and +singing was one with the expression of deliverance, of grateful +assurance and sincerity, upon the faces of those assembled. As if +some searching correction, a regeneration of the body by the spirit, +had begun, and was already gone a great way, the countenances of men, +women, and children alike had a brightness on them which he could +fancy reflected upon himself--an amenity, a mystic amiability and +unction, which found its way most readily of all to the hearts of +children themselves. The religious poetry of those Hebrew psalms-- +Benedixisti Domine terram tuam: Dixit Dominus Domino meo, sede a +dextris meis--was certainly in marvellous accord with the lyrical +instinct of his own character. Those august hymns, he thought, must +thereafter ever remain by him as among the well-tested powers in +things to soothe and fortify the soul. One could never grow tired of +them! + +In the old pagan worship there had been little to call the +understanding into play. Here, on the other hand, the utterance, the +eloquence, the music of worship conveyed, as Marius readily +understood, a fact or series of facts, for intellectual reception. +That became evident, more especially, in those lessons, or sacred +readings, which, like the singing, in broken [134] vernacular Latin, +occurred at certain intervals, amid the silence of the assembly. +There were readings, again with bursts of chanted invocation between +for fuller light on a difficult path, in which many a vagrant voice +of human philosophy, haunting men's minds from of old, recurred with +clearer accent than had ever belonged to it before, as if lifted, +above its first intention, into the harmonies of some supreme system +of knowledge or doctrine, at length complete. And last of all came a +narrative which, with a thousand tender memories, every one appeared +to know by heart, displaying, in all the vividness of a picture for +the eye, the mournful figure of him towards whom this whole act of +worship still consistently turned--a figure which seemed to have +absorbed, like some rich tincture in his garment, all that was deep- +felt and impassioned in the experiences of the past. + +It was the anniversary of his birth as a little child they celebrated +to-day. Astiterunt reges terrae: so the Gradual, the "Song of +Degrees," proceeded, the young men on the steps of the altar +responding in deep, clear, antiphon or chorus-- + + Astiterunt reges terrae-- + Adversus sanctum puerum tuum, Jesum: + Nunc, Domine, da servis tuis loqui verbum tuum-- + Et signa fieri, per nomen sancti pueri Jesu. + +And the proper action of the rite itself, like a [135] half-opened +book to be read by the duly initiated mind took up those suggestions, +and carried them forward into the present, as having reference to a +power still efficacious, still after some mystic sense even now in +action among the people there assembled. The entire office, indeed, +with its interchange of lessons, hymns, prayer, silence, was itself +like a single piece of highly composite, dramatic music; a "song of +degrees," rising steadily to a climax. Notwithstanding the absence +of any central image visible to the eye, the entire ceremonial +process, like the place in which it was enacted, was weighty with +symbolic significance, seemed to express a single leading motive. +The mystery, if such in fact it was, centered indeed in the actions +of one visible person, distinguished among the assistants, who stood +ranged in semicircle around him, by the extreme fineness of his white +vestments, and the pointed cap with the golden ornaments upon his +head. + +Nor had Marius ever seen the pontifical character, as he conceived +it--sicut unguentum in capite, descendens in oram vestimenti--so +fully realised, as in the expression, the manner and voice, of this +novel pontiff, as he took his seat on the white chair placed for him +by the young men, and received his long staff into his hand, or moved +his hands--hands which seemed endowed in very deed with some +mysterious power--at the Lavabo, or at the various benedictions, or +[136] to bless certain objects on the table before him, chanting in +cadence of a grave sweetness the leading parts of the rite. What +profound unction and mysticity! The solemn character of the singing +was at its height when he opened his lips. Like some new sort of +rhapsdos, it was for the moment as if he alone possessed the words +of the office, and they flowed anew from some permanent source of +inspiration within him. The table or altar at which he presided, +below a canopy on delicate spiral columns, was in fact the tomb of a +youthful "witness," of the family of the Cecilii, who had shed his +blood not many years before, and whose relics were still in this +place. It was for his sake the bishop put his lips so often to the +surface before him; the regretful memory of that death entwining +itself, though not without certain notes of triumph, as a matter of +special inward significance, throughout a service, which was, before +all else, from first to last, a commemoration of the dead. + +A sacrifice also,--a sacrifice, it might seem, like the most +primitive, the most natural and enduringly significant of old pagan +sacrifices, of the simplest fruits of the earth. And in connexion +with this circumstance again, as in the actual stones of the building +so in the rite itself, what Marius observed was not so much new +matter as a new spirit, moulding, informing, with a new intention, +many observances not [137] witnessed for the first time to-day. Men +and women came to the altar successively, in perfect order, and +deposited below the lattice-work of pierced white marble, their +baskets of wheat and grapes, incense, oil for the sanctuary lamps; +bread and wine especially--pure wheaten bread, the pure white wine of +the Tusculan vineyards. There was here a veritable consecration, +hopeful and animating, of the earth's gifts, of old dead and dark +matter itself, now in some way redeemed at last, of all that we can +touch or see, in the midst of a jaded world that had lost the true +sense of such things, and in strong contrast to the wise emperor's +renunciant and impassive attitude towards them. Certain portions of +that bread and wine were taken into the bishop's hands; and +thereafter, with an increasing mysticity and effusion the rite +proceeded. Still in a strain of inspired supplication, the +antiphonal singing developed, from this point, into a kind of +dialogue between the chief minister and the whole assisting company-- + + SURSUM CORDA! + HABEMUS AD DOMINUM. + GRATIAS AGAMUS DOMINO DEO NOSTRO!-- + +It might have been thought the business, the duty or service of young +men more particularly, as they stood there in long ranks, and in +severe and simple vesture of the purest white--a service in which +they would seem to be flying [138] for refuge, as with their +precious, their treacherous and critical youth in their hands, to +one--Yes! one like themselves, who yet claimed their worship, a +worship, above all, in the way of Aurelius, in the way of imitation. +Adoramus te Christe, quia per crucem tuam redemisti mundum!--they cry +together. So deep is the emotion that at moments it seems to Marius +as if some there present apprehend that prayer prevails, that the +very object of this pathetic crying himself draws near. From the +first there had been the sense, an increasing assurance, of one +coming:--actually with them now, according to the oft-repeated +affirmation or petition, Dominus vobiscum! Some at least were quite +sure of it; and the confidence of this remnant fired the hearts, and +gave meaning to the bold, ecstatic worship, of all the rest about +them. + +Prompted especially by the suggestions of that mysterious old Jewish +psalmody, so new to him--lesson and hymn--and catching therewith a +portion of the enthusiasm of those beside him, Marius could discern +dimly, behind the solemn recitation which now followed, at once a +narrative and a prayer, the most touching image truly that had ever +come within the scope of his mental or physical gaze. It was the +image of a young man giving up voluntarily, one by one, for the +greatest of ends, the greatest gifts; actually parting with himself, +above all, with the serenity, the divine serenity, of his [139] own +soul; yet from the midst of his desolation crying out upon the +greatness of his success, as if foreseeing this very worship.* As +centre of the supposed facts which for these people were become so +constraining a motive of hopefulness, of activity, that image seemed +to display itself with an overwhelming claim on human gratitude. +What Saint Lewis of France discerned, and found so irresistibly +touching, across the dimness of many centuries, as a painful thing +done for love of him by one he had never seen, was to them almost as +a thing of yesterday; and their hearts were whole with it. It had +the force, among their interests, of an almost recent event in the +career of one whom their fathers' fathers might have known. From +memories so sublime, yet so close at hand, had the narrative +descended in which these acts of worship centered; though again the +names of some more recently dead were mingled in it. And it seemed +as if the very dead were aware; to be stirring beneath the slabs of +the sepulchres which lay so near, that they might associate +themselves to this enthusiasm--to this exalted worship of Jesus. + +One by one, at last, the faithful approach to receive from the chief +minister morsels of the great, white, wheaten cake, he had taken into +his hands--Perducat vos ad vitam aeternam! he prays, half-silently, +as they depart again, after [140] discreet embraces. The Eucharist +of those early days was, even more entirely than at any later or +happier time, an act of thanksgiving; and while the remnants of the +feast are borne away for the reception of the sick, the sustained +gladness of the rite reaches its highest point in the singing of a +hymn: a hymn like the spontaneous product of two opposed militant +companies, contending accordantly together, heightening, +accumulating, their witness, provoking one another's worship, in a +kind of sacred rivalry. + +Ite! Missa est!--cried the young deacons: and Marius departed from +that strange scene along with the rest. What was it?--Was it this +made the way of Cornelius so pleasant through the world? As for +Marius himself,--the natural soul of worship in him had at last been +satisfied as never before. He felt, as he left that place, that he +must hereafter experience often a longing memory, a kind of thirst, +for all this, over again. And it seemed moreover to define what he +must require of the powers, whatsoever they might be, that had +brought him into the world at all, to make him not unhappy in it. + +NOTES + +139. *Psalm xxii.22-31. + + + +CHAPTER XXIV: A CONVERSATION NOT IMAGINARY + +[141] IN cheerfulness is the success of our studies, says Pliny-- +studia hilaritate proveniunt. It was still the habit of Marius, +encouraged by his experience that sleep is not only a sedative but +the best of stimulants, to seize the morning hours for creation, +making profit when he might of the wholesome serenity which followed +a dreamless night. "The morning for creation," he would say; "the +afternoon for the perfecting labour of the file; the evening for +reception--the reception of matter from without one, of other men's +words and thoughts--matter for our own dreams, or the merely mechanic +exercise of the brain, brooding thereon silently, in its dark +chambers." To leave home early in the day was therefore a rare thing +for him. He was induced so to do on the occasion of a visit to Rome +of the famous writer Lucian, whom he had been bidden to meet. The +breakfast over, he walked away with the learned guest, having offered +to be his guide [142] to the lecture-room of a well-known Greek +rhetorician and expositor of the Stoic philosophy, a teacher then +much in fashion among the studious youth of Rome. On reaching the +place, however, they found the doors closed, with a slip of writing +attached, which proclaimed "a holiday"; and the morning being a fine +one, they walked further, along the Appian Way. Mortality, with +which the Queen of Ways--in reality the favourite cemetery of Rome-- +was so closely crowded, in every imaginable form of sepulchre, from +the tiniest baby-house, to the massive monument out of which the +Middle Age would adapt a fortress-tower, might seem, on a morning +like this, to be "smiling through tears." The flower-stalls just +beyond the city gates presented to view an array of posies and +garlands, fresh enough for a wedding. At one and another of them +groups of persons, gravely clad, were making their bargains before +starting for some perhaps distant spot on the highway, to keep a dies +rosationis, this being the time of roses, at the grave of a deceased +relation. Here and there, a funeral procession was slowly on its +way, in weird contrast to the gaiety of the hour. + +The two companions, of course, read the epitaphs as they strolled +along. In one, reminding them of the poet's--Si lacrimae prosunt, +visis te ostende videri!--a woman prayed that her lost husband might +visit her dreams. Their characteristic note, indeed, was an +imploring cry, still [143] to be sought after by the living. "While +I live," such was the promise of a lover to his dead mistress, "you +will receive this homage: after my death,--who can tell?"--post +mortem nescio. "If ghosts, my sons, do feel anything after death, my +sorrow will be lessened by your frequent coming to me here!" "This +is a privileged tomb; to my family and descendants has been conceded +the right of visiting this place as often as they please." "This is +an eternal habitation; here lie I; here I shall lie for ever." +"Reader! if you doubt that the soul survives, make your oblation and +a prayer for me; and you shall understand!" + +The elder of the two readers, certainly, was little affected by those +pathetic suggestions. It was long ago that after visiting the banks +of the Padus, where he had sought in vain for the poplars (sisters of +Phaethon erewhile) whose tears became amber, he had once for all +arranged for himself a view of the world exclusive of all reference +to what might lie beyond its "flaming barriers." And at the age of +sixty he had no misgivings. His elegant and self-complacent but far +from unamiable scepticism, long since brought to perfection, never +failed him. It surrounded him, as some are surrounded by a magic +ring of fine aristocratic manners, with "a rampart," through which he +himself never broke, nor permitted any thing or person to break upon +him. Gay, animated, content with his old age [144] as it was, the +aged student still took a lively interest in studious youth.--Could +Marius inform him of any such, now known to him in Rome? What did +the young men learn, just then? and how? + +In answer, Marius became fluent concerning the promise of one young +student, the son, as it presently appeared, of parents of whom Lucian +himself knew something: and soon afterwards the lad was seen coming +along briskly--a lad with gait and figure well enough expressive of +the sane mind in the healthy body, though a little slim and worn of +feature, and with a pair of eyes expressly designed, it might seem, +for fine glancings at the stars. At the sight of Marius he paused +suddenly, and with a modest blush on recognising his companion, who +straightway took with the youth, so prettily enthusiastic, the +freedom of an old friend. + +In a few moments the three were seated together, immediately above +the fragrant borders of a rose-farm, on the marble bench of one of +the exhedrae for the use of foot-passengers at the roadside, from +which they could overlook the grand, earnest prospect of the +Campagna, and enjoy the air. Fancying that the lad's plainly written +enthusiasm had induced in the elder speaker somewhat more fervour +than was usual with him, Marius listened to the conversation which +follows.-- + +"Ah! Hermotimus! Hurrying to lecture! [145] --if I may judge by +your pace, and that volume in your hand. You were thinking hard as +you came along, moving your lips and waving your arms. Some fine +speech you were pondering, some knotty question, some viewy doctrine- +-not to be idle for a moment, to be making progress in philosophy, +even on your way to the schools. To-day, however, you need go no +further. We read a notice at the schools that there would be no +lecture. Stay therefore, and talk awhile with us. + +--With pleasure, Lucian.--Yes! I was ruminating yesterday's +conference. One must not lose a moment. Life is short and art is +long! And it was of the art of medicine, that was first said--a +thing so much easier than divine philosophy, to which one can hardly +attain in a lifetime, unless one be ever wakeful, ever on the watch. +And here the hazard is no little one:--By the attainment of a true +philosophy to attain happiness; or, having missed both, to perish, as +one of the vulgar herd. + +--The prize is a great one, Hermotimus! and you must needs be near +it, after these months of toil, and with that scholarly pallor of +yours. Unless, indeed, you have already laid hold upon it, and kept +us in the dark. + +--How could that be, Lucian? Happiness, as Hesiod says, abides very +far hence; and the way to it is long and steep and rough. I see +myself still at the beginning of my journey; still [146] but at the +mountain's foot. I am trying with all my might to get forward. What +I need is a hand, stretched out to help me. + +--And is not the master sufficient for that? Could he not, like Zeus +in Homer, let down to you, from that high place, a golden cord, to +draw you up thither, to himself and to that Happiness, to which he +ascended so long ago? + +--The very point, Lucian! Had it depended on him I should long ago +have been caught up. 'Tis I, am wanting. + +--Well! keep your eye fixed on the journey's end, and that happiness +there above, with confidence in his goodwill. + +--Ah! there are many who start cheerfully on the journey and proceed +a certain distance, but lose heart when they light on the obstacles +of the way. Only, those who endure to the end do come to the +mountain's top, and thereafter live in Happiness:--live a wonderful +manner of life, seeing all other people from that great height no +bigger than tiny ants. + +--What little fellows you make of us--less than the pygmies--down in +the dust here. Well! we, 'the vulgar herd,' as we creep along, will +not forget you in our prayers, when you are seated up there above the +clouds, whither you have been so long hastening. But tell me, +Hermotimus!--when do you expect to arrive there? + +--Ah! that I know not. In twenty years, [147] perhaps, I shall be +really on the summit.--A great while! you think. But then, again, +the prize I contend for is a great one. + +--Perhaps! But as to those twenty years--that you will live so long. +Has the master assured you of that? Is he a prophet as well as a +philosopher? For I suppose you would not endure all this, upon a +mere chance--toiling day and night, though it might happen that just +ere the last step, Destiny seized you by the foot and plucked you +thence, with your hope still unfulfilled. + +--Hence, with these ill-omened words, Lucian! Were I to survive but +for a day, I should be happy, having once attained wisdom. + +--How?--Satisfied with a single day, after all those labours? + +--Yes! one blessed moment were enough! + +--But again, as you have never been, how know you that happiness is +to be had up there, at all--the happiness that is to make all this +worth while? + +--I believe what the master tells me. Of a certainty he knows, being +now far above all others. + +--And what was it he told you about it? Is it riches, or glory, or +some indescribable pleasure? + +--Hush! my friend! All those are nothing in comparison of the life +there. + +--What, then, shall those who come to the [148] end of this +discipline--what excellent thing shall they receive, if not these? + +--Wisdom, the absolute goodness and the absolute beauty, with the +sure and certain knowledge of all things--how they are. Riches and +glory and pleasure--whatsoever belongs to the body--they have cast +from them: stripped bare of all that, they mount up, even as +Hercules, consumed in the fire, became a god. He too cast aside all +that he had of his earthly mother, and bearing with him the divine +element, pure and undefiled, winged his way to heaven from the +discerning flame. Even so do they, detached from all that others +prize, by the burning fire of a true philosophy, ascend to the +highest degree of happiness. + +--Strange! And do they never come down again from the heights to +help those whom they left below? Must they, when they be once come +thither, there remain for ever, laughing, as you say, at what other +men prize? + +--More than that! They whose initiation is entire are subject no +longer to anger, fear, desire, regret. Nay! They scarcely feel at +all. + +--Well! as you have leisure to-day, why not tell an old friend in +what way you first started on your philosophic journey? For, if I +might, I should like to join company with you from this very day. + +--If you be really willing, Lucian! you will learn in no long time +your advantage over all [149] other people. They will seem but as +children, so far above them will be your thoughts. + +--Well! Be you my guide! It is but fair. But tell me--Do you allow +learners to contradict, if anything is said which they don't think +right? + +--No, indeed! Still, if you wish, oppose your questions. In that +way you will learn more easily. + +--Let me know, then--Is there one only way which leads to a true +philosophy--your own way--the way of the Stoics: or is it true, as I +have heard, that there are many ways of approaching it? + +--Yes! Many ways! There are the Stoics, and the Peripatetics, and +those who call themselves after Plato: there are the enthusiasts for +Diogenes, and Antisthenes, and the followers of Pythagoras, besides +others. + +--It was true, then. But again, is what they say the same or +different? + +--Very different. + +--Yet the truth, I conceive, would be one and the same, from all of +them. Answer me then--In what, or in whom, did you confide when you +first betook yourself to philosophy, and seeing so many doors open to +you, passed them all by and went in to the Stoics, as if there alone +lay the way of truth? What token had you? Forget, please, all you +are to-day--half-way, or more, on the philosophic journey: [150] +answer me as you would have done then, a mere outsider as I am now. + +--Willingly! It was there the great majority went! 'Twas by that I +judged it to be the better way. + +--A majority how much greater than the Epicureans, the Platonists, +the Peripatetics? You, doubtless, counted them respectively, as with +the votes in a scrutiny. + +--No! But this was not my only motive. I heard it said by every one +that the Epicureans were soft and voluptuous, the Peripatetics +avaricious and quarrelsome, and Plato's followers puffed up with +pride. But of the Stoics, not a few pronounced that they were true +men, that they knew everything, that theirs was the royal road, the +one road, to wealth, to wisdom, to all that can be desired. + +--Of course those who said this were not themselves Stoics: you would +not have believed them--still less their opponents. They were the +vulgar, therefore. + +--True! But you must know that I did not trust to others +exclusively. I trusted also to myself--to what I saw. I saw the +Stoics going through the world after a seemly manner, neatly clad, +never in excess, always collected, ever faithful to the mean which +all pronounce 'golden.' + +--You are trying an experiment on me. You would fain see how far you +can mislead [151] me as to your real ground. The kind of probation +you describe is applicable, indeed, to works of art, which are +rightly judged by their appearance to the eye. There is something in +the comely form, the graceful drapery, which tells surely of the hand +of Pheidias or Alcamenes. But if philosophy is to be judged by +outward appearances, what would become of the blind man, for +instance, unable to observe the attire and gait of your friends the +Stoics? + +--It was not of the blind I was thinking. + +--Yet there must needs be some common criterion in a matter so +important to all. Put the blind, if you will, beyond the privileges +of philosophy; though they perhaps need that inward vision more than +all others. But can those who are not blind, be they as keen-sighted +as you will, collect a single fact of mind from a man's attire, from +anything outward?--Understand me! You attached yourself to these +men--did you not?--because of a certain love you had for the mind in +them, the thoughts they possessed desiring the mind in you to be +improved thereby? + +--Assuredly! + +--How, then, did you find it possible, by the sort of signs you just +now spoke of, to distinguish the true philosopher from the false? +Matters of that kind are not wont so to reveal themselves. They are +but hidden mysteries, hardly to be guessed at through the words and +acts which [152] may in some sort be conformable to them. You, +however, it would seem, can look straight into the heart in men's +bosoms, and acquaint yourself with what really passes there. + +--You are making sport of me, Lucian! In truth, it was with God's +help I made my choice, and I don't repent it. + +--And still you refuse to tell me, to save me from perishing in that +'vulgar herd.' + +--Because nothing I can tell you would satisfy you. + +--You are mistaken, my friend! But since you deliberately conceal +the thing, grudging me, as I suppose, that true philosophy which +would make me equal to you, I will try, if it may be, to find out for +myself the exact criterion in these matters--how to make a perfectly +safe choice. And, do you listen. + +--I will; there may be something worth knowing in what you will say. + +--Well!--only don't laugh if I seem a little fumbling in my efforts. +The fault is yours, in refusing to share your lights with me. Let +Philosophy, then, be like a city--a city whose citizens within it are +a happy people, as your master would tell you, having lately come +thence, as we suppose. All the virtues are theirs, and they are +little less than gods. Those acts of violence which happen among us +are not to be seen in their streets. They live together in one mind, +very seemly; the things which beyond [153] everything else cause men +to contend against each other, having no place upon them. Gold and +silver, pleasure, vainglory, they have long since banished, as being +unprofitable to the commonwealth; and their life is an unbroken calm, +in liberty, equality, an equal happiness. + +--And is it not reasonable that all men should desire to be of a city +such as that, and take no account of the length and difficulty of the +way thither, so only they may one day become its freemen? + +--It might well be the business of life:--leaving all else, +forgetting one's native country here, unmoved by the tears, the +restraining hands, of parents or children, if one had them--only +bidding them follow the same road; and if they would not or could +not, shaking them off, leaving one's very garment in their hands if +they took hold on us, to start off straightway for that happy place! +For there is no fear, I suppose, of being shut out if one came +thither naked. I remember, indeed, long ago an aged man related to +me how things passed there, offering himself to be my leader, and +enrol me on my arrival in the number of the citizens. I was but +fifteen--certainly very foolish: and it may be that I was then +actually within the suburbs, or at the very gates, of the city. +Well, this aged man told me, among other things, that all the +citizens were wayfarers from afar. Among them were barbarians and +slaves, poor [154] men--aye! and cripples--all indeed who truly +desired that citizenship. For the only legal conditions of enrolment +were--not wealth, nor bodily beauty, nor noble ancestry--things not +named among them--but intelligence, and the desire for moral beauty, +and earnest labour. The last comer, thus qualified, was made equal +to the rest: master and slave, patrician, plebeian, were words they +had not--in that blissful place. And believe me, if that blissful, +that beautiful place, were set on a hill visible to all the world, I +should long ago have journeyed thither. But, as you say, it is far +off: and one must needs find out for oneself the road to it, and the +best possible guide. And I find a multitude of guides, who press on +me their services, and protest, all alike, that they have themselves +come thence. Only, the roads they propose are many, and towards +adverse quarters. And one of them is steep and stony, and through +the beating sun; and the other is through green meadows, and under +grateful shade, and by many a fountain of water. But howsoever the +road may be, at each one of them stands a credible guide; he puts out +his hand and would have you come his way. All other ways are wrong, +all other guides false. Hence my difficulty!--The number and variety +of the ways! For you know, There is but one road that leads to +Corinth. + +--Well! If you go the whole round, you [155] will find no better +guides than those. If you wish to get to Corinth, you will follow +the traces of Zeno and Chrysippus. It is impossible otherwise. + +--Yes! The old, familiar language! Were one of Plato's fellow- +pilgrims here, or a follower of Epicurus--or fifty others--each would +tell me that I should never get to Corinth except in his company. +One must therefore credit all alike, which would be absurd; or, what +is far safer, distrust all alike, until one has discovered the truth. +Suppose now, that, being as I am, ignorant which of all philosophers +is really in possession of truth, I choose your sect, relying on +yourself--my friend, indeed, yet still acquainted only with the way +of the Stoics; and that then some divine power brought Plato, and +Aristotle, and Pythagoras, and the others, back to life again. Well! +They would come round about me, and put me on my trial for my +presumption, and say:--'In whom was it you confided when you +preferred Zeno and Chrysippus to me?--and me?--masters of far more +venerable age than those, who are but of yesterday; and though you +have never held any discussion with us, nor made trial of our +doctrine? It is not thus that the law would have judges do--listen +to one party and refuse to let the other speak for himself. If +judges act thus, there may be an appeal to another tribunal.' What +should I answer? Would it [156] be enough to say:--'I trusted my +friend Hermotimus?'--'We know not Hermotimus, nor he us,' they would +tell me; adding, with a smile, 'your friend thinks he may believe all +our adversaries say of us whether in ignorance or in malice. Yet if +he were umpire in the games, and if he happened to see one of our +wrestlers, by way of a preliminary exercise, knock to pieces an +antagonist of mere empty air, he would not thereupon pronounce him a +victor. Well! don't let your friend Hermotimus suppose, in like +manner, that his teachers have really prevailed over us in those +battles of theirs, fought with our mere shadows. That, again, were +to be like children, lightly overthrowing their own card-castles; or +like boy-archers, who cry out when they hit the target of straw. The +Persian and Scythian bowmen, as they speed along, can pierce a bird +on the wing.' + +--Let us leave Plato and the others at rest. It is not for me to +contend against them. Let us rather search out together if the truth +of Philosophy be as I say. Why summon the athletes, and archers from +Persia? + +--Yes! let them go, if you think them in the way. And now do you +speak! You really look as if you had something wonderful to deliver. + +--Well then, Lucian! to me it seems quite possible for one who has +learned the doctrines of the Stoics only, to attain from those a +knowledge [157] of the truth, without proceeding to inquire into all +the various tenets of the others. Look at the question in this way. +If one told you that twice two make four, would it be necessary for +you to go the whole round of the arithmeticians, to see whether any +one of them will say that twice two make five, or seven? Would you +not see at once that the man tells the truth? + +--At once. + +--Why then do you find it impossible that one who has fallen in with +the Stoics only, in their enunciation of what is true, should adhere +to them, and seek after no others; assured that four could never be +five, even if fifty Platos, fifty Aristotles said so? + +--You are beside the point, Hermotimus! You are likening open +questions to principles universally received. Have you ever met any +one who said that twice two make five, or seven? + +--No! only a madman would say that. + +--And have you ever met, on the other hand, a Stoic and an Epicurean +who were agreed upon the beginning and the end, the principle and the +final cause, of things? Never! Then your parallel is false. We are +inquiring to which of the sects philosophic truth belongs, and you +seize on it by anticipation, and assign it to the Stoics, alleging, +what is by no means clear, that it is they for whom twice two make +four. But the Epicureans, or the Platonists, [158] might say that it +is they, in truth, who make two and two equal four, while you make +them five or seven. Is it not so, when you think virtue the only +good, and the Epicureans pleasure; when you hold all things to be +material, while the Platonists admit something immaterial? As I +said, you resolve offhand, in favour of the Stoics, the very point +which needs a critical decision. If it is clear beforehand that the +Stoics alone make two and two equal four, then the others must hold +their peace. But so long as that is the very point of debate, we +must listen to all sects alike, or be well-assured that we shall seem +but partial in our judgment. + +--I think, Lucian! that you do not altogether understand my meaning. +To make it clear, then, let us suppose that two men had entered a +temple, of Aesculapius,--say! or Bacchus: and that afterwards one of +the sacred vessels is found to be missing. And the two men must be +searched to see which of them has hidden it under his garment. For +it is certainly in the possession of one or the other of them. Well! +if it be found on the first there will be no need to search the +second; if it is not found on the first, then the other must have it; +and again, there will be no need to search him. + +--Yes! So let it be. + +--And we too, Lucian! if we have found the holy vessel in possession +of the Stoics, shall no longer have need to search other +philosophers, [159] having attained that we were seeking. Why +trouble ourselves further? + +--No need, if something had indeed been found, and you knew it to be +that lost thing: if, at the least, you could recognise the sacred +object when you saw it. But truly, as the matter now stands, not two +persons only have entered the temple, one or the other of whom must +needs have taken the golden cup, but a whole crowd of persons. And +then, it is not clear what the lost object really is--cup, or flagon, +or diadem; for one of the priests avers this, another that; they are +not even in agreement as to its material: some will have it to be of +brass, others of silver, or gold. It thus becomes necessary to +search the garments of all persons who have entered the temple, if +the lost vessel is to be recovered. And if you find a golden cup on +the first of them, it will still be necessary to proceed in searching +the garments of the others; for it is not certain that this cup +really belonged to the temple. Might there not be many such golden +vessels?--No! we must go on to every one of them, placing all that we +find in the midst together, and then make our guess which of all +those things may fairly be supposed to be the property of the god. +For, again, this circumstance adds greatly to our difficulty, that +without exception every one searched is found to have something upon +him--cup, or flagon, or diadem, of brass, of silver, [160] of gold: +and still, all the while, it is not ascertained which of all these is +the sacred thing. And you must still hesitate to pronounce any one +of them guilty of the sacrilege--those objects may be their own +lawful property: one cause of all this obscurity being, as I think, +that there was no inscription on the lost cup, if cup it was. Had +the name of the god, or even that of the donor, been upon it, at +least we should have had less trouble, and having detected the +inscription, should have ceased to trouble any one else by our +search. + +--I have nothing to reply to that. + +--Hardly anything plausible. So that if we wish to find who it is +has the sacred vessel, or who will be our best guide to Corinth, we +must needs proceed to every one and examine him with the utmost care, +stripping off his garment and considering him closely. Scarcely, +even so, shall we come at the truth. And if we are to have a +credible adviser regarding this question of philosophy--which of all +philosophies one ought to follow--he alone who is acquainted with the +dicta of every one of them can be such a guide: all others must be +inadequate. I would give no credence to them if they lacked +information as to one only. If somebody introduced a fair person and +told us he was the fairest of all men, we should not believe that, +unless we knew that he had seen all the people in the world. Fair he +might be; but, fairest of all--none could [161] know, unless he had +seen all. And we too desire, not a fair one, but the fairest of all. +Unless we find him, we shall think we have failed. It is no casual +beauty that will content us; what we are seeking after is that +supreme beauty which must of necessity be unique. + +--What then is one to do, if the matter be really thus? Perhaps you +know better than I. All I see is that very few of us would have time +to examine all the various sects of philosophy in turn, even if we +began in early life. I know not how it is; but though you seem to me +to speak reasonably, yet (I must confess it) you have distressed me +not a little by this exact exposition of yours. I was unlucky in +coming out to-day, and in my falling in with you, who have thrown me +into utter perplexity by your proof that the discovery of truth is +impossible, just as I seemed to be on the point of attaining my hope. + +--Blame your parents, my child, not me! Or rather, blame mother +Nature herself, for giving us but seventy or eighty years instead of +making us as long-lived as Tithonus. For my part, I have but led you +from premise to conclusion. + +--Nay! you are a mocker! I know not wherefore, but you have a grudge +against philosophy; and it is your entertainment to make a jest of +her lovers. + +--Ah! Hermotimus! what the Truth may [162] be, you philosophers may +be able to tell better than I. But so much at least I know of her, +that she is one by no means pleasant to those who hear her speak: in +the matter of pleasantness, she is far surpassed by Falsehood: and +Falsehood has the pleasanter countenance. She, nevertheless, being +conscious of no alloy within, discourses with boldness to all men, +who therefore have little love for her. See how angry you are now +because I have stated the truth about certain things of which we are +both alike enamoured--that they are hard to come by. It is as if you +had fallen in love with a statue and hoped to win its favour, +thinking it a human creature; and I, understanding it to be but an +image of brass or stone, had shown you, as a friend, that your love +was impossible, and thereupon you had conceived that I bore you some +ill-will. + +--But still, does it not follow from what you said, that we must +renounce philosophy and pass our days in idleness? + +--When did you hear me say that? I did but assert that if we are to +seek after philosophy, whereas there are many ways professing to lead +thereto, we must with much exactness distinguish them. + +--Well, Lucian! that we must go to all the schools in turn, and test +what they say, if we are to choose the right one, is perhaps +reasonable; but surely ridiculous, unless we are to live as [163] +many years as the Phoenix, to be so lengthy in the trial of each; as +if it were not possible to learn the whole by the part! They say +that Pheidias, when he was shown one of the talons of a lion, +computed the stature and age of the animal it belonged to, modelling +a complete lion upon the standard of a single part of it. You too +would recognise a human hand were the rest of the body concealed. +Even so with the schools of philosophy:--the leading doctrines of +each might be learned in an afternoon. That over-exactness of yours, +which required so long a time, is by no means necessary for making +the better choice. + +--You are forcible, Hermotimus! with this theory of The Whole by the +Part. Yet, methinks, I heard you but now propound the contrary. But +tell me; would Pheidias when he saw the lion's talon have known that +it was a lion's, if he had never seen the animal? Surely, the cause +of his recognising the part was his knowledge of the whole. There is +a way of choosing one's philosophy even less troublesome than yours. +Put the names of all the philosophers into an urn. Then call a +little child, and let him draw the name of the philosopher you shall +follow all the rest of your days. + +--Nay! be serious with me. Tell me; did you ever buy wine? + +--Surely. + +--And did you first go the whole round of [164] the wine-merchants, +tasting and comparing their wines? + +--By no means. + +--No! You were contented to order the first good wine you found at +your price. By tasting a little you were ascertained of the quality +of the whole cask. How if you had gone to each of the merchants in +turn, and said, 'I wish to buy a cotyl of wine. Let me drink out +the whole cask. Then I shall be able to tell which is best, and +where I ought to buy.' Yet this is what you would do with the +philosophies. Why drain the cask when you might taste, and see? + +--How slippery you are; how you escape from one's fingers! Still, +you have given me an advantage, and are in your own trap. + +--How so? + +--Thus! You take a common object known to every one, and make wine +the figure of a thing which presents the greatest variety in itself, +and about which all men are at variance, because it is an unseen and +difficult thing. I hardly know wherein philosophy and wine are alike +unless it be in this, that the philosophers exchange their ware for +money, like the wine-merchants; some of them with a mixture of water +or worse, or giving short measure. However, let us consider your +parallel. The wine in the cask, you say, is of one kind throughout. +But have the philosophers--has your own [165] master even--but one +and the same thing only to tell you, every day and all days, on a +subject so manifold? Otherwise, how can you know the whole by the +tasting of one part? The whole is not the same--Ah! and it may be +that God has hidden the good wine of philosophy at the bottom of the +cask. You must drain it to the end if you are to find those drops of +divine sweetness you seem so much to thirst for! Yourself, after +drinking so deeply, are still but at the beginning, as you said. But +is not philosophy rather like this? Keep the figure of the merchant +and the cask: but let it be filled, not with wine, but with every +sort of grain. You come to buy. The merchant hands you a little of +the wheat which lies at the top. Could you tell by looking at that, +whether the chick-peas were clean, the lentils tender, the beans +full? And then, whereas in selecting our wine we risk only our +money; in selecting our philosophy we risk ourselves, as you told me- +-might ourselves sink into the dregs of 'the vulgar herd.' Moreover, +while you may not drain the whole cask of wine by way of tasting, +Wisdom grows no less by the depth of your drinking. Nay! if you take +of her, she is increased thereby. + +And then I have another similitude to propose, as regards this +tasting of philosophy. Don't think I blaspheme her if I say that it +may be with her as with some deadly poison, [166] hemlock or aconite. +These too, though they cause death, yet kill not if one tastes but a +minute portion. You would suppose that the tiniest particle must be +sufficient. + +--Be it as you will, Lucian! One must live a hundred years: one must +sustain all this labour; otherwise philosophy is unattainable. + +--Not so! Though there were nothing strange in that, if it be true, +as you said at first, that Life is short and art is long. But now +you take it hard that we are not to see you this very day, before the +sun goes down, a Chrysippus, a Pythagoras, a Plato. + +--You overtake me, Lucian! and drive me into a corner; in jealousy of +heart, I believe, because I have made some progress in doctrine +whereas you have neglected yourself. + +--Well! Don't attend to me! Treat me as a Corybant, a fanatic: and +do you go forward on this road of yours. Finish the journey in +accordance with the view you had of these matters at the beginning of +it. Only, be assured that my judgment on it will remain unchanged. +Reason still says, that without criticism, without a clear, exact, +unbiassed intelligence to try them, all those theories--all things-- +will have been seen but in vain. 'To that end,' she tells us, 'much +time is necessary, many delays of judgment, a cautious gait; repeated +inspection.' And we are not to regard the outward appearance, or the +reputation of wisdom, in any of the [167] speakers; but like the +judges of Areopagus, who try their causes in the darkness of the +night, look only to what they say. + +--Philosophy, then, is impossible, or possible only in another life! + +--Hermotimus! I grieve to tell you that all this even, may be in +truth insufficient. After all, we may deceive ourselves in the +belief that we have found something:--like the fishermen! Again and +again they let down the net. At last they feel something heavy, and +with vast labour draw up, not a load of fish, but only a pot full of +sand, or a great stone. + +--I don't understand what you mean by the net. It is plain that you +have caught me in it. + +--Try to get out! You can swim as well as another. We may go to all +philosophers in turn and make trial of them. Still, I, for my part, +hold it by no mean certain that any one of them really possesses what +we seek. The truth may be a thing that not one of them has yet +found. You have twenty beans in your hand, and you bid ten persons +guess how many: one says five, another fifteen; it is possible that +one of them may tell the true number; but it is not impossible that +all may be wrong. So it is with the philosophers. All alike are in +search of Happiness--what kind of thing it is. One says one thing, +one another: it is pleasure; it is virtue;--what not? And Happiness +may indeed be one of those things. But it is possible [168] also +that it may be still something else, different and distinct from them +all. + +--What is this?--There is something, I know not how, very sad and +disheartening in what you say. We seem to have come round in a +circle to the spot whence we started, and to our first incertitude. +Ah! Lucian, what have you done to me? You have proved my priceless +pearl to be but ashes, and all my past labour to have been in vain. + +--Reflect, my friend, that you are not the first person who has thus +failed of the good thing he hoped for. All philosophers, so to +speak, are but fighting about the 'ass's shadow.' To me you seem +like one who should weep, and reproach fortune because he is not able +to climb up into heaven, or go down into the sea by Sicily and come +up at Cyprus, or sail on wings in one day from Greece to India. And +the true cause of his trouble is that he has based his hope on what +he has seen in a dream, or his own fancy has put together; without +previous thought whether what he desires is in itself attainable and +within the compass of human nature. Even so, methinks, has it +happened with you. As you dreamed, so largely, of those wonderful +things, came Reason, and woke you up from sleep, a little roughly: +and then you are angry with Reason, your eyes being still but half +open, and find it hard to shake off sleep for the pleasure of what +you saw therein. Only, [169] don't be angry with me, because, as a +friend, I would not suffer you to pass your life in a dream, pleasant +perhaps, but still only a dream--because I wake you up and demand +that you should busy yourself with the proper business of life, and +send you to it possessed of common sense. What your soul was full of +just now is not very different from those Gorgons and Chimaeras and +the like, which the poets and the painters construct for us, fancy- +free:--things which never were, and never will be, though many +believe in them, and all like to see and hear of them, just because +they are so strange and odd. + +And you too, methinks, having heard from some such maker of marvels +of a certain woman of a fairness beyond nature--beyond the Graces, +beyond Venus Urania herself--asked not if he spoke truth, and whether +this woman be really alive in the world, but straightway fell in love +with her; as they say that Medea was enamoured of Jason in a dream. +And what more than anything else seduced you, and others like you, +into that passion, for a vain idol of the fancy, is, that he who told +you about that fair woman, from the very moment when you first +believed that what he said was true, brought forward all the rest in +consequent order. Upon her alone your eyes were fixed; by her he led +you along, when once you had given him a hold upon you--led you along +the straight road, as he said, to the beloved one. All was easy +after that. [170] None of you asked again whether it was the true +way; following one after another, like sheep led by the green bough +in the hand of the shepherd. He moved you hither and thither with +his finger, as easily as water spilt on a table! + +My friend! Be not so lengthy in preparing the banquet, lest you die +of hunger! I saw one who poured water into a mortar, and ground it +with all his might with a pestle of iron, fancying he did a thing +useful and necessary; but it remained water only, none the less." + +Just there the conversation broke off suddenly, and the disputants +parted. The horses were come for Lucian. The boy went on his way, +and Marius onward, to visit a friend whose abode lay further. As he +returned to Rome towards evening the melancholy aspect, natural to a +city of the dead, had triumphed over the superficial gaudiness of the +early day. He could almost have fancied Canidia there, picking her +way among the rickety lamps, to rifle some neglected or ruined tomb; +for these tombs were not all equally well cared for (Post mortem +nescio!) and it had been one of the pieties of Aurelius to frame a +severe law to prevent the defacing of such monuments. To Marius +there seemed to be some new meaning in that terror of isolation, of +being left alone in these places, of which the sepulchral +inscriptions were so full. A blood-red sunset was dying angrily, and +its wild glare upon the shadowy objects around helped to combine +[171] the associations of this famous way, its deeply graven marks of +immemorial travel, together with the earnest questions of the morning +as to the true way of that other sort of travelling, around an image, +almost ghastly in the traces of its great sorrows--bearing along for +ever, on bleeding feet, the instrument of its punishment--which was +all Marius could recall distinctly of a certain Christian legend he +had heard. The legend told of an encounter at this very spot, of two +wayfarers on the Appian Way, as also upon some very dimly discerned +mental journey, altogether different from himself and his late +companions--an encounter between Love, literally fainting by the +road, and Love "travelling in the greatness of his strength," Love +itself, suddenly appearing to sustain that other. A strange contrast +to anything actually presented in that morning's conversation, it +seemed nevertheless to echo its very words--"Do they never come down +again," he heard once more the well-modulated voice: "Do they never +come down again from the heights, to help those whom they left here +below?"--"And we too desire, not a fair one, but the fairest of all. +Unless we find him, we shall think we have failed." + + + +CHAPTER XXV: SUNT LACRIMAE RERUM+ + +[172] It was become a habit with Marius--one of his modernisms-- +developed by his assistance at the Emperor's "conversations with +himself," to keep a register of the movements of his own private +thoughts and humours; not continuously indeed, yet sometimes for +lengthy intervals, during which it was no idle self-indulgence, but +a necessity of his intellectual life, to "confess himself," with an +intimacy, seemingly rare among the ancients; ancient writers, at all +events, having been jealous, for the most part, of affording us so +much as a glimpse of that interior self, which in many cases would +have actually doubled the interest of their objective informations. + +"If a particular tutelary or genius," writes Marius,--"according to +old belief, walks through life beside each one of us, mine is very +certainly a capricious creature. He fills one with wayward, +unaccountable, yet quite irresistible humours, [173] and seems always +to be in collusion with some outward circumstance, often trivial +enough in itself--the condition of the weather, forsooth!--the people +one meets by chance--the things one happens to overhear them say, +veritable enodioi symboloi,+ or omens by the wayside, as the old +Greeks fancied--to push on the unreasonable prepossessions of the +moment into weighty motives. It was doubtless a quite explicable, +physical fatigue that presented me to myself, on awaking this morning, +so lack-lustre and trite. But I must needs take my petulance, +contrasting it with my accustomed morning hopefulness, as a sign of +the ageing of appetite, of a decay in the very capacity of enjoyment. +We need some imaginative stimulus, some not impossible ideal such as +may shape vague hope, and transform it into effective desire, to carry +us year after year, without disgust, through the routine-work which is +so large a part of life. "Then, how if appetite, be it for real or +ideal, should itself fail one after awhile? Ah, yes! is it of cold +always that men die; and on some of us it creeps very gradually. In +truth, I can remember just such a lack-lustre condition of feeling +once or twice before. But I note, that it was accompanied then by an +odd indifference, as the thought of them occurred to me, in regard to +the sufferings of others--a kind of callousness, so unusual with me, +as at once to mark the humour it accompanied as a palpably morbid one +[174] that could not last. Were those sufferings, great or little, I +asked myself then, of more real consequence to them than mine to me, +as I remind myself that 'nothing that will end is really long'--long +enough to be thought of importance? But to-day, my own sense of +fatigue, the pity I conceive for myself, disposed me strongly to a +tenderness for others. For a moment the whole world seemed to present +itself as a hospital of sick persons; many of them sick in mind; all +of whom it would be a brutality not to humour, not to indulge. + +"Why, when I went out to walk off my wayward fancies, did I confront +the very sort of incident (my unfortunate genius had surely beckoned +it from afar to vex me) likely to irritate them further? A party of +men were coming down the street. They were leading a fine race-horse; +a handsome beast, but badly hurt somewhere, in the circus, and useless. +They were taking him to slaughter; and I think the animal knew it: he +cast such looks, as if of mad appeal, to those who passed him, as he +went among the strangers to whom his former owner had committed him, +to die, in his beauty and pride, for just that one mischance or fault; +although the morning air was still so animating, and pleasant to snuff. +I could have fancied a human soul in the creature, swelling against +its luck. And I had come across the incident just when it would figure +to me as the very symbol [175] of our poor humanity, in its capacities +for pain, its wretched accidents, and those imperfect sympathies, which +can never quite identify us with one another; the very power of +utterance and appeal to others seeming to fail us, in proportion as +our sorrows come home to ourselves, are really our own. We are +constructed for suffering! What proofs of it does but one day afford, +if we care to note them, as we go--a whole long chaplet of sorrowful +mysteries! Sunt lacrimae rerum et mentem mortalia tangunt.+ + +"Men's fortunes touch us! The little children of one of those +institutions for the support of orphans, now become fashionable among +us by way of memorial of eminent persons deceased, are going, in long +file, along the street, on their way to a holiday in the country. +They halt, and count themselves with an air of triumph, to show that +they are all there. Their gay chatter has disturbed a little group of +peasants; a young woman and her husband, who have brought the old +mother, now past work and witless, to place her in a house provided +for such afflicted people. They are fairly affectionate, but anxious +how the thing they have to do may go--hope only she may permit them +to leave her there behind quietly. And the poor old soul is excited +by the noise made by the children, and partly aware of what is going +to happen with her. She too begins to count--one, two, three, five-- +on her trembling fingers, misshapen by a life of toil. + +[176] 'Yes! yes! and twice five make ten'--they say, to pacify her. +It is her last appeal to be taken home again; her proof that all is +not yet up with her; that she is, at all events, still as capable as +those joyous children. + +"At the baths, a party of labourers are at work upon one of the great +brick furnaces, in a cloud of black dust. A frail young child has +brought food for one of them, and sits apart, waiting till his father +comes--watching the labour, but with a sorrowful distaste for the din +and dirt. He is regarding wistfully his own place in the world, there +before him. His mind, as he watches, is grown up for a moment; and he +foresees, as it were, in that moment, all the long tale of days, of +early awakings, of his own coming life of drudgery at work like this. + +"A man comes along carrying a boy whose rough work has already begun-- +the only child--whose presence beside him sweetened the father's toil +a little. The boy has been badly injured by a fall of brick-work, +yet, with an effort, he rides boldly on his father's shoulders. It +will be the way of natural affection to keep him alive as long as +possible, though with that miserably shattered body.--'Ah! with us +still, and feeling our care beside him!'--and yet surely not without +a heartbreaking sigh of relief, alike from him and them, when the +end comes. + +"On the alert for incidents like these, yet of necessity passing them +by on the other side, I find [177] it hard to get rid of a sense that +I, for one, have failed in love. I could yield to the humour till I +seemed to have had my share in those great public cruelties, the +shocking legal crimes which are on record, like that cold-blooded +slaughter, according to law, of the four hundred slaves in the reign +of Nero, because one of their number was thought to have murdered his +master. The reproach of that, together with the kind of facile +apologies those who had no share in the deed may have made for it, as +they went about quietly on their own affairs that day, seems to come +very close to me, as I think upon it. And to how many of those now +actually around me, whose life is a sore one, must I be indifferent, +if I ever become aware of their soreness at all? To some, perhaps, +the necessary conditions of my own life may cause me to be opposed, +in a kind of natural conflict, regarding those interests which +actually determine the happiness of theirs. I would that a stronger +love might arise in my heart! + +"Yet there is plenty of charity in the world. My patron, the Stoic +emperor, has made it even fashionable. To celebrate one of his +brief returns to Rome lately from the war, over and above a largess +of gold pieces to all who would, the public debts were forgiven. +He made a nice show of it: for once, the Romans entertained themselves +with a good-natured spectacle, and the whole town came to see the +great bonfire [178] in the Forum, into which all bonds and evidence +of debt were thrown on delivery, by the emperor himself; many private +creditors following his example. That was done well enough! But +still the feeling returns to me, that no charity of ours can get at +a certain natural unkindness which I find in things themselves. + +"When I first came to Rome, eager to observe its religion, especially +its antiquities of religious usage, I assisted at the most curious, +perhaps, of them all, the most distinctly marked with that immobility +which is a sort of ideal in the Roman religion. The ceremony took +place at a singular spot some miles distant from the city, among the +low hills on the bank of the Tiber, beyond the Aurelian Gate. There, +in a little wood of venerable trees, piously allowed their own way, +age after age--ilex and cypress remaining where they fell at last, +one over the other, and all caught, in that early May-time, under a +riotous tangle of wild clematis--was to be found a magnificent +sanctuary, in which the members of the Arval College assembled +themselves on certain days. The axe never touched those trees--Nay! +it was forbidden to introduce any iron thing whatsoever within the +precincts; not only because the deities of these quiet places hate to +be disturbed by the harsh noise of metal, but also in memory of that +better age--the lost Golden Age--the homely age of the potters, of +[179] which the central act of the festival was a commemoration. + +"The preliminary ceremonies were long and complicated, but of a +character familiar enough. Peculiar to the time and place was the +solemn exposition, after lavation of hands, processions backwards +and forwards, and certain changes of vestments, of the identical +earthen vessels--veritable relics of the old religion of Numa!--the +vessels from which the holy Numa himself had eaten and drunk, set +forth above a kind of altar, amid a cloud of flowers and incense, +and many lights, for the veneration of the credulous or the faithful. + +"They were, in fact, cups or vases of burnt clay, rude in form: and +the religious veneration thus offered to them expressed men's desire +to give honour to a simpler age, before iron had found place in human +life: the persuasion that that age was worth remembering: a hope that +it might come again. + +"That a Numa, and his age of gold, would return, has been the hope or +the dream of some, in every period. Yet if he did come back, or any +equivalent of his presence, he could but weaken, and by no means smite +through, that root of evil, certainly of sorrow, of outraged human +sense, in things, which one must carefully distinguish from all +preventible accidents. Death, and the little perpetual daily dyings, +which have something of its sting, he must [180] necessarily leave +untouched. And, methinks, that were all the rest of man's life framed +entirely to his liking, he would straightway begin to sadden himself, +over the fate--say, of the flowers! For there is, there has come to +be since Numa lived perhaps, a capacity for sorrow in his heart, +which grows with all the growth, alike of the individual and of the +race, in intellectual delicacy and power, and which will find its +aliment. + +"Of that sort of golden age, indeed, one discerns even now a trace, +here and there. Often have I maintained that, in this generous +southern country at least, Epicureanism is the special philosophy of +the poor. How little I myself really need, when people leave me alone, +with the intellectual powers at work serenely. The drops of falling +water, a few wild flowers with their priceless fragrance, a few tufts +even of half-dead leaves, changing colour in the quiet of a room that +has but light and shadow in it; these, for a susceptible mind, might +well do duty for all the glory of Augustus. I notice sometimes what +I conceive to be the precise character of the fondness of the roughest +working-people for their young children, a fine appreciation, not +only of their serviceable affection, but of their visible graces: and +indeed, in this country, the children are almost always worth looking +at. I see daily, in fine weather, a child like a delicate nosegay, +running to meet the rudest of brick- [181] makers as he comes from +work. She is not at all afraid to hang upon his rough hand: and +through her, he reaches out to, he makes his own, something from that +strange region, so distant from him yet so real, of the world's +refinement. What is of finer soul, of finer stuff in things, and +demands delicate touching--to him the delicacy of the little child +represents that: it initiates him into that. There, surely, is a +touch of the secular gold, of a perpetual age of gold. But then +again, think for a moment, with what a hard humour at the nature of +things, his struggle for bare life will go on, if the child should +happen to die. I observed to-day, under one of the archways of the +baths, two children at play, a little seriously--a fair girl and her +crippled younger brother. Two toy chairs and a little table, and +sprigs of fir set upright in the sand for a garden! They played at +housekeeping. Well! the girl thinks her life a perfectly good thing +in the service of this crippled brother. But she will have a jealous +lover in time: and the boy, though his face is not altogether +unpleasant, is after all a hopeless cripple. + +"For there is a certain grief in things as they are, in man as he +has come to be, as he certainly is, over and above those griefs +of circumstance which are in a measure removable--some inexplicable +shortcoming, or misadventure, on the part of nature itself--death, +and old age as it [182] must needs be, and that watching for their +approach, which makes every stage of life like a dying over and over +again. Almost all death is painful, and in every thing that comes +to an end a touch of death, and therefore of wretched coldness +struck home to one, of remorse, of loss and parting, of outraged +attachments. Given faultless men and women, given a perfect state of +society which should have no need to practise on men's susceptibilities +for its own selfish ends, adding one turn more to the wheel of the +great rack for its own interest or amusement, there would still be +this evil in the world, of a certain necessary sorrow and desolation, +felt, just in proportion to the moral, or nervous perfection men have +attained to. And what we need in the world, over against that, is a +certain permanent and general power of compassion--humanity's standing +force of self-pity--as an elementary ingredient of our social atmosphere, +if we are to live in it at all. I wonder, sometimes, in what way man +has cajoled himself into the bearing of his burden thus far, seeing +how every step in the capacity of apprehension his labour has won for +him, from age to age, must needs increase his dejection. It is as if +the increase of knowledge were but an increasing revelation of the +radical hopelessness of his position: and I would that there were one +even as I, behind this vain show of things! + +"At all events, the actual conditions of our [183] life being as they +are, and the capacity for suffering so large a principle in things-- +since the only principle, perhaps, to which we may always safely trust +is a ready sympathy with the pain one actually sees--it follows that +the practical and effective difference between men will lie in their +power of insight into those conditions, their power of sympathy. The +future will be with those who have most of it; while for the present, +as I persuade myself, those who have much of it, have something to +hold by, even in the dissolution of a world, or in that dissolution +of self, which is, for every one, no less than the dissolution of the +world it represents for him. Nearly all of us, I suppose, have had +our moments, in which any effective sympathy for us on the part of +others has seemed impossible; in which our pain has seemed a stupid +outrage upon us, like some overwhelming physical violence, from which +we could take refuge, at best, only in some mere general sense of +goodwill--somewhere in the world perhaps. And then, to one's surprise, +the discovery of that goodwill, if it were only in a not unfriendly +animal, may seem to have explained, to have actually justified to us, +the fact of our pain. There have been occasions, certainly, when I +have felt that if others cared for me as I cared for them, it would +be, not so much a consolation, as an equivalent, for what one has +lost or suffered: a realised profit on the summing up [184] of one's +accounts: a touching of that absolute ground amid all the changes of +phenomena, such as our philosophers have of late confessed themselves +quite unable to discover. In the mere clinging of human creatures to +each other, nay! in one's own solitary self-pity, amid the effects +even of what might appear irredeemable loss, I seem to touch the +eternal. Something in that pitiful contact, something new and true, +fact or apprehension of fact, is educed, which, on a review of all the +perplexities of life, satisfies our moral sense, and removes that +appearance of unkindness in the soul of things themselves, and assures +us that not everything has been in vain. + +"And I know not how, but in the thought thus suggested, I seem to take +up, and re-knit myself to, a well-remembered hour, when by some +gracious accident--it was on a journey--all things about me fell into +a more perfect harmony than is their wont. Everything seemed to be, +for a moment, after all, almost for the best. Through the train of my +thoughts, one against another, it was as if I became aware of the +dominant power of another person in controversy, wrestling with me. +I seem to be come round to the point at which I left off then. The +antagonist has closed with me again. A protest comes, out of the very +depths of man's radically hopeless condition in the world, with the +energy of one of those suffering yet prevailing [185] deities, of which +old poetry tells. Dared one hope that there is a heart, even as ours, +in that divine 'Assistant' of one's thoughts--a heart even as mine, +behind this vain show of things!" + +NOTES + +172. Virgil, Aeneid Book 1, line 462. "There are the tears of +things. . ." See also page 175 of this chapter, where the same +text is quoted in full. + +173. +Transliteration: enodioi symboloi. Pater's Definition: +"omens by the wayside." + +175. +Sunt lacrimae rerum et mentem mortalia tangunt. Virgil, Aeneid +Book 1, line 462. Translation: "Here also there be tears for what men +bear, and mortal creatures feel each other's sorrow," from Vergil, +Aeneid, Theodore C. Williams. trans. Boston. Houghton Mifflin Co. 1910. + + + +CHAPTER XXVI: THE MARTYRS + + "Ah! voil les mes qu'il falloit la mienne!" + Rousseau. + +[186] THE charm of its poetry, a poetry of the affections, +wonderfully fresh in the midst of a threadbare world, would have led +Marius, if nothing else had done so, again and again, to Cecilia's +house. He found a range of intellectual pleasures, altogether new to +him, in the sympathy of that pure and elevated soul. Elevation of +soul, generosity, humanity--little by little it came to seem to him +as if these existed nowhere else. The sentiment of maternity, above +all, as it might be understood there,--its claims, with the claims of +all natural feeling everywhere, down to the sheep bleating on the +hills, nay! even to the mother-wolf, in her hungry cave--seemed to +have been vindicated, to have been enforced anew, by the sanction of +some divine pattern thereof. He saw its legitimate place in the +world given at last to the bare capacity for [187] suffering in any +creature, however feeble or apparently useless. In this chivalry, +seeming to leave the world's heroism a mere property of the stage, in +this so scrupulous fidelity to what could not help itself, could +scarcely claim not to be forgotten, what a contrast to the hard +contempt of one's own or other's pain, of death, of glory even, in +those discourses of Aurelius! + +But if Marius thought at times that some long-cherished desires were +now about to blossom for him, in the sort of home he had sometimes +pictured to himself, the very charm of which would lie in its +contrast to any random affections: that in this woman, to whom +children instinctively clung, he might find such a sister, at least, +as he had always longed for; there were also circumstances which +reminded him that a certain rule forbidding second marriages, was +among these people still in force; ominous incidents, moreover, +warning a susceptible conscience not to mix together the spirit and +the flesh, nor make the matter of a heavenly banquet serve for +earthly meat and drink. + +One day he found Cecilia occupied with the burial of one of the +children of her household. It was from the tiny brow of such a +child, as he now heard, that the new light had first shone forth upon +them--through the light of mere physical life, glowing there again, +when the child was dead, or supposed to be dead. The [188] aged +servant of Christ had arrived in the midst of their noisy grief; and +mounting to the little chamber where it lay, had returned, not long +afterwards, with the child stirring in his arms as he descended the +stair rapidly; bursting open the closely-wound folds of the shroud +and scattering the funeral flowers from them, as the soul kindled +once more through its limbs. + +Old Roman common-sense had taught people to occupy their thoughts as +little as might be with children who died young. Here, to-day, +however, in this curious house, all thoughts were tenderly bent on +the little waxen figure, yet with a kind of exultation and joy, +notwithstanding the loud weeping of the mother. The other children, +its late companions, broke with it, suddenly, into the place where +the deep black bed lay open to receive it. Pushing away the grim +fossores, the grave-diggers, they ranged themselves around it in +order, and chanted that old psalm of theirs--Laudate pueri dominum! +Dead children, children's graves--Marius had been always half aware +of an old superstitious fancy in his mind concerning them; as if in +coming near them he came near the failure of some lately-born hope or +purpose of his own. And now, perusing intently the expression with +which Cecilia assisted, directed, returned afterwards to her house, +he felt that he too had had to-day his funeral of a little child. +But it had always been his policy, through all his pursuit [189] of +"experience," to take flight in time from any too disturbing passion, +from any sort of affection likely to quicken his pulses beyond the +point at which the quiet work of life was practicable. Had he, after +all, been taken unawares, so that it was no longer possible for him +to fly? At least, during the journey he took, by way of testing the +existence of any chain about him, he found a certain disappointment +at his heart, greater than he could have anticipated; and as he +passed over the crisp leaves, nipped off in multitudes by the first +sudden cold of winter, he felt that the mental atmosphere within +himself was perceptibly colder. + +Yet it was, finally, a quite successful resignation which he +achieved, on a review, after his manner, during that absence, of loss +or gain. The image of Cecilia, it would seem, was already become for +him like some matter of poetry, or of another man's story, or a +picture on the wall. And on his return to Rome there had been a +rumour in that singular company, of things which spoke certainly not +of any merely tranquil loving: hinted rather that he had come across +a world, the lightest contact with which might make appropriate to +himself also the precept that "They which have wives be as they that +have none." + +This was brought home to him, when, in early spring, he ventured once +more to listen to the sweet singing of the Eucharist. It breathed +[190] more than ever the spirit of a wonderful hope--of hopes more +daring than poor, labouring humanity had ever seriously entertained +before, though it was plain that a great calamity was befallen. Amid +stifled sobbing, even as the pathetic words of the psalter relieved +the tension of their hearts, the people around him still wore upon +their faces their habitual gleam of joy, of placid satisfaction. +They were still under the influence of an immense gratitude in +thinking, even amid their present distress, of the hour of a great +deliverance. As he followed again that mystical dialogue, he felt +also again, like a mighty spirit about him, the potency, the half- +realised presence, of a great multitude, as if thronging along those +awful passages, to hear the sentence of its release from prison; a +company which represented nothing less than--orbis terrarum--the +whole company of mankind. And the special note of the day expressed +that relief--a sound new to him, drawn deep from some old Hebrew +source, as he conjectured, Alleluia! repeated over and over again, +Alleluia! Alleluia! at every pause and movement of the long Easter +ceremonies. + +And then, in its place, by way of sacred lection, although in +shocking contrast with the peaceful dignity of all around, came the +Epistle of the churches of Lyons and Vienne, to "their sister," the +church of Rome. For the "Peace" of the church had been broken-- +broken, as [191] Marius could not but acknowledge, on the +responsibility of the emperor Aurelius himself, following tamely, and +as a matter of course, the traces of his predecessors, gratuitously +enlisting, against the good as well as the evil of that great pagan +world, the strange new heroism of which this singular message was +full. The greatness of it certainly lifted away all merely private +regret, inclining one, at last, actually to draw sword for the +oppressed, as if in some new order of knighthood-- + +"The pains which our brethren have endured we have no power fully to +tell, for the enemy came upon us with his whole strength. But the +grace of God fought for us, set free the weak, and made ready those +who, like pillars, were able to bear the weight. These, coming now +into close strife with the foe, bore every kind of pang and shame. +At the time of the fair which is held here with a great crowd, the +governor led forth the Martyrs as a show. Holding what was thought +great but little, and that the pains of to-day are not deserving to +be measured against the glory that shall be made known, these worthy +wrestlers went joyfully on their way; their delight and the sweet +favour of God mingling in their faces, so that their bonds seemed but +a goodly array, or like the golden bracelets of a bride. Filled with +the fragrance of Christ, to some they seemed to have been touched +with earthly perfumes. + +[192] "Vettius Epagathus, though he was very young, because he would +not endure to see unjust judgment given against us, vented his anger, +and sought to be heard for the brethren, for he was a youth of high +place. Whereupon the governor asked him whether he also were a +Christian. He confessed in a clear voice, and was added to the +number of the Martyrs. But he had the Paraclete within him; as, in +truth, he showed by the fulness of his love; glorying in the defence +of his brethren, and to give his life for theirs. + +"Then was fulfilled the saying of the Lord that the day should come, +When he that slayeth you will think that he doeth God service. Most +madly did the mob, the governor and the soldiers, rage against the +handmaiden Blandina, in whom Christ showed that what seems mean among +men is of price with Him. For whilst we all, and her earthly +mistress, who was herself one of the contending Martyrs, were fearful +lest through the weakness of the flesh she should be unable to +profess the faith, Blandina was filled with such power that her +tormentors, following upon each other from morning until night, owned +that they were overcome, and had no more that they could do to her; +admiring that she still breathed after her whole body was torn +asunder. + +"But this blessed one, in the very midst of her 'witness,' renewed +her strength; and to [193] repeat, I am Christ's! was to her rest, +refreshment, and relief from pain. As for Alexander, he neither +uttered a groan nor any sound at all, but in his heart talked with +God. Sanctus, the deacon, also, having borne beyond all measure +pains devised by them, hoping that they would get something from him, +did not so much as tell his name; but to all questions answered only, +I am Christ's! For this he confessed instead of his name, his race, +and everything beside. Whence also a strife in torturing him arose +between the governor and those tormentors, so that when they had +nothing else they could do they set red-hot plates of brass to the +most tender parts of his body. But he stood firm in his profession, +cooled and fortified by that stream of living water which flows from +Christ. His corpse, a single wound, having wholly lost the form of +man, was the measure of his pain. But Christ, paining in him, set +forth an ensample to the rest--that there is nothing fearful, nothing +painful, where the love of the Father overcomes. And as all those +cruelties were made null through the patience of the Martyrs, they +bethought them of other things; among which was their imprisonment in +a dark and most sorrowful place, where many were privily strangled. +But destitute of man's aid, they were filled with power from the +Lord, both in body and mind, and strengthened their brethren. Also, +much joy was in our virgin mother, the [194] Church; for, by means of +these, such as were fallen away retraced their steps--were again +conceived, were filled again with lively heat, and hastened to make +the profession of their faith. + +"The holy bishop Pothinus, who was now past ninety years old and weak +in body, yet in his heat of soul and longing for martyrdom, roused +what strength he had, and was also cruelly dragged to judgment, and +gave witness. Thereupon he suffered many stripes, all thinking it +would be a wickedness if they fell short in cruelty towards him, for +that thus their own gods would be avenged. Hardly drawing breath, he +was thrown into prison, and after two days there died. + +"After these things their martyrdom was parted into divers manners. +Plaiting as it were one crown of many colours and every sort of +flowers, they offered it to God. Maturus, therefore, Sanctus and +Blandina, were led to the wild beasts. And Maturus and Sanctus +passed through all the pains of the amphitheatre, as if they had +suffered nothing before: or rather, as having in many trials +overcome, and now contending for the prize itself, were at last +dismissed. + +"But Blandina was bound and hung upon a stake, and set forth as food +for the assault of the wild beasts. And as she thus seemed to be +hung upon the Cross, by her fiery prayers she imparted much alacrity +to those contending Witnesses. For as they looked upon her with the +eye of [195] flesh, through her, they saw Him that was crucified. +But as none of the beasts would then touch her, she was taken down +from the Cross, and sent back to prison for another day: that, though +weak and mean, yet clothed with the mighty wrestler, Christ Jesus, +she might by many conquests give heart to her brethren. + +"On the last day, therefore, of the shows, she was brought forth +again, together with Ponticus, a lad of about fifteen years old. +They were brought in day by day to behold the pains of the rest. And +when they wavered not, the mob was full of rage; pitying neither the +youth of the lad, nor the sex of the maiden. Hence, they drave them +through the whole round of pain. And Ponticus, taking heart from +Blandina, having borne well the whole of those torments, gave up his +life. Last of all, the blessed Blandina herself, as a mother that +had given life to her children, and sent them like conquerors to the +great King, hastened to them, with joy at the end, as to a marriage- +feast; the enemy himself confessing that no woman had ever borne pain +so manifold and great as hers. + +"Nor even so was their anger appeased; some among them seeking for us +pains, if it might be, yet greater; that the saying might be +fulfilled, He that is unjust, let him be unjust still. And their +rage against the Martyrs took a new form, insomuch that we were in +great sorrow for lack of freedom to entrust their bodies to the +earth. + +[196] "Neither did the night-time, nor the offer of money, avail us +for this matter; but they set watch with much carefulness, as though +it were a great gain to hinder their burial. Therefore, after the +bodies had been displayed to view for many days, they were at last +burned to ashes, and cast into the river Rhone, which flows by this +place, that not a vestige of them might be left upon the earth. For +they said, Now shall we see whether they will rise again, and whether +their God can save them out of our hands." + + + +CHAPTER XXVII: THE TRIUMPH OF MARCUS AURELIUS + +[197] NOT many months after the date of that epistle, Marius, then +expecting to leave Rome for a long time, and in fact about to leave +it for ever, stood to witness the triumphal entry of Marcus Aurelius, +almost at the exact spot from which he had watched the emperor's +solemn return to the capital on his own first coming thither. His +triumph was now a "full" one--Justus Triumphus justified, by far more +than the due amount of bloodshed in those Northern wars, at length, +it might seem, happily at an end. Among the captives, amid the +laughter of the crowds at his blowsy upper garment, his trousered +legs and conical wolf-skin cap, walked our own ancestor, +representative of subject Germany, under a figure very familiar in +later Roman sculpture; and, though certainly with none of the grace +of the Dying Gaul, yet with plenty of uncouth pathos in his misshapen +features, and the pale, servile, yet angry eyes. His children, [198] +white-skinned and golden-haired "as angels," trudged beside him. His +brothers, of the animal world, the ibex, the wild-cat, and the +reindeer, stalking and trumpeting grandly, found their due place in +the procession; and among the spoil, set forth on a portable frame +that it might be distinctly seen (no mere model, but the very house +he had lived in), a wattled cottage, in all the simplicity of its +snug contrivances against the cold, and well-calculated to give a +moment's delight to his new, sophisticated masters. + +Andrea Mantegna, working at the end of the fifteenth century, for a +society full of antiquarian fervour at the sight of the earthy relics +of the old Roman people, day by day returning to light out of the +clay--childish still, moreover, and with no more suspicion of +pasteboard than the old Romans themselves, in its unabashed love of +open-air pageantries, has invested this, the greatest, and alas! the +most characteristic, of the splendours of imperial Rome, with a +reality livelier than any description. The homely sentiments for +which he has found place in his learned paintings are hardly more +lifelike than the great public incidents of the show, there depicted. +And then, with all that vivid realism, how refined, how dignified, +how select in type, is this reflection of the old Roman world!--now +especially, in its time-mellowed red and gold, for the modern visitor +to the old English palace. + +[199] It was under no such selected types that the great procession +presented itself to Marius; though, in effect, he found something +there prophetic, so to speak, and evocative of ghosts, as susceptible +minds will do, upon a repetition after long interval of some notable +incident, which may yet perhaps have no direct concern for +themselves. In truth, he had been so closely bent of late on certain +very personal interests that the broad current of the world's doings +seemed to have withdrawn into the distance, but now, as he witnessed +this procession, to return once more into evidence for him. The +world, certainly, had been holding on its old way, and was all its +old self, as it thus passed by dramatically, accentuating, in this +favourite spectacle, its mode of viewing things. And even apart from +the contrast of a very different scene, he would have found it, just +now, a somewhat vulgar spectacle. The temples, wide open, with their +ropes of roses flapping in the wind against the rich, reflecting +marble, their startling draperies and heavy cloud of incense, were +but the centres of a great banquet spread through all the gaudily +coloured streets of Rome, for which the carnivorous appetite of those +who thronged them in the glare of the mid-day sun was frankly enough +asserted. At best, they were but calling their gods to share with +them the cooked, sacrificial, and other meats, reeking to the sky. +The child, who was concerned for the sorrows of one of [200] those +Northern captives as he passed by, and explained to his comrade-- +"There's feeling in that hand, you know!" benumbed and lifeless as it +looked in the chain, seemed, in a moment, to transform the entire +show into its own proper tinsel. Yes! these Romans were a coarse, a +vulgar people; and their vulgarities of soul in full evidence here. +And Aurelius himself seemed to have undergone the world's coinage, +and fallen to the level of his reward, in a mediocrity no longer +golden. + +Yet if, as he passed by, almost filling the quaint old circular +chariot with his magnificent golden-flowered attire, he presented +himself to Marius, chiefly as one who had made the great mistake; to +the multitude he came as a more than magnanimous conqueror. That he +had "forgiven" the innocent wife and children of the dashing and +almost successful rebel Avidius Cassius, now no more, was a recent +circumstance still in memory. As the children went past--not among +those who, ere the emperor ascended the steps of the Capitol, would +be detached from the great progress for execution, happy rather, and +radiant, as adopted members of the imperial family--the crowd +actually enjoyed an exhibition of the moral order, such as might +become perhaps the fashion. And it was in consideration of some +possible touch of a heroism herein that might really have cost him +something, that Marius resolved to seek the emperor once more, [201] +with an appeal for common-sense, for reason and justice. + +He had set out at last to revisit his old home; and knowing that +Aurelius was then in retreat at a favourite villa, which lay almost +on his way thither, determined there to present himself. Although +the great plain was dying steadily, a new race of wild birds +establishing itself there, as he knew enough of their habits to +understand, and the idle contadino, with his never-ending ditty of +decay and death, replacing the lusty Roman labourer, never had that +poetic region between Rome and the sea more deeply impressed him than +on this sunless day of early autumn, under which all that fell within +the immense horizon was presented in one uniform tone of a clear, +penitential blue. Stimulating to the fancy as was that range of low +hills to the northwards, already troubled with the upbreaking of the +Apennines, yet a want of quiet in their outline, the record of wild +fracture there, of sudden upheaval and depression, marked them as but +the ruins of nature; while at every little descent and ascent of the +road might be noted traces of the abandoned work of man. From time +to time, the way was still redolent of the floral relics of summer, +daphne and myrtle-blossom, sheltered in the little hollows and +ravines. At last, amid rocks here and there piercing the soil, as +those descents became steeper, and the main line of the Apennines, +[202] now visible, gave a higher accent to the scene, he espied over +the plateau, almost like one of those broken hills, cutting the +horizon towards the sea, the old brown villa itself, rich in memories +of one after another of the family of the Antonines. As he +approached it, such reminiscences crowded upon him, above all of the +life there of the aged Antoninus Pius, in its wonderful mansuetude +and calm. Death had overtaken him here at the precise moment when +the tribune of the watch had received from his lips the word +Aequanimitas! as the watchword of the night. To see their emperor +living there like one of his simplest subjects, his hands red at +vintage-time with the juice of the grapes, hunting, teaching his +children, starting betimes, with all who cared to join him, for long +days of antiquarian research in the country around:--this, and the +like of this, had seemed to mean the peace of mankind. + +Upon that had come--like a stain! it seemed to Marius just then--the +more intimate life of Faustina, the life of Faustina at home. +Surely, that marvellous but malign beauty must still haunt those +rooms, like an unquiet, dead goddess, who might have perhaps, after +all, something reassuring to tell surviving mortals about her +ambiguous self. When, two years since, the news had reached Rome +that those eyes, always so persistently turned to vanity, had +suddenly closed for ever, a strong desire to pray had come [203] over +Marius, as he followed in fancy on its wild way the soul of one he +had spoken with now and again, and whose presence in it for a time +the world of art could so ill have spared. Certainly, the honours +freely accorded to embalm her memory were poetic enough--the rich +temple left among those wild villagers at the spot, now it was hoped +sacred for ever, where she had breathed her last; the golden image, +in her old place at the amphitheatre; the altar at which the newly +married might make their sacrifice; above all, the great foundation +for orphan girls, to be called after her name. + +The latter, precisely, was the cause why Marius failed in fact to see +Aurelius again, and make the chivalrous effort at enlightenment he +had proposed to himself. Entering the villa, he learned from an +usher, at the door of the long gallery, famous still for its grand +prospect in the memory of many a visitor, and then leading to the +imperial apartments, that the emperor was already in audience: Marius +must wait his turn--he knew not how long it might be. An odd +audience it seemed; for at that moment, through the closed door, came +shouts of laughter, the laughter of a great crowd of children--the +"Faustinian Children" themselves, as he afterwards learned--happy and +at their ease, in the imperial presence. Uncertain, then, of the +time for which so pleasant a reception might last, so pleasant that +he would hardly have wished to [204] shorten it, Marius finally +determined to proceed, as it was necessary that he should accomplish +the first stage of his journey on this day. The thing was not to be- +-Vale! anima infelicissima!--He might at least carry away that sound +of the laughing orphan children, as a not unamiable last impression +of kings and their houses. + +The place he was now about to visit, especially as the resting-place +of his dead, had never been forgotten. Only, the first eager period +of his life in Rome had slipped on rapidly; and, almost on a sudden, +that old time had come to seem very long ago. An almost burdensome +solemnity had grown about his memory of the place, so that to revisit +it seemed a thing that needed preparation: it was what he could not +have done hastily. He half feared to lessen, or disturb, its value +for himself. And then, as he travelled leisurely towards it, and so +far with quite tranquil mind, interested also in many another place +by the way, he discovered a shorter road to the end of his journey, +and found himself indeed approaching the spot that was to him like no +other. Dreaming now only of the dead before him, he journeyed on +rapidly through the night; the thought of them increasing on him, in +the darkness. It was as if they had been waiting for him there +through all those years, and felt his footsteps approaching now, and +understood his devotion, quite gratefully, in that lowliness of +theirs, in spite of its tardy [205] fulfilment. As morning came, his +late tranquillity of mind had given way to a grief which surprised +him by its freshness. He was moved more than he could have thought +possible by so distant a sorrow. "To-day!"--they seemed to be saying +as the hard dawn broke,--"To-day, he will come!" At last, amid all +his distractions, they were become the main purpose of what he was +then doing. The world around it, when he actually reached the place +later in the day, was in a mood very different from his:--so work-a- +day, it seemed, on that fine afternoon, and the villages he passed +through so silent; the inhabitants being, for the most part, at their +labour in the country. Then, at length, above the tiled +outbuildings, were the walls of the old villa itself, with the tower +for the pigeons; and, not among cypresses, but half-hidden by aged +poplar-trees, their leaves like golden fruit, the birds floating +around it, the conical roof of the tomb itself. In the presence of +an old servant who remembered him, the great seals were broken, the +rusty key turned at last in the lock, the door was forced out among +the weeds grown thickly about it, and Marius was actually in the +place which had been so often in his thoughts. + +He was struck, not however without a touch of remorse thereupon, +chiefly by an odd air of neglect, the neglect of a place allowed to +remain as when it was last used, and left in a hurry, till long years +had covered all alike with thick dust [206] --the faded flowers, the +burnt-out lamps, the tools and hardened mortar of the workmen who had +had something to do there. A heavy fragment of woodwork had fallen +and chipped open one of the oldest of the mortuary urns, many +hundreds in number ranged around the walls. It was not properly an +urn, but a minute coffin of stone, and the fracture had revealed a +piteous spectacle of the mouldering, unburned remains within; the +bones of a child, as he understood, which might have died, in ripe +age, three times over, since it slipped away from among his great- +grandfathers, so far up in the line. Yet the protruding baby hand +seemed to stir up in him feelings vivid enough, bringing him +intimately within the scope of dead people's grievances. He noticed, +side by side with the urn of his mother, that of a boy of about his +own age--one of the serving-boys of the household--who had descended +hither, from the lightsome world of childhood, almost at the same +time with her. It seemed as if this boy of his own age had taken +filial place beside her there, in his stead. That hard feeling, +again, which had always lingered in his mind with the thought of the +father he had scarcely known, melted wholly away, as he read the +precise number of his years, and reflected suddenly--He was of my own +present age; no hard old man, but with interests, as he looked round +him on the world for the last time, even as mine to-day! + +[207] And with that came a blinding rush of kindness, as if two +alienated friends had come to understand each other at last. There +was weakness in all this; as there is in all care for dead persons, +to which nevertheless people will always yield in proportion as they +really care for one another. With a vain yearning, as he stood +there, still to be able to do something for them, he reflected that +such doing must be, after all, in the nature of things, mainly for +himself. His own epitaph might be that old one eskhatos tou idiou +genous+ --He was the last of his race! Of those who might come hither +after himself probably no one would ever again come quite as he had +done to-day; and it was under the influence of this thought that he +determined to bury all that, deep below the surface, to be remembered +only by him, and in a way which would claim no sentiment from the +indifferent. That took many days--was like a renewal of lengthy old +burial rites--as he himself watched the work, early and late; coming +on the last day very early, and anticipating, by stealth, the last +touches, while the workmen were absent; one young lad only, finally +smoothing down the earthy bed, greatly surprised at the seriousness +with which Marius flung in his flowers, one by one, to mingle with +the dark mould. + +NOTES + +207. +Transliteration: eskhatos tou idiou genous. Translation: "[he +was] the last of his race." + + + +CHAPTER XXVIII: ANIMA NATURALITER CHRISTIANA + +[208] THOSE eight days at his old home, so mournfully occupied, had +been for Marius in some sort a forcible disruption from the world and +the roots of his life in it. He had been carried out of himself as +never before; and when the time was over, it was as if the claim over +him of the earth below had been vindicated, over against the +interests of that living world around. Dead, yet sentient and +caressing hands seemed to reach out of the ground and to be clinging +about him. Looking back sometimes now, from about the midway of +life--the age, as he conceived, at which one begins to redescend +one's life--though antedating it a little, in his sad humour, he +would note, almost with surprise, the unbroken placidity of the +contemplation in which it had been passed. His own temper, his early +theoretic scheme of things, would have pushed him on to movement and +adventure. Actually, as circumstances had determined, all its +movement [209] had been inward; movement of observation only, or +even of pure meditation; in part, perhaps, because throughout it had +been something of a meditatio mortis, ever facing towards the act of +final detachment. Death, however, as he reflected, must be for every +one nothing less than the fifth or last act of a drama, and, as such, +was likely to have something of the stirring character of a +dnouement. And, in fact, it was in form tragic enough that his end +not long afterwards came to him. + +In the midst of the extreme weariness and depression which had +followed those last days, Cornelius, then, as it happened, on a +journey and travelling near the place, finding traces of him, had +become his guest at White-nights. It was just then that Marius felt, +as he had never done before, the value to himself, the overpowering +charm, of his friendship. "More than brother!"--he felt--like a son +also!" contrasting the fatigue of soul which made himself in effect +an older man, with the irrepressible youth of his companion. For it +was still the marvellous hopefulness of Cornelius, his seeming +prerogative over the future, that determined, and kept alive, all +other sentiment concerning him. A new hope had sprung up in the +world of which he, Cornelius, was a depositary, which he was to bear +onward in it. Identifying himself with Cornelius in so dear a +friendship, through him, Marius seemed to touch, to ally himself to, +[210] actually to become a possessor of the coming world; even as +happy parents reach out, and take possession of it, in and through +the survival of their children. For in these days their intimacy had +grown very close, as they moved hither and thither, leisurely, among +the country-places thereabout, Cornelius being on his way back to +Rome, till they came one evening to a little town (Marius remembered +that he had been there on his first journey to Rome) which had even +then its church and legend--the legend and holy relics of the martyr +Hyacinthus, a young Roman soldier, whose blood had stained the soil +of this place in the reign of the emperor Trajan. + +The thought of that so recent death, haunted Marius through the +night, as if with audible crying and sighs above the restless wind, +which came and went around their lodging. But towards dawn he slept +heavily; and awaking in broad daylight, and finding Cornelius absent, +set forth to seek him. The plague was still in the place--had indeed +just broken out afresh; with an outbreak also of cruel superstition +among its wild and miserable inhabitants. Surely, the old gods were +wroth at the presence of this new enemy among them! And it was no +ordinary morning into which Marius stepped forth. There was a menace +in the dark masses of hill, and motionless wood, against the gray, +although apparently unclouded sky. Under this sunless [211] heaven +the earth itself seemed to fret and fume with a heat of its own, in +spite of the strong night-wind. And now the wind had fallen. + +Marius felt that he breathed some strange heavy fluid, denser than +any common air. He could have fancied that the world had sunken in +the night, far below its proper level, into some close, thick abysm +of its own atmosphere. The Christian people of the town, hardly less +terrified and overwrought by the haunting sickness about them than +their pagan neighbours, were at prayer before the tomb of the martyr; +and even as Marius pressed among them to a place beside Cornelius, on +a sudden the hills seemed to roll like a sea in motion, around the +whole compass of the horizon. For a moment Marius supposed himself +attacked with some sudden sickness of brain, till the fall of a great +mass of building convinced him that not himself but the earth under +his feet was giddy. A few moments later the little marketplace was +alive with the rush of the distracted inhabitants from their +tottering houses; and as they waited anxiously for the second shock +of earthquake, a long-smouldering suspicion leapt precipitately into +well-defined purpose, and the whole body of people was carried +forward towards the band of worshippers below. An hour later, in the +wild tumult which followed, the earth had been stained afresh with +the blood of the martyrs Felix and Faustinus--Flores [212] +apparuerunt in terra nostra!--and their brethren, together with +Cornelius and Marius, thus, as it had happened, taken among them, +were prisoners, reserved for the action of the law. Marius and his +friend, with certain others, exercising the privilege of their rank, +made claim to be tried in Rome, or at least in the chief town of the +district; where, indeed, in the troublous days that had now begun, a +legal process had been already instituted. Under the care of a +military guard the captives were removed on the same day, one stage +of their journey; sleeping, for security, during the night, side by +side with their keepers, in the rooms of a shepherd's deserted house +by the wayside. + +It was surmised that one of the prisoners was not a Christian: the +guards were forward to make the utmost pecuniary profit of this +circumstance, and in the night, Marius, taking advantage of the loose +charge kept over them, and by means partly of a large bribe, had +contrived that Cornelius, as the really innocent person, should be +dismissed in safety on his way, to procure, as Marius explained, the +proper means of defence for himself, when the time of trial came. + +And in the morning Cornelius in fact set forth alone, from their +miserable place of detention. Marius believed that Cornelius was to +be the husband of Cecilia; and that, perhaps strangely, had but added +to the desire to get him away safely.--We wait for the great crisis +which [213] is to try what is in us: we can hardly bear the pressure +of our hearts, as we think of it: the lonely wrestler, or victim, +which imagination foreshadows to us, can hardly be one's self; it +seems an outrage of our destiny that we should be led along so gently +and imperceptibly, to so terrible a leaping-place in the dark, for +more perhaps than life or death. At last, the great act, the +critical moment itself comes, easily, almost unconsciously. Another +motion of the clock, and our fatal line--the "great climacteric +point"--has been passed, which changes ourselves or our lives. In +one quarter of an hour, under a sudden, uncontrollable impulse, +hardly weighing what he did, almost as a matter of course and as +lightly as one hires a bed for one's night's rest on a journey, +Marius had taken upon himself all the heavy risk of the position in +which Cornelius had then been--the long and wearisome delays of +judgment, which were possible; the danger and wretchedness of a long +journey in this manner; possibly the danger of death. He had +delivered his brother, after the manner he had sometimes vaguely +anticipated as a kind of distinction in his destiny; though indeed +always with wistful calculation as to what it might cost him: and in +the first moment after the thing was actually done, he felt only +satisfaction at his courage, at the discovery of his possession of +"nerve." + +Yet he was, as we know, no hero, no heroic [214] martyr--had indeed +no right to be; and when he had seen Cornelius depart, on his blithe +and hopeful way, as he believed, to become the husband of Cecilia; +actually, as it had happened, without a word of farewell, supposing +Marius was almost immediately afterwards to follow (Marius indeed +having avoided the moment of leave-taking with its possible call for +an explanation of the circumstances), the reaction came. He could +only guess, of course, at what might really happen. So far, he had +but taken upon himself, in the stead of Cornelius, a certain amount +of personal risk; though he hardly supposed himself to be facing the +danger of death. Still, especially for one such as he, with all the +sensibilities of which his whole manner of life had been but a +promotion, the situation of a person under trial on a criminal charge +was actually full of distress. To him, in truth, a death such as the +recent death of those saintly brothers, seemed no glorious end. In +his case, at least, the Martyrdom, as it was called--the overpowering +act of testimony that Heaven had come down among men--would be but a +common execution: from the drops of his blood there would spring no +miraculous, poetic flowers; no eternal aroma would indicate the place +of his burial; no plenary grace, overflowing for ever upon those who +might stand around it. Had there been one to listen just then, there +would have come, from the very depth of his desolation, [215] an +eloquent utterance at last, on the irony of men's fates, on the +singular accidents of life and death. + +The guards, now safely in possession of whatever money and other +valuables the prisoners had had on them, pressed them forward, over +the rough mountain paths, altogether careless of their sufferings. +The great autumn rains were falling. At night the soldiers lighted a +fire; but it was impossible to keep warm. From time to time they +stopped to roast portions of the meat they carried with them, making +their captives sit round the fire, and pressing it upon them. But +weariness and depression of spirits had deprived Marius of appetite, +even if the food had been more attractive, and for some days he +partook of nothing but bad bread and water. All through the dark +mornings they dragged over boggy plains, up and down hills, wet +through sometimes with the heavy rain. Even in those deplorable +circumstances, he could but notice the wild, dark beauty of those +regions--the stormy sunrise, and placid spaces of evening. One of +the keepers, a very young soldier, won him at times, by his simple +kindness, to talk a little, with wonder at the lad's half-conscious, +poetic delight in the adventures of the journey. At times, the whole +company would lie down for rest at the roadside, hardly sheltered +from the storm; and in the deep fatigue of his spirit, his old +longing for inopportune sleep overpowered him.--Sleep anywhere, and +under any conditions, [216] seemed just then a thing one might well +exchange the remnants of one's life for. + +It must have been about the fifth night, as he afterwards +conjectured, that the soldiers, believing him likely to die, had +finally left him unable to proceed further, under the care of some +country people, who to the extent of their power certainly treated +him kindly in his sickness. He awoke to consciousness after a severe +attack of fever, lying alone on a rough bed, in a kind of hut. It +seemed a remote, mysterious place, as he looked around in the +silence; but so fresh--lying, in fact, in a high pasture-land among +the mountains--that he felt he should recover, if he might but just +lie there in quiet long enough. Even during those nights of delirium +he had felt the scent of the new-mown hay pleasantly, with a dim +sense for a moment that he was lying safe in his old home. The +sunlight lay clear beyond the open door; and the sounds of the cattle +reached him softly from the green places around. Recalling +confusedly the torturing hurry of his late journeys, he dreaded, as +his consciousness of the whole situation returned, the coming of the +guards. But the place remained in absolute stillness. He was, in +fact, at liberty, but for his own disabled condition. And it was +certainly a genuine clinging to life that he felt just then, at the +very bottom of his mind. So it had been, obscurely, even through all +the wild fancies of his delirium, from the moment which followed +[217] his decision against himself, in favour of Cornelius. + +The occupants of the place were to be heard presently, coming and +going about him on their business: and it was as if the approach of +death brought out in all their force the merely human sentiments. +There is that in death which certainly makes indifferent persons +anxious to forget the dead: to put them--those aliens--away out of +their thoughts altogether, as soon as may be. Conversely, in the +deep isolation of spirit which was now creeping upon Marius, the +faces of these people, casually visible, took a strange hold on his +affections; the link of general brotherhood, the feeling of human +kinship, asserting itself most strongly when it was about to be +severed for ever. At nights he would find this face or that +impressed deeply on his fancy; and, in a troubled sort of manner, his +mind would follow them onwards, on the ways of their simple, humdrum, +everyday life, with a peculiar yearning to share it with them, +envying the calm, earthy cheerfulness of all their days to be, still +under the sun, though so indifferent, of course, to him!--as if these +rude people had been suddenly lifted into some height of earthly +good-fortune, which must needs isolate them from himself. + +Tristem neminen fecit+--he repeated to himself; his old prayer +shaping itself now almost as his epitaph. Yes! so much the very +hardest judge [218] must concede to him. And the sense of +satisfaction which that thought left with him disposed him to a +conscious effort of recollection, while he lay there, unable now even +to raise his head, as he discovered on attempting to reach a pitcher +of water which stood near. Revelation, vision, the discovery of a +vision, the seeing of a perfect humanity, in a perfect world--through +all his alternations of mind, by some dominant instinct, determined +by the original necessities of his own nature and character, he had +always set that above the having, or even the doing, of anything. +For, such vision, if received with due attitude on his part, was, in +reality, the being something, and as such was surely a pleasant +offering or sacrifice to whatever gods there might be, observant of +him. And how goodly had the vision been!--one long unfolding of +beauty and energy in things, upon the closing of which he might +gratefully utter his "Vixi!"+ Even then, just ere his eyes were to +be shut for ever, the things they had seen seemed a veritable +possession in hand; the persons, the places, above all, the touching +image of Jesus, apprehended dimly through the expressive faces, the +crying of the children, in that mysterious drama, with a sudden sense +of peace and satisfaction now, which he could not explain to himself. +Surely, he had prospered in life! And again, as of old, the sense of +gratitude seemed to bring with it the sense also of a living person +at his side. + +[219] For still, in a shadowy world, his deeper wisdom had ever been, +with a sense of economy, with a jealous estimate of gain and loss, to +use life, not as the means to some problematic end, but, as far as +might be, from dying hour to dying hour, an end in itself--a kind of +music, all-sufficing to the duly trained ear, even as it died out on +the air. Yet now, aware still in that suffering body of such vivid +powers of mind and sense, as he anticipated from time to time how his +sickness, practically without aid as he must be in this rude place, +was likely to end, and that the moment of taking final account was +drawing very near, a consciousness of waste would come, with half- +angry tears of self-pity, in his great weakness--a blind, outraged, +angry feeling of wasted power, such as he might have experienced +himself standing by the deathbed of another, in condition like his +own. + +And yet it was the fact, again, that the vision of men and things, +actually revealed to him on his way through the world, had developed, +with a wonderful largeness, the faculties to which it addressed +itself, his general capacity of vision; and in that too was a +success, in the view of certain, very definite, well-considered, +undeniable possibilities. Throughout that elaborate and lifelong +education of his receptive powers, he had ever kept in view the +purpose of preparing himself towards possible further revelation some +day--towards some ampler vision, which [220] should take up into +itself and explain this world's delightful shows, as the scattered +fragments of a poetry, till then but half-understood, might be taken +up into the text of a lost epic, recovered at last. At this moment, +his unclouded receptivity of soul, grown so steadily through all +those years, from experience to experience, was at its height; the +house ready for the possible guest; the tablet of the mind white and +smooth, for whatsoever divine fingers might choose to write there. +And was not this precisely the condition, the attitude of mind, to +which something higher than he, yet akin to him, would be likely to +reveal itself; to which that influence he had felt now and again like +a friendly hand upon his shoulder, amid the actual obscurities of the +world, would be likely to make a further explanation? Surely, the +aim of a true philosophy must lie, not in futile efforts towards the +complete accommodation of man to the circumstances in which he +chances to find himself, but in the maintenance of a kind of candid +discontent, in the face of the very highest achievement; the +unclouded and receptive soul quitting the world finally, with the +same fresh wonder with which it had entered the world still +unimpaired, and going on its blind way at last with the consciousness +of some profound enigma in things, as but a pledge of something +further to come. Marius seemed to understand how one might look back +upon life here, and its [221] excellent visions, as but the portion +of a race-course left behind him by a runner still swift of foot: for +a moment he experienced a singular curiosity, almost an ardent desire +to enter upon a future, the possibilities of which seemed so large. + +And just then, again amid the memory of certain touching actual words +and images, came the thought of the great hope, that hope against +hope, which, as he conceived, had arisen--Lux sedentibus in +tenebris+--upon the aged world; the hope Cornelius had seemed to bear +away upon him in his strength, with a buoyancy which had caused +Marius to feel, not so much that by a caprice of destiny, he had been +left to die in his place, as that Cornelius was gone on a mission to +deliver him also from death. There had been a permanent protest +established in the world, a plea, a perpetual after-thought, which +humanity henceforth would ever possess in reserve, against any wholly +mechanical and disheartening theory of itself and its conditions. +That was a thought which relieved for him the iron outline of the +horizon about him, touching it as if with soft light from beyond; +filling the shadowy, hollow places to which he was on his way with +the warmth of definite affections; confirming also certain +considerations by which he seemed to link himself to the generations +to come in the world he was leaving. Yes! through the survival of +their children, happy parents are able to [222] think calmly, and +with a very practical affection, of a world in which they are to have +no direct share; planting with a cheerful good-humour, the acorns +they carry about with them, that their grand-children may be shaded +from the sun by the broad oak-trees of the future. That is nature's +way of easing death to us. It was thus too, surprised, delighted, +that Marius, under the power of that new hope among men, could think +of the generations to come after him. Without it, dim in truth as it +was, he could hardly have dared to ponder the world which limited all +he really knew, as it would be when he should have departed from it. +A strange lonesomeness, like physical darkness, seemed to settle upon +the thought of it; as if its business hereafter must be, as far as he +was concerned, carried on in some inhabited, but distant and alien, +star. Contrariwise, with the sense of that hope warm about him, he +seemed to anticipate some kindly care for himself; never to fail even +on earth, a care for his very body-that dear sister and companion of +his soul, outworn, suffering, and in the very article of death, as it +was now. + +For the weariness came back tenfold; and he had finally to abstain +from thoughts like these, as from what caused physical pain. And +then, as before in the wretched, sleepless nights of those forced +marches, he would try to fix his mind, as it were impassively, and +like a child thinking over the toys it loves, one after another, that +it [223] may fall asleep thus, and forget all about them the sooner, +on all the persons he had loved in life--on his love for them, dead +or living, grateful for his love or not, rather than on theirs for +him--letting their images pass away again, or rest with him, as they +would. In the bare sense of having loved he seemed to find, even amid +this foundering of the ship, that on which his soul might "assuredly +rest and depend." One after another, he suffered those faces and +voices to come and go, as in some mechanical exercise, as he might +have repeated all the verses he knew by heart, or like the telling of +beads one by one, with many a sleepy nod between-whiles. + +For there remained also, for the old earthy creature still within +him, that great blessedness of physical slumber. To sleep, to lose +one's self in sleep--that, as he had always recognised, was a good +thing. And it was after a space of deep sleep that he awoke amid the +murmuring voices of the people who had kept and tended him so +carefully through his sickness, now kneeling around his bed: and what +he heard confirmed, in the then perfect clearness of his soul, the +inevitable suggestion of his own bodily feelings. He had often dreamt +he was condemned to die, that the hour, with wild thoughts of escape, +was arrived; and waking, with the sun all around him, in complete +liberty of life, had been full of gratitude for his place there, +alive still, in the [224] land of the living. He read surely, now, +in the manner, the doings, of these people, some of whom were passing +out through the doorway, where the heavy sunlight in very deed lay, +that his last morning was come, and turned to think once more of the +beloved. Often had he fancied of old that not to die on a dark or +rainy day might itself have a little alleviating grace or favour +about it. The people around his bed were praying fervently--Abi! +Abi! Anima Christiana!+ In the moments of his extreme helplessness +their mystic bread had been placed, had descended like a snow-flake +from the sky, between his lips. Gentle fingers had applied to hands +and feet, to all those old passage-ways of the senses, through which +the world had come and gone for him, now so dim and obstructed, a +medicinable oil. It was the same people who, in the gray, austere +evening of that day, took up his remains, and buried them secretly, +with their accustomed prayers; but with joy also, holding his death, +according to their generous view in this matter, to have been of the +nature of martyrdom; and martyrdom, as the church had always said, a +kind of sacrament with plenary grace. + +1881-1884. + +THE END + +NOTES + +217. +"He made no one unhappy." + +218. +"I have lived!" + +221. +From the Latin Vulgate Bible, Matthew 4:16: "populus qui +sedebat in tenebris lucem vidit magnam et sedentibus in regione et +umbra mortis lux orta est eis." King James Bible translation: "The +people which sat in darkness saw great light; and to them which sat in +the region and shadow of death light is sprung up." + +224. "Depart! Depart! Christian Soul!" The thought is from the +Catholic prayer for the departing. + + +End of Project Gutenberg Etext of Marius the Epicurean Vol. II by Walter Pater + diff --git a/old/8mrs210.zip b/old/8mrs210.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..068ec57 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/8mrs210.zip |